As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 20, 2025

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

____________________

FORM F-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

____________________

JBS N.V.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

____________________

Netherlands

 

2011

 

98-1861274

(State of Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

(IRS Employer
Identification No.)

Stroombaan 16, 5th Floor,
1181 VX, Amstelveen, Netherlands
+31 20 656 47 00
(Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

____________________

JBS USA Food Company Holdings
1770 Promontory Circle
Greeley, Colorado 80634
+1 (970) 506-8000
(Name, Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

____________________

Copies to:

Donald E. Baker, Esq.
Daniel Nam, Esq.

Karen Katri, Esq.

White & Case LLP
1221 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10020
+1 (212) 819-8200

____________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable following the effective date of this registration statement.

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13(e)-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer) ☐

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer) ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933. Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

____________

†        The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

Table of Contents

Schedule A — Table of Co-Registrants

Exact Name as Specified in its Charter

 

State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Formation

 

I.R.S. Employer
Identification
Number

 

Address, including Zip Code,
and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of
Registrant’s Principal
Executive Offices

JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc.*

 

Delaware

 

99-0802532

 

1770 Promontory Circle Greeley, Colorado 80634
+1 (970) 506-8000

JBS USA Food Company Holdings*

 

Delaware

 

58-1034573

 

1770 Promontory Circle Greeley, Colorado 80634
+1 (970) 506-8000

____________

*        JBS N.V., JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company Holdings (collectively, the “Co-Issuers”) are the co-issuers of the new notes offered hereby. On November 19, 2025, we entered into supplemental indentures to each of the respective indentures governing JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l.’s, JBS USA Food Company Holdings’ and JBS USA Food Company’s 15 series of outstanding notes, pursuant to which (1) JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. was substituted as a co-issuer by JBS N.V. and JBS N.V. became a co-issuer of our notes and (2) JBS S.A., JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l. and JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty Limited were released as parent guarantors of our notes, in each case, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the indentures governing our notes. In addition, on November 20, 2025, JBS USA Food Company was merged into JBS USA Food Company Holdings, with JBS USA Food Company Holdings as the surviving entity.

Each Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until each Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not complete this exchange offer or issue these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED            , 2025

PROSPECTUS

 

Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)

Registration No. 333-            

JBS N.V.

Offers to Exchange
All Outstanding Unregistered Notes of the Series Specified Below
For New Notes which have been Registered under the
Securities Act of 1933

Expiration Date: 5:00 p.m., New York City Time,            , 2025, unless extended

We are conducting these exchange offers (each, an “Exchange Offer” and, collectively, the “Exchange Offers”) in order to provide you with an opportunity to exchange your unregistered notes for new notes that have been registered under the Securities Act.

The Exchange Offers

•        We will exchange all outstanding Old Notes (as defined below) that are validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) and accepted notes for an equal principal amount of New Notes (as defined below) that are registered under the Securities Act.

•        The Exchange Offers for the Old Notes expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on            , 2025, unless extended (such date, the “Expiration Date”).

•        You may withdraw tenders of Old Notes at any time prior to the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offers.

Outstanding Aggregate
Principal Amount

 

Title of Series of
Unregistered Notes to be
Exchanged
(collectively,
the “Old Notes”)

 

CUSIP/ISIN No.

 

Title of Series of
Registered Notes
to be Issued
(collectively,
the “New Notes”)

US$1,000,000,000

 

5.950% Senior Notes due 2035

 

472140 AA0 and L56900 AA8/

 

5.950% Senior Notes due 2035

       

US472140AA00 and USL56900AA86

   

US$750,000,000

 

6.375% Senior Notes due 2055

 

472140 AC6 and L56900 AB6/

 

6.375% Senior Notes due 2055

       

US472140AC65and USL56900AB69

   

US$1,250,000,000

 

5.500% Senior Notes due 2036

 

472140AE2 and L56900AC4/

 

5.500% Senior Notes due 2036

       

US472140AE22 and USL56900AC43

   

US$1,250,000,000

 

6.250% Senior Notes due 2056

 

472140 AG7 and L56900 AD2/

 

6.250% Senior Notes due 2056

       

US472140AG79 and USL56900AD26

   

US1,000,000,000

 

6.375% Senior Notes due 2066

 

472140 AJ1 and L56900AE0/

 

6.375% Senior Notes due 2066

       

US472140AJ19 and USL56900AE09

   

 

Table of Contents

We do not intend to list the New Notes on any securities exchange or any automated quotation system.

The terms of the New Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offers will have substantially identical terms to the corresponding series of Old Notes, except that the New Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to transfer restrictions or registration rights. The New Notes will have the same financial terms and covenants as the Old Notes, and are subject to the same business and financial risks.

All untendered Old Notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Old Notes and in the applicable Indenture (as defined herein). In general, the Old Notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the Exchange Offers, we do not currently anticipate that we will register the Old Notes under the Securities Act.

We have undertaken the Exchange Offers for the old 5.950% Senior Notes due 2035and the old 6.375% Senior Notes due 2055 (together, the “Old January Notes”) that were issued on January 21, 2025, pursuant to the terms of the January Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein), which requires us to consummate an exchange offer for the Old January Notes pursuant to an effective registration statement.

We have undertaken the Exchange Offers for the old 5.500% Senior Notes due 2036, the old 6.250% Senior Notes due 2056 and the old 6.375% Senior Notes due 2066 (together, the “Old July Notes”) that were issued on July 3, 2025, pursuant to the terms of the July Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein), which requires us to consummate an exchange offer for the Old July Notes pursuant to an effective registration statement.

The old 5.950% Senior Notes due 2035 were, and the new 5.950% Senior Notes due 2035 will be, issued under an indenture, dated as of January 21, 2025 (as supplemented through the date hereof, the “2035 Notes Indenture”), by and among the Co-Issuers, the guarantors party thereto and Regions Bank, as trustee.

The old 6.375% Senior Notes due 2055 were, and the new 6.375% Senior Notes due 2055 will be, issued under an indenture, dated as of January 21, 2025 (as supplemented through the date hereof, the “2055 Notes Indenture”), by and among the Co-Issuers, the guarantors party thereto and Regions Bank, as trustee.

The old 5.500% Senior Notes due 2036 were, and the new 5.500% Senior Notes due 2036 will be, issued under an indenture, dated as of July 3, 2025 (as supplemented through the date hereof, the “2036 Notes Indenture”), by and among the Co-Issuers, the guarantors party thereto and Regions Bank, as trustee.

The old 6.250% Senior Notes due 2056 were, and the new 6.250% Senior Notes due 2056 will be, issued under an indenture, dated as of July 3, 2025 (as supplemented through the date hereof, the “2056 Notes Indenture”), by and among the Co-Issuers, the guarantors party thereto and Regions Bank, as trustee.

The old 6.375% Senior Notes due 2066 were, and the new 6.375% Senior Notes due 2066 will be, issued under an indenture, dated as of July 3, 2025 (as supplemented through the date hereof, the “2066 Notes Indenture” and collectively with the 2035 Notes Indenture, the 2055 Notes Indenture, the 2036 Notes Indenture and the 2056 Notes Indenture, the “Indentures”), by and among the Co-Issuers, the guarantors party thereto and Regions Bank, as trustee.

References to the “trustee” herein are in respect to Regions Bank in its respective capacity as trustee under each of the applicable Indentures. Each series of New Notes will be exchanged for Old Notes of the corresponding series in minimum denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof. We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the New Notes in the Exchange Offers.

See the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus and “Item 3. Key Information — D. Risk Factors” in the JBS S.A. Form 20-F (as defined in this prospectus), which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus, for a discussion of risk factors that you should consider prior to tendering your Old Notes in the Exchange Offers.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

____________________

The date of this prospectus is            , 2025

 

Table of Contents

This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to make the Exchange Offers and by a broker-dealer for resales of New Notes acquired in the Exchange Offers where it is legal to do so.

In making a decision regarding the Exchange Offers, you should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any other information. If you receive any other information, you should not rely on it.

None of the Co-Issuers, D.F. King & Co., Inc. (the “Exchange Agent”) or any affiliate of any of their respective affiliates makes any recommendation as to whether or not holders of Old Notes should exchange their series of Old Notes for the corresponding series of New Notes in response to the Exchange Offers.

You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any exchange made hereunder shall under any circumstances imply that the information herein is correct as of any date subsequent to the date on the cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offers must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. By so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where such New Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the Expiration Date, to make this prospectus available, upon request, to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

Table of Contents

i

Table of Contents

CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS

Except where the context otherwise requires, in this prospectus:

•        “Co-Issuers” or “issuers” refers to JBS N.V., JBS USA Foods Group Holdings and JBS USA Food Company Holdings. JBS USA Foods Group Holdings and JBS USA Food Company Holdings are indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of JBS N.V.

•        “JBS N.V.” refers to JBS N.V., a public limited liability company (naamloze vennootschap) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Netherlands.

•        “JBS Group,” “we,” “our,” “us,” “our company” or like terms refer to JBS N.V. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires or otherwise indicated.

•        “JBS USA Food Company” refers to JBS USA Food Company, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, which was merged into JBS USA Food Company Holdings on November 20, 2025, with JBS USA Food Company Holdings as the surviving entity.

•        “JBS USA Food Company Holdings” refers to JBS USA Food Company Holdings, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. JBS USA Food Company was merged into JBS USA Food Company Holdings on November 20, 2025, with JBS USA Food Company Holdings as the surviving entity. JBS USA Food Company Holdings is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of JBS N.V.

•        “JBS USA Foods Group Holdings” refers to JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. JBS USA Foods Group Holdings is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of JBS N.V.

In addition, in this prospectus, except where otherwise indicated or where the context requires otherwise:

•        “Australia” means the Commonwealth of Australia.

•        “Brazil” means the Federative Republic of Brazil.

•        “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

•        “IASB” means the International Accounting Standards Board.

•        “IFRS — Accounting Standards” means International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) — Accounting Standards, as issued by the IASB.

•        “J&F” means J&F S.A. (formerly known as J&F Investimentos S.A.), a corporation (sociedade por ações) incorporated under the laws of Brazil. J&F is controlled by our ultimate controlling shareholders. See “Principal Shareholders” in this prospectus and “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — A. Major Shareholders” in the JBS S.A. Form 20-F (as defined in this prospectus), which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

•        “JBS Australia” means Baybrick Pty Limited, an Australian proprietary limited company. JBS Australia is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of JBS N.V.

•        “JBS Canada” means JBS Food Canada ULC, a Canadian unlimited company. JBS Canada is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of JBS N.V.

•        “JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l.” refers to JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) under the laws of Luxembourg. JBS USA is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of JBS N.V.

•        “JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty. Limited” refers to JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty. Limited, a dual incorporated entity, incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands and Australia. JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty. Limited is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of JBS N.V.

ii

Table of Contents

•        “JBS USA” refers to JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) under the laws of Luxembourg. JBS USA is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of JBS N.V.

•        “JBS S.A.” refers to JBS S.A., a Brazilian corporation (sociedade anônima). JBS S.A. is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of JBS N.V.

•        “LuxCo” refers to J&F Investments Luxembourg S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of Luxembourg. LuxCo is a wholly-owned subsidiary of J&F. See “Principal Shareholders” in this prospectus and “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — A. Major Shareholders” in the JBS S.A. Form 20-F, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.”

•        “Luxembourg” means the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

•        “Mexico” means the United Mexican States.

•        “the Netherlands” means the European part of the Kingdom of the Netherlands.

•        “PPC” means Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation, a Delaware corporation. JBS N.V. beneficially owns approximately 82% of PPC’s outstanding common stock.

•        “Seara” means Seara Alimentos Ltda., a Brazilian limited liability company (sociedade limitada). Seara and its subsidiaries produce poultry, pork and processed foods in Brazil. Seara is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of JBS N.V.

•        “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

•        “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

•        “U.K.” or “United Kingdom” means the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

•        “ultimate controlling shareholders” means Messrs. Joesley Mendonça Batista and Wesley Mendonça Batista.

•        “U.S.” or “United States” means the United States of America.

•        “U.S. dollars,” “US$” or “$” means U.S. dollars, the official currency of the United States.

iii

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes statements reflecting assumptions, expectations, intentions or beliefs about future events that are intended as “forward-looking statements” as defined under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements included in this prospectus, other than statements of historical fact, that address activities, events or developments that we or our management expect, believe or anticipate will or may occur in the future are forward-looking statements. These statements represent our reasonable judgment on the future based on various factors and using numerous assumptions and are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results and financial position to differ materially from those contemplated by the statements. You can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They use words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” “forecast,” “plan,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expect” and other words of similar meaning. In particular, these include, but are not limited to, statements of our current views and estimates of future economic circumstances, industry conditions in domestic and international markets and our performance and financial results.

Among the factors that may cause actual results and events to differ from the anticipated results and expectations expressed in such forward-looking statements are the following:

•        the risk of outbreak of animal diseases, more stringent trade barriers in key export markets and increased regulation of food safety and security;

•        product contamination or recall concerns;

•        fluctuations in the prices of live cattle, hogs, chicken, corn and soymeal;

•        fluctuations in the selling prices of beef, pork and chicken products;

•        developments in, or changes to, the laws, regulations and governmental policies governing our business and products or failure to comply with them, including environmental and sanitary liabilities;

•        currency exchange rate fluctuations, trade barriers, exchange controls, political risk and other risks associated with export and foreign operations;

•        changes in international trade regulations;

•        our strategic direction and future operation;

•        deterioration of economic conditions globally and more specifically in the principal markets in which we operate;

•        our ability to implement our business plan, including our ability to arrange financing when required and on reasonable terms and the implementation of our financing strategy and capital expenditure plan;

•        the successful integration or implementation of mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, strategic alliances or divestiture plans;

•        the competitive nature of the industry in which we operate and the consolidation of our customers;

•        customer demands and preferences;

•        our level of indebtedness;

•        adverse weather conditions in our areas of operations;

•        continued access to a stable workforce and favorable labor relations with employees;

•        our dependence on key members of our management;

•        the interests of our ultimate controlling shareholders;

•        reputational risk in connection with U.S. and Brazilian civil and criminal actions and investigations involving our ultimate controlling shareholders, and the outcome of these actions;

iv

Table of Contents

•        economic instability in Brazil and a resulting reduction in market confidence in the Brazilian economy;

•        political crises in Brazil;

•        the declaration or payment of dividends or interest attributable to shareholders’ equity;

•        the ongoing war between Russia and Ukraine, the Israel-Hamas-Iran conflict and tariff policies, which can contribute to higher prices for commodities, food products, ingredients and energy products, increasing inflation in some countries, and disruptions in trade and supply chains;

•        unfavorable outcomes in legal and regulatory proceedings and government investigations that we are, or may become, a party to;

•        other risks described under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus and “Item 3. Key Information — D. Risk Factors” in the JBS S.A. Form 20-F, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus;

•        other factors or trends affecting our financial condition, liquidity or results of operations; and

•        other statements contained in this prospectus regarding matters that are not historical facts.

In addition, there may be other factors and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, that could cause our actual results and events to be materially different from the results referenced in the forward-looking statements. Many of these factors will be important in determining our actual future results. Consequently, any or all of our forward-looking statements may turn out to be inaccurate.

We caution investors not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

All forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement.

v

Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

Financial Statements

Following the completion of a corporate reorganization (the “Corporate Reorganization”), JBS N.V. became the holding entity of JBS S.A. and its consolidated subsidiaries. Accordingly, the business of JBS N.V. following the completion of the Corporate Reorganization is the same as the business of JBS S.A. and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the completion of the Corporate Reorganization. For more information about the Corporate Reorganization, see “Corporate Reorganization and Dual Listing” in the JBS N.V. Third Quarter MD&A (as defined in this prospectus), which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

Accounting Treatment

The JBS Group accounted for the Corporate Reorganization as a common control transaction, and the pre-reorganization carrying amounts of JBS S.A. were included in the consolidated financial statements of JBS N.V. at book value. Accordingly, JBS N.V.’s unaudited interim financial statements (as defined below) reflect the following:

(i)     the historical operating results and financial position of JBS S.A. prior to the Corporate Reorganization;

(ii)    the consolidated financial performance and position of JBS N.V. subsequent to the completion of the Corporate Reorganization;

(iii)   the assets and liabilities of JBS N.V. and its subsidiaries stated at historical cost;

(iv)   the number of common shares issued by JBS N.V. as a result of the Corporate Reorganization, which is reflected retrospectively from January 1, 2024, for the purpose of calculating earnings per share;

(v)    the shares of JBS S.A. were contributed to JBS N.V. at their carrying amount in three tranches: December 27, 2023, May 23, 2025, and June 9, 2025; and

(vi)   the remaining retained earnings of JBS S.A., no longer applicable to JBS N.V., were reclassified to the opening balance of capital reserves. For more information, see note 20 to JBS N.V.’s unaudited interim financial statements.

JBS N.V.

JBS N.V.’s unaudited interim financial statements, incorporated by reference into this prospectus, are presented in U.S. dollars. JBS N.V. selected the U.S. dollar as its presentation currency to facilitate a more direct comparison to other competitors. The financial statements of each subsidiary included in the consolidation of JBS N.V.’s unaudited interim financial statements are prepared using the functional currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates. At the entity level, transactions in foreign currencies other than the functional currency of the entity are initially measured using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of each transaction. Foreign currency monetary items in the statement of financial position are translated using the closing exchange rate as of the reporting date. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the remeasurement at period end of foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are recognized in the consolidated statement of income, under the captions “Finance income” or “Finance expense.”

JBS S.A.

JBS S.A., which is JBS N.V.’s predecessor for accounting purposes, maintains its books and records in Brazilian reais, which is its functional currency. JBS S.A.’s audited financial statements (as defined below), incorporated by reference into this prospectus, are presented in U.S. dollars. JBS S.A.’s audited financial statements, incorporated by reference into this prospectus, include the consolidation of all of its subsidiaries which are prepared using each subsidiary’s respective functional currency. At the entity level, transactions in foreign currencies other than the functional currency of the entity are initially measured using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of each transaction. Foreign currency monetary items in the statement of financial position are translated using the

vi

Table of Contents

closing exchange rate as of the reporting date. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the remeasurement at period end of foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are recognized in the consolidated statement of income, under the captions “Finance income” or “Finance expense.”

This prospectus includes financial information derived from:

(1)    JBS N.V.’s unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial information as of September 30, 2025 and for the three- and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, and the related notes thereto, included in the JBS N.V. Third Quarter Form 6-K (as defined in this prospectus), which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. We refer to these as “JBS N.V.’s unaudited interim financial statements;” and

(2)    JBS S.A.’s audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes thereto, included in the JBS S.A. Form 20-F, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. We refer to these as “JBS S.A.’s audited financial statements” and, together with JBS N.V.’s unaudited interim financial statements, “JBS N.V.’s financial statements.”

JBS S.A.’s audited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS — Accounting Standards. JBS N.V.’s unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34 — Interim Financial Reporting, as issued by the IASB.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We have disclosed certain non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus, including Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin. These non-GAAP financial measures are used as measures of performance by our management and should not be considered as measures of financial performance in accordance with IFRS — Accounting Standards. You should rely on non-GAAP financial measures in a supplemental manner only in making your investment decision. There is no standard definition of non-GAAP financial measures, and JBS N.V.’s definitions may not be comparable to those used by other companies.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

Adjusted EBITDA is calculated by making the following adjustments to net income (loss), as further described in this prospectus (see “Summary — Summary Historical Financial Data”): exclusion of net finance expense; exclusion of current and deferred income taxes; exclusion of depreciation and amortization expenses; exclusion of share of profit of equity-accounted investees, net of tax; exclusion of antitrust agreements expenses; exclusion of donations and social programs expenses; exclusion of J&F Leniency expenses refund; exclusion of impairment of assets; exclusion of restructuring expenses; exclusion of fiscal payments and installments; exclusion of Rio Grande do Sul losses; exclusion of extemporaneous litigation expenses; exclusion of reversal of tax credits; exclusion of avian influenza losses; and exclusion of certain other operating income (expense), net.

Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated by dividing Adjusted EBITDA by net revenue.

The use of Adjusted EBITDA, instead of net income, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin, instead of net margin, have limitations as analytical tools, including the following:

•        Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, working capital needs;

•        Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on debt;

•        Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect income tax expense or the cash requirements to pay taxes;

•        Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;

vii

Table of Contents

•        Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect historical cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; and

•        Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin include adjustments that represent cash expenses or that represent non-cash charges that may relate to future cash expenses.

For more information about Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin and the adjusting items JBS N.V. used to calculate Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin, see “Summary — Summary Historical Financial Data.”

Industry and Market Data

Certain market and industry data included in this prospectus have been obtained from third-party sources that we believe to be reliable, such as the United States Department of Agriculture. We have not independently verified such third-party information and cannot assure you of its accuracy or completeness. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involves risks and uncertainties and is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus, and “Item 3. Key Information — D. Risk Factors” in the JBS S.A. Form 20-F, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

Nothing in this prospectus should be interpreted as a market forecast.

Brands

This prospectus includes trademarks, trade names and trade dress of other companies. Use or display by us of other parties’ trademarks, trade names or trade dress or products is not intended to and does not imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, the trademark, trade name or trade dress owners. Solely for the convenience of investors, in some cases we refer to our brands in this prospectus without the® symbol, but these references are not intended to indicate in any way that we will not assert our rights to these brands to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Rounding

Certain figures and some percentages included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, the totals included in certain tables contained in this prospectus may not correspond to the arithmetic aggregation of the figures or percentages that precede them.

viii

Table of Contents

SUMMARY

The following summary highlights some of the information contained in this prospectus but does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. We urge you to read the entire prospectus carefully, including the information that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. See the sections entitled “Where You Can Find Additional Information” and “Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference” for a further discussion on incorporation by reference.

Overview

We are the largest protein company and one of the largest food companies in the world in terms of net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024, according to Bloomberg’s Food Index and publicly available sources. Our net revenue was US$63.1 billion and US$57.2 billion for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and US$77.2 billion, US$72.9 billion and US$72.6 billion for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. We recorded a net income of US$1.8 billion and US$1.5 billion for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. We recorded a net income of US$2.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024, a net loss of US$0.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 and a net income of US$3.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022. Our Adjusted EBITDA was US$5.1 billion and US$5.3 billion for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and US$7.2 billion, US$3.5 billion and US$6.7 billion for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Through strategic acquisitions and capital investment, we have created a diversified global platform that allows us to prepare, package and deliver fresh and frozen, value-added and branded beef, poultry, pork, fish and lamb products to leading retailers and foodservice customers. We sell our products to more than 320,000 customers worldwide in approximately 180 countries on six continents.

As of September 30, 2025, we were:

•        the #1 global beef producer in terms of capacity, according to Nebraska Public Media, with operations in the United States, Australia, Canada and Brazil and an aggregate daily processing capacity of approximately 78,000 heads of cattle;

•        the #1 global poultry producer in terms of capacity, with operations in the United States, Brazil, United Kingdom, Mexico, Puerto Rico and Europe, and an aggregate daily processing capacity of more than 13.5 million chickens according to WATT Poultry, a global resource for the poultry meat industries;

•        the #2 largest global pork producer in terms of capacity, with operations in the United States, Brazil, the United Kingdom, Australia and Europe, and an aggregate daily processing capacity of approximately 147,000 hogs according to WATT Poultry;

•        a leading lamb producer in terms of capacity, according to Levante, with operations in Australia and Europe and an aggregate daily processing capacity of approximately 23,500 heads;

•        a leading regional fish producer in terms of capacity, according to Forbes, with operations in Australia and an aggregate daily processing capacity of approximately 220 tons;

•        a leading table eggs producer in Brazil, with operation in six Brazilian states, and an aggregate capacity of approximately four billion table eggs per year; and

•        a significant global producer of value-added and branded meat products.

We primarily sell protein products, which include fresh and frozen cuts of beef, pork, lamb, fish, whole chickens and chicken parts, to retailers (such as supermarkets, club stores and other retail distributors), and foodservice companies (such as restaurants, hotels, foodservice distributors and additional processors). Our food products are marketed under a variety of national and regional brands, including: in North America, “Swift,” “Just Bare,” “Pilgrim’s Pride,” “1855,” “Gold Kist Farms,” “Del Dia,” “Northern Gold” and “Canadian Diamond” and premium brand “Sunnyvalley”; in Brazil, “Swift,” “Seara,” “Friboi, “Maturatta,” “Reserva Friboi,” “Seara Da Granja,” “Seara Nature,” “Massa Leve,” “Marba,” “Doriana,” “Delícia,” “Primor,” “Delicata,” “Incrível,” “Rezende,” “LeBon,” “Frango Caipira Nhô Bento,” “Seara Turma da Mônica,” and premium brands “1953,” “Seara Gourmet,” “Hans” and “Eder”; in Australia, “Great Southern” and “AMH”; and in Europe, “Moy Park” and “O’Kane.” We also produce

1

Table of Contents

value-added and branded products marketed, primarily under our portfolio of widely recognized consumer brands in some of our key markets, including “Seara” in Brazil, “Primo,” “Rivalea” and “Huon” in Australia and “Beehive” in New Zealand.

We are geographically diversified. In the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 and in the year ended December 31, 2024, we generated 74.3%, 74.3% and 74.1%, respectively, of our net revenue from sales in the countries where we operate our facilities, which we classify as domestic sales, and 25.7%, 25.7% and 25.9%, respectively, of our net revenue represented export sales. The United States, Brazil and Australia are leading exporters of protein to many fast-growing markets, including Asia, Africa and the Middle East. Asia represented 50.3%, 48.9% and 48.9% of our net revenue from export sales in the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 and in the year ended December 31, 2024, respectively, primarily from sales in China, Japan and South Korea. Africa and the Middle East collectively represented 12.0%, 15.1% and 14.2% of our net revenue from export sales in the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 and in the year ended December 31, 2024, respectively.

Recent Developments

Simplification of Notes Corporate Structure

On November 19, 2025, we entered into supplemental indentures to each of the respective indentures governing JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l.’s, JBS USA Food Company Holdings’ and JBS USA Food Company’s 15 series of outstanding notes, pursuant to which (1) JBS USA was substituted as a co-issuer by JBS N.V. and JBS N.V. became a co-issuer of our notes and (2) JBS S.A., JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l. and JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty Limited were released as parent guarantors of our notes, in each case, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the indentures governing our notes.

In addition, on November 20, 2025 JBS USA Food Company was merged into JBS USA Food Company Holdings, with JBS USA Food Company Holdings as the surviving entity.

Amendments to Revolving Credit Facilities

On November 19, 2025, we entered into an amendment (the “JBS USA Amendment”) to our revolving credit facility, dated as of November 1, 2022 (as amended, the “Revolving Credit Facility”), by and among JBS N.V., JBS USA Food Company, JBS Australia and JBS Canada, as borrowers, Bank of Montreal, as administrative agent, and the lender parties thereto from time to time.

In connection with the JBS USA Amendment, (1) JBS USA was be substituted as a borrower by JBS N.V. and JBS N.V. became a borrower and a guarantor under the Revolving Credit Facility, (2) JBS USA Food Company was substituted as a borrower by JBS USA Food Company Holdings and JBS USA Food Company Holdings became a borrower and a guarantor under the Revolving Credit Facility and (3) JBS S.A., JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l. and JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty Limited were released as parent guarantors, in each case, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Revolving Credit Facility. In addition, the JBS USA Amendment replaced the financial maintenance covenant that requires compliance with a maximum total debt to capitalization of 55.0% with compliance with a minimum interest coverage ratio that requires JBS N.V. not to permit its interest coverage ratio to be less than 3.00:1.00, as of the last day of the most recently ended test period, commencing with the test period ending on March 31, 2026. The other terms and conditions of the Revolving Credit Facility remain substantially unchanged.

In addition, we also intend to enter into an amendment (the “JBS S.A. Amendment”) to the JBS S.A. revolving credit facility, dated as of August 5, 2022 (as amended, the “JBS S.A. Revolving Credit Facility”), by and among JBS S.A. and its subsidiaries JBS Investments Luxembourg S.à r.l., Seara Meats B.V. and Seara Alimentos Ltda., as borrowers and guarantors, pursuant to which JBS N.V. will be added as a borrower to the JBS S.A. Revolving Credit Facility. If entered into, the JBS S.A. Amendment will also amend certain other defined terms and provisions to the JBS S.A. Revolving Credit Facility.

There is no guarantee that the JBS S.A. Amendment will be entered into on the anticipated terms and timeframe or at all.

2

Table of Contents

Amendments to Certain Non-Convertible Debentures

We intend to enter into amendments to certain non-convertible unsecured debentures providing for JBS N.V. to become a guarantor thereunder. These debentures underlie the securitization of agribusiness receivables in Brazil through the issuance of agribusiness receivables certificates (Certificados de Recebíveis do Agronegócio) (“CRAs”).

There is no guarantee that the amendments to the CRAs will be entered into on the anticipated terms and timeframe or at all.

Commercial Paper Program

We intend to launch a commercial paper program that will replace our existing commercial paper program. The program will allow the Co-Issuers to issue up to US$1.0 billion in aggregate principal amount of short-term, unsecured notes without registration under the Securities Act (the “Commercial Paper Program”).

There is no guarantee that the Commercial Paper Program will be entered into on the anticipated terms and timeframe or at all.

U.S. DOJ Civil Investigation Demand

On November 18, 2025, JBS USA received a civil investigative demand (“CID”) from the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) related to the U.S. fed cattle and beef packing industry. JBS USA will cooperate with the DOJ in producing documents and information pursuant to the CID.

2025 Seara CRA Offering

On November 5, 2025, Seara issued rural financial product notes (Cédulas de Produto Rural com Liquidação Financeira — CPR-Financeiras) representing four series of CRAs due 2035, 2035, 2045 and 2065, in the aggregate principal amount equivalent to US$569 million (the “2025 Seara CRA Offering”). The rural financial product notes are guaranteed by JBS S.A. and JBS N.V. Seara plans to use the net proceeds from the issuances of these securities primarily to acquire raw materials, namely corn in natura, in the ordinary course of its business. The agreements governing the CRAs contain customary covenants and events of default; however, they do not include any financial covenants.

New Share Buyback Program

On August 13, 2025, the board of directors of JBS N.V. approved a new share buyback program authorizing JBS N.V. to acquire Class A common shares, including in the form of Brazilian Depositary Receipts (“BDRs”), in an aggregate amount of up to US$400 million (the “New Share Buyback Program”). On October 14, 2025, the board of directors of JBS N.V. approved an expansion of the New Share Buyback Program in an aggregate amount of up to an additional US$200 million. The New Share Buyback Program commenced on August 18, 2025, and concluded on November 10, 2025. Under the New Share Buyback Program, JBS N.V. repurchased a total of 41,008,292 Class A common shares, in the aggregate amount of US$600 million. Of this amount, 23,211,318 Class A common shares, in the aggregate amount of US$362.5 million, were repurchased during the period ended September 30, 2025, and the remaining 17,796,974 Class A common shares, in the aggregate amount of US$237.5 million, were repurchased during the period from October 1, 2025 to November 10, 2025.

3

Table of Contents

Corporate Structure

The following diagram sets forth JBS N.V.’s simplified corporate structure as of the date of this prospectus. For information about the principal shareholders of JBS N.V., see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — A. Major Shareholders” in the JBS S.A. Form 20-F, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

____________

(1)      Includes approximately 82% of the outstanding common stock of PPC.

JBS N.V.’s headquarters are located at Stroombaan 16, 5th Floor, 1181 VX, Amstelveen, Netherlands, and our phone number is +31 20 656-4700. JBS N.V.’s website is https://ri.jbsglobal.com. Information contained on or obtainable through JBS N.V.’s website is not incorporated into, and does not constitute a part of, this prospectus.

You can get more information regarding our business by reading the JBS S.A. Form 20-F, the JBS N.V. Third Quarter Information (as defined in this prospectus) and the other reports JBS N.V. files with, or furnishes to, the SEC and that are incorporated by reference into this prospectus. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” and “Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference.”

4

Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFERS

The Exchange Offers

 

We are offering to exchange up to:

•   US$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of newly issued and registered 5.950% Senior Notes due 2035 (the “New 2035 Notes”) for an equal principal amount of our outstanding 5.950% Senior Notes due 2035 (the “Old 2035 Notes”);

•   US$750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of newly issued and registered 6.375% Senior Notes due 2055 (the “New 2055 Notes” and, together with the New 2035 Notes, the “New January Notes”) for an equal principal amount of our outstanding 6.375% Senior Notes due 2055 (the “Old 2055 Notes” and, together with the Old 2035 Notes, the “Old January Notes”);

•   US$1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of newly issued and registered 5.500% Senior Notes due 2036 (the “New 2036 Notes”) for an equal principal amount of our outstanding 5.500% Senior Notes due 2036 (the “Old 2036 Notes”);

•   US$1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of newly issued and registered 6.250% Senior Notes due 2056 (the “New 2056 Notes”) for an equal principal amount of our outstanding 6.250% Senior Notes due 2056 (the “Old 2056 Notes”); and

•   US$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of newly issued and registered 6.375% Senior Notes due 2066 (the “New 2066 Notes” and, collectively with the New 2036 Notes and the New 2056 Notes, the “New July Notes” and, together with the New January Notes, the “New Notes”) for an equal principal amount of our outstanding 6.375% Senior Notes due 2066 (the “Old 2066 Notes” and, collectively with the Old 2036 Notes and the Old 2056 Notes, the “Old July Notes” and, together with the Old January Notes, the “Old Notes”).

Purpose of the Exchange Offers

 

The New January Notes are being offered to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreements, dated as of January 21, 2025, by and between JBS USA and certain initial purchasers (the “January Registration Rights Agreement”).

The New July Notes are being offered to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreements, dated as of July 3, 2025, by and between JBS USA and certain initial purchasers (the “July Registration Rights Agreement” and, together with the January Registration Rights Agreement, the “Registration Rights Agreements”).

Subject to limited exceptions, after the Exchange Offers are complete, you will not have any further rights under the applicable Registration Rights Agreement, including any right to require us to register any of the Old Notes that you do not exchange, to file a shelf registration statement to cover resales of the Old Notes or to pay you the additional interest we agreed to pay to holders of Old Notes if we failed to satisfy our obligations under the applicable Registration Rights Agreement governing the Old Notes.

5

Table of Contents

The Notes

 

Each series of New Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offers will have substantially identical terms to corresponding series of Old Notes, except that the New Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to transfer restrictions or registration rights. The New Notes will have the same financial terms and covenants as the Old Notes, and are subject to the same business and financial risks.

Each series of New Notes will be part of the same corresponding series of the Old Notes and will be issued under the same applicable Indenture. Holders of Old Notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters’ rights in connection with the Exchange Offers.

Denomination

 

Each series of New Notes will only be issued in minimum denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof. No tender of Old Notes will be accepted if it results in the issuance of less than US$2,000 principal amount of New Notes.

Expiration Date

 

Each Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on            , 2025, unless we extend it in our sole discretion. The time and date of expiration of each Exchange Offer, as each such time and date may be extended is referred to, in each case, as the “Expiration Date.”

Settlement Date

 

The Settlement Date for the Exchange Offers will be promptly after the Expiration Date.

Procedures for Tendering the Old Notes

 

If you wish to accept the applicable Exchange Offer, you must tender your Old Notes in accordance with the book-entry procedures described under “The Exchange Offers — Book-Entry Delivery Procedures for Tendering Old Notes Held with DTC,” and transmit an agent’s message to the Exchange Agent through the Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) of DTC. See “The Exchange Offers — Procedures for Tendering.”

Consequences of Failure to Exchange the Old Notes

 


You will continue to hold Old Notes, which will remain subject to their existing transfer restrictions, if you do not validly tender your Old Notes or you tender your Old Notes and they are not accepted for exchange. With some limited exceptions, we will have no obligation to register the Old Notes after we consummate the Exchange Offers. See “The Exchange Offers — Terms of the Exchange Offers” and “The Exchange Offers — Consequences of Failure To Exchange.”

Conditions to the Exchange Offers

 

The Exchange Offers are subject to several customary conditions. We will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue any New Notes in exchange for, any Old Notes, and we may terminate or amend the Exchange Offers with respect to one or more series of the Old Notes if we determine in our reasonable judgment at any time before the Expiration Date that the Exchange Offers would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC. The foregoing conditions are for our sole benefit and may be waived by us at any time. See “The Exchange Offers — Conditions to the Exchange Offers.” In addition, we will not accept for exchange any Old Notes tendered, and no New Notes will be issued in exchange for any such Old Notes, if at any time any stop order is threatened or in effect.

6

Table of Contents

 

With respect to each Exchange Offer, we reserve the right to terminate or amend such Exchange Offer at any time prior to the applicable Expiration Date upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing events.

With respect to each Exchange Offer, if we make a material change to the terms of such Exchange Offer, we will, to the extent required by law, disseminate additional offer materials and extend such Exchange Offer.

Registration Rights Agreements

 

We have undertaken the Exchange Offers for the Old Notes pursuant to the terms of the applicable Registration Rights Agreements. Under the Registration Rights Agreements, we agreed, among other things, to consummate an exchange offer for the Old Notes pursuant to an effective registration statement or to cause resales of the Old Notes to be registered. We have filed the registration statement related to this prospectus to meet our obligations under the Registration Rights Agreements. If we fail to satisfy certain obligations under the Registration Rights Agreements with respect to the Old Notes, we are required to pay additional interest to holders of such series of Old Notes under specified circumstances. See “Registration Rights.”

Resale of the New Notes

 

We believe the New Notes that will be issued in the Exchange Offers may be resold by most investors without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, subject to certain conditions. Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. See “Plan of Distribution.” By so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. You should read the discussions under “The Exchange Offers” and “Plan of Distribution” for further information regarding the Exchange Offers and resale of the New Notes.

Acceptance of Old Notes for Exchange and Delivery of New Notes

 


Except in some circumstances, any and all Old Notes that are validly tendered in the Exchange Offers prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date will be accepted for exchange. The New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offers will be delivered promptly after such acceptance. See “The Exchange Offers — Acceptance of Old Notes for Exchange and Delivery of New Notes.”

Exchange Agent

 

D.F. King & Co., Inc. is serving as Exchange Agent.

7

Table of Contents

THE NEW NOTES

The following is a brief summary of the principal terms of the New Notes. The terms of each series of the New Notes are identical in all material respects to those of the corresponding series of the Old Notes except that the New Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to transfer restrictions or registration rights, and the New Notes will bear different CUSIP numbers from the Old Notes of the corresponding series. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. For a more complete description of the terms of the New Notes and the terms and provisions of the applicable Indenture that govern the Old Notes and will govern the New Notes, see “Description of the New Notes.”

Issuers

 

JBS N.V., JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company Holdings

Securities Offered

 

Up to:

•   US$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of New 2035 Notes;

•   US$750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of New 2055 Notes;

•   US$1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of New 2036 Notes;

•   US$1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of New 2056 Notes; and

•   US$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of New 2066 Notes.

Maturity Date

   

New 2035 Notes

 

April 20, 2035

New 2055 Notes

 

February 25, 2055

New 2036 Notes

 

January 15, 2036

New 2056 Notes

 

March 1, 2056

New 2066 Notes

 

April 15, 2066

Interest

   

New 2035 Notes

 

The New 2035 Notes will bear interest at the annual rate of 5.950%, payable semi-annually in arrears on April 20 and October 20 of each year.

New 2055 Notes

 

The New 2055 Notes will bear interest at the annual rate of 6.375%, payable semi-annually in arrears on February 25 and August 25 of each year.

New 2036 Notes

 

The New 2036 Notes will bear interest at the annual rate of 5.500%, payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year.

New 2056 Notes

 

The New 2056 Notes will bear interest at the annual rate of 6.250%, payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year.

New 2066 Notes

 

The New 2066 Notes will bear interest at the annual rate of 6.375%, payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year.

8

Table of Contents

 

The New Notes of each series will accrue interest from (and including) the most recent date on which interest has been paid on the corresponding series of Old Notes accepted in the Exchange Offers. If your Old Notes are accepted for exchange, you will receive interest on the corresponding New Notes and not on the Old Notes. Any Old Notes not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest according to their terms.

Optional Redemption

 

We may redeem each series of New Notes, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time at the redemption prices set forth under “Description of the New Notes — Optional Redemption.”

Change of Control Triggering Event

 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event (as defined under “Description of the New Notes”), we will be required to make an offer to purchase the New Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the New Notes being repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of repurchase. See “Description of the New Notes — Change of Control Triggering Event.”

Certain Covenants

 

The applicable Indenture governing each series of New Notes will restrict our ability and the ability of our significant subsidiaries that guarantee such series of New Notes to create certain liens on future Principal Properties (as defined under “Description of the New Note — Certain Definitions”) and our ability to merge, consolidate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets. However, these restrictions are subject to certain significant exceptions, as further described under the heading “Description of the New Notes — Certain Covenants of the Company” in this prospectus.

Ranking

 

The New Notes will be our unsecured senior obligations and will rank equally with all of our existing and future unsecured senior debt and rank senior to all of our existing and future subordinated debt. The New Notes will be effectively junior to our existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such debt. The New Notes will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities (including trade payables) of our subsidiaries (other than JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company Holdings).

DTC Eligibility

 

The New Notes of each series will be represented by global certificates deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC or its nominee. See “Book-Entry Settlement and Clearance.”

Same-Day Settlement

 

Beneficial interests in the New Notes will trade in DTC’s same-day funds settlement system until maturity. Therefore, secondary market trading activity in such beneficial interests will be settled in immediately available funds. See “Book-Entry Settlement and Clearance.”

No listing of the New Notes

 

We do not intend to apply to list the New Notes on any securities exchange or to have the New Notes quoted on any automated quotation system.

9

Table of Contents

Governing Law

 

Each series of New Notes and the applicable Indenture will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent

 

Regions Bank.

Risk Factors

 

See “Risk Factors” in this prospectus and “Item 3. Key Information — D. Risk Factors” in the JBS S.A. Form 20-F, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and the other information contained in, or incorporated by reference into, this prospectus for a discussion of factors that should be carefully considered by holders of Old Notes before tendering their Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers and investing in the New Notes.

10

Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

The following summary historical financial data of JBS N.V. is being provided to help you in your analysis of the financial aspects of the Exchange Offers. You should read and analyze this information in conjunction with the rest of this prospectus, including the section entitled “Presentation of Financial and Other Information,” included elsewhere in this prospectus and the section entitled “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” in the JBS S.A. Form 20-F, the JBS N.V. Third Quarter MD&A, as well as the JBS N.V.’s financial statements, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

The summary historical consolidated financial information presented below has been derived from JBS N.V.’s financial statements. The summary historical consolidated financial information of JBS N.V. presented in this prospectus is not necessarily indicative of JBS N.V.’s future consolidated operating results. The tables below present a summary of JBS N.V.’s consolidated financial performance for the periods indicated.

Items Affecting Comparability of Financial Results

The comparability of our financial results is affected by our acquisitions and fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, principally the Brazilian real against the U.S. dollar. For more information, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — A. Operating Results — Items Affecting Comparability of Financial Results” in the JBS S.A. Form 20-F, “Items Affecting Comparability of Financial Results” in the JBS N.V. Third Quarter MD&A, and the JBS N.V.’s financial statements, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

11

Table of Contents

 

As of and for the nine-month
period ended September 30,

 

As of and for the year ended
December 31,

   

2025

 

2024

 

2024

 

2023

 

2022

   

(in millions of US$)

Consolidated statement of income information:

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Net revenue

 

63,121.2

 

 

57,208.9

 

 

77,182.5

 

 

72,918.1

 

 

72,613.9

 

Cost of sales

 

(54,691.6

)

 

(48,597.3

)

 

(65,594.3

)

 

(64,951.0

)

 

(61,070.2

)

Gross profit

 

8,429.5

 

 

8,611.6

 

 

11,588.2

 

 

7,967.2

 

 

11,543.6

 

General and administrative expenses

 

(1,592.4

)

 

(1,712.6

)

 

(2,278.3

)

 

(2,315.1

)

 

(2,290.0

)

Selling expenses

 

(3,650.7

)

 

(3,438.8

)

 

(4,827.2

)

 

(4,594.3

)

 

(4,681.6

)

Other expenses

 

(56.7

)

 

(109.1

)

 

(189.2

)

 

(122.1

)

 

(99.6

)

Other income

 

77.3

 

 

60.3

 

 

84.5

 

 

148.5

 

 

311.0

 

Net operating expenses

 

(5,222.5

)

 

(5,200.1

)

 

(7,210.4

)

 

(6,883.0

)

 

(6,760.2

)

Operating profit

 

3,207.0

 

 

3,411.4

 

 

4,377.8

 

 

1,084.1

 

 

4,783.3

 

Finance income

 

508.0

 

 

517.6

 

 

719.3

 

 

584.2

 

 

808.6

 

Finance expense

 

(1,484.1

)

 

(1,827.0

)

 

(2,389.1

)

 

(1,937.6

)

 

(2,050.3

)

Net finance expense

 

(976.1

)

 

(1,309.5

)

 

(1669.7

)

 

(1,353.4

)

 

(1,241.6

)

Share of profit of equity-accounted investees, net of tax

 

15.0

 

 

(0.2

)

 

2.9

 

 

9.5

 

 

11.8

 

Profit (loss) before taxes

 

2,245.9

 

 

2,101.7

 

 

2,711.0

 

 

(259.7

)

 

3,553.4

 

Current income taxes

 

(576.4

)

 

(399.2

)

 

(870.4

)

 

(69.5

)

 

(515.2

)

Deferred income taxes

 

125.2

 

 

(193.3

)

 

127.0

 

 

197.5

 

 

105.3

 

Total income taxes

 

(451.2

)

 

(592.5

)

 

(743.3

)

 

128.0

 

 

(410.0

)

Net income (loss)

 

1,794.8

 

 

1,509.2

 

 

1,967.6

 

 

(131.7

)

 

3,143.5

 

Attributable to:

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Company shareholders

 

1,609.2

 

 

1,354.0

 

 

1,766.8

 

 

(198.9

)

 

2,997.4

 

Non-controlling interest

 

185.6

 

 

155.2

 

 

200.7

 

 

67.1

 

 

146.0

 

   

1,794.8

 

 

1,509.2

 

 

1,967.6

 

 

(131.7

)

 

3,143.5

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Consolidated statement of financial position information at period/year end:

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

3,558.2

 

 

5,070.1

 

 

5,613.6

 

 

4,569.5

 

 

2,526.4

 

Trade accounts receivable

 

3,847.8

 

 

3,392.0

 

 

3,735.5

 

 

3,390.9

 

 

3,878.1

 

Inventories

 

6,568.7

 

 

5,471.8

 

 

5,015.9

 

 

5,101.2

 

 

5,393.5

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

13,263.9

 

 

12,371.1

 

 

11,780.8

 

 

12,918.2

 

 

11,915.3

 

Goodwill

 

5,898.2

 

 

5,848.3

 

 

5,417.1

 

 

6,105.0

 

 

5,828.7

 

Total assets

 

44,186.1

 

 

41,588.0

 

 

40,685.3

 

 

42,577.8

 

 

39,885.5

 

Total loans and financings(1)

 

20,768.6

 

 

18,958.0

 

 

19,326.7

 

 

19,999.1

 

 

17,700.1

 

Total equity

 

9,509.2

 

 

9,480.4

 

 

8,134.3

 

 

9,707.8

 

 

9,546.1

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Consolidated cash flow information:

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Net cash flows provided by (used in):

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Operating activities

 

996.4

 

 

2,689.7

 

 

4,229.5

 

 

2,378.8

 

 

2,580.5

 

Investing activities

 

(1,457.8

)

 

(925.5

)

 

(1,417.6

)

 

(1,408.4

)

 

(2,535.6

)

Financing activities

 

(1,733.9

)

 

(1,093.8

)

 

(1,414.8

)

 

(1,022.1

)

 

(1,667.4

)

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Other consolidated financial information

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

 

5,115.9

 

 

5,345.3

 

 

7,191.9

 

 

3,457.9

 

 

6,722.0

 

____________

(1)      Current loans and financings plus non-current loans and financings.

12

Table of Contents

(2)      Adjusted EBITDA is used as a measure of performance by our management. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated by making the following adjustments to net income (loss), as further described below: exclusion of net finance expense; exclusion of current and deferred income taxes; exclusion of depreciation and amortization expenses; exclusion of share of profit of equity-accounted investees, net of tax; exclusion of antitrust agreements expenses; exclusion of donations and social programs expenses; exclusion of J&F Leniency expenses refund; exclusion of impairment of assets; exclusion of restructuring expenses; exclusion of fiscal payments and installments; exclusion of Rio Grande do Sul losses; exclusion of extemporaneous litigation expenses; exclusion of reversal of tax credits; exclusion of avian influenza losses; and exclusion of certain other operating income (expense), net. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure required by or calculated in accordance with IFRS — Accounting Standards and should not be considered as a substitute for income from continuing operations, net income or any other measure of financial performance reported in accordance with IFRS — Accounting Standards or as measures of operating cash flows or liquidity. You should rely primarily on our financial information prepared in accordance with the IFRS — Accounting Standards and use of Adjusted EBITDA in a supplemental manner in making your investment decision. For more information about the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA, see “Presentation of Financial and Other Information — Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Adjusted EBITDA is reconciled to net income (loss) as follows:

 

For the nine-month period
ended September 30,

 

For the year ended
December 31,

   

2025

 

2024

 

2024

 

2023

 

2022

   

(in millions of US$)

Net income (loss)

 

1,794.8

 

 

1,509.2

 

 

1,967.6

 

 

(131.7

)

 

3,143.5

 

Current and deferred income taxes

 

451.2

 

 

592.5

 

 

743.4

 

 

(128.0

)

 

410.0

 

Net finance expense

 

976.1

 

 

1,309.5

 

 

1,669.8

 

 

1,353.4

 

 

1,241.7

 

Depreciation and amortization expenses

 

1,684.9

 

 

1,633.6

 

 

2,189.5

 

 

2,149.1

 

 

1,907.9

 

Share of profit of equity-accounted investees, net of tax

 

(15.0

)

 

0.2

 

 

(2.9

)

 

(9.5

)

 

(11.8

)

Antitrust agreements expenses(a)

 

143.7

 

 

81.0

 

 

253.7

 

 

102.5

 

 

101.4

 

Donations and social programs expenses(b)

 

1.7

 

 

18.2

 

 

22.5

 

 

18.2

 

 

23.9

 

J&F Leniency expenses refund(c)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(93,8

)

Impairment of assets(d)

 

12.8

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

26.3

 

 

17.4

 

Restructuring expenses(e)

 

23.8

 

 

83.0

 

 

95.6

 

 

52.2

 

 

—

 

Fiscal payments and installments(f)

 

2.4

 

 

81.8

 

 

81.8

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Rio Grande do Sul losses(g)

 

—

 

 

19.3

 

 

19.3

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Extemporaneous litigation expenses(h)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

61.0

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Reversal of tax credits(i)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

58.7

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Avian influenza(j)

 

13.1

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Other operating income (expense), net(k)

 

26.5

 

 

17.0

 

 

32.0

 

 

25.5

 

 

(18.3

)

Adjusted EBITDA

 

5,115.9

 

 

5,345.3

 

 

7,191.9

 

 

3,457.9

 

 

6,722.0

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Adjusted EBITDA by segment:

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Brazil

 

666.9

 

 

733.9

 

 

965.0

 

 

469.3

 

 

468.9

 

Seara

 

1,140.1

 

 

1,089.0

 

 

1,538.6

 

 

364.5

 

 

896.7

 

Beef North America

 

(375.1

)

 

136.5

 

 

247.3

 

 

114.2

 

 

2,081.7

 

Pork USA

 

719.1

 

 

800.2

 

 

1,071.2

 

 

526.9

 

 

756.3

 

Pilgrim’s Pride

 

2,247.7

 

 

2,059.3

 

 

2,703.4

 

 

1,536.0

 

 

2,084.6

 

Australia

 

699.4

 

 

524.1

 

 

664.3

 

 

454.7

 

 

443.9

 

Others

 

17.8

 

 

3.6

 

 

3.5

 

 

(5.2

)

 

(7.9

)

Total reportable segments

 

5,115.9

 

 

5,346.6

 

 

7,193.2

 

 

3,460.4

 

 

6,724.2

 

Eliminations(l)

 

—

 

 

(1.3

)

 

(1.3

)

 

(2.6

)

 

(2.2

)

Adjusted EBITDA

 

5,115.9

 

 

5,345.3

 

 

7,191.9

 

 

3,457.9

 

 

6,722.0

 

____________

(a)      Refers to antitrust agreements entered into by JBS USA and its subsidiaries. For more information, see “Item 8. Financial Information — A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information — Legal Proceedings” in the JBS S.A. Form 20-F, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

13

Table of Contents

(b)      Refers to donations made to (i) the Instituto J&F for improvements to the school’s building, and (ii) the JBS Fund for The Amazon, a fund established by JBS S.A. to finance and support innovative, long-term initiatives that build on JBS S.A.’s legacy of conservation and sustainable development in the Amazon biome.

(c)      Refers to the amount that J&F agreed to pay to JBS S.A. in connection with the settlement agreement between the parties to Arbitration Proceeding No. 186/21, net of PIS/COFINS social contribution tax. For more information, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Related Party Transactions — J&F Settlement Agreement” in the JBS S.A. Form 20-F, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

(d)      In 2025, this mainly relates to the impairment of fixed assets and recoverable tax credits, whereas in 2023, it refers to the impairment of Planterra’s plant.

(e)      Refers to multiple restructuring initiatives, primarily those in our indirect subsidiary PPC, which are registered as other expenses, as well as other non-significant restructuring projects that are registered as general and administrative expenses.

(f)      Refers to the special program for payment of tax processes with exemption from fines and reduction of interest.

(g)      Refers to the loss incurred as a result of the floods that occurred in the Brazilian State of Rio Grande do Sul.

(h)      Refers to extemporaneous litigation arising from debts of companies acquired by the JBS Group and recognizes these settlement expenses within general and administrative.

(i)      Refers to the reversal of ICMS credits on sales operations disallowed in the Brazilian State of Santa Catarina.

(j)      Refers to the impacts related to avian influenza incurred by our subsidiary Seara.

(k)      Refers to various adjustments, mainly outside of Brazil, such as expenses related to acquisitions and insurance indemnities, among others.

(l)      Includes intercompany and intersegment transactions.

14

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, as well as the risks under “Item 3. Key Information — D. Risk Factors” of the JBS S.A. Form 20-F, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus, provided that such risks apply equally to the New Notes, before making an investment decision. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks or uncertainties. In that case, the trading prices of the New Notes could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risks described below are those that we currently believe may materially affect us. Additional risks not presently known to us, or that we currently consider immaterial, may also materially adversely affect us.

For purposes of this section, when we state that a risk, uncertainty or problem may, could or will have an “adverse effect” on us or “adversely affect” us, we mean that the risk, uncertainty or problem could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and/or prospects, and/or the price of the New Notes, except as otherwise indicated. You should view similar expressions in this section as having similar meaning.

Risks Related to the Exchange Offers

The Exchange Offers may not be consummated.

The Exchange Offers are subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including if we determine in our reasonable judgment at any time before the Expiration Date that the Exchange Offers would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC (the “Staff”). Even if the Exchange Offers are completed, any or all of them may not be completed on the schedule described in this prospectus.

Accordingly, holders participating in the Exchange Offers may have to wait longer than expected to receive the New Notes, during which time those holders will not be able to effect transfers of their Old Notes tendered in the applicable Exchange Offer.

If you fail to exchange your Old Notes, they will continue to be restricted securities and will likely become less liquid.

Old Notes that you do not tender, or we do not accept, will, following the Exchange Offers, continue to be restricted securities, and you may not offer to sell them except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We will issue each series of New Notes in exchange for the Old Notes of the corresponding series pursuant to the applicable Exchange Offer only following the satisfaction of the procedures and conditions set forth in “The Exchange Offers — Procedures for Tendering” and “The Exchange Offers — Conditions to the Exchange Offers.”

Because we anticipate that all or substantially all holders of Old Notes will elect to exchange their Old Notes in these Exchange Offers, we expect that the market for any Old Notes remaining after the completion of the Exchange Offers will be substantially limited. Any Old Notes tendered and exchanged in the Exchange Offers will reduce the aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes of the applicable series outstanding. If you do not tender your Old Notes following the Exchange Offers, you generally will not have any further registration rights, and your Old Notes will continue to be subject to certain transfer restrictions. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for the Old Notes of each series is likely to be adversely affected.

Late deliveries of Old Notes could prevent a holder from exchanging its Old Notes.

Holders are responsible for complying with all procedures of the Exchange Offers. The issuance of New Notes in exchange for Old Notes will only occur upon completion of the procedures described in this prospectus under “The Exchange Offers.” Therefore, holders of each series of Old Notes who wish to exchange them for New Notes of the corresponding series should allow sufficient time for timely completion of the applicable Exchange Offer procedures. Neither we nor the Exchange Agent are obligated to extend the offer or notify you of any failure to follow the proper procedures or waive any defect if you fail to follow the proper procedures.

15

Table of Contents

If you are a broker-dealer, your ability to transfer the New Notes may be restricted.

A broker-dealer that purchased Old Notes for its own account as part of market-making or trading activities must comply with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act when it sells the New Notes. Our obligation to make this prospectus available to broker-dealers is limited. Consequently, we cannot guarantee that a proper prospectus will be available to broker-dealers wishing to resell their New Notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

16

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the New Notes. In consideration for issuing the series of New Notes as contemplated by this prospectus, we will receive, in exchange, an equal principal amount of the corresponding series of Old Notes. Old Notes surrendered in exchange for New Notes will be retired and cannot be reissued.

17

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth JBS N.V.’s consolidated loans and financings, equity and total capitalization as of September 30, 2025:

•        on an actual historical basis derived from JBS N.V.’s unaudited interim financial statements; and

•        on an as adjusted basis to reflect:

(a)    the incurrence by Seara of additional indebtedness, in the aggregate principal amount equivalent to US$569 million, in connection with the 2025 Seara CRA Offering, which closed on November 5, 2025. For more information, see “Summary — Recent Developments —2025 Seara CRA Offering;” and

(b)    the repurchase of Class A common shares of JBS N.V. between October 1, 2025 and November 10, 2025, in the aggregate amount of US$237.5 million, in connection with the New Share Buyback. For more information, see “Summary — Recent Developments — New Share Buyback Program.”

You should read this table in conjunction with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” in the JBS S.A. Form 20-F, the JBS N.V. Third Quarter MD&A and JBS N.V.’s unaudited interim financial statements, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

 

As of
September 30, 2025

   

Actual

 

As Adjusted

   

(in millions of US$)

Loans and financings:

       

Total current loans and financings

 

999.4

 

999.4

Total non-current loans and financings

 

19,769.2

 

20,338.2

Total loans and financing

 

20,768.6

 

21,337.6

Total equity

 

9,509.2

 

9,271.7

Total capitalization(1)

 

30,277.8

 

30,609.3

____________

(1)      Total capitalization is the sum of total current and non-current loans and financings and total consolidated equity. There is no standard definition of total capitalization, and JBS N.V.’s definition of total capitalization may not be comparable to those used by other companies.

18

Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFERS

Purpose of the Exchange Offers

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreements, we agreed, for the benefit of the holders of Old Notes, at our cost, to use our commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to registered offers to exchange the Old Notes of each series for New Notes of the same series, which will have terms identical in all material respects to such Old Notes, except that the New Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to transfer restrictions or registration rights, and the New Notes will bear different CUSIP numbers from the Old Notes of the corresponding series. See “Registration Rights.”

General

Under existing interpretations of the Staff of the SEC, the Old Notes would generally be freely tradable after the completion of the Exchange Offers without further compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. However, each holder of Old Notes who is an affiliate of ours or who intends to participate in the Exchange Offers for the purposes of distributing the New Notes:

•        will not be able to rely on the interpretations of the Staff;

•        will not be entitled to participate in the Exchange Offers; and

•        must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any sale or transfer of the New Notes, unless that sale or transfer is made pursuant to an exemption from those requirements.

Each holder of Old Notes that participates in the Exchange Offers will be required to represent to us at the time it transmits an agent’s message through ATOP and the consummation of the Exchange Offers that:

•        it is not an affiliate of ours;

•        it is not a broker-dealer tendering Old Notes acquired directly from us for its own account;

•        the New Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business; and

•        it is not engaged and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person, to participate in the distribution, within the meaning of the Securities Act, of the New Notes.

Our consummation of the Exchange Offers with respect to the Old Notes is subject to certain conditions described in the Registration Rights Agreements, including, without limitation, our receipt of the representations from participating holders as described above and in the Registration Rights Agreements.

In connection with any resales of the New Notes, any broker-dealer that acquired New Notes for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities (“exchanging broker-dealers”) must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act. The SEC has taken the position that exchanging broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the New Notes with the prospectus contained in the exchange offer registration statement. Under the Registration Rights Agreements, we will be required for a limited period to allow exchanging broker-dealers and other persons, if any, subject to similar prospectus delivery requirements to use the prospectus contained in the exchange offer registration statement in connection with the resale of New Notes.

Terms of the Exchange Offers

We are offering holders of the Old Notes the opportunity to exchange any and all of their series of Old Notes for the corresponding series of New Notes. This prospectus contains the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offers. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions included in this prospectus, we will accept for exchange the series of Old Notes which are properly tendered on or prior to the Expiration Date, unless you have previously withdrawn them.

19

Table of Contents

When you tender your Old Notes as provided below, our acceptance of the Old Notes will constitute a binding agreement between you and us upon the terms and subject to the conditions in this prospectus. In tendering Old Notes, you should also note the following important information:

•        The Old Notes may be tendered only in principal amounts equal to minimum denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof. No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted. Holders who do not tender all of their Old Notes should ensure that they retain a principal amount of Old Notes amounting to at least the minimum denomination equal to US$2,000. The New Notes will only be issued in minimum denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof. No tender of Old Notes will be accepted if it results in the issuance of less than US$2,000 principal amount of New Notes.

•        Each Exchange Offer will remain open for 20 business days after the date notice is sent to the holders of the Old Notes, or longer if required by applicable law. We are sending this prospectus on             , 2025, to all of the registered holders of Old Notes.

•        Each Exchange Offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on             , 2025; provided, however, that we, in our sole discretion, may extend the period of time for which an Exchange Offer is open.

•        None of the Exchange Offers is conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of the Old Notes being tendered.

•        Our obligation to accept the Old Notes for exchange in the Exchange Offers is subject to the conditions described under “— Conditions to the Exchange Offers.”

•        We expressly reserve the right, at any time, to extend the period of time during which an Exchange Offer is open, and thereby delay acceptance of any Old Notes, by giving oral (promptly followed in writing) or written notice of an extension to the Exchange Agent and notice of that extension to the holders of the Old Notes as described below. During any extension, all Old Notes of a series previously tendered will remain subject to the applicable Exchange Offer unless withdrawal rights are exercised as described under “— Withdrawal.” Any Old Notes of a series not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to the tendering holder of such series of Old Notes promptly after the expiration or termination of the applicable Exchange Offer.

•        We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate any Exchange Offer, and to not accept for exchange any series of Old Notes that we have not yet accepted for exchange, at any time prior to the Expiration Date. If we make a material change to the terms of an Exchange Offer, including the waiver of a material condition, we will, to the extent required by law, disseminate additional offer materials and extend the period of time during which such Exchange Offer is open so that at least five business days remain in such Exchange Offer following notice of a material change.

•        Old Notes which are not tendered for exchange, or are tendered but not accepted, in connection with the Exchange Offers will remain outstanding and be entitled to the benefits of the applicable Indentures, but, in the case of the Old Notes, will not be entitled to any further registration rights under the Registration Rights Agreement.

•        We intend to conduct the Exchange Offers in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

•        By exchanging your Old Notes for New Notes, you will be making to us the representations described under “— Resale of the New Notes.”

Expiration Date; Extensions; Termination; Amendments

The Exchange Offers expire on the Expiration Date, which is 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on             , 2025, subject to our right to extend that time and date in our sole discretion (which right is subject to applicable law), in which case the Expiration Date means the latest time and date to which the Expiration Date is extended. To extend the Expiration Date for an Exchange Offer, we will notify the Exchange Agent and will make a public announcement

20

Table of Contents

thereof before 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date. During any extension of the Expiration Date for an Exchange Offer, all Old Notes previously tendered in such extended Exchange Offer will remain subject to such Exchange Offer and may be accepted for exchange by us.

Subject to applicable law, we expressly reserve the right, in our sole discretion and with respect to any or all of the Exchange Offers, to:

•        delay accepting any series of the Old Notes, to extend any or all Exchange Offers or to terminate any or all Exchange Offers and not accept any Old Notes;

•        extend the Expiration Date for any or all Exchange Offers;

•        terminate any or all Exchange Offers and return all tendered Old Notes to the respective tendering holders; and

•        amend, modify or waive, in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, the terms any or all Exchange Offers in any respect, including waiver of any conditions to consummation of any or all Exchange Offers.

If any termination or material amendment occurs, we will notify the Exchange Agent in writing and will either issue a press release or give written notice to the holders of the Old Notes as promptly as practicable. Additionally, in the event of a material amendment or change in any or all Exchange Offers, which would include any waiver of a material condition hereof, we will extend the applicable Exchange Offer, if necessary, so that at least five business days remain in such Exchange Offer following notice of the material amendment or change, as applicable. Unless we terminate any or all Exchange Offers prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, we will exchange the series of New Notes for the tendered Old Notes of the corresponding series promptly after the Expiration Date and will issue to the Exchange Agent the series of New Notes for Old Notes of the corresponding series validly tendered, not withdrawn and accepted for exchange. Old Notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to the tendering holder promptly after expiration or termination of the Exchange Offers. See “— Acceptance of Old Notes for Exchange and Delivery of New Notes.”

Settlement Date

The Settlement Date for the Exchange Offers will be promptly after the Expiration Date. We will not be obligated to deliver New Notes unless the applicable Exchange Offer is consummated.

Procedures for Tendering

If you wish to participate in the Exchange Offers and your Old Notes are held by a custodial entity such as a commercial bank, broker, dealer, trust company or other nominee, you must instruct that custodial entity to tender your Old Notes on your behalf pursuant to the procedures of that custodial entity. Please ensure you contact your custodial entity as soon as possible to give them sufficient time to meet your requested deadline. Beneficial owners are urged to appropriately instruct their commercial bank, broker, dealer, trust company or other nominee at least five business days prior to the Expiration Date in order to allow adequate processing time for their instruction. It is your responsibility to properly tender your Old Notes.

To participate in the Exchange Offers, you must comply with the ATOP procedures for book-entry transfer described below prior to the Expiration Date.

The Exchange Agent and DTC have confirmed that the Exchange Offers are eligible for ATOP with respect to book-entry notes held through DTC.

The method of delivery of Old Notes and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent, including delivery through DTC and any acceptance or agent’s message delivered through ATOP, is at the election and risk of the holder of the Old Notes.

21

Table of Contents

No Letter of Transmittal

No letter of transmittal needs to be executed in relation to the Exchange Offers. The valid electronic tendering of Old Notes in exchange for New Notes in accordance with DTC’s ATOP procedures shall constitute a valid tender of Old Notes.

Book-Entry Delivery Procedures for Tendering Old Notes Held with DTC

If you wish to tender Old Notes held on your behalf by a nominee with DTC, you must:

•        inform your nominee of your interest in tendering your Old Notes pursuant to the applicable Exchange Offer; and

•        instruct your nominee to tender all Old Notes you wish to be tendered in the applicable Exchange Offer into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC prior to the Expiration Date.

Any financial institution that is a nominee of DTC, including Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream”), must tender Old Notes by effecting a book-entry transfer of Old Notes to be tendered in the applicable Exchange Offer into the account of the Exchange Agent at DTC by electronically transmitting its acceptance of the applicable Exchange Offer through the ATOP procedures for transfer. DTC will then verify the acceptance, execute a book-entry delivery to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC and send an agent’s message to the Exchange Agent. An “agent’s message” is a message, transmitted by DTC to, and received by, the Exchange Agent and forming part of a book-entry confirmation, that states that DTC has received an express acknowledgement from an organization that participates in DTC (a “participant”) tendering Old Notes, that the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of this prospectus as set forth herein and that we may enforce such agreement against the participant.

Conditions to the Exchange Offers

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Exchange Offers, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue the New Notes in exchange for, any of the Old Notes and may terminate or amend any or all Exchange Offers, if we determine in our reasonable judgment at any time before the Expiration Date that any or all Exchange Offers would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC.

In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the Old Notes of any holder that has not made to us the representations described under “— Resale of the New Notes,” in “Plan of Distribution” and such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to allow us to use an appropriate form to register the New Notes under the Securities Act.

The foregoing conditions are for our sole benefit and may be waived by us regardless of the circumstances giving rise to that condition. Our failure at any time to exercise the foregoing rights shall not be considered a waiver by us of that right. The rights described in the prior paragraphs are ongoing rights which we may assert at any time and from time to time.

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, and acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Old Notes will be determined by us in our sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tendered Old Notes determined by us not to be in proper form or not to be tendered validly or any tendered Old Notes acceptance of which by us would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive, in our sole discretion, any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Old Notes, whether or not waived in the case of other Old Notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offers will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes must be cured within the time we determine. Although we intend to notify holders of Old Notes of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Old Notes, none of us, the Exchange Agent, or any other person will be under any duty to give that notification or shall incur any liability for failure to give that notification. Tenders of Old Notes will not be deemed to have been made until any defects or irregularities therein have been cured or waived.

22

Table of Contents

Withdrawal

You can withdraw your tender of Old Notes at any time on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

Tenders of any series of Old Notes in the Exchange Offers may be validly withdrawn at any time prior to the applicable Withdrawal Deadline, but will thereafter be irrevocable, even if we otherwise extend the Exchange Offers beyond the Expiration Date, except in certain limited circumstances where additional withdrawal rights are required by law. Tenders submitted in the Exchange Offers after the Withdrawal Deadline will be irrevocable, except in the limited circumstances where additional withdrawal rights are required by law.

For a withdrawal of a tender to be effective, a notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the Withdrawal Deadline in accordance with the customary procedures of DTC’s ATOP. The withdrawal notice must:

•        specify the name of the tendering holder of Old Notes;

•        bear a description of the series of Old Notes to be withdrawn;

•        specify the aggregate principal amount represented by such series of Old Notes; and

•        specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn Old Notes.

Withdrawal of tenders of Old Notes may not be rescinded, and any Old Notes validly withdrawn will thereafter be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the applicable Exchange Offer. Validly withdrawn Old Notes may, however, be retendered by again following the procedures described in “— Procedures for Tendering” above prior to the Expiration Date.

Resale of the New Notes

Under existing interpretations of the Staff of the SEC contained in several no-action letters to third parties, the New Notes would in general be freely transferable by holders thereof (other than affiliates of us) after the Exchange Offers without further registration under the Securities Act (subject to certain representations required to be made by each holder of Old Notes participating in the Exchange Offers, as set forth below). The relevant no-action letters include the Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation letter, which was made available by the SEC on May 13, 1988, the Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated letter, which was made available by the SEC on June 5, 1991, the K-111 Communications Corporation letter, which was made available by the SEC on May 14, 1993, and the Shearman & Sterling letter, which was made available by the SEC on July 2, 1993. Neither we nor any of our affiliates, have entered into any arrangement or understanding with any person to distribute the securities to be received in the Exchange Offers and, to the best of our information and belief, each person participating in the Exchange Offers is (i) neither an “affiliate” of JBS N.V. within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, nor a broker-dealer acquiring the securities in exchange for securities acquired directly from JBS N.V. for its own account, (ii) acquiring the securities in its ordinary course of business, and (iii) is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the securities to be received in the Exchange Offers and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the securities to be received in the Exchange Offers.

However, any holder of Old Notes who is an “affiliate” of ours or who intends to participate in the Exchange Offers for the purpose of distributing the New Notes:

•        will not be able to rely on such SEC interpretation;

•        will not be able to tender its Old Notes in the Exchange Offers; and

•        must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any sale or transfer of Old Notes unless such sale or transfer is made pursuant to an exemption from those requirements.

23

Table of Contents

We acknowledge that such secondary resale transactions should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act.

By tendering Old Notes in exchange for New Notes and transmitting an agent’s message through ATOP, each holder of the Old Notes will represent that:

•        it is not an affiliate of ours;

•        it is not a broker-dealer tendering Old Notes acquired directly from us for its own account;

•        the New Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business; and

•        it is not engaged and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person, to participate in the distribution, within the meaning of the Securities Act, of the New Notes.

We have not sought, and do not intend to seek, a no-action letter from the SEC with respect to the effects of the Exchange Offers, and there can be no assurance that the SEC staff would make a similar determination with respect to the New Notes as it has made in previous no-action letters.

In addition, in connection with any resales of those Old Notes, each exchanging broker-dealer, as defined below, receiving the New Notes for its own account in exchange for the Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such exchanging dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it may be a statutory underwriter and that it must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

The SEC has taken the position in the Shearman & Sterling no-action letter, which it made available on July 2, 1993, that exchanging broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the New Notes, other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of the Old Notes, by delivery of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offers registration statement.

In addition, each holder of Old Notes validly tendered in an Exchange Offer upon transmission of an “agent’s message” to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to represent, warrant and agree that:

•        it has received this prospectus and has reviewed it;

•        it is the beneficial owner of, or a duly authorized representative of one or more beneficial owners of, the Old Notes tendered thereby, and it has full power and authority to tender such Old Notes and deliver the related “agent’s message”;

•        the Old Notes being tendered thereby were owned as of the date of tender, free and clear of any liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances of any kind, and we will acquire good title to those Old Notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances of any kind, when we accept the same;

•        it will not sell, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise encumber or transfer any Old Notes tendered thereby from the date of such tender unless such Old Notes are validly withdrawn or such Exchange Offer is terminated, and any purported sale, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance or transfer will be void and of no effect;

•        it is not a person to whom it is unlawful to make an invitation to tender pursuant to the applicable Exchange Offer under applicable law, and it has observed (and will observe) the laws of all relevant jurisdictions in connection with its tender;

•        it will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents reasonably deemed by the Exchange Agent or us to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale, assignment and transfer of the Old Notes tendered hereby;

24

Table of Contents

•        in evaluating the applicable Exchange Offer and in making its decision whether to participate in such Exchange Offer by tendering its Old Notes and transmitting an “agent’s message” to the Exchange Agent, it has made its own independent appraisal of the matters referred to in this prospectus and in any related communications and it is not relying on any statement, representation or warranty, express or implied, made to it by us or the Exchange Agent, other than those contained in this prospectus, as amended or supplemented through the Expiration Date; and

•        it hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of JBS N.V.), with full powers of substitution and revocation (such power-of-attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest), to (i) present the Old Notes and all evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or transfer ownership of, the Old Notes on the account books maintained by Euroclear, Clearstream, or DTC to, or upon the order of, JBS N.V., (ii) present the Old Notes for transfer of ownership on the books of the relevant security register and (iii) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of the Old Notes all in accordance with the terms of and conditions to the Exchange Offers as set forth in this prospectus.

The representations, warranties and agreements of a holder tendering Old Notes will be deemed to be repeated and reconfirmed on and as of the Expiration Date and the Settlement Date. All authority conferred or agreed to by a tender of Old Notes and transmission of an “agent’s message” to the Exchange Agent shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the person making such tender and transmission, and every obligation of such person shall be binding upon such person’s heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives.

Absence of Appraisal and Dissenters’ Rights

Holders of the Old Notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters’ rights in connection with the Exchange Offers.

Acceptance of Old Notes for Exchange and Delivery of New Notes

On the Settlement Date, the New Notes to be issued in exchange for the Old Notes tendered and accepted in the applicable Exchange Offer will be delivered in book-entry form.

We will be deemed to accept the Old Notes that have been validly tendered by holders and that have not been validly withdrawn before the Withdrawal Deadline as provided in this prospectus when, and if, we give oral or written notice of acceptance to the Exchange Agent. Following receipt of that notice by the Exchange Agent and subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offers, delivery of the New Notes will be made by the Exchange Agent on the Settlement Date. The Exchange Agent will act as agent for tendering holders of Old Notes for the purpose of receiving Old Notes and transmitting New Notes as of the Settlement Date. If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for any reason described in the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offers, such unaccepted Old Notes will be returned without expense to the tendering holders promptly after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offers.

If, for any reason, acceptance for exchange of tendered Old Notes, or issuance of New Notes in exchange for validly tendered Old Notes, pursuant to the applicable Exchange Offer is delayed, or we are unable to accept tendered Old Notes for exchange or to issue New Notes in exchange for validly tendered Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers, then the Exchange Agent may, nevertheless, on our behalf, retain the tendered Old Notes, without prejudice to our rights described under “— Expiration Date; Extensions; Termination; Amendments” and “— Conditions to the Exchange Offers” and “— Withdrawal” above, but subject to Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, which requires that we return the Old Notes tendered promptly after the termination or withdrawal of any exchange offer, and the tendered Old Notes may not be withdrawn.

25

Table of Contents

Exchange Agent

D.F. King & Co., Inc. has been appointed as the Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offers. All correspondence in connection with the Exchange Offers, including questions concerning tender procedures and requests for additional copies of this prospectus, should be sent or delivered by each holder of the Old Notes, or beneficial owner’s commercial bank, broker, dealer, trust company or other nominee, to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth below:

By Registered Certified or Regular Mail or Overnight Courier or Hand Delivery:

D.F. King & Co., Inc., as Exchange Agent

28 Liberty Street, 53rd Floor

New York, NY 10005

Attn: Michael Horthman

Email: jbs@dfking.com

Toll Free: (877) 283-0318

Banks and Brokers Call: (646) 759-4548

By Facsimile Transmission (eligible institutions only): (212) 709-3328

For Information or Confirmation by Telephone: (212) 232-3233

Holders of Old Notes may also contact their commercial bank, broker, dealer, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the applicable Exchange Offer. We will pay the Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

Solicitation of Tenders; Fees and Expenses

We have not retained any dealer-manager or similar agent in connection with the Exchange Offers and we will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others for soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offers. We will, however, pay the Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for actual and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders of the Old Notes. Solicitations of holders may be made by mail, e-mail, telephone, facsimile transmission, in person and otherwise by any Exchange Agent, as well as by our officers and other employees and those of our affiliates. No additional compensation will be paid to any officers or employees who engage in soliciting exchanges.

Holders tendering their Old Notes accepted in the Exchange Offers will not be obligated to pay brokerage commissions or fees to us, the Exchange Agent or, except as set forth below, to pay transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of their Old Notes. If, however, a tendering holder handles the transaction through its broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other institution, that holder may be required to pay brokerage fees or commissions.

The Exchange Offers are not being made to, nor will tenders be accepted from or on behalf of, holders of Old Notes in any jurisdiction in which the making of the Exchange Offers or the acceptance would not be in compliance with the laws of the jurisdiction.

Transfer Taxes

You will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection with the tender of Old Notes in the Exchange Offers unless you instruct us to issue or cause to be issued New Notes, or request that Old Notes not tendered or accepted in the Exchange Offers be returned, to a person other than the tendering holder. In those cases, you will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer taxes.

If satisfactory evidence of payment of or exemption from those transfer taxes is not submitted to us or the Exchange Agent, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to the tendering holder and/or withheld from any amounts due with respect to the Old Notes tendered by such holder.

26

Table of Contents

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

As a consequence of the offer or sale of the Old Notes pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, holders of Old Notes who do not exchange Old Notes for New Notes in the applicable Exchange Offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer of the Old Notes. In general, the Old Notes may not be offered or sold unless such offers and sales are registered under the Securities Act, or exempt from, or not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

Upon completion of the Exchange Offers, due to the restrictions on transfer of the Old Notes and the absence of similar restrictions applicable to the New Notes, it is highly likely that the market, if any, for Old Notes will be relatively less liquid than the market for New Notes. Consequently, holders of Old Notes who do not participate in the applicable Exchange Offer could experience significant diminution in the value of their Old Notes compared to the value of the New Notes.

NONE OF JBS N.V. OR THE TRUSTEE WITH RESPECT TO THE OLD NOTES OR NEW NOTES, THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR ANY AFFILIATE OF ANY OF THEM, MAKES ANY RECOMMENDATION AS TO WHETHER HOLDERS OF THE OLD NOTES SHOULD EXCHANGE THEIR OLD NOTES FOR NEW NOTES IN RESPONSE TO THE EXCHANGE OFFERS.

27

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

In accordance with our articles of association we are managed by a board of directors, consisting of executive directors and non-executive directors, who may appoint executive officers to manage its day-to-day operations.

Board Structure

JBS N.V. has a one-tier board of directors. The number of directors is determined by the board of directors, provided that the board of directors shall consist of a minimum of seven directors and a maximum of 11 directors. In addition, the board of directors consists of a minimum of one and a maximum of four executive directors and a minimum of three and a maximum of ten non-executive directors. Directors are appointed as such by our general meeting of shareholders at the nomination of the board of directors, whether or not upon the recommendation of the nominating committee of the board of directors. At the nomination of the board of directors, the general meeting of shareholders shall appoint one of the non-executive directors as chairman of the board of directors.

Each director is appointed for a term of approximately one year, which period ends immediately after the annual general meeting of shareholders that will be held in the calendar year after the date of his or her appointment. A director may be reappointed, with due observance of the provision in the previous sentence.

A director may at any time be suspended by the general meeting of shareholders by a simple majority vote. An executive director may also be suspended by the board of directors which shall require a unanimous vote by all directors except the executive director whose suspension is the subject of the motion.

As of the date of this prospectus, the issuer’s management board consists of the following members:

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Jeremiah O’Callaghan

 

72

 

Chairman (Non-Executive Board Member)

Gilberto Tomazoni

 

67

 

Executive Board Member

Wesley Mendonça Batista

 

55

 

Non-Executive Board Member

Joesley Mendonça Batista

 

53

 

Non-Executive Board Member

Kátia Regina de Abreu Gomes

 

63

 

Non-Executive Board Member

Paulo Bernardo Silva

 

73

 

Non-Executive Board Member

Carlos Hamilton Vasconcelos Araújo

 

61

 

Non-Executive Board Member

Henrique de Campos Meirelles

 

80

 

Non-Executive Board Member

Raul Alfredo Padilla

 

69

 

Non-Executive Board Member

The following is a summary of the business experience of our directors:

Jeremiah O’Callaghan has been chairman of the board of directors of JBS S.A. since October 2017 and an executive officer of JBS S.A. since January 15, 2019. Mr. O’Callaghan holds a degree in civil engineering from the University College Cork in Ireland. Mr. O’Callaghan entered the beef industry in 1983 and joined us in 1996 to develop our international trade. He has more than 30 years of experience in the beef production industry.

Gilberto Tomazoni has served as the chief executive officer of the issuer since October 2019. He was selected to this position by JBS S.A. Mr. Tomazoni has also been JBS S.A.’s Global Chief Executive Officer since December 2018. He has extensive experience in, and knowledge of, the food industry. He worked at Sadia for 27 years, where he started as a trainee and became Sadia’s chief executive officer. He served for three years as vice president of Bunge Alimentos, managing the food and ingredients business, and was also the executive director for their South and Central American business. He joined JBS S.A. as Global President of the poultry business in 2013, and subsequently led the establishment of Seara as its chief executive officer. In 2015, he was named President of JBS’ Global Operations. In 2013, he was named chairman of PPC’s board of directors. He is also a member of the International Advisory Council of Fundação Dom Cabral (FDC). He holds a degree in mechanical engineering from Universidade Federal de Santa Catarina in Santa Catarina, Brazil and a postgraduate degree in management.

Wesley Mendonça Batista is a co-controlling shareholder of J&F, one of the largest business groups in Brazil. Mr. Wesley Batista brings more than 35 years of experience in the protein industry and provides extensive operational expertise and business management experience to our company. He currently serves as Vice President

28

Table of Contents

of the J&F Institute, a non-profit organization that was created 14 years ago to transform businesses into companies committed to educating their communities. Additionally, he is a member of the board of directors of JBS S.A. and PPC.

Joesley Mendonça Batista is a co-controlling shareholder of J&F, one of the largest business groups in Brazil. Mr. Joesley Batista brings more than 35 years of experience in the protein industry, expertise in protein production operations and business management experience to our company. He currently serves as President of the J&F Institute, a non-profit organization that was created 14 years ago to transform businesses into companies committed to educating their communities. Additionally, he is a member of the board of directors of JBS S.A. and PPC.

Kátia Regina de Abreu Gomes has been an independent member of JBS S.A.’s board of directors since July 2023. She was the President of the Foreign Affairs Committee of the Brazilian Federal Senate between 2021 and 2022, Brazilian Federal Senator between 2007 and 2021, Minister of Agriculture, Livestock and Supplying of Brazil between 2015 and 2016, Brazilian Federal Deputy between 2003 and 2007, Substitute Brazilian Federal Deputy between 2000 and 2002, President of the Confederation of Agriculture and Livestock — CNA between 2009 and 2014, President of the Federation of Agriculture and Livestock of the State of Tocantins in 1996 and President of the Rural Union of the Municipality of Gurupi in the State of Tocantins in 1994. In addition, she participated in several commissions and missions abroad and in Brazil.

Paulo Bernardo Silva has been an independent member of JBS S.A.’s board of directors since July 2023. He was Minister of Communications of Brazil between 2011 and 2014, Minister of Planning, Budget and Management of Brazil between 2005 and 2010, Federal Deputy for the State of Paraná in three terms (1991-1995, 1995-1999 and 2003-2007). Mr. Silva was also a career employee at Banco do Brasil (1975-2015), Secretary of State for Finance for the State of Mato Grosso do Sul (1999 – 2000) and Municipal Secretary of Finance and Planning for the City of Londrina (2001-2002).

Carlos Hamilton Vasconcelos Araújo has been an independent member of JBS S.A.’s board of directors since January 2022. Mr. Vasconcelos is currently the chief risk officer for Brasilcap Capitalização. Previously, Mr. Vasconcelos was the chief planning officer of Eldorado Celulose Brasil S.A., deputy governor at the Brazilian Central Bank, Secretary of Economic Policy of the Ministry of Finance of Brazil, chief operation officer and chief financial officer at Banco do Brasil S.A. and chief executive officer of Cateno Gestão de Contas de Pagamentos. In addition, he has served as a member of the board of directors of UBS BB Services, Banco Votorantim, Cielo, BB Seguridade and Neoenergia. Mr. Vasconcelos holds a degree in engineering and masters and doctorate in economics from Getulio Vargas Foundation.

Henrique de Campos Meirelles was president of the Brazilian Central Bank from 2003 to 2010 and Brazil’s Minister of Finance from 2016 to 2018. During most of his career he worked for BankBoston, where he was the president of the Brazilian operations from 1984 to 1996. In 1996, he became President and Chief Operating Officer of BankBoston Corporation and in 1999 was named President of Global Banking for FleetBoston Financial. He has served as a member of the board of directors of Best Foods Group, Raytheon Company, Fleet Boston and Azul Brazilian Airlines. Mr. Meirelles earned a bachelor’s degree in engineering from the Universidade de São Paulo and a master’s in business administration from the Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro — Coppead. He attended the Harvard Business School Advanced Management Program.

Raul Padilla has been an independent member of PPC since April 2022. He served as president of global operations of Bunge Limited until 2021. Prior to serving as president, Mr. Padilla held several leadership positions with Bunge, including president of Bunge South America, president of Bunge Sugar and Bioenergy, managing director of Bunge Global Agribusiness and chief executive officer of Bunge Product Lines. Mr. Padilla has over 40 years of experience in the oilseed processing and grain handling industries in Argentina, beginning his career with La Plata Cereal in 1977. He has served as president of the Argentine National Oilseed Crushers Association, vice president of the International Association of Seed Crushers and Director of the Buenos Aires Cereal Exchange and the Rosario Futures Exchange. Mr. Padilla is a graduate of the University of Buenos Aires. Mr. Padilla has over 40 years of experience in the agribusiness and food business with global responsibilities.

In 2017, Messrs. Joesley Mendonça Batista and Wesley Mendonça Batista, among others, entered into collaboration agreements (acordos de colaboração premiada) (the “Collaboration Agreements”) with the Brazilian Attorney General’s Office (Procuradoria-Geral da República), and J&F, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, entered into a leniency agreement (the “Leniency Agreement”) with the Brazilian Federal Prosecution Office

29

Table of Contents

(Ministério Público Federal) following disclosures of illicit payments made to Brazilian politicians from 2009 to 2015. In 2020, Messrs. Joesley Mendonça Batista and Wesley Mendonça Batista also entered into a settlement with the SEC, and J&F reached a plea agreement with the Department of Justice (DOJ) relating to the circumstances and payments that were the subject of the Collaboration Agreements and Leniency Agreement. For more information about the facts and circumstances underlying these agreements, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — A. Major Shareholders — Civil and Criminal Actions and Investigations involving our Ultimate Controlling Shareholders” and “Item 3. Key Information — D. Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Industries — We are subject to reputational risk in connection with U.S. and Brazilian civil and criminal actions and investigations involving our ultimate controlling shareholders, and these actions may materially adversely impact our business and prospects and damage our reputation and image” in the JBS S.A. Form 20-F, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has determined that all of its directors as of the date of this prospectus, other than Jeremiah O’Callaghan, Gilberto Tomazoni, Wesley Mendonça Batista and Joesley Mendonça Batista, qualify as independent under the NYSE rules on director independence.

In addition, all of our directors as of the date of this prospectus, other than Jeremiah O’Callaghan, Gilberto Tomazoni, Wesley Mendonça Batista and Joesley Mendonça Batista, qualify as independent within the meaning of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.

Board Committees

JBS N.V. has an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating committee and a sustainability committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of these committees is summarized below.

Audit Committee

Under NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are required to maintain an audit committee consisting of at least three independent directors, all of whom are financially literate and one of whom has accounting or related financial management expertise.

The audit committee consists of the following members: Carlos Hamilton Vasconcelos Araújo (chair), Henrique de Campos Meirelles and Raul Padilla.

The audit committee assists our board of directors in overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. In addition, the audit committee will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of our independent registered public accounting firm. The audit committee consists exclusively of members of our board of directors who are financially literate, and at least one member of our audit committee is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC.

Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of the audit committee satisfies the “independence” requirements set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

The audit committee is governed by a charter that complies with the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE. The audit committee is responsible for, among other matters:

•        appointing and retaining our independent auditors, subject to board of directors and shareholder ratification;

•        overseeing the independence, compensation and performance of the company’s independent auditors;

•        the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of any accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit services;

•        pre-approval of audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors; and

•        reviewing with management and our independent directors our financial statements prior to their submission to the SEC.

30

Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

The compensation committee consists of the following members: Jeremiah O’Callaghan (chair), Wesley Mendonça Batista and Joesley Mendonça Batista.

The compensation committee is governed by a charter that sets forth the committee’s responsibilities, which include, among other matters:

•        determining the remuneration of the individual directors, in accordance with the company’s remuneration policy;

•        overseeing the implementation of the company’s remuneration policy and administering equity incentive and deferred compensation benefits plans of the company; and

•        preparing the remuneration report and any other required compensation disclosure pursuant to the law and the rules of the SEC or the NYSE.

Nominating Committee

The nominating committee consists of the following members: Wesley Mendonça Batista (chair), Joesley Mendonça Batista and Henrique de Campos Meirelles.

The nominating committee is governed by a charter that sets forth the committee’s responsibilities, which include, among other matters:

•        drawing up selection criteria and appointment procedures for directors;

•        periodically assessing the size and composition of the board of directors, and making a proposal for a composition profile of the board of directors;

•        periodically assessing the functioning of individual directors and the board of directors as a whole, and reporting on this to the board of directors;

•        making recommendations for director appointments and reappointments;

•        overseeing and approving the management continuity planning process, and reviewing and evaluating the succession plans relating to the executive officer positions and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to the selection of individuals to occupy these positions;

•        supervising the policy of the board of directors on the selection criteria, appointment procedures and evaluation of senior management; and

•        together with the board of directors, providing an annual report on succession planning.

Sustainability Committee

The sustainability committee consists of the following members: Jeremiah O’Callaghan (chair), Kátia Regina de Abreu Gomes and Paulo Bernardo Silva.

The sustainability committee is governed by a charter that sets forth the committee’s responsibilities, which include, among other matters:

•        assisting the board of directors in defining and regularly reviewing the company’s strategy relating to sustainability, environmental, social, corporate governance and other human capital matters (“Sustainability Matters”) and in devising and setting relevant goals, guidelines and key performance indicators (KPIs) for the board of directors and the company’s directors and executive officers;

•        monitoring, evaluating and providing guidance on the company’s policies, procedures, practices, targets and initiatives with respect to Sustainability Matters and assessing the effectiveness thereof to ensure they remain effective, up-to-date and consistent with relevant legal and regulatory requirements, industry standards and sustainability-related guidelines;

31

Table of Contents

•        overseeing the company’s ongoing commitment to environmental stewardship and corporate social responsibility;

•        overseeing the company’s public disclosure on Sustainability Matters and its consistency thereof, including any sustainability reports;

•        monitoring and reviewing the company’s initiatives to manage and mitigate its environmental impact;

•        monitoring actions or initiatives taken to prevent, mitigate and manage risks related to Sustainability Matters which may have a materially adverse impact on the company or are otherwise pertinent to its stakeholders, and providing guidance thereon; and

•        monitoring and reviewing any significant examination or audit by external auditors or regulators or key ESG rating agencies on Sustainability Matters.

Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Gilberto Tomazoni

 

67

 

Chief Executive Officer

Guilherme Cavalcanti

 

57

 

Chief Financial Officer

The business address of our executive officers is Av. Marginal Direita do Tietê, 500, CEP 05118-100, São Paulo, SP, Brazil. The following is a summary of the business experience of our executive officers:

Gilberto Tomazoni.    Please see “— Board Structure” above.

Guilherme Cavalcanti has served as the chief financial officer of the issuer since October 2019. He was selected to this position by JBS S.A. Mr. Cavalcanti has also been JBS S.A.’s Global Chief Financial Officer and Investor Relations Officer since January 2019. From 2012 to 2019, he served as director of finance and investor relations at Fibria Celulose S.A., a Brazilian pulp producer. He has also served as chief financial officer and investor relations officer at Vale S.A. and as the director of treasury and planning at Grupo Globo. He holds a bachelor’s and master’s degree in economics from Pontifical Catholic University of Rio de Janeiro in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

Compensation of Executive Officers and Directors

The board of directors determines the remuneration of the directors of JBS N.V. with due observance of the remuneration policy adopted by the general meeting of shareholders. Executive directors of JBS N.V. may not take part in the decision-making process in respect of the remuneration of executive directors. A proposal with respect to a remuneration scheme in the form of shares or rights to shares is submitted by the board of directors to the general meeting of shareholders for its approval. This proposal must set out at least the maximum number of shares or rights to shares to be granted to executive directors and the criteria for granting or amendment.

The compensation committee may validly resolve on (rechtsgeldig besluiten tot) determining the remuneration of the individual directors, with due observance of the remuneration policy adopted by the general meeting of shareholders, without resolutions, approvals or other involvement of the board of directors being required. Such resolution shall be considered to be a resolution of the board of directors. The compensation committee will inform the board of directors promptly after having adopted such a resolution.

Since its incorporation on October 9, 2019, the issuer has not paid any compensation to its directors or executive officers.

We expect to deliver Class A common shares of JBS N.V. to certain members of our senior management as a performance bonus for the successful completion of the Corporate Reorganization (as defined under “Presentation of Financial and Other Information — Financial Statements”) and dual listing. These shares will not, in the aggregate, exceed 1% of the total number of outstanding common shares of JBS N.V. For more information about the beneficial ownership of our directors and executive officers in JBS N.V., see “— Share Ownership.”

32

Table of Contents

Adjustments to Variable Remuneration

Pursuant to Dutch law, the variable remuneration of board members may be reduced or board members may be obliged to repay (part of) their remuneration to our company if certain circumstances apply, which are summarized below.

Pursuant to Dutch law, the board of directors may adjust the variable remuneration to an appropriate level if payment of the variable remuneration were to be unacceptable according to the criteria of reasonableness and fairness. In addition, the board of directors will have the authority under Dutch law to recover from an executive director any variable remuneration awarded on the basis of incorrect financial data in respect of underlying targets or other circumstances of which the variable remuneration is dependent.

Exculpation, Insurance and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Members of our board of directors, including former members, have the benefit of the following indemnification provisions in our articles of association:

Current and former members of our board of directors shall be reimbursed for all expenses (including reasonably incurred and substantiated attorneys’ fees), financial effects of judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests or out of his mandate, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Any indemnification shall be made only (unless ordered by a court) upon a determination that indemnification of a director or former director is proper under the circumstances because he or she had met the applicable standard of conduct set.

Expenses that a director or former director has incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by JBS N.V. in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding, upon a resolution of the board of directors with respect to the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director to repay such amount, unless it is ultimately determined that such director is entitled to be indemnified by us.

A director or former director of JBS N.V. shall not be entitled to any indemnification, if and to the extent:

•        Dutch law would not permit such indemnification;

•        a Dutch court, a judicial tribunal or, in case of an arbitration, an arbitrator has established by final judgment that is not open to challenge or appeal, that the acts or omissions of the director can be considered intentional, fraudulent, grossly negligent, willfully reckless, seriously culpable, or willful misconduct on the part of the director, unless this would in the given circumstances be unacceptable according to the standards of reasonableness and fairness;

•        the costs or the decrease in assets of the director are covered by an insurance and the insurer started payment of the costs or the decrease in assets; or

•        JBS N.V. brought up the procedure in question before a court.

Directors’ Service Contracts

As of the date of this prospectus, there are no arrangements or understandings between JBS N.V. and any of its directors that provide for benefits upon termination of their employment or service as directors of JBS N.V.

Incentive Award Plan

Our board of directors has adopted an incentive award plan (the “Incentive Plan”) pursuant to which all equity-based awards will be granted. The following summary describes the material terms that encompass the Incentive Plan. The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued pursuant to awards under the new Incentive Plan is 3% of JBS N.V.’s shares outstanding at any time. Any proposal to grant awards to directors will be submitted to our general meeting for approval.

33

Table of Contents

The Incentive Plan is discretionary and enables the board of directors, or a committee delegated by the board of directors, of JBS N.V. to grant share-based incentives, including, stock options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share units, and other shared-based awards, to employees, directors and consultants of JBS N.V. and group company members. The administrator of the Incentive Plan has full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Incentive Plan. Awards may be subject to the fulfilment of certain performance criteria as determined by the board or the compensation committee.

Upon a change in control, the board of directors will have the discretion to: (1) accelerate the vesting of awards; (2) agree that some or all of the outstanding awards will be assumed or substituted by the surviving company on the same terms and conditions as the original award; (3) arrange for the continuation of the outstanding awards; or (4) settle some or all of the awards in cash. In the event of an alteration or reorganization in the capital structure, the board of directors may adjust any one or more of the following: the number of shares subject to the incentive award plan, the definition of a “Share” under the Incentive Plan, the number of shares which may be delivered under an outstanding award, or the amount payable for a share, provided that this amount may not be reduced to less than the par value of a share.

No award may be granted under the Incentive Plan more than ten years after the Incentive Plan is adopted by the board of directors. The Incentive Plan may be terminated at any time by the board of directors and will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the adoption date.

Family Relationships

Messrs. Joesley Mendonça Batista and Wesley Mendonça Batista, our ultimate controlling shareholders and director nominees, are brothers.

Share Ownership

The following table sets forth the number and percentage of JBS N.V. common shares held by our directors and executive officers, individually and as a group, as of September 30, 2025:

 

Shares Outstanding

 

%
Voting
Power
(1)

   

Class A common shares

 

Class B common shares

 

Total

 
   

Shares

 

%

 

Shares

 

%

 

Shares

 

%

 

Directors and executive officers

       

 

       

 

       

 

   

 

Jeremiah O’Callaghan

 

*

 

*

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

*

 

*

 

 

*

 

Gilberto Tomazoni

 

*

 

*

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

*

 

*

 

 

*

 

Wesley Mendonça Batista(3)

 

241,234,515

 

30.48

%

 

294,842,184

 

100.00

%

 

536,076,699

 

49.35

%

 

85.29

%

Joesley Mendonça Batista(3)

 

241,234,515

 

30.48

%

 

294,842,184

 

100.00

%

 

536,076,699

 

49.35

%

 

85.29

%

Kátia Regina de Abreu Gomes

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

Paulo Bernardo Silva

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

Carlos Hamilton Vasconcelos Araújo

 

*

 

*

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

*

 

*

 

 

*

 

Henrique de Campos Meirelles

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

Raul Alfredo Padilla

 

*

 

*

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

*

 

*

 

 

*

 

Guilherme Cavalcanti

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

Total directors and executive officers(4)(5)

 

*

 

*

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

*

 

*

 

 

*

 

____________

(1)      Percentage of total voting power represents voting power with respect to the aggregate voting power of all of the JBS N.V. Class A common shares and JBS N.V. Class B common shares combined. Holders of JBS N.V. Class B common shares are entitled to 10 votes per share, and holders of JBS N.V. Class A common shares are entitled to one vote per share at a general meeting of shareholders of JBS N.V. Holders of our JBS N.V. Class B common shares are at any time entitled to request conversion of their JBS N.V. Class B common shares into JBS N.V. Class A common shares pursuant to a mechanic that results in a 1:1 ratio, while JBS N.V. Class A common shares will not be convertible into JBS N.V. Class B common shares under any circumstances after December 31, 2026.

34

Table of Contents

(2)      Messrs. Joesley Mendonça Batista and Wesley Mendonça Batista, our ultimate controlling shareholders, hold their shares in JBS N.V. through J&F Investments Luxembourg S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of Luxembourg (“LuxCo”). LuxCo is a wholly-owned subsidiary of J&F, a corporation (sociedade anônima) incorporated under the laws of Brazil. Messrs. Joesley Mendonça Batista and Wesley Mendonça Batista indirectly own 100% of the capital stock of J&F and equally share voting and investment powers and the right to receive the economic benefit of the shares held by J&F. J&F is a party to secured loan agreements with a number of Brazilian financial institutions pursuant to which J&F has pledged, as security for the loans, JBS N.V. common shares.

(3)      Represents shares beneficially owned through ownership of LuxCo.

(4)      Excludes the shares held by LuxCo that are beneficially held by Messrs. Joesley Mendonça Batista and Wesley Mendonça Batista, our ultimate controlling shareholders, who are expected to be members of the board of directors of JBS N.V.

(5)      We expect to deliver Class A common shares of JBS N.V. to certain members of our senior management as a performance bonus for the successful completion of the Corporate Reorganization (as defined under “Presentation of Financial and Other Information — Financial Statements”) and dual listing. These shares will not, in the aggregate, exceed 1% of the total number of outstanding common shares of JBS N.V. For more information about senior management compensation, see “— Compensation of Executive Officers and Directors.”

*        Less than 1%.

35

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

JBS N.V.’s issued and outstanding share capital consists of: (1) Class A common shares, each with a par value of €0.01 per share (“Class A common shares”): and (2) Class B common shares, each with a par value of €0.10 per share (“Class B common shares” and, together with the Class A common shares, the “JBS N.V. common shares”);

The following table sets forth information concerning the ownership of JBS N.V. common shares as of September 30, 2025, by each person whom we know to be the owner of more than 5% of the outstanding JBS N.V. common shares. Except for the shareholders listed below, we are not aware of any other shareholder holding more than 5% of the JBS N.V. common shares.

We have not sought to verify any information provided to us by our principal shareholders, including publicly-available information. The principal shareholders may hold, acquire, sell or otherwise dispose of JBS N.V. common shares at any time and may have acquired, sold or otherwise disposed of JBS N.V. common shares since the date of the information reflected herein. Other information about our principal shareholders may also change over time.

Shareholder

 

Shares Outstanding

 

%
Voting
Power
(4)

Class A common shares

 

Class B common shares

 

Total

 

Shares

 

%

 

Shares

 

%

 

Shares

 

%

 

LuxCo(1)

 

241,234,515

 

30.48

%

 

294,842,184

 

100.00

%

 

536,076,699

 

49.35

%

 

85.29

%

BNDESPar(2)

 

201,676,700

 

25.48

%

 

—

 

—

 

 

201,676,700

 

18.57

%

 

5.39

%

Capital Research Global Investors(3)

 

43,903,609

 

5.55

%

 

—

 

—

 

 

43,903,609

 

4.04

%

 

1.17

%

Other shareholders

 

304,648,843

 

38.49

%

 

—

 

—

 

 

304,648,843

 

28.04

%

 

8.15

%

Total

 

791,463,667

 

100.00

%

 

294,842,184

 

100.00

%

 

1,086,305,851

 

100.00

%

 

100.00

%

____________

(1)      Messrs. Joesley Mendonça Batista and Wesley Mendonça Batista, our ultimate controlling shareholders, hold their shares in JBS N.V. through J&F Investments Luxembourg S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of Luxembourg (“LuxCo”). LuxCo is a wholly-owned subsidiary of J&F, a corporation (sociedade anônima) incorporated under the laws of Brazil. Messrs. Joesley Mendonça Batista and Wesley Mendonça Batista indirectly own 100% of the capital stock of J&F and equally share voting and investment powers and the right to receive the economic benefit of the shares held by J&F. J&F is a party to secured loan agreements with a number of Brazilian financial institutions pursuant to which J&F has pledged, as security for the loans, JBS N.V. common shares.

(2)      BNDES Participações S.A., a corporation (sociedade por ações) incorporated under the laws of Brazil (“BNDESPar”), is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Brazilian Economic and Social Development Bank (Banco Nacional de Desenvolvimento Econômico e Social — BNDES) (“BNDES”) which, in turn, is wholly-owned by the Brazilian federal government. BNDESPar invests and owns equity interests in Brazilian companies. Pursuant to the bylaws of BNDESPar as publicly available on BNDES’s website, governance over BNDESPar is exercised at three levels: first, by its sole shareholder BNDES, followed by its board of directors and finally by its board of executive officers. Directors are appointed by BNDES, as sole shareholder, and officers are appointed by the directors. Pursuant to BNDESPar’s bylaws, the board of executive officers is responsible for determining the vote of BNDESPar as a shareholder of any invested company, including JBS N.V. The board of executive officers of BNDESPar is comprised of 10 members, the chief executive officer being also the chief executive officer of BNDES and the remaining nine officers being also officers of BNDES. The decisions of the board of executive officers of BNDESPar, including how the shares held by BNDESPar are to be voted and/or disposed, are taken at ordinary weekly meetings or extraordinary meetings (as necessary), by majority of the members present. The officers of BNDES are appointed by the board of directors of BNDES, of which 10 out of 11 members are appointed by three Ministers of the Brazilian federal government.

(3)      Capital Research Global Investors (“CRGI”) is a division of Capital Research and Management Company (“CRMC”), as well as its investment management subsidiaries and affiliates Capital Bank and Trust Company, Capital International, Inc., Capital International Limited, Capital International Sarl, Capital International K.K., Capital Group Private Client Services, Inc., and Capital Group Investment Management Private Limited (together with CRMC, the “investment management entities”). CRGI’s divisions of each of the investment management entities collectively provide investment management services under the name “Capital Research Global Investors.”

(4)      Percentage of total voting power represents voting power with respect to the aggregate voting power of all of the Class A common shares and Class B common shares combined. Holders of Class B common shares are entitled to 10 votes per share, and holders of Class A common shares are entitled to one vote per share at a general meeting of shareholders of JBS N.V. Holders of our Class B common shares are at any time entitled to request conversion of their Class B common shares into JBS N.V. Class A common shares pursuant to a mechanic that results in a 1:1 ratio, while JBS N.V. Class A common shares will not be convertible into JBS N.V. Class B common shares under any circumstances after December 31, 2026.

36

Table of Contents

For information on certain legal actions and investigations involving our ultimate controlling shareholders, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — A. Major Shareholders — Civil and Criminal Actions and Investigations involving our Ultimate Controlling Shareholders” and “Item 3. Key Information — D. Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Industries — We are subject to reputational risk in connection with U.S. and Brazilian civil and criminal actions and investigations involving our ultimate controlling shareholders, and these actions may materially adversely impact our business and prospects and damage our reputation and image” in the JBS S.A. Form 20-F, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

Changes in Share Ownership

In the three-months ended September 30, 2025, we (1) repurchased 23,211,318 Class A common shares under the New Share Buyback Program, as further described under “Summary — Recent Developments — New Share Buyback Program”; and (2) delivered 458,984 Class A common shares to certain members of our senior management.

On August 14, 2025, BNDESPar filed a Schedule 13G with the SEC, in which it reported that, as of June 30, 2025, it beneficially owned 201,676,700 Class A common shares.

On November 13, 2025, Capital Research Global Investors filed a Schedule 13G with the SEC, in which it reported that, as of September 30, 2025, it beneficially owned 43,903,609 Class A common shares, including 43,758,257 Class A common shares in the form of Brazilian Depositary Receipts.

37

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES

General

The Old 2035 Notes were, and the New 2035 Notes will be, issued under the 2035 Notes Indenture. The terms of the Old 2035 Notes and the New 2035 Notes will include those expressly set forth in the 2035 Notes Indenture and those made part of the 2035 Notes Indenture by reference therein to the Trust Indenture Act. Reference to the “2035 Notes” include the Old 2035 Notes and the New 2035 Notes. The Old 2035 Notes constitute, and the New 2035 Notes will constitute, debt securities issued under the 2035 Notes Indenture. The New 2035 Notes will have terms identical in all material respects to the Old 2035 Notes, except that the New 2035 Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to transfer restrictions or registration rights, and the New 2035 Notes will bear different CUSIP numbers from the Old 2035 Notes of the corresponding series.

The Old 2055 Notes were, and the New 2055 Notes will be, issued under the 2055 Notes Indenture. The terms of the Old 2055 Notes and the New 2055 Notes will include those expressly set forth in the 2055 Notes Indenture and those made part of the 2055 Notes Indenture by reference therein to the Trust Indenture Act. Reference to the “2055 Notes” include the Old 2055 Notes and the New 2055 Notes. The Old 2055 Notes constitute, and the New 2055 Notes will constitute, debt securities issued under the 2055 Notes Indenture. The New 2055 Notes will have terms identical in all material respects to the Old 2055 Notes, except that the New 2055 Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to transfer restrictions or registration rights, and the New 2055 Notes will bear different CUSIP numbers from the Old 2055 Notes of the corresponding series.

The Old 2036 Notes were, and the New 2036 Notes will be, issued under the 2036 Notes Indenture. The terms of the Old 2036 Notes and the New 2036 Notes will include those expressly set forth in the 2036 Notes Indenture and those made part of the 2036 Notes Indenture by reference therein to the Trust Indenture Act. Reference to the “2036 Notes” include the Old 2036 Notes and the New 2036 Notes. The Old 2036 Notes constitute, and the New 2036 Notes will constitute, debt securities issued under the 2036 Notes Indenture. The New 2036 Notes will have terms identical in all material respects to the Old 2036 Notes, except that the New 2036 Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to transfer restrictions or registration rights, and the New 2036 Notes will bear different CUSIP numbers from the Old 2036 Notes of the corresponding series.

The Old 2056 Notes were, and the New 2056 Notes will be, issued under the 2056 Notes Indenture. The terms of the Old 2056 Notes and the New 2056 Notes will include those expressly set forth in the 2056 Notes Indenture and those made part of the 2056 Notes Indenture by reference therein to the Trust Indenture Act. Reference to the “2056 Notes” include the Old 2056 Notes and the New 2056 Notes. The Old 2056 Notes constitute, and the New 2056 Notes will constitute, debt securities issued under the 2056 Notes Indenture. The New 2056 Notes will have terms identical in all material respects to the Old 2056 Notes, except that the New 2056 Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to transfer restrictions or registration rights, and the New 2056 Notes will bear different CUSIP numbers from the Old 2056 Notes of the corresponding series.

The Old 2066 Notes were, and the New 2066 Notes will be, issued under the 2066 Notes Indenture. The terms of the Old 2066 Notes and the New 2066 Notes will include those expressly set forth in the 2066 Notes Indenture and those made part of the 2066 Notes Indenture by reference therein to the Trust Indenture Act. Reference to the “2066 Notes” include the Old 2066 Notes and the New 2066 Notes. The Old 2066 Notes constitute, and the New 2066 Notes will constitute, debt securities issued under the 2066 Notes Indenture. The New 2066 Notes will have terms identical in all material respects to the Old 2066 Notes, except that the New 2066 Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to transfer restrictions or registration rights, and the New 2066 Notes will bear different CUSIP numbers from the Old 2066 Notes of the corresponding series.

References to the “Old Notes” include the Old 2035 Notes, the Old 2055 Notes, the Old 2036 Notes, the Old 2056 Notes and the Old 2066 Notes.

References to the “New Notes” include the New 2035 Notes, the New 2055 Notes, the New 2036 Notes, the New 2056 Notes and the New 2066 Notes.

References to “the notes” include the 2035 Notes, the 2055 Notes, the 2036 Notes, the 2056 Notes and the 2066 Notes.

38

Table of Contents

Although, for convenience, the Old 2035 Notes, the Old 2055 Notes, the Old 2036 Notes, the Old 2056 Notes and the Old 2066 Notes are referred to collectively as the “Old Notes,” they were issued each as a separate series and will not together have any class voting or other rights.

References to the “Indentures” include, as applicable, the 2035 Notes Indenture, the 2055 Notes Indenture, the 2036 Notes Indenture, the 2056 Notes Indenture and the 2066 Notes Indenture.

All references in this “Description of the New Notes” to the holders of the notes mean (i) in the case of the 2035 Notes, the holders of the 2035 Notes, (ii) in the case of the 2055 Notes, the holders of the 2055 Notes, (iii) in the case of the 2036 Notes, the holders of the 2036 Notes, (iv) in the case of the 2056 Notes, the holders of the 2056 Notes, and (v) in the case of the 2066 Notes, the holders of the 2066 Notes.

The following description of certain provisions of the Indentures does not purport to be complete and is subject, and is qualified in its entirety by reference, to all of the provisions of the applicable Indenture, including the definitions therein of certain terms, and to the New Notes. We urge you to read the applicable Indenture and the applicable New Notes in their entirety because they contain additional information and they, and not this description, define your rights as a holder of the New Notes. Copies of the applicable Indenture and forms of the New Notes will be made available without charge upon request in writing to us at the address set forth under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

You can find the definitions of capitalized terms used in this description and not otherwise defined under the subheading “— Definitions.” In this description, (i) the “Company” refers only to JBS N.V. (subject to the Substitution of the Company provisions below) and not to any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) “Issuers” refers only to the Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company Holdings (as successor to JBS USA Food Company) (“JBS USA Food”) and not to any of their respective Subsidiaries; and (iii) “Parent” refers only to JBS S.A. and not to any of its Subsidiaries.

The following description is a summary of the provisions of the Indentures that the Company believes to be material and of interest to you, and does not restate that agreement in its entirety. We encourage you to read the applicable Indenture because that agreement, and not this description, will define your rights as a holder of the New Notes. Any references in this summary to dollar amounts are to U.S. dollars and include the foreign currency equivalent of that amount determined at the relevant time to the extent proceeds, transactions or other amounts are denominated, in whole or in part, in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

Brief Description of the New Notes

The New Notes will be:

•        senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers;

•        equal in ranking (“pari passu”) with all existing and future senior unsecured debt of the Issuers;

•        senior in right of payment to any future subordinated debt of the Issuers;

•        effectively subordinated in right of payment to existing and future secured debt of the Issuers to the extent of the value of the assets securing such obligations; and

•        structurally subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future debt and other liabilities, including trade payables, of the Company’s Subsidiaries (other than JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company Holdings (as successor to JBS USA Food Company)), including our Australian Subsidiaries, to the extent of the value of the assets of these entities.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The New 2035 Notes

The New 2035 Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers. The New 2035 Notes will mature on April 20, 2035.

The New 2035 Notes will bear interest at the annual rate of 5.950%, payable semi-annually in arrears on April 20 and October 20 of each year.

39

Table of Contents

The New 2055 Notes

The New 2055 Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers. The New 2055 Notes will mature on February 25, 2055.

The New 2055 Notes will bear interest at the annual rate of 6.375%, payable semi-annually in arrears on February 25 and August 25 of each year.

The New 2036 Notes

The New 2036 Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers. The New 2036 Notes will mature on January 15, 2036.

The New 2036 Notes will bear interest at the annual rate of 5.500%, payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year.

The New 2056 Notes

The New 2056 Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers. The New 2056 Notes will mature on March 1, 2056.

The New 2056 Notes will bear interest at the annual rate of 6.250%, payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year.

The New 2066 Notes

The New 2066 Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers. The New 2066 Notes will mature on April 15, 2066.

The New 2066 Notes will bear interest at the annual rate of 6.375%, payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year.

The New Notes of each series will accrue interest from (and including) the most recent date on which interest has been paid on the corresponding series of Old Notes accepted in the Exchange Offers.

Interest on the notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

Except as set forth above, no accrued but unpaid interest will be paid with respect to New Notes tendered for exchange.

The Notes

The Issuers may issue additional notes of each series under the applicable Indenture. The notes of each series offered hereby, existing notes of such series and any additional notes that the Issuers subsequently issue under the applicable Indenture with the same terms will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the applicable Indenture, in each case including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase; provided that, if any such additional notes subsequently issued are not fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes with any such notes previously issued, such additional notes shall have a separate CUSIP number but shall otherwise be treated as a single class with all other notes issued under the applicable Indenture.

The Issuers will make all payments on the notes at the office or agency of the paying agent and registrar located in the United States of America (which may be the corporate trust office of the trustee). The trustee will initially act as paying agent and as registrar for the notes. The Company may change the paying agent or registrar without prior notice to the noteholders. Subject to compliance with any applicable laws or regulations, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as paying agent or registrar.

If a payment date is not a business day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a business day with the same force and effect as if payment was made on such date and no interest shall accrue in respect of such payment for the intervening period.

40

Table of Contents

Transfer and Exchange

A holder may transfer or exchange notes in accordance with the applicable Indenture, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws. The Issuers may require a holder to, among other things, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer or exchange of notes. The Issuers may require a holder to pay any transfer or other taxes and governmental or other fees payable in connection with a transfer or exchange of notes. The Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any note for a period of 15 days before a selection of notes to be redeemed.

The registered holder of a note will be treated as owning the note for all purposes.

Guarantees

General

The notes will not be guaranteed.

Release of Guarantees of Subsidiary Guarantors

A Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the notes will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

(1)    (a) such Subsidiary Guarantor ceasing to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in compliance with the applicable Indenture, whether upon a sale, exchange, transfer or disposition of Capital Stock in such Subsidiary Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) or the designation of such Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or (b) the sale or disposition in compliance with the applicable Indenture of all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor;

(2)    such Subsidiary Guarantor ceasing to be a guarantor under the Term Loan Credit Agreement, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

(3)    the exercise of the legal defeasance option or the covenant defeasance option with respect to the notes as described under “— Defeasance” or if the obligations of the Issuers under the applicable Indenture are otherwise discharged in accordance with the terms of the applicable Indenture; or

(4)    a release in accordance with “— Amendments, supplements and waivers.”

Each Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate with or merge into or sell its assets to an Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor without limitation, or with other Persons upon the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Indenture.

While the Subsidiary Guarantors currently generate a substantial portion of our revenues, the Company’s non-Guarantor Subsidiaries (principally the Company’s Australian Subsidiaries and Pilgrim’s Pride) also represent a significant portion of the Company’s assets and make significant contributions to the Company’s consolidated results.

Release of Guarantees of Parent Guarantors and Fall-Away of Covenants of Parent

The Guarantees of the notes by the Parent Guarantors will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

(1)    if, at any time, the Parent Guarantors shall cease to guarantee the Existing 2031 Notes for any reason, including, without limitation, as a result of the “Fall-Away Event” (as defined in the Indenture governing the Existing 2031 Notes) or the full repayment, redemption or defeasance of the Existing 2031 Notes; or

(2)    the exercise of the legal defeasance option or the covenant defeasance option with respect to the notes as described under “— Defeasance” or if the obligations of the Issuers under the applicable Indenture are otherwise discharged in accordance with the terms of such Indenture.

41

Table of Contents

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the applicable Indenture, in the event that the Guarantees of the notes by the Parent Guarantors are automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the occurrence of any of the events described above, at the Company’s election, the Company may enter into a supplemental indenture (a “Fall-Away Amendment”) with the trustee (without the consent of any holders of notes), which provides for the following (the “Fall-Away Event”):

(1)    unconditional release of the Parent Guarantors from their Guarantees;

(2)    elimination of the covenants set forth under (i) “— Reports — Reports of Parent;” and

(3)    elimination of Events of Default arising under the following clauses described under “— Events of Default”: (4) (under “— Reports — Reports of Parent”), (5), (6), (7), (8) (in each case of clauses (5), (6), (7) and (8), with respect to events and circumstances with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (9) (in its entirety), and delete references to Parent in the second and fourth paragraphs under “— Events of Default.”

Optional Redemption

The New 2035 Notes

Optional redemption with a make-whole premium

At any time prior to January 20, 2035 (which is the date that is three months prior to the maturity of the New 2035 Notes (the “2035 Notes Par Call Date”)), the Company may choose to redeem all or any portion of the New 2035 Notes at a redemption price calculated by the Company equal to the greater of:

(a)     100% of the principal amount of the New 2035 Notes to be redeemed; and

(b)    the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on such New 2035 Notes that would have been due if the New 2035 Notes matured on the 2035 Notes Par Call Date (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the applicable Treasury Yield (determined on the second business day immediately preceding the date of redemption) plus 25 basis points,

plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). The trustee shall have no obligation to calculate or verify any make-whole premium.

Optional redemption at par

At any time on or after the 2035 Notes Par Call Date, the Company may choose to redeem all or any portion of the New 2035 Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the New 2035 Notes being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

The New 2055 Notes

Optional redemption with a make-whole premium

At any time prior to August 25, 2054 (which is the date that is six months prior to the maturity of the New 2055 Notes (the “2055 Notes Par Call Date”)), the Company may choose to redeem all or any portion of the New 2055 Notes at a redemption price calculated by the Company equal to the greater of:

(a)     100% of the principal amount of the New 2055 Notes to be redeemed; and

(b)    the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on such New 2055 Notes that would have been due if the New 2055 Notes matured on the 2055 Notes Par Call Date (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the applicable Treasury Yield (determined on the second business day immediately preceding the date of redemption) plus 25 basis points,

42

Table of Contents

plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). The trustee shall have no obligation to calculate or verify any make-whole premium.

Optional redemption at par

At any time on or after the 2055 Notes Par Call Date, the Company may choose to redeem all or any portion of the New 2055 Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the New 2055 Notes being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

The New 2036 Notes

Optional redemption with a make-whole premium

At any time prior to October 15, 2035 (which is the date that is three months prior to the maturity of New 2036 Notes (the “2036 Notes Par Call Date”)), the Company may choose to redeem all or any portion of the New 2036 Notes at a redemption price calculated by the Company equal to the greater of:

(a)     100% of the principal amount of the New 2036 Notes to be redeemed; and

(b)    the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on such New 2036 Notes that would have been due if the New 2036 Notes matured on the 2036 Notes Par Call Date (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Yield (determined on the second business day immediately preceding the date of redemption) plus 20 basis points,

plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). The trustee shall have no obligation to calculate or verify any make-whole premium.

Optional redemption at par

At any time on or after the 2036 Notes Par Call Date, the Company may choose to redeem all or any portion of the New 2036 Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the New 2036 Notes being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

The New 2056 Notes

Optional redemption with a make-whole premium

At any time prior to September 1, 2055 (which is the date that is six months prior to the maturity of the New 2056 Notes (the “2056 Notes Par Call Date”)), the Company may choose to redeem all or any portion of the New 2056 Notes at a redemption price calculated by the Company equal to the greater of:

(a)     100% of the principal amount of the New 2056 Notes to be redeemed; and

(b)    the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on such New 2056 Notes that would have been due if the New 2056 Notes matured on the 2056 Notes Par Call Date (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the applicable Treasury Yield (determined on the second business day immediately preceding the date of redemption) plus 25 basis points,

plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). The trustee shall have no obligation to calculate or verify any make-whole premium.

43

Table of Contents

Optional redemption at par

At any time on or after the 2056 Notes Par Call Date, the Company may choose to redeem all or any portion of the New 2056 Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the New 2056 Notes being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

The New 2066 Notes

Optional redemption with a make-whole premium

At any time prior to October 15, 2065 (which is the date that is six months prior to the maturity of the New 2066 Notes (the “2066 Notes Par Call Date”)), the Company may choose to redeem all or any portion of the New 2066 Notes at a redemption price calculated by the Company equal to the greater of:

(a)     100% of the principal amount of the New 2066 Notes to be redeemed; and

(b)    the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on such New 2066 Notes that would have been due if the New 2066 Notes matured on the 2066 Notes Par Call Date (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the applicable Treasury Yield (determined on the second business day immediately preceding the date of redemption) plus 25 basis points,

plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). The trustee shall have no obligation to calculate or verify any make-whole premium.

Optional redemption at par

At any time on or after the 2066 Notes Par Call Date, the Company may choose to redeem all or any portion of the New 2066 Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the New 2066 Notes being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

The Notes

Optional clean-up redemption

In connection with any tender offer (including any Change of Control Offer made in accordance with the terms of the applicable Indenture) for notes, if holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes of such series validly tender and do not withdraw notes in such tender offer and the Company, or any third party making such tender offer in lieu of the Company, purchases all of the notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such holders, the Company or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice to the holders (with a copy to the trustee), given not more than 30 days following such purchase date, to redeem or purchase all the notes of each series that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price paid to the holders in such tender offer plus, to the extent not included in the purchase price, accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the notes that remain outstanding, to, but excluding, the date of redemption. The Company shall calculate the redemption price in connection with any redemption, and the trustee shall have no duty to calculate or verify any such calculation.

Tax Redemption

If, with respect to series of notes, as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws (or any rules or regulations thereunder) of any Taxing Jurisdiction (as defined below) or any political subdivision or Taxing Authority thereof or therein affecting taxation, or any amendment to or change in an official interpretation, administration or application of such laws, rules, or regulations (including a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction), which change or amendment becomes effective on or after the applicable Issue Date or, in the event there is a successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor on the notes, on or after the date a successor assumes the obligations under the notes or there is a successor or additional guarantor on the notes, as the case may be, the Company, any Guarantor which is not formed or incorporated under the laws of the United States or any State of

44

Table of Contents

the United States or the District of Columbia (each, a “non-U.S. Guarantor”) or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor has or will become obligated to pay in respect of such notes Additional Amounts as described below under “— Additional Amounts” in excess of the Additional Amounts the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor would be obligated to pay if payments were subject to withholding or deduction for Taxes imposed by Brazil or Luxembourg at a rate of 0% or, in the case of any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor the withholding rate in effect at the time such person becomes a successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor (the “Minimum Withholding Level”), the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor may, at their or its option, redeem all, but not less than all, of the notes of each series, at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount, together with any interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption, upon publication of irrevocable notice not less than 10 days nor more than 90 days prior to the date fixed for redemption. No notice of such redemption may be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor would, but for such redemption, be obligated to pay Additional Amounts above the Minimum Withholding Level. The Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor will not have the right to so redeem the notes in the event the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor becomes obligated to pay Additional Amounts which are less than the Additional Amounts payable at the Minimum Withholding Level. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor will have the right to so redeem the notes unless it has taken reasonable measures to avoid the obligation to pay Additional Amounts. For the avoidance of doubt, reasonable measures will not include the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor changing or moving jurisdictions.

In the event that the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor elects to so redeem the notes, they or it will deliver to the trustee: (1) a certificate, signed in the name of the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor by any two of its executive officers or by its attorney in fact or authorized signatories in accordance with its bylaws, stating that the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor, as the case may be, are or is entitled to redeem the notes pursuant to their terms and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the condition or conditions precedent to the right of the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor to so redeem have occurred or been satisfied; and (2) an Opinion of Counsel, to the effect that the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts in excess of the Additional Amounts payable at the Minimum Withholding Level as a result of the change or amendment and that all governmental requirements necessary for the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor to effect the redemption have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, reasonable measures will not include the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor changing or moving jurisdictions.

General

Any redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an offering or financing, Change of Control or other corporate transaction or event. In addition, if such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied and a new redemption date will be set by the Company in accordance with applicable DTC procedures, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed.

Any notice to the holders of notes of a series of such a redemption must include the appropriate calculation of the redemption price, but need not include the redemption price itself. The actual redemption price must be set forth in an officer’s certificate delivered to the trustee no later than two business days prior to the redemption date.

Selection and Notice

The Company will deliver a notice of redemption electronically or by first class mail (or otherwise in accordance with applicable DTC procedures) at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of notes of the series to be redeemed (with a copy to the trustee).

45

Table of Contents

In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the notes of a series for redemption will be made in accordance with applicable DTC procedures, although no note of less than US$2,000 in original principal amount will be redeemed in part. If any note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to that note will state the portion of the principal amount of that note to be redeemed. A new note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of that note will be issued in the name of the holder of the note upon cancellation of the original note.

Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases

The Issuers are not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the notes. The Issuers may be required to offer to purchase the notes as described under the following heading entitled “— Change of Control.” The Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase the notes of any series in the open market or otherwise. Any notes purchased in the open market or otherwise will be cancelled or remain outstanding as instructed in each case by the Company.

Additional Amounts

All payments made by the Company or any Guarantor in respect of the notes or the related Guarantees will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of any Taxing Authority of Brazil, Luxembourg or other jurisdiction in which the Company, such Guarantor or any paying agent of the Company or any Guarantor is organized or engaged in business for tax purposes (any of the aforementioned being a “Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless Taxes are required to be withheld or deducted by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof. If Taxes are required to be withheld or deducted by a Taxing Authority within any Taxing Jurisdiction, from any payment made by the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, then the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, will pay such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each holder of notes (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will equal the amount the holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however, that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to:

(1)    any Tax imposed by the United States or by any political subdivision or Taxing Authority thereof or therein;

(2)    any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, deducted or withheld but for the existence of any connection between the holder or beneficial owner of a note (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of power over, the holder or beneficial owner of such note, if the holder or beneficial owner is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company, or corporation) and the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying on a business or maintaining a permanent establishment in, or being physically present in, the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction), other than the mere receipt of such payment or the ownership or holding or enforcement of such note;

(3)    any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, value-added, excise, transfer or personal property Tax or similar Tax;

(4)    any Taxes payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payments under or with respect to the notes or the Guarantees;

(5)    any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, deducted or withheld if the holder or beneficial owner of a note or beneficial owner of any payment on the Guarantee of such note had (i) made a declaration of non-residence, or any other claim or filing for exemption, to which it is entitled or (ii) complied with any certification, identification, information, documentation or other reporting requirement concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction of such holder or beneficial owner of such note or any payment on such note (provided that (x) such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption or such compliance is required by the applicable law, treaty, regulation, or official administrative practice of the Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of, the imposition, deduction or withholding of, such Taxes and (y) at least 30 days prior to the first payment date with respect to which such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption or such compliance is required under the applicable

46

Table of Contents

law of the Taxing Jurisdiction, holders at that time have been notified by such Guarantor or any other Person through whom payment may be made that a declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption or such compliance is required to be made);

(6)    any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, deducted or withheld if the beneficiary of the payment had presented the note for payment within 30 days after the date on which such payment or such note became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the note been presented on the last day of such 30-day period);

(7)    any payment under or with respect to a note to any holder that is a fiduciary or partnership or any Person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment or note, to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such partnership or the beneficial owner of such payment or note would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the actual holder of such note;

(8)    any Luxembourg registration duties (droit d’enregistrement) payable in the case of a voluntary registration of the notes (and/or any document in relation therewith) by any holder or beneficial owner of such notes with the Administration de l’Enregistrement et des Domaines in Luxembourg, when such registration is not required to maintain, preserve, establish or enforce the rights of that holder or beneficial owner under the notes (and/or any document in relation therewith); or

(9)    any combination of items (1) through (8) above.

Notwithstanding any other provisions contained herein, each of the Issuers, any Guarantor or any other person making payments on behalf of the Issuers shall be entitled to deduct and withhold as required, and shall not be required to pay, any Additional Amounts with respect to any such withholding or deduction imposed on or in respect of any Note pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as “FATCA”), any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted by any jurisdiction implementing FATCA, any agreement between either of the Issuers, any Guarantor or any other person and the United States or any jurisdiction implementing FATCA, or any law of any jurisdiction implementing an intergovernmental approach to FATCA.

Whenever in an Indenture or in this “Description of the New Notes” there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or of any other amount payable under or with respect to any note or any Guarantee, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

Change of Control

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each holder will have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of that holder’s notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of those notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”).

Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, unless the Issuers have delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding notes in accordance with the provisions described under “— Optional redemption,” the Issuers will deliver a notice to each holder (with a copy to the trustee) describing the transaction or transactions that constitute a Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to purchase the notes on a specified date (the “Change of Control Offer”), which date will be a business day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date the notice is delivered (the “Change of Control Payment Date”).

The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, to the extent applicable, and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of the notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of the Indentures, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached their obligations under the Change of Control Triggering Event provisions of the Indentures.

47

Table of Contents

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent lawful:

(1)    accept for payment all notes or portions of notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; and

(2)    deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee or paying agent, on its behalf, the notes properly accepted together with an officer’s certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of notes or portions of notes being tendered and purchased by the Issuers.

The paying agent will promptly deliver to each holder of notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for those notes, and the trustee will promptly authenticate and deliver, or cause to be transferred by book-entry, to each holder a new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the notes surrendered, if any; provided, however, that each new note will be in a principal amount of US$2,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000 in excess thereof.

The provisions described above that require the Issuers to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Trigger Event will apply regardless of whether any other provisions of the applicable Indenture apply. The Indentures do not contain a provision that permits the noteholders to require the Issuers to repurchase or redeem the notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction that does not involve a Change of Control.

The occurrence of a Change of Control would constitute a default under the Revolving Credit Agreement. Future debt of the Company may contain prohibitions of certain events which would constitute a Change of Control or require such debt to be repurchased upon a Change of Control Triggering Event. Moreover, the exercise by holders of notes of their right to require the Issuers to repurchase such notes could cause a default under the Revolving Credit Agreement or future debt of the Company, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchase on the Company. Finally, the Issuers’ ability to pay cash to holders of notes upon a repurchase may be limited by the Issuers’ then existing financial resources. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required repurchases. The Issuers’ failure to purchase notes in connection with a Change of Control Triggering Event would result in a default under the applicable Indenture. The Issuers’ obligation to make an offer to repurchase the notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event may be waived or modified at any time prior to the occurrence of such Change of Control Triggering Event with the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes. See “— Amendments, Supplements and Waivers.”

The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party offers to purchase the notes in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indentures applicable to a Change of Control Offer by the Issuers and that third party purchases all notes validly tendered to it in response to that offer. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, and conditioned upon such Change of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a phrase relating to the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of “all or substantially all” of the Company’s properties or assets and the properties or assets of its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law in New York interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of notes to require the Issuers to purchase its notes as a result of a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of less than all of the Company’s assets and the assets of its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person may be uncertain.

Certain Covenants of the Company

The Indentures provide that all of the following restrictive covenants will be applicable to the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries:

Measuring Compliance

With respect to:

(i)     whether any Lien is permitted to be Incurred in compliance with the applicable Indenture;

48

Table of Contents

(ii)    any calculation of the ratios, baskets or financial metrics, including the Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, Total Assets and/or pro forma cost savings, and whether a Default or Event of Default exists in connection with the foregoing; and

(iii)   whether any condition precedent to the Incurrence of Liens is satisfied,

at the option of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any parent entity, any successor entity of any of the foregoing or a third party (the “Testing Party”), a Testing Party may select a date prior to the Incurrence of any such Lien if such Testing Party has a reasonable expectation that the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will Incur Liens at a future date in connection with a corporate event, including payment of a dividend, repurchase of equity, an acquisition, merger, amalgamation, or similar transaction or repayment, repurchase or refinancing of Debt, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (any such date, the “Transaction Date”) as the applicable date of determination, as the case may be, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Secured Leverage Ratio.”

For the avoidance of doubt, if the Testing Party elects to use the Transaction Date as the applicable date of determination in accordance with the foregoing, (a) any fluctuation or change in the ratios, baskets or financial metrics, including the Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, Total Assets and/or pro forma cost savings of the Company, from the Transaction Date to the date of Incurrence of such Lien will not be taken into account for purposes of determining (i) whether any such Lien is permitted to be Incurred or (ii) in connection with compliance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with any other provision of the applicable Indenture or the notes, (b) if financial statements for one or more subsequent fiscal quarters shall have become available, the Testing Party may elect, in its sole discretion, to redetermine all such baskets, ratios and financial metrics on the basis of such financial statements, in which case such date of redetermination shall thereafter be deemed to be the applicable Transaction Date for purposes of such baskets, ratios and financial metrics, (c) until such corporate event is consummated or such definitive agreements relating to such corporate event are terminated, such corporate event and all transactions proposed to be undertaken in connection therewith (including the Incurrence of Liens) will be given pro forma effect when determining compliance of other transactions that are consummated after the Transaction Date and on or prior to the date of consummation of such corporate event and (d) Consolidated Interest Expense for purposes of the Secured Leverage Ratio will be calculated using an assumed interest rate based on the indicative interest margin (without giving effect to any step-ups) contained in any financing commitment documentation or, if no such indicative interest margin exists, as reasonably determined by the Company in good faith. In addition, the Indentures provide that compliance with any requirement relating to the absence of a Default or Event of Default may be determined as of the Transaction Date (including any new Transaction Date) and not as of any later date as would otherwise be required under the applicable Indenture.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, with respect to any amounts Incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of the applicable Indenture that does not require compliance with a financial ratio or financial test (including any Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, or Total Assets test) (any such amounts, the “Fixed Amounts”) substantially concurrently with any amounts Incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of the applicable Indenture that requires compliance with a financial ratio or financial test (including any Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, or Total Assets test) (any such amounts, the “Incurrence-Based Amounts”), it is understood and agreed that the Fixed Amounts shall be disregarded in the calculation of the financial ratio or test applicable to the Incurrence-Based Amounts (and thereafter, Incurrence of the portion of such amount under the Fixed Amount shall be included in such calculation).

Substitution of the Company

The Company may, at its option and without the consent of any holder of the notes of a series, be substituted (a “Substitution”) by (i) any direct or indirect parent of the Company or (ii) any Subsidiary of the Company that owns, or after the Substitution, will own, a majority of the assets of the Company (in each case, the “Substituted Company”) for purposes of the applicable Indenture and have the covenants (and related definitions) apply to the Substituted Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the following conditions are satisfied:

(1)    the Substituted Company is a corporation or limited liability company organized (or the equivalents) and existing under the laws of the United States or any State of the United States or the District of Columbia or any other country member of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD);

49

Table of Contents

(2)    such Substituted Company, if not a Guarantor, delivers a Guarantee or becomes a co-issuer of the notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture;

(3)    immediately after giving effect to the Substitution, on a pro forma basis, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(4)    the Company delivers to the trustee an officer’s certificate stating that such Substitution complies with the applicable Indenture and that all conditions precedent in the applicable Indenture relating to such Substitution have been satisfied.

After the Substitution, all references to the Company shall be deemed to refer to the Substituted Company and if the Substitution is effectuated pursuant to clause (i) above, then the Company prior to the Substitution shall become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Release of JBS USA Food as an Issuer

The Company may, at its option and without the consent of any holder of the notes of a series, release JBS USA Food as an issuer for purposes of the applicable Indenture and the notes of such series; provided, that the following conditions are satisfied:

(1)    concurrently with such release, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is an issuer of the notes and such issuer is a corporation (or the equivalent);

(2)    JBS USA Food delivers a Guarantee of the notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture; provided, that such Guarantee shall be subject to the release provisions set forth in “— Guarantees — Release of Guarantees of Subsidiary Guarantors”;

(3)    immediately after giving effect to such release, on a pro forma basis, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(4)    JBS USA Food Company shall cease to be an issuer under each of the (i) Existing 2029 Notes, (ii) Existing 2031 Notes and (iii) Existing 2032 Notes, for any reason, including, without limitation, as a result of a consent solicitation, an exchange offer, the full repayment, redemption or defeasance thereof; and

(5)    the Company delivers to the trustee an officer’s certificate stating that such release complies with the applicable Indenture and that all conditions precedent in the applicable Indenture relating to such release have been satisfied.

Limitation on Liens

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Significant Subsidiary that guarantees the notes to, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) securing Debt upon any of its Principal Property, whether owned at the applicable Issue Date or thereafter acquired, unless it has made or will make effective provision whereby the notes or the applicable Guarantee will be secured by a Lien on such Principal Property equally and ratably with (or prior to) all other Debt of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary that guarantees the notes secured by a Lien for so long as such other Debt is secured by such Lien; provided, however, that if the Debt is Subordinated Debt, the Lien on such Principal Property securing the Debt will be subordinated and junior to the Lien securing the notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, with the same relative priority as such Debt has with respect to the notes or the Guarantees. As of the date of this prospectus, the Company had no Principal Properties.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, (A) a Lien securing an item of Debt need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of Permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that a Lien securing an item of Debt (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of Permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify (as if Incurred at such later time), such Lien securing such item of Debt (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and will be entitled to include

50

Table of Contents

the amount and type of such Lien or such item of Debt secured by such Lien (or portion thereof) in one of the categories of Permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant and, in such event, such Lien securing such item of Debt (or any portion thereof) will be treated as being Incurred or existing pursuant to only such clause or clauses (or any portion thereof) or pursuant to the first paragraph hereof without giving pro forma effect to such item (or portion thereof) when calculating the amount of Liens or Debt that may be Incurred pursuant to any other clause or paragraph.

With respect to any Lien securing Debt that was permitted to secure such Debt at the time of the Incurrence of such Debt, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Debt. The “Increased Amount” of any Debt shall mean any increase in the amount of such Debt in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Debt with the same terms or in the form of common stock of the Company, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Debt outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Debt described in clause (8) of the definition of “Debt.”

Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Significant Subsidiary that guarantees the notes to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction with respect to any Principal Property, unless either (x) the Company or such Significant Subsidiary would be entitled pursuant to the provisions described above under “— Limitation on Liens” to Incur a Lien securing Debt on such Principal Property at least equal in amount to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction without equally and ratably securing the notes or (y) within 365 days after the closing date of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, the Company or such Significant Subsidiary shall apply or cause to be applied, in the case of a sale or transfer for cash, an amount equal to the net proceeds thereof, (A) to the retirement of Debt of the Company ranking at least on a parity with the notes or Debt of any Subsidiary, in each case owing to a Person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (B) to the acquisition, purchase, construction, development, extension or improvement (including any capital expenditure) of any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary used or to be used by or for the benefit of the Company or any Subsidiary.

This restriction will not apply to: (i) transactions providing for a lease term of three years or less; and (ii) transactions between the Company and any of its Significant Subsidiaries or between any Significant Subsidiaries.

Guarantees of Debt by Restricted Subsidiaries

The Company will cause any of its Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that are wholly-owned and that guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Term Loan Credit Agreement that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor or a special purpose Restricted Subsidiary formed in connection with a Receivables Facility to guarantee payment of the Issuers’ obligations under the applicable Indenture and related series of notes by causing such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days to:

(1)    execute and deliver a supplemental indenture providing for a Guarantee of payment of the Issuers’ obligations under the applicable Indenture and related series of notes by such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, except that if such Debt is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the notes, any such Guarantee of such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Debt will be subordinated in right of payment to such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee with respect to the notes substantially to the same extent as such Debt is subordinated to the notes; and

(2)    deliver to the trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that:

(a)     such supplemental indenture has been duly executed and authorized; and

(b)    such supplemental indenture constitutes an enforceable obligation of such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (subject to customary exceptions and limitations), except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity;

51

Table of Contents

provided, however, that the foregoing provisions of this covenant will not be applicable to any guarantee of any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary if the Company has reasonably determined that such guarantee would result in or create a material risk of tax or other liability.

Reports

Reports of the Company

Whether or not the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall provide the trustee and the holders of notes with the following:

(1)    within 90 days following the end of each fiscal year of the Company, its annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(2)    within 45 days following the end of each fiscal quarter (other than the last fiscal quarter of its fiscal year) of the Company, its unaudited quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

(3)    simultaneously with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above, a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;”

provided, however, that reports and information provided pursuant to clauses (1), (2) and (3) shall not be required to be accompanied by any exhibits or financial statements other than those financial statements explicitly required pursuant to clauses (1) and (2).

At any time that the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company, taken as a whole, account for more than 20% of the Consolidated EBITDA (calculated for the Company and its Subsidiaries, not just Restricted Subsidiaries) for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

In addition, for so long as any notes are outstanding, unless the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise complies with such reporting requirements, the Company shall either (1) maintain a website (which may be non-public, but shall not restrict the recipients of such information from trading in securities) to which holders of notes, prospective investors, securities analysts and market makers that certify that they are qualified institutional buyers or are otherwise eligible to hold the notes (collectively, “Permitted Parties”) are given access and to which the information required by the preceding paragraphs and the information required under “— Reports of Parent” (the “Required Information”) is posted; or (2) distribute via electronic mail the Required Information to beneficial owners of the notes and prospective investors that certify that they are Permitted Parties who request to receive such distributions. If the Company makes available the reports described in clauses (1), (2) or (3) on the Company’s website, it will be deemed to have satisfied the reporting requirement set forth in such applicable clause. The trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine whether the Required Information has been posted to any such website.

In addition, for so long as any notes are outstanding, the Company shall also:

(1)    within 15 business days after providing the trustee and the holders with the annual and quarterly information required pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) above, hold a conference call for Permitted Parties to discuss such reports and the results of operations for the relevant reporting period; and

(2)    issue a press release to any U.S. nationally recognized wire service, post to the website mentioned in the prior paragraph or employ other means commercially reasonably expected to reach Permitted Parties no fewer than three business days prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with clause (1) above, announcing the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing Permitted Parties to contact the appropriate person at the Company to obtain such information.

52

Table of Contents

The trustee shall have no duty to review or analyze reports delivered to it. Delivery of any information, documents and reports to the trustee is for informational purposes only, and the trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ and Guarantors’ compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an officer’s certificate). The trustee shall not be obligated to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, and shall have no responsibility or liability for the Issuers’ and Guarantors’ compliance or non-compliance with any covenants in the Indentures or notes, including with respect to any reports or other documents posted on any website or filed with the SEC, or participate in any conference calls.

The Issuers have agreed that, for so long as any notes remain outstanding, the Issuers will furnish to noteholders and securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

The Company’s obligations pursuant to this covenant may, at the Company’s option, be suspended and instead provided by any direct or indirect parent of the Company (other than the Parent) (any such entity, a “Company Reporting Entity”) as of any date, and for so long as, all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(1)    the Company Reporting Entity beneficially owns directly or indirectly at least 95% (less any director’s qualifying shares or shares owned by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by applicable law) of the Voting Stock of the Company; and

(2)    Company Reporting Entity makes the reports and financial information referred to in the first paragraph of this covenant available on its website (or otherwise permitted above), or otherwise publicly available within the time periods specified in the first paragraph of this covenant, except that such reports and financial information may be with respect to Company Reporting Entity instead of the Company; provided that, if the Company Reporting Entity has material operating assets (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries), the quarterly and annual financial statements of Company Reporting Entity shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Company Reporting Entity (any period during which the reporting obligations pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant are suspended pursuant to this clause being referred to herein as a “Reporting Suspension Period”). The requirements of the first paragraph of this covenant above shall resume as of the end of any Reporting Suspension Period, but no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred or be continuing due to non-compliance during any Reporting Suspension Period with the requirements of the first paragraph of this covenant.

Reports of Parent

Prior to the Fall-Away Event, Parent shall make available to the trustee and the holders of notes with the following:

(1)    within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of Parent, annual audited consolidated financial statements in English of Parent, prepared in accordance with IFRS and accompanied by an opinion of independent public accountants; and

(2)    within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Parent, quarterly unaudited consolidated financial statements in English of Parent prepared in accordance with IFRS.

At any time that the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Parent, taken as a whole, account for at least 20% of the Consolidated EBITDA (calculated for Parent and its Subsidiaries, not just Restricted Subsidiaries) for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto of the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Parent.

53

Table of Contents

The trustee shall have no duty to review or analyze reports delivered to it. Delivery of any information, documents and reports to the trustee is for informational purposes only, and the trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including Parent’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an officer’s certificate). The trustee shall not be obligated to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, and shall have no responsibility or liability for Parent’s compliance or non-compliance with any covenants in the Indentures or notes, including with respect to any reports or other documents posted on any website or filed with the SEC, or participate in any conference calls.

Parent’s obligations pursuant to this covenant may, at Parent’s option, be suspended and instead provided by any direct or indirect parent of Parent (any such entity, a “Parent Reporting Entity”) as of any date, and for so long as, all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(1)    Parent Reporting Entity beneficially owns directly or indirectly at least 95% (less any director’s qualifying shares or shares owned by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by applicable law) of the Voting Stock of Parent; and

(2)    Parent Reporting Entity makes the reports and financial information referred to in the first paragraph of this covenant available on its website (or otherwise permitted above), or otherwise publicly available within the time periods specified in the first paragraph of this covenant, except that such reports and financial information may be with respect to Parent Reporting Entity instead of Parent; provided that, if the Parent Reporting Entity has material operating assets (other than Parent and its Subsidiaries), the quarterly and annual financial statements of Parent Reporting Entity shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto of the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent Reporting Entity (any period during which the reporting obligations pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant are suspended pursuant to this clause being referred to herein as a “Parent Reporting Suspension Period”). The requirements of the first paragraph of this covenant above shall resume as of the end of any Parent Reporting Suspension Period, but no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred or be continuing due to non-compliance during any Parent Reporting Suspension Period with the requirements of the first paragraph of this covenant.

Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets

The Company will not, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets determined on a consolidated basis to, another Person unless:

(1)    either

(a)     the Company is the Surviving Person; or

(b)    the Person, if other than the Company, formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person that acquires the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety, the Person to which assets of the Company have been transferred, will be a corporation or limited liability company organized (or equivalent) and existing under the laws of the United States or any State of the United States or the District of Columbia or any other country member of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) if such successor Person undertakes to pay such Additional Amounts as set forth under “— Additional Amounts” (collectively, the “Permitted Jurisdiction”); provided, however, that if the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the person that acquires the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety is a limited liability company, JBS USA Finance or JBS USA Food shall be a co-obligor on the notes or the Company or such Surviving Person shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a corporation to become a co-obligor on the notes;

54

Table of Contents

(2)    such Surviving Person, if other than the Company, assumes all of the obligations of the Company under the notes and the applicable Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture;

(3)    no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(4)    the Company delivers to the trustee an officer’s certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer complies with the applicable Indenture and that all conditions precedent in the applicable Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied.

For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company, will be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (3),

(A)    any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company, and

(B)    the Company may merge with one of its Affiliates solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Company in another Permitted Jurisdiction to realize tax or other benefits.

In the event of any transaction (other than a lease) described in and complying with the conditions listed in the second preceding paragraph in which the Company is not the Surviving Person and the Surviving Person is to assume all the obligations of the Company under the notes and the applicable Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture, that Surviving Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Company, and the Company will be discharged from its obligations under the applicable Indenture and the notes.

Events of Default

Each of the following constitutes an Event of Default under the Indentures:

(1)    the failure to pay interest on the relevant series of notes when that interest becomes due and payable and the Default continues for 30 days;

(2)    the failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, on the relevant series of notes when that principal or premium, if any, becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise;

(3)    the failure to comply with “— Merger, consolidation and sale of assets” above;

(4)    failure by any Parent Guarantor, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to observe or perform (a) the provisions described under the caption “— Reports,” which failure is continuing for a period of 90 days (and may be cured by filing, furnishing or making available, as applicable, the delinquent report within such 90-day period) or (b) any other covenant or agreement contained in the relevant series of notes or the relevant Indenture, which failure continues for a period of 60 days after the Company receives a written notice specifying the default from the trustee or holders of at least 30% in outstanding aggregate principal amount of notes;

(5)    Debt of an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary of the Parent is not paid within any applicable grace period after final maturity or is accelerated by the holders thereof because of a default and the total amount of such Debt unpaid or accelerated exceeds US$125.0 million;

(6)    failure by the Company, any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (other than the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries) to pay or discharge final and non-appealable judgments for the payment of money entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of US$125.0 million, which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed (to the extent not covered by insurance) for a period of 60 consecutive days following entry of such final and non-appealable judgments or decrees during which a stay of enforcement of each such final and non-appealable judgment or decree, by reason of pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect;

55

Table of Contents

(7)    certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting an Issuer, any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries); and

(8)    any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor ceases to be in full force and effect, or is declared to be null and void and unenforceable by a judicial determination, or is found to be invalid by a judicial determination, any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor denies (in writing) its obligations under its Guarantee (in each case, other than by reason of release of a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the applicable Indenture).

If any Event of Default (other than those of the type described in clause (7) of the preceding paragraph with respect to the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, Parent) occurs under the relevant series of notes and is continuing, the trustee or the holders of at least 30% in outstanding aggregate principal amount of the relevant series of notes then outstanding may declare the principal of all the relevant series of notes, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, premium, if any, to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a notice of acceleration, and the same shall become immediately due and payable.

The Company shall deliver to the trustee, within ten business days after becoming aware of the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an officer’s certificate of any event that with the giving of notice and the lapse of time would become an Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

If an Event of Default of the type described in clause (7) above relating to the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, Parent occurs and is continuing, then such amount with respect to all the notes will become due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or any holder of the notes.

The trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default (other than a payment default) unless a written notice of default is received by a responsible officer of the trustee at the corporate trust office of the trustee, and such notice references the relevant series of notes and the relevant Indenture and states that it is a notice of default.

Each Indenture provides that the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the relevant series of then outstanding notes issued thereunder by notice to the trustee may on behalf of the holders of all of the notes of the corresponding series waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences (including any resulting non-payment Default or Event of Default) under the corresponding Indenture (except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the notes held by a non-consenting holder that did not result from a non-payment Default or Event of Default) and rescind any acceleration and its consequences with respect to such series of notes; provided (i) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all sums paid or advanced by the trustee under the corresponding Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the trustee, its agents and its counsel have been paid.

In the event of a declaration of acceleration of a series of notes because an Event of Default described in clause (5) above has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of such series of notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (5) above shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Debt, or the Debt that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full and if (i) the annulment of the acceleration of such series of notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest on the relevant series of notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of such series of notes, have been cured or waived.

Each Indenture provides that (i) if a Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default (the “Initial Default”) occurs, then at the time such Initial Default is cured, such Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default that resulted solely because of that Initial Default will also be cured without any further action and (ii) any Default or Event of Default for the failure to comply with the time periods prescribed in the covenant entitled “Reports” or

56

Table of Contents

otherwise to deliver any notice or certificate pursuant to any other provision of the applicable Indenture shall be deemed to be cured upon the delivery of any such report required by such covenant or such notice or certificate, as applicable, even though such delivery is not within the prescribed period specified in the relevant Indenture.

The Company is required to deliver to the trustee, within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year, a certificate indicating such signing officer’s knowledge as to whether the Issuers have complied with all conditions and covenants under the relevant Indenture.

Subject to the provisions of the Indentures relating to the duties of the trustee in case an Event of Default should occur and be continuing, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the Indentures at the request or direction of any of the holders unless those holders have offered to the trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. Subject to such provision for security or indemnification and certain limitations contained in the Indentures, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee.

Amendments, Supplements and Waivers

Subject to exceptions described below, the Company and the trustee may amend the relevant Indenture and series of notes with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the corresponding series of the notes, including additional notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for corresponding series of the notes) and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the relevant Indenture or the notes may be waived (except for a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the notes held by a non-consenting holder). Without the consent of each holder of an outstanding note affected, however, no amendment may:

(1)    reduce the amount of notes whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2)    reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on any notes;

(3)    reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any notes, or change the date on which any notes may be subject to redemption or repurchase (other than with respect to the minimum notice period to holders of notes), or reduce the redemption or repurchase price for those notes (except, in the case of repurchases, as would otherwise be permitted under clause (7) hereof);

(4)    make any note payable in money other than that stated in the note and the relevant Indenture;

(5)    impair the contractual right of any holder to receive payment of principal, premium, interest on that holder’s notes on or after the due dates for those payments, or to bring suit to enforce that payment on or with respect to such holder’s notes or any Guarantee;

(6)    modify the provisions contained in the relevant Indenture permitting holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes to waive a Default;

(7)    after the Issuers’ obligation to purchase the notes arises under the relevant Indenture, amend, modify or change the obligation of the Issuers to make or consummate a Change of Control Offer or waive any default in the performance of that Change of Control Offer or modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect to any such offer; or

(8)    make any change to or modify the ranking of any such note or related Guarantee that would adversely affect the holders of the notes.

Without the consent of any holder, the Company and the trustee may amend the applicable Indenture to:

(a)     cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

(b)    provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of an Issuer under the relevant Indenture;

57

Table of Contents

(c)     provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of certificated notes (provided that the uncertificated notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code);

(d)    add additional Guarantees or additional obligors with respect to the notes;

(e)     secure the notes;

(f)     add to the covenants of the Issuers for the benefit of the holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuers;

(g)    make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder in any material respect;

(h)    comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of any Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939;

(i)     provide for the issuance of additional notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the relevant Indenture as of the date of such Indenture;

(j)     conform the text of the relevant Indenture, the notes or any Guarantee to any provision of this “Description of the New Notes”; or

(k)    provide for the Fall-Away Amendment or any other event or action required or permitted by the relevant Indenture.

The consent of the noteholders of the relevant series of notes is not necessary under the Indentures to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

Defeasance

The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to terminate all of the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations with respect to any series of then outstanding notes, the Guarantees and the applicable Indenture (“legal defeasance”), except for:

(1)    the rights of holders of outstanding notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on those notes when these payments are due from the defeasance trust referred to below;

(2)    the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the issuance of temporary notes, the registration of notes, the status of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3)    the rights, powers, trusts, duties, indemnities and immunities of the trustee and the Issuers’ obligations in connection with those rights, powers, trusts, duties, indemnities and immunities; and

(4)    the Issuers’ obligations under the defeasance provisions contained in the applicable Indenture.

In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to release the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations with respect to specified covenants (“covenant defeasance”) with respect to the notes, and thereafter any failure by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with those covenants will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the corresponding series of notes. Moreover, in the event the Company elects to exercise covenant defeasance, nearly all of the events, other than non-payment, described under “— Events of Default” will no longer constitute Events of Default with respect to the corresponding series of notes.

If the Company exercises legal defeasance, payment of the corresponding series of notes may not be accelerated as a result of an Event of Default. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the corresponding series of notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (3) (with respect to any entity other than the Company), (4), (5), (6), (7) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries) or (8)

58

Table of Contents

under “— Events of Default” above or because of the failure of the Company to comply with clause (3) of the first paragraph under “— Merger, consolidation and sale of assets” above or of Parent to comply with clause (3) of the third to last paragraph under “— Merger, consolidation and sale of assets” above.

The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option with respect to any series of the notes notwithstanding its prior exercise of covenant defeasance.

In order to exercise either legal defeasance or covenant defeasance:

(1)    the Company must irrevocably deposit with the trustee, in trust (the “defeasance trust”), for the benefit of the holders of such series, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities or a combination of cash and non-callable U.S. Government Securities, sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding notes on the stated maturity or on an available redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the notes are being defeased to maturity or to that redemption date;

(2)    in the case of legal defeasance only, the Company must deliver to the trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that:

(a)    the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

(b)    since the applicable Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, and

(c)     based on the ruling obtained under clause (a) or the change in tax law referred to under clause (b), the beneficial owners of the outstanding notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of legal defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if legal defeasance had not occurred;

(3)    in the case of covenant defeasance only, the Company must deliver to the trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the beneficial owners of the outstanding notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if covenant defeasance had not occurred;

(4)    no Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Debt, and, in each case the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(5)    in the case of legal defeasance only, the legal defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than the applicable Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;

(6)    in the case of legal defeasance only, the Company must deliver to the trustee an Opinion of Counsel, subject to customary exceptions and assumptions, to the effect that on the 91st day following the deposit, the defeasance trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws generally affecting creditors’ rights;

(7)    the Company must deliver to the trustee an officer’s certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the holders of notes over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company; and

(8)    the Company must deliver to the trustee an officer’s certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the legal defeasance or the covenant defeasance have been complied with.

59

Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (2) above with respect to a legal defeasance need not be delivered if all notes not theretofore delivered to the trustee for cancellation (a) have become due and payable, (b) will become due and payable on the maturity date within one year or (c) as to which a redemption notice has been given calling the notes for redemption within one year, under arrangements satisfactory to the trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Company may discharge the applicable Indenture with respect to any series of notes such that it will cease to be of further effect, except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the notes as to all outstanding notes of such series when:

(1)    either

(a)     all the notes of such series previously authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed notes that have been replaced or paid and notes for whose payment money has previously been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and is thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from the trust) have been delivered to the trustee for cancellation; or

(b)    all notes not previously delivered to the trustee for cancellation

(i)     have become due and payable, or

(ii)    will become due and payable at their maturity within one year, or

(iii)   are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the trustee,

and in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii), the Company has deposited or caused to be deposited with the trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination of such cash and non-callable U.S. Government Securities, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Debt on the notes not previously delivered to the trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and interest on the notes to the date of deposit, in the case of notes that have become due and payable, or to the stated maturity or redemption date, as the case may be;

(2)    the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by the Issuers under the applicable Indenture; and

(3)    the Company delivers to the trustee an officer’s certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under the applicable Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of such Indenture have been satisfied.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, as such, of an Issuer or any Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or of the Guarantors under the notes, the Indentures, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, those obligations or their creation. Each holder by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the notes. This waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.

Concerning the Trustee

Regions Bank is the trustee under each Indenture and has been appointed by the Issuers as registrar and paying agent with regard to the notes. The holders of a majority in outstanding aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes of a series will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the trustee under the applicable Indenture, subject to certain exceptions. Each Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur, the trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use or exercise the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. The

60

Table of Contents

trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indentures at the request of any holder of notes, unless such holder shall have offered to the trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

The trustee has not provided or approved any information in this prospectus, takes no responsibility for any information contained in this prospectus, and makes no representation as to the contents of this prospectus.

Governing Law

Each Indenture provides that the Indentures, the notes and the Guarantees will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby. For the avoidance of doubt, the application of articles 470-1 to 470-19 (inclusive) of the Luxembourg law of 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended, is excluded.

Definitions

“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. The term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted using an implied interest rate of such transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

“Australian Subsidiaries” means any Subsidiary of the Company which is organized under the laws of Australia.

“Batista Family” includes José Batista Sobrinho, together with his wife, sons and daughters, or any of their respective heirs and any Person established and controlled by any of the foregoing.

“Board of Directors” means:

(1)    with respect to a corporation, the Board of Directors of the corporation;

(2)    with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors or similar board or committee or Person serving a similar function of the managing general partner of the partnership; and

(3)    with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of that Person or any Person serving a similar function.

“Capital Stock” means:

(1)    with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares of corporate stock of that Person;

(2)    with respect to any Person that is an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents, however designated, of capital stock of that Person;

(3)    with respect to any Person that is a partnership or limited liability company, any and all partnership or membership interests, whether general or limited, of that Person; and

(4)    with respect to any other Person, any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, as to any Person, the obligation of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease to which such Person is a party that is required to be classified and accounted for as a financing lease obligation under GAAP.

61

Table of Contents

“Cash Management Services” means any of the following to the extent not constituting a line of credit (other than an overnight overdraft facility that is not in default): ACH transactions, treasury and/or cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, overdraft facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(1)    the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders; or

(2)    the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the applicable Issue Date), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the applicable Issue Date) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company other than in connection with any transaction or series of transactions in which the Company shall become the wholly owned subsidiary (other than any director’s qualifying shares or shares owned by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by applicable law) of a direct or indirect parent entity of the Company of which no person or group, as noted above, holds 50% or more of the total voting power (other than a Permitted Holder).

For purposes of this definition, any direct or indirect holding company of the Company shall not itself be considered a “person” or “group”; provided that no “person” or “group” (other than one or more of the Permitted Holders) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, more than a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such holding company.

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of a Change of Control that results in a Ratings Decline.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Commodity Agreement” means any commodity futures contract, commodity option or similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in the price of commodities.

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees or costs, capitalized expenditures, customer acquisition costs and incentive payments, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

(1)    increased (without duplication) by:

(a)     provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(b)    Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses from Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Consolidated Interest Expense), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (1)(u) through (1)(z) thereof, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

62

Table of Contents

(c)     Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(d)    any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any equity offering, investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Debt permitted to be incurred by the applicable Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including, without limitation, (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the notes and the Revolving Credit Agreement and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the notes, and, in each case, deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(e)     the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve or non-recurring integration costs deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the applicable Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, including any lease termination costs, severance costs, facility shutdown costs and other restructuring charges related to or associated with a permanent reduction in capacity, closure of plans or facilities, cut-backs or plant closures or a significant reconfiguration of a facility, plus

(f)     any other non-cash charges, including any write-off or write-downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period, plus

(g)    the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

(h)    expenses consisting of internal software development costs that are expensed during the period but could have been capitalized under alternative accounting policies in accordance with GAAP, plus

(i)     costs of surety bonds incurred in such period in connection with financing activities, plus

(j)     the amount of net cost savings and synergies projected by such Person in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or to be taken prior to or during such period (which cost savings or synergies shall be subject only to certification by management of such Person and shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings or synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings or synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions have been taken or are to be taken within 18 months after the date of determination to take such action and (C) no cost savings or synergies shall be added pursuant to this clause (j) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings or revenue enhancements that are included in clause (k) below with respect to such period, plus

(k)    business optimization expenses (including consolidation initiatives, severance costs and other costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement), plus

(l)     restructuring charges or reserves (including restructuring costs related to acquisitions after the applicable Issue Date and to closure and/or consolidation of facilities and to exiting lines of business), plus

(m)   the amount of loss or discount on sale of receivables and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility, plus

(n)    any costs or expense incurred by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of such Person (other than Disqualified Capital Stock), plus

63

Table of Contents

(o)    the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of any direct or indirect parent entity of such Person in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to shareholders of such Person, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were shareholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted under the applicable Indenture, plus

(p)    with respect to any joint venture, an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in clauses (a) and (c) above relating to such joint venture corresponding to such Person’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint venture were a Restricted Subsidiary), plus

(q)    the amount of any loss attributable to a new plant or facility until the date that is 18 months after the date of commencement of construction or the date of acquisition thereof, as the case may be; provided that (A) such losses are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and certified by a responsible officer of such Person, (B) losses attributable to such plant or facility after 18 months from the date of commencement of construction or the date of acquisition of such plant or facility, as the case may be, shall not be included in this clause (q) and (C) no amounts shall be added pursuant to this clause (q) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings or revenue enhancements that are included in clauses (j) or (k) above with respect to such period;

(2)    decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period; and

(3)    increased (in the case of a loss) or decreased (in the case of a gain) by (without duplication) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Debt (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk and revaluations of intercompany balances, including, without limitation, Currency Protection Agreements).

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication of:

(1)    consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for that period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, including (or plus, to the extent not included in such consolidated interest expense):

(a)     amortization of debt discount;

(b)    the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations;

(c)     commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing;

(d)    interest actually paid by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under any guarantee of Debt or other obligation of any other Person;

(e)     interest expense on Debt guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such interest is paid by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries);

(f)     net payments (whether positive or negative) pursuant to Interest Rate Protection Agreements; and

(g)    cash and Disqualified Capital Stock dividends in respect of all Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries and Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person held by Persons other than such Person or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary;

but excluding:

(t)     accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Debt;

(u)    interest expense attributable to a parent entity resulting from push-down accounting;

64

Table of Contents

(v)    any expense resulting from the discounting of Debt in connection with the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting;

(w)    any Additional Amounts and any comparable “additional amounts”;

(x)    amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, and original issue discount with respect to Debt issued on the applicable Issue Date;

(y)    any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees; and

(z)     commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility;

(2)    consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for that period, whether paid or accrued.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that, without duplication,

(1)    any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses, severance, relocation costs, new product introductions, and one-time compensation charges shall be excluded,

(2)    the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

(3)    any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

(4)    any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined by the Company, shall be excluded,

(5)    the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash or cash equivalents) or that (as reasonably determined by the Company) could have distributed to the reference Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

(6)    [reserved],

(7)    effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements required or permitted by ASC 805 and ASC 350 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 141 and 142, respectively) resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any acquisition that is consummated after the applicable Issue Date or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(8)    any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Debt or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments (including deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid) shall be excluded,

(9)    any impairment charge, asset write-off or write-down pursuant to ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and No. 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141) shall be excluded,

(10)  any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, phantom equity, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors, consultants or employees shall be excluded,

65

Table of Contents

(11)  any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, investment, recapitalization, asset sale, issuance or repayment of Debt, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including, without limitation, any such transaction consummated prior to the applicable Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,

(12)  changes in accruals or reserves as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies shall be excluded, and

(13)  to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), losses and expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” of any Person means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (x) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Debt of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis described in clauses (1), (2), (3), (5) and (6) of the definition of “Debt” (provided that in the case of clause (6), such Debt relates to guarantees of Debt of another Person of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition of “Debt”, other than Debt relating to purchases of raw materials or other supply-related obligations in the ordinary course of business, and including, for the avoidance of doubt, all obligations relating to Receivables Facilities) and (y) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person and all Disqualified Capital Stock and Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Capital Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and calculated on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the adjustments set forth in the definition of “Secured Leverage Ratio.” For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the applicable Indenture.

“Credit Facilities” or “Credit Facility” means one or more debt facilities (which may be outstanding at the same time and including, without limitation, the Revolving Credit Agreement) or other financing agreements or arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit, debt securities or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

“Currency Protection Agreement” means any currency protection agreement entered into with one or more financial institutions that is designed to protect the Person or entity entering into the agreement against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with respect to Debt Incurred and not for purposes of speculation.

“Debt” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, without duplication, any indebtedness of that Person:

(1)    for borrowed money (but only with regard to the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of such borrowed money);

(2)    evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

66

Table of Contents

(3)    constituting Capitalized Lease Obligations;

(4)    Incurred or assumed as the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, or pursuant to conditional sale obligations and title retention agreements (but excluding trade accounts payable and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion of such services;

(5)    for reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

(6)    for Debt of other Persons to the extent guaranteed by such Person;

(7)    for Hedging Obligations; and

(8)    for Debt of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (7) which is secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such first referred to Person, the amount of such Debt being deemed to be the lesser of the value of the property or asset underlying the Lien or the amount of the Debt so secured;

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Debt does not include (i) Cash Management Services, (ii) any item set forth above that does not appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person, or (iii) Debt of any parent entity appearing on the balance sheet of the Company solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP.

The amount of Debt of any Person at any date will be:

(a)     the sum of the outstanding principal amount of all unconditional obligations described above, as such amount would be reflected on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

(b)    the accreted value of that Debt, in the case of any Debt issued with original issue discount.

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Disposition” means, with respect to any Person, any merger, consolidation or other business combination involving such Person (whether or not such Person is the Surviving Person) or the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of such Person’s assets or Capital Stock.

“Disqualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event,

(1)    matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer of that Capital Stock);

(2)    is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; or

(3)    is redeemable at the sole option of its holder,

in each case, other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the final maturity date of the notes; provided, however, that (i) only the portion of Capital Stock that so matures or is mandatorily redeemable or is so redeemable at the sole option of its holder prior to the final maturity date of the notes will be deemed Disqualified Capital Stock and (ii) with respect to any such Capital Stock issued to any employees or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

“Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

67

Table of Contents

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Existing 2029 Notes” means the US$600.0 million of 3.000% senior notes due 2031 outstanding on the issue date of such notes, issued by the Issuers.

“Existing 2031 Notes” means the US$500.0 million of 3.750% senior notes due 2031 outstanding on the issue date of such notes, issued by the Issuers.

“Existing 2032 Notes” means the US$1.0 billion of 3.000% sustainability-linked senior notes due 2032 outstanding on the issue date of such notes, issued by the Issuers.

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business of Fitch Ratings, Inc.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

“GAAP” means, as used in the applicable Indenture with respect to financial calculations relating to (i) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for purposes of the covenants described under “— Certain Covenants of the Company,” U.S. GAAP and (ii) Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries for purposes of the covenants described under “— Reports — Reports of Parent,” IFRS.

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Debt. The term “guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by each Guarantor of the Issuers’ payment obligations under the applicable Indenture and the notes.

“Guarantors” means (1) each Parent Guarantor; and (2) each of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that in the future executes a supplemental indenture in which such Person agrees to be bound by the terms of the applicable Indenture as a Guarantor; provided that any Person constituting a Guarantor as described above shall cease to constitute a Guarantor with respect to the notes when its respective Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of the applicable Indenture.

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified entity, the obligations of that entity under:

(1)    any Interest Rate Protection Agreement;

(2)    foreign exchange contracts and Currency Protection Agreements;

(3)    any Commodity Agreement; and

(4)    other agreements or arrangements designed to protect that entity against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices and not entered into for speculative purposes.

“IFRS” means, at Parent’s option or the Company’s option, International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board, as implemented in Brazil through the accounting pronouncements of the Brazilian Committee of Accounting Pronouncements (Comitê de Pronunciamentos Contábeis) approved by the Brazilian Securities Commission (Comissão de Valores Mobiliários), or as implemented through the accounting pronouncements by international accounting standards or in the jurisdiction in which Parent or Parent Reporting Entity is domiciled. At any time after the applicable Issue Date, Parent or the Company may elect to apply U.S. GAAP accounting principles in lieu of IFRS and, upon any such election, references herein to IFRS shall thereafter be construed to mean U.S. GAAP (except as otherwise provided in the applicable Indenture).

“Incur” means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by merger, conversion, exchange or otherwise), extend, assume, guarantee or become liable in respect of such Debt or other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such Debt or obligation on the balance sheet of such Person (and “Incurrence” and “Incurred” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided, however, that a change in GAAP that results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time, and is

68

Table of Contents

not theretofore classified as Debt, becoming Debt shall not be deemed an Incurrence of such Debt; provided further, however, that any Debt or other obligations of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) or merges into such other Person shall be deemed to be incurred by such Subsidiary or such other Person, as the case may be, at the time it becomes a Subsidiary or at the time of the merger.

“Interest Rate Protection Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement used in the ordinary course of business as to which that Person is a party or beneficiary.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or equivalent) by S&P or Fitch, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

“Issue Date” means, as applicable, the date on which the applicable series of the Old Notes were issued.

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

“Luxembourg” means the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP, and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the trustee. The counsel may be an in-house counsel to, the Company, JBS USA Food, JBS USA Finance, Inc. and/or the Guarantors.

“Par Call Date” means, as applicable, the 2035 Notes Par Call Date, the 2055 Notes Par Call Date, the 2036 Notes Par Call Date, the 2056 Notes Par Call Date or the 2066 Notes Par Call Date.

“Parent” means JBS S.A., a sociedade anônima organized under the laws of Brazil.

“Parent Guarantors” means (i) Parent, (ii) JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l. and (iii) JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty. Limited.

“Permitted Holders” means (i) any member of the Batista Family or any Affiliate or Affiliates of any of the foregoing and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such members of the Batista family and their respective Affiliates, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, (ii) any Person the Voting Stock of which (or in the case of a trust, the beneficial interest in which) at least 51% is owned by Persons specified in clause (i) and (iii) Parent and any subsidiary of Parent.

“Permitted Liens” means:

(1)    Liens to secure (a) Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company under the ABL Revolving Credit Agreement or other Credit Facilities, including guarantees thereof; provided that, after giving effect to any such Incurrence (including the application of proceeds therefrom), the aggregate principal amount of all Debt Incurred and then outstanding under this clause (1)(a) shall not exceed the greater of (x) US$1,000.0 million less the outstanding principal amount of any Receivables Facilities and (y) the sum of (i) 85% of the book value of accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus (ii) 80% of the book value of inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), any such assets that are the subject of a Receivables Facility), in the case of clause (y), determined based on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company for the fiscal quarter most recently ended on or prior to the date on which such Debt is Incurred for

69

Table of Contents

which internal financial statements are available (as adjusted to give pro forma effect to acquisitions or dispositions outside the ordinary course of business occurring after the date of such balance sheet but on or before the date of such Incurrence) and (b) Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company under Credit Facilities (other than the ABL Revolving Facility); provided that, after giving effect to any such Incurrence (including the application of proceeds therefrom), the aggregate principal amount of all Debt Incurred and then outstanding under this clause (1)(b) shall not exceed the greater of (x) US$2,800.0 million and (y) an aggregate principal amount of Debt that at the time of Incurrence does not cause the Secured Leverage Ratio of the Company to exceed 3.5 to 1.00;

(2)    Liens on the Capital Stock or assets of any Non-Guarantor Significant Subsidiary to secure Debt incurred by such Non-Guarantor Significant Subsidiary;

(3)    Liens to secure Debt, including but not limited to Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation, commissioning or improvement of property or assets, whether through direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning those assets, or Incurred to refinance any such purchase price or cost of construction or improvement, and refinancings thereof; provided that any such Lien may not extend to any property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, other than the property acquired, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Debt and such Liens secure Debt in an amount not in excess of the original purchase price or the original cost of any such property and any improvements or accessions to such property;

(4)    Liens for Taxes on the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary if the same shall not at the time be delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded;

(5)    Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens, on the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business and securing payment of obligations that are not more than 60 days past due or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

(6)    Liens on the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary Incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of obligations with respect to statutory or regulatory requirements, performance or return-of-money bonds, surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature, in each case which are not Incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property and which do not in the aggregate impair in any material respect the use of property in the operation of the business of the Company and the Significant Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(7)    Liens on property or assets of, or any shares of stock or secured debt of, any Person at the time the Company or any Significant Subsidiary acquired such property or the Person owning such Property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; provided further, however, that such Liens shall not have been Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such property was acquired by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary;

(8)    Liens on the property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Significant Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary that is not a direct Subsidiary of such Person; provided further, however, that any such Lien was not Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Significant Subsidiary;

(9)    pledges or deposits by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases to which the Company or any Significant Subsidiary is party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of the Company, or deposits for the payment of rent, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

70

Table of Contents

(10)  utility easements, building restrictions and such other encumbrances or charges against real property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties of a similar character;

(11)  Liens securing Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Services;

(12)  Liens existing on the applicable Issue Date not otherwise described in clauses (1) through (11) above;

(13)  Liens on the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Debt secured by Liens referred to in clause (3), (7), (8), (11) or (12) above, clause (21) below, or pursuant to this clause (13); provided, however, that any such Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (together with improvements and accessions to such property) and the aggregate principal amount of Debt that is secured by such Lien shall not be increased to an amount greater than the sum of:

(a)     the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, the committed amount, of the Debt secured by Liens referred to in clause (3), (7), (8), (11) or (12) above or clause (21) below, as the case may be, at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the applicable Indenture; and

(b)    an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and defeasance costs, incurred by the Company or such Significant Subsidiary in connection with such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(14)  Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

(15)  Liens securing Debt or other obligations of a Significant Subsidiary of the Company owing to the Company or another Significant Subsidiary;

(16)  Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds securing obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(17)  Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(18)  Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(19)  Liens deemed to exist in connection with investments in repurchase agreements; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(20)  Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(21)  Liens securing Debt (other than Subordinated Debt); provided that after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the Secured Leverage Ratio of the Company would not exceed 3.5 to 1.0;

(22)  Liens not otherwise permitted by clauses (1) through (21) above securing obligations in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not in excess of the greater of (i) US$2.5 billion and (ii) 10.0% of Total Assets of the Company, in either case, at the time of any incurrence of an obligation secured by a Lien in reliance on this clause (22);

(23)  judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such legal proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

(24)  Liens on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Debt or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

71

Table of Contents

(25)  (a) Leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries and (b) licenses of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business; and

(26)  Liens to secure a defeasance trust.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“Pilgrim’s Pride” means Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation, a company incorporated under the laws of Delaware.

“Preferred Stock” of any Person means any Capital Stock of that Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of that Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation.

“Principal Property” means any plant or other similar facility of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary used primarily for processing, producing, or packaging and having a book value in excess of 2.0% of Total Assets of the Company as of the date of such determination, but shall not include any plant or similar facility which, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors or management of the Company, is not material to the overall business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

“Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock.

“Rating Agency” means, at the Company’s or Parent’s, as applicable, option, two of S&P, Moody’s and Fitch, and if two agencies do not make a rating on the notes publicly available, a U.S. nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors).

“Ratings Decline” means that at any time within 60 days after the earlier of the date of public notice of a Change of Control and the date on which the Company or any other Person publicly declares its intention to effect a Change of Control, (1) in the event the notes are assigned an Investment Grade rating by at least two of the Rating Agencies prior to such public notice or declaration, the rating assigned to the notes by at least two of the Rating Agencies is below an Investment Grade rating; or (2) in the event the ratings assigned to the notes by at least two of the Rating Agencies prior to such public notice or declaration are below an Investment Grade rating, the rating assigned to the notes by at least two of the Rating Agencies is decreased by one or more categories (i.e., notches); provided that, in each case, any such Ratings Decline is expressly stated by the applicable Rating Agencies to have been the result of the Change of Control.

“Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds such purchase or extension of credit by purporting to sell its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or by borrowing from such a Person or from another Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds itself by borrowing from such a Person.

“Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of facilitating or entering into one or more Receivables Facilities, and in each case engages only in activities reasonably related or incidental thereto.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company subject to the condition that the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary would not cause a Default, it being understood that any Liens, agreements or transactions of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding at the time of such redesignation shall be deemed to be Incurred or entered into at such time.

“Revolving Credit Agreement” means the Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated November 1, 2022, among the Company, JBS USA Food, JBS Australia PTY Limited and JBS Food Canada ULC, the other credit parties signatory thereto, the lenders party thereto, Bank of Montreal, as administrative agent, as the same may be

72

Table of Contents

amended, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which the Company or any Significant Subsidiary sells or transfers any property to any Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) with the intention of taking back a lease of such property pursuant to which the rental payments are calculated to amortize the purchase price of such property substantially over the useful life thereof and such property is in fact so leased.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

“Secured Debt” means any of the Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

“Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination (the “determination date”) with respect to any Person, the ratio of:

(1)    Secured Debt of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available minus the aggregate cash and cash equivalents included in the cash and cash equivalents accounts listed on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at such date, to

(2)    Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which internal financial statements are available,

provided, however, that:

(1)    if such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(a)     has Incurred any Debt since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Secured Leverage Ratio includes an Incurrence of Debt, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Debt as if such Debt had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Debt under any revolving Credit Facility outstanding on the date of such calculation will be deemed to be:

(i)     the average daily balance of such Debt during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or

(ii)    if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Debt during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation)

and the repayment, repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other discharge of any other Debt with the proceeds of such new Debt as if such repayment, repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; or

(b)    has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged any Debt since the beginning of the period that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Secured Leverage Ratio includes a repayment, repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other discharge of Debt (in each case, other than Debt Incurred under any revolving Credit Facilities unless such Debt has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated and not replaced), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of such Debt, including with the proceeds of such new Debt, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

73

Table of Contents

(2)    if since the beginning of such period, such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made any asset sale or disposed of or discontinued (as defined under GAAP) any company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Secured Leverage Ratio includes such a transaction:

(a)     the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets that are the subject of such disposition or discontinuation for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period; and

(b)    Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Debt of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged (to the extent the related commitment is permanently reduced) with respect to such Person and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such transaction for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Debt of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such Person and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Debt after such sale);

(3)    if since the beginning of such period such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Debt) as if such investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and

(4)    if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have Incurred any Debt or discharged any Debt, made any disposition or any investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (1), (2) or (3) above if made by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any calculation under this definition, the pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such Person (and may include, without limitation, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and operating expense reductions from such investment, acquisition, merger or consolidation that is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided that such calculations are set forth in an officer’s certificate stating that such calculations are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the officer executing such officer’s certificate at the time of such execution. If any Debt bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Debt will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Protection Agreement applicable to such Debt if such Interest Rate Protection Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). If any Debt that is being given pro forma effect bears an interest rate at the option of such Person, the interest rate shall be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by such Person.

For purposes of the calculation of the Secured Leverage Ratio, in connection with the Incurrence of any Lien pursuant to clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” the Company may elect, pursuant to an officer’s certificate, to treat all or a portion of the commitment under any Debt which is to be secured by such Lien as being Incurred as of such determination date and any subsequent Incurrence of Debt under such commitment that was so treated shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence of additional Debt or additional Lien at such subsequent time; provided that if the Company makes such an election, for purposes of the calculation of the Secured Leverage Ratio in connection with any subsequent Incurrence of any Lien pursuant to clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” (other than under such commitment), the amount under such commitment that was so treated shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such determination date.

74

Table of Contents

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Significant Subsidiary” of any Person means any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person which at the time of determination either (1) had assets which, as of the date of the Company’s most recent quarterly consolidated balance sheet for which internal financial statements are available, constituted at least 10% of the Company’s total assets on a consolidated basis as of such date or (2) had revenues for the 12-month period ending on the date of the Company’s most recent quarterly consolidated statement of operations for which internal financial statements are available which constituted at least 10% of the Company’s total revenues on a consolidated basis for such period, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Secured Leverage Ratio.”

“Subordinated Debt” means any Debt whether outstanding on the applicable Issue Date or thereafter Incurred, which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, pursuant to a written agreement.

“Subsidiary,” with respect to any Person, means (i) any corporation of which the outstanding Capital Stock having at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary circumstances shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, by such Person or (ii) any other Person of which at least a majority of the voting interest under ordinary circumstances is at the time, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, owned by such Person. Notwithstanding anything in the applicable Indenture to the contrary, all references to any Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries or to financial information prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP shall be deemed to include such Person and its Subsidiaries as to which financial statements are prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and to financial information prepared on such a consolidated basis.

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Guarantor which is a Subsidiary of the Company.

“Surviving Person” means, with respect to any Person involved in or that makes any Disposition, the Person formed by or surviving such Disposition or the Person to which such Disposition is made.

“Tax” means any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge in the nature of tax (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto).

“Taxing Authority” means any government or political subdivision or territory or possession of any government or any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax.

“Total Assets” of any Person means the total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP as shown on the most recent balance sheet of such Person and calculated on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the adjustments set forth in the definition of “Secured Leverage Ratio.”

“Treasury Yield” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled by and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the date fixed for redemption (or, if such statistical release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to the applicable Par Call Date. If the period is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) JBS Wisconsin Properties and each of its subsidiaries (which subsidiaries include Pilgrim’s Pride), (ii) any Subsidiary designated as an “unrestricted subsidiary” under the Revolving Credit Agreement and (iii) any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company formed after the applicable Issue Date that has been designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of its creation or acquisition; provided that with respect to this clause (iii), no Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary may be assumed or guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, under no circumstances shall the Issuer be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

75

Table of Contents

“U.S. GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time; provided that all terms of an accounting or financial nature used in the applicable Indenture shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to in the applicable Indenture shall be made (a) without giving effect to any election under FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 825 — Financial Instruments, or any successor thereto (including pursuant to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification), to value any Debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at “fair value,” as defined therein and (b) the amount of any Debt under GAAP with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations shall be determined in accordance with the definition of Capitalized Lease Obligations (it being understood that all leases and obligations under any leases of any Person that are or would be characterized as operating leases and/or operating lease obligations in accordance with GAAP on February 25, 2016 (whether or not such operating leases and/or operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases and/or operating lease obligations (and not as Capitalized Lease Obligations) for purposes of the applicable Indenture regardless of any change in GAAP following the date that would otherwise require such leases and/or lease obligations to be recognized as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet). At any time after the applicable Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of U.S. GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to U.S. GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in the applicable Indenture).

“U.S. Government Securities” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option or money market funds that invest solely in the foregoing.

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of that Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of that Person’s Board of Directors.

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of any Person, all of the outstanding Capital Stock of which (other than any director’s qualifying shares or shares owned by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by applicable law) is owned by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

76

Table of Contents

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

The following description of the Registration Rights Agreements is a summary and does not describe every aspect of the Registration Rights Agreements. This summary is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by, reference to all of the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreements. We urge you to read the Registration Rights Agreements in their entirety because these agreements, not the following summary, will define your rights as a holder of Old Notes under the applicable Registration Rights Agreement. Copies of the Registration Rights Agreements are included as Exhibits 4.1 and 4.2 to the registration statement related to this prospectus and may be obtained at the addresses set forth under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

On January 21, 2025, JBS USA entered into a registration rights agreement (the “January Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which JBS USA agreed, for the benefit of the holders of the Old January Notes, to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause a registration statement to be filed with the SEC (the “exchange offer registration statement”) with respect to a registered offer (the “registered exchange offer”) to exchange the Old January Notes of each series for New January Notes of the same series, which will have terms identical in all material respects to such Old January Notes, except that the New January Notes will not contain transfer restrictions, to be declared effective and to complete the registered exchange offer within 365 days after JBS USA entered into the January Registration Rights Agreement.

On July 3, 2025, JBS USA entered into a registration rights agreement (the “July Registration Rights Agreement” and, together with the January Registration Rights Agreement, the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which JBS USA agreed, for the benefit of the holders of the Old July Notes, to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause an exchange offer registration statement with respect to a registered exchange offer to exchange the Old July Notes of each series for New July Notes of the same series, which will have terms identical in all material respects to such Old July Notes, except that the New July Notes will not contain transfer restrictions, to be declared effective and to complete the registered exchange offer within 365 days after JBS USA entered into the July Registration Rights Agreement.

Each Registration Rights Agreement provides that, promptly after the exchange offer registration statement has been declared effective, JBS USA will commence the registered exchange offer. JBS USA agreed to keep the registered exchange offer open for not less than 20 business days after the date notice is mailed to the holders of the Old Notes, or longer if required by applicable law. Interest on each New Note will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Old Notes surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Old Notes, from the date of their original issuance. The New Notes will vote and consent together with the Old Notes of the same series on all matters on which holders of such Old Notes or New Notes are entitled to vote and consent.

Under existing interpretations of the staff of the SEC, the New Notes would generally be freely tradable after the completion of the registered exchange offer without further compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. However, any participant in the exchange offer who is an affiliate of JBS USA or who intends to participate in the registered exchange offer for the purposes of distributing the exchange notes:

•        will not be able to rely on the interpretations of the staff of the SEC;

•        will not be entitled to participate in the registered exchange offer; and

•        must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any sale or transfer of the Old Notes, unless that sale or transfer is made pursuant to an exemption from those requirements.

Each holder of Old Notes who wishes to exchange Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the registered exchange offer will be required to represent to JBS USA at the consummation of the registered exchange offer that:

•        it is not an affiliate of JBS USA;

•        it is not a broker-dealer tendering Old Notes acquired directly from JBS USA for its own account;

77

Table of Contents

•        the New Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business; and

•        it is not engaged and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person, to participate in the distribution, within the meaning of the Securities Act, of the New Notes.

JBS USA’s consummation of the registered exchange offer are subject to certain conditions set forth in the Registration Rights Agreements, including, without limitation, our receipt of the representations from participating holders of Old Notes as described above and in the Registration Rights Agreements.

If, due to a change in law or in applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC, JBS USA determines upon the advice of its outside counsel that it is not permitted to effect the registered exchange offer, the Registration Rights Agreements provide that JBS USA will, at its reasonable cost:

•        as promptly as practicable file with the SEC a shelf registration statement (the “shelf registration statement”) covering resales of the Old Notes;

•        use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the shelf registration statement to become effective under the Securities Act within 365 days after the date, if any, on which JBS USA became obligated to file the shelf registration statement; and

•        use JBS USA’s commercially reasonable efforts to keep the shelf registration statement effective until the earlier of the date that is two years after the date that JBS USA enters into the applicable Registration Rights Agreement or the time that all of the Old Notes eligible to be sold under the shelf registration statement have been sold pursuant to the shelf registration statement or are freely tradeable pursuant to Rule 144(k) of the Securities Act and the applicable interpretations of the SEC.

In the event of an applicable shelf registration statement, for each relevant holder of Old Notes, JBS USA agrees to:

•        provide copies of the prospectus that is part of the shelf registration statement;

•        notify each such Holder when the shelf registration statement has been filed and when it has become effective; and

•        take certain other actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the Old Notes.

A holder that sells Old Notes pursuant to such shelf registration statement generally will be required to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreements that are applicable to such holder, including certain indemnification obligations. No holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling security holder in such shelf registration statement or to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of the Old Notes unless such holder has signed and returned to JBS USA a notice and questionnaire as distributed by JBS USA consenting to such holder’s inclusion in the shelf registration statement and related prospectus as a selling security holder and providing further information to JBS USA.

The Registration Rights Agreements for the Old Notes provide that a holder will be required to deliver information to be used in connection with such shelf registration statement to benefit from the provisions set forth in the following paragraph.

If:

•        neither the registered exchange offer is completed within 365 days after the date that JBS USA entered into the applicable Registration Rights Agreement (in the case of the Old January Notes, January 21, 2026 and in the case of the Old July Notes, July 3, 2026) nor the shelf registration (if applicable) has been declared effective within 365 days after the date, if any, on which JBS USA became obligated to file such shelf registration statement; or

78

Table of Contents

•        such shelf registration statement has been both filed and effective but ceases to be effective or usable for a period of time that exceeds 120 days in the aggregate in any 12-month period in which it is required to be effective under the applicable Registration Rights Agreement (each such event referred to in this bullet point and the previous bullet point, a “registration default”);

then, if JBS USA has not undertaken its commercially reasonable efforts in connection with any of the previous bullet points, JBS USA will, subject to certain exceptions, be required to pay additional interest as liquidated damages to the holders affected thereby, and additional interest will accrue on the principal amount of the Old Notes affected thereby, in addition to the stated interest on the Old Notes, from and including the date on which any registration default shall occur to, but not including, the date on which all registration defaults have been cured. Additional interest on the Old Notes will accrue at a rate of 0.25% per annum immediately following the occurrence of any registration default until, but not including, the date on which all registration defaults have been cured.

Following the cure of all registration defaults, the accrual of additional interest on the affected Old Notes will cease and the interest rate will revert to the original rate on such Old Notes. Any additional interest on the Old Notes will constitute liquidated damages and will be the exclusive remedy, monetary or otherwise, available to any holder of Old Notes with respect to any registration default.

Holders will also be required to suspend (on one or more occasions) their use of such shelf registration statement and the related prospectus upon written notice from JBS USA for a period not to exceed an aggregate of 120 days in any calendar year because of the occurrence of any material event or development with respect to JBS USA that, in its reasonable judgment, would be detrimental to JBS USA if so disclosed or would otherwise materially adversely affect a financing, acquisition, disposition, merger or other material transaction.

The Registration Rights Agreements provide that a Holder agrees to be bound by the provisions of the applicable Registration Rights Agreement whether or not the holder has signed the applicable Registration Rights Agreement.

79

Table of Contents

BOOK-ENTRY SETTLEMENT AND CLEARANCE

The New Notes will initially be evidenced by one or more global notes deposited with the trustee, as custodian for DTC, and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as DTC’s nominee.

Unless the New Notes represented by a global note are exchanged, in whole or in part, for New Notes in definitive form, the New Notes represented by a global note may generally be transferred only as a whole and only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor depositary or its nominee.

DTC currently limits the maximum denomination of any single global note to US$500.0 million. Beneficial interests in the New Notes represented by a global note will be shown on, and transfers of New Notes represented by a global note will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC and its participants.

DTC has provided us the following information: DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the United States Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a “clearing agency” registered under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. DTC holds securities that its participants deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the clearance and recording of the settlement among its participants of securities transactions, such as transfers and pledges, in deposited securities through computerized records for participants’ accounts. This eliminates the need for physical exchange of certificates. Direct participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Other organizations such as securities brokers and dealers, banks and trust companies that work through a participant either directly or indirectly use DTC’s book-entry system. The rules that apply to DTC and its participants are on file with the SEC.

Pursuant to DTC’s procedures, upon issuance of the New Notes represented by a global note in connection with the applicable Exchange Offer, DTC will credit the accounts of the participants designated by the Exchange Agent with the applicable principal amount of the New Notes exchanged for the Old Notes in the applicable Exchange Offer. Ownership of beneficial interests in the New Notes represented by global notes will be shown:

•        on DTC’s records with respect to participants;

•        by the participants with respect to indirect participants and certain beneficial owners; and

•        by the indirect participants with respect to all other beneficial owners.

The laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery in definitive form of the securities which they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in the New Notes represented by global notes may be limited.

Under the applicable Indenture, if the nominee of DTC is the registered owner of the New Notes represented by global notes, the nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of such New Notes. Except as provided below, owners of the New Notes represented by global notes will not be entitled to have such New Notes registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of such New Notes in definitive form and will not be considered the owners or holders thereof under the applicable Indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any directions, instructions or approval to the trustee. However, DTC has advised us that, pursuant to its customary practice with respect to the giving of consents and voting, it will deliver an omnibus proxy to the trustee assigning the related holder’s voting rights to the participant to whose account the New Notes represented by global notes are credited on the record date. Each proxy will include a list of participants’ positions in the relevant New Note as of the record date for a consent or vote.

We will wire to DTC’s nominee principal and interest payments with respect to the New Notes represented by global notes. We and the trustee will treat DTC’s nominee as the owner of the New Notes represented by global notes for all purposes. Accordingly, we, the trustee, any paying agent and any agent of us, the trustee or the paying agent will have no direct responsibility or liability to pay amounts due on the New Notes represented by global notes to owners of beneficial interests in such New Notes or for maintaining and reviewing any records relating to the beneficial interests.

80

Table of Contents

It is DTC’s current practice, upon receipt of any payment of principal or interest, to credit participants’ accounts on the payment date according to their holdings of beneficial interests in the New Notes represented by global notes as shown on DTC’s records. DTC’s current practice is to credit such accounts, as to interest, in next-day funds and, as to principal, in same-day funds. Payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in the New Notes represented by global notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices between the participants and the owners of beneficial interests in the Notes represented by global notes, as is the case with securities held for the account of customers registered in “street name.” However, payments will be the responsibility of the participants and not of DTC, the Exchange Agent, the trustee or us. Neither we nor the trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of its participants in identifying the beneficial owners of any notes, and we and the trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.

The New Notes represented by global notes will be exchangeable for the New Notes registered with the same terms in authorized denominations only if:

•        DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary or has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act;

•        an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to the New Notes represented by global notes; or

•        certain circumstances exist, as specified in the applicable Indenture.

If any of these events occur, DTC will generally notify all direct participants of the availability of definitive New Notes. Such New Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof, in registered form only, and without coupons. We will maintain one or more offices or agencies in New York City, New York to facilitate the transfer or exchange of the New Notes represented by global notes. Holders of the New Notes are not required to pay any service charges for any transfer or exchange, but we may require you to pay any tax, other governmental charge or payment in connection with the exchange or transfer.

Links have been established among DTC, Clearstream and Euroclear, which are European book-entry depositaries similar to DTC, to facilitate the initial issuance of the New Notes exchanged outside of the United States and cross-market transfers of the New Notes associated with secondary market trading.

Although DTC, Clearstream and Euroclear have agreed to the procedures provided below in order to facilitate transfers, they are under no obligation to perform these procedures, and these procedures may be modified or discontinued at any time. Neither we nor the trustee nor any of our respective agents will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear, Clearstream or their respective participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Each of Clearstream and Euroclear will record the ownership interests of their participants in much the same way as DTC, and DTC will record the total ownership of each of the United States agents of Clearstream and Euroclear, as participants in DTC.

When the New Notes are to be transferred from the account of a DTC participant to the account of a Clearstream participant or a Euroclear participant, the purchaser must send instructions to Clearstream or Euroclear, as the case may be, through a participant at least one day prior to settlement. Clearstream or Euroclear, as the case may be, will instruct its United States agent to receive the New Notes against payment therefor. After settlement, Clearstream or Euroclear, as the case may be, will credit its participant’s account. Credit for the New Notes will appear on the next day (European time), in the case of Clearstream and Euroclear.

Because settlement of the issuance of the New Notes will take place during New York business hours, DTC participants will be able to employ their usual procedures for sending the New Notes to the relevant United States agent acting for the benefit of Clearstream or Euroclear, as the case may be, participants. As a result, to the DTC participant, a cross-market transaction will settle no differently than a transaction between two DTC participants.

81

Table of Contents

When a Clearstream or Euroclear, as the case may be, participant wishes to transfer the New Notes to a DTC participant, the seller will be required to send instructions to Clearstream or Euroclear, as the case may be, through a participant at least one business day prior to settlement. In these case, Clearstream or Euroclear, as the case may be, will instruct its United States agent to transfer the New Notes against payment therefor. The payment will then be reflected in the account of the Clearstream or Euroclear, as the case may be, participant the following day, with the proceeds back-valued to the value date, which would be the preceding day, when settlement occurs in the New York City, New York. If settlement is not completed on the intended value date, proceeds credited to the Clearstream or Euroclear, as the case may be, participant’s account will instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.

Same-Day Settlement in respect of the Notes Represented by Global Notes

Secondary trading in definitive long-term notes and debentures of corporate issuers is generally settled in clearing-house or next-day funds. In contrast, debt securities represented by global notes held by DTC will trade in DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System until maturity, and DTC therefore will require that secondary market trading activity in such debt securities settle in immediately available funds. No assurance can be given as to the effect, if any, of settlement in immediately available funds on trading activity in debt securities represented by global notes.

82

Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Under existing interpretations of the Staff of the SEC, set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties (including Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991), K-111 Communications Corporation (available May 14, 1993) and Shearman & Sterling (available July 2, 1993)), we believe that the New Notes would generally be freely tradable after the completion of the Exchange Offers without further compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. However, each holder of Old Notes who is an affiliate of ours or who intends to participate in the Exchange Offers for the purposes of distributing the New Notes:

•        will not be able to rely on the interpretations of the Staff;

•        will not be entitled to participate in the Exchange Offers; and

•        must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any sale or transfer of the New Notes, unless that sale or transfer is made pursuant to an exemption from those requirements.

Each holder of Old Notes that participates in the Exchange Offers will be required to represent to us at the time it transmits an agent’s message through ATOP and the consummation of the Exchange Offers that:

•        it is not an affiliate of ours;

•        it is not a broker-dealer tendering notes acquired directly from us for its own account;

•        the New Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business; and

•        it is not engaged and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person, to participate in the distribution, within the meaning of the Securities Act, of the New Notes.

In addition, in connection with any resales of the New Notes, any broker-dealer that acquired New Notes for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities (“exchanging broker-dealers”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and, therefore, must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of such New Notes. The SEC has taken the position that exchanging broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the New Notes with the prospectus contained in the exchange offer registration statement. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, we will be required for a limited period to allow exchanging broker-dealers and other persons, if any, subject to similar prospectus delivery requirements to use the prospectus contained in the exchange offer registration statement in connection with the resale of New Notes.

We have not sought and do not intend to seek a no-action letter from the SEC with respect to the Exchange Offers, and there can be no assurance that the Staff would make a similar determination with respect to the New Notes as it has in such no-action letters.

Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offers must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities.

The Co-Issuers will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Notes by broker-dealers. New Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offers may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the New Notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such New Notes. Any broker-dealer that resells New Notes that were

83

Table of Contents

received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offers and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such New Notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of New Notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. By acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Upon request, for a period of 90 days after the Expiration Date, the Co-Issuers will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.

84

Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the exchange of unregistered Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating to the Exchange Offers. This summary is based upon the provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder, administrative rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or different interpretations. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made in this summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a position contrary to these statements or that a contrary position taken by the IRS would not be sustained by a court. This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances or to holders subject to special rules, such as banks and certain other financial institutions, partnerships and other pass-through entities or arrangements and investors therein, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, U.S. expatriates, insurance companies, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities, persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to the Old Notes or the New Notes being taken into account in an applicable financial statement, U.S. holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, holders subject to alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, tax deferred or other retirement accounts, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, and persons holding the Old Notes or that will hold the New Notes as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction” or other integrated transaction. This discussion also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any foreign, state or local jurisdiction, or the effects of any other U.S. federal tax laws, including the gift and estate tax and the Medicare tax.

The exchange of an Old Note for a New Note pursuant to the Exchange Offers (described under “Exchange Offers”) will not constitute a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, you will not recognize any taxable gain or loss upon the receipt of a New Note pursuant to the Exchange Offers, your holding period for a New Note will include the holding period of the Old Note exchanged therefor, your adjusted tax basis in an New Note will be the same as the adjusted tax basis in the Old Note immediately before such exchange, and all of the U.S. federal income tax considerations associated with owning and disposing of an Old Note will continue to apply to the New Note received in exchange therefor. Holders who did not purchase the Old Notes at original issuance for cash at their original offering price should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax considerations associated with owning and disposing of a New Note.

HOLDERS OF THE NOTES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND FOREIGN INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATING TO THE EXCHANGE OFFERS IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES, AS WELL AS THE CONSIDERATIONS RELATING TO OWNING AND DISPOSING OF THE NEW NOTES.

85

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters of United States federal and New York state law in connection with respect to the validity of the offered securities in connection with the Exchange Offers will be passed upon for the Co-Issuers by White & Case LLP. Certain legal matters in connection with Netherlands law will be passed upon for JBS N.V. by Loyens & Loeff N.V.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of JBS S.A. as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2024, incorporated by reference into this prospectus by reference to the JBS S.A. Form 20-F, in reliance upon the report of KPMG Auditores Independentes, independent registered public accounting firm, incorporated by reference herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the SEC on Form F-4 under the Securities Act. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit certain information from this prospectus that is included in the registration statement. Statements made in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are summaries of all material information about the documents summarized, but are not complete descriptions of all terms of these documents. If we filed any of these documents as an exhibit to the registration statement, you may read the document itself for a complete description of its terms.

The SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Our website allows you to access such reports and other information free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information that is contained in, or that will be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

JBS N.V. is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, it is required to file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and periodic reports on Form 6-K. You may read JBS N.V.’s periodic reports on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Except as otherwise expressly indicated herein, any such information does not form part of this prospectus or the registration statement. Those reports or other information will be available without charge on the SEC’s website.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as United States companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we are required to file with the SEC, within four months after the end of each fiscal year, or such applicable time as required by the SEC, an annual report on Form 20-F containing financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm. In addition, we are required to promptly disclose on Form 6-K any material information that we (1) make or are required to make public pursuant to the law of our domicile, incorporation or organization, (2) file or are required to file with a stock exchange on which our securities are traded and which was made public by that exchange or (3) distribute or are required to distribute to our security holders.

This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful and does not constitute an offer of securities to the public in the European Union within the meaning of Article 3(1) of the Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 June 2017, as amended, (the “Prospectus Regulation”). This prospectus is not a prospectus or an offer document within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation.

86

Table of Contents

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE

We have incorporated by reference certain information that we file with, or furnish to, the SEC, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus. We are incorporating by reference into this prospectus the following documents that JBS N.V. or JBS S.A., as the case may be, filed with, or furnished to, the SEC:

•        Annual report on Form 20-F of JBS S.A. for the year ended December 31, 2024, filed with the SEC on March 26, 2025 (Film No. 25769820) (the “JBS S.A. Form 20-F”);

•        Exhibit 99.1 to current report on Form 6-K of JBS N.V. furnished to the SEC on November 13, 2025 (Film No. 251479915), comprising the JBS N.V.’s unaudited interim financial statements (the “JBS N.V. Third Quarter Form 6-K”);

•        Exhibit 99.2 to current report on Form 6-K of JBS N.V. furnished to the SEC on November 13, 2025 (Film No. 251479915), comprising the management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations of JBS N.V. in respect of the JBS N.V.’s unaudited interim financial statements (“JBS N.V. Third Quarter MD&A” and, together with the JBV N.V. Third Quarter Form 6-K, the “JBS N.V. Third Quarter Information”); and

•        Exhibit 99.1 to current report on Form 6-K of JBS N.V. furnished to the SEC on November 17, 2025 (Film No. 251489142) regarding the agreement to acquire Hickman’s Egg Ranch.

We also incorporate by reference in this prospectus any future filings of JBS N.V. on Form 20-F made with the SEC after the date of this prospectus and prior to the termination of the offering of the securities offered by this prospectus, and any future reports of JBS N.V. on Form 6-K furnished to the SEC during that period that are identified in those forms as being incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

The information incorporated by reference contains important information about us and our financial condition and is considered to be part of this prospectus. Any statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference into this prospectus will be deemed to be modified or superseded to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any other subsequently filed or furnished document which is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference into this prospectus modifies or supersedes that statement. Any statement so modified or superseded will not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this prospectus.

If you make a request for such information in writing or by telephone, we will provide you, without charge, a copy of any or all of the information incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Any such request should be directed to JBS N.V.’s investor relations team at ri@jbs.com.br.

You should rely only on the information contained in, or incorporated by reference into, this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone else to provide you with different or additional information. This prospectus does not offer to sell or solicit any offer to buy any notes in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is unlawful. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus or in any document incorporated by reference is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front cover of the applicable document.

87

Table of Contents

_____________________________________

PROSPECTUS

_____________________________________

            , 2025

 

Table of Contents

PART II — INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Registrant incorporated as a corporation in the Netherlands

JBS N.V.

Under Dutch law, indemnification provisions may be included in a company’s articles of association. Pursuant to JBS N.V.’s articles of association, current and former directors shall be reimbursed for all (a) costs and expenses (including reasonably incurred and substantiated attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred in relation to the director’s defenses in the relevant action, suit, proceeding or investigation or a settlement thereof, (b) liabilities, losses, damages, fines, penalties and other claims and/or financial effects of judgments, excluding any reputational damages and (other) immaterial damages, and (c) payments by the director and/or any other financial effects resulting from a settlement of such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, excluding any reputational damages and (other) immaterial damages, subject to prior written approval of such settlement by JBS N.V., provided he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests or out of his or her mandate, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Any indemnification shall be made only (unless ordered by a court) upon a determination that indemnification of the director or former director is proper under the circumstances because he or she had met the applicable standard of conduct set.

A director or former director shall not be entitled to any indemnification, if and to the extent: (a) Dutch law would not permit such indemnification; (b) a competent court, a judicial tribunal or, in case of an arbitration, an arbitrator has established by final judgment that is not open to challenge or appeal, that the acts or omissions of the director or former director can be considered intentional, fraudulent, grossly negligent, willfully reckless, seriously culpable, or willful misconduct on the part of such director, unless this would in the given circumstances be unacceptable according to the standards of reasonableness and fairness; (c) the costs or the decrease in assets of the director are covered by an insurance and the insurer started payment of the costs or the decrease in assets; or (d) JBS N.V. and/or a group company brought the procedure in question before a court.

Under Dutch law, directors may be held liable for damages in the event of improper or negligent performance of their duties. They may be held jointly and severally liable for damages to our company for infringement of the articles of association or of certain provisions of the Dutch Civil Code. In certain circumstances, they may also incur additional specific civil and criminal liabilities.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling JBS N.V. pursuant to the foregoing provisions, JBS N.V. has been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Registrants incorporated as a corporation in Delaware

JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company Holdings

Article IX of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. provides that its directors shall not be personally liable to JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of Article X of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

Article X of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. is authorized to provide indemnification (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. (and any other persons to which the DGCL permits JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. to provide

II-1

Table of Contents

indemnification) through by-law provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL. Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of Article X of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or other agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

Article VI of the Certificate of Incorporation of JBS USA Food Company Holdings provides that its directors shall be protected from personal liability, through indemnification or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time. A director shall under no circumstances have any personal liability to JBS USA Food Company Holdings or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary as a director except for those breaches and acts or omissions with respect to which the DGCL expressly provides that this provision shall not eliminate or limit such personal liability of directors, Nether the modification or repeal of this sentence nor any amendment to the DGCL that does not have retroactive application shall limit the right of the directors hereunder to exculpation from personal liability for any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, modification or repeal. JBS USA Food Company Holdings shall indemnify each director and officer of JBS USA Food Company Holdings to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, except as may otherwise be provided in its Bylaws, and in furtherance hereof the board of directors is expressly authorized to amend the Bylaws from time to time to give full effect hereto, notwithstanding possible self-interest of the directors in the actions being taken. Neither the modification or repeal of the foregoing sentence nor any amendment to the DGCL that does not have retroactive application shall limit the right of the directors and the officers to indemnification hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such modification, amendment or appeal. Expenses incurred by any person who may have a right of indemnification under Article Vi of the Certificate of Incorporation of JBS USA Food Company Holdings in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by JBS USA Food Company Holdings in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by JBS USA Food Company Holdings.

Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes and empowers JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company Holdings to indemnify their respective directors, officers, employees and agents against liabilities incurred in connection with, and related expenses resulting from, any claim, action or suit brought against any such person as a result of his or her relationship with the corporation, provided that such persons acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, and not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful in connection with the acts or events on which such claim, action or suit is based. The finding of either civil or criminal liability on the part of such person in connection with such acts or events is not necessarily determinative of the question of whether such person has met the required standard of conduct and is, accordingly, entitled to be indemnified. The foregoing statements are subject to the detailed provisions of Section 145 of the DGCL.

In addition, each of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company Holdings (as successor to JBS USA Food Company) has obtained a directors’ and officers’ liability and company reimbursement policy for itself and its subsidiaries that insures against certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, subject to applicable retentions.

On January 21, 2025, JBS USA entered into a registration rights agreement (the “January Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which JBS USA agreed, for the benefit of the holders of the Old January Notes, to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause a registration statement to be filed with the SEC (the “exchange offer registration statement”) with respect to a registered offer (the “registered exchange offer”) to exchange the Old January Notes of each series for New January Notes of the same series, which will have terms identical in all material respects to such Old January Notes, except that the New January Notes will not contain transfer restrictions, to be declared effective and to complete the registered exchange offer within 365 days after JBS USA entered into the January Registration Rights Agreement.

II-2

Table of Contents

On July 3, 2025, JBS USA entered into a registration rights agreement (the “July Registration Rights Agreement” and, together with the January Registration Rights Agreement, the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which JBS USA agreed, for the benefit of the holders of the Old July Notes, to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause an exchange offer registration statement with respect to a registered exchange offer to exchange the Old July Notes of each series for New July Notes of the same series, which will have terms identical in all material respects to such Old July Notes, except that the New July Notes will not contain transfer restrictions, to be declared effective and to complete the registered exchange offer within 365 days after JBS USA entered into the July Registration Rights Agreement.

Item 21.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)     Exhibits.

Exhibit No.

 

Description

3.1

 

Articles of Association of JBS N.V. (English translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to JBS N.V.’s prospectus supplement, dated May 15, 2025, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933, on May 16, 2025, relating to the Form F-4 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS N.V. (File No. 333-273211)).

3.3*

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc.

3.4*

 

Amended and Restated By-laws of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc.

3.5*

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of JBS USA Food Company Holdings.

3.6*

 

By-laws of JBS USA Food Company Holdings (formerly known as Luker Inc.).

4.1

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 21, 2025, by and between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., and BBVA Securities Inc., Mizuho Securities USA LLC and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, as representative on behalf of certain initial purchasers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Form F-4/A Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS B.V. (File No. 333-273211) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 2025).

4.2*

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2025, by and among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., and BMO Capital Markets Corp., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Mizuho Securities USA LLC and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, as representative on behalf of certain initial purchasers.

4.3

 

Indenture, dated as of February 2, 2022, among JBS USA Lux S.A., JBS USA Food Company, JBS USA Finance, as Co-Issuers, each of the guarantors party thereto, and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 3.000% Senior Notes due 2029, including the form of 3.000% Senior Notes due 2029 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Form F-4 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. (File No. 333-272099) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 19, 2023).

4.4

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2022, between JBS USA Lux S.A. and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 3.000% Senior Notes due 2029 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Form F-4 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. (File No. 333-272099) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 19, 2023).

4.5

 

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 13, 2023, by and among JBS USA Lux S.A., JBS Luxembourg S.à r.l., and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 3.000% Senior Notes due 2029 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.10 to the Form 20-F Annual Report under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2024).

4.6

 

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 11, 2024, between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 3.000% Senior Notes due 2029 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.11 to the Form 20-F Annual Report under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2024).

4.7*

 

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., JBS N.V. and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 3.000% Senior Notes due 2029.

4.8

 

Indenture, dated as of May 28, 2021, among JBS USA Lux S.A., JBS USA Food Company, JBS USA Finance, as Co-Issuers, each of the Guarantors party thereto, and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 3.750% Senior Notes due 2031, including the form of 3.750% Senior Notes due 2031 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.18 to the Form F-4 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. (File No. 333-272099) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 19, 2023).

II-3

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description

4.9

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2022, between JBS USA Lux S.A. and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 3.750% Senior Notes due 2031 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.19 to the Form F-4 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. (File No. 333-272099) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 19, 2023).

4.10

 

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 13, 2023, by and among JBS USA Lux S.A., JBS Luxembourg S.à r.l., and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 3.750% Senior Notes due 2031 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.24 to the Form 20-F Annual Report under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2024).

4.11

 

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 11, 2024, between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 3.750% Senior Notes due 2031 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.25 to the Form 20-F Annual Report under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2024).

4.12*

 

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., JBS N.V. and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 3.750% Senior Notes due 2031.

4.13

 

Indenture, dated as of August 19, 2022, among JBS USA Lux S.A., JBS USA Food Company and JBS USA Finance Inc., as Co-Issuers, the guarantors names therein, and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 3.625% Sustainability-Linked Senior Notes due 2032, including the form of 3.625% Sustainability-Linked Senior Notes due 2032 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21 to the Form F-4 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. (File No. 333-272099) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 19, 2023).

4.14

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 13, 2023, by and among JBS USA Lux S.A., JBS Luxembourg S.à r.l., and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 3.625% Sustainability-Linked Senior Notes due 2032 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.27 to the Form 20-F Annual Report under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2024).

4.15

 

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 11, 2024, between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 3.625% Sustainability-Linked Senior Notes due 2032 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.28 to the Form 20-F Annual Report under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2024).

4.16*

 

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., JBS N.V. and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 3.625% Sustainability-Linked Senior Notes due 2032.

4.17

 

Indenture, dated as of December 1, 2021, among JBS USA Lux S.A., JBS USA Food Company, JBS USA Finance, each of the Guarantors party thereto, and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 3.000% Sustainability-Linked Senior Notes due 2032, including the form of 3.000% Sustainability-Linked Senior Notes due 2032 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.23 to the Form F-4 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. (File No. 333-272099) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 19, 2023).

4.18

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2022, between JBS USA Lux S.A. and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 3.000% Sustainability-Linked Senior Notes due 2032 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.24 to the Form F-4 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. (File No. 333-272099) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 19, 2023).

4.19

 

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 13, 2023, by and among JBS USA Lux S.A., JBS Luxembourg S.à r.l., and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 3.000% Sustainability-Linked Senior Notes due 2032 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.31 to the Form 20-F Annual Report under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2024).

4.20

 

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 11, 2024, between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 3.000% Sustainability-Linked Senior Notes due 2032 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.32 to the Form 20-F Annual Report under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2024).

4.21*

 

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., JBS N.V. and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 3.000% Sustainability-Linked Senior Notes due 2032.

II-4

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description

4.22

 

Indenture, dated as of June 21, 2022, among JBS USA Lux S.A., JBS USA Food Company, JBS USA Finance, as Issuers, each of the guarantors party thereto, and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 5.750% Senior Notes due 2033, including the form of 5.750% Senior Notes due 2033 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.26 to the Form F-4 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. (File No. 333-272099) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 19, 2023).

4.23

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 13, 2023, by and among JBS USA Lux S.A., JBS Luxembourg S.à r.l., and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 5.750% Senior Notes due 2033 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.34 to the Form 20-F Annual Report under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2024).

4.24

 

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 11, 2024, between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 5.750% Senior Notes due 2033 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.35 to the Form 20-F Annual Report under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2024).

4.25*

 

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., JBS N.V. and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 5.750% Senior Notes due 2033.

4.26

 

Indenture, dated as of September 19, 2023, among JBS USA Lux S.A., JBS USA Food Company, JBS Luxembourg S.à r.l., as Issuers, each of the guarantors party thereto, and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 6.750% Senior Notes due 2034, including the form of 6.750% Senior Notes due 2034 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.36 to the Form 20-F Annual Report under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2024).

4.27

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 11, 2024, between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 6.750% Senior Notes due 2034 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.37 to the Form 20-F Annual Report under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2024).

4.28*

 

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., JBS N.V. and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 6.750% Senior Notes due 2034.

4.29

 

Indenture, dated as of January 21, 2025, among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., JBS USA Food Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc., as Issuers, each of the guarantors party thereto, and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 5.950% Senior Notes due 2035, including the form of 5.950% Senior Notes due 2035 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.55 to the Form F-4/A Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS B.V. (File No. 333-273211) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 2025).

4.30*

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., JBS N.V. and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 5.950% Senior Notes due 2035.

4.31*

 

Indenture, dated as of July 3, 2025, among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., JBS USA Food Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc., as Issuers, each of the guarantors party thereto, and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 5.500% Senior Notes due 2036, including the form of 5.500% Senior Notes due 2036.

4.32*

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., JBS N.V. and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 5.500% Senior Notes due 2036.

4.33

 

Indenture, dated as of February 2, 2022, among JBS USA Lux S.A., JBS USA Food Company, JBS USA Finance, as Issuers, each of the Guarantors party thereto, and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 4.375% Senior Notes due 2052, including the form of 4.375% Senior Notes due 2052 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.28 to the Form F-4 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. (File No. 333-272099) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 19, 2023).

4.34

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2022, between JBS USA Lux S.A. and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 4.375% Senior Notes due 2052 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.29 to the Form F-4 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. (File No. 333-272099) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 19, 2023).

4.35

 

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 13, 2023, by and among JBS USA Lux S.A., JBS Luxembourg S.à r.l., and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 4.375% Senior Notes due 2052 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.40 to the Form 20-F Annual Report under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2024).

II-5

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description

4.36

 

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 11, 2024, between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 4.375% Senior Notes due 2052 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.41 to the Form 20-F Annual Report under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2024).

4.37*

 

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., JBS N.V. and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 4.375% Senior Notes due 2052.

4.38

 

Indenture, dated as of June 21, 2022, among JBS USA Lux S.A., JBS USA Food Company, JBS USA Finance, as Issuers, each of the Guarantors party thereto, and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 6.500% Senior Notes due 2052, including the form of 6.500% Senior Notes due 2052 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.31 to the Form F-4 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. (File No. 333-272099) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 19, 2023).

4.39

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 13, 2023, by and among JBS USA Lux S.A., JBS Luxembourg S.à r.l., and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 6.500% Senior Notes due 2052 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.43 to the Form 20-F Annual Report under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2024).

4.40

 

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 11, 2024, between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 6.500% Senior Notes due 2052 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.44 to the Form 20-F Annual Report under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2024).

4.41*

 

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., JBS N.V. and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 6.500% Senior Notes due 2052.

4.42

 

Indenture, dated as of September 19, 2023, among JBS USA Lux S.A., JBS USA Food Company, JBS Luxembourg S.à r.l., as Issuers, each of the guarantors party thereto, and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 7.250% Senior Notes due 2053, including the form of 7.250% Senior Notes due 2053. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.45 to the Form 20-F Annual Report under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2024).

4.43

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 11, 2024, between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 7.250% Senior Notes due 2053 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.46 to the Form 20-F Annual Report under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2024).

4.44*

 

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., JBS N.V. and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 7.250% Senior Notes due 2053.

4.45

 

Indenture, dated as of January 21, 2025, among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., JBS USA Food Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc., as Issuers, each of the guarantors party thereto, and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 6.375% Senior Notes due 2055, including the form of 6.375% Senior Notes due 2055 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.56 to the Form F-4/A Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS B.V. (File No. 333-273211) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 2025).

4.46*

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., JBS N.V. and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 6.375% Senior Notes due 2055.

4.47*

 

Indenture, dated as of July 3, 2025, among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., JBS USA Food Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc., as Issuers, each of the guarantors party thereto, and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 6.250% Senior Notes due 2056, including the form of 6.250% Senior Notes due 2056.

4.48*

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., JBS N.V. and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 6.250% Senior Notes due 2056.

4.49*

 

Indenture, dated as of July 3, 2025, among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., JBS USA Food Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc., as Issuers, each of the guarantors party thereto, and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 6.375% Senior Notes due 2066, including the form of 6.375% Senior Notes due 2066.

4.50*

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., JBS N.V. and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to 6.375% Senior Notes due 2066.

II-6

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description

4.51

 

Indenture dated as of April 8, 2021 among Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation, Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation of West Virginia, Inc., Gold’n Plump Poultry, LLC, Gold’n Plump Farms, LLC, JFC LLC and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 4.250% Sustainability-Linked Senior Notes due 2031, including the form of 4.250% Sustainability-Linked Senior Notes due 2031 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-09273) filed on April 9, 2021).

4.52

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 22, 2022 among Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation, as issuer, Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation of West Virginia, Inc., Gold’n Plump Poultry, LLC, Gold’n Plump Farms, LLC and JFC LLC, as Guarantors, and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 4.250% Sustainability-Linked Senior Notes due 2031 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-09273) filed on September 26, 2022).

4.53

 

Indenture, dated as of September 2, 2021 among Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation, as issuer, Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation of West Virginia, Inc., Gold’n Plump Poultry, LLC, Gold’n Plump Farms, LLC and JFC LLC, as Guarantors, and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 3.500% Senior Notes due 2032, including the form of 3.500% Senior Notes due 2032 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-09273) filed on September 2, 2021).

4.54

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 22, 2022, among Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation, as issuer, Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation of West Virginia, Inc., Gold’n Plump Poultry, LLC, Gold’n Plump Farms, LLC and JFC LLC, as Guarantors, and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 3.500% Senior Notes due 2032 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-09273) filed on September 26, 2022).

4.55

 

Indenture dated as of April 19, 2023, among Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation, as issuer, Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation of West Virginia, Inc., Gold’n Plump Poultry, LLC, Gold’n Plump Farms, LLC and JFC LLC, as Guarantors, and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 6.250% Senior Notes due 2033 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-02973) filed on April 19, 2023).

4.56

 

First Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 19, 2023, among Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation, as issuer, Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation of West Virginia, Inc., Gold’n Plump Poultry, LLC, Gold’n Plump Farms, LLC and JFC LLC, as Guarantors, and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 6.250% Senior Notes due 2033, including the form of 6.250% Senior Notes due 2033 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-02973) filed on April 19, 2023).

4.57

 

Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 12, 2023, among Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation, as issuer, Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation of West Virginia, Inc., Gold’n Plump Poultry, LLC, Gold’n Plump Farms, LLC and JFC LLC, as Guarantors, and Regions Bank, as Trustee, relating to 6.875% Senior Notes due 2034, including the form of 6.875% Senior Notes due 2034 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-02973) filed on October 13, 2023).

5.1*

 

Opinion of White & Case LLP (including consent).

5.2*

 

Opinion of Loyens & Loeff N.V., Netherlands counsel to JBS N.V. (including consent).

10.1

 

Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2022, among JBS S.A., JBS Investments Luxembourg S.à r.l., Seara Meats B.V., and Seara Alimentos Ltda., as the Borrowers and as Guarantors, the Lenders defined therein, and Mizuho Bank, Ltd., as the Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form F-4 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. (File No. 333-272099) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 19, 2023).

10.2

 

Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2022, among JBS USA Lux S.A., JBS USA Food Company, JBS USA Finance, Inc., JBS Australia Pty Limited, and JBS Food Canada ULC, as Borrowers, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of Montreal, as the Administrative Agent, as an Issuing Bank and as Swingline Lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form F-4 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. (File No. 333-272099) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 19, 2023).

II-7

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description

10.3

 

Supplement, Borrower Assumption and Technical Amendment, dated as of January 19, 2024, by and among JBS USA Lux S.A., JBS USA Food Company, JBS USA Finance, Inc., JBS Australia Pty Limited, JBS Food Canada ULC, the other borrowers from time to time party thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto and Bank of Montreal, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Form 20-F Annual Report under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS S.A. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2024).

10.4*

 

Fourth Amendment, dated as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., JBS N.V., JBS USA Food Company, JBS USA Food Company Holdings, JBS Australia Pty Limited, JBS Food Canada ULC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from party thereto and Bank of Montreal, as administrative agent.

10.5

 

Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2023, by and among Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation, certain of its subsidiaries, CoBank, ACB, as administrative agent and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-02973) filed on October 10, 2023).

10.6#

 

Private Instrument for the Assumption of Obligations in the Context of JBS’s Dual Listing Implementation, dated March 14, 2025, by and between J&F Investimentos S.A. and BNDES Participações S.A. (English translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Form F-4/A Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of JBS B.V. (File No. 333-273211) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 14, 2025).

21.1*

 

List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1*

 

Consent of KPMG Auditores Independentes Ltda.

23.2*

 

Consent of White & Case LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

23.3*

 

Consent of Loyens & Loeff N.V. (included in Exhibit 5.2).

24.1*

 

Power of Attorney of JBS N.V. (included in signature page of this registration statement).

24.2*

 

Power of Attorney of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. (included in signature page of this registration statement).

24.3*

 

Power of Attorney of JBS USA Food Company Holdings (included in signature page of this registration statement).

25.1*

 

Form T-1 statement of eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Regions Bank.

107*

 

Filing Fee Table.

____________

*        Filed herewith.

#        Portions of this exhibit have been omitted because (i) the omitted information is not material and (ii) the omitted information is of the type that the parties customarily and actually treat as private or confidential.

Certain debt instruments of the Registrant and its subsidiaries have been omitted as exhibits because the amounts involved in such debt instruments are less than 10% of the Registrant’s total assets. Copies of debt instruments for which the related debt is less than 10% of the Registrant’s total assets will be furnished to the Commission upon request.

(b)    Financial Statement Schedules.

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 22.Undertakings.

(a)     Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes:

(1)    To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i)     To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”);

II-8

Table of Contents

(ii)    To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii)   To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2)    That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)    To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4)    That, for purposes of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:

(i)     each prospectus filed by the registrants pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

(ii)    each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5)    That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrants under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities, that, in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrants pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrants will be sellers to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)     Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrants relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act;

(ii)    Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrants or used or referred to by the undersigned registrants;

(iii)   The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrants or their securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrants; and

(iv)   Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrants to the purchaser.

II-9

Table of Contents

(6)    That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the registrants’ annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(7)    That prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other items of the applicable form.

(8)    That every prospectus (i) that is filed pursuant to the paragraph immediately preceding, or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933 and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(9)    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, such registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrants in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the co-registrants will, unless in the opinion of their counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by them is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(10)  Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of Form S-4, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first-class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

(11)  Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-10

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Amstelveen, Netherlands, on November 20, 2025.

 

JBS N.V.

   

By:

 

/s/ Gilberto Tomazoni

       

Name: Gilberto Tomazoni

       

Title: Executive Director and Global Chief Executive Officer

   

By:

 

/s/ Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti

       

Name: Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti

       

Title: Global Chief Financial Officer

KNOWN ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned officers and directors of JBS N.V. do hereby constitute and appoint Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign and any all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that any said attorney-in-fact and agent, or any substitute or substitutes of any of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on November 20, 2025. This document may be executed in counterparts that when so executed shall constitute one registration statement, notwithstanding that all of the undersigned are not signatories to the original of the same counterpart.

Signature

 

Title

/s/ Jeremiah O’Callaghan

 

Chairman of the Board (Non-Executive Director)

Jeremiah O’Callaghan

   

/s/ Gilberto Tomazoni

 

Executive Director and Global Chief Executive Officer

Gilberto Tomazoni

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti

 

Global Chief Financial Officer

Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ Agnaldo dos Santos Moreira Jr.

 

Chief Accounting Officer

Agnaldo dos Santos Moreira Jr.

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Wesley Mendonça Batista

 

Non-Executive Director

Wesley Mendonça Batista

   

 

 

Non-Executive Director

Joesley Mendonça Batista

   

/s/ Kátia Regina de Abreu Gomes

 

Non-Executive Director

Kátia Regina de Abreu Gomes

   

/s/ Paulo Bernardo Silva

 

Non-Executive Director

Paulo Bernardo Silva

   

II-11

Table of Contents

Signature

 

Title

/s/ Carlos Hamilton Vasconcelos Araújo

 

Non-Executive Director

Carlos Hamilton Vasconcelos Araújo

   

/s/ Henrique de Campos Meirelles

 

Non-Executive Director

Henrique de Campos Meirelles

   

/s/ Raul Alfredo Padilla

 

Non-Executive Director

Raul Alfredo Padilla

   

By:

 

/s/ Diego Pirani

 

JBS USA Food Company

   

Name: Diego Pirani

 

Authorized Representative in the United States

   

Title: Authorized Representative

   

II-12

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Greeley, Colorado on November 20, 2025.

 

JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

   

By:

 

/s/ Victor Hugo Machado

       

Victor Hugo Machado

KNOWN ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned officers and directors of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. do hereby constitute and appoint Diego Pirani and Victor Hugo Machado, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign and any all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that any said attorney-in-fact and agent, or any substitute or substitutes of any of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on November 20, 2025. This document may be executed in counterparts that when so executed shall constitute one registration statement, notwithstanding that all of the undersigned are not signatories to the original of the same counterpart.

Signature

 

Title

/s/ Wesley Mendonça Batista Filho

 

Chief Executive Officer

Wesley Mendonça Batista Filho

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Victor Hugo Machado

 

Chief Financial Officer

Victor Hugo Machado

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ Andrea Riva

 

Chief Accounting Officer

Andrea Riva

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Wesley Mendonça Batista Filho

 

Director

Wesley Mendonça Batista Filho

   

/s/ Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti

 

Director

Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti

   

/s/ Victor Hugo Machado

 

Director

Victor Hugo Machado

   

II-13

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Greeley, Colorado on November 20, 2025.

 

JBS USA FOOD COMPANY HOLDINGS

   

By:

 

/s/ Victor Hugo Machado

       

Victor Hugo Machado

KNOWN ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned officers and directors of JBS USA Food Company Holdings do hereby constitute and appoint Diego Pirani and Victor Hugo Machado, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign and any all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that any said attorney-in-fact and agent, or any substitute or substitutes of any of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on November 20, 2025. This document may be executed in counterparts that when so executed shall constitute one registration statement, notwithstanding that all of the undersigned are not signatories to the original of the same counterpart.

Signature

 

Title

/s/ Wesley Mendonça Batista Filho

 

Chief Executive Officer

Wesley Mendonça Batista Filho

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Victor Hugo Machado

 

Chief Financial Officer

Victor Hugo Machado

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ Andrea Riva

 

Chief Accounting Officer

Andrea Riva

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Wesley Mendonça Batista Filho

 

Director

Wesley Mendonça Batista Filho

   

/s/ Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti

 

Director

Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti

   

/s/ Victor Hugo Machado

 

Director

Victor Hugo Machado

   

II-14

Exhibit 3.3

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

 

The undersigned, Wesley Mendonca Batista Filho, hereby certifies that:

 

ONE: The date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was December 31, 2023.

 

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

THREE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the directors of the Corporation in the manner and by the vote prescribed by the Certificate of Incorporation and by Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

FOUR: The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
NAME

 

The name of the Corporation is “JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc.”

 

ARTICLE II
REGISTERED AGENT

 

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, located in New Castle County. The registered agent of the Corporation at that address is Corporation Service Company.

 

ARTICLE III
PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK

 

The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 20,018. All such shares are to be Common Stock, par value of $1.00 per share and are to be of one class.

 

 

 

ARTICLE V
BYLAWS

 

Subject to any additional vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI
NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

 

Subject to any additional vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

 

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

ARTICLE VIII
MEETINGS AND BOOKKEEPING

 

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX
LIMITATION ON DIRECTOR LIABILITY

 

To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article X to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article X by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

2

 

 

ARTICLE X
INDEMNIFICATION

 

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

 

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article XI shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or other agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

Subject to any additional vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand as this 23rd day of December, 2024.

 

  /s/ Wesley Mendonca Batista Filho
  Wesley Mendonca Batista Filho
  Chief Executive Officer

 

3

 

Exhibit 3.4

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws

of

JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc.

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES AND RECORDS

 

Section 1.01 Principle Offices. The principal office of the Corporation shall be at such place, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may designate from time to time. The Corporation may have such other offices as the Board of Directors may determine or as the affairs of the Corporation may require from time to time.

 

Section 1.02 Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be maintained at such location as required by the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL). The registered agent of the Corporation at such address shall be as set forth in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time in compliance with applicable law.

 

Section 1.03 Books and Records. Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be maintained on any information storage device or method; provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to applicable law.

 

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF THE STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 2.01 Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of meeting. Meetings of stockholders may be held solely by means of remote communication rather than by physical location, as authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.02 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such date, time and place, if any, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 2.03 Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders may be called by a resolution approved by the Board of Directors or by any officer designated by the Board. Such meetings may address any business matters deemed necessary by the Board or designated officer, including any additional related matters that may arise, even if not specified in the initial notice of the meeting.

 

 

 

 

Section 2.04 Adjournments. Any meeting of the stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, if any, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communication, if any, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of the adjourned meeting and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 2.05 Notice of Meetings. Notice of the place, if any, date, hour, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting) and means of remote communication, if any, of every meeting of stockholders shall be given by the Corporation not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting (unless a different time is specified by law) to every stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. Notices of special meetings shall also specify the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called. Except as otherwise provided herein or permitted by applicable law, notice to stockholders shall be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the stockholders at their address appearing on the books of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, notice of meetings may be given to stockholders by means of electronic transmission in accordance with applicable law. Notice of any meeting need not be given to any stockholder who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a waiver of notice or who shall attend such meeting, except when the stockholder attends for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of the meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of the meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

 

Section 2.06 List of Stockholders. The Corporation shall prepare a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares of each class of capital stock of the Corporation registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network if the information required to gain access to such list was provided with the notice of the meeting or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation for a period of at least (ten) 10 days before the meeting. If the meeting is held solely by means of remote communication, the list shall also be open for inspection by any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by applicable law. Except as provided by applicable law, the stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger and the list of stockholders or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

2

 

 

Section 2.07 Quorum. Unless otherwise required by law, the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation") or these bylaws, at each meeting of the stockholders, a majority in voting power of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. Stockholders participating via electronic means are considered "present in person" for quorum and voting purposes. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power, by the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power thereof, to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided herein, until a quorum shall be present or represented. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. At any such adjourned meeting at which there is a quorum, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting originally called.

 

Section 2.08 Conduct of Meetings. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. At every meeting of the stockholders, the Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence or inability to act, the President, or, in his or her absence or inability to act, the person whom the Chief Executive Officer shall appoint, shall act as chairman of, and preside at, the meeting. The secretary or, in his or her absence or inability to act, the person whom the chairman of the meeting shall appoint secretary of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (c) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (d) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (e) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (f) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the presiding officer of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

Section 2.09 Voting; Proxies. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by either written proxy or by a transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL, but no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period or is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the meeting, or of any adjournment thereof. Except as otherwise limited therein, proxies shall entitle the persons authorized thereby to vote at any adjournment of such meeting.Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot.

 

3

 

 

Section 2.10 Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present, any matter before the meeting shall be decided by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock voting on such matter except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these bylaws. Any election of Directors by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these bylaws. The Corporation shall not directly or indirectly vote any share of its own stock; provided, however, that the Corporation may vote shares which it holds in a fiduciary capacity to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 2.11 Written Consent of Stockholders Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office, by hand or by certified mail, return receipt requested, or to the Corporation's principal place of business or to the officer of the Corporation having custody of the minute book. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature and no written consent shall be effective unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered pursuant to these bylaws, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders entitled to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner set forth in these bylaws. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.01 General Powers. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of directors (the “Board of Directors” or “Board” and each member of the Board, a “Director”) who may exercise all the powers of the Corporation except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these bylaws. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

 

Section 3.02 Number; Term of Office. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or in these bylaws, the number of Directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors need not be stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these bylaws, Directors shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any Director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

 

4

 

 

Section 3.03 Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. A majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or a sole remaining Director, may fill vacancies in the Board of Directors occurring for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors. In lieu of filling any vacancy, the Board of Directors may reduce the number of Directors.

 

Section 3.04 Resignation; Removal. Any director may resign at any time by notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice by the Corporation or at such later time as is therein specified. To the extent permitted by law, a Director may be removed from office with or without cause by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of Directors.

 

Section 3.05 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such times and at such places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors or its chairman.

 

Section 3.06 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such times and at such places as may be determined by the chairman or the Chief Executive Officer on at least 24 hours' notice to each director given by one of the means specified in Section 3.09 hereof other than by mail or on at least three days' notice if given by mail. Special meetings shall be called by the chairman or the Chief Executive Officer in like manner and on like notice on the written request of any two or more directors.

 

Section 3.07 Telephone Meetings. Board of Directors or Board of Directors committee meetings may be held by means of telephone conference or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and be heard. Participation by a director in a meeting pursuant to this Section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 3.08 Adjourned Meetings. A majority of the directors present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, including an adjourned meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn and reconvene such meeting to another time and place. At least 24 hours' notice of any adjourned meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director whether or not present at the time of the adjournment, if such notice shall be given by one of the means specified in Section 3.09 hereof other than by mail, or at least three days' notice if by mail. Any business may be transacted at an adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

 

Section 3.09 Notices. Subject to other provisions hereof, whenever notice is required to be given to any director by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, such notice shall be deemed given effectively if given in person or by telephone, mail addressed to such director at such director's address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, facsimile, e-mail or by other means of electronic transmission.

 

Section 3.10 Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice to directors is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, a waiver thereof, in writing signed by, or by electronic transmission by, the director entitled to the notice, whether before or after such notice is required, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance by a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special Board of Directors or committee meeting need be specified in any waiver of notice.

 

5

 

 

Section 3.11 Organization. At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the chairman or, in his or her absence, another director or an officer selected by the Board of Directors shall preside. The secretary shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors. If the secretary is absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors, an assistant secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the secretary and all assistant secretaries, the person presiding at the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 3.12 Quorum of Directors. The presence of a majority of the Board of Directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.13 Action by Majority Vote. Except as otherwise expressly required by these bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.14 Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all directors or members of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee in accordance with applicable law.

 

Section 3.15 Committees of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, establish one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

Any such committee, to the extent permitted by law and to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any provision of these bylaws.

 

Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but in the absence of such rules its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same manner as is provided in these bylaws for the Board of Directors. All members of such committees shall hold their committee offices at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, and the Board may abolish any committee at any time.

 

6

 

 

ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS

 

Section 4.01 Positions and Election. The Board shall establish such offices as it shall determine to be appropriate or advisable from time to time, which may include, without limitation, a Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and one or more Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of Directors may (but is not required to) elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board. The officers shall be appointed by the Board of Directors from time to time. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. No officer need be a stockholder or Director.

 

Section 4.02 Term. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these bylaws, each of the officers of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is appointed or until such officer’s earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign by delivering his or her written resignation to the Corporation, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

 

Section 4.03 Removal; Vacancies. The Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause at any time. Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.04 Duties of Officers May Be Delegated. In case any officer is absent, or for any other reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Chief Executive Officer, president, or the Board of Directors may delegate for the time being the powers or duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director.

 

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL STOCK

 

Section 5.01 Uncertificated Shares; Stock Certificates. Unless otherwise determined by the Board or by the officers of the Corporation in consultation with legal counsel, the capital stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated. If the Corporation shall issue certificated shares, then each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by any two (2) authorized officers of the Corporation. Such signatures may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the time of its issue. Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer and every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall contain such legend with respect thereto as is required by law.

 

7

 

 

Section 5.02 Transfers of Stock. Shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require.

 

Section 5.03 Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date on which it is established, and which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, more than ten (10) days after the date on which the record date for stockholder consent without a meeting is established, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. In such case only stockholders of record on such record date shall be so entitled notwithstanding any transfer of stock on the books of the Corporation after the record date.

 

If no record date is fixed, (a) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, (b) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in this state, to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded, and (c) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

Section 5.04 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the owner of the allegedly lost, stolen or destroyed certificate. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or uncertificated shares, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or the owner's legal representative to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

8

 

 

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 6.01 Seal. The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter the seal of the Corporation. The Corporation need not have a seal.

 

Section 6.02 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6.03 Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc. All checks, notes, drafts or other orders for the payment of money of the Corporation shall be signed, endorsed or accepted in the name of the Corporation by such officer, officers, person or persons as from time to time may be designated by the Board of Directors or by an officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors to make such designation.

 

Section 6.04 Conflict with Applicable Law or Certificate of Incorporation. These bylaws are adopted subject to any applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation. Whenever these bylaws may conflict with any applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, such conflict shall be resolved in favor of such law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 6.05 Amendments. These bylaws may be amended, altered, changed, adopted and repealed or new bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors. The stockholders may make additional bylaws and may alter and repeal any bylaws whether such bylaws were originally adopted by them or otherwise.

 

 

9

 

 

Exhibit 3.5

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

JBS USA FOOD COMPANY HOLDINGS

DATED NOVEMBER 20, 2025

 

JBS USA Food Company Holdings (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

1.The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name of Luker Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 21, 2015 (the “COI”), and it was amended by a Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation filed with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 21, 2015 (as amended, the “Amended COI”), changing the Corporation’s name from Luker Inc. to JBS USA Food Company Holdings.

 

2.This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and amends the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 and 245 of the DGCL by an agreement and resolutions of the board of directors of JBS USA Food Company and the Corporation.

 

 

 

Article I.

 

NAME

 

The name of the Corporation is JBS USA Food Company Holdings (hereinafter, the “Corporation”).

 

Article II.

 

REGISTERED OFFICE

 

The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is located at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, located in New Castle County. The registered agent of the Corporation at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

Article III.

 

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage, directly or indirectly, in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

 

Article IV.

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

The total authorized capital stock of the Corporation shall be 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) and (ii) 1,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”).

 

 

 

 

Article V.

 

SERIES A pREFERRED STOCK

 

1,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Shares”, with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations.

 

1.Dividends.

 

(a) The registered holders of shares of Series A Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive when as and if declared by the Board of Directors (as defined below), out of funds legally available therefor, cumulative cash dividends computed at the rate of 6.00% per annum (the “Series A Preferred Dividend Rate”) of the Original Issue Price (as defined below) per share plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon rounded to the nearest whole cent (with one half cent rounded up). Each such dividend shall be payable in arrears to the registered holders of record of Series A Preferred Shares as they appear in the Corporation’s stock transfer ledger at the close of business on such record date in each dividend period as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors. Accrued and unpaid dividends for any past dividend period may be declared and paid at any time and for such interim periods without reference to any regular dividend payment date, to holders of record on such date. Any dividend payment made on Series A Preferred Shares shall first be credited against the earliest unpaid dividend with respect to Series A Preferred Shares which remains payable. “Original Issue Price” means, in respect of each Series A Preferred Share, $10,000.

 

(b) The registered holders of Series A Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to any dividends whether payable in cash, property or stock, in excess of the cumulative dividends entitlement on the Series A Preferred Shares provided herein. On the last day of each tax year of the Corporation, the total amount of unpaid dividends on Series A Preferred Shares at such date shall accrue additional dividends at the Series A Preferred Dividend Rate.

 

(c) The Corporation shall not pay dividends on or make any other distributions on any Common Stock or non-voting Common Stock until all accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares have been declared and fully paid or irrevocably set aside for payment. If at any time the Corporation pays less than the total amount of dividends then accrued with respect to the Series A Preferred Shares, such payment shall be distributed pro rata among the holders thereof based on the aggregate accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares held by each such holder.

 

(d) The dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares shall accumulate whether or not the Corporation has earnings or profits, whether or not there are funds legally available for the payment of such dividends and whether or not dividends are declared.

 

2.Liquidation Rights. The Series A Preferred Shares will rank senior to the Common Stock and non-voting Common Stock as to amounts payable upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. Holders of the Series A Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive out of the assets the Corporation has legally available for distribution to its stockholders $10,000 per Series A Preferred Share.

 

2

 

 

3.Voting. Each Series A Preferred Share will be entitled to one vote per share with respect to the election of directors and on all matters submitted generally to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation. Except as otherwise required by law, in respect of all matters concerning the voting of shares of capital stock of the Corporation, the Series A Preferred Shares and shares of the Common Stock (and any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally with the Common Stock) shall vote as a single class and such voting rights shall be identical in all respects.

 

4.Further Issuances. The Corporation may, from time to time, issue additional shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to provide from time to time by resolution or resolutions for the creation and issuance, out of the authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock, of one or more series of Preferred Stock by filing a certificate of designation pursuant to the DGCL. The Board of Directors may issue fractional shares of Preferred Stock (including fractional shares of Series A Preferred Shares).

 

Article VI.

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

The business of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) except as otherwise provided by law. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”). Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.

 

The Board of Directors shall have the power to make, alter or repeal the Bylaws except as otherwise provided in the Bylaws adopted by the Corporation’s stockholders.

 

Article VII.

 

DIRECTORS PROTECTED

 

The directors shall be protected from personal liability, through indemnification or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time.

 

1.A director shall under no circumstances have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for those breaches and acts or omissions with respect to which the DGCL expressly provides that this provision shall not eliminate or limit such personal liability of directors. Neither the modification or repeal of this paragraph 1 of Article VII nor any amendment to the DGCL that does not have retroactive application shall limit the right of the directors hereunder to exculpation from personal liability for any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, modification or repeal.

 

3

 

 

2.The Corporation shall indemnify each director and officer of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, except as may be otherwise provided in the Bylaws, and in furtherance hereof the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to amend the Bylaws from time to time to give full effect hereto, notwithstanding possible self-interest of the directors in the action being taken. Neither the modification or repeal of this paragraph 2 of Article VII nor any amendment to the DGCL that does not have retroactive application shall limit the right of the directors and the officers to indemnification hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such modification, amendment or repeal.

 

3.Expenses incurred by any person who may have a right of indemnification under this Article VII in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation.

 

Article VIII.

 

RESERVATION OF RIGHT TO AMEND CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred herein upon the Corporation’s stockholders, directors and officers are granted subject to the rights reserved in this Article VIII.

 

Article IX.

 

SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation becomes or is declared on any ground by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Certificate of Incorporation, and the court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Certificate of Incorporation with a valid and enforceable provision that most accurately reflects the Corporation’s intent, in order to achieve, to the maximum extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

[The Remainder of this Page Intentionally Left Blank.
Signature Lines Follow on Next Page.]

 

4

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I, the undersigned, being a duly authorized officer of the Corporation have hereunto set my hand on the date first above written.

 

  By: /s/ Victor Machado
    Name: Victor Machado
    Title:

Authorized Officer

 

(Signature Page to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of JBS USA Food Company Holdings)

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.6

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

LUKER INC.

(the “Corporation”)

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1. Offices. The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the State of Delaware. The Corporation may have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as may be necessary or convenient to the business of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE II

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation (the “Stockholders”) shall be held either within or without the State of Delaware, at such place as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may designate in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting, at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. In lieu of holding an annual meeting of Stockholders at a designated place, the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that any annual meeting of Stockholders may be held solely by means of remote communication.

 

Section 2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Stockholders may be called by the Board of Directors or by the President, and shall be called by the President or by the Secretary upon the written request of the holders of record of at least twenty-five per cent (25%) of the shares of stock of the Corporation, issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, at such times and at such place either within or without the State of Delaware as may be stated in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting. In lieu of holding an annual meeting of Stockholders at a designated place, the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that any annual meeting of Stockholders may be held solely by means of remote communication.

 

Section 3. Notice of Meetings. Unless otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), notice of the time, place and purpose of every meeting of Stockholders shall be delivered personally or mailed not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days previous thereto to each Stockholder of record entitled to vote, at such Stockholder’s post office address appearing upon the records of the Corporation or at such other address as shall be furnished in writing by him or her to the Corporation for such purpose. Such further notice shall be given as may be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws. In the case of a special meeting, the notice shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. No business other than that specified in the notice thereof shall be transacted at any special meeting.

 

 

 

Any meeting may be held without notice if all Stockholders entitled to vote are present in person or by proxy, or if notice is waived either in a writing signed by such stockholder or by electronic transmission, either before or after the meeting, by those not present. If such a waiver is given by electronic transmission, the electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

 

Section 4. Quorum. The holders of record of at least a majority of the shares of the stock of the Corporation, issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, constitute a quorum at all meetings of the Stockholders. If there be no such quorum, a majority of the Stockholders present, although less than a quorum, or the presiding officer of such meeting may adjourn the meeting to another time and place.

 

Section 5. Adjourned Meetings. When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, if any, unless otherwise provided by these Bylaws, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the date, time, and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communication, if any, by which Stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Stockholders may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If an adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or, if after an adjournment, a new record date is fixed for determining the Stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 6. Organization of Meetings. Meetings of the Stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if there be one, or if the Chairman of the Board is not present by the President, or if the President is not present, by a chairman to be chosen at the meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation, or in the Secretary of the Corporation’s absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as Secretary of the meeting, if present.

 

Section 7. Voting. At each meeting of Stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, every holder of record of stock entitled to vote shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of such stock. Elections of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at a meeting of the Stockholders and entitled to vote thereon and, except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, any action other than the election of directors shall be determined by a majority in voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at a meeting of Stockholders and entitled to vote on such matters. Each proxy to vote shall be in writing and signed by the Stockholder or by such Stockholder’s duly authorized attorney.

 

At all elections of directors, the voting shall be by ballot or in such other manner as may be determined by the Stockholders present in person or by proxy entitled to vote at such election. With respect to any other matter presented to the Stockholders for their consideration at a meeting, any Stockholder entitled to vote may, on any question, demand a vote by ballot.

 

2

 

 

A complete list of the Stockholders entitled to vote at each such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of each, and the number of shares registered in the name of each Stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary and shall be open to the examination of any Stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of the corporation, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any Stockholder who is present.

 

Section 8. Inspectors of Election. The Board of Directors in advance of any meeting of Stockholders may appoint one or more Inspectors of Election (“Inspectors of Elections”) to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If Inspectors of Election are not so appointed, the chairman of the meeting may, and on the request of any Stockholder entitled to vote shall, appoint one or more Inspectors of Election. Each Inspector of Election, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of an Inspector of Election at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. If appointed, Inspectors of Election shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law.

 

Section 9. Action by Consent. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of Stockholders, including the annual meeting, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if, prior to such action, a written consent or consents thereto, setting forth such action, is signed by the holders of record of shares of the stock of the Corporation, issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book or books in which meetings of Stockholders are recorded; provided, however, that delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those Stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of the holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. Number, Powers, Quorum, Term, Vacancies, Removal. The Board of Directors shall consist of at least one (1) but not more than nine (9) persons, as determined by the Board of Directors. The number of directors may be changed by a resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors or by a vote of the holders of record of at least a majority of the shares of stock of the Corporation, issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

 

3

 

 

Subject to any limitations set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation and to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware relating to powers or rights conferred upon or reserved to the Stockholders or the holders of any class or series of the Corporation’s issued and outstanding stock, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed, and all corporate powers shall be exercised, by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

At all meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then holding office (but not less than one-third of the total number of directors) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business provided, that if at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may, without notice other than announcement of the meeting, adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall have been obtained.

 

Directors shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation or removal.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or in these Bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and directors so chosen shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of Stockholders at which the term of office to which they have been elected expires and until such directors’ successors have been duly elected and qualified. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, when one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of directors then in office, including those who have resigned, shall have the power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective..

 

Any one or more of the directors of the Corporation may be removed either with or without cause at any time by a vote of the holders of capital stock having a majority in voting power of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

Section 2. Meetings, Notice. Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place either within or without the State of Delaware, as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times as may from time to time be by determined by the Board of Directors, such determination to constitute the only notice of such regular meetings to which any director shall be entitled. Special meetings may be held at any time upon the call of one director, the Chairman of the Board, if one be elected, or the President, by telegraphic or written notice, duly served on or sent or mailed to each director not less than two days before such meeting. A meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after the annual meeting of Stockholders at the same place at which such meeting was held. Any meeting may be held without notice, if all directors are present, or if notice is waived in writing, either before or after the meeting, by those not present. Participation of one or more directors by conference telephone or other communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time shall constitute presence at a meeting.

 

4

 

 

Section 3. Committees. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate from among its members one or more committees which shall consist of one or more directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any such committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Such committees shall have and may exercise such powers as shall be conferred or authorized by the resolution appointing them. A majority of any such committee may determine its action and fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide. Any member of any committee may be removed from such committee either with or without cause, at any time, by the Board of Directors at any meeting thereof. Any vacancy in any committee may be filled by the Board of Directors in the manner prescribed by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws for the original appointment of the members of such committee.

 

Section 4. Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such written consents or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee, as applicable. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

Section 5. Compensation. The Board of Directors may determine, from time to time, the amount of compensation which shall be paid to its members. The Board of Directors shall also have power, in its discretion, to allow a fixed sum and expenses for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee of the Board of Directors. In addition, the Board of Directors shall also have power, in its discretion, to provide for and pay to directors rendering services to the Corporation not ordinarily rendered by directors, as such, special compensation appropriate to the value of such services, as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time. Each director shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Corporation for his or her reasonable expenses incurred with respect to duties as a member of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1. Titles and Election. The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, a Treasurer and a Secretary. The Board of Directors from time to time may elect a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, and may define their powers and duties. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

5

 

 

Section 2. Terms of Office. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected from time to time by the Board of Directors and shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3. Removal. Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors or to the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

Section 5. Vacancies. If the office of any officer or agent becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or otherwise, the Board of Directors shall fill the vacancy in the manner prescribed in Section 2 for the regular election to such office.

 

Section 6. Power and Duties of Executive Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Corporation as may be prescribed in a resolution by the Board of Directors, or in these Bylaws, and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of the Board of Directors (the “Chairman of the Board”), if one be elected, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the Stockholders, and the Chairman of the Board shall have and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to the Chairman of the Board by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8. President. The President of the Corporation (the “President”) shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors, and of the Stockholders. The President shall exercise the powers and perform the duties usual to the chief executive officer and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall have general management and control of the affairs and business of the Corporation; the President shall appoint and discharge employees and agents of the Corporation (other than officers elected by the Board of Directors) and fix their compensation; and the President shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President shall have the power to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts, agreements and instruments of the Corporation, and shall do and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to the President by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9. Vice Presidents. If chosen, the Vice Presidents of the Corporation (the “Vice President”), in the order of their seniority, shall, in the absence or disability of the President, exercise all of the powers and duties of the President. The Vice Presidents shall have the power to execute bonds, notes, mortgages and other contracts, agreements and instruments of the Corporation, and shall do and perform such other duties incident to the office of Vice President and as the Board of Directors, or the President shall direct.

 

6

 

 

Section 10. Secretary. The Secretary of the Corporation (the “Secretary”) shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the Stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed, it shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer who may affix the seal to any such instrument in the event of the absence or disability of the Secretary. The Secretary shall have custody of the stock records and all other books, records and papers of the Corporation (other than financial) and shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law are properly kept and filed.

 

Section 11. Treasurer. The Treasurer of the Corporation (the “Treasurer”) shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the directors whenever they may require it, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

 

Section 12. Duties of Officers may be Delegated. In case of the absence or disability of any officer of the Corporation, or for any other reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Board of Directors may delegate, for the time being, the powers or duties, or any of them, of such officer to any other officer, or to any director.

 

ARTICLE V

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 1. Actions by Others. The Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it currently exists or may hereafter be amended, (1) shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation and (2) may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent of or participant in another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

7

 

 

Section 2. Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it currently exists or may hereafter be amended, shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 3. Actions Initiated Against the Corporation. Anything in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article V to the contrary notwithstanding, except as provided in Section 4 of this Article V, with respect to an action, suit or proceeding initiated against the Corporation by a person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation (whether initiated by such person in or by reason of such capacity or in or by reason of any other capacity, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify or to advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees) to such person in connection with prosecuting such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) or in defending any counterclaim, cross-claim, affirmative defense, or like claim of the Corporation in such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) unless such action, suit or proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 4. Successful Defense. To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

 

8

 

 

Section 5. Specific Authorization. Any indemnification under Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article IV (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in said Sections 1 and 2 of this Article V. Such determination shall be made with respect to a person who is a director or officer of the Corporation at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the Stockholders.

 

Section 6. Advancement of Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Corporation in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation pursuant to this Article V. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the Corporation or by persons serving at the request of the Corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.

 

Section 7. Right of Indemnity not Exclusive. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of Stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to such provision after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

Section 8. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article IV, Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or otherwise.

 

Section 9. Invalidity of any Provisions of this Article. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Article V shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article V.

 

9

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

Section 1. Certificates. The shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, unless the Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provides or unless the Board of Directors provides by resolution or resolutions that some or all of the shares of any class or classes, or series thereof, of the Corporation’s capital stock shall be uncertificated. Every holder of capital stock of the Corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to a certificate representing such shares. Certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued under the seal of the Corporation, or a facsimile thereof, and shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. Each certificate shall bear a serial number, shall exhibit the holder’s name and the number of shares evidenced thereby, and shall be signed by the Chairperson of the Board or a Vice Chairperson, if any, or the President or any Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. If any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person or entity were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 2. Transfer. Transfers of stock of the Corporation shall be made on the books of the Corporation only upon surrender to the Corporation (or a transfer agent designed to transfer shares of stock of the Corporation) of a certificate (if any) for the shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment, or authority to transfer; provided, however, that such succession, assignment, or transfer is not prohibited by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, applicable law, or contract. Thereupon, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate (if requested) to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate (if any), and record the transaction upon its books.

 

Section 3. Record Dates. The Board of Directors may fix in advance a date, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days preceding the date of any meeting of Stockholders, or the date for the payment of any dividend, or the date for the distribution or allotment of any rights, or the date when any change, conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go into effect, as a record date for the determination of the Stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend, or to receive any distribution or allotment of such rights, or to exercise the rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, and in such case only such Stockholders as shall be Stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of, and to vote at, such meeting, or to receive payment of such dividend, or to receive such distribution or allotment or rights or to exercise such rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the Corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid.

 

10

 

 

Section 4. Lost Certificates. In the event that any certificate of stock is lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated, the Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it. The Board of Directors may in its discretion, before the issuance of such new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares, require the owner of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate, or the legal representative of the owner to make an affidavit or affirmation setting forth such facts as to the loss, destruction or mutilation as it deems necessary, and to give the Corporation a bond in such reasonable sum as it directs to indemnify the Corporation.

 

Section 5. Additional Powers of the Board. In addition to, and without limiting those powers set forth in Section 1 of Article III, the Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as it shall deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer, and registration of certificates of shares of stock of the Corporation, including the use of uncertificated shares of stock, subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, other applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws.

 

The Board of Directors may appoint and remove transfer agents and registrars of transfers, and may require all stock certificates to bear the signature of any such transfer agent and/or any such registrar of transfers.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may in its discretion determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute, sign, or endorse any corporate instrument or document, or to sign the corporate name without limitation, except where otherwise provided by law, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the Corporation.

 

Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Board of Directors or otherwise required by law, formal contracts of the Corporation, promissory notes, deeds of trust, mortgages, and other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, and other corporate instruments or documents requiring the corporate seal, shall be executed, signed, or endorsed by the Chairperson of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, the Treasurer, or any Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer. All other instruments and documents requiring a corporate signature but not requiring the corporate seal may be executed as aforesaid or in such other manner and by such other person or persons as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President.

 

11

 

 

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the Corporation or in special accounts of the Corporation shall be executed, signed, or endorsed by the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, or in such other manner and by such other person or persons as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Board of Directors or otherwise required by law, the execution, signing, or endorsement of any corporate instrument or document may be effected manually, by facsimile, or (to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to such policies and procedures as the Corporation may have in effect from time to time) by electronic signature.

 

Section 3. Books. There shall be kept at such office of the Corporation as the Board of Directors shall determine, within or without the State of Delaware, correct books and records of account of all its business and transactions, minutes of the proceedings of its Stockholders, Board of Directors and committees, and the stock book, containing the names and addresses of the Stockholders, the number of shares held by them, respectively, and the dates when they respectively became the owners of record thereof, and in which the transfer of stock shall be registered, and such other books and records as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

Section 4. Voting of Stock. Unless otherwise specifically authorized by the Board of Directors, all stock owned by the Corporation, other than stock of the Corporation, shall be voted, in person or by proxy, by the President or any Vice President of the Corporation on behalf of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 1. Amendments. The vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of stock of the Corporation, issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, shall be necessary at any meeting of Stockholders to alter, amend or repeal these Bylaws. These Bylaws may also be altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

 

Any proposal to alter, amend or repeal these Bylaws shall be stated in the notice of the meeting of the Board of Directors or the Stockholders, or in the waiver of notice thereof, as the case may be, unless all of the directors are present at such meeting, or the holders of record of all of the shares of stock of the Corporation, issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, are present at such meeting.

 

*     *     *

 

12

Exhibit 4.2

 

Execution Version

  

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.

 

Dated as of July 3, 2025

 

 

 

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into on July 3, 2025, by and between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (the “Company”), and BMO Capital Markets Corp., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Mizuho Securities USA LLC and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, as representatives (the “Representatives”) on behalf of the initial purchasers named on Schedule I hereto (collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”).

 

This Agreement is entered into pursuant to Section 6(k) of the Purchase Agreement dated June 23, 2025 (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company, as co-issuers (the “Co-Issuers”), JBS S.A. and certain other parent companies of the Company, as guarantors (collectively, the “Guarantors”) and the Representatives, as representatives of the Initial Purchasers, pursuant to which the Co-Issuers propose to issue and sell (1) U.S.$1,250.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.500% Senior Notes due 2036 (the “2036 Notes”), (2) U.S.$1,250.0 aggregate principal amount of 6.250% Senior Notes due 2056 (the “2056 Notes”) and (3) U.S.$1,000.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.375% Senior Notes due 2066 (the “2066 Notes,” and collectively with the 2036 Notes and the 2056 Notes, the “Notes”)

 

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Additional Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.

 

“Affiliate” shall mean an “affiliate” as that term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

“Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean an “automatic shelf registration statement” as that term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

“Co-Issuers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble, or the Company’s successors and assigns.

 

“Event Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.

 

“Exchange Offer” means the offer by the Company to exchange each Series of Registrable Securities for the corresponding Series of Exchange Securities pursuant to Section 2.1.

 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form F-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form), and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement.

 

“Exchange Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

“Exchange Securities” shall mean, with respect to each Series of Registrable Securities, a new series of notes and corresponding guarantees maturing on the same date and bearing interest at the same rate per annum as the corresponding Series of Registrable Securities (each such series of Exchange Securities, a “Series of Exchange Securities”), in each case, issued by the Co-Issuers under the applicable Indenture and guaranteed by the Guarantors, containing terms identical to the applicable Series of Registrable Securities in all material respects (except for references to certain additional interest rate provisions, restrictions on transfers and restrictive legends), to be offered to Holders of the applicable Series of Registrable Securities in exchange for the corresponding Series of Exchange Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

 

 

 

 

“FINRA” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 

“Guarantee” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Guarantors” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Holder” shall mean each Person who becomes the registered owner of Registrable Securities under the applicable Indenture and each Participating Broker-Dealer that holds Exchange Securities for so long as such Participating Broker-Dealer is required to deliver a Prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

 

“Indentures” shall mean the (i) the indenture, dated July 3, 2025, among the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to the 2036 Notes, (ii) the indenture, dated July 3, 2025, among the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to the 2056 Notes, and (iii) the indenture, dated July 3, 2025, among the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors and Regions Bank, as trustee, relating to the 2066 Notes as applicable, in each case, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

“Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Participating Broker-Dealers” shall mean the Initial Purchasers and any other broker-dealer which makes a market in the Notes and exchanges Registrable Securities in the Exchange Offer for Exchange Securities.

 

“Person” shall mean an individual, partnership (general or limited), corporation, limited liability company, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

“Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, and by all other amendments and supplements to a prospectus, including post-effective amendments and, in each case, including all material incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference therein.

 

“Registrable Securities” shall mean the Notes and the corresponding Guarantee; provided, however, that the Notes and the corresponding Guarantee shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a Registration Statement with respect to such Notes and corresponding Guarantee shall have been declared or otherwise become effective under the Securities Act and such Notes and corresponding Guarantee shall have been disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) such Notes and corresponding Guarantee shall have ceased to be outstanding or (iii) the Exchange Offer is consummated. Each of the series of Notes and corresponding Guarantee may be referred to herein as a “Series of Registrable Securities.”

 

“Registration Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.

 

“Registration Expenses” shall mean any and all expenses incident to the performance of, or compliance with, by the Company with this Agreement, including, without limitation, (i) all SEC or FINRA registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws, (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, and other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and (v) the fees and expenses of the Trustee.

 

2

 

 

“Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement of the Company, JBS S.A. or any subsidiary or direct or indirect parent entity of JBS S.A. which covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case, including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference therein.

 

“Representatives” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“SEC” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency or government body performing the functions currently performed by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Securities Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2.

 

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company, JBS S.A. or any subsidiary or direct or indirect parent entity of JBS S.A. pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.2, including an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, which covers all of the Registrable Securities on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case, including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference therein.

 

“Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Registrable Securities under the applicable Indenture.

 

“Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

2. Registration Under the Securities Act.

 

2.1 Exchange Offer. Unless the Exchange Offer would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the Staff of the SEC, the Company shall, for the benefit of the Holders, at the Company’s cost, use its commercially reasonable efforts to (A) file with the SEC an Exchange Offer Registration Statement on an appropriate form under the Securities Act with respect to a proposed Exchange Offer and the issuance and delivery to the Holders, in exchange for each Series of Registrable Securities, of a like principal amount of the corresponding Series of Exchange Securities, (B) cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act, and (C) cause the Exchange Offer to be consummated not later than 365 calendar days following the date of this Agreement.

 

In order to participate in the Exchange Offer, each Holder must represent to the Company at the time of the consummation of the Exchange Offer that it (i) is not an Affiliate of the Company, (ii) is not a broker-dealer who tendered Notes acquired directly from any Co-Issuer or Guarantor for its own account, (iii) is acquiring the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business and (iv) is not engaged in and does not intend to engage in and has no arrangements or understandings with any Person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Securities (collectively, the “Holder Representations”).

 

In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

 

(a)make available to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement;

 

3

 

 

(b)keep the Exchange Offer open for acceptance for a period of not less than 20 business days after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or longer at the option of the Company or if required by applicable law) (such period referred to herein as the “Exchange Period”); and

 

(c)otherwise comply in all material respects with all applicable laws relating to the Exchange Offer.

 

The Exchange Securities shall be issued under (i) the applicable Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material respects to the applicable Indenture and which, in either case, has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

As soon as reasonably practicable after the expiration of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

 

(i)accept for exchange all Registrable Securities duly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement;

 

(ii)deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities so accepted for exchange; and

 

(iii)cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver Exchange Securities to each Holder of Registrable Securities so accepted for exchange in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of the corresponding Series of Registrable Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

 

Interest on each Exchange Security will accrue from the last date on which interest was paid on the Registrable Security surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Registrable Security, from the date of original issuance. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than (i) that the Exchange Offer, or the making of any exchange by a Holder, does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the Staff of the SEC, (ii) the due tendering of Registrable Securities in accordance with the Exchange Offer, (iii) that each Holder of Registrable Securities exchanged in the Exchange Offer shall have made the Holder Representations and shall have made such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to render the use of Form F-4 or other appropriate form under the Securities Act available and (iv) that no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the Exchange Offer which, in the Company’s judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair the ability of the Company to proceed with the Exchange Offer.

 

2.2 Shelf Registration. If, (i) because of any changes in law, SEC rules or regulations or applicable interpretations thereof by the Staff of the SEC, the Company determines upon the advice of its counsel that it is not permitted to effect the Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2.1, or (ii) any Holder (other than as a result of the status of any such Holder as an “affiliate” of the Company or as a broker-dealer) notifies the Company prior to the completion of the Exchange Offer that it is not eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer or, in the case of any Holder that participates in the Exchange Offer, such Holder does not receive freely tradeable Exchange Securities on the date of the exchange (it being understood that the requirement that an Exchanging Dealer (as defined below) deliver a prospectus containing the information set forth in (a) Annex A hereto on the cover, (b) Annex B hereto in the “Description of the Exchange Offer” or similar section, and (c) Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” in connection with a sale of any such Exchange Securities received by such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer shall not result in such Exchange Securities being not “freely transferable”), then the Company shall, at its reasonable cost:

 

(a)As promptly as practicable file with the SEC, and thereafter shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective as promptly as practicable but no later than 365 days after being required to do so under Section 2.2, a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution as set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 2.2(a) shall require the filing of a Shelf Registration Statement prior to the deadline for filing the Exchange Offer Registration Statement set forth in Section 2.1; provided, further, that no Holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling security holder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities unless such Holder has signed and returned to the Company a notice and questionnaire as distributed by the Company consenting to such Holder’s inclusion in the Prospectus as a selling security holder, evidencing such Holder’s agreement to be bound by the applicable provisions of this Agreement and providing such further information to the Company as the Company may reasonably request.

 

4

 

 

(b)Use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period of two year from the date of this Agreement, or for such shorter period that will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, are freely tradeable pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act and the applicable interpretations of the SEC or cease to be outstanding or otherwise to be Registrable Securities.

 

(c)Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that (i) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, at the time each such registration statement or amendment thereto becomes effective, and any Prospectus as of the date thereof forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any Prospectus forming part of any Shelf Registration Statement, and any supplement to such Prospectus (as amended or supplemented from time to time) (each, as of the date thereof), does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

The Company further agrees, if necessary, to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement, as required by Section 3(b), and to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC (other than with respect to any such supplement or amendment resulting solely from the incorporation by reference of any report filed under the Securities Exchange Act). In the event that the Exchange Offer is consummated within 365 days after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall have no obligation to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.2(ii).

 

2.3 Expenses. The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

 

5

 

 

2.4 Effectiveness. An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.1 will not be effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC, and a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.2 will not be effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC or has otherwise become effective under Rule 462 under the Securities Act or any other applicable rule; provided, however, that if, after such Registration Statement has been declared effective or has otherwise become effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or a Shelf Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement will be deemed not to have become effective during the period of such interference, until the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement may legally resume.

 

2.5 Interest. The Company agrees that in the event that (a)(i) if required, the Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to the 365th calendar day following the date of this Agreement or (ii) if required, a Shelf Registration Statement has not become effective on or prior to the 365th calendar day following the date on which the Company became obligated to file such Shelf Registration Statement under Section 2.2, or (b) if required, the Shelf Registration Statement has been filed and is declared or otherwise becomes effective but ceases to be effective or usable for a period of time that exceeds 120 days in the aggregate in any 12-month period in which it is required to be effective hereunder (each such event referred to in the preceding clauses (a) and (b), a “Registration Default”), then, if the Company has not undertaken its commercially reasonable efforts in connection with sub-clauses (a) or (b) above, the interest rate borne by the series of Notes affected thereby shall be increased (“Additional Interest”) immediately upon occurrence of a Registration Default by one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) per annum while one or more Registration Defaults is continuing until all Registration Defaults have been cured; provided that Additional Interest shall accrue only for those days that a Registration Default occurs and is continuing, including the date on which any Registration Default shall occur but not including the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured. Such Additional Interest shall be calculated based on a year consisting of 360 days comprised of twelve 30-day months. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of Additional Interest on the affected series of Notes will cease, the interest rate will revert to the original rate on such series of Notes. Additional Interest shall not be payable with respect to Registration Defaults for any period during which a Shelf Registration Statement is effective and usable by the Holders. Any Additional Interest shall constitute liquidated damages and shall be the exclusive remedy, monetary or otherwise, available to any Holder of Notes with respect to any Registration Default. The Company shall notify the Trustee within five business days after each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Additional Interest is required to be paid (an “Event Date”). Additional Interest shall be paid by depositing with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of Registrable Securities, on or before the applicable semi-annual interest payment date, immediately available funds in sums sufficient to pay the Additional Interest then due. The Additional Interest due shall be payable on each interest payment date to the record Holder of Notes, as applicable, affected thereby entitled to receive the interest payment to be paid on such date as set forth in the applicable Indenture. Each obligation to pay Additional Interest shall be deemed to accrue from and including the day following the applicable Event Date.

 

Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, no Additional Interest shall be payable in relation to the applicable Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus if (i) such Additional Interest is payable solely as a result of (x) the filing of a post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement to incorporate annual audited or, if required by the rules and regulations under the Securities Act, quarterly unaudited financial information with respect to the Company where such post-effective amendment is not yet effective and needs to be declared or otherwise become effective to permit Holders to use the related Prospectus or (y) the Company notifies the Holder in writing to suspend use (on one or more occasions) of the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus for a period not to exceed an aggregate of 120 days in any calendar year because of the occurrence of any material event or development with respect to the Company that, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, would be detrimental to the Company if so disclosed or would otherwise materially adversely affect a financing, acquisition, disposition, merger or other material transaction; provided, however, that in no event shall the Company be required to disclose the business purpose for such suspension. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay Additional Interest with respect to the Notes to any Holder if the failure arises from the Company’s failure to file, or cause to become effective, a Shelf Registration Statement within the time periods specified in this Section 2 by reason of the failure of such Holder to provide such information as (i) the Company may reasonably request, with reasonable prior written notice, for use in the Shelf Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein to the extent the Company reasonably determines that such information is required to be included therein by applicable law, (ii) FINRA or the SEC may request in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement or (iii) is required to comply with the agreements of such Holder as contained herein to the extent compliance thereof is necessary for the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared or otherwise become effective, including, without limitation, a signed notice and questionnaire as distributed by the Company consenting to such Holder’s inclusion in the Prospectus as a selling security holder, evidencing such Holder’s agreement to be bound by the applicable provisions of this Agreement and providing such further information to the Company as the Company may reasonably request.

 

6

 

 

3. Registration Procedures. In connection with the obligations of the Company with respect to Registration Statements pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2, the Company shall:

 

(a)prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (i) shall be selected by the Company, (ii) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the eligible selling Holders thereof, and (iii) shall, at the time of effectiveness, comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include or incorporate by reference all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective in accordance with Section 2;

 

(b)subject to the Company’s right to suspend use of a Shelf Registration Statement contained in the second paragraph of Section 2.5, prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary under applicable law to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period; and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provision then in force) under the Securities Act and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to them with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by each Registration Statement during the applicable period; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall imply that the Company is liable for any action or inaction of any Holder, including any Participating Broker-Dealer;

 

(c)include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover, in Annex B hereto in the “Description of the Exchange Offer” or similar section and in Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement;

 

(d)give notice to the Holders of the Notes (in case of any Shelf Registration Statement) and any Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the Company has received prior written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer (which notice pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the requisite changes have been made):

 

(i)of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose and of the happening of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; and

 

(ii)of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Notes for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or overtly threatening of any proceeding for such purpose.

 

7

 

 

(e)use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal at the earliest possible time of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement;

 

(f)during the period of the Shelf Registration, deliver to each Holder of Notes included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such person may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of the Notes in connection with the offering and sale of the Notes covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement; and

 

(g)deliver to any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a Prospectus following the Exchange Offer, without charge, copies of the final Prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such persons may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by the Representatives, if necessary, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a Prospectus following the Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the Exchange Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

 

In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company may (as a condition to the participation of such Holder and the beneficial owner of Registrable Securities in the Shelf Registration and in addition to any other conditions to such participation set forth in this Agreement) require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company prior to the 30th day following the Company’s filing of such request for information with the Trustee for delivery to the Holders such information regarding the Holder and the proposed distribution by such Holder or beneficial owner of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

 

In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts, each of the kind described in Section 3(e)(iv), such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(k), and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at its expense) all copies in such Holder’s possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

8

 

 

Indemnification. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of the Notes (with respect to a Shelf Registration Statement only), any Participating Broker-Dealer and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or such Participating Broker-Dealer within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act (each Holder, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such controlling persons are referred to collectively as the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, and any action in respect thereof, to which that Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement at any time or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act (“Issuer FWP” ), or (2) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and shall reimburse each Indemnified Party for any legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by that Indemnified Party in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred (but no more frequently than annually); provided, however, that (i) the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer specifically for inclusion therein and (ii) with respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in any preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf Registration Statement, the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection (a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased the Notes concerned, to the extent that a prospectus relating to such Notes was required to be delivered (including through satisfaction of the conditions of Rule 172 under the Securities Act) by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer under the Securities Act in connection with such purchase and any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer results from the fact that there was not conveyed to such person, at or prior to the time of the sale of such Notes to such person, an amended or supplemented prospectus or, if permitted by Section 3(f), an Issuer FWP correcting such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission if the Company had previously furnished copies thereof to such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer; provided further, however, that this indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have to such Indemnified Party.

 

(b) Each Holder of the Notes and each Participating Broker-Dealer, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signed the applicable Registration Statement and any person who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, and any action in respect thereof, to which the Company, or any such director, officer or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement at any time or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Issuer FWP, or arises out of, or is based upon, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse the Company for any legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company, or any such director, officer or controlling person in investigating or defending or preparing to defend against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred (but no more frequently than annually), but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer specifically for inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer may otherwise have to the Company or any of its directors, officers or controlling persons.

 

9

 

 

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 4 of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 4, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the claim or the commencement of that action, provided that the failure to notify the indemnifying party (i) shall not relieve it from liability under Section 4(a) or 4(b) unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such claim or action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under Section 4(a) or 4(b). If any such claim or action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein, and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or action, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under this Section 4 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. If the indemnifying party shall not elect to assume the defense of such action, such indemnifying party will reimburse such indemnified party for the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of any counsel retained by them, unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the indemnifying party has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; (iii) the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. In the event that the parties to any such action (including impleaded parties) include both the Company and one or more Holders or Participating Broker-Dealers and either (i) the indemnifying party or parties and indemnified party or parties mutually agree or (ii) representation of both the indemnifying party or parties and the indemnified party or parties by the same counsel is inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct or in the opinion of such counsel due to actual or potential differing interests between them, then the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party and will reimburse such indemnified party for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by them and satisfactory to the indemnifying party, it being understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys for all such indemnified parties, which firm shall be designated in writing by the Representatives in the case of an action in which one or more Holders, Participating Broker-Dealers or controlling persons are indemnified parties and by the Company in the case of an action in which the Company or any of its directors, officers or controlling persons are indemnified parties. The indemnifying party or parties shall not be liable under this Agreement with respect to any settlement made by any indemnified party or parties without prior written consent by the indemnifying party or parties to such settlement.

 

10

 

 

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 4 shall for any reason be unavailable to an indemnified party under Section 4(a) or 4(b) hereof in respect of any loss, claim, damage or liability, or any action in respect thereof, referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Holders or Participating Broker-Dealers on the other hand from the exchange of the Notes, pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, this allocation is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Holders or Participating Broker-Dealers on the other hand from the exchange of the Notes, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and the relative fault of Company on the one hand and the Holders or Participating Broker-Dealers on the other hand with respect to the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Holders or Participating Broker-Dealers, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 4(d) shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 4(d), any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4(d), no Holder of Notes or Participating Broker-Dealer shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Holders or Participating Broker-Dealer from the sale of the Notes pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the amount of damages which such Holders or Participating Broker-Dealer have otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

(e) The agreements contained in this Section 4 shall survive the sale of the Notes pursuant to a Registration Statement and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

5. Miscellaneous.

 

5.1 Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or departure.

 

11

 

 

5.2 Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.2, which address initially is the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement, as applicable, with respect to the Initial Purchasers; and (b) if to the Company, initially at the Company’s address set forth in the Purchase Agreement, and thereafter at such other address of which notice is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.2. All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; two business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

 

Copies of all such notices, demands, or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee under the applicable Indenture, at the address specified in such Indenture.

 

5.3 Successor and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement, any note or global note representing such Registrable Securities or the Indentures. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof.

 

5.4 Third Party Beneficiaries. The Representatives, on behalf of the Initial Purchasers, shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder by the Company for the benefit of the Holders and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of Holders hereunder. Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Company, on the one hand, and the Representatives, on behalf of the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights hereunder.

 

5.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

5.6 Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

5.7 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

5.8 Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

12

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.
     
  By: /s/ Lucas Carracedo Menezes
  Name:  Lucas Carracedo Menezes
  Title: CFO/Secretary /Category B Manager

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:

 

BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP.  
   
By: /s/ Ryan Donovan  
Name:  Ryan Donovan  
Title: Managing Director  

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.  
   
By: /s/ Adam D. Bordner  
Name:  Adam D. Bordner  
Title: Managing Director  

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:

 

MIZUHO SECURITIES USA LLC  
   
By: /s/ Rodrigo Garcia de Leon Ferrer  
Name:  Rodrigo Garcia de Leon Ferrer  
Title: Managing Director  

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:

 

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC  
   
By: /s/ Scott G Primrose  
Name:  Scott G Primrose  
Title: Authorized Signatory  

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Annex A

 

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. By so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Notes where such Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the Expiration Date (as defined herein), it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

 

 

 

Annex B

 

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Notes, where such Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

 

 

 

Annex C

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Notes where such Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.

 

The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers. Exchange Securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange Securities. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Securities and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. By acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

For a period of 90 days after the Expiration Date, the Company will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the Holders of the Notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

 

 

 

Schedule I

 

Initial Purchasers

 

Banco Bradesco BBI S.A.

Banco BTG Pactual S.A. – Cayman Branch

BB Securities Limited

BBVA Securities Inc.

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Mizuho Securities USA LLC

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

ING Financial Markets LLC

Itau BBA USA Securities, Inc.

Rabo Securities USA, Inc.

Truist Securities, Inc.

Standard Chartered Bank

Regions Securities LLC

XP Investimentos Corretora de Câmbio, Títulos e Valores Mobiliários S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.7

 

FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

dated as of November 19, 2025

 

by and among

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,

as Company,

 

JBS N.V.,
as Substituted Company

 

and

 

REGIONS BANK

as Trustee

 

 

3.000% Senior Notes due 2029

 

 

 

THIS FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), entered into as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a Luxembourg private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 21 avenue de la Gare, L-1611, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, under registration with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS N.V., a company incorporated and organized in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands, with its registered seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and headquarters at Stroombaan 16, 5th floor, 1181VX, Amstelveen, The Netherlands, enrolled with the CNPJ/ME under No. 49.115.815/0001-05 and registered with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 76063305 (the “Substituted Company”), and REGIONS BANK, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company, each of the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of February 2, 2022 (as supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), relating to the 3.000% Senior Notes due 2029 issued thereunder (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 12.01 of the Indenture provides that the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, be substituted by any direct or indirect parent of the Company subject to the conditions contained in Section 12.01 of the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to be replaced and substituted by the Substituted Company, and the Substituted Company has agreed to (i) become the “Company” and an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) be liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder (the “Substitution”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 11.07 of the Indenture provides that the Guarantees of the Notes by the Parent Guarantors are automatically and unconditionally released and discharged if, at any time, the Parent Guarantors shall cease to guarantee the Existing 2031 Notes for any reason, including as a result of the “Fall-Away Event” (as defined in the indenture governing the Existing 2031 Notes);

 

WHEREAS, the Fall-Away Event has occurred and Sections 10.01 and 11.07 of the Indenture provide that the Company and the Trustee, may enter into a supplemental indenture (without the consent of any Holder of Notes) which provides for the “Fall-Away Event” and unconditional release of the Parent Guarantors from their Guarantees, among other conditions set forth in Section 11.07 of the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 10.01, 11.07 and 12.01 of the Indenture, the Company, the Substituted Company and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.

 

Section 2. JBS N.V. as Issuer and Company. In connection with the Substitution, the Substituted Company hereby (i) becomes an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder, with the same force and effect as if JBS N.V. was originally named as an “Issuer” thereunder. In addition, to the extent that the Indenture or any Note contains any other reference to the “Company,” each of the Issuers collectively by name or by collective reference to “Issuers” or “Co-Issuers” or any other reference as the context may require, then the Indenture and each Note is amended to include reference to JBS N.V.

 

1

 

 

Section 3. Release of JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. In connection with the Substitution, JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. is hereby released from all its obligations as issuer and principal debtor in respect to the Indenture and the Notes.

 

Section 4. Release of Parent Guarantors; Elimination of Certain Covenants and Events of Default. In connection with the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, (i) JBS S.A., JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l. and JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty Limited are hereby unconditionally released from all of their respective obligations as “Parent Guarantors” and guarantors in respect to the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, (ii) the covenants in Section 5.01 (Reports of Parent) of the Indenture are hereby eliminated and (iii) the Events of Default arising under the following clauses of Section 7.01 of the Indenture: (d) (with respect to breaches under Article 5), (e), (f), (g) and (h) (with respect to events and circumstances with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (i) (in its entirety), and references to Parent in Sections 7.02(a) and (b) of the Indenture are hereby deleted.

 

Section 5. Original Issuers Remain Issuers. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall or shall be deemed to modify or otherwise affect the obligations of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company under the Notes and the Indenture, and each of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company shall remain liable, jointly and severally with the Substituted Company, for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder.

 

Section 6. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

Section 9. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which are made solely by the Company and the Substituted Company. In entering this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or affording protection to the Trustee whether or not elsewhere herein so provided. The Company and the Substituted Company expressly reaffirm and confirm their obligations to indemnify the Trustee in connection with the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture and all the actions contemplated hereby, all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

Section 10. Effective Date. This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective on the date first above written.

 

Section 11. Notices. Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder and under the Indenture shall be in English and in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by internationally recognized overnight courier service or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

if to JBS N.V.:

 

c/o JBS USA Food Company

Attention: General Counsel and Treasurer

1770 Promontory Circle

Greeley, CO 80634

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,
  as Company
   
  By:  /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Name:  Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Title: Category A Manager
   
  JBS N.V.,
  as Substituted Company
   
  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Title: Chief Financial Officer
   
  REGIONS BANK,
  as Trustee
   
  By: /s/ Craig A. Kaye
    Name: Craig A. Kaye
    Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

Exhibit 4.12

 

FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

dated as of November 19, 2025

 

by and among

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,

as Company,

 

JBS N.V.,
as Substituted Company

 

and

 

REGIONS BANK

as Trustee

 

 

3.750% Senior Notes due 2031

 

 

 

THIS FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), entered into as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a Luxembourg private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 21 avenue de la Gare, L-1611, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, under registration with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS N.V., a company incorporated and organized in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands, with its registered seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and headquarters at Stroombaan 16, 5th floor, 1181VX, Amstelveen, The Netherlands, enrolled with the CNPJ/ME under No. 49.115.815/0001-05 and registered with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 76063305 (the “Substituted Company”), and REGIONS BANK, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company, each of the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of May 28, 2021 (as supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), relating to the 3.750% Senior Notes due 2031 issued thereunder (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 12.01 of the Indenture provides that the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, be substituted by any direct or indirect parent of the Company subject to the conditions contained in Section 12.01 of the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to be replaced and substituted by the Substituted Company, and the Substituted Company has agreed to (i) become the “Company” and an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) be liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder (the “Substitution”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 11.07 of the Indenture provides that the Guarantees of the Notes by the Parent Guarantors are automatically and unconditionally released and discharged if, at any time, the Parent Guarantors shall cease to guarantee the Existing 2031 Notes for any reason, including as a result of the “Fall-Away Event” (as defined in the indenture governing the Existing 2031 Notes);

 

WHEREAS, the Fall-Away Event has occurred and Sections 10.01 and 11.07 of the Indenture provide that the Company and the Trustee, may enter into a supplemental indenture (without the consent of any Holder of Notes) which provides for the “Fall-Away Event” and unconditional release of the Parent Guarantors from their Guarantees, among other conditions set forth in Section 11.07 of the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 10.01, 11.07 and 12.01 of the Indenture, the Company, the Substituted Company and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.

 

Section 2. JBS N.V. as Issuer and Company. In connection with the Substitution, the Substituted Company hereby (i) becomes an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder, with the same force and effect as if JBS N.V. was originally named as an “Issuer” thereunder. In addition, to the extent that the Indenture or any Note contains any other reference to the “Company,” each of the Issuers collectively by name or by collective reference to “Issuers” or “Co-Issuers” or any other reference as the context may require, then the Indenture and each Note is amended to include reference to JBS N.V.

 

1

 

 

Section 3. Release of JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. In connection with the Substitution, JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. is hereby released from all its obligations as issuer and principal debtor in respect to the Indenture and the Notes.

 

Section 4. Release of Parent Guarantors; Elimination of Certain Covenants and Events of Default. In connection with the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, (i) JBS S.A., JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l. and JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty Limited are hereby unconditionally released from all of their respective obligations as “Parent Guarantors” and guarantors in respect to the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, (ii) the covenants in Section 5.01 (Reports of Parent) of the Indenture are hereby eliminated and (iii) the Events of Default arising under the following clauses of Section 7.01 of the Indenture: (d) (with respect to breaches under Article 5), (e), (f), (g) and (h) (with respect to events and circumstances with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (i) (in its entirety), and references to Parent in Sections 7.02(a) and (b) of the Indenture are hereby deleted.

 

Section 5. Original Issuers Remain Issuers. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall or shall be deemed to modify or otherwise affect the obligations of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company under the Notes and the Indenture, and each of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company shall remain liable, jointly and severally with the Substituted Company, for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder.

 

Section 6. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

Section 9. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which are made solely by the Company and the Substituted Company. In entering this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or affording protection to the Trustee whether or not elsewhere herein so provided. The Company and the Substituted Company expressly reaffirm and confirm their obligations to indemnify the Trustee in connection with the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture and all the actions contemplated hereby, all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

Section 10. Effective Date. This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective on the date first above written.

 

Section 11. Notices. Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder and under the Indenture shall be in English and in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by internationally recognized overnight courier service or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

if to JBS N.V.:

 

c/o JBS USA Food Company

Attention: General Counsel and Treasurer

1770 Promontory Circle

Greeley, CO 80634

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,
  as Company
   
  By:  /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Name:  Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Title: Category A Manager
   
  JBS N.V.,
  as Substituted Company
   
  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Title: Chief Financial Officer
   
  REGIONS BANK,
  as Trustee
   
  By: /s/ Craig A. Kaye
    Name: Craig A. Kaye
    Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

Exhibit 4.16

 

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

dated as of November 19, 2025

 

by and among

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,

as Company,

 

JBS N.V.,
as Substituted Company

 

and

 

REGIONS BANK

as Trustee

 

 

3.625% Senior Notes due 2032

 

 

 

THIS THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), entered into as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a Luxembourg private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 21 avenue de la Gare, L-1611, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, under registration with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS N.V., a company incorporated and organized in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands, with its registered seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and headquarters at Stroombaan 16, 5th floor, 1181VX, Amstelveen, The Netherlands, enrolled with the CNPJ/ME under No. 49.115.815/0001-05 and registered with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 76063305 (the “Substituted Company”), and REGIONS BANK, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company, each of the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of August 19, 2022 (as supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), relating to the 3.625% Senior Notes due 2032 issued thereunder (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 12.01 of the Indenture provides that the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, be substituted by any direct or indirect parent of the Company subject to the conditions contained in Section 12.01 of the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to be replaced and substituted by the Substituted Company, and the Substituted Company has agreed to (i) become the “Company” and an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) be liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder (the “Substitution”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 11.07 of the Indenture provides that the Guarantees of the Notes by the Parent Guarantors are automatically and unconditionally released and discharged if, at any time, the Parent Guarantors shall cease to guarantee the Existing 2031 Notes for any reason, including as a result of the “Fall-Away Event” (as defined in the indenture governing the Existing 2031 Notes);

 

WHEREAS, the Fall-Away Event has occurred and Sections 10.01 and 11.07 of the Indenture provide that the Company and the Trustee, may enter into a supplemental indenture (without the consent of any Holder of Notes) which provides for the “Fall-Away Event” and unconditional release of the Parent Guarantors from their Guarantees, among other conditions set forth in Section 11.07 of the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 10.01, 11.07 and 12.01 of the Indenture, the Company, the Substituted Company and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.

 

Section 2. JBS N.V. as Issuer and Company. In connection with the Substitution, the Substituted Company hereby (i) becomes an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder, with the same force and effect as if JBS N.V. was originally named as an “Issuer” thereunder. In addition, to the extent that the Indenture or any Note contains any other reference to the “Company,” each of the Issuers collectively by name or by collective reference to “Issuers” or “Co-Issuers” or any other reference as the context may require, then the Indenture and each Note is amended to include reference to JBS N.V.

 

1

 

 

Section 3. Release of JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. In connection with the Substitution, JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. is hereby released from all its obligations as issuer and principal debtor in respect to the Indenture and the Notes.

 

Section 4. Release of Parent Guarantors; Elimination of Certain Covenants and Events of Default. In connection with the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, (i) JBS S.A., JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l. and JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty Limited are hereby unconditionally released from all of their respective obligations as “Parent Guarantors” and guarantors in respect to the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, (ii) the covenants in Section 5.01 (Reports of Parent) of the Indenture are hereby eliminated and (iii) the Events of Default arising under the following clauses of Section 7.01 of the Indenture: (d) (with respect to breaches under Article 5), (e), (f), (g) and (h) (with respect to events and circumstances with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (i) (in its entirety), and references to Parent in Sections 7.02(a) and (b) of the Indenture are hereby deleted.

 

Section 5. Original Issuers Remain Issuers. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall or shall be deemed to modify or otherwise affect the obligations of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company under the Notes and the Indenture, and each of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company shall remain liable, jointly and severally with the Substituted Company, for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder.

 

Section 6. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

Section 9. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which are made solely by the Company and the Substituted Company. In entering this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or affording protection to the Trustee whether or not elsewhere herein so provided. The Company and the Substituted Company expressly reaffirm and confirm their obligations to indemnify the Trustee in connection with the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture and all the actions contemplated hereby, all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

Section 10. Effective Date. This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective on the date first above written.

 

Section 11. Notices. Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder and under the Indenture shall be in English and in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by internationally recognized overnight courier service or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

if to JBS N.V.:

 

c/o JBS USA Food Company

Attention: General Counsel and Treasurer

1770 Promontory Circle

Greeley, CO 80634

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,
  as Company
   
  By:  /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Name:  Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Title: Category A Manager
   
  JBS N.V.,
  as Substituted Company
   
  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Title: Chief Financial Officer
   
  REGIONS BANK,
  as Trustee
   
  By: /s/ Craig A. Kaye
    Name: Craig A. Kaye
    Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

Exhibit 4.21

 

FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

dated as of November 19, 2025

 

by and among

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,

as Company,

 

JBS N.V.,
as Substituted Company

 

and

 

REGIONS BANK

as Trustee

 

 

3.000% Senior Notes due 2032

 

 

 

 

THIS FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), entered into as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a Luxembourg private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 21 avenue de la Gare, L-1611, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, under registration with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS N.V., a company incorporated and organized in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands, with its registered seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and headquarters at Stroombaan 16, 5th floor, 1181VX, Amstelveen, The Netherlands, enrolled with the CNPJ/ME under No. 49.115.815/0001-05 and registered with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 76063305 (the “Substituted Company”), and REGIONS BANK, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company, each of the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of December 1, 2021 (as supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), relating to the 3.000% Senior Notes due 2032 issued thereunder (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 12.01 of the Indenture provides that the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, be substituted by any direct or indirect parent of the Company subject to the conditions contained in Section 12.01 of the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to be replaced and substituted by the Substituted Company, and the Substituted Company has agreed to (i) become the “Company” and an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) be liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder (the “Substitution”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 11.07 of the Indenture provides that the Guarantees of the Notes by the Parent Guarantors are automatically and unconditionally released and discharged if, at any time, the Parent Guarantors shall cease to guarantee the Existing 2031 Notes for any reason, including as a result of the “Fall-Away Event” (as defined in the indenture governing the Existing 2031 Notes);

 

WHEREAS, the Fall-Away Event has occurred and Sections 10.01 and 11.07 of the Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee, may enter into a supplemental indenture (without the consent of any Holder of Notes) which provides for the “Fall-Away Event” and unconditional release of the Parent Guarantors from their Guarantees, among other conditions set forth in Section 11.07 of the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, Sections 10.01(a)(i) and (a)(vii) of the Indenture provide that the Company and the Trustee, may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee without notice to or consent of any Holder to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency or to make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 10.01, 11.07 and 12.01 of the Indenture, the Company, the Substituted Company and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.

 

Section 2. JBS N.V. as Issuer and Company. In connection with the Substitution, the Substituted Company hereby (i) becomes an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder, with the same force and effect as if JBS N.V. was originally named as an “Issuer” thereunder. In addition, to the extent that the Indenture or any Note contains any other reference to the “Company,” each of the Issuers collectively by name or by collective reference to “Issuers” or “Co-Issuers” or any other reference as the context may require, then the Indenture and each Note is amended to include reference to JBS N.V.

 

1

 

 

Section 3. Release of JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. In connection with the Substitution, JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. is hereby released from all its obligations as issuer and principal debtor in respect to the Indenture and the Notes.

 

Section 4. Release of Parent Guarantors; Elimination of Certain Covenants and Events of Default. In connection with the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, (i) JBS S.A., JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l. and JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty Limited are hereby unconditionally released from all of their respective obligations as “Parent Guarantors” and guarantors in respect to the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, (ii) the covenants in Section 5.01 (Reports of Parent) of the Indenture are hereby eliminated and (iii) the Events of Default arising under the following clauses of Section 7.01 of the Indenture: (d) (with respect to breaches under Article 5), (e), (f), (g) and (h) (with respect to events and circumstances with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (i) (in its entirety), and references to Parent in Sections 7.02(a) and (b) of the Indenture are hereby deleted.

.

Section 5. Original Issuers Remain Issuers. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall or shall be deemed to modify or otherwise affect the obligations of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company under the Notes and the Indenture, and each of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company shall remain liable, jointly and severally with the Substituted Company, for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder.

 

Section 6. Amendments to the Indenture. The following definitions in Section 1.01 of the Indenture shall be deleted and replaced with the following defined terms in their entirety:

 

““Sustainability Performance Target” means the Global Greenhouse Gas Emissions Intensity reduction target of 20.30% by December 31, 2026 from a 2019 baseline as set forth in the Sustainability-Linked Bond Framework, which represents linear annual progress toward a 30.00% reduction in Global Greenhouse Gas Emissions Intensity by 2030 from a 2019 baseline; provided, however, that for purposes of the Sustainability Performance Target and the calculation of Global Greenhouse Gas Emissions Intensity, (i) such calculation will be measured based on the performance of JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) JBS N.V. may exclude (A) the tCO2e and MT produced attributable to any single or related series of acquisitions completed since the Issue Date by JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. or its consolidated Subsidiaries that individually, or in the aggregate in the case of a related series, represent more than10% of the annual net sales of JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l., calculated by reference to the audited consolidated financial statements of JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. for the fiscal year ended 2019, (B) the impact of any material amendment to, or change in, any applicable laws, regulations, rules, guidelines and policies, applicable and/or relating to the production, processing, marketing and distribution of fresh, frozen and value-added beef, pork and their respective rendered by-product parts and offal of JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. and its consolidated Subsidiaries following the Issue Date or (C) force majeure, extraordinary or exceptional events or circumstances. Based on current, unverified emissions data, a 20.30% reduction in Global Greenhouse Gas Emissions Intensity implies an emissions intensity no higher than 0.1897 tCO2e/MT produced for the fiscal year ended 2026. If an External Verifier revises the 2019 baseline, the Sustainability Performance Target will adjust to be the same 20.30% reduction from the verified baseline. Changes to the baseline and resulting changes to the Sustainability Performance Target will be publicly disclosed as part of reporting obligations detailed in the Sustainability-Linked Bond Framework.”

 

““Sustainability-Linked Bond Framework” means the Sustainability-Linked Bond Framework adopted by JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. in November 2021.”

 

Section 7. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

2

 

 

Section 8. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 9. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

Section 10. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which are made solely by the Company and the Substituted Company. In entering this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or affording protection to the Trustee whether or not elsewhere herein so provided. The Company and the Substituted Company expressly reaffirm and confirm their obligations to indemnify the Trustee in connection with the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture and all the actions contemplated hereby, all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

Section 11. Effective Date. This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective on the date first above written.

 

Section 12. Notices. Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder and under the Indenture shall be in English and in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by internationally recognized overnight courier service or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

if to JBS N.V.:

 

c/o JBS USA Food Company

Attention: General Counsel and Treasurer

1770 Promontory Circle

Greeley, CO 80634

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

3

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,
  as Company
   
  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Title: Category A Manager
   
  JBS N.V.,
  as Substituted Company
   
  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Title: Chief Financial Officer
   
  REGIONS BANK,
  as Trustee
   
  By: /s/ Craig A. Kaye
    Name: Craig A. Kaye
    Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

 

Exhibit 4.25

 

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

dated as of November 19, 2025

 

by and among

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,

as Company,

 

JBS N.V.,
as Substituted Company

 

and

 

REGIONS BANK

as Trustee

 

 

5.750% Senior Notes due 2033

 

 

 

 

THIS THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), entered into as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a Luxembourg private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 21 avenue de la Gare, L-1611, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, under registration with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS N.V., a company incorporated and organized in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands, with its registered seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and headquarters at Stroombaan 16, 5th floor, 1181VX, Amstelveen, The Netherlands, enrolled with the CNPJ/ME under No. 49.115.815/0001-05 and registered with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 76063305 (the “Substituted Company”), and REGIONS BANK, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company, each of the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of June 21, 2022 (as supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), relating to the 5.750% Senior Notes due 2033 issued thereunder (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 12.01 of the Indenture provides that the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, be substituted by any direct or indirect parent of the Company subject to the conditions contained in Section 12.01 of the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to be replaced and substituted by the Substituted Company, and the Substituted Company has agreed to (i) become the “Company” and an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) be liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder (the “Substitution”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 11.07 of the Indenture provides that the Guarantees of the Notes by the Parent Guarantors are automatically and unconditionally released and discharged if, at any time, the Parent Guarantors shall cease to guarantee the Existing 2031 Notes for any reason, including as a result of the “Fall-Away Event” (as defined in the indenture governing the Existing 2031 Notes);

 

WHEREAS, the Fall-Away Event has occurred and Sections 10.01 and 11.07 of the Indenture provide that the Company and the Trustee, may enter into a supplemental indenture (without the consent of any Holder of Notes) which provides for the “Fall-Away Event” and unconditional release of the Parent Guarantors from their Guarantees, among other conditions set forth in Section 11.07 of the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 10.01, 11.07 and 12.01 of the Indenture, the Company, the Substituted Company and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.

 

Section 2. JBS N.V. as Issuer and Company. In connection with the Substitution, the Substituted Company hereby (i) becomes an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder, with the same force and effect as if JBS N.V. was originally named as an “Issuer” thereunder. In addition, to the extent that the Indenture or any Note contains any other reference to the “Company,” each of the Issuers collectively by name or by collective reference to “Issuers” or “Co-Issuers” or any other reference as the context may require, then the Indenture and each Note is amended to include reference to JBS N.V.

 

1

 

 

Section 3. Release of JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. In connection with the Substitution, JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. is hereby released from all its obligations as issuer and principal debtor in respect to the Indenture and the Notes.

 

Section 4. Release of Parent Guarantors; Elimination of Certain Covenants and Events of Default. In connection with the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, (i) JBS S.A., JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l. and JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty Limited are hereby unconditionally released from all of their respective obligations as “Parent Guarantors” and guarantors in respect to the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, (ii) the covenants in Section 5.01 (Reports of Parent) of the Indenture are hereby eliminated and (iii) the Events of Default arising under the following clauses of Section 7.01 of the Indenture: (d) (with respect to breaches under Article 5), (e), (f), (g) and (h) (with respect to events and circumstances with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (i) (in its entirety), and references to Parent in Sections 7.02(a) and (b) of the Indenture are hereby deleted.

 

Section 5. Original Issuers Remain Issuers. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall or shall be deemed to modify or otherwise affect the obligations of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company under the Notes and the Indenture, and each of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company shall remain liable, jointly and severally with the Substituted Company, for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder.

 

Section 6. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

Section 9. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which are made solely by the Company and the Substituted Company. In entering this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or affording protection to the Trustee whether or not elsewhere herein so provided. The Company and the Substituted Company expressly reaffirm and confirm their obligations to indemnify the Trustee in connection with the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture and all the actions contemplated hereby, all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

Section 10. Effective Date. This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective on the date first above written.

 

Section 11. Notices. Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder and under the Indenture shall be in English and in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by internationally recognized overnight courier service or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

if to JBS N.V.:

 

c/o JBS USA Food Company

Attention: General Counsel and Treasurer

1770 Promontory Circle

Greeley, CO 80634

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK] 

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,
  as Company
   
  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Title: Category A Manager
   
  JBS N.V.,
  as Substituted Company
   
  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Title: Chief Financial Officer
   
  REGIONS BANK,
  as Trustee
   
  By: /s/ Craig A. Kaye
    Name: Craig A. Kaye
    Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.28

 

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

dated as of November 19, 2025

 

by and among

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,

as Company,

 

JBS N.V.,
as Substituted Company

 

and

 

REGIONS BANK

as Trustee

 

 

6.750% Senior Notes due 2034

 

 

 

 

THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), entered into as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a Luxembourg private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 21 avenue de la Gare, L-1611, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, under registration with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS N.V., a company incorporated and organized in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands, with its registered seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and headquarters at Stroombaan 16, 5th floor, 1181VX, Amstelveen, The Netherlands, enrolled with the CNPJ/ME under No. 49.115.815/0001-05 and registered with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 76063305 (the “Substituted Company”), and REGIONS BANK, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company, each of the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of September 19, 2023 (as supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), relating to the 6.750% Senior Notes due 2034 issued thereunder (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 12.01 of the Indenture provides that the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, be substituted by any direct or indirect parent of the Company subject to the conditions contained in Section 12.01 of the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to be replaced and substituted by the Substituted Company, and the Substituted Company has agreed to (i) become the “Company” and an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) be liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder (the “Substitution”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 11.07 of the Indenture provides that the Guarantees of the Notes by the Parent Guarantors are automatically and unconditionally released and discharged if, at any time, the Parent Guarantors shall cease to guarantee the Existing 2031 Notes for any reason, including as a result of the “Fall-Away Event” (as defined in the indenture governing the Existing 2031 Notes);

 

WHEREAS, the Fall-Away Event has occurred and Sections 10.01 and 11.07 of the Indenture provide that the Company and the Trustee, may enter into a supplemental indenture (without the consent of any Holder of Notes) which provides for the “Fall-Away Event” and unconditional release of the Parent Guarantors from their Guarantees, among other conditions set forth in Section 11.07 of the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 10.01, 11.07 and 12.01 of the Indenture, the Company, the Substituted Company and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.

 

Section 2. JBS N.V. as Issuer and Company. In connection with the Substitution, the Substituted Company hereby (i) becomes an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder, with the same force and effect as if JBS N.V. was originally named as an “Issuer” thereunder. In addition, to the extent that the Indenture or any Note contains any other reference to the “Company,” each of the Issuers collectively by name or by collective reference to “Issuers” or “Co-Issuers” or any other reference as the context may require, then the Indenture and each Note is amended to include reference to JBS N.V.

 

1

 

 

Section 3. Release of JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. In connection with the Substitution, JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. is hereby released from all its obligations as issuer and principal debtor in respect to the Indenture and the Notes.

 

Section 4. Release of Parent Guarantors; Elimination of Certain Covenants and Events of Default. In connection with the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, (i) JBS S.A., JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l. and JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty Limited are hereby unconditionally released from all of their respective obligations as “Parent Guarantors” and guarantors in respect to the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, (ii) the covenants in Section 5.01 (Reports of Parent) of the Indenture are hereby eliminated and (iii) the Events of Default arising under the following clauses of Section 7.01 of the Indenture: (d) (with respect to breaches under Article 5), (e), (f), (g) and (h) (with respect to events and circumstances with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (i) (in its entirety), and references to Parent in Sections 7.02(a) and (b) of the Indenture are hereby deleted.

 

Section 5. Original Issuers Remain Issuers. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall or shall be deemed to modify or otherwise affect the obligations of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company under the Notes and the Indenture, and each of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company shall remain liable, jointly and severally with the Substituted Company, for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder.

 

Section 6. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

Section 9. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which are made solely by the Company and the Substituted Company. In entering this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or affording protection to the Trustee whether or not elsewhere herein so provided. The Company and the Substituted Company expressly reaffirm and confirm their obligations to indemnify the Trustee in connection with the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture and all the actions contemplated hereby, all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

Section 10. Effective Date. This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective on the date first above written.

 

Section 11. Notices. Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder and under the Indenture shall be in English and in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by internationally recognized overnight courier service or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

if to JBS N.V.:

 

c/o JBS USA Food Company

Attention: General Counsel and Treasurer

1770 Promontory Circle

Greeley, CO 80634

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,
  as Company
   
  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Title: Category A Manager
   
  JBS N.V.,
  as Substituted Company
   
  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Title: Chief Financial Officer
   
  REGIONS BANK,
  as Trustee
   
  By: /s/ Craig A. Kaye
    Name: Craig A. Kaye
    Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.30

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

dated as of November 19, 2025

 

by and among

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,

as Company,

 

JBS N.V.,
as Substituted Company

 

and

 

REGIONS BANK

as Trustee

 

 

5.950% Senior Notes due 2035

 

 

 

THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), entered into as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a Luxembourg private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 21 avenue de la Gare, L-1611, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, under registration with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS N.V., a company incorporated and organized in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands, with its registered seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and headquarters at Stroombaan 16, 5th floor, 1181VX, Amstelveen, The Netherlands, enrolled with the CNPJ/ME under No. 49.115.815/0001-05 and registered with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 76063305 (the “Substituted Company”), and REGIONS BANK, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company, each of the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of January 21, 2025 (as supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), relating to the 5.950% Senior Notes due 2035 issued thereunder (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 12.01 of the Indenture provides that the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, be substituted by any direct or indirect parent of the Company subject to the conditions contained in Section 12.01 of the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to be replaced and substituted by the Substituted Company, and the Substituted Company has agreed to (i) become the “Company” and an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) be liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder (the “Substitution”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 11.07 of the Indenture provides that the Guarantees of the Notes by the Parent Guarantors are automatically and unconditionally released and discharged if, at any time, the Parent Guarantors shall cease to guarantee the Existing 2031 Notes for any reason, including as a result of the “Fall-Away Event” (as defined in the indenture governing the Existing 2031 Notes);

 

WHEREAS, the Fall-Away Event has occurred and Sections 10.01 and 11.07 of the Indenture provide that the Company and the Trustee, may enter into a supplemental indenture (without the consent of any Holder of Notes) which provides for the “Fall-Away Event” and unconditional release of the Parent Guarantors from their Guarantees, among other conditions set forth in Section 11.07 of the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 10.01, 11.07 and 12.01 of the Indenture, the Company, the Substituted Company and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.

 

Section 2. JBS N.V. as Issuer and Company. In connection with the Substitution, the Substituted Company hereby (i) becomes an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder, with the same force and effect as if JBS N.V. was originally named as an “Issuer” thereunder. In addition, to the extent that the Indenture or any Note contains any other reference to the “Company,” each of the Issuers collectively by name or by collective reference to “Issuers” or “Co-Issuers” or any other reference as the context may require, then the Indenture and each Note is amended to include reference to JBS N.V.

 

1

 

 

Section 3. Release of JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. In connection with the Substitution, JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. is hereby released from all its obligations as issuer and principal debtor in respect to the Indenture and the Notes.

 

Section 4. Release of Parent Guarantors; Elimination of Certain Covenants and Events of Default. In connection with the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, (i) JBS S.A., JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l. and JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty Limited are hereby unconditionally released from all of their respective obligations as “Parent Guarantors” and guarantors in respect to the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, (ii) the covenants in Section 5.01 (Reports of Parent) of the Indenture are hereby eliminated and (iii) the Events of Default arising under the following clauses of Section 7.01 of the Indenture: (d) (with respect to breaches under Article 5), (e), (f), (g) and (h) (with respect to events and circumstances with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (i) (in its entirety), and references to Parent in Sections 7.02(a) and (b) of the Indenture are hereby deleted.

 

Section 5. Original Issuers Remain Issuers. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall or shall be deemed to modify or otherwise affect the obligations of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company under the Notes and the Indenture, and each of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company shall remain liable, jointly and severally with the Substituted Company, for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder.

 

Section 6. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

Section 9. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which are made solely by the Company and the Substituted Company. In entering this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or affording protection to the Trustee whether or not elsewhere herein so provided. The Company and the Substituted Company expressly reaffirm and confirm their obligations to indemnify the Trustee in connection with the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture and all the actions contemplated hereby, all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

Section 10. Effective Date. This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective on the date first above written.

 

Section 11. Notices. Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder and under the Indenture shall be in English and in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by internationally recognized overnight courier service or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

if to JBS N.V.:

 

c/o JBS USA Food Company

Attention: General Counsel and Treasurer

1770 Promontory Circle

Greeley, CO 80634

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,
  as Company
       
  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Title: Category A Manager
       
  JBS N.V.,
  as Substituted Company
       
  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Title: Chief Financial Officer
       
  REGIONS BANK,
  as Trustee
       
  By: /s/ Craig A. Kaye
    Name: Craig A. Kaye
    Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

 

Exhibit 4.31

 

Execution Version

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.

JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

 

and

 

JBS USA FOOD COMPANY
as Issuers,

 

the GUARANTORS named herein,
as Guarantors,

 

and

 

REGIONS BANK,
as Trustee

 

 

 

INDENTURE

 

 

 

Dated as of July 3, 2025

 

 

 

5.500% Senior Notes due 2036

 

 

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

Trust Indenture Act Section   Indenture Section
310 (a)(1)   8.10
  (a)(2)   8.10
  (a)(3)   N.A.
  (a)(4)   N.A.
  (a)(5)   8.08; 8.10
  (b)   8.08; 8.10; 14.02
  (c)   N.A.
311 (a)   8.11
  (b)   8.11
  (c)   N.A.
312 (a)   2.05
  (b)   14.03
  (c)   14.03
313 (a)   8.06
  (b)(1)   8.06
  (b)(2)   8.06
  (c)   8.06; 14.02
  (d)   8.06
314 (a)   4.05(a); 4.11; 14.02
  (b)   N.A.
  (c)(1)   8.02; 14.04; 14.05
  (c)(2)   8.02; 14.04; 14.05
  (c)(3)   N.A.
  (d)   N.A.
  (e)   14.05
  (f)   N.A.
315 (a)   8.01(b); 8.02(a)
  (b)   8.05; 14.02
  (c)   8.01
  (d)   7.05; 8.01(c)
  (e)   7.11
316 (a)(last sentence)   2.09
  (a)(1)(A)   7.05
  (a)(1)(B)   7.04
  (a)(2)   10.02
  (b)   7.07
  (c)   10.04
317 (a)(1)   7.08
  (a)(2)   7.09
  (b)   2.04
318 (a)   14.01
  (c)   14.01

 

 

N.A. means Not Applicable

 

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture.

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    PAGE
     
ARTICLE 1    
Definitions and Incorporation by Reference    
     
Section 1.01. Definitions   1
Section 1.02. Other Definitions   28
Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act   29
Section 1.04. Rules of Construction   29
     
ARTICLE 2    
The Notes    
     
Section 2.01. Form and Dating   30
Section 2.02. Execution, Authentication and Denomination; Additional Notes   31
Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent   32
Section 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust   32
Section 2.05. Holder Lists   33
Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange   33
Section 2.07. Replacement Notes   34
Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes   34
Section 2.09. Treasury Notes   34
Section 2.10. Temporary Notes   34
Section 2.11. Cancellation   35
Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest   35
Section 2.13. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers   35
Section 2.14. Deposit of Moneys   35
Section 2.15. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes   36
Section 2.16. Special Transfer and Exchange Provisions   37
Section 2.17. Automatic Exchange   41
Section 2.18. Notes Held by Affiliates   42
Section 2.19. Open Market Purchases   42
     
ARTICLE 3    
Redemption    
     
Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee   43
Section 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed   43
Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption   43
Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption   45
Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price   45
Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part   45

 

i

 

 

ARTICLE 4    
Covenants of the Company    
     
Section 4.01. Payment of Notes   45
Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency   46
Section 4.03. Corporate Existence   46
Section 4.04. Payment of Taxes   46
Section 4.05. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default   47
Section 4.06. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws   47
Section 4.07. Change of Control   47
Section 4.08. Limitation on Liens   49
Section 4.09. Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions   50
Section 4.10. Guarantees of Debt by Restricted Subsidiaries   51
Section 4.11. Reports of the Company   52
Section 4.12. Measuring Compliance   54
     
ARTICLE 5    
Covenants of Parent    
     
Section 5.01. Reports of Parent   56
     
ARTICLE 6    
Successor Corporation    
     
Section 6.01. Mergers, Consolidations, Etc   57
     
ARTICLE 7    
Default and Remedies    
     
Section 7.01. Events of Default   58
Section 7.02. Acceleration   60
Section 7.03. Other Remedies   61
Section 7.04. Waiver of Past Defaults   62
Section 7.05. Control by Majority   62
Section 7.06. Limitation on Suits   62
Section 7.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment   63
Section 7.08. Collection Suit by Trustee   63
Section 7.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim   63
Section 7.10. Priorities   63
Section 7.11. Undertaking for Costs   64

 

ii

 

 

ARTICLE 8    
Trustee    
     
Section 8.01. Duties of Trustee   64
Section 8.02. Rights of Trustee   65
Section 8.03. Individual Rights of Trustee   67
Section 8.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer   68
Section 8.05. Notice of Default   68
Section 8.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders   68
Section 8.07. Compensation and Indemnity   68
Section 8.08. Replacement of Trustee   69
Section 8.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc   70
Section 8.10. Eligibility; Disqualification   71
Section 8.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers   71
     
ARTICLE 9    
Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance    
     
Section 9.01. Satisfaction and Discharge   71
Section 9.02. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance   72
Section 9.03. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance   73
Section 9.04. Application of Trust Money   74
Section 9.05. Repayment to the Issuers   75
Section 9.06. Reinstatement   75
     
ARTICLE 10    
Amendments, Supplements and Waivers    
     
Section 10.01. Without Consent of Holders   75
Section 10.02. With Consent of Holders   76
Section 10.03. Compliance with the Trust Indenture Act   77
Section 10.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents   77
Section 10.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes   78
Section 10.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc   78
     
ARTICLE 11    
Guarantee    
     
Section 11.01. Guarantee   79
Section 11.02. [Reserved]   80
Section 11.03. [Reserved.]   80
Section 11.04. Additional Amounts   80
Section 11.05. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee   82
Section 11.06. [Reserved.]   83
Section 11.07. Release of Guarantees of Parent Guarantors and Fall-Away of    
Covenants of Parent   83
Section 11.08. No Waiver   84
Section 11.09. Modification   84

 

iii

 

 

ARTICLE 12    
Substitution of the Company As Issuer    
     
Section 12.01. Substitution of the Company as Issuer   84
     
ARTICLE 13    
Release of JBS USA Food Company as an Issuer    
     
Section 13.01. Release of JBS USA Food Company as an Issuer   85
     
ARTICLE 14    
Miscellaneous    
     
Section 14.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls   86
Section 14.02. Notices   86
Section 14.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders   87
Section 14.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent   87
Section 14.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion   87
Section 14.06. Rules by Paying Agent or Registrar   87
Section 14.07. Judgment Currency   88
Section 14.08. Legal Holidays   88
Section 14.09. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity   88
Section 14.10. Waiver of Jury Trial   89
Section 14.11. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements   89
Section 14.12. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders   89
Section 14.13. Successors   90
Section 14.14. Duplicate Originals   90
Section 14.15. Severability   90
Section 14.16. English Language   90
Section 14.17. U.S.A. Patriot Act   90
Section 14.18. Entire Agreement   90

 

iv

 

 

SIGNATURES   S-1

 

Exhibit A – Form of Note

 

Exhibit B – Form of Legends

 

Exhibit C – Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors

 

Exhibit D – Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S

 

Exhibit E – Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers of Temporary Regulation S Global Note

 

Note: This Table of Contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

v

 

 

INDENTURE dated as of July 3, 2025, among JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, with registered address at 21 Avenue de la Gare, étage 2, L-1611 Luxembourg, and registered with the Luxembourg Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“JBS USA Foods Group Holdings”) and JBS USA FOOD COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“JBS USA Food” and, collectively with the Company and JBS USA Food Group Holdings, the “Issuers”), each of the Guarantors party hereto, as Guarantors, and REGIONS BANK, an Alabama banking corporation, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

The Issuers have duly authorized the creation of an issue of 5.500% Senior Notes due 2036 and, to provide therefor, the Issuers and the Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. All things necessary to make the Notes (as defined below), when duly issued and executed by the Issuers and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuers and to make this Indenture a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Issuers and the Guarantors have been done.

 

THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH

 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders (as defined below) thereof, the parties hereto covenant and agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

 

Section 1.01. Definitions. Set forth below are certain defined terms used in this Indenture.

 

“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. The term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

“Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

 

“amend” means to amend, supplement, restate, amend and restate or otherwise modify, including successively; and “amendment” shall have a correlative meaning.

 

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted using an implied interest rate of such transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

 

 

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

 

“Batista Family” includes José Batista Sobrinho, together with his wife, sons and daughters, or any of their respective heirs and any Person established and controlled by any of the foregoing.

 

“Board of Directors” means:

 

(1) with respect to a corporation, the Board of Directors or the board of managers of the corporation;

 

(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors or similar board or committee or Person serving a similar function of the managing general partner of the partnership; and

 

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of that Person or any Person serving a similar function.

 

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York or the Corporate Trust Office are authorized or required by law to close.

 

“Capital Stock” means:

 

(1) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares of corporate stock of that Person;

 

(2) with respect to any Person that is an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents, however designated, of capital stock of that Person;

 

(3) with respect to any Person that is a partnership or limited liability company, any and all partnership or membership interests, whether general or limited, of that Person; and

 

(4) with respect to any other Person, any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, as to any Person, the obligation of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease to which such Person is a party that is required to be classified and accounted for as a financing lease obligation under GAAP.

 

“Cash Management Services” means any of the following to the extent not constituting a line of credit (other than an overnight overdraft facility that is not in default): ACH transactions, treasury and/or cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, overdraft facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services.

 

2

 

 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(1) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders; or

 

(2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company other than in connection with any transaction or series of transactions in which the Company shall become the wholly owned subsidiary (other than any director’s qualifying shares or shares owned by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by applicable law) of a direct or indirect parent entity of the Company of which no person or group, as noted above, holds 50% or more of the total voting power (other than a Permitted Holder).

 

For purposes of this definition, any direct or indirect holding company of the Company shall not itself be considered a “person” or “group”; provided that no “person” or “group” (other than one or more of the Permitted Holders) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, more than a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such holding company.

 

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of a Change of Control that results in a Ratings Decline.

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.

 

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Commodity Agreement” means any commodity futures contract, commodity option or similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in the price of commodities.

 

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees or costs, capitalized expenditures, customer acquisition costs and incentive payments, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

3

 

 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

 

(1) increased (without duplication) by:

 

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses from Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Consolidated Interest Expense), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (1)(u) through (1)(z) thereof, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

( ) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any equity offering, investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Debt permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including, without limitation, (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Revolving Credit Agreement and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, and, in each case, deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(d) the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve or non-recurring integration costs deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, including any lease termination costs, severance costs, facility shutdown costs and other restructuring charges related to or associated with a permanent reduction in capacity, closure of plants or facilities, cut-backs or plant closures or a significant reconfiguration of a facility, plus

 

4

 

 

(e) any other non-cash charges, including any write-off or write-downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period, plus

 

(f) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(g) expenses consisting of internal software development costs that are expensed during the period but could have been capitalized under alternative accounting policies in accordance with GAAP, plus

 

(h) costs of surety bonds incurred in such period in connection with financing activities, plus

 

(i) the amount of net cost savings and synergies projected by such Person in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or to be taken prior to or during such period (which cost savings or synergies shall be subject only to certification by management of such Person and shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings or synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings or synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable,(B) such actions have been taken or are to be taken within 18 months after the date of determination to take such action and (C) no cost savings or synergies shall be added pursuant to this clause (j) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings or revenue enhancements that are included in clause

 

( ) below with respect to such period, plus

 

(k) business optimization expenses (including consolidation initiatives, severance costs and other costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement), plus

 

(j) restructuring charges or reserves (including restructuring costs related to acquisitions after the Issue Date and to closure and/or consolidation of facilities and to exiting lines of business), plus

 

(k) the amount of loss or discount on sale of receivables and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility, plus

 

5

 

 

(l) any costs or expense incurred by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Company (other than Disqualified Capital Stock); plus

 

(m) the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of any direct or indirect parent entity of such Person in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to shareholders of such Person, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were shareholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted under this Indenture, plus

 

(n) with respect to any joint venture, an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in clauses (a) and (c) above relating to such joint venture corresponding to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint venture were a Restricted Subsidiary), plus

 

(o) the amount of any loss attributable to a new plant or facility until the date that is 18 months after the date of commencement of construction or the date of acquisition thereof, as the case may be; provided that (A) such losses are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and certified by a responsible officer of such Person, (B) losses attributable to such plant or facility after 18 months from the date of commencement of construction or the date of acquisition of such plant or facility, as the case may be, shall not be included in this clause (q) and (C) no amounts shall be added pursuant to this clause (q) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings or revenue enhancements that are included in clauses (j) or (k) above with respect to such period;

 

(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period; and

 

(3) increased (in the case of a loss) or decreased (in the case of a gain) by (without duplication) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Debt (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk and revaluations of intercompany balances, including, without limitation, Currency Protection Agreements).

 

6

 

 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication of:

 

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for that period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, including (or plus, to the extent not included in such consolidated interest expense):

 

(a) amortization of debt discount;

 

(b) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations;

 

(c) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing;

 

(d) interest actually paid by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under any guarantee of Debt or other obligation of any other Person;

 

(e) interest expense on Debt guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such interest is paid by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries);

 

(f) net payments (whether positive or negative) pursuant to Interest Rate Protection Agreements; and

 

(g) cash and Disqualified Capital Stock dividends in respect of all Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries and Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person held by Persons other than such Person or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary;

 

but excluding:

 

(t) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Debt;

 

(u) interest expense attributable to a parent entity resulting from push-down accounting;

 

(v) any expense resulting from the discounting of Debt in connection with the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting;

 

(w) any Additional Amounts and any comparable “additional amounts”;

 

7

 

 

(x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, and original issue discount with respect to Debt issued on the Issue Date;

 

(y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees; and

 

(z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility; and

 

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for that period, whether paid or accrued.

 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that, without duplication,

 

(1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses, severance, relocation costs, new product introductions, and one-time compensation charges shall be excluded,

 

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

 

(3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

(4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined by the Company, shall be excluded,

 

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash or cash equivalents) or that (as reasonably determined by the Company) could have distributed to the reference Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

 

(6) [reserved]

 

(7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements required or permitted by ASC 805 and ASC 350 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 141 and 142, respectively) resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any acquisition that is consummated after the Issue Date or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

8

 

 

(8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Debt or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments (including deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid) shall be excluded,

 

(9) any impairment charge, asset write-off or write-down pursuant to ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and No. 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141) shall be excluded,

 

(10) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, phantom equity, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors, consultants or employees shall be excluded,

 

(11) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, investment, recapitalization, asset sale, issuance or repayment of Debt, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including, without limitation, any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,

 

(12) changes in accruals or reserves as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies shall be excluded, and

 

(13) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), losses and expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.

 

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” of any Person means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (x) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Debt of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis described in clauses (1), (2), (3), (5) and (6) of the definition of “Debt” (provided that in the case of clause (6), such Debt relates to guarantees of Debt of another Person of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition of “Debt”, other than Debt relating to purchases of raw materials or other supply-related obligations in the ordinary course of business, and including, for the avoidance of doubt, all obligations relating to Receivables Facilities) and (y) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person and all Disqualified Capital Stock and Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Capital Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and calculated on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the adjustments set forth in the definition of “Secured Leverage Ratio.” For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture.

 

9

 

 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee located at 51 W Bay Street, Jacksonville, FL 32202, Attention: Corporate Trust Services, or such other office, designated by the Trustee by written notice to the Company, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business with respect to this Indenture shall be administered.

 

“Credit Facilities” or “Credit Facility” means one or more debt facilities (which may be outstanding at the same time and including, without limitation, the Revolving Credit Agreement) or other financing agreements or arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit, debt securities or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

“Currency Protection Agreement” means any currency protection agreement entered into with one or more financial institutions that is designed to protect the Person or entity entering into the agreement against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with respect to Debt Incurred and not for purposes of speculation.

 

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

“Debt” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, without duplication, any indebtedness of that Person:

 

(1) for borrowed money (but only with regard to the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of such borrowed money);

 

10

 

 

(2) evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

(3) constituting Capitalized Lease Obligations;

 

(4) Incurred or assumed as the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, or pursuant to conditional sale obligations and title retention agreements (but excluding trade accounts payable and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion of such services;

 

(5) for reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

 

(6) for Debt of other Persons to the extent guaranteed by such Person;

 

(7) for Hedging Obligations; and

 

(8) for Debt of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (7) which is secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such first referred to Person, the amount of such Debt being deemed to be the lesser of the value of the property or asset underlying the Lien or the amount of the Debt so secured;

 

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Debt does not include (i) Cash Management Services, (ii) any item set forth above that does not appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person, or (iii) Debt of any parent entity appearing on the balance sheet of the Company solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP, as applicable.

 

The amount of Debt of any Person at any date will be:

 

(a) the sum of the outstanding principal amount of all unconditional obligations described above, as such amount would be reflected on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

 

(b) the accreted value of that Debt, in the case of any Debt issued with original issue discount.

 

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

11

 

 

“Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or a successor thereto registered under the Exchange Act or other applicable statute or regulation.

 

“Disposition” means, with respect to any Person, any merger, consolidation or other business combination involving such Person (whether or not such Person is the Surviving Person) or the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of such Person’s assets or Capital Stock.

 

“Disqualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event,

 

(1) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer of that Capital Stock);

 

(2) is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; or

 

(3) is redeemable at the sole option of its holder,

 

in each case, other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Maturity Date; provided, however, that (i) only the portion of Capital Stock that so matures or is mandatorily redeemable or is so redeemable at the sole option of its holder prior to the Maturity Date will be deemed Disqualified Capital Stock and (ii) with respect to any such Capital Stock issued to any employees or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

“Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Existing 2029 Notes” means the US$600.0 million of 3.000% senior notes due 2029 outstanding on the date of the Offering Memorandum, issued by the Issuers.

 

“Existing 2031 Notes” means the US$500.0 million of 3.750% senior notes due 2031 outstanding on the date of the Offering Memorandum, issued by the Issuers.

 

12

 

 

“Existing 2032 Notes” means the US$1.0 billion of 3.000% sustainability-linked senior notes due 2032 outstanding on the date of the Offering Memorandum, issued by the Issuers.

 

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business of Fitch Ratings, Inc.

 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

“GAAP” means, as used in this Indenture with respect to financial calculations relating to (i) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for purposes of the covenants in Article 4, U.S. GAAP and (ii) Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries for purposes of the covenants in Article 5, IFRS.

 

“Global Notes” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.01.

 

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Debt. The term “guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by each Guarantor of the Issuers’ payment obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

“Guarantors” means (1) each Parent Guarantor; and (2) each of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that in the future executes a supplemental indenture in which such Person agrees to be bound by the terms of this Indenture as a Guarantor; provided that any Person constituting a Guarantor as described above shall cease to constitute a Guarantor with respect to the Notes when its respective Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified entity, the obligations of that entity under:

 

(1) any Interest Rate Protection Agreement;

 

(2) foreign exchange contracts and Currency Protection Agreements;

 

(3) any Commodity Agreement; and

 

(4) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect that entity against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices and not entered into for speculative purposes.

 

“Holder” means any registered holder of the Notes on the books of the Registrar.

 

13

 

 

“IFRS” means, at Parent’s option or the Company`s option, International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board, as implemented in Brazil through the accounting pronouncements of the Brazilian Committee of Accounting Pronouncements (Comitê de Pronunciamentos Contábeis) approved by the Brazilian Securities Commission (Comissão de Valores Mobiliários), or as implemented through the accounting pronouncements by international accounting standards or in the jurisdiction in which Parent or Parent Reporting Entity is domiciled. At any time after the Issue Date, Parent or the Company may elect to apply U.S. GAAP accounting principles in lieu of IFRS and, upon any such election, references herein to IFRS shall thereafter be construed to mean U.S. GAAP (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture).

 

“Incur” means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by merger, conversion, exchange or otherwise), extend, assume, guarantee or become liable in respect of such Debt or other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such Debt or obligation on the balance sheet of such Person (and “Incurrence” and “Incurred” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided, however, that a change in GAAP, that results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time, and is not theretofore classified as Debt, becoming Debt shall not be deemed an Incurrence of such Debt; provided further, however, that any Debt or other obligations of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) or merges into such other Person shall be deemed to be incurred by such Subsidiary or such other Person, as the case may be, at the time it becomes a Subsidiary or at the time of the merger.

 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

“Initial Purchasers” means (i) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, Banco Bradesco BBI S.A., Banco BTG Pactual S.A. – Cayman Branch, BB Securities Limited, BBVA Securities Inc., BMO Capital Markets Corp., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Mizuho Securities USA LLC, RBC Capital Markets, ING Financial Markets LLC, Itau BBA USA Securities, Inc., Rabo Securities USA, Inc., Truist Securities, Inc., Standard Chartered Bank, Regions Securities LLC, XP Investimentos Corretora de Câmbio, Títulos e Valores Mobiliários S.A. and Banco Safra S.A., Acting Through Its Cayman Islands Branch, and (ii) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the related purchase agreement.

 

“Institutional Accredited Investor” or “IAI” means an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

 

“interest” means, with respect to the Notes, interest on the Notes.

 

“Interest Payment Date” means the stated maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes.

 

14

 

 

“Interest Rate Protection Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement used in the ordinary course of business as to which that Person is a party or beneficiary.

 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or equivalent) by S&P or Fitch, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

“Issue Date” means July 3, 2025, the date on which the Notes are first issued.

 

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

 

“Luxembourg” means the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

 

“Maturity Date” means January 15, 2036.

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP, and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

 

“Non-U.S. Person” means any Person that is not a “U.S. person” as such term is defined in Regulation S.

 

“Notes” means, collectively, the Issuers’ 5.500% Senior Notes due 2036 issued in accordance with Section 2.02 (whether issued on the Issue Date or thereafter issued) treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum of the Issuers relating to the Notes dated June 23, 2025.

 

“Officer” means any of the following of an Issuer or a Guarantor, as applicable: the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary, Special Transaction Secretary, a manager, a director or an authorized signatory appointed by the Board of Directors.

 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the Company, each of the Issuers or Parent, as applicable. With respect to Section 4.05 of this Indenture, such Officer signing shall be the principal executive, principal financial or principal accounting officer.

 

15

 

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an in-house counsel to the Company, JBS USA Food, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings and/or the Guarantors.

 

“Par Call Date” has the meaning given to such term in Section 5 of the Notes.

 

“Parent” means JBS S.A., a sociedade anônima organized under the laws of Brazil.

 

“Parent Guarantors” means, (i) Parent, (ii) JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l., and (iii) JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty. Limited.

 

“Permitted Holders” means (i) any member of the Batista Family or any

Affiliate or Affiliates of any of the foregoing and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such members of the Batista family and their respective Affiliates, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, (ii) any Person the Voting Stock of which (or in the case of a trust, the beneficial interest in which) at least 51% is owned by Persons specified in clause (i), and (iii) Parent and any subsidiary of Parent.

 

“Permitted Liens” means:

 

(1) Liens to secure (a) Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company under the Revolving Credit Agreement or other Credit Facilities, including guarantees thereof; provided that, after giving effect to any such Incurrence (including the application of proceeds therefrom), the aggregate principal amount of all Debt Incurred and then outstanding under this clause (1)(a) shall not exceed the greater of (x) US$1,000.0 million less the outstanding principal amount of any Receivables Facilities and (y) the sum of (i) 85% of the book value of accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus (ii) 80% of the book value of inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), any such assets that are the subject of a Receivables Facility), in the case of clause (y), determined based on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company for the fiscal quarter most recently ended on or prior to the date on which such Debt is Incurred for which internal financial statements are available (as adjusted to give pro forma effect to acquisitions or dispositions outside the ordinary course of business occurring after the date of such balance sheet but on or before the date of such Incurrence) and (b) Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company under Credit Facilities (other than the Revolving Credit Agreement); provided that, after giving effect to any such Incurrence (including the application of proceeds therefrom), the aggregate principal amount of all Debt Incurred and then outstanding under this clause (1)(b) shall not exceed the greater of (x) US$2,800.0 million and (y) an aggregate principal amount of Debt that at the time of Incurrence does not cause the Secured Leverage Ratio of the Company to exceed 3.5 to 1.00;

 

16

 

 

(2) Liens on the Capital Stock or assets of any Non-Guarantor Significant Subsidiary to secure Debt incurred by such Non-Guarantor Significant Subsidiary;

 

(3) Liens to secure Debt , including but not limited to Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation, commissioning or improvement of property or assets, whether through direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning those assets, or Incurred to refinance any such purchase price or cost of construction or improvement, and refinancings thereof; provided that any such Lien may not extend to any property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, other than the property acquired, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Debt and such Liens secure Debt in an amount not in excess of the original purchase price or the original cost of any such property and any improvements or accessions to such property;

 

(4) Liens for Taxes on the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary if the same shall not at the time be delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded;

 

(5) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens, on the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business and securing payment of obligations that are not more than 60 days past due or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

 

(6) Liens on the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary Incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of obligations with respect to statutory or regulatory requirements, performance or return-of-money bonds, surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature, in each case which are not Incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property and which do not in the aggregate impair in any material respect the use of property in the operation of the business of the Company and the Significant Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

(7) Liens on property or assets of, or any shares of stock or secured debt of, any Person at the time the Company or any Significant Subsidiary acquired such property or the Person owning such Property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; provided further, however, that such Liens shall not have been Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such property was acquired by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary;

 

17

 

 

(8) Liens on the property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Significant Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary that is not a direct Subsidiary of such Person; provided further, however, that any such Lien was not Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Significant Subsidiary;

 

(9) pledges or deposits by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases to which the Company or any Significant Subsidiary is party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of the Company, or deposits for the payment of rent, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10) utility easements, building restrictions and such other encumbrances or charges against real property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties of a similar character;

 

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Services;

 

(12) Liens existing on the Issue Date not otherwise described in clauses (1) through (11) above;

 

(13) Liens on the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Debt secured by Liens referred to in clause (3), (7), (8), (11) or (12) above, clause (21) below, or pursuant to this clause (13); provided, however, that any such Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (together with improvements and accessions to such property) and the aggregate principal amount of Debt that is secured by such Lien shall not be increased to an amount greater than the sum of:

 

(a) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, the committed amount, of the Debt secured by Liens referred to in clause (3), (7), (8), (11) or (12) above or clause (21) below, as the case may be, at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture; and

 

(b) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and defeasance costs, incurred by the Company or such Significant Subsidiary in connection with such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

 

18

 

 

(14) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

 

(15) Liens securing Debt or other obligations of a Significant Subsidiary of the Company owing to the Company or another Significant Subsidiary;

 

(16) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds securing obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(17) Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

(18) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

(19) Liens deemed to exist in connection with investments in repurchase agreements; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

(20) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(21) Liens securing Debt (other than Subordinated Debt); provided that after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the Secured Leverage Ratio of the Company would not exceed 3.5 to 1.0;

 

(22) Liens not otherwise permitted by clauses (1) through (21) above securing obligations in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not in excess of the greater of (i) US$2.5 billion and (ii) 10.0% of Total Assets of the Company, in either case, at the time of any incurrence of an obligation secured by a Lien in reliance on this clause (22);

 

(23) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such legal proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

 

(24) Liens on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Debt or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

19

 

 

(25) (a) Leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries and (b) licenses of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(26) Liens to secure a defeasance trust.

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

“Pilgrim’s Pride” means Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation, a company incorporated under the laws of Delaware.

 

“Preferred Stock” of any Person means any Capital Stock of that Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of that Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation.

 

“principal” means, with respect to the Notes, the principal of and premium, if any, on the Notes.

 

“Principal Property” means any plant or other similar facility of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary used primarily for processing, producing, or packaging and having a book value in excess of 2.0% of Total Assets of the Company as of the date of such determination, but shall not include any plant or similar facility which, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors or management of the Company, is not material to the overall business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

“Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock.

 

“Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

“Rating Agency” means, at the Company’s or Parent’s, as applicable, option, two of S&P, Moody’s and Fitch, and if two agencies do not make a rating on the notes publicly available, a U.S. nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors).

 

“Ratings Decline” means that at any time within 60 days after the earlier of the date of public notice of a Change of Control and the date on which the Company or any other Person publicly declares its intention to effect a Change of Control, (1) in the event the Notes are assigned an Investment Grade rating by at least two of the Rating Agencies prior to such public notice or declaration, the rating assigned to the Notes by at least two of the Rating Agencies is below an Investment Grade Rating; or (2) in the event the ratings assigned to the Notes by at least two of the Rating Agencies prior to such public notice or declaration are below an Investment Grade Rating, the rating assigned to the notes by at least two of the Rating Agencies is decreased by one or more categories (i.e., notches); provided that, in each case, any such Ratings Decline is expressly stated by the applicable Rating Agencies to have been the result of the Change of Control.

 

20

 

 

“Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds such purchase or extension of credit by purporting to sell its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or by borrowing from such a Person or from another Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds itself by borrowing from such a Person.

 

“Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of facilitating or entering into one or more Receivables Facilities, and in each case engages only in activities reasonably related or incidental thereto.

 

“Record Date” means the applicable record date specified in the Notes, which such date need not be a Business Day.

 

“Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

 

“Redemption Price” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption, payable in immediately available funds, pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

 

“refinance” means to refinance, repay, prepay, replace, renew or refund, including successively.

 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

“Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter is

referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and shall also mean any officer who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

“Restricted Security” means a Note required to bear a Private Placement Legend pursuant to Article 2; provided, however, that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Security.

 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company subject to the condition that the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary would not cause a Default, it being understood that any Liens, agreements or transactions of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding at the time of such redesignation shall be deemed to be Incurred or entered into at such time.

 

21

 

 

“Revolving Credit Agreement” means the Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated November 1, 2022, among the Company, JBS USA Food, JBS USA Finance, JBS Australia PTY Limited and JBS Food Canada ULC, the other credit parties signatory thereto, the lenders party thereto, Bank of Montreal, as administrative agent, as the same may be amended, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which the Company or any Significant Subsidiary sells or transfers any property to any Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) with the intention of taking back a lease of such property pursuant to which the rental payments are calculated to amortize the purchase price of such property substantially over the useful life thereof and such property is in fact so leased.

 

“Secured Debt” means any of the Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

 

“Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination (the “determination date”) with respect to any Person, the ratio of:

 

(1) Secured Debt of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available minus the aggregate cash and cash equivalents included in the cash and cash equivalents accounts listed on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at such date, to

 

(2) Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which internal financial statements are available,

 

provided, however, that:

 

(1) if such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary:

 

(a) has Incurred any Debt since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Secured Leverage Ratio includes an Incurrence of Debt, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Debt as if such Debt had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Debt under any revolving Credit Facility outstanding on the date of such calculation will be deemed to be:

 

(i) the average daily balance of such Debt during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or

 

(ii) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Debt during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation)

 

22

 

 

and the repayment, repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other discharge of any other Debt with the proceeds of such new Debt as if such repayment, repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; or

 

(b) has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged any Debt since the beginning of the period that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Secured Leverage Ratio includes a repayment, repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other discharge of Debt (in each case, other than Debt Incurred under any revolving Credit Facilities unless such Debt has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated and not replaced), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of such Debt, including with the proceeds of such new Debt, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

 

(2) if since the beginning of such period, such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made any asset sale or disposed of or discontinued (as defined under GAAP) any company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Secured Leverage Ratio includes such a transaction:

 

(a) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets that are the subject of such disposition or discontinuation for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period; and

 

23

 

 

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Debt of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged (to the extent the related commitment is permanently reduced) with respect to such Person and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such transaction for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Debt of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such Person and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Debt after such sale);

 

(3) if since the beginning of such period such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Debt) as if such investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and

 

(4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have Incurred any Debt or discharged any Debt, made any disposition or any investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (1), (2) or (3) above if made by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any calculation under this definition, the pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such Person (and may include, without limitation, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and operating expense reductions from such investment, acquisition, merger or consolidation that is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided that such calculations are set forth in an Officer’s Certificate stating that such calculations are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the officer executing such Officer’s Certificate at the time of such execution. If any Debt bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Debt will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Protection Agreement applicable to such Debt if such Interest Rate Protection Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). If any Debt that is being given pro forma effect bears an interest rate at the option of such Person, the interest rate shall be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by such Person.

 

24

 

 

For purposes of the calculation of the Secured Leverage Ratio, in connection with the Incurrence of any Lien pursuant to clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” the Company may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, to treat all or a portion of the commitment under any Debt which is to be secured by such Lien as being Incurred as of such determination date and any subsequent Incurrence of Debt under such commitment that was so treated shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence of additional Debt or additional Lien at such subsequent time; provided that if the Company makes such an election, for purposes of the calculation of the Secured Leverage Ratio in connection with any subsequent Incurrence of any Lien pursuant to clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” (other than under such commitment), the amount under such commitment that was so treated shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such determination date.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Significant Subsidiary” of any Person means any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person which at the time of determination either (1) had assets which, as of the date of the Company’s most recent quarterly consolidated balance sheet for which internal financial statements are available, constituted at least 10% of the Company’s total assets on a consolidated basis as of such date or (2) had revenues for the 12-month period ending on the date of the Company’s most recent quarterly consolidated statement of operations for which internal financial statements are available which constituted at least 10% of the Company’s total revenues on a consolidated basis for such period, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Secured Leverage Ratio.”

 

“Subordinated Debt” means any Debt, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred, which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, pursuant to a written agreement.

 

“Subsidiary,” with respect to any Person, means (i) any corporation of which the outstanding Capital Stock having at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary circumstances shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, by such Person or (ii) any other Person of which at least a majority of the voting interest under ordinary circumstances is at the time, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, owned by such Person. Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, all references to any Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries or to financial information prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, shall be deemed to include such Person and its Subsidiaries as to which financial statements are prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and to financial information prepared on such a consolidated basis.

 

25

 

 

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Guarantor which is a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

“Surviving Person” means, with respect to any Person involved in or that makes any Disposition, the Person formed by or surviving such Disposition or the Person to which such Disposition is made.

 

“Tax” means any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge in the nature of tax (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto).

 

“Taxing Authority” means any government or political subdivision or territory or possession of any government or any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax.

 

“Total Assets” of any Person means the total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of such Person and calculated on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the adjustments set forth in the definition of “Secured Leverage Ratio.”

 

“Treasury Yield” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled by and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the date fixed for redemption (or, if such statistical release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to the Par Call Date. If the period is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

 

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.

 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) JBS Wisconsin Properties and each of its subsidiaries (which subsidiaries include Pilgrim’s Pride), (ii) any Subsidiary designated as an “unrestricted subsidiary” under the Revolving Credit Agreement and (iii) any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company formed after the Issue Date that has been designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of its creation or acquisition; provided that with respect to this clause (iii), no Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary may be assumed or guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, under no circumstances shall the Issuer be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

26

 

 

“U.S. GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time; provided that all terms of an accounting or financial nature used in this Indenture shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to in this Indenture shall be made (a) without giving effect to any election under FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 825—Financial Instruments, or any successor thereto (including pursuant to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification), to value any Debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at “fair value,” as defined therein and (b) the amount of any Debt under GAAP with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations shall be determined in accordance with the definition of Capitalized Lease Obligations (it being understood that all leases and obligations under any leases of any Person that are or would be characterized as operating leases and/or operating lease obligations in accordance with GAAP on February 25, 2016 (whether or not such operating leases and/or operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases and/or operating lease obligations (and not as Capitalized Lease Obligations) for purposes of this Indenture regardless of any change in GAAP following the date that would otherwise require such leases and/or lease obligations to be recognized as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet). At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of U.S. GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to U.S. GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture).

 

“U.S. Government Securities” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option, or money market funds that invest solely in the foregoing.

 

“U.S. Legal Tender” means such coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of that Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of that Person’s Board of Directors.

 

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of any Person, all of the outstanding Capital Stock of which (other than any director’s qualifying shares or shares owned by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by applicable law) is owned by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

27

 

 

Section 1.02. Other Definitions.

 

Term   Defined in Section
144A Global Note   2.01
Additional Amounts   11.04
Additional Notes   2.02
Affiliate Legend   Exhibit B
Authentication Order   2.02
Change of Control Offer   4.07(b)
Change of Control Payment   4.07(a)
Change of Control Payment Date   4.07(b)
Company Reporting Entity   4.11(g)
covenant defeasance   9.02(b)
defeasance trust   9.03(a)
Distribution Compliance Period   2.01
Event of Default   7.01
Fall-Away Amendment   11.07(b)
Fall-Away Event   11.07(b)
Global Notes   2.01
Guaranteed Obligations   11.01
Global Note Legend   Exhibit B
Initial Default   7.02(f)
IAI Global Note   2.01
Increased Amount   4.084.08(c)
Initial Global Notes   2.01
Initial Notes   2.02
legal defeasance   9.02
non-U.S. Guarantor   Exhibit A
Original Issue Discount Legend   Exhibit B
Participants   2.15(a)
Paying Agent   2.03(b)
Permanent Regulation S Global Note   2.01
Permitted Jurisdiction   6.016.01(a)(i)(B)
Permitted Parties   4.114.11(c)
Physical Notes   2.01
Private Placement Legend   Exhibit B
Registrar   2.03(a)
Regulation S Global Note   2.01
Reporting Suspension Period   4.11(g)(ii)
Required Information   4.114.11(c)(i)
Taxing Jurisdiction   11.04(a)
Temporary Regulation S Global Note   2.01
Temporary Regulation S Global Note Legend   Exhibit B

 

28

 

 

Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, such provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Indenture. The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes.

 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder.

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

 

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuers, any Guarantor or any other obligor on the Notes.

 

All other Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.

 

Section 1.04. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(c) “or” is not exclusive;

 

(d) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

 

(e) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(f) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

 

(g) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”; and

 

(h) “asset” or “property” shall be interchangeable.

 

29

 

 

ARTICLE 2
The notes

 

Section 2.01. Form and Dating. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Issuers shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its issuance and show the date of its authentication.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.

 

Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “144A Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the Private Placement Legend and the Global Note Legend.

 

Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more temporary Global Notes in registered form, substantially in form of Exhibit A (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the Private Placement Legend, the Global Note Legend and the Temporary Regulation S Global Note Legend. Reasonably promptly following the date that is 40 days after the later of the commencement of an offering of Notes in reliance on Regulation S and the issue date (the “Distribution Compliance Period”), which such date shall be notified to the Trustee in writing by the Company, upon receipt by the Trustee and the Issuers of a duly executed certificate certifying that the holder of the beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note is a Non-U.S. Person, substantially in the form of Exhibit E, from the Depository, one or more permanent global Notes in registered form substantially in the form of Exhibit A (the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note” and, together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the “Regulation S Global Note”) duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and bearing the Global Note Legend, shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the cancellation of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note and the issuance of the Permanent Regulation S Global Note.

 

The initial offer and resale of the Notes shall not be to an Institutional Accredited Investor. The Notes resold to Institutional Accredited Investors in connection with the first transfer made pursuant to Section 2.16(a) shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent Global Notes in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “IAI Global Note” and, together with the 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note, the “Initial Global Notes”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the Private Placement Legend and the Global Note Legend.

 

30

 

 

Any Additional Notes so designated by the Company shall bear the Original Issue Discount Legend.

 

Notes issued after the Issue Date shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the Global Note Legend and any legends required by applicable law (together with the Initial Global Notes, the “Global Notes”) or as Physical Notes.

 

The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, as hereinafter provided. Notes issued in exchange for interests in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.16 may be issued in the form of permanent certificated non-global Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A and bearing the applicable legends, if any (the “Physical Notes”).

 

Section 2.02. Execution, Authentication and Denomination; Additional Notes. One Officer of the Company, one Officer of JBS USA Food and one Officer of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings (each of whom shall have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions) shall sign the Notes for the Issuers by manual, electronic or facsimile signature.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note (and the Guarantees in respect thereof) shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

The Trustee shall authenticate (i) on the Issue Date, Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed US$1,250.0 million (the “Initial Notes”) and (ii) additional Notes (the “Additional Notes”) in an unlimited amount (so long as not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Indenture), in each case upon a written order of the Issuers in the form of a certificate of an Officer (an “Authentication Order”). Each such Authentication Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes and whether the Notes are to be issued as certificated Notes or Global Notes or such other information as the Trustee may reasonably request. In addition, with respect to authentication pursuant to clause (ii) of the first sentence of this paragraph, the Authentication Order shall be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee.

 

All Notes issued under this Indenture shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture; provided that, if any Additional Notes subsequently issued are not fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes with any Notes previously issued, such Additional Notes shall have a separate CUSIP number but shall otherwise be treated as a single class with all other Notes issued under this Indenture. The Additional Notes shall bear any legend required by applicable law.

 

31

 

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuers and Affiliates of the Issuers. The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Notes under this Indenture if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability.

 

The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof.

 

Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuers shall maintain or cause to be maintained an office or agency where (a) Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”), (b) Notes may, subject to Section 2 of the Notes, be presented or surrendered for payment (“Paying Agent”) and (c) notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture (other than notices and demands of the type contemplated by Section 14.09 of this Indenture) may be served. The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuers of the obligation to maintain or cause to be maintained an office or agency for such purposes. The Issuers may act as Registrar or Paying Agent, except that for the purposes of Articles 3 and 9 and Section 4.07, neither the Issuers nor any Affiliate of the Issuers shall act as Paying Agent. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers, upon written notice to the Trustee, may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional Paying Agent. The Issuers initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent until such time as the Trustee has resigned or a successor has been appointed.

 

The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing, in advance, of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.

 

Section 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee or the Issuers or any Subsidiary to agree in writing that each Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all assets held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Issuers or any other obligor on the Notes), and shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuers (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and account for any assets disbursed, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any payment Default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and to account for any assets distributed. Upon distribution to the Trustee of all assets that shall have been delivered by the Issuers to the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for such assets.

 

32

 

 

Section 2.05. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least two (2) Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list, in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of Holders, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee.

 

Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. Subject to Sections 2.15 and 2.16, when Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to register the transfer of such Notes or to exchange such Notes for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuers and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other tax and governmental or other fees payable in connection therewith.

 

Without the prior written consent of the Issuers, the Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (i) during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed and ending at the close of business on the day of such selection, (ii) selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, and (iii) beginning at the opening of business on any Record Date and ending on the close of business on the related Interest Payment Date. Any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Notes may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) in accordance with the applicable legends thereon and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book-entry system.

 

33

 

 

Section 2.07. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. Such Holder must provide an indemnity bond or other indemnity, sufficient in the judgment of both the Issuers and the Trustee, to protect the Issuers, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers may charge such Holder for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in replacing a Note pursuant to this Section 2.07, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and of the Trustee.

 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers.

 

The provisions of this Section 2.07 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes.

 

Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuers, the Guarantors or any of their respective Affiliates hold the Note (subject to the provisions of Section 2.09).

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.07.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest ceases to accrue. If on a Redemption Date or the Maturity Date the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Issuers or an Affiliate thereof) holds U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Securities sufficient to pay all of the principal and interest due on the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

 

Section 2.09. Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuers or any of their Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded.

 

Section 2.10. Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Notes are represented by a Global Note, such Global Note may be in typewritten form.

 

34

 

 

Section 2.11. Cancellation. The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee, or at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent (other than the Issuers or an Affiliate thereof), and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the Issuers, shall dispose of all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation in accordance with its customary procedures. Subject to Section 2.07, the Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. If the Issuers or any Guarantor shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Debt represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.11.

 

Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest. If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, they shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, in any lawful manner. The Issuers may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuers for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. At least 15 days before any such subsequent special record date, the Issuers shall mail to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any interest which is paid prior to the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in Section 7.01(a) shall be paid to Holders as of the record date for the Interest Payment Date for which interest has not been paid.

 

Section 2.13. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers, and if so, the Trustee shall use the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, the Trustee shall have no liability for any defect in the CUSIP number as they appear on any Notes, notice or elsewhere, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers printed in the notice or on the Notes and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers.

 

Section 2.14. Deposit of Moneys. Subject to Section 2 of the Notes, prior to 11:00 a.m. New York City time on each Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and the Net Proceeds Payment Date, the Issuers shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Net Proceeds Payment Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Net Proceeds Payment Date, as the case may be.

 

35

 

 

Section 2.15. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.

 

(a) The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of such Depository, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depository and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Exhibit B, as applicable. Members of, or participants in, the Depository (“Participants”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Note, and the Depository may be treated by the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and Participants, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

 

(b) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depository and the provisions of Section 2.16. In addition, Physical Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in Global Notes if (i) the Depository notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to act as Depository for any Global Note or has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, the Issuers so notify the Trustee in writing and a successor Depository is not appointed by the Issuers within 90 days of such notice, (ii) the Issuers, at their option, notify the Trustee in writing that they elect to cause the issuance of the Notes in the form of Physical Notes under this Indenture (provided that the Temporary Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged pursuant to this clause (b) prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period and the receipt of the certificate specified in Section 2.16(c)(i)), or (iii) a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a written request from any owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note to issue Physical Notes. Upon any issuance of a Physical Note in accordance with this Section 2.15(b) the Trustee is required to register such Physical Note in the name of, and cause the same to be delivered to, such Person or Persons (or the nominee of any thereof). All such Physical Notes shall bear the applicable legends, if any.

 

(c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.15, the Registrar shall (if one or more Physical Notes are to be issued) reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred or exchanged, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Physical Notes of authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note so transferred or exchanged.

 

36

 

 

(d) In connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.15, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and (i) the Issuers shall execute and (ii) the Trustee shall upon written instructions from the Issuers authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations.

 

(e) Any Physical Note constituting a Restricted Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section 2.15 shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.16, bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(f) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Participants and Persons that may hold interests through Participants, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

Section 2.16. Special Transfer and Exchange Provisions.

 

(a) Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer or exchange of a Restricted Security to any Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB:

 

(i) the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of any Restricted Security, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto and any legal opinions and certifications as may be reasonably required by the Trustee and the Issuers;

 

(ii) if the proposed transferee is a Participant and the Notes to be transferred or exchanged consist of Physical Notes which after transfer or exchange are to be evidenced by an interest in the IAI Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of the Physical Note and (x) written instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures and (y) the certificate, if required, referred to in clause (y) of paragraph (i) above (and any legal opinion or other certifications required by the Issuers), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange and reflect on its books and records the date and direct the Depository to increase the principal amount of the IAI Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of Physical Notes to be transferred or exchanged, and the Registrar shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred or exchanged; and

 

37

 

 

(iii) if the proposed transferor is a Participant seeking to transfer or exchange an interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) written instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures and (y) the certificate, if required, referred to in clause (y) of paragraph (i) above, the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange and reflect on its books and records the date and (A) direct the Depository to decrease the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interests are to be transferred or exchanged in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred or exchanged and (B) direct the Depository to increase the principal amount of the IAI Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be transferred or exchanged.

 

(b) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer or exchange of a Restricted Security to a QIB:

 

(i) the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of any Restricted Security, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if such transfer or exchange is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on the applicable Global Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Issuers and the Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the certification provided for on the applicable Global Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Issuers and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

 

(ii) if the proposed transferee is a Participant and the Notes to be transferred or exchanged consist of Physical Notes which after transfer or exchange are to be evidenced by an interest in the 144A Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of the Physical Notes and written instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange and reflect on its book and records the date and direct the Depository to increase the principal amount of the 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of Physical Notes to be transferred or exchanged, and the Registrar shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred or exchanged; and

 

(iii) if the proposed transferor is a Participant seeking to transfer or exchange an interest in the IAI Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of written instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange and reflect on its books and records the date and (A) direct the Depository to decrease the principal amount of the IAI Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred or exchanged and (B) direct the Depository to increase the principal amount of the 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be transferred or exchanged.

 

38

 

 

(c) Transfers of Interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer or exchange of interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note:

 

(i) the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, whether or not such Global Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if the proposed transferor has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E stating, among other things, that the proposed transferee is a Non-U.S. Person (except for a transfer to an Initial Purchaser); and

 

(ii) if the proposed transferee is a Participant, upon receipt by the Registrar of the documents referred to in clause (i) above, if required, and instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and amount of such transfer or exchange of an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note.

 

(d) Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any transfer or exchange of a Restricted Security to a Non-U.S. Person under Regulation S:

 

(i) the Registrar shall register any proposed transfer or exchange of a Restricted Security to a Non-U.S. Person upon receipt of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D from the proposed transferor and such certifications, legal opinions and other information as the Issuers may reasonably require; and

 

(ii) (A) if the proposed transferor is a Participant holding a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note or the Note to be transferred or exchanged consists of Physical Notes, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents required by paragraph (i) and (y) instructions in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and direct the Depository to decrease the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note, as the case may be, in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note, as the case may be, to be transferred or exchanged or cancel the Physical Notes to be transferred or exchanged, and (B) if the proposed transferee is a Participant, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and direct the Depository to increase the principal amount of the Permanent Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, interest in the IAI Global Note or the principal amount of the Physical Notes, as the case may be, to be transferred or exchanged.

 

39

 

 

(e) Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.

 

(f) Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend unless otherwise required by applicable law, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) the Notes are delivered in connection with an exchange pursuant to Section 2.17 hereof, or (ii) such Note has been offered and sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and in each of clauses (i) and (ii), there is delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.

 

(g) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

 

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to this Section 2.16. The Issuers shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

 

Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer or exchange imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including, without limitation, any transfers between or among Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

Neither the Trustee nor any agent of the Trustee shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary. The Trustee shall have no responsibility for the actions or omissions of the Depository, or the accuracy of the books and records of the Depository. The Trustee may treat and consider the person in whose name each security is registered in the registration books as the holder and absolute owner of such security for all purposes whatsoever (or may list out various purposes, such as for the purpose of payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to such security, for the purpose of giving notices of redemption or tender and other matters with respect to such security, for the purpose of registering transfers with respect to such security, and for all purposes whatsoever).

 

40

 

 

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Physical Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Physical Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly, and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

Section 2.17. Automatic Exchange. Upon the Company’s satisfaction that the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, determine that beneficial interests in a Global Note that is a Restricted Security shall be automatically exchanged into beneficial interests in an Global Note that is not a Restricted Security without any action required by or on behalf of the Holder (the “Automatic Exchange”) at any time on or after the date that is the 366th calendar day after (1) with respect to any Note issued on the Issue Date, the later of (x) the Issue Date and (y) the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Note (or of any other Global Note with the same CUSIP number) or (2) with respect to any Additional Note, if any, the later of (x) the issue date of such Additional Note and (y) the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Note (or of any other Global Note with the same CUSIP number), or, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (the “Automatic Exchange Date”). Upon the Company’s satisfaction that the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, if the Company elects, at its option, that an Automatic Exchange will take place, it shall (A) provide prior written notice (the “Automatic Exchange Notice”) to each Holder (with a copy to the Trustee) at such Holder’s address appearing in the Note register at least 10 calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange (the “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”), which notice must include (I) the Automatic Exchange Date, (II) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Automatic Exchange shall occur, (III) the CUSIP number of the Global Note that is a Restricted Security from which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred and (IV) the CUSIP number of the Global Note into which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred, and (C) on or prior to the date of the Automatic Exchange, deliver to the Trustee for authentication one or more Global Notes without the Private Placement Legend, duly executed by the Company, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Global Notes that are Restricted Securities to be exchanged. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.16, during the 10-day period between the Automatic Exchange Notice Date and the Automatic Exchange Date, no transfers or exchanges other than pursuant to this Section 2.17 shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Company. As a condition to any Automatic Exchange, the Company shall provide, and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Automatic Exchange shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and that the aggregate principal amount of the particular Global Note that is a Restricted Security is to be transferred to the particular Global Note that is not a Restricted Security by adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository to reflect the Automatic Exchange. The Company may request from Holders such information as it reasonably determines is required in order to be able to deliver such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.17, the aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes shall be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, to reflect the relevant increase or decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note resulting from the applicable exchange. The Global Note that is a Restricted Security from which beneficial interests are transferred pursuant to an Automatic Exchange shall be canceled following the Automatic Exchange.

 

41

 

 

Section 2.18. Notes Held by Affiliates. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.16, unless otherwise permitted by the Company, any Note or interest therein (i) that has been transferred to an Affiliate of the Issuers, as evidenced by a notation on the certificate of transfer or certificate of exchange for such transfer or in the representation letter delivered in respect thereof, or (ii) that has been acquired from an Affiliate (other than by an Affiliate) in a transaction or a chain of transactions not involving any public offering, as evidenced by a notation on the certificate of transfer or certificate of exchange for such transfer or in the representation letter delivered in respect thereof, shall, until one year after the last date on which either the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers was an owner of such Note, in each case, be in the form of either (A) a Global Note that is a Restricted Security bearing the Affiliate Legend and a restricted CUSIP number different from the CUSIP number borne by any other Global Note (an “Affiliate Global Note”) or a Physical Note bearing the Private Placement Legend and the Affiliate Legend and, in each case, shall be subject to the restrictions in Section 2.16 and this Section 2.18.

 

Any Person who is not an Affiliate of the Issuer but who acquired such beneficial interest or Physical Note from an Affiliate of the Issuer and who wishes to (1) exchange such beneficial interest or Physical Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note that is not an Affiliate Global Note or that is a Physical Note not bearing the Affiliate Legend, as the case may be, or (2) transfer such beneficial interest or Physical Note to a Person who takes delivery in the form of a Global Note that is not an Affiliate Global Note or that is a Physical Note not bearing the Affiliate Legend shall, in addition to complying with any other applicable requirements of Section 2.16 and this Section 2.18, deliver to the Company and the Registrar such certifications and other documentation as the Company and the Registrar may request to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, that the transferee shall receive freely tradable securities pursuant to Rule 144 or other applicable provisions of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder or as to such other matters as the Company or the Registrar may reasonably request.

 

If the Company or the Registrar so requests, any Affiliate of the Issuers that wishes to transfer or exchange a Note or a beneficial interest therein shall deliver such documentation as the Company or the Registrar may request to the effect that such transfer or exchange is in compliance with the Securities Act or as to such other matters as the Company or the Registrar may reasonably request.

 

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices, Opinions of Counsel, certificates or other written communications received pursuant to this Section 2.18. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices, Opinions of Counsel, certificates or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable advance written notice to the Registrar.

 

Section 2.19. Open Market Purchases. The Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase the Notes in the open market or otherwise.

 

42

 

 

ARTICLE 3
Redemption

 

Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Sections 5 and 6 of the Notes, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. The Company shall give notice of redemption to the Trustee at least 15 days (unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period) prior to the date such notice of redemption is to be sent to Holders, together with such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed.

 

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time pursuant to Section 5 of the Notes, selection of the Notes to be redeemed will be made in accordance with the procedures of the Depository; provided that no Notes of less than US$2,000 in original principal amount shall be redeemed in part.

 

Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5 or 6 of the Notes, at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company shall deliver a notice of redemption electronically or by first class mail (or otherwise in accordance with applicable procedures of the Depository), postage prepaid (or in the case of Notes held in book-entry form, by electronic transmission), to each Holder (with copy to the Trustee) whose Notes (or in the case of Global Notes, by electronic submission to the Depository) are to be redeemed at its registered address (except that a notice issued in connection with a redemption referred to in Section 9.01 may be more than 60 days before such Redemption Date). At the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall forward the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense, provided that the Company shall have prepared and provided to the Trustee the form of such notice, in each case on a timely basis. Each notice for redemption shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP or ISIN number) to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(a) the Redemption Date;

 

(b) the Redemption Price, or the appropriate calculation thereof, and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to be paid; provided that if the notice does not include the Redemption Price, the actual Redemption Price shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date;

 

(c) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

43

 

 

(d) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any;

 

(e) that, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;

 

(f) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, and upon surrender and cancellation of such Note, a new Note or Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued;

 

(g) if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption;

 

(h) the Section of the Notes or this Indenture, as applicable, pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed; and

 

(i) if applicable, any condition to such redemption.

 

The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note.

 

Any redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an offering or financing, Change of Control or other corporate transaction or event. In addition, if such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied and a new redemption date shall be set by the Company in accordance with applicable procedures of the Depository, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed.

 

44

 

 

The Company shall calculate the redemption price in connection with any redemption, and the Trustee shall have no duty to calculate or verify any such calculation.

 

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any. Upon surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent, such Notes called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price (plus accrued interest thereon to, but not including, the Redemption Date), but installments of interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date, shall be payable to Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Company. On and after the Redemption Date interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption unless the Company shall have not complied with its obligations pursuant to Section 3.05.

 

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. On or before 11:00 a.m. New York time on the Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent, U.S. Legal Tender sufficient to pay the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, of all Notes to be redeemed on that date.

 

If the Company complies with the preceding paragraph, then, unless the Company defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any, interest on the Notes to be redeemed shall cease to accrue on and after the applicable Redemption Date, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment.

 

Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note or Notes shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon surrender and cancellation of the original Note or Notes.

 

ARTICLE 4

Covenants Of The Company

 

Section 4.01. Payment of Notes. The Issuers shall pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate thereof) holds on that date, by 11:00 a.m. New York City time, U.S. Legal Tender designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

45

 

 

The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal (including, without limitation, post-petition interest in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law), and overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at the same rate per annum borne by the Notes.

 

Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuers shall maintain the office or agency required under Section 2.03 (which may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar). The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 14.02.

 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Company hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of Regions Bank as such office of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03.

 

Section 4.03. Corporate Existence. Except as otherwise permitted by Article 6, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Significant Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational documents of each such Significant Subsidiary and the material rights (charter and statutory) and material franchises of the Company and each of its Significant Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, franchise or corporate existence with respect to itself or any Significant Subsidiary if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes; and provided, further, that this Section does not prohibit any transaction otherwise permitted by Section 6.01.

 

Section 4.04. Payment of Taxes. The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Significant Subsidiaries to, pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (a) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and (b) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, in each case, if unpaid, might by law become a material liability or Lien upon the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim (x) whose amount the applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate actions and for which appropriate provision has been made or (y) where the failure to do so is not adverse in any material respect the Holders of the Notes.

 

46

 

 

Section 4.05. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default.

 

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2025, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuers and the Guarantors has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuers and the Guarantors have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations and all conditions and covenants under this Indenture and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of such Officer’s knowledge, the Issuers and the Guarantors during such preceding fiscal year have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every such condition and covenant and no Default occurred during such year and at the date of such certificate there is no Default that has occurred and is continuing or, if such signers do know of such Default, the certificate shall specify such Default and what action, if any, the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Officer’s Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should the Company elect to change the manner in which it fixes the fiscal year end.

 

(b) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee promptly and in any event within ten Business Days after the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default an Officer’s Certificate specifying the Default, its status and what action, if any, the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, Parent, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.06. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. The Company and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent permitted by applicable law) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive such Company or such Guarantor from paying all or any portion of the principal of and/or interest on the Notes or the Guarantee of any such Guarantor as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) each hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

Section 4.07. Change of Control.

 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each Holder shall have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of those Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”).

 

47

 

 

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, unless the Issuers have delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes in accordance with Section 5 of the Notes, the Company shall deliver a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee describing the transaction or transactions that constitute a Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to purchase the Notes on a specified date (the “Change of Control Offer”), which date shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date the notice is delivered (the “Change of Control Payment Date”).

 

(c) Upon the commencement of a Change of Control Offer, the Issuers shall send, by first class mail or electronic transmission, a notice to the Trustee and to each Holder at its registered address. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable the Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. Any Change of Control Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer, shall state:

 

(i) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.07;

 

(ii) the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(iii) that any Notes not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

 

(iv) that, unless the Issuers default in making such payment, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on an after the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(v) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to any Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuers, a depository, if appointed by the Company, or the Paying Agent, at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(vi) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuers, the Depository or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receive, not later than the Change of Control Payment Date, a notice setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased (or in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depository); and

 

(vii) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry).

 

48

 

 

(d) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful:

 

(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; and

 

(ii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee or Paying Agent, on its behalf, the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of the Notes being tendered and purchased by the Issuers.

 

(e) The Paying Agent shall promptly deliver to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for those Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver, or cause to be transferred by book-entry, to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided, however, that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of US$2,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(f) The Issuers shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party offers to purchase the Notes in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer by the Issuers and that third party purchases all Notes validly tendered to it in response to that offer. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, and conditioned upon such Change of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

 

(g) The Issuers shall cause the Change of Control Offer to remain open for at least 20 Business Days or for such longer period as may be required by law. The Issuers shall comply, and shall cause any third party making a Change of Control Offer to comply, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, to the extent applicable, and any other securities laws and regulations in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.07, the Issuers will not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this Section 4.07 by virtue of complying with such laws or regulations.

 

Section 4.08. Limitation on Liens.

 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Significant Subsidiary that guarantees the Notes to, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) securing Debt upon any of its Principal Property, whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, unless it has made or shall make effective provision whereby the Notes or the applicable Guarantee shall be secured by a Lien on such Principal Property equally and ratably with (or prior to) all other Debt of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary that guarantees the Notes secured by a Lien for so long as such other Debt is secured by such Lien; provided, however, that if the Debt is Subordinated Debt, the Lien on such Principal Property securing the Debt shall be subordinated and junior to the Lien securing the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, with the same relative priority as such Debt has with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees.

 

49

 

 

(b) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.08:

 

(i) a Lien securing an item of Debt need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of Permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) as defined hereof or pursuant to Section 4.08(a) but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof; and

 

(ii) in the event that a Lien securing an item of Debt (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of Permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) as described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or pursuant to Section 4.08(a), the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify (as if Incurred at such later time), such Lien securing such item of Debt (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.08(a) and will be entitled to include the amount and type of such Lien or such item of Debt secured by such Lien (or portion thereof) in one of the categories of Permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) as described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or pursuant to Section 4.08(a) and, in such event, such Lien securing such item of Debt (or any portion thereof) will be treated as being Incurred or existing pursuant to only such clause or clauses (or any portion thereof) or pursuant to Section 4.08(a) without giving pro forma effect to such item (or portion thereof) when calculating the amount of Liens or Debt that may be Incurred pursuant to any other clause or paragraph.

 

(c) With respect to any Lien securing Debt that was permitted to secure such Debt at the time of the Incurrence of such Debt, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Debt. The “Increased Amount” of any Debt shall mean any increase in the amount of such Debt in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Debt with the same terms or in the form of common stock of the Company, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Debt outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Debt described in clause (8) of the definition of “Debt.”

 

Section 4.09. Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Significant Subsidiary that guarantees the Notes to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction with respect to any Principal Property, unless either:

 

(i) the Company or such Significant Subsidiary would be entitled pursuant to the provisions described above under Section 4.08 to Incur a Lien securing Debt on such Principal Property at least equal in amount to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction without equally and ratably securing the Notes; or

 

50

 

 

(ii) within 365 days after the closing date of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, the Company or such Significant Subsidiary shall apply or cause to be applied, in the case of a sale or transfer for cash, an amount equal to the net proceeds thereof, (A) to the retirement of Debt of the Company ranking at least on a parity with the Notes or Debt of any Subsidiary, in each case owing to a Person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (B) to the acquisition, purchase, construction, development, extension or improvement (including any capital expenditure) of any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary used or to be used by or for the benefit of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

This restriction will not apply to: (i) transactions providing for a lease term of three years or less; and (ii) transactions between the Company and any of its Significant Subsidiaries or between any Significant Subsidiaries.

 

Section 4.10. Guarantees of Debt by Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company shall cause any of its Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that are wholly-owned and that guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Revolving Credit Agreement that is not a special purpose Restricted Subsidiary formed in connection with a Receivables Facility to guarantee payment of the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes by causing such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days to:

 

(i) execute and deliver a supplemental indenture providing for a Guarantee of payment of the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes by such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, except that if such Debt is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, any such Guarantee of such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Debt shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Debt is subordinated to the Notes; and

 

(ii) deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that

 

(A) such supplemental indenture has been duly executed and authorized; and

 

(B) such supplemental indenture constitutes an enforceable obligation of such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (subject to customary exceptions and limitations), except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity;

 

provided, however, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.10 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary if the Company has reasonably determined that such guarantee would result in or create a material risk of tax or other liability.

 

51

 

 

Section 4.11. Reports of the Company.

 

(a) Whether or not the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall provide the Trustee and the Holders of Notes with the following:

 

(i) within 90 days following the end of each fiscal year of the Company, its annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

(ii) within 45 days following the end of each fiscal quarter (other than the last fiscal quarter of its fiscal year) of the Company, its unaudited quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

 

(iii) simultaneously with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;”

 

provided, however, that reports and information provided pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(i), (ii) and (iii) shall not be required to be accompanied by any exhibits or financial statements other than those financial statements explicitly required pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(i) and (ii).

 

(b) At any time that the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company, taken as a whole, account for more than 20% of the Consolidated EBITDA (calculated for the Company and its Subsidiaries, not just Restricted Subsidiaries) for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by Section 4.11(a) shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

 

(c) In addition, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, unless the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise complies with such reporting requirements, the Company shall either (i) maintain a website (which may be non-public, but shall not restrict the recipients of such information from trading in securities) to which Holders of Notes, prospective investors, securities analysts and market makers that certify that they are qualified institutional buyers or are otherwise eligible to hold the Notes (collectively, “Permitted Parties”) are given access and to which the information required by the preceding paragraphs and the information required in Section 5.01 (the “Required Information”) is posted; or (ii) distribute via electronic mail the Required Information to beneficial owners of the Notes and prospective investors that certify that they are Permitted Parties who request to receive such distributions. If the Company makes available the reports described in Section 4.11(a)(i), (ii), or (iii) on the Company’s website, it will be deemed to have satisfied the reporting requirement set forth in such applicable clause. The Company shall either ensure the Trustee has access to such reports and any other Required Information on the website, or provide Trustee copies of such reports and any other Required Information. The Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine whether any reports or Required Information have been posted to or filed on any website.

 

52

 

 

(d) In addition, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall also:

 

(i) within 15 business days after providing the Trustee and the Holders with the annual and quarterly information required pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(i) and (ii), hold a conference call for Permitted Parties to discuss such reports and the results of operations for the relevant reporting period; and

 

(ii) issue a press release to any U.S. nationally recognized wire service, post to the website mentioned in Section 4.11(a)(i) or employ other means commercially reasonably expected to reach Permitted Parties no fewer than three business days prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with Section 4.11(d)(i), announcing the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing Permitted Parties to contact the appropriate Person at the Company to obtain such information.

 

(e) The trustee shall have no duty to review or analyze reports delivered to it. Delivery of the above reports and the reports required by Section 5.01 to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ or any Guarantor’s compliance with any of their covenants in this Indenture (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate of the Company) or any other agreement or document. The Trustee shall not be obligated to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, and shall have no responsibility or liability for the Issuers’ and Guarantors’ compliance or non-compliance with any covenants in the Indenture or Notes, including with respect to any reports or other documents posted on any website or filed with the SEC, or participate in any conference calls.

 

(f) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Issuers shall furnish to Holders and securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

(g) The Company’s obligations pursuant to this Section 4.11 may, at the Company’s option, be suspended and instead provided by any direct or indirect parent of the Company (other than the Parent) (any such entity, a “Company Reporting Entity”) as of any date, and for so long as, all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

53

 

 

(i) the Company Reporting Entity beneficially owns directly or indirectly at least 95% (less any director’s qualifying shares or shares owned by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by applicable law) of the Voting Stock of the Company; and

 

(ii) Company Reporting Entity makes the reports and financial information referred to in Section 4.11(a)(i) above available on its website (or otherwise permitted above), or otherwise publicly available within the time periods specified in Section 4.11(a)(i) above, except that such reports and financial information may be with respect to Company Reporting Entity instead of the Company; provided that, if the Company Reporting Entity has material operating assets (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries), the quarterly and annual financial statements of Company Reporting Entity shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Company Reporting Entity (any period during which the reporting obligations pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant are suspended pursuant to this clause being referred to herein as a “Reporting Suspension Period”). The requirements of Section 4.11(a) shall resume as of the end of any Reporting Suspension Period, but no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred or be continuing due to noncompliance during any Reporting Suspension Period with the requirements of Section 4.11(a).

 

Section 4.12. Measuring Compliance.

 

(a) With respect to:

 

(i) whether any Lien is permitted to be Incurred in compliance with this Indenture ;

 

(ii) any calculation of the ratios, baskets or financial metrics, including the Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, Total Assets and/or pro forma cost savings, and whether a Default or Event of Default exists in connection with the foregoing; and

 

(iii) whether any condition precedent to the Incurrence of Liens is satisfied, at the option of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any parent entity, any successor entity of any of the foregoing or a third party (the “Testing Party”), a Testing Party may select a date prior to the Incurrence of any such Lien if such Testing Party has a reasonable expectation that the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will Incur Liens at a future date in connection with a corporate event, including payment of a dividend, repurchase of equity, an acquisition, merger, amalgamation, or similar transaction or repayment, repurchase or refinancing of Debt, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (any such date, the “Transaction Date”) may be used as the applicable date of determination, as the case may be, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Secured Leverage Ratio.”

 

54

 

 

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, if the Testing Party elects to use the Transaction Date as the applicable date of determination in accordance with the foregoing:

 

(i) any fluctuation or change in the ratios, baskets or financial metrics, including the Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, Total Assets and/or pro forma cost savings of the Company, from the Transaction Date to the date of Incurrence of such Lien will not be taken into account for purposes of determining (i) whether any such Lien is permitted to be Incurred or (ii) in connection with compliance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes;

 

(ii) if financial statements for one or more subsequent fiscal quarters shall have become available, the Testing Party may elect, in its sole discretion, to redetermine all such baskets, ratios and financial metrics on the basis of such financial statements, in which case such date of redetermination shall thereafter be deemed to be the applicable Transaction Date for purposes of such baskets, ratios and financial metrics;

 

(iii) until such corporate event is consummated or such definitive agreements relating to such corporate event are terminated, such corporate event and all transactions proposed to be undertaken in connection therewith (including the Incurrence of Liens) will be given pro forma effect when determining compliance of other transactions that are consummated after the Transaction Date and on or prior to the date of consummation of such corporate event; and

 

(iv) Consolidated Interest Expense for purposes of the Secured Leverage Ratio will be calculated using an assumed interest rate based on the indicative interest margin (without giving effect to any step-ups) contained in any financing commitment documentation or, if no such indicative interest margin exists, as reasonably determined by the Company in good faith. In addition, compliance with any requirement relating to the absence of a Default or Event of Default may be determined as of the Transaction Date (including any new Transaction Date) and not as of any later date as would otherwise be required under this Indenture.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, with respect to any amounts Incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of this Indenture that does not require compliance with a financial ratio or financial test (including any Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, or Total Assets test) (any such amounts, the “Fixed Amounts”) substantially concurrently with any amounts Incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of this Indenture that requires compliance with a financial ratio or financial test (including any Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, or Total Assets test) (any such amounts, the “Incurrence-Based Amounts”), it is understood and agreed that the Fixed Amounts shall be disregarded in the calculation of the financial ratio or test applicable to the Incurrence-Based Amounts (and thereafter, Incurrence of the portion of such amount under the Fixed Amount shall be included in such calculation).

 

55

 

 

ARTICLE 5

Covenants Of Parent

 

Section 5.01. Reports of Parent.

 

(a) Prior to the Fall-Away Event, Parent shall make available to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes with the following:

 

(i) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of Parent, annual audited consolidated financial statements in English of Parent, prepared in accordance with IFRS and accompanied by an opinion of independent public accountants; and

 

(ii) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Parent, quarterly unaudited consolidated financial statements in English of Parent prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 

(b) At any time that the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Parent, taken as a whole, account for at least 20% of the Consolidated EBITDA (calculated for Parent and its Subsidiaries, not just Restricted Subsidiaries) for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by Section 5.01(a) shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto of the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Parent.

 

(c) The trustee shall have no duty to review or analyze reports delivered to it. Delivery of any information, documents and reports to the trustee is for informational purposes only, and the trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including Parent’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an officer’s certificate). The trustee shall not be obligated to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, and shall have no responsibility or liability for Parent’s compliance or noncompliance with any covenants in this Indenture or Notes, including with respect to any reports or other documents posted on any website or filed with the SEC, or participate in any conference calls.

 

56

 

 

(d) Parent’s obligations pursuant to this Section 5.01 may, at Parent’s option, be suspended and instead provided by any direct or indirect parent of Parent (any such entity, a “Parent Reporting Entity”) as of any date, and for so long as, all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(i) Parent Reporting Entity beneficially owns directly or indirectly at least 95% (less any director’s qualifying shares or shares owned by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by applicable law) of the Voting Stock of Parent; and

 

(ii) Parent Reporting Entity makes the reports and financial information referred to in Section 5.01(a) available on its website (or otherwise permitted above), or otherwise publicly available within the time periods specified in Section 5.01(a), except that such reports and financial information may be with respect to Parent Reporting Entity instead of Parent; provided that, if the Parent Reporting Entity has material operating assets (other than Parent and its Subsidiaries), the quarterly and annual financial statements of Parent Reporting Entity shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto of the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent Reporting Entity (any period during which the reporting obligations pursuant Section 5.01(a) are suspended pursuant to this clause being referred to herein as a “Parent Reporting Suspension Period”). The requirements of Section 5.01(a) above shall resume as of the end of any Parent Reporting Suspension Period, but no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred or be continuing due to noncompliance during any Parent Reporting Suspension Period with the requirements of Section 5.01(a).

 

ARTICLE 6

Successor Corporation

 

Section 6.01. Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.

 

(a) The Company shall not, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets determined on a consolidated basis to, another Person unless:

 

(i) either

 

(A) the Company is the Surviving Person; or

 

(B) the Person, if other than the Company, formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person that acquires the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety, the Person to which assets of the Company have been transferred, shall be a corporation or limited liability company organized (or equivalent) and existing under the laws of the United States or any State of the United States or the District of Columbia or any other country member of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) if such successor Person undertakes to pay such Additional Amounts as set forth under Section 11.04 (collectively, the “Permitted Jurisdiction”); provided, however, that if the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person that acquires the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety is a limited liability company, JBS USA Food shall be a co-obligor on the Notes or the Company or such Surviving Person shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a corporation to become a co-obligor on the Notes;

 

57

 

 

(ii) such Surviving Person, if other than the Company, assumes all of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture;

 

(iii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

(iv) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer complies with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied.

 

For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company. Notwithstanding this Section 6.01(a),

 

(A) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company, and

 

(B) the Company may merge with one of its Affiliates solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Company in another Permitted Jurisdiction to realize tax or other benefits.

 

In the event of any transaction (other than a lease) referred to in and complying with the conditions listed in Section 6.01(a)(i) in which the Company is not the Surviving Person and the Surviving Person is to assume all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture, that Surviving Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Company, and the Company shall be discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 7

Default And Remedies

 

Section 7.01. Events of Default. Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

 

(a) the failure to pay interest on the Notes when that interest becomes due and payable and the Default continues for 30 days;

 

(b) the failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when that principal or premium, if any, becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise;

 

58

 

 

(c) the failure to comply with Section 6.01;

 

(d) failure by any Parent Guarantor, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to observe or perform (a) the provisions described under Section 4.11 and Section 5.01, which failure is continuing for a period of 90 days (and may be cured by filing, furnishing or making available, as applicable, the delinquent report within such 90-day period) or (b)any other covenant or agreement contained in the Notes or this Indenture, which failure continues for a period of 60 days after the Company receives a written notice specifying the Default from the Trustee or Holders of at least 30% in outstanding aggregate principal amount of Notes;

 

(e) Debt of an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary of the Parent is not paid within any applicable grace period after final maturity or is accelerated by the holders thereof because of a default and the total amount of such Debt unpaid or accelerated exceeds US$125.0 million;

 

(f) failure by the Company, any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (other than the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries) to pay or discharge final and non-appealable judgments for the payment of money entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of US$125.0 million, which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed (to the extent not covered by insurance) for a period of 60 consecutive days following entry of such final and non-appealable judgments or decrees during which a stay of enforcement of each such final and non-appealable judgment or decree, by reason of pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect;

 

(g) an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries), pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(i) commences a voluntary case,

 

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its assets, or

 

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

59

 

 

(v) or takes any comparable action under foreign laws relating to insolvency;

 

(h) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(i) is for relief against an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries), as debtor in an involuntary case,

 

(ii) appoints a Custodian of an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries), or

 

(iii) orders the liquidation of an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries),

 

(iv) or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws, or takes any comparable action under any foreign law relating to insolvency; and the order, decree or similar relief remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or

 

(i) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor ceases to be in full force and effect, or is declared to be null and void and unenforceable by a judicial determination, or is found to be invalid by a judicial determination, any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor denies (in writing) its obligations under its Guarantee (in each case, other than by reason of release of a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture).

 

Section 7.02. Acceleration.

 

(a) If any Event of Default (other than those of the type in clause (g) or (h) of Section 7.01 with respect to the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, Parent) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in outstanding aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Notes may, declare the principal of all the Notes, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, premium, if any, to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a notice of acceleration, and the same shall become immediately due and payable.

 

(b) If an Event of Default of the type referred to in clause (g) or (h) of Section 7.01 relating to the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, Parent occurs and is continuing, then such amount with respect to all the Notes shall become due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

 

60

 

 

(c) Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes rescind any acceleration and its consequences with respect to the Notes; provided (i) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel have been paid.

 

(d) The trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default (other than a payment default) unless a written notice of default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and the Indenture and states that it is a notice of default.

 

(e) In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in clause (e) of Section 7.01 has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (e) of Section 7.01 shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Debt, or the Debt that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full and if (i) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived.

 

(f) If a Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default (the “Initial Default”) occurs, then at the time such Initial Default is cured, such Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default that resulted solely because of that Initial Default shall also be cured without any further action. Any Default or Event of Default for the failure to comply with the time periods prescribed in Section 4.11 or otherwise to deliver any notice or certificate pursuant to any other provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to be cured upon the delivery of any such report required by such covenant or such notice or certificate, as applicable, even though such delivery is not within the prescribed period specified in this Indenture.

 

Section 7.03. Other Remedies. If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon a Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

61

 

 

Section 7.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. Subject to Sections 2.09, 7.07 and 10.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes (which may include consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer of Notes) by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default and its consequences (including any resulting non-payment Default or Event of Default), except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note held by a non-consenting Holder that did not result from a non-payment Default or Event of Default. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents. When a Default is waived, it is cured and ceases.

 

Section 7.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. Subject to Section 8.01, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder (it being understood that the Trustee has no duty to determine if any directed action is prejudicial to any Holder), or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

 

In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction.

 

Section 7.06. Limitation on Suits. No Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless the Trustee:

 

(a) has failed to act for a period of 60 days after receiving written notice of a continuing Event of Default by such Holder and a request to act by Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding;

 

(b) has been offered indemnity satisfactory to it in its reasonable judgment; and

 

(c) has not received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such request.

 

However, such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of any Note for enforcement of payment of the principal of or interest on such Note on or after the due date therefor.

 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other Holder (it being understood that the Trustee has no duty to determine whether any direction is unduly prejudicial to any Holder of a Note).

 

62

 

 

Section 7.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, and interest on, a Note, on or after the respective due dates therefor, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

 

Section 7.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If a Default in payment of principal or interest specified in Section 7.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest and fees remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by the Notes and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 7.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Issuers, their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, indemnities, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 8.07. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. The Trustee shall be entitled to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors in the matters as it deems necessary or advisable.

 

Section 7.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 7, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

 

First: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 8.07;

 

Second: to Holders for interest accrued on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for interest;

 

63

 

 

Third: to Holders for principal amounts due and unpaid on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal; and

 

Fourth: to the Issuers or, if applicable, the Guarantors, as their respective interests may appear.

 

The Trustee, upon prior notice to the Issuers, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 7.10.

 

Section 7.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 7.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 7.07, or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE 8
Trustee

 

Section 8.01. Duties of Trustee.

 

(a) If a Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use or exercise the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

 

(b) Except during the continuance of a Default:

 

(i) The Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically set forth herein or in the Trust Indenture Act and no duties, covenants, responsibilities or obligations shall be implied in this Indenture against the Trustee.

 

(ii) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates (including Officer’s Certificates) or opinions (including Opinions of Counsel) furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

64

 

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i) This paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 8.01(b).

 

(ii) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

(iii) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 7.05.

 

(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity is not assured to it.

 

(e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 8.01 and Section 8.02.

 

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for the investment of or for interest on any money received by it or for any loss which may result from any investment or sale of investment, except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(g) In the absence of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.

 

Section 8.02. Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 8.01:

 

(a) The Trustee may rely conclusively on any resolution, certificate (including any Officer’s Certificate), statement, instrument, opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent, order, judgment, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it shall be entitled to receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 14.05. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

 

65

 

 

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee) appointed with due care.

 

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers under this Indenture.

 

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby.

 

(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate (including any Officer’s Certificate), statement, instrument, opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice to the Issuers, to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuers.

 

(h) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

 

(i) The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as duties.

 

(j) Except with respect to Sections 4.01 and 4.05, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Issuers with respect to the covenants contained in Article 4; provided that, in the case of Section 4.05, the Trustee may rely upon the Officer’s Certificates described in that section. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have any notice of or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received written notification at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture states that it is a “Notice of Default”.

 

(k) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, each Agent appointed hereunder and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

66

 

 

(l) Notwithstanding any provision in this Indenture to the contrary, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture because of circumstances beyond its control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, epidemics, flood, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, strikes or work stoppages for any reason, embargo, government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations or the like which restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Indenture, inability to obtain material, equipment, or communications or computer facilities, or the failure of equipment or interruption of communications or computer facilities, or the unavailability of the federal Reserve Bank wire or telex or other wire communication facility and other causes beyond its control whether or not of the same class or kind as specifically named above.

 

(m) The Trustee may at any time request that any of the Issuers and/or Guarantors deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the specimen signatures and the names of individuals and/or titles of Officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

(n) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, incidental, consequential or punitive loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit), irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(o) Any action to be taken, or omitted to be taken, by the Trustee in good faith pursuant to this Indenture upon the request or authority or consent of any person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon future holders of Notes, and upon Notes executed and delivered in exchange therefor or in place thereof.

 

(p) Under no circumstances shall the Trustee be liable, in its individual capacity or in any capacity hereunder, for the obligations evidenced by the Notes.

 

(q) The Issuers will be responsible for making calculations called for under the Notes, including, but not limited to, determination of redemption price, premium, if any, and any other amounts payable on the Notes. The Issuers will make the calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, their calculations will be final and binding on the Holders of the Notes. The Issuers will provide a schedule of their calculations to the Trustee, upon request, when applicable, and the Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively on the accuracy of the Issuers as to the payment of any taxes or assessments, or to require any such payment to be made.

 

Section 8.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, their Subsidiaries or its respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 8.10 and 8.11.

 

67

 

 

Section 8.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuers in this Indenture or any document issued in connection with the sale of Notes (including, without limitation, the Offering Memorandum) or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee makes no representations with respect to the effectiveness or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes.

 

Section 8.05. Notice of Default. If a Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee receives actual notice of such Default, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the uncured Default within 30 days after such Default occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, or interest on, any Note, including an accelerated payment and the failure to make a payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, or a Default in complying with the provisions of Article 6, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Board of Directors, the executive committee, or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers, of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders.

 

Section 8.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within 60 days after each April 1, beginning with April 1, 2026, the Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in Trust Indenture Act § 313(a) occurred within the previous twelve months, but not otherwise, mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with Trust Indenture Act § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act §§ 313(b), 313(c) and 313(d).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be mailed to the Issuers and filed with each securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed.

 

The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing if the Notes become listed on any securities exchange or of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act § 313(d).

 

Section 8.07. Compensation and Indemnity. Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, jointly and severally, pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the Issuers and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for its services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services, except any such disbursements, expenses and advances as may be attributable to the Trustee’s negligence or willful misconduct. Such expenses shall include the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

68

 

 

Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, jointly and severally, indemnify each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee and each of its officers, directors, employees or agents for, and hold them harmless from and against, any and all loss, damage, claims (whether involving the Issuers, Guarantors, Holders or any other Person) including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee), liability or expense incurred by it except for such actions to the extent caused by any negligence or willful misconduct on its part (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable order), arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust or exercise of its rights, powers or duties (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) including, without limitation, the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the Trustee’s rights, powers or duties hereunder (including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of enforcing this Section 8.07 or any provision under this Indenture). The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee or any of its agents for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers may, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), defend such claim and the Trustee shall provide reasonable cooperation in the defense. The Trustee and its agents subject to the claim may have separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuers need not pay for any settlement made without their written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Issuers need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through its negligence or willful misconduct which shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and nonappealable order.

 

To secure the Issuers’ payment obligations in this Section 8.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes against all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after a Default specified in Section 7.01(g) or (h) occurs, such expenses and the compensation for such services shall be paid to the extent allowed under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, payment of the Notes, resignation or removal of the Trustee or the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

69

 

 

Section 8.08. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuers in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Issuers and the Trustee upon 30 days’ prior notice in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if:

 

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 8.10;

 

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent;

 

(c) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property;

 

or

 

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.07, all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided in Section 8.07, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuers or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Issuers.

 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 8.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 8.08, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 8.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 8.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business (including this transaction) to, another corporation, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee; provided that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article 8.

 

70

 

 

Section 8.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirement of Trust Indenture Act §§ 310(a)(1), 310(a)(2) and 310(a)(5). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least US$150,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Trust Indenture Act § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of the Issuers are outstanding, if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Trust Indenture Act § 310(b)(1) are met. The provisions of Trust Indenture Act § 310 shall apply to the Issuers and any other obligor of the Notes.

 

Section 8.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers. The Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee hereunder, shall comply with Trust Indenture Act § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act § 311(a) to the extent indicated.

 

ARTICLE 9

Discharge Of Indenture; Defeasance

 

Section 9.01. Satisfaction and Discharge. The Company may discharge this Indenture such that it shall cease to be of further effect, except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes as to all outstanding Notes and the rights and indemnities of the Trustee when:

 

(a) either

 

(i) all the Notes previously authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has previously been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and is thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from the trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(ii) all Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

 

(A) have become due and payable, or

 

(B) shall become due and payable at their maturity within one year, or

 

(C) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee,

 

and in the case of (ii)(A), (B) or (C), the Company has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. Legal Tender, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination of such cash and non-callable U.S. Government Securities, in such amounts as shall be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Debt on the Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, on the Notes to the date of deposit, in the case of Notes that have become due and payable, or to the Maturity Date or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

 

71

 

 

(b) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by the Issuers under this Indenture; and

 

(c) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been satisfied.

 

Section 9.02. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance. (a) The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to terminate all of the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations with respect to the then outstanding Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (“legal defeasance”), except for:

 

(i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on those Notes when these payments are due from the defeasance trust referred to below;

 

(ii) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the issuance of temporary Notes, the registration of Notes, the status of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

 

(iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, indemnities and immunities of the Trustee and the Issuers’ obligations in connection with those rights, powers, trusts, duties, indemnities and immunities; and

 

(iv) the Issuers’ obligations under the defeasance provisions contained in this Indenture.

 

(b) In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to release the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under any covenant described in Section 4.05 and Sections 4.07 through 4.12 (“covenant defeasance”) and thereafter any failure by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with such Sections shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. Moreover, in the event the Company elects to exercise covenant defeasance, nearly all of the events, other than non-payment, described under Section 7.01 will no longer constitute Events of Default with respect to the Notes.

 

(c) If the Company exercises legal defeasance, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated as a result of an Event of Default. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (c) (with respect to any entity other than the Company), (d), (e), (f), (g) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries, (h) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries) or (i) in Section 7.01.

 

72

 

 

The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of covenant defeasance.

 

Section 9.03. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. In order to exercise either legal defeasance or covenant defeasance:

 

(a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust (the “defeasance trust”), for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. Legal Tender, non-callable U.S. Government Securities or a combination of cash and non-callable U.S. Government Securities, sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Maturity Date or on an available Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to the Maturity Date or to that Redemption Date;

 

(b) in the case of legal defeasance only, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that:

 

(i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

 

(ii) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, and

 

(iii) based on the ruling obtained under clause (i) or the change in tax law referred to under clause (ii), the beneficial owners of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of legal defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if legal defeasance had not occurred;

 

(c) in the case of covenant defeasance only, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the beneficial owners of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if covenant defeasance had not occurred;

 

(d) no Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Debt, and, in each case the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

 

(e) in the case of legal defeasance only, the legal defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;

 

73

 

 

(f) in the case of legal defeasance only, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, subject to customary exceptions and assumptions, to the effect that on the 91st day following the deposit, the defeasance trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws generally affecting creditors’ rights;

 

(g) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company; and

 

(h) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the legal defeasance or the covenant defeasance have been complied with.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (b) above with respect to a legal defeasance need not be delivered if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable, (ii) shall become due and payable on the Maturity Date within one year or (iii) as to which a redemption notice has been given calling the Notes for redemption within one year, under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.

 

Section 9.04. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee or Paying Agent shall hold in trust U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities deposited with it pursuant to this Article 9, and shall apply the deposited U.S. Legal Tender and the money from U.S. Government Securities in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of the principal of and the interest on the Notes. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to invest said U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities, except as it may agree in writing with the Issuers.

 

The Issuers shall pay and indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 9.03 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof, other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Anything in this Article 9 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the Issuers’ written request any U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 9.03 which, in the opinion of a firm of independent public accountants of recognized international standing expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent legal defeasance or covenant defeasance.

 

74

 

 

Section 9.05. Repayment to the Issuers. Subject to applicable escheat laws, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuers upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years; provided that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any payment, may at the expense and written request of the Issuers cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuers. After payment to the Issuers, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors unless an applicable law designates another Person.

 

Section 9.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities in accordance with this Article 9 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, or if the funds deposited with the Trustee to effect covenant defeasance are insufficient to pay the principal of, and interest on, the Notes when due, the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture, and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 9 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities in accordance with this Article 9; provided that if the Issuers have made any payment of interest on, or principal of, any Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 10

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

Section 10.01. Without Consent of Holders. (a) The Company and the Trustee, together, may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee without notice to or consent of any Holder to:

 

(i) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

(ii) provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of an Issuer under this Indenture;

 

(iii) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code);

 

(iv) add additional Guarantees or additional obligors with respect to the Notes;

 

75

 

 

(v) secure the Notes;

 

(vi) add to the covenants of the Issuers for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuers;

 

(vii) make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect;

 

(viii) comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939;

 

(ix) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof;

 

(x) conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee to any provision of the Section entitled “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum; or

 

(xi) provide for the Fall-Away Amendment or any other event or action required or permitted by this Indenture.

 

provided that the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 10.01.

 

Section 10.02. With Consent of Holders.

 

(a) Subject to Section 7.07, the Company and the Trustee, together, with the consent of the Holder or Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the notes), may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any other Holders. Subject to Sections 7.04 and 7.07, the Holder or Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may waive compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any other Holders.

 

(b) Notwithstanding Section 10.02(a), without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, no amendment or waiver may:

 

(i) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(ii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on any Notes;

 

(iii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Notes, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or repurchase (other than with respect to the minimum notice period to Holders), or reduce the redemption or repurchase price for those Notes (except, in the case of repurchases, as would otherwise be permitted under clause (vii) of this Section 10.02(b));

 

76

 

 

(iv) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note and this Indenture;

 

(v) impair the contractual right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, interest on that Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates for those payments, or to bring suit to enforce that payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes or any Guarantee;

 

(vi) modify the provisions contained in this Indenture permitting Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes to waive a Default;

 

(vii) after the Issuers’ obligation to purchase the Notes arises under this Indenture, amend, modify or change the obligation of the Issuers to make or consummate a Change of Control Offer or waive any default in the performance of that Change of Control Offer or modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect to any such offer; or

 

(viii) make any change to or modify the ranking of any such Note or related Guarantee that would adversely affect the Holders of the Notes.

 

(c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

(d) A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in connection with an exchange (in the case of an exchange offer) or a tender (in the case of a tender offer) of such Holder’s Notes shall not be rendered invalid by such tender or exchange.

 

(e) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 10.02 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuers to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 10.03. Compliance with the Trust Indenture Act. From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, every amendment, waiver or supplement of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

 

Section 10.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of his Note by written notice to the Trustee or the Issuers received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate of the Company certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

77

 

 

The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date. The Issuers shall inform the Trustee in writing of the fixed record date if applicable.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change referred to in any of clauses (i) through (viii) of Section 10.02(b), in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note; provided that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, and interest on, a Note, on or after the respective due dates therefor, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 10.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Issuers may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Issuers shall provide the Trustee with an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and cause the Trustee to return it to the Holder at the Issuers’ expense. Alternatively, if the Issuers or the Trustee so determines, the Issuers in exchange for the Note shall issue, and the Trustee shall authenticate, a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 10.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc. The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 10; provided that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate of the Company each stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 10 is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and, in the case of such opinion, that such amendment, supplement or waiver constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms. Such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Issuers.

 

78

 

 

ARTICLE 11
GUARANTEE

 

Section 11.01. Guarantee. Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of and interest on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise (all of the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”).

 

Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Issuers of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (1) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuers or any other Person (including any Guarantor) under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (2) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (3) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (4) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any of them; (5) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (6) except as set forth in Section 11.06 or 11.07, any change in the ownership of such Guarantor.

 

Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Except as expressly set forth in Sections 9.02(a), 11.03, 11.06 and 11.07, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

 

79

 

 

Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuers or otherwise.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuers to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (A) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (B) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) and (C) all other monetary Guaranteed Obligations of the Company to the Holders and the Trustee.

 

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 11.01.

 

Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 7 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 7 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee.

 

Section 11.02. [Reserved].

 

Section 11.03. [Reserved.]

 

Section 11.04. Additional Amounts.

 

(a) All payments made by the Company or any Guarantor in respect of the Notes or the related Guarantees shall be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of any Taxing Authority of Brazil or Luxembourg or other jurisdiction in which the Company, such Guarantor or any paying agent of the Company or any Guarantor is organized or engaged in business for tax purposes (any of the aforementioned being a “Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless Taxes are required to be withheld or deducted by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof. If Taxes are required to be withheld or deducted by a Taxing Authority within any Taxing Jurisdiction, from any payment made by the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, then the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall pay such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each Holder of Notes (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction shall equal the amount the Holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however, that no Additional Amounts shall be payable with respect to:

 

(i) any Tax imposed by the United States or by any political subdivision or Taxing Authority thereof or therein;

 

80

 

 

(ii) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, deducted or withheld but for the existence of any connection between the Holder or beneficial owner of a Note (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of power over, the Holder or beneficial owner of such Note, if the Holder or beneficial owner is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) and the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying on a business or maintaining a permanent establishment in, or being physically present in, the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction), other than the mere receipt of such payment or the ownership or holding or enforcement of such Note;

 

(iii) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, value-added, excise, transfer or personal property Tax or similar Tax;

 

(iv) any Taxes payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payments under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees;

 

(v) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, deducted or withheld if the Holder or beneficial owner of a Note or beneficial owner of any payment on the Guarantee of such Note had (A) made a declaration of non-residence, or any other claim or filing for exemption, to which it is entitled or (B) complied with any certification, identification, information, documentation or other reporting requirement concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction of such Holder or beneficial owner of such Note or any payment on such Note (provided that (x) such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption or such compliance is required by the applicable law, treaty, regulation, or official administrative practice of the Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of the imposition, deduction or withholding of, such Taxes and (y) at least 30 days prior to the first payment date with respect to which such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption or such compliance is required under the applicable law of the Taxing Jurisdiction, Holders at that time have been notified by such Guarantor or any other Person through whom payment may be made that a declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption or such compliance is required to be made);

 

81

 

 

(vi) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, deducted or withheld if the beneficiary of the payment had presented the Note for payment within 30 days after the date on which such payment or such Note became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30-day period);

 

(vii) any payment under or with respect to a Note to any Holder that is a fiduciary or partnership or any Person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment or Note, to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such partnership or the beneficial owner of such payment or Note would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the actual Holder of such Note;

 

(viii) any Luxembourg registration duties (droit d’enregistrement) payable in the case of a voluntary registration of the Notes (and/or any document in relation therewith) by any holder or beneficial owner of such Notes with the Administration de l’Enregistrement des Domaines et de la TVA in Luxembourg, when such registration is not required to maintain, preserve or enforce the rights of that holder or beneficial owner under the Notes (and/or any document in relation therewith); or

 

(ix) any combination of items (i) through (viii) above.

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions contained herein, each of the Issuers, any Guarantor or any other person making payments on behalf of the Issuers shall be entitled to deduct and withhold as required, and shall not be required to pay, any Additional Amounts with respect to any such withholding or deduction imposed on or in respect of any Note pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as “FATCA”), any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted by any jurisdiction implementing FATCA, any agreement between any of the Issuers, any Guarantor or any other person and the United States or any jurisdiction implementing FATCA, or any law of any jurisdiction implementing an intergovernmental approach to FATCA.

 

(b) Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or of any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note or any Guarantee, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

Section 11.05. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee. To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer.

 

82

 

 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the notation of Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

 

Section 11.06. [Reserved.]

 

Section 11.07. Release of Guarantees of Parent Guarantors and Fall-Away of Covenants of Parent.

 

(a) The Guarantees by the Parent Guarantors shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

 

(i) if, at any time, the Parent Guarantors shall cease to guarantee the Existing 2031 Notes for any reason, including, without limitation, as a result of the “Fall-Away Event” (as defined in the indenture governing the Existing 2031 Notes) or the full repayment, redemption or defeasance of the Existing 2031 Notes; or

 

(ii) the exercise of the legal defeasance option or the covenant defeasance option under Section 9.02 or if the obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture are otherwise discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, in the event that Guarantees of the Notes by the Parent Guarantors are automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the occurrence of any of the events described above, at the Company’s election, the Company may enter into a supplemental indenture (a “Fall-Away Amendment”) with the Trustee (without the consent of any Holders of Notes), which provides for the following (the “Fall-Away Event”):

 

(i) unconditional release of the Parent Guarantors from their Guarantees;

 

(ii) elimination of the covenants set forth under Section 5.01; and

 

(iii) elimination of Events of Default arising under the following clauses of Section 7.01: (d) (with respect to breaches under Article 5), (e), (f), (g) and (h) (with respect to events and circumstances with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (i) (in its entirety), and delete references to Parent in Sections 7.02(a) and (b).

 

83

 

 

(c) Concurrently upon delivery to the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate of the Company and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the Fall-Away Event have been satisfied, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of the Parent Guarantors from their obligations under the Guarantees.

 

Section 11.08. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 11 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 11 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

 

Section 11.09. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 11, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

 

ARTICLE 12

SUBSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AS ISSUER

 

Section 12.01. Substitution of the Company as Issuer. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Indenture, the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, be substituted (a “Substitution”) by (i) any direct or indirect parent of the Company or (ii) any Subsidiary of the Company that owns, or after the Substitution, will own, a majority of the assets of the Company (in each case, the “Substituted Company”) for purposes of this Indenture and have the covenants (and related definitions) apply to the Substituted Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(i) the Substituted Company is a corporation or limited liability company organized (or the equivalents) and existing under the laws of the United States or any State of the United States or the District of Columbia or any other country member of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD);

 

(ii) such Substituted Company, if not a Guarantor, delivers a Guarantee or becomes a co-issuer of the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture;

 

(iii) immediately after giving effect to the Substitution, on a pro forma basis, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and

 

84

 

 

(iv) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Substitution complies with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such Substitution have been satisfied.

 

After the Substitution, all references to the Company shall be deemed to refer to the Substituted Company if the Substitution is effectuated pursuant to clause (i) above, then the Company prior to the substitution shall become a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

ARTICLE 13

RELEASE OF JBS USA FOOD COMPANY AS AN ISSUER

 

Section 13.01. Release of JBS USA Food as an Issuer. The Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, release JBS USA Food as an issuer for purposes of this Indenture and the Notes; provided, that the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(i) concurrently with such release, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is an issuer of the Notes and such issuer is a corporation (or the equivalent);

 

(ii) JBS USA Food delivers a Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture; provided, that such Guarantee shall be released if JBS USA Food is not providing a guarantee of the Existing 2031 Notes;

 

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such release, on a pro forma basis, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(iv) JBS USA Food shall cease to be an issuer under each of the (a) Existing 2029 Notes, (b) Existing 2031 Notes, and (c) Existing 2032 Notes, for any reason, including, without limitation, as a result of a consent solicitation, an exchange offer, the full repayment, redemption or defeasance thereof; and

 

(v) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such release complies with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such release have been satisfied.

 

85

 

 

ARTICLE 14
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 14.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act, such required or deemed provision shall control.

 

Section 14.02. Notices. Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in English and in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by internationally recognized overnight courier service or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

if to the Issuers or a Guarantor:

 

c/o JBS USA Food Company

Attention: Chief Financial Officer
1770 Promontory Circle

Greeley, CO 80634

 

if to the Trustee:

 

Regions Bank

51 W Bay Street

Jacksonville, FL 32202

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Email: Craig.Kaye@Regions.com

 

Each of the Issuers and the Trustee by written notice to each other such Person may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person. Any notice or communication to the Issuers and the Trustee, shall be deemed to have been given or made upon actual receipt thereof.

 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to him by first class mail or other equivalent means at his address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed.

 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note, such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depository for such Note (or its designee) pursuant to the applicable procedures of such Depository, if any, prescribed for the giving of such notice, notwithstanding any reference to mailing of notices or any other provision of this Indenture.

 

In respect of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the Person sending instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information by electronic transmission is, in fact, a person authorized to give such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information on behalf of the party purporting to send such e-mail; and the Trustee shall not have any liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by any party as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information. Each other party agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of electronic methods to submit instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, notices, reports or other communications or information, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.

 

86

 

 

Section 14.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act § 312(c).

 

Section 14.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(i) an Officer’s Certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent to be performed or effected by the Issuers or the Guarantors, if applicable, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

Section 14.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture, other than the Officer’s Certificate required by Section 4.05, shall include a statement to the following effect:

 

(i) the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenants or condition precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action;

 

(ii) describing the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(iii) in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenants or conditions precedent have been complied with or satisfied; and

 

(iv) whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, all conditions precedent or covenants have been complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

 

Section 14.06. Rules by Paying Agent or Registrar. The Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for their functions.

 

87

 

 

Section 14.07. Judgment Currency. The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify each of the Holders and the Trustee against any loss incurred by such Person as a result of any judgment or order being given or made for any amount due hereunder and such judgment or order being expressed and paid in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than United States dollars and as a result of any variation as between (a) the rate of exchange at which the United States dollar amount is converted into the Judgment Currency for the purpose of such judgment or order, and (b) the rate of exchange at which such Holders or the Trustee is able to purchase United States dollars with the amount of the Judgment Currency actually received by the Person. The foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate and independent obligation of the Issuers and the Guarantors and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid. The term “rate of exchange” shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of, or conversion into, the relevant currency.

 

Section 14.08. Legal Holidays. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day with the same force and effect as if payment was made on such date and no interest shall accrue in respect of such payment for the intervening period.

 

Section 14.09. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity.

 

(a) This Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby. For the avoidance of doubt, the application of articles 470-1 to 470-19 (inclusive) of the Luxembourg law of 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended, is excluded.

 

(b) By the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company and the Guarantors(i) acknowledge that they have, by separate written instrument, designated and appointed JBS USA Food, with an office on the Issue Date at 1770 Promontory Circle, Greeley, Colorado 80634 (the “Authorized Agent”) (and any successor entity), as their authorized agent upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee that may be instituted in any federal or state court in The City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, State of New York or brought under federal or state securities laws, and acknowledges that the Authorized Agent has accepted such designation, (ii) submit to the jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit or proceeding, (iii) irrevocably waive any objection, including, but not limited to, any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of, forum non conveniens, which it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action, proceeding or litigation in such jurisdiction and (iv) agree that service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of said service to Parent in accordance with Section 14.02 shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it, in any such suit or proceeding. The Company and the Guarantors further agree to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of the Authorized Agent in full force and effect so long as any of the Notes shall be outstanding; provided that the Company and the Guarantors may and to the extent the Authorized Agent ceases to be able to be served on the basis contemplated herein shall, by written notice to the Trustee, designate such additional or alternative agent for service of process under this paragraph (c) that (i) maintains an office located in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, State of New York and (ii) is either (x) counsel for such Person or (y) a corporate service company which acts as agent for service of process for other persons in the ordinary course of its business. Such written notice shall identify the name of such agent for service of process and the address of the office of such agent for service of process in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, State of New York.

 

88

 

 

(c) To the extent that the Company and the Guarantors have or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court of (i) any jurisdiction in which it owns or leases property or assets, (ii) the United States or the State of New York or (iii) Luxembourg, any political subdivision thereof or any other jurisdiction of any country or from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property and assets or this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees or actions to enforce judgments in respect of any thereof, the Company and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably waive such immunity in respect of their obligations under the above-referenced documents, to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 14.10. Waiver of Jury Trial. ALL PARTIES HERETO AND EACH HOLDER (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

 

Section 14.11. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 14.12. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager or stockholder, as such, of an Issuer or any Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or of the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, those obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. This waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

89

 

 

Section 14.13. Successors. All agreements of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

 

Section 14.14. Duplicate Originals. All parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by PDF or other electronic transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. Unless otherwise provided in this Indenture or in any Note, the words “execute”, “execution”, “signed”, and “signature” and words of similar import used in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Indenture, any Note or any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including amendments, waivers, consents and other modifications) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures and the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature in ink or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as applicable, to the fullest extent and as pro-vided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, and any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Trustee is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or format unless expressly agreed to by the Trustee pursuant to procedures approved by the Trustee.

 

Section 14.15. Severability. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

 

Section 14.16. English Language. This Indenture has been negotiated and executed in the English language. All certificates, reports, notices and other documents and communications delivered or delivered pursuant to this Indenture (including any modifications or supplements hereto), shall be in the English language, or accompanied by a certified English translation thereof.

 

Section 14.17. U.S.A. Patriot Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act. The terms of this Section 14.17 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, payment of the Notes, resignation or removal of the Trustee or the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

Section 14.18. Entire Agreement. This Indenture and the exhibits hereto set forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties related to this transaction and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written.

 

90

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date first written above.

 

  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.
   
  By: /s/ Lucas Carracedo Menezes
    Name: Lucas Carracedo Menezes
    Title: CFO/Secretary /Category B Manager

 

  JBS USA FOOD COMPANY
   
  By: /s/ Diego Pirani
    Name: Diego Pirani
    Title: Treasurer

 

  JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
   
  By: /s/ Diego Pirani
    Name: Diego Pirani
    Title: Treasurer

  

[Signature Page to Indenture (2036 Notes)]

 

91

 

 

 

  JBS S.A.
   
  By: /s/ Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti
    Title: Global Chief Financial Officer and Investor Relations Officer

 

  By: /s/ Wesley Mendonça Batista Filho
    Name: Wesley Mendonça Batista Filho
    Title: Officer

 

  JBS Global Luxembourg S.à.r.l.
   
  By: /s/ Lucas Carracedo Menezes
    Name: Lucas Carracedo Menezes
    Title: CFO/Secretary /Category B Manager

 

  JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty. Limited
   
  By: /s/ Lucas Ebram
    Name: Lucas Ebram
    Title: Director

 

  By: /s/ Giovani Soares
    Name: Giovani Soares
    Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Indenture (2036 Notes)]

 

92

 

 

 

  REGIONS BANK, as Trustee
  By: /s/ Craig Kaye
    Name: Craig Kaye
    Title: Vice President

  

[Signature Page to Indenture (2036 Notes)]

 

93

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.
JBS USA FOOD COMPANY
JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
5.500% Senior Notes due 2036

 

CUSIP No. 472140AE2 / L56900AC4

ISIN No. US472140AE22 / USL56900AC43

 

No. [●] US$[●]1

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, with registered address at 21 Avenue de la Gare, étage 2, L-1611 Luxembourg, and registered with the Luxembourg Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés under number B 203.443, JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation and JBS USA FOOD COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuers”), for value received promise to pay to Cede & Co. or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [ ] [or such other amount as is provided in a schedule attached hereto]2 on January 15, 2036.

 

Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15, commencing January 15, 2026.

 

Record Dates: January 1 and July 1.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

 

1Securities purchased pursuant to Rule 144A totaling US$[●] / Securities purchased pursuant to Regulation S totaling US$[●].

 

2This language should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-1

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized Officer.

  

Dated:  
   
  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.
   
  By:                 
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

  JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
   
  By:         
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

  JBS USA FOOD COMPANY
   
  By:            
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

A-2

 

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the 5.500% Senior Notes due 2036 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated:  
   
  REGIONS BANK, as Trustee
   
  By:  
    Authorized Signatory

  

A-3

 

 

(Reverse of Note)

 

5.500% Senior Notes due 2036

 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

SECTION 1. Interest. JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, with registered address at 21 Avenue de la Gare, étage 2, L-1611 Luxembourg, and registered with the Luxembourg Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS USA FOOD COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“JBS USA Food”), and JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“JBS USA Foods Group Holdings” and, collectively with the Company and JBS USA Food, the “Issuers”), promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 5.500% per annum (the “Initial Rate of Interest”) from July 3, 2025 until maturity. The Issuers shall pay interest semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if payment was made on such date and no interest shall accrue in respect of such payment for the intervening period (each an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing January 15, 2026.

 

Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance. The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand to the extent lawful at the interest rate applicable to the Notes; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

If a payment date is not a business day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a business day with the same force and effect as if payment was made on such date and no interest shall accrue in respect of such payment for the intervening period.

 

SECTION 2. Method of Payment. The Issuers shall pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on January 1 and July 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be issued in denominations of US$2,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts (“U.S. Legal Tender”). Principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose except that, at the option of the Issuers, the payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders of Notes; provided that for Holders of at least US$5.0 million in principal amount of the Notes that have given written wire transfer instructions to the Issuers and the Trustee at least ten Business Days prior to the applicable payment date, the Issuers shall make all payments of principal, premium and interest by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts within the United States specified by the Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuers, the Issuers’ office or agency in New York shall be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose. Presentation of notes is required at maturity.

 

A-4

 

 

SECTION 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Regions Bank, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. Except as provided in the Indenture, the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

SECTION 4. Indenture. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of July 3, 2025 (“Indenture”) by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. The terms of the Notes include those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

SECTION 5. Optional Redemption. At any time prior to October 15, 2035 (which is the date that is three months prior to the maturity of the Notes (the “Par Call Date”)), the Company may choose to redeem all or any portion of the Notes at a redemption price calculated by the Company equal to the greater of:

 

(a) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed; and

 

(b) the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on such Notes that would have been due if the Notes matured on the Notes Par Call Date (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Yield (determined on the second Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date) plus 20 basis points,

 

plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). The Trustee shall have no obligation to calculate or verify any make-whole premium.

 

At any time on or after the Par Call Date, the Company may choose to redeem all or any portion of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

A-5

 

 

Any notice to the Holders of Notes of such a redemption must include the appropriate calculation of the Redemption Price, but need not include the Redemption Price itself. The actual Redemption Price must be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate of the Company delivered to the Trustee no later than two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date.

 

In connection with any tender offer (including any Change of Control Offer made in accordance with the terms of the Indenture) for Notes, if Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw Notes in such tender offer and the Company, or any third party making such tender offer in lieu of the Company, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice to the Holders (with a copy to the Trustee), given not more than 30 days following such purchase date, to redeem or purchase all the Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price paid to the Holders in such tender offer plus, to the extent not included in the purchase price, accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes that remain outstanding, to, but excluding, the date of redemption. The Company shall calculate the redemption price in connection with any redemption, and the Trustee shall have no duty to calculate or verify any such calculation.

 

SECTION 6. Tax Redemption. If as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws (or any rules or regulations thereunder) of any Taxing Jurisdiction (as defined in the Indenture) or any political subdivision or Taxing Authority thereof or therein affecting taxation, or any amendment to or change in an official interpretation, administration or application of such laws, rules, or regulations (including a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction), which change or amendment becomes effective on or after the Issue Date of the Notes or, in the event there is a successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor on the Notes, on or after the date a successor assumes the obligations under the Notes or there is a successor or additional guarantor on the Notes, as the case may be, the Company, any Guarantor which is not formed or incorporated under the laws of the United States or any State of the United States or the District of Columbia (each, a “non-U.S. Guarantor”) or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as described under Section 11.04 of the Indenture in excess of the Additional Amounts the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor would be obligated to pay if payments were subject to withholding or deduction for Taxes imposed by Brazil or Luxembourg at a rate of 0% or, in the case of any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor the withholding rate in effect at the time such person becomes a successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor (the “Minimum Withholding Level”), the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor may, at their or its option, redeem all, but not less than all, of the Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount, together with any interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption, upon publication of irrevocable notice not less than 10 days nor more than 90 days prior to the date fixed for redemption. No notice of such redemption may be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor would, but for such redemption, be obligated to pay Additional Amounts above the Minimum Withholding Level. The Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor will not have the right to so redeem the Notes in the event the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor becomes obligated to pay Additional Amounts which are less than the Additional Amounts payable at the Minimum Withholding Level. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor will have the right to so redeem the Notes unless it has taken reasonable measures to avoid the obligation to pay Additional Amounts. For the avoidance of doubt, reasonable measures will not include the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor changing or moving jurisdictions.

 

A-6

 

 

In the event that the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor elects to so redeem the Notes, they or it will deliver to the Trustee: (1) a certificate, signed in the name of the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor by any two of its executive officers or by its attorney in fact or authorized signatories in accordance with its bylaws, stating that the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor, as the case may be, are or is entitled to redeem the Notes pursuant to their terms and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the condition or conditions precedent to the right of the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor to so redeem have occurred or been satisfied; and (2) an Opinion of Counsel, to the effect that the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts in excess of the Additional Amounts payable at the Minimum Withholding Level as a result of the change or amendment and that all governmental requirements necessary for the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor to effect the redemption have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, reasonable measures will not include the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor changing or moving jurisdictions.

 

SECTION 7. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption shall be delivered electronically or by first class mail (or in the case of Notes held in book-entry form, by electronic transmission) at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder (with a copy to the Trustee) of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than US$2,000 may be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

A-7

 

 

SECTION 8. Mandatory Redemption. The Issuers are not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. The Issuers or the Company may be required to offer to purchase the Notes pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Indenture. The Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase the Notes in the open market or otherwise. Any Notes purchased in the open market or otherwise will be canceled or remain outstanding as instructed by the Company. If the Company elects to cancel any Notes purchased by the Issuers, then the Company may deliver such purchased Notes to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to Section 2.11 of the Indenture.

 

SECTION 9. Repurchase at Option of Holder. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, and subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuers shall be required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase.

 

The Company is, subject to certain conditions and exceptions, obligated to make an offer to purchase Notes at 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase, with certain net cash proceeds of certain sales or other dispositions of assets in accordance with the Indenture.

 

SECTION 10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Issuers, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers and the Registrar are not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuers and the Registrar are not required to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

 

SECTION 11. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

SECTION 12. Amendment. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, or comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

A-8

 

 

SECTION 13. Defaults and Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes generally may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency as set forth in the Indenture, with respect to the Issuers, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture and the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Event of Default (except an Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest including an accelerated payment or the failure to make a payment on the Change of Control Payment Date or an Event of Default in complying with the provisions of Article 6 of the Indenture) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, or the premium on, the Notes.

 

SECTION 14. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries to create liens, to enter into sale and leaseback transactions or to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets. The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Company must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations and other provisions in the Indenture.

 

SECTION 15. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member or manager of the Issuers or of any Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Notes or the Indenture, or of any Guarantor under its Guarantee or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

SECTION 16. Guarantees. This Note shall be entitled to the benefits of certain Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders.

 

SECTION 17. Trustee Dealings with the Issuers. Subject to certain terms, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with Issuers and their respective Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

SECTION 18. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

A-9

 

 

SECTION 19. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

SECTION 20. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

SECTION 21. Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. For the avoidance of doubt, the application of articles 470-1 to 470-19 (inclusive) of the Luxembourg law of 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended, is excluded.

 

The Issuers shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.

 

A-10

 

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.
JBS USA FOOD COMPANY
JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
5.500% Senior Notes due 2036
ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee or transferee)

 

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

(Insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee or transferee)

 

and irrevocably appoint______________________________ agent to transfer this Note

on the books of the Issuers.

The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

Dated:     Signed:  
    (Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:  
  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

  

In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date which is the date following the first anniversary of the original issuance of this Note, the undersigned confirms that it has not utilized any general solicitation or general advertising in connection with the transfer and is making the transfer pursuant to one of the following:

 

[Check One]

 

(1)to Parent or a subsidiary thereof; or

 

(2)to a person who the transferor reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or

 

(3)to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter can be obtained from the Company); or

 

A-11

 

 

(4)outside the United States to a non-”U.S. person” as defined in Rule 902 of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

  

(5)pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or

 

(6)☐ pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

and unless the box below is checked, the undersigned confirms that such Note is not being transferred to an “affiliate” of the Issuers as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (an “Affiliate”):

 

☐ The transferee is an Affiliate of the Issuers.

 

Unless one of the foregoing items (1) through (6) is checked, the Trustee shall refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if item (3), (4) or (5) is checked, the Issuers may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in their sole discretion, such written legal opinions, certifications (including an investment letter in the case of box (3) or (4)) and other information as the Issuers have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

If none of the foregoing items (1) through (6) are checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.16 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

 

Dated:     Signed:  
  (Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:  
  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:  
  NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-12

 

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.
JBS USA FOOD COMPANY
JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
5.500% Senior Notes due 2036
OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Indenture, check the box:

 

Section 4.07 [       ]

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Indenture, state the amount (in denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000): US$______________

 

Dated:     Signed:  
  (Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:  
  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

 

A-13

 

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE3

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Physical Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Physical Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

           Principal     
   Amount of   Amount of   Amount of this     
   decrease in   increase in   Global Note   Signature of 
Date of  Principal   Principal   following such   authorized 
Transfer or  Amount of this   Amount of this   decrease (or   officer of 
Exchange  Global Note   Global Note   increase)   Trustee 
                                                                           
                     
                     
                     

 

 

3This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-14

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF LEGENDS

 

Each Global Note and Physical Note that constitutes a Restricted Security shall bear the following legend (the “Private Placement Legend”) on the face thereof until at least one year after the later of the date of issuance of such Note and the last date on which the Issuers or any of their Affiliates was the owner of such Note or any

predecessor of such Note and on which the Issuers instruct the Trustee that the Private Placement Legend shall be deemed removed from such Note, unless otherwise agreed by the Issuers and the Holder thereof or if such legend is no longer required by Section 2.16(f) of the Indenture:

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED NOTES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF 144A GLOBAL NOTES: ONE YEAR] [IN THE CASE OF TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTES: 40 DAYS] AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUERS OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERS WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE) [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: AND ON WHICH THE ISSUERS INSTRUCT THE TRUSTEE THAT THIS LEGEND SHALL BE DEEMED REMOVED FROM THE NOTE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE RELATING TO THIS NOTE], ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUERS, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED  INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF US$250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]

 

B-1

 

 

Each Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall also bear the following legend (the “Global Note Legend”):

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITORY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

B-2

 

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.16 OF THE INDENTURE.

 

Each Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall also bear the following legend (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note Legend”):

 

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE FOR PURPOSES OF REGULATION S UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). NEITHER THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR DELIVERED, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO BELOW.

 

NO BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL OR INTEREST HEREON UNLESS THE REQUIRED CERTIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN DELIVERED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE.

 

Each Affiliate Global Note or Physical Note delivered pursuant to Section 2.18 of the Indenture shall also bear the following legend (the “Affiliate Legend”):

 

INTERESTS IN THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE HELD BY AFFILIATES (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., JBS USA FOOD COMPANY AND JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. OR BY PERSONS WHO HAVE ACQUIRED SUCH INTERESTS FROM AN AFFILIATE IN A TRANSACTION OR CHAIN OF TRANSACTIONS NOT INVOLVING ANY PUBLIC OFFERING. ACCORDINGLY, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED BY THE INDENTURE, INTERESTS IN THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR EXCHANGED FOR INTERESTS IN A GLOBAL NOTE THAT IS NOT A RESTRICTED SECURITY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE) UNTIL THE DATE THAT IS ONE YEAR (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD AS MAY BE PERMITTED BY THE INDENTURE AND RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREOF)) AFTER THE LAST DATE ON WHICH ANY OF JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., JBS USA FOOD COMPANY OR JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF WAS THE OWNER OF SUCH INTEREST.

 

Any Additional Notes so designated by the Company shall also bear the following legend (the “Original Issue Discount Legend”):

 

THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L. AGREES TO PROMPTLY MAKE AVAILABLE TO THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, UPON WRITTEN REQUEST, THE ISSUE PRICE, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY WITH RESPECT TO THE NOTE. ANY SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST SHOULD BE SENT TO JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L. AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., 1770 PROMONTORY CIRCLE, GREELEY, CO 80634, ATTENTION: TREASURER.

  

B-3

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE

DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH

TRANSFERS TO NON-QIB INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTORS 

[                       ], [                     ]

 

Regions Bank

51 W Bay Street

Jacksonville, FL 32202

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Email: Craig.Kaye@Regions.com

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with our proposed purchase of 5.500% Senior Notes due 2036 (the “Notes”) of JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, with registered address at 21 Avenue de la Gare, étage 2, L-1611 Luxembourg, and registered with the Luxembourg Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS USA FOOD COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“JBS USA Food”), and JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware Corporation (“JBS USA Foods Group Holdings”, and collectively with the Company and JBS USA Food, the “Issuers”), we confirm that:

 

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture relating to the Notes (the “Indenture”), and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and all applicable state securities laws.

 

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and that the Notes may not be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell, offer, pledge or otherwise transfer any Notes, we shall do so only (1) to the Issuer, (2) pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (3) for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a Person it reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (4) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act or (5) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is an institutional accredited investor acquiring the security for its own account or for the account of such an institutional accredited investor, in each case in a minimum principal amount of the securities of US$250,000, for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act and who prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to the Trustee (as defined in the Indenture) a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Notes (the form of which letter can be obtained from the Company) and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein.

 

C-1

 

 

3. We are not acquiring the Notes for or on behalf of, and shall not transfer the Notes to, any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), any plan, individual retirement accounts or other arrangements subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or provisions under any federal, state, local, or non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA of the Code or any entity whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of such plans, accounts or arrangements, except as permitted in the Sections entitled “Transfer Restrictions” and “Certain ERISA Considerations” of the Offering Memorandum.

 

4. We understand that, on any proposed resale of any Notes, we shall be required to furnish to the Trustee and the Issuers such certification, legal opinions and other information as the Issuers may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us shall bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

 

5. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or their investment, as the case may be.

 

6. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

 

You, as Trustee, the Issuers, counsel for the Issuers and others are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

  

  Very truly yours,
   
  [Name of Transferee]
   
  By:                 
  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Guarantee:  
  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

 

 

C-2

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED
IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS
PURSUANT TO REGULATION S

[                       ], [                     ]

 

Regions Bank

51 W Bay Street

Jacksonville, FL 32202

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Email: Craig.Kaye@Regions.com

 

Re:JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., JBS USA FOOD COMPANY and JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. (together, the “Issuers”)
  5.500% Senior Notes due 2036 (the “Notes”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with our proposed sale of US$[ ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

 

(1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

 

(2) either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable;

 

(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

 

(5) we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes.

 

You, as Trustee, the Issuers, counsel for the Issuers and others are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  [Name of Transferor]
   
  By:         
  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Guarantee:  
  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

 

D-1

 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH
TRANSFERS OF TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE

 

,

 

Regions Bank

51 W Bay Street

Jacksonville, FL 32202

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Email: Craig.Kaye@Regions.com

 

Re:JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., JBS USA FOOD COMPANY and JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. (together, the “Issuers”)

5.500% Senior Notes due 2036 (the “Notes”)

 

Dear Sirs:

 

This letter relates to US$[ ] principal amount of Notes represented by a certificate (the “Legended Certificate”) which bears a legend outlining restrictions upon transfer of such Legended Certificate. Pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 2.16(c) of the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of July 3, 2025 relating to the Notes, we hereby certify that we are (or we shall hold such securities on behalf of) a person outside the United States to whom the Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

You, as Trustee, the Issuers, counsel for the Issuers and others are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this letter have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  [Name of Proposed Transferee]
   
  By:          
  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Guarantee:  
  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

 

E-1

Exhibit 4.32

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

dated as of November 19, 2025

 

by and among

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,

as Company,

 

JBS N.V.,
as Substituted Company

 

and

 

REGIONS BANK

as Trustee

 

 

5.500% Senior Notes due 2036

 

 

 

THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), entered into as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a Luxembourg private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 21 avenue de la Gare, L-1611, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, under registration with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS N.V., a company incorporated and organized in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands, with its registered seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and headquarters at Stroombaan 16, 5th floor, 1181VX, Amstelveen, The Netherlands, enrolled with the CNPJ/ME under No. 49.115.815/0001-05 and registered with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 76063305 (the “Substituted Company”), and REGIONS BANK, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company, each of the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of July 3, 2025 (as supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), relating to the 5.500% Senior Notes due 2036 issued thereunder (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 12.01 of the Indenture provides that the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, be substituted by any direct or indirect parent of the Company subject to the conditions contained in Section 12.01 of the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to be replaced and substituted by the Substituted Company, and the Substituted Company has agreed to (i) become the “Company” and an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) be liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder (the “Substitution”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 11.07 of the Indenture provides that the Guarantees of the Notes by the Parent Guarantors are automatically and unconditionally released and discharged if, at any time, the Parent Guarantors shall cease to guarantee the Existing 2031 Notes for any reason, including as a result of the “Fall-Away Event” (as defined in the indenture governing the Existing 2031 Notes);

 

WHEREAS, the Fall-Away Event has occurred and Sections 10.01 and 11.07 of the Indenture provide that the Company and the Trustee, may enter into a supplemental indenture (without the consent of any Holder of Notes) which provides for the “Fall-Away Event” and unconditional release of the Parent Guarantors from their Guarantees, among other conditions set forth in Section 11.07 of the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 10.01, 11.07 and 12.01 of the Indenture, the Company, the Substituted Company and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.

 

Section 2. JBS N.V. as Issuer and Company. In connection with the Substitution, the Substituted Company hereby (i) becomes an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder, with the same force and effect as if JBS N.V. was originally named as an “Issuer” thereunder. In addition, to the extent that the Indenture or any Note contains any other reference to the “Company,” each of the Issuers collectively by name or by collective reference to “Issuers” or “Co-Issuers” or any other reference as the context may require, then the Indenture and each Note is amended to include reference to JBS N.V.

 

1

 

 

Section 3. Release of JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. In connection with the Substitution, JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. is hereby released from all its obligations as issuer and principal debtor in respect to the Indenture and the Notes.

 

Section 4. Release of Parent Guarantors; Elimination of Certain Covenants and Events of Default. In connection with the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, (i) JBS S.A., JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l. and JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty Limited are hereby unconditionally released from all of their respective obligations as “Parent Guarantors” and guarantors in respect to the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, (ii) the covenants in Section 5.01 (Reports of Parent) of the Indenture are hereby eliminated and (iii) the Events of Default arising under the following clauses of Section 7.01 of the Indenture: (d) (with respect to breaches under Article 5), (e), (f), (g) and (h) (with respect to events and circumstances with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (i) (in its entirety), and references to Parent in Sections 7.02(a) and (b) of the Indenture are hereby deleted.

 

Section 5. Original Issuers Remain Issuers. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall or shall be deemed to modify or otherwise affect the obligations of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company under the Notes and the Indenture, and each of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company shall remain liable, jointly and severally with the Substituted Company, for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder.

 

Section 6. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

Section 9. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which are made solely by the Company and the Substituted Company. In entering this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or affording protection to the Trustee whether or not elsewhere herein so provided. The Company and the Substituted Company expressly reaffirm and confirm their obligations to indemnify the Trustee in connection with the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture and all the actions contemplated hereby, all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

Section 10. Effective Date. This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective on the date first above written.

 

Section 11. Notices. Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder and under the Indenture shall be in English and in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by internationally recognized overnight courier service or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

if to JBS N.V.:

 

c/o JBS USA Food Company

Attention: General Counsel and Treasurer

1770 Promontory Circle

Greeley, CO 80634

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,
  as Company
       
  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Title: Category A Manager
       
  JBS N.V.,
  as Substituted Company
       
  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Title: Chief Financial Officer
       
  REGIONS BANK,
  as Trustee
       
  By:  /s/ Craig A. Kaye
    Name: Craig A. Kaye
    Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.37

 

FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

dated as of November 19, 2025

 

by and among

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,

as Company,

 

JBS N.V.,
as Substituted Company

 

and

 

REGIONS BANK

as Trustee

 

 

4.375% Senior Notes due 2052

 

 

 

THIS FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), entered into as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a Luxembourg private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 21 avenue de la Gare, L-1611, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, under registration with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS N.V., a company incorporated and organized in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands, with its registered seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and headquarters at Stroombaan 16, 5th floor, 1181VX, Amstelveen, The Netherlands, enrolled with the CNPJ/ME under No. 49.115.815/0001-05 and registered with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 76063305 (the “Substituted Company”), and REGIONS BANK, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company, each of the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of February 2, 2022 (as supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), relating to the 4.375% Senior Notes due 2052 issued thereunder (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 12.01 of the Indenture provides that the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, be substituted by any direct or indirect parent of the Company subject to the conditions contained in Section 12.01 of the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to be replaced and substituted by the Substituted Company, and the Substituted Company has agreed to (i) become the “Company” and an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) be liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder (the “Substitution”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 11.07 of the Indenture provides that the Guarantees of the Notes by the Parent Guarantors are automatically and unconditionally released and discharged if, at any time, the Parent Guarantors shall cease to guarantee the Existing 2031 Notes for any reason, including as a result of the “Fall-Away Event” (as defined in the indenture governing the Existing 2031 Notes);

 

WHEREAS, the Fall-Away Event has occurred and Sections 10.01 and 11.07 of the Indenture provide that the Company and the Trustee, may enter into a supplemental indenture (without the consent of any Holder of Notes) which provides for the “Fall-Away Event” and unconditional release of the Parent Guarantors from their Guarantees, among other conditions set forth in Section 11.07 of the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 10.01, 11.07 and 12.01 of the Indenture, the Company, the Substituted Company and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.

 

Section 2. JBS N.V. as Issuer and Company. In connection with the Substitution, the Substituted Company hereby (i) becomes an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder, with the same force and effect as if JBS N.V. was originally named as an “Issuer” thereunder. In addition, to the extent that the Indenture or any Note contains any other reference to the “Company,” each of the Issuers collectively by name or by collective reference to “Issuers” or “Co-Issuers” or any other reference as the context may require, then the Indenture and each Note is amended to include reference to JBS N.V.

 

1

 

 

Section 3. Release of JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. In connection with the Substitution, JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. is hereby released from all its obligations as issuer and principal debtor in respect to the Indenture and the Notes.

 

Section 4. Release of Parent Guarantors; Elimination of Certain Covenants and Events of Default. In connection with the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, (i) JBS S.A., JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l. and JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty Limited are hereby unconditionally released from all of their respective obligations as “Parent Guarantors” and guarantors in respect to the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, (ii) the covenants in Section 5.01 (Reports of Parent) of the Indenture are hereby eliminated and (iii) the Events of Default arising under the following clauses of Section 7.01 of the Indenture: (d) (with respect to breaches under Article 5), (e), (f), (g) and (h) (with respect to events and circumstances with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (i) (in its entirety), and references to Parent in Sections 7.02(a) and (b) of the Indenture are hereby deleted.

 

Section 5. Original Issuers Remain Issuers. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall or shall be deemed to modify or otherwise affect the obligations of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company under the Notes and the Indenture, and each of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company shall remain liable, jointly and severally with the Substituted Company, for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder.

 

Section 6. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

Section 9. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which are made solely by the Company and each Guarantor. In entering this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or affording protection to the Trustee whether or not elsewhere herein so provided. The Company and the Guarantors expressly reaffirm and confirm their obligations to indemnify the Trustee in connection with the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture and all the actions contemplated hereby, all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

Section 10. Effective Date. This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective on the date first above written.

 

Section 11. Notices. Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder and under the Indenture shall be in English and in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by internationally recognized overnight courier service or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

if to JBS N.V.:

 

c/o JBS USA Food Company

Attention: General Counsel and Treasurer

1770 Promontory Circle

Greeley, CO 80634

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,
  as Company
       
  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Title: Category A Manager
       
  JBS N.V.,
  as Substituted Company
       
  By:  /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Title: Chief Financial Officer
       
  REGIONS BANK,
  as Trustee
       
  By:  /s/ Craig A. Kaye
    Name:  Craig A. Kaye
    Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.41

 

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

dated as of November 19, 2025

 

by and among

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,

as Company,

 

JBS N.V.,
as Substituted Company

 

and

 

REGIONS BANK

as Trustee

 

 

6.500% Senior Notes due 2052

 

 

 

THIS THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), entered into as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a Luxembourg private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 21 avenue de la Gare, L-1611, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, under registration with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS N.V., a company incorporated and organized in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands, with its registered seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and headquarters at Stroombaan 16, 5th floor, 1181VX, Amstelveen, The Netherlands, enrolled with the CNPJ/ME under No. 49.115.815/0001-05 and registered with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 76063305 (the “Substituted Company”), and REGIONS BANK, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company, each of the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of June 21, 2022 (as supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), relating to the 6.500% Senior Notes due 2052 issued thereunder (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 12.01 of the Indenture provides that the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, be substituted by any direct or indirect parent of the Company subject to the conditions contained in Section 12.01 of the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to be replaced and substituted by the Substituted Company, and the Substituted Company has agreed to (i) become the “Company” and an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) be liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder (the “Substitution”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 11.07 of the Indenture provides that the Guarantees of the Notes by the Parent Guarantors are automatically and unconditionally released and discharged if, at any time, the Parent Guarantors shall cease to guarantee the Existing 2031 Notes for any reason, including as a result of the “Fall-Away Event” (as defined in the indenture governing the Existing 2031 Notes);

 

WHEREAS, the Fall-Away Event has occurred and Sections 10.01 and 11.07 of the Indenture provide that the Company and the Trustee, may enter into a supplemental indenture (without the consent of any Holder of Notes) which provides for the “Fall-Away Event” and unconditional release of the Parent Guarantors from their Guarantees, among other conditions set forth in Section 11.07 of the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 10.01, 11.07 and 12.01 of the Indenture, the Company, the Substituted Company and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.

 

Section 2. JBS N.V. as Issuer and Company. In connection with the Substitution, the Substituted Company hereby (i) becomes an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder, with the same force and effect as if JBS N.V. was originally named as an “Issuer” thereunder. In addition, to the extent that the Indenture or any Note contains any other reference to the “Company,” each of the Issuers collectively by name or by collective reference to “Issuers” or “Co-Issuers” or any other reference as the context may require, then the Indenture and each Note is amended to include reference to JBS N.V.

 

1

 

 

Section 3. Release of JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. In connection with the Substitution, JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. is hereby released from all its obligations as issuer and principal debtor in respect to the Indenture and the Notes.

 

Section 4. Release of Parent Guarantors; Elimination of Certain Covenants and Events of Default. In connection with the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, (i) JBS S.A., JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l. and JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty Limited are hereby unconditionally released from all of their respective obligations as “Parent Guarantors” and guarantors in respect to the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, (ii) the covenants in Section 5.01 (Reports of Parent) of the Indenture are hereby eliminated and (iii) the Events of Default arising under the following clauses of Section 7.01 of the Indenture: (d) (with respect to breaches under Article 5), (e), (f), (g) and (h) (with respect to events and circumstances with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (i) (in its entirety), and references to Parent in Sections 7.02(a) and (b) of the Indenture are hereby deleted.

 

Section 5. Original Issuers Remain Issuers. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall or shall be deemed to modify or otherwise affect the obligations of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company under the Notes and the Indenture, and each of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company shall remain liable, jointly and severally with the Substituted Company, for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder.

 

Section 6. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

Section 9. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which are made solely by the Company and the Substituted Company. In entering this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or affording protection to the Trustee whether or not elsewhere herein so provided. The Company and the Substituted Company expressly reaffirm and confirm their obligations to indemnify the Trustee in connection with the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture and all the actions contemplated hereby, all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

Section 10. Effective Date. This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective on the date first above written.

 

Section 11. Notices. Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder and under the Indenture shall be in English and in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by internationally recognized overnight courier service or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

if to JBS N.V.:

 

c/o JBS USA Food Company

Attention: General Counsel and Treasurer

1770 Promontory Circle

Greeley, CO 80634

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,
  as Company
     
  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
  Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
  Title:   Category A Manager
     
  JBS N.V.,
  as Substituted Company
     
  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
  Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
     
  REGIONS BANK,
  as Trustee
     
  By: /s/ Craig A. Kaye
  Name: Craig A. Kaye
  Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.44

 

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

dated as of November 19, 2025

 

by and among

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,

as Company,

 

JBS N.V.,
as Substituted Company

 

and

 

REGIONS BANK

as Trustee

 

 

7.250% Senior Notes due 2053

 

 

 

THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), entered into as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a Luxembourg private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 21 avenue de la Gare, L-1611, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, under registration with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS N.V., a company incorporated and organized in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands, with its registered seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and headquarters at Stroombaan 16, 5th floor, 1181VX, Amstelveen, The Netherlands, enrolled with the CNPJ/ME under No. 49.115.815/0001-05 and registered with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 76063305 (the “Substituted Company”), and REGIONS BANK, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company, each of the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of September 19, 2023 (as supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), relating to the 7.250% Senior Notes due 2053 issued thereunder (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 12.01 of the Indenture provides that the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, be substituted by any direct or indirect parent of the Company subject to the conditions contained in Section 12.01 of the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to be replaced and substituted by the Substituted Company, and the Substituted Company has agreed to (i) become the “Company” and an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) be liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder (the “Substitution”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 11.07 of the Indenture provides that the Guarantees of the Notes by the Parent Guarantors are automatically and unconditionally released and discharged if, at any time, the Parent Guarantors shall cease to guarantee the Existing 2031 Notes for any reason, including as a result of the “Fall-Away Event” (as defined in the indenture governing the Existing 2031 Notes);

 

WHEREAS, the Fall-Away Event has occurred and Sections 10.01 and 11.07 of the Indenture provide that the Company and the Trustee, may enter into a supplemental indenture (without the consent of any Holder of Notes) which provides for the “Fall-Away Event” and unconditional release of the Parent Guarantors from their Guarantees, among other conditions set forth in Section 11.07 of the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 10.01, 11.07 and 12.01 of the Indenture, the Company, the Substituted Company and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.

 

Section 2. JBS N.V. as Issuer and Company. In connection with the Substitution, the Substituted Company hereby (i) becomes an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder, with the same force and effect as if JBS N.V. was originally named as an “Issuer” thereunder. In addition, to the extent that the Indenture or any Note contains any other reference to the “Company,” each of the Issuers collectively by name or by collective reference to “Issuers” or “Co-Issuers” or any other reference as the context may require, then the Indenture and each Note is amended to include reference to JBS N.V.

 

1

 

 

Section 3. Release of JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. In connection with the Substitution, JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. is hereby released from all its obligations as issuer and principal debtor in respect to the Indenture and the Notes.

 

Section 4. Release of Parent Guarantors; Elimination of Certain Covenants and Events of Default. In connection with the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, (i) JBS S.A., JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l. and JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty Limited are hereby unconditionally released from all of their respective obligations as “Parent Guarantors” and guarantors in respect to the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, (ii) the covenants in Section 5.01 (Reports of Parent) of the Indenture are hereby eliminated and (iii) the Events of Default arising under the following clauses of Section 7.01 of the Indenture: (d) (with respect to breaches under Article 5), (e), (f), (g) and (h) (with respect to events and circumstances with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (i) (in its entirety), and references to Parent in Sections 7.02(a) and (b) of the Indenture are hereby deleted.

 

Section 5. Original Issuers Remain Issuers. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall or shall be deemed to modify or otherwise affect the obligations of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company under the Notes and the Indenture, and each of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company shall remain liable, jointly and severally with the Substituted Company, for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder.

 

Section 6. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

Section 9. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which are made solely by the Company and the Substituted Company. In entering this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or affording protection to the Trustee whether or not elsewhere herein so provided. The Company and the Substituted Company expressly reaffirm and confirm their obligations to indemnify the Trustee in connection with the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture and all the actions contemplated hereby, all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

Section 10. Effective Date. This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective on the date first above written.

 

Section 11. Notices. Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder and under the Indenture shall be in English and in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by internationally recognized overnight courier service or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

if to JBS N.V.:

 

c/o JBS USA Food Company

Attention: General Counsel and Treasurer

1770 Promontory Circle

Greeley, CO 80634

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,
  as Company
     
  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
  Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
  Title:   Category A Manager
     
  JBS N.V.,
  as Substituted Company
     
  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
  Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
     
  REGIONS BANK,
  as Trustee
     
  By: /s/ Craig A. Kaye
  Name: Craig A. Kaye
  Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.46

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

dated as of November 19, 2025

 

by and among

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,

as Company,

 

JBS N.V.,
as Substituted Company

 

and

 

REGIONS BANK

as Trustee

 

 

6.375% Senior Notes due 2055

 

 

 

THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), entered into as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a Luxembourg private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 21 avenue de la Gare, L-1611, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, under registration with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS N.V., a company incorporated and organized in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands, with its registered seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and headquarters at Stroombaan 16, 5th floor, 1181VX, Amstelveen, The Netherlands, enrolled with the CNPJ/ME under No. 49.115.815/0001-05 and registered with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 76063305 (the “Substituted Company”), and REGIONS BANK, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company, each of the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of January 21, 2025 (as supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), relating to the 6.375% Senior Notes due 2055 issued thereunder (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 12.01 of the Indenture provides that the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, be substituted by any direct or indirect parent of the Company subject to the conditions contained in Section 12.01 of the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to be replaced and substituted by the Substituted Company, and the Substituted Company has agreed to (i) become the “Company” and an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) be liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder (the “Substitution”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 11.07 of the Indenture provides that the Guarantees of the Notes by the Parent Guarantors are automatically and unconditionally released and discharged if, at any time, the Parent Guarantors shall cease to guarantee the Existing 2031 Notes for any reason, including as a result of the “Fall-Away Event” (as defined in the indenture governing the Existing 2031 Notes);

 

WHEREAS, the Fall-Away Event has occurred and Sections 10.01 and 11.07 of the Indenture provide that the Company and the Trustee, may enter into a supplemental indenture (without the consent of any Holder of Notes) which provides for the “Fall-Away Event” and unconditional release of the Parent Guarantors from their Guarantees, among other conditions set forth in Section 11.07 of the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 10.01, 11.07 and 12.01 of the Indenture, the Company, the Substituted Company and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.

 

Section 2. JBS N.V. as Issuer and Company. In connection with the Substitution, the Substituted Company hereby (i) becomes an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder, with the same force and effect as if JBS N.V. was originally named as an “Issuer” thereunder. In addition, to the extent that the Indenture or any Note contains any other reference to the “Company,” each of the Issuers collectively by name or by collective reference to “Issuers” or “Co-Issuers” or any other reference as the context may require, then the Indenture and each Note is amended to include reference to JBS N.V.

 

1

 

 

Section 3. Release of JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. In connection with the Substitution, JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. is hereby released from all its obligations as issuer and principal debtor in respect to the Indenture and the Notes.

 

Section 4. Release of Parent Guarantors; Elimination of Certain Covenants and Events of Default. In connection with the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, (i) JBS S.A., JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l. and JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty Limited are hereby unconditionally released from all of their respective obligations as “Parent Guarantors” and guarantors in respect to the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, (ii) the covenants in Section 5.01 (Reports of Parent) of the Indenture are hereby eliminated and (iii) the Events of Default arising under the following clauses of Section 7.01 of the Indenture: (d) (with respect to breaches under Article 5), (e), (f), (g) and (h) (with respect to events and circumstances with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (i) (in its entirety), and references to Parent in Sections 7.02(a) and (b) of the Indenture are hereby deleted.

 

Section 5. Original Issuers Remain Issuers. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall or shall be deemed to modify or otherwise affect the obligations of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company under the Notes and the Indenture, and each of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company shall remain liable, jointly and severally with the Substituted Company, for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder.

 

Section 6. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

Section 9. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which are made solely by the Company and the Substituted Company. In entering this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or affording protection to the Trustee whether or not elsewhere herein so provided. The Company and the Substituted Company expressly reaffirm and confirm their obligations to indemnify the Trustee in connection with the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture and all the actions contemplated hereby, all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

Section 10. Effective Date. This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective on the date first above written.

 

Section 11. Notices. Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder and under the Indenture shall be in English and in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by internationally recognized overnight courier service or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

if to JBS N.V.:

 

c/o JBS USA Food Company

Attention: General Counsel and Treasurer

1770 Promontory Circle

Greeley, CO 80634

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,
  as Company
     
  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
  Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
  Title:   Category A Manager
     
  JBS N.V.,
  as Substituted Company
     
  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
  Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
     
  REGIONS BANK,
  as Trustee
     
  By: /s/ Craig A. Kaye
  Name: Craig A. Kaye
  Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.47

 

Execution Version

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.

JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

 

and

 

JBS USA FOOD COMPANY
as Issuers,

 

the GUARANTORS named herein,
as Guarantors,

 

and

 

REGIONS BANK,
as Trustee

 

 

 

INDENTURE

 

 

 

Dated as of July 3, 2025

 

 

 

6.250% Senior Notes due 2056

 

 

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

Trust Indenture Act Section   Indenture Section
310 (a)(1)   8.10
  (a)(2)   8.10
  (a)(3)   N.A.
  (a)(4)   N.A.
  (a)(5)   8.08; 8.10
  (b)   8.08; 8.10; 14.02
  (c)   N.A.
311 (a)   8.11
  (b)   8.11
  (c)   N.A.
312 (a)   2.05
  (b)   14.03
  (c)   14.03
313 (a)   8.06
  (b)(1)   8.06
  (b)(2)   8.06
  (c)   8.06; 14.02
  (d)   8.06
314 (a)   4.05(a); 4.11; 14.02
  (b)   N.A.
  (c)(1)   8.02; 14.04; 14.05
  (c)(2)   8.02; 14.04; 14.05
  (c)(3)   N.A.
  (d)   N.A.
  (e)   14.05
  (f)   N.A.
315 (a)   8.01(b); 8.02(a)
  (b)   8.05; 14.02
  (c)   8.01
  (d)   7.05; 8.01(c)
  (e)   7.11
316 (a)(last sentence)   2.09
  (a)(1)(A)   7.05
  (a)(1)(B)   7.04
  (a)(2)   10.02
  (b)   7.07
  (c)   10.04
317 (a)(1)   7.08
  (a)(2)   7.09
  (b)   2.04
318 (a)   14.01
  (c)   14.01

 

 

N.A. means Not Applicable

 

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture.

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    PAGE
     
ARTICLE 1    
Definitions and incorporation by reference    
     
Section 1.01. Definitions   1
Section 1.02. Other Definitions   28
Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act   29
Section 1.04. Rules of Construction   29
     
ARTICLE 2    
The notes    
     
Section 2.01. Form and Dating   30
Section 2.02. Execution, Authentication and Denomination; Additional Notes   31
Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent   32
Section 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust   32
Section 2.05. Holder Lists   33
Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange   33
Section 2.07. Replacement Notes   34
Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes   34
Section 2.09. Treasury Notes   34
Section 2.10. Temporary Notes   34
Section 2.11. Cancellation   35
Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest   35
Section 2.13. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers   35
Section 2.14. Deposit of Moneys   35
Section 2.15. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes   36
Section 2.16. Special Transfer and Exchange Provisions   37
Section 2.17. Automatic Exchange   41
Section 2.18. Notes Held by Affiliates   42
Section 2.19. Open Market Purchases   42
     
ARTICLE 3    
Redemption    
     
Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee   43
Section 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed   43
Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption   43
Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption   45
Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price   45
Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part   45

 

i

 

 

ARTICLE 4    
Covenants of the company    
     
Section 4.01. Payment of Notes   45
Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency   46
Section 4.03. Corporate Existence   46
Section 4.04. Payment of Taxes   46
Section 4.05. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default   47
Section 4.06. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws   47
Section 4.07. Change of Control   47
Section 4.08. Limitation on Liens   49
Section 4.09. Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions   50
Section 4.10. Guarantees of Debt by Restricted Subsidiaries   51
Section 4.11. Reports of the Company   52
Section 4.12. Measuring Compliance   54
     
ARTICLE 5    
Covenants of parent    
     
Section 5.01. Reports of Parent   56
     
ARTICLE 6    
Successor corporation    
     
Section 6.01. Mergers, Consolidations, Etc   57
     
ARTICLE 7    
Default and remedies    
     
Section 7.01. Events of Default   58
Section 7.02. Acceleration   60
Section 7.03. Other Remedies   61
Section 7.04. Waiver of Past Defaults   62
Section 7.05. Control by Majority   62
Section 7.06. Limitation on Suits   62
Section 7.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment   63
Section 7.08. Collection Suit by Trustee   63
Section 7.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim   63
Section 7.10. Priorities   63
Section 7.11. Undertaking for Costs   64

 

ii

 

 

ARTICLE 8    
Trustee    
     
Section 8.01. Duties of Trustee   64
Section 8.02. Rights of Trustee   65
Section 8.03. Individual Rights of Trustee   67
Section 8.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer   68
Section 8.05. Notice of Default   68
Section 8.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders   68
Section 8.07. Compensation and Indemnity   68
Section 8.08. Replacement of Trustee   69
Section 8.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc   70
Section 8.10. Eligibility; Disqualification   71
Section 8.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers   71
     
ARTICLE 9    
Discharge of indenture; defeasance    
     
Section 9.01. Satisfaction and Discharge   71
Section 9.02. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance   72
Section 9.03. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance   73
Section 9.04. Application of Trust Money   74
Section 9.05. Repayment to the Issuers   75
Section 9.06. Reinstatement   75
     
ARTICLE 10    
Amendments, supplements and waivers    
     
Section 10.01. Without Consent of Holders   75
Section 10.02. With Consent of Holders   76
Section 10.03. Compliance with the Trust Indenture Act   77
Section 10.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents   77
Section 10.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes   78
Section 10.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc   78
     
ARTICLE 11    
Guarantee    
     
Section 11.01. Guarantee   79
Section 11.02. [Reserved]   80
Section 11.03. [Reserved.]   80
Section 11.04. Additional Amounts   80
Section 11.05. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee   82
Section 11.06. [Reserved.]   83
Section 11.07. Release of Guarantees of Parent Guarantors and Fall-Away of    
Covenants of Parent   83
Section 11.08. No Waiver   84
Section 11.09. Modification   84

 

iii

 

 

ARTICLE 12    
Substitution of the company as issuer    
     
Section 12.01. Substitution of the Company as Issuer   84
     
ARTICLE 13    
Release of jbs usa food company as an issuer    
     
Section 13.01. Release of JBS USA Food Company as an Issuer   85
     
ARTICLE 14    
Miscellaneous    
     
Section 14.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls   86
Section 14.02. Notices   86
Section 14.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders   87
Section 14.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent   87
Section 14.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion   87
Section 14.06. Rules by Paying Agent or Registrar   87
Section 14.07. Judgment Currency   88
Section 14.08. Legal Holidays   88
Section 14.09. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity   88
Section 14.10. Waiver of Jury Trial   89
Section 14.11. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements   89
Section 14.12. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders    
Section 14.13. Successors   90
Section 14.14. Duplicate Originals   90
Section 14.15. Severability   90
Section 14.16. English Language   90
Section 14.17. U.S.A. Patriot Act   90
Section 14.18. Entire Agreement   90

 

iv

 

 

SIGNATURES   S-1

 

Exhibit A – Form of Note

 

Exhibit B – Form of Legends

 

Exhibit C – Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors

 

Exhibit D – Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S

 

Exhibit E – Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers of Temporary Regulation S Global Note

 

Note: This Table of Contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

v

 

 

INDENTURE dated as of July 3, 2025, among JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, with registered address at 21 Avenue de la Gare, étage 2, L-1611 Luxembourg, and registered with the Luxembourg Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“JBS USA Foods Group Holdings”) and JBS USA FOOD COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“JBS USA Food” and, collectively with the Company and JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, the “Issuers”), each of the Guarantors party hereto, as Guarantors, and REGIONS BANK, an Alabama banking corporation, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

The Issuers have duly authorized the creation of an issue of 6.250% Senior Notes due 2056 and, to provide therefor, the Issuers and the Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. All things necessary to make the Notes (as defined below), when duly issued and executed by the Issuers and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuers and to make this Indenture a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Issuers and the Guarantors have been done.

 

THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH

 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders (as defined below) thereof, the parties hereto covenant and agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

Definitions and incorporation by reference

 

Section 1.01. Definitions. Set forth below are certain defined terms used in this Indenture.

 

“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. The term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

“Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

 

“amend” means to amend, supplement, restate, amend and restate or otherwise modify, including successively; and “amendment” shall have a correlative meaning.

 

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted using an implied interest rate of such transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

 

 

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

 

“Batista Family” includes José Batista Sobrinho, together with his wife, sons and daughters, or any of their respective heirs and any Person established and controlled by any of the foregoing.

 

“Board of Directors” means:

 

(1) with respect to a corporation, the Board of Directors or the board of managers of the corporation;

 

(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors or similar board or committee or Person serving a similar function of the managing general partner of the partnership; and

 

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of that Person or any Person serving a similar function.

 

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York or the Corporate Trust Office are authorized or required by law to close.

 

“Capital Stock” means:

 

(1) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares of corporate stock of that Person;

 

(2) with respect to any Person that is an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents, however designated, of capital stock of that Person;

 

(3) with respect to any Person that is a partnership or limited liability company, any and all partnership or membership interests, whether general or limited, of that Person; and

 

(4) with respect to any other Person, any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, as to any Person, the obligation of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease to which such Person is a party that is required to be classified and accounted for as a financing lease obligation under GAAP.

 

“Cash Management Services” means any of the following to the extent not constituting a line of credit (other than an overnight overdraft facility that is not in default): ACH transactions, treasury and/or cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, overdraft facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services.

 

2

 

 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(1) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders; or

 

(2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company other than in connection with any transaction or series of transactions in which the Company shall become the wholly owned subsidiary (other than any director’s qualifying shares or shares owned by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by applicable law) of a direct or indirect parent entity of the Company of which no person or group, as noted above, holds 50% or more of the total voting power (other than a Permitted Holder).

 

For purposes of this definition, any direct or indirect holding company of the Company shall not itself be considered a “person” or “group”; provided that no “person” or “group” (other than one or more of the Permitted Holders) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, more than a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such holding company.

 

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of a Change of Control that results in a Ratings Decline.

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.

 

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Commodity Agreement” means any commodity futures contract, commodity option or similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in the price of commodities.

 

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees or costs, capitalized expenditures, customer acquisition costs and incentive payments, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

3

 

 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

 

(1) increased (without duplication) by:

 

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses from Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Consolidated Interest Expense), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (1)(u) through (1)(z) thereof, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

( ) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any equity offering, investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Debt permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including, without limitation, (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Revolving Credit Agreement and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, and, in each case, deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(d) the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve or non-recurring integration costs deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, including any lease termination costs, severance costs, facility shutdown costs and other restructuring charges related to or associated with a permanent reduction in capacity, closure of plants or facilities, cut-backs or plant closures or a significant reconfiguration of a facility, plus

 

4

 

 

(e) any other non-cash charges, including any write-off or write-downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period, plus

 

(f) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(g) expenses consisting of internal software development costs that are expensed during the period but could have been capitalized under alternative accounting policies in accordance with GAAP, plus

 

(h) costs of surety bonds incurred in such period in connection with financing activities, plus

 

(i) the amount of net cost savings and synergies projected by such Person in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or to be taken prior to or during such period (which cost savings or synergies shall be subject only to certification by management of such Person and shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings or synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings or synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable,(B) such actions have been taken or are to be taken within 18 months after the date of determination to take such action and (C) no cost savings or synergies shall be added pursuant to this clause (j) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings or revenue enhancements that are included in clause

 

( ) below with respect to such period, plus

 

(k) business optimization expenses (including consolidation initiatives, severance costs and other costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement), plus

 

(j) restructuring charges or reserves (including restructuring costs related to acquisitions after the Issue Date and to closure and/or consolidation of facilities and to exiting lines of business), plus

 

(k) the amount of loss or discount on sale of receivables and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility, plus

 

5

 

 

(l) any costs or expense incurred by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Company (other than Disqualified Capital Stock); plus

 

(m) the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of any direct or indirect parent entity of such Person in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to shareholders of such Person, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were shareholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted under this Indenture, plus

 

(n) with respect to any joint venture, an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in clauses (a) and (c) above relating to such joint venture corresponding to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint venture were a Restricted Subsidiary), plus

 

(o) the amount of any loss attributable to a new plant or facility until the date that is 18 months after the date of commencement of construction or the date of acquisition thereof, as the case may be; provided that (A) such losses are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and certified by a responsible officer of such Person, (B) losses attributable to such plant or facility after 18 months from the date of commencement of construction or the date of acquisition of such plant or facility, as the case may be, shall not be included in this clause (q) and (C) no amounts shall be added pursuant to this clause (q) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings or revenue enhancements that are included in clauses (j) or (k) above with respect to such period;

 

(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period; and

 

(3) increased (in the case of a loss) or decreased (in the case of a gain) by (without duplication) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Debt (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk and revaluations of intercompany balances, including, without limitation, Currency Protection Agreements).

 

6

 

 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication of:

 

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for that period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, including (or plus, to the extent not included in such consolidated interest expense):

 

(a) amortization of debt discount;

 

(b) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations;

 

(c) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing;

 

(d) interest actually paid by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under any guarantee of Debt or other obligation of any other Person;

 

(e) interest expense on Debt guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such interest is paid by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries);

 

(f) net payments (whether positive or negative) pursuant to Interest Rate Protection Agreements; and

 

(g) cash and Disqualified Capital Stock dividends in respect of all Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries and Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person held by Persons other than such Person or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary;

 

but excluding:

 

(t) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Debt;

 

(u) interest expense attributable to a parent entity resulting from push-down accounting;

 

(v) any expense resulting from the discounting of Debt in connection with the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting;

 

(w) any Additional Amounts and any comparable “additional amounts”;

 

7

 

 

(x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, and original issue discount with respect to Debt issued on the Issue Date;

 

(y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees; and

 

(z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility; and

 

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for that period, whether paid or accrued.

 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that, without duplication,

 

(1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses, severance, relocation costs, new product introductions, and one-time compensation charges shall be excluded,

 

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

 

(3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

(4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined by the Company, shall be excluded,

 

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash or cash equivalents) or that (as reasonably determined by the Company) could have distributed to the reference Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

 

(6) [reserved]

 

(7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements required or permitted by ASC 805 and ASC 350 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 141 and 142, respectively) resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any acquisition that is consummated after the Issue Date or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

8

 

 

(8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Debt or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments (including deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid) shall be excluded,

 

(9) any impairment charge, asset write-off or write-down pursuant to ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and No. 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141) shall be excluded,

 

(10) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, phantom equity, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors, consultants or employees shall be excluded,

 

(11) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, investment, recapitalization, asset sale, issuance or repayment of Debt, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including, without limitation, any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,

 

(12) changes in accruals or reserves as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies shall be excluded, and

 

(13) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), losses and expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.

 

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” of any Person means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (x) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Debt of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis described in clauses (1), (2), (3), (5) and (6) of the definition of “Debt” (provided that in the case of clause (6), such Debt relates to guarantees of Debt of another Person of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition of “Debt”, other than Debt relating to purchases of raw materials or other supply-related obligations in the ordinary course of business, and including, for the avoidance of doubt, all obligations relating to Receivables Facilities) and (y) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person and all Disqualified Capital Stock and Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Capital Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and calculated on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the adjustments set forth in the definition of “Secured Leverage Ratio.” For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture.

 

9

 

 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee located at 51 W Bay Street, Jacksonville, FL 32202, Attention: Corporate Trust Services, or such other office, designated by the Trustee by written notice to the Company, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business with respect to this Indenture shall be administered.

 

“Credit Facilities” or “Credit Facility” means one or more debt facilities (which may be outstanding at the same time and including, without limitation, the Revolving Credit Agreement) or other financing agreements or arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit, debt securities or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

“Currency Protection Agreement” means any currency protection agreement entered into with one or more financial institutions that is designed to protect the Person or entity entering into the agreement against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with respect to Debt Incurred and not for purposes of speculation.

 

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

“Debt” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, without duplication, any indebtedness of that Person:

 

(1) for borrowed money (but only with regard to the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of such borrowed money);

 

10

 

 

(2) evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

(3) constituting Capitalized Lease Obligations;

 

(4) Incurred or assumed as the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, or pursuant to conditional sale obligations and title retention agreements (but excluding trade accounts payable and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion of such services;

 

(5) for reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

 

(6) for Debt of other Persons to the extent guaranteed by such Person;

 

(7) for Hedging Obligations; and

 

(8) for Debt of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (7) which is secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such first referred to Person, the amount of such Debt being deemed to be the lesser of the value of the property or asset underlying the Lien or the amount of the Debt so secured;

 

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Debt does not include (i) Cash Management Services, (ii) any item set forth above that does not appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person, or (iii) Debt of any parent entity appearing on the balance sheet of the Company solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP, as applicable.

 

The amount of Debt of any Person at any date will be:

 

(a) the sum of the outstanding principal amount of all unconditional obligations described above, as such amount would be reflected on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

 

(b) the accreted value of that Debt, in the case of any Debt issued with original issue discount.

 

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

11

 

 

“Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or a successor thereto registered under the Exchange Act or other applicable statute or regulation.

 

“Disposition” means, with respect to any Person, any merger, consolidation or other business combination involving such Person (whether or not such Person is the Surviving Person) or the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of such Person’s assets or Capital Stock.

 

“Disqualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event,

 

(1) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer of that Capital Stock);

 

(2) is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; or

 

(3) is redeemable at the sole option of its holder,

 

in each case, other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Maturity Date; provided, however, that (i) only the portion of Capital Stock that so matures or is mandatorily redeemable or is so redeemable at the sole option of its holder prior to the Maturity Date will be deemed Disqualified Capital Stock and (ii) with respect to any such Capital Stock issued to any employees or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

“Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Existing 2029 Notes” means the US$600.0 million of 3.000% senior notes due 2029 outstanding on the date of the Offering Memorandum, issued by the Issuers.

 

“Existing 2031 Notes” means the US$500.0 million of 3.750% senior notes due 2031 outstanding on the date of the Offering Memorandum, issued by the Issuers.

 

12

 

 

“Existing 2032 Notes” means the US$1.0 billion of 3.000% sustainability-linked senior notes due 2032 outstanding on the date of the Offering Memorandum, issued by the Issuers.

 

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business of Fitch Ratings, Inc.

 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

“GAAP” means, as used in this Indenture with respect to financial calculations relating to (i) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for purposes of the covenants in Article 4, U.S. GAAP and (ii) Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries for purposes of the covenants in Article 5, IFRS.

 

“Global Notes” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.01.

 

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Debt. The term “guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by each Guarantor of the Issuers’ payment obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

“Guarantors” means (1) each Parent Guarantor; and (2) each of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that in the future executes a supplemental indenture in which such Person agrees to be bound by the terms of this Indenture as a Guarantor; provided that any Person constituting a Guarantor as described above shall cease to constitute a Guarantor with respect to the Notes when its respective Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified entity, the obligations of that entity under:

 

(1) any Interest Rate Protection Agreement;

 

(2) foreign exchange contracts and Currency Protection Agreements;

 

(3) any Commodity Agreement; and

 

(4) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect that entity against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices and not entered into for speculative purposes.

 

“Holder” means any registered holder of the Notes on the books of the Registrar.

 

13

 

 

“IFRS” means, at Parent’s option or the Company`s option, International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board, as implemented in Brazil through the accounting pronouncements of the Brazilian Committee of Accounting Pronouncements (Comitê de Pronunciamentos Contábeis) approved by the Brazilian Securities Commission (Comissão de Valores Mobiliários), or as implemented through the accounting pronouncements by international accounting standards or in the jurisdiction in which Parent or Parent Reporting Entity is domiciled. At any time after the Issue Date, Parent or the Company may elect to apply U.S. GAAP accounting principles in lieu of IFRS and, upon any such election, references herein to IFRS shall thereafter be construed to mean U.S. GAAP (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture).

 

“Incur” means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by merger, conversion, exchange or otherwise), extend, assume, guarantee or become liable in respect of such Debt or other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such Debt or obligation on the balance sheet of such Person (and “Incurrence” and “Incurred” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided, however, that a change in GAAP, that results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time, and is not theretofore classified as Debt, becoming Debt shall not be deemed an Incurrence of such Debt; provided further, however, that any Debt or other obligations of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) or merges into such other Person shall be deemed to be incurred by such Subsidiary or such other Person, as the case may be, at the time it becomes a Subsidiary or at the time of the merger.

 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

“Initial Purchasers” means (i) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, Banco Bradesco BBI S.A., Banco BTG Pactual S.A. – Cayman Branch, BB Securities Limited, BBVA Securities Inc., BMO Capital Markets Corp., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Mizuho Securities USA LLC, RBC Capital Markets, ING Financial Markets LLC, Itau BBA USA Securities, Inc., Rabo Securities USA, Inc., Truist Securities, Inc., Standard Chartered Bank, Regions Securities LLC, XP Investimentos Corretora de Câmbio, Títulos e Valores Mobiliários S.A. and Banco Safra S.A., Acting Through Its Cayman Islands Branch, and (ii) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the related purchase agreement.

 

“Institutional Accredited Investor” or “IAI” means an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

 

“interest” means, with respect to the Notes, interest on the Notes.

 

“Interest Payment Date” means the stated maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes.

 

14

 

 

“Interest Rate Protection Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement used in the ordinary course of business as to which that Person is a party or beneficiary.

 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or equivalent) by S&P or Fitch, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

“Issue Date” means July 3, 2025, the date on which the Notes are first issued.

 

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

 

“Luxembourg” means the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

 

“Maturity Date” means March 1, 2056.

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP, and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

 

“Non-U.S. Person” means any Person that is not a “U.S. person” as such term is defined in Regulation S.

 

“Notes” means, collectively, the Issuers’ 6.250% Senior Notes due 2056 issued in accordance with Section 2.02 (whether issued on the Issue Date or thereafter issued) treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum of the Issuers relating to the Notes dated June 23, 2025.

 

“Officer” means any of the following of an Issuer or a Guarantor, as applicable: the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary, Special Transaction Secretary, a manager, a director or an authorized signatory appointed by the Board of Directors.

 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the Company, each of the Issuers or Parent, as applicable. With respect to Section 4.05 of this Indenture, such Officer signing shall be the principal executive, principal financial or principal accounting officer.

 

15

 

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an in-house counsel to the Company, JBS USA Food, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings and/or the Guarantors.

 

“Par Call Date” has the meaning given to such term in Section 5 of the Notes.

 

“Parent” means JBS S.A., a sociedade anônima organized under the laws of Brazil.

 

“Parent Guarantors” means, (i) Parent, (ii) JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l., and (iii) JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty. Limited.

 

“Permitted Holders” means (i) any member of the Batista Family or any

Affiliate or Affiliates of any of the foregoing and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such members of the Batista family and their respective Affiliates, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, (ii) any Person the Voting Stock of which (or in the case of a trust, the beneficial interest in which) at least 51% is owned by Persons specified in clause (i), and (iii) Parent and any subsidiary of Parent.

 

“Permitted Liens” means:

 

(1) Liens to secure (a) Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company under the Revolving Credit Agreement or other Credit Facilities, including guarantees thereof; provided that, after giving effect to any such Incurrence (including the application of proceeds therefrom), the aggregate principal amount of all Debt Incurred and then outstanding under this clause (1)(a) shall not exceed the greater of (x) US$1,000.0 million less the outstanding principal amount of any Receivables Facilities and (y) the sum of (i) 85% of the book value of accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus (ii) 80% of the book value of inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), any such assets that are the subject of a Receivables Facility), in the case of clause (y), determined based on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company for the fiscal quarter most recently ended on or prior to the date on which such Debt is Incurred for which internal financial statements are available (as adjusted to give pro forma effect to acquisitions or dispositions outside the ordinary course of business occurring after the date of such balance sheet but on or before the date of such Incurrence) and (b) Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company under Credit Facilities (other than the Revolving Credit Agreement); provided that, after giving effect to any such Incurrence (including the application of proceeds therefrom), the aggregate principal amount of all Debt Incurred and then outstanding under this clause (1)(b) shall not exceed the greater of (x) US$2,800.0 million and (y) an aggregate principal amount of Debt that at the time of Incurrence does not cause the Secured Leverage Ratio of the Company to exceed 3.5 to 1.00;

 

16

 

 

(2) Liens on the Capital Stock or assets of any Non-Guarantor Significant Subsidiary to secure Debt incurred by such Non-Guarantor Significant Subsidiary;

 

(3) Liens to secure Debt , including but not limited to Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation, commissioning or improvement of property or assets, whether through direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning those assets, or Incurred to refinance any such purchase price or cost of construction or improvement, and refinancings thereof; provided that any such Lien may not extend to any property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, other than the property acquired, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Debt and such Liens secure Debt in an amount not in excess of the original purchase price or the original cost of any such property and any improvements or accessions to such property;

 

(4) Liens for Taxes on the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary if the same shall not at the time be delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded;

 

(5) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens, on the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business and securing payment of obligations that are not more than 60 days past due or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

 

(6) Liens on the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary Incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of obligations with respect to statutory or regulatory requirements, performance or return-of-money bonds, surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature, in each case which are not Incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property and which do not in the aggregate impair in any material respect the use of property in the operation of the business of the Company and the Significant Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

(7) Liens on property or assets of, or any shares of stock or secured debt of, any Person at the time the Company or any Significant Subsidiary acquired such property or the Person owning such Property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; provided further, however, that such Liens shall not have been Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such property was acquired by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary;

 

17

 

 

(8) Liens on the property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Significant Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary that is not a direct Subsidiary of such Person; provided further, however, that any such Lien was not Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Significant Subsidiary;

 

(9) pledges or deposits by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases to which the Company or any Significant Subsidiary is party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of the Company, or deposits for the payment of rent, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10) utility easements, building restrictions and such other encumbrances or charges against real property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties of a similar character;

 

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Services;

 

(12) Liens existing on the Issue Date not otherwise described in clauses (1) through (11) above;

 

(13) Liens on the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Debt secured by Liens referred to in clause (3), (7), (8), (11) or (12) above, clause (21) below, or pursuant to this clause (13); provided, however, that any such Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (together with improvements and accessions to such property) and the aggregate principal amount of Debt that is secured by such Lien shall not be increased to an amount greater than the sum of:

 

(a) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, the committed amount, of the Debt secured by Liens referred to in clause (3), (7), (8), (11) or (12) above or clause (21) below, as the case may be, at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture; and

 

(b) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and defeasance costs, incurred by the Company or such Significant Subsidiary in connection with such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

 

18

 

 

(14) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

 

(15) Liens securing Debt or other obligations of a Significant Subsidiary of the Company owing to the Company or another Significant Subsidiary;

 

(16) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds securing obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(17) Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

(18) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

(19) Liens deemed to exist in connection with investments in repurchase agreements; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

(20) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(21) Liens securing Debt (other than Subordinated Debt); provided that after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the Secured Leverage Ratio of the Company would not exceed 3.5 to 1.0;

 

(22) Liens not otherwise permitted by clauses (1) through (21) above securing obligations in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not in excess of the greater of (i) US$2.5 billion and (ii) 10.0% of Total Assets of the Company, in either case, at the time of any incurrence of an obligation secured by a Lien in reliance on this clause (22);

 

(23) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such legal proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

 

(24) Liens on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Debt or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

19

 

 

(25) (a) Leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries and (b) licenses of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(26) Liens to secure a defeasance trust.

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

“Pilgrim’s Pride” means Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation, a company incorporated under the laws of Delaware.

 

“Preferred Stock” of any Person means any Capital Stock of that Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of that Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation.

 

“principal” means, with respect to the Notes, the principal of and premium, if any, on the Notes.

 

“Principal Property” means any plant or other similar facility of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary used primarily for processing, producing, or packaging and having a book value in excess of 2.0% of Total Assets of the Company as of the date of such determination, but shall not include any plant or similar facility which, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors or management of the Company, is not material to the overall business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

“Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock.

 

“Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

“Rating Agency” means, at the Company’s or Parent’s, as applicable, option, two of S&P, Moody’s and Fitch, and if two agencies do not make a rating on the notes publicly available, a U.S. nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors).

 

“Ratings Decline” means that at any time within 60 days after the earlier of the date of public notice of a Change of Control and the date on which the Company or any other Person publicly declares its intention to effect a Change of Control, (1) in the event the Notes are assigned an Investment Grade rating by at least two of the Rating Agencies prior to such public notice or declaration, the rating assigned to the Notes by at least two of the Rating Agencies is below an Investment Grade Rating; or (2) in the event the ratings assigned to the Notes by at least two of the Rating Agencies prior to such public notice or declaration are below an Investment Grade Rating, the rating assigned to the notes by at least two of the Rating Agencies is decreased by one or more categories (i.e., notches); provided that, in each case, any such Ratings Decline is expressly stated by the applicable Rating Agencies to have been the result of the Change of Control.

 

20

 

 

“Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds such purchase or extension of credit by purporting to sell its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or by borrowing from such a Person or from another Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds itself by borrowing from such a Person.

 

“Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of facilitating or entering into one or more Receivables Facilities, and in each case engages only in activities reasonably related or incidental thereto.

 

“Record Date” means the applicable record date specified in the Notes, which such date need not be a Business Day.

 

“Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

 

“Redemption Price” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption, payable in immediately available funds, pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

 

“refinance” means to refinance, repay, prepay, replace, renew or refund, including successively.

 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

“Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter is

referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and shall also mean any officer who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

“Restricted Security” means a Note required to bear a Private Placement Legend pursuant to Article 2; provided, however, that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Security.

 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company subject to the condition that the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary would not cause a Default, it being understood that any Liens, agreements or transactions of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding at the time of such redesignation shall be deemed to be Incurred or entered into at such time.

 

21

 

 

“Revolving Credit Agreement” means the Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated November 1, 2022, among the Company, JBS USA Food, JBS USA Finance, JBS Australia PTY Limited and JBS Food Canada ULC, the other credit parties signatory thereto, the lenders party thereto, Bank of Montreal, as administrative agent, as the same may be amended, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which the Company or any Significant Subsidiary sells or transfers any property to any Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) with the intention of taking back a lease of such property pursuant to which the rental payments are calculated to amortize the purchase price of such property substantially over the useful life thereof and such property is in fact so leased.

 

“Secured Debt” means any of the Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

 

“Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination (the “determination date”) with respect to any Person, the ratio of:

 

(1) Secured Debt of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available minus the aggregate cash and cash equivalents included in the cash and cash equivalents accounts listed on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at such date, to

 

(2) Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which internal financial statements are available,

 

provided, however, that:

 

(1) if such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary:

 

(a) has Incurred any Debt since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Secured Leverage Ratio includes an Incurrence of Debt, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Debt as if such Debt had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Debt under any revolving Credit Facility outstanding on the date of such calculation will be deemed to be:

 

(i) the average daily balance of such Debt during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or

 

(ii) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Debt during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation)

 

22

 

 

and the repayment, repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other discharge of any other Debt with the proceeds of such new Debt as if such repayment, repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; or

 

(b) has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged any Debt since the beginning of the period that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Secured Leverage Ratio includes a repayment, repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other discharge of Debt (in each case, other than Debt Incurred under any revolving Credit Facilities unless such Debt has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated and not replaced), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of such Debt, including with the proceeds of such new Debt, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

 

(2) if since the beginning of such period, such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made any asset sale or disposed of or discontinued (as defined under GAAP) any company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Secured Leverage Ratio includes such a transaction:

 

(a) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets that are the subject of such disposition or discontinuation for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period; and

 

23

 

 

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Debt of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged (to the extent the related commitment is permanently reduced) with respect to such Person and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such transaction for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Debt of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such Person and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Debt after such sale);

 

(3) if since the beginning of such period such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Debt) as if such investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and

 

(4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have Incurred any Debt or discharged any Debt, made any disposition or any investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (1), (2) or (3) above if made by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any calculation under this definition, the pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such Person (and may include, without limitation, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and operating expense reductions from such investment, acquisition, merger or consolidation that is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided that such calculations are set forth in an Officer’s Certificate stating that such calculations are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the officer executing such Officer’s Certificate at the time of such execution. If any Debt bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Debt will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Protection Agreement applicable to such Debt if such Interest Rate Protection Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). If any Debt that is being given pro forma effect bears an interest rate at the option of such Person, the interest rate shall be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by such Person.

 

24

 

 

For purposes of the calculation of the Secured Leverage Ratio, in connection with the Incurrence of any Lien pursuant to clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” the Company may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, to treat all or a portion of the commitment under any Debt which is to be secured by such Lien as being Incurred as of such determination date and any subsequent Incurrence of Debt under such commitment that was so treated shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence of additional Debt or additional Lien at such subsequent time; provided that if the Company makes such an election, for purposes of the calculation of the Secured Leverage Ratio in connection with any subsequent Incurrence of any Lien pursuant to clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” (other than under such commitment), the amount under such commitment that was so treated shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such determination date.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Significant Subsidiary” of any Person means any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person which at the time of determination either (1) had assets which, as of the date of the Company’s most recent quarterly consolidated balance sheet for which internal financial statements are available, constituted at least 10% of the Company’s total assets on a consolidated basis as of such date or (2) had revenues for the 12-month period ending on the date of the Company’s most recent quarterly consolidated statement of operations for which internal financial statements are available which constituted at least 10% of the Company’s total revenues on a consolidated basis for such period, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Secured Leverage Ratio.”

 

“Subordinated Debt” means any Debt, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred, which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, pursuant to a written agreement.

 

“Subsidiary,” with respect to any Person, means (i) any corporation of which the outstanding Capital Stock having at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary circumstances shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, by such Person or (ii) any other Person of which at least a majority of the voting interest under ordinary circumstances is at the time, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, owned by such Person. Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, all references to any Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries or to financial information prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, shall be deemed to include such Person and its Subsidiaries as to which financial statements are prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and to financial information prepared on such a consolidated basis.

 

25

 

 

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Guarantor which is a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

“Surviving Person” means, with respect to any Person involved in or that makes any Disposition, the Person formed by or surviving such Disposition or the Person to which such Disposition is made.

 

“Tax” means any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge in the nature of tax (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto).

 

“Taxing Authority” means any government or political subdivision or territory or possession of any government or any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax.

 

“Total Assets” of any Person means the total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of such Person and calculated on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the adjustments set forth in the definition of “Secured Leverage Ratio.”

 

“Treasury Yield” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled by and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the date fixed for redemption (or, if such statistical release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to the Par Call Date. If the period is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

 

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.

 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) JBS Wisconsin Properties and each of its subsidiaries (which subsidiaries include Pilgrim’s Pride), (ii) any Subsidiary designated as an “unrestricted subsidiary” under the Revolving Credit Agreement and (iii) any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company formed after the Issue Date that has been designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of its creation or acquisition; provided that with respect to this clause (iii), no Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary may be assumed or guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, under no circumstances shall the Issuer be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

26

 

 

“U.S. GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time; provided that all terms of an accounting or financial nature used in this Indenture shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to in this Indenture shall be made (a) without giving effect to any election under FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 825—Financial Instruments, or any successor thereto (including pursuant to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification), to value any Debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at “fair value,” as defined therein and (b) the amount of any Debt under GAAP with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations shall be determined in accordance with the definition of Capitalized Lease Obligations (it being understood that all leases and obligations under any leases of any Person that are or would be characterized as operating leases and/or operating lease obligations in accordance with GAAP on February 25, 2016 (whether or not such operating leases and/or operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases and/or operating lease obligations (and not as Capitalized Lease Obligations) for purposes of this Indenture regardless of any change in GAAP following the date that would otherwise require such leases and/or lease obligations to be recognized as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet). At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of U.S. GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to U.S. GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture).

 

“U.S. Government Securities” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option, or money market funds that invest solely in the foregoing.

 

“U.S. Legal Tender” means such coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of that Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of that Person’s Board of Directors.

 

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of any Person, all of the outstanding Capital Stock of which (other than any director’s qualifying shares or shares owned by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by applicable law) is owned by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

27

 

 

Section 1.02. Other Definitions.

 

Term   Defined in Section
144A Global Note   2.01
Additional Amounts   11.04
Additional Notes   2.02
Affiliate Legend   Exhibit B
Authentication Order   2.02
Change of Control Offer   4.07(b)
Change of Control Payment   4.07(a)
Change of Control Payment Date   4.07(b)
Company Reporting Entity   4.11(g)
covenant defeasance   9.02(b)
defeasance trust   9.03(a)
Distribution Compliance Period   2.01
Event of Default   7.01
Fall-Away Amendment   11.07(b)
Fall-Away Event   11.07(b)
Global Notes   2.01
Guaranteed Obligations   11.01
Global Note Legend   Exhibit B
Initial Default   7.02(f)
IAI Global Note   2.01
Increased Amount   4.084.08(c)
Initial Global Notes   2.01
Initial Notes   2.02
legal defeasance   9.02
non-U.S. Guarantor   Exhibit A
Original Issue Discount Legend   Exhibit B
Participants   2.15(a)
Paying Agent   2.03(b)
Permanent Regulation S Global Note   2.01
Permitted Jurisdiction   6.016.01(a)(i)(B)
Permitted Parties   4.114.11(c)
Physical Notes   2.01
Private Placement Legend   Exhibit B
Registrar   2.03(a)
Regulation S Global Note   2.01
Reporting Suspension Period   4.11(g)(ii)
Required Information   4.114.11(c)(i)
Taxing Jurisdiction   11.04(a)
Temporary Regulation S Global Note   2.01
Temporary Regulation S Global Note Legend   Exhibit B

 

28

 

 

Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, such provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Indenture. The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes.

 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder.

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

 

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuers, any Guarantor or any other obligor on the Notes.

 

All other Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.

 

Section 1.04. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(c) “or” is not exclusive;

 

(d) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

 

(e) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(f) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

 

(g) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”; and

 

(h) “asset” or “property” shall be interchangeable.

 

29

 

 

ARTICLE 2
The notes

 

Section 2.01. Form and Dating. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Issuers shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its issuance and show the date of its authentication.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.

 

Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “144A Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the Private Placement Legend and the Global Note Legend.

 

Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more temporary Global Notes in registered form, substantially in form of Exhibit A (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the Private Placement Legend, the Global Note Legend and the Temporary Regulation S Global Note Legend. Reasonably promptly following the date that is 40 days after the later of the commencement of an offering of Notes in reliance on Regulation S and the issue date (the “Distribution Compliance Period”), which such date shall be notified to the Trustee in writing by the Company, upon receipt by the Trustee and the Issuers of a duly executed certificate certifying that the holder of the beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note is a Non-U.S. Person, substantially in the form of Exhibit E, from the Depository, one or more permanent global Notes in registered form substantially in the form of Exhibit A (the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note” and, together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the “Regulation S Global Note”) duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and bearing the Global Note Legend, shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the cancellation of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note and the issuance of the Permanent Regulation S Global Note.

 

The initial offer and resale of the Notes shall not be to an Institutional Accredited Investor. The Notes resold to Institutional Accredited Investors in connection with the first transfer made pursuant to Section 2.16(a) shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent Global Notes in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “IAI Global Note” and, together with the 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note, the “Initial Global Notes”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the Private Placement Legend and the Global Note Legend.

 

30

 

 

Any Additional Notes so designated by the Company shall bear the Original Issue Discount Legend.

 

Notes issued after the Issue Date shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the Global Note Legend and any legends required by applicable law (together with the Initial Global Notes, the “Global Notes”) or as Physical Notes.

 

The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, as hereinafter provided. Notes issued in exchange for interests in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.16 may be issued in the form of permanent certificated non-global Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A and bearing the applicable legends, if any (the “Physical Notes”).

 

Section 2.02. Execution, Authentication and Denomination; Additional Notes. One Officer of the Company, one Officer of JBS USA Food and one Officer of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings (each of whom shall have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions) shall sign the Notes for the Issuers by manual, electronic or facsimile signature.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note (and the Guarantees in respect thereof) shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

The Trustee shall authenticate (i) on the Issue Date, Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed US$1,250.0 million (the “Initial Notes”) and (ii) additional Notes (the “Additional Notes”) in an unlimited amount (so long as not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Indenture), in each case upon a written order of the Issuers in the form of a certificate of an Officer (an “Authentication Order”). Each such Authentication Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes and whether the Notes are to be issued as certificated Notes or Global Notes or such other information as the Trustee may reasonably request. In addition, with respect to authentication pursuant to clause (ii) of the first sentence of this paragraph, the Authentication Order shall be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee.

 

All Notes issued under this Indenture shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture; provided that, if any Additional Notes subsequently issued are not fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes with any Notes previously issued, such Additional Notes shall have a separate CUSIP number but shall otherwise be treated as a single class with all other Notes issued under this Indenture. The Additional Notes shall bear any legend required by applicable law.

 

31

 

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuers and Affiliates of the Issuers. The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Notes under this Indenture if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability.

 

The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof.

 

Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuers shall maintain or cause to be maintained an office or agency where (a) Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”), (b) Notes may, subject to Section 2 of the Notes, be presented or surrendered for payment (“Paying Agent”) and (c) notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture (other than notices and demands of the type contemplated by Section 14.09 of this Indenture) may be served. The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuers of the obligation to maintain or cause to be maintained an office or agency for such purposes. The Issuers may act as Registrar or Paying Agent, except that for the purposes of Articles 3 and 9 and Section 4.07, neither the Issuers nor any Affiliate of the Issuers shall act as Paying Agent. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers, upon written notice to the Trustee, may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional Paying Agent. The Issuers initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent until such time as the Trustee has resigned or a successor has been appointed.

 

The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing, in advance, of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.

 

Section 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee or the Issuers or any Subsidiary to agree in writing that each Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all assets held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Issuers or any other obligor on the Notes), and shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuers (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and account for any assets disbursed, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any payment Default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and to account for any assets distributed. Upon distribution to the Trustee of all assets that shall have been delivered by the Issuers to the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for such assets.

 

32

 

 

Section 2.05. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least two (2) Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list, in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of Holders, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee.

 

Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. Subject to Sections 2.15 and 2.16, when Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to register the transfer of such Notes or to exchange such Notes for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuers and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other tax and governmental or other fees payable in connection therewith.

 

Without the prior written consent of the Issuers, the Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (i) during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed and ending at the close of business on the day of such selection, (ii) selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, and (iii) beginning at the opening of business on any Record Date and ending on the close of business on the related Interest Payment Date. Any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Notes may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) in accordance with the applicable legends thereon and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book-entry system.

 

33

 

 

Section 2.07. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. Such Holder must provide an indemnity bond or other indemnity, sufficient in the judgment of both the Issuers and the Trustee, to protect the Issuers, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers may charge such Holder for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in replacing a Note pursuant to this Section 2.07, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and of the Trustee.

 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers.

 

The provisions of this Section 2.07 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes.

 

Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuers, the Guarantors or any of their respective Affiliates hold the Note (subject to the provisions of Section 2.09).

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.07.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest ceases to accrue. If on a Redemption Date or the Maturity Date the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Issuers or an Affiliate thereof) holds U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Securities sufficient to pay all of the principal and interest due on the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

 

Section 2.09. Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuers or any of their Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded.

 

Section 2.10. Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Notes are represented by a Global Note, such Global Note may be in typewritten form.

 

34

 

 

Section 2.11. Cancellation. The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee, or at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent (other than the Issuers or an Affiliate thereof), and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the Issuers, shall dispose of all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation in accordance with its customary procedures. Subject to Section 2.07, the Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. If the Issuers or any Guarantor shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Debt represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.11.

 

Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest. If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, they shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, in any lawful manner. The Issuers may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuers for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. At least 15 days before any such subsequent special record date, the Issuers shall mail to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any interest which is paid prior to the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in Section 7.01(a) shall be paid to Holders as of the record date for the Interest Payment Date for which interest has not been paid.

 

Section 2.13. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers, and if so, the Trustee shall use the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, the Trustee shall have no liability for any defect in the CUSIP number as they appear on any Notes, notice or elsewhere, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers printed in the notice or on the Notes and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers.

 

Section 2.14. Deposit of Moneys. Subject to Section 2 of the Notes, prior to 11:00 a.m. New York City time on each Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and the Net Proceeds Payment Date, the Issuers shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Net Proceeds Payment Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Net Proceeds Payment Date, as the case may be.

 

35

 

 

Section 2.15. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.

 

(a) The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of such Depository, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depository and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Exhibit B, as applicable. Members of, or participants in, the Depository (“Participants”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Note, and the Depository may be treated by the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and Participants, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

 

(b) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depository and the provisions of Section 2.16. In addition, Physical Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in Global Notes if (i) the Depository notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to act as Depository for any Global Note or has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, the Issuers so notify the Trustee in writing and a successor Depository is not appointed by the Issuers within 90 days of such notice, (ii) the Issuers, at their option, notify the Trustee in writing that they elect to cause the issuance of the Notes in the form of Physical Notes under this Indenture (provided that the Temporary Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged pursuant to this clause (b) prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period and the receipt of the certificate specified in Section 2.16(c)(i)), or (iii) a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a written request from any owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note to issue Physical Notes. Upon any issuance of a Physical Note in accordance with this Section 2.15(b) the Trustee is required to register such Physical Note in the name of, and cause the same to be delivered to, such Person or Persons (or the nominee of any thereof). All such Physical Notes shall bear the applicable legends, if any.

 

(c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.15, the Registrar shall (if one or more Physical Notes are to be issued) reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred or exchanged, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Physical Notes of authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note so transferred or exchanged.

 

36

 

 

(d) In connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.15, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and (i) the Issuers shall execute and (ii) the Trustee shall upon written instructions from the Issuers authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations.

 

(e) Any Physical Note constituting a Restricted Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section 2.15 shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.16, bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(f) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Participants and Persons that may hold interests through Participants, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

Section 2.16. Special Transfer and Exchange Provisions.

 

(a) Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer or exchange of a Restricted Security to any Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB:

 

(i) the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of any Restricted Security, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto and any legal opinions and certifications as may be reasonably required by the Trustee and the Issuers;

 

(ii) if the proposed transferee is a Participant and the Notes to be transferred or exchanged consist of Physical Notes which after transfer or exchange are to be evidenced by an interest in the IAI Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of the Physical Note and (x) written instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures and (y) the certificate, if required, referred to in clause (y) of paragraph (i) above (and any legal opinion or other certifications required by the Issuers), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange and reflect on its books and records the date and direct the Depository to increase the principal amount of the IAI Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of Physical Notes to be transferred or exchanged, and the Registrar shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred or exchanged; and

 

37

 

 

(iii) if the proposed transferor is a Participant seeking to transfer or exchange an interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) written instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures and (y) the certificate, if required, referred to in clause (y) of paragraph (i) above, the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange and reflect on its books and records the date and (A) direct the Depository to decrease the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interests are to be transferred or exchanged in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred or exchanged and (B) direct the Depository to increase the principal amount of the IAI Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be transferred or exchanged.

 

(b) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer or exchange of a Restricted Security to a QIB:

 

(i) the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of any Restricted Security, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if such transfer or exchange is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on the applicable Global Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Issuers and the Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the certification provided for on the applicable Global Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Issuers and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

 

(ii) if the proposed transferee is a Participant and the Notes to be transferred or exchanged consist of Physical Notes which after transfer or exchange are to be evidenced by an interest in the 144A Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of the Physical Notes and written instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange and reflect on its book and records the date and direct the Depository to increase the principal amount of the 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of Physical Notes to be transferred or exchanged, and the Registrar shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred or exchanged; and

 

(iii) if the proposed transferor is a Participant seeking to transfer or exchange an interest in the IAI Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of written instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange and reflect on its books and records the date and (A) direct the Depository to decrease the principal amount of the IAI Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred or exchanged and (B) direct the Depository to increase the principal amount of the 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be transferred or exchanged.

 

38

 

 

(c) Transfers of Interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer or exchange of interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note:

 

(i) the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, whether or not such Global Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if the proposed transferor has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E stating, among other things, that the proposed transferee is a Non-U.S. Person (except for a transfer to an Initial Purchaser); and

 

(ii) if the proposed transferee is a Participant, upon receipt by the Registrar of the documents referred to in clause (i) above, if required, and instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and amount of such transfer or exchange of an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note.

 

(d) Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any transfer or exchange of a Restricted Security to a Non-U.S. Person under Regulation S:

 

(i) the Registrar shall register any proposed transfer or exchange of a Restricted Security to a Non-U.S. Person upon receipt of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D from the proposed transferor and such certifications, legal opinions and other information as the Issuers may reasonably require; and

 

(ii) (A) if the proposed transferor is a Participant holding a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note or the Note to be transferred or exchanged consists of Physical Notes, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents required by paragraph (i) and (y) instructions in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and direct the Depository to decrease the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note, as the case may be, in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note, as the case may be, to be transferred or exchanged or cancel the Physical Notes to be transferred or exchanged, and (B) if the proposed transferee is a Participant, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and direct the Depository to increase the principal amount of the Permanent Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, interest in the IAI Global Note or the principal amount of the Physical Notes, as the case may be, to be transferred or exchanged.

 

39

 

 

(e) Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.

 

(f) Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend unless otherwise required by applicable law, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) the Notes are delivered in connection with an exchange pursuant to Section 2.17 hereof, or (ii) such Note has been offered and sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and in each of clauses (i) and (ii), there is delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.

 

(g) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

 

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to this Section 2.16. The Issuers shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

 

Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer or exchange imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including, without limitation, any transfers between or among Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

Neither the Trustee nor any agent of the Trustee shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary. The Trustee shall have no responsibility for the actions or omissions of the Depository, or the accuracy of the books and records of the Depository. The Trustee may treat and consider the person in whose name each security is registered in the registration books as the holder and absolute owner of such security for all purposes whatsoever (or may list out various purposes, such as for the purpose of payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to such security, for the purpose of giving notices of redemption or tender and other matters with respect to such security, for the purpose of registering transfers with respect to such security, and for all purposes whatsoever).

 

40

 

 

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Physical Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Physical Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly, and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

Section 2.17. Automatic Exchange. Upon the Company’s satisfaction that the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, determine that beneficial interests in a Global Note that is a Restricted Security shall be automatically exchanged into beneficial interests in an Global Note that is not a Restricted Security without any action required by or on behalf of the Holder (the “Automatic Exchange”) at any time on or after the date that is the 366th calendar day after (1) with respect to any Note issued on the Issue Date, the later of (x) the Issue Date and (y) the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Note (or of any other Global Note with the same CUSIP number) or (2) with respect to any Additional Note, if any, the later of (x) the issue date of such Additional Note and (y) the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Note (or of any other Global Note with the same CUSIP number), or, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (the “Automatic Exchange Date”). Upon the Company’s satisfaction that the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, if the Company elects, at its option, that an Automatic Exchange will take place, it shall (A) provide prior written notice (the “Automatic Exchange Notice”) to each Holder (with a copy to the Trustee) at such Holder’s address appearing in the Note register at least 10 calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange (the “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”), which notice must include (I) the Automatic Exchange Date, (II) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Automatic Exchange shall occur, (III) the CUSIP number of the Global Note that is a Restricted Security from which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred and (IV) the CUSIP number of the Global Note into which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred, and (C) on or prior to the date of the Automatic Exchange, deliver to the Trustee for authentication one or more Global Notes without the Private Placement Legend, duly executed by the Company, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Global Notes that are Restricted Securities to be exchanged. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.16, during the 10-day period between the Automatic Exchange Notice Date and the Automatic Exchange Date, no transfers or exchanges other than pursuant to this Section 2.17 shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Company. As a condition to any Automatic Exchange, the Company shall provide, and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Automatic Exchange shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and that the aggregate principal amount of the particular Global Note that is a Restricted Security is to be transferred to the particular Global Note that is not a Restricted Security by adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository to reflect the Automatic Exchange. The Company may request from Holders such information as it reasonably determines is required in order to be able to deliver such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.17, the aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes shall be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, to reflect the relevant increase or decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note resulting from the applicable exchange. The Global Note that is a Restricted Security from which beneficial interests are transferred pursuant to an Automatic Exchange shall be canceled following the Automatic Exchange.

 

41

 

 

Section 2.18. Notes Held by Affiliates. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.16, unless otherwise permitted by the Company, any Note or interest therein (i) that has been transferred to an Affiliate of the Issuers, as evidenced by a notation on the certificate of transfer or certificate of exchange for such transfer or in the representation letter delivered in respect thereof, or (ii) that has been acquired from an Affiliate (other than by an Affiliate) in a transaction or a chain of transactions not involving any public offering, as evidenced by a notation on the certificate of transfer or certificate of exchange for such transfer or in the representation letter delivered in respect thereof, shall, until one year after the last date on which either the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers was an owner of such Note, in each case, be in the form of either (A) a Global Note that is a Restricted Security bearing the Affiliate Legend and a restricted CUSIP number different from the CUSIP number borne by any other Global Note (an “Affiliate Global Note”) or a Physical Note bearing the Private Placement Legend and the Affiliate Legend and, in each case, shall be subject to the restrictions in Section 2.16 and this Section 2.18.

 

Any Person who is not an Affiliate of the Issuer but who acquired such beneficial interest or Physical Note from an Affiliate of the Issuer and who wishes to (1) exchange such beneficial interest or Physical Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note that is not an Affiliate Global Note or that is a Physical Note not bearing the Affiliate Legend, as the case may be, or (2) transfer such beneficial interest or Physical Note to a Person who takes delivery in the form of a Global Note that is not an Affiliate Global Note or that is a Physical Note not bearing the Affiliate Legend shall, in addition to complying with any other applicable requirements of Section 2.16 and this Section 2.18, deliver to the Company and the Registrar such certifications and other documentation as the Company and the Registrar may request to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, that the transferee shall receive freely tradable securities pursuant to Rule 144 or other applicable provisions of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder or as to such other matters as the Company or the Registrar may reasonably request.

 

If the Company or the Registrar so requests, any Affiliate of the Issuers that wishes to transfer or exchange a Note or a beneficial interest therein shall deliver such documentation as the Company or the Registrar may request to the effect that such transfer or exchange is in compliance with the Securities Act or as to such other matters as the Company or the Registrar may reasonably request.

 

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices, Opinions of Counsel, certificates or other written communications received pursuant to this Section 2.18. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices, Opinions of Counsel, certificates or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable advance written notice to the Registrar.

 

Section 2.19. Open Market Purchases. The Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase the Notes in the open market or otherwise.

 

42

 

 

ARTICLE 3
Redemption

 

Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Sections 5 and 6 of the Notes, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. The Company shall give notice of redemption to the Trustee at least 15 days (unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period) prior to the date such notice of redemption is to be sent to Holders, together with such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed.

 

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time pursuant to Section 5 of the Notes, selection of the Notes to be redeemed will be made in accordance with the procedures of the Depository; provided that no Notes of less than US$2,000 in original principal amount shall be redeemed in part.

 

Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5 or 6 of the Notes, at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company shall deliver a notice of redemption electronically or by first class mail (or otherwise in accordance with applicable procedures of the Depository), postage prepaid (or in the case of Notes held in book-entry form, by electronic transmission), to each Holder (with copy to the Trustee) whose Notes (or in the case of Global Notes, by electronic submission to the Depository) are to be redeemed at its registered address (except that a notice issued in connection with a redemption referred to in Section 9.01 may be more than 60 days before such Redemption Date). At the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall forward the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense, provided that the Company shall have prepared and provided to the Trustee the form of such notice, in each case on a timely basis. Each notice for redemption shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP or ISIN number) to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(a) the Redemption Date;

 

(b) the Redemption Price, or the appropriate calculation thereof, and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to be paid; provided that if the notice does not include the Redemption Price, the actual Redemption Price shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date;

 

(c) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

43

 

 

(d) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any;

 

(e) that, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;

 

(f) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, and upon surrender and cancellation of such Note, a new Note or Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued;

 

(g) if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption;

 

(h) the Section of the Notes or this Indenture, as applicable, pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed; and

 

(i) if applicable, any condition to such redemption.

 

The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note.

 

Any redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an offering or financing, Change of Control or other corporate transaction or event. In addition, if such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied and a new redemption date shall be set by the Company in accordance with applicable procedures of the Depository, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed.

 

44

 

 

The Company shall calculate the redemption price in connection with any redemption, and the Trustee shall have no duty to calculate or verify any such calculation.

 

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any. Upon surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent, such Notes called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price (plus accrued interest thereon to, but not including, the Redemption Date), but installments of interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date, shall be payable to Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Company. On and after the Redemption Date interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption unless the Company shall have not complied with its obligations pursuant to Section 3.05.

 

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. On or before 11:00 a.m. New York time on the Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent, U.S. Legal Tender sufficient to pay the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, of all Notes to be redeemed on that date.

 

If the Company complies with the preceding paragraph, then, unless the Company defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any, interest on the Notes to be redeemed shall cease to accrue on and after the applicable Redemption Date, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment.

 

Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note or Notes shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon surrender and cancellation of the original Note or Notes.

 

ARTICLE 4

Covenants of the company

 

Section 4.01. Payment of Notes. The Issuers shall pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate thereof) holds on that date, by 11:00 a.m. New York City time, U.S. Legal Tender designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

45

 

 

The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal (including, without limitation, post-petition interest in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law), and overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at the same rate per annum borne by the Notes.

 

Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuers shall maintain the office or agency required under Section 2.03 (which may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar). The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 14.02.

 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Company hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of Regions Bank as such office of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03.

 

Section 4.03. Corporate Existence. Except as otherwise permitted by Article 6, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Significant Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational documents of each such Significant Subsidiary and the material rights (charter and statutory) and material franchises of the Company and each of its Significant Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, franchise or corporate existence with respect to itself or any Significant Subsidiary if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes; and provided, further, that this Section does not prohibit any transaction otherwise permitted by Section 6.01.

 

Section 4.04. Payment of Taxes. The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Significant Subsidiaries to, pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (a) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and (b) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, in each case, if unpaid, might by law become a material liability or Lien upon the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim (x) whose amount the applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate actions and for which appropriate provision has been made or (y) where the failure to do so is not adverse in any material respect the Holders of the Notes.

 

46

 

 

Section 4.05. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default.

 

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2025, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuers and the Guarantors has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuers and the Guarantors have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations and all conditions and covenants under this Indenture and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of such Officer’s knowledge, the Issuers and the Guarantors during such preceding fiscal year have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every such condition and covenant and no Default occurred during such year and at the date of such certificate there is no Default that has occurred and is continuing or, if such signers do know of such Default, the certificate shall specify such Default and what action, if any, the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Officer’s Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should the Company elect to change the manner in which it fixes the fiscal year end.

 

(b) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee promptly and in any event within ten Business Days after the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default an Officer’s Certificate specifying the Default, its status and what action, if any, the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, Parent, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.06. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. The Company and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent permitted by applicable law) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive such Company or such Guarantor from paying all or any portion of the principal of and/or interest on the Notes or the Guarantee of any such Guarantor as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) each hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

Section 4.07. Change of Control.

 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each Holder shall have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of those Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”).

 

47

 

 

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, unless the Issuers have delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes in accordance with Section 5 of the Notes, the Company shall deliver a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee describing the transaction or transactions that constitute a Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to purchase the Notes on a specified date (the “Change of Control Offer”), which date shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date the notice is delivered (the “Change of Control Payment Date”).

 

(c) Upon the commencement of a Change of Control Offer, the Issuers shall send, by first class mail or electronic transmission, a notice to the Trustee and to each Holder at its registered address. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable the Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. Any Change of Control Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer, shall state:

 

(i) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.07;

 

(ii) the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(iii) that any Notes not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

 

(iv) that, unless the Issuers default in making such payment, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on an after the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(v) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to any Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuers, a depository, if appointed by the Company, or the Paying Agent, at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(vi) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuers, the Depository or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receive, not later than the Change of Control Payment Date, a notice setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased (or in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depository); and

 

(vii) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry).

 

48

 

 

(d) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful:

 

(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; and

 

(ii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee or Paying Agent, on its behalf, the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of the Notes being tendered and purchased by the Issuers.

 

(e) The Paying Agent shall promptly deliver to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for those Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver, or cause to be transferred by book-entry, to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided, however, that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of US$2,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(f) The Issuers shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party offers to purchase the Notes in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer by the Issuers and that third party purchases all Notes validly tendered to it in response to that offer. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, and conditioned upon such Change of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

 

(g) The Issuers shall cause the Change of Control Offer to remain open for at least 20 Business Days or for such longer period as may be required by law. The Issuers shall comply, and shall cause any third party making a Change of Control Offer to comply, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, to the extent applicable, and any other securities laws and regulations in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.07, the Issuers will not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this Section 4.07 by virtue of complying with such laws or regulations.

 

Section 4.08. Limitation on Liens.

 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Significant Subsidiary that guarantees the Notes to, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) securing Debt upon any of its Principal Property, whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, unless it has made or shall make effective provision whereby the Notes or the applicable Guarantee shall be secured by a Lien on such Principal Property equally and ratably with (or prior to) all other Debt of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary that guarantees the Notes secured by a Lien for so long as such other Debt is secured by such Lien; provided, however, that if the Debt is Subordinated Debt, the Lien on such Principal Property securing the Debt shall be subordinated and junior to the Lien securing the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, with the same relative priority as such Debt has with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees.

 

49

 

 

(b) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.08:

 

(i) a Lien securing an item of Debt need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of Permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) as defined hereof or pursuant to Section 4.08(a) but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof; and

 

(ii) in the event that a Lien securing an item of Debt (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of Permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) as described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or pursuant to Section 4.08(a), the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify (as if Incurred at such later time), such Lien securing such item of Debt (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.08(a) and will be entitled to include the amount and type of such Lien or such item of Debt secured by such Lien (or portion thereof) in one of the categories of Permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) as described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or pursuant to Section 4.08(a) and, in such event, such Lien securing such item of Debt (or any portion thereof) will be treated as being Incurred or existing pursuant to only such clause or clauses (or any portion thereof) or pursuant to Section 4.08(a) without giving pro forma effect to such item (or portion thereof) when calculating the amount of Liens or Debt that may be Incurred pursuant to any other clause or paragraph.

 

(c) With respect to any Lien securing Debt that was permitted to secure such Debt at the time of the Incurrence of such Debt, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Debt. The “Increased Amount” of any Debt shall mean any increase in the amount of such Debt in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Debt with the same terms or in the form of common stock of the Company, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Debt outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Debt described in clause (8) of the definition of “Debt.”

 

Section 4.09. Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Significant Subsidiary that guarantees the Notes to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction with respect to any Principal Property, unless either:

 

(i) the Company or such Significant Subsidiary would be entitled pursuant to the provisions described above under Section 4.08 to Incur a Lien securing Debt on such Principal Property at least equal in amount to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction without equally and ratably securing the Notes; or

 

50

 

 

(ii) within 365 days after the closing date of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, the Company or such Significant Subsidiary shall apply or cause to be applied, in the case of a sale or transfer for cash, an amount equal to the net proceeds thereof, (A) to the retirement of Debt of the Company ranking at least on a parity with the Notes or Debt of any Subsidiary, in each case owing to a Person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (B) to the acquisition, purchase, construction, development, extension or improvement (including any capital expenditure) of any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary used or to be used by or for the benefit of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

This restriction will not apply to: (i) transactions providing for a lease term of three years or less; and (ii) transactions between the Company and any of its Significant Subsidiaries or between any Significant Subsidiaries.

 

Section 4.10. Guarantees of Debt by Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company shall cause any of its Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that are wholly-owned and that guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Revolving Credit Agreement that is not a special purpose Restricted Subsidiary formed in connection with a Receivables Facility to guarantee payment of the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes by causing such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days to:

 

(i) execute and deliver a supplemental indenture providing for a Guarantee of payment of the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes by such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, except that if such Debt is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, any such Guarantee of such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Debt shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Debt is subordinated to the Notes; and

 

(ii) deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that

 

(A) such supplemental indenture has been duly executed and authorized; and

 

(B) such supplemental indenture constitutes an enforceable obligation of such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (subject to customary exceptions and limitations), except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity;

 

provided, however, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.10 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary if the Company has reasonably determined that such guarantee would result in or create a material risk of tax or other liability.

 

51

 

 

Section 4.11. Reports of the Company.

 

(a) Whether or not the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall provide the Trustee and the Holders of Notes with the following:

 

(i) within 90 days following the end of each fiscal year of the Company, its annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

(ii) within 45 days following the end of each fiscal quarter (other than the last fiscal quarter of its fiscal year) of the Company, its unaudited quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

 

(iii) simultaneously with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;”

 

provided, however, that reports and information provided pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(i), (ii) and (iii) shall not be required to be accompanied by any exhibits or financial statements other than those financial statements explicitly required pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(i) and (ii).

 

(b) At any time that the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company, taken as a whole, account for more than 20% of the Consolidated EBITDA (calculated for the Company and its Subsidiaries, not just Restricted Subsidiaries) for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by Section 4.11(a) shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

 

(c) In addition, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, unless the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise complies with such reporting requirements, the Company shall either (i) maintain a website (which may be non-public, but shall not restrict the recipients of such information from trading in securities) to which Holders of Notes, prospective investors, securities analysts and market makers that certify that they are qualified institutional buyers or are otherwise eligible to hold the Notes (collectively, “Permitted Parties”) are given access and to which the information required by the preceding paragraphs and the information required in Section 5.01 (the “Required Information”) is posted; or (ii) distribute via electronic mail the Required Information to beneficial owners of the Notes and prospective investors that certify that they are Permitted Parties who request to receive such distributions. If the Company makes available the reports described in Section 4.11(a)(i), (ii), or (iii) on the Company’s website, it will be deemed to have satisfied the reporting requirement set forth in such applicable clause. The Company shall either ensure the Trustee has access to such reports and any other Required Information on the website, or provide Trustee copies of such reports and any other Required Information. The Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine whether any reports or Required Information have been posted to or filed on any website.

 

52

 

 

(d) In addition, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall also:

 

(i) within 15 business days after providing the Trustee and the Holders with the annual and quarterly information required pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(i) and (ii), hold a conference call for Permitted Parties to discuss such reports and the results of operations for the relevant reporting period; and

 

(ii) issue a press release to any U.S. nationally recognized wire service, post to the website mentioned in Section 4.11(a)(i) or employ other means commercially reasonably expected to reach Permitted Parties no fewer than three business days prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with Section 4.11(d)(i), announcing the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing Permitted Parties to contact the appropriate Person at the Company to obtain such information.

 

(e) The trustee shall have no duty to review or analyze reports delivered to it. Delivery of the above reports and the reports required by Section 5.01 to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ or any Guarantor’s compliance with any of their covenants in this Indenture (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate of the Company) or any other agreement or document. The Trustee shall not be obligated to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, and shall have no responsibility or liability for the Issuers’ and Guarantors’ compliance or non-compliance with any covenants in the Indenture or Notes, including with respect to any reports or other documents posted on any website or filed with the SEC, or participate in any conference calls.

 

(f) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Issuers shall furnish to Holders and securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

(g) The Company’s obligations pursuant to this Section 4.11 may, at the Company’s option, be suspended and instead provided by any direct or indirect parent of the Company (other than the Parent) (any such entity, a “Company Reporting Entity”) as of any date, and for so long as, all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

53

 

 

(i) the Company Reporting Entity beneficially owns directly or indirectly at least 95% (less any director’s qualifying shares or shares owned by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by applicable law) of the Voting Stock of the Company; and

 

(ii) Company Reporting Entity makes the reports and financial information referred to in Section 4.11(a)(i) above available on its website (or otherwise permitted above), or otherwise publicly available within the time periods specified in Section 4.11(a)(i) above, except that such reports and financial information may be with respect to Company Reporting Entity instead of the Company; provided that, if the Company Reporting Entity has material operating assets (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries), the quarterly and annual financial statements of Company Reporting Entity shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Company Reporting Entity (any period during which the reporting obligations pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant are suspended pursuant to this clause being referred to herein as a “Reporting Suspension Period”). The requirements of Section 4.11(a) shall resume as of the end of any Reporting Suspension Period, but no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred or be continuing due to noncompliance during any Reporting Suspension Period with the requirements of Section 4.11(a).

 

Section 4.12. Measuring Compliance.

 

(a) With respect to:

 

(i) whether any Lien is permitted to be Incurred in compliance with this Indenture ;

 

(ii) any calculation of the ratios, baskets or financial metrics, including the Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, Total Assets and/or pro forma cost savings, and whether a Default or Event of Default exists in connection with the foregoing; and

 

(iii) whether any condition precedent to the Incurrence of Liens is satisfied, at the option of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any parent entity, any successor entity of any of the foregoing or a third party (the “Testing Party”), a Testing Party may select a date prior to the Incurrence of any such Lien if such Testing Party has a reasonable expectation that the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will Incur Liens at a future date in connection with a corporate event, including payment of a dividend, repurchase of equity, an acquisition, merger, amalgamation, or similar transaction or repayment, repurchase or refinancing of Debt, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (any such date, the “Transaction Date”) may be used as the applicable date of determination, as the case may be, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Secured Leverage Ratio.”

 

54

 

 

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, if the Testing Party elects to use the Transaction Date as the applicable date of determination in accordance with the foregoing:

 

(i) any fluctuation or change in the ratios, baskets or financial metrics, including the Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, Total Assets and/or pro forma cost savings of the Company, from the Transaction Date to the date of Incurrence of such Lien will not be taken into account for purposes of determining (i) whether any such Lien is permitted to be Incurred or (ii) in connection with compliance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes;

 

(ii) if financial statements for one or more subsequent fiscal quarters shall have become available, the Testing Party may elect, in its sole discretion, to redetermine all such baskets, ratios and financial metrics on the basis of such financial statements, in which case such date of redetermination shall thereafter be deemed to be the applicable Transaction Date for purposes of such baskets, ratios and financial metrics;

 

(iii) until such corporate event is consummated or such definitive agreements relating to such corporate event are terminated, such corporate event and all transactions proposed to be undertaken in connection therewith (including the Incurrence of Liens) will be given pro forma effect when determining compliance of other transactions that are consummated after the Transaction Date and on or prior to the date of consummation of such corporate event; and

 

(iv) Consolidated Interest Expense for purposes of the Secured Leverage Ratio will be calculated using an assumed interest rate based on the indicative interest margin (without giving effect to any step-ups) contained in any financing commitment documentation or, if no such indicative interest margin exists, as reasonably determined by the Company in good faith. In addition, compliance with any requirement relating to the absence of a Default or Event of Default may be determined as of the Transaction Date (including any new Transaction Date) and not as of any later date as would otherwise be required under this Indenture.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, with respect to any amounts Incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of this Indenture that does not require compliance with a financial ratio or financial test (including any Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, or Total Assets test) (any such amounts, the “Fixed Amounts”) substantially concurrently with any amounts Incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of this Indenture that requires compliance with a financial ratio or financial test (including any Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, or Total Assets test) (any such amounts, the “Incurrence-Based Amounts”), it is understood and agreed that the Fixed Amounts shall be disregarded in the calculation of the financial ratio or test applicable to the Incurrence-Based Amounts (and thereafter, Incurrence of the portion of such amount under the Fixed Amount shall be included in such calculation).

 

55

 

 

ARTICLE 5

Covenants of parent

 

Section 5.01. Reports of Parent.

 

(a) Prior to the Fall-Away Event, Parent shall make available to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes with the following:

 

(i) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of Parent, annual audited consolidated financial statements in English of Parent, prepared in accordance with IFRS and accompanied by an opinion of independent public accountants; and

 

(ii) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Parent, quarterly unaudited consolidated financial statements in English of Parent prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 

(b) At any time that the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Parent, taken as a whole, account for at least 20% of the Consolidated EBITDA (calculated for Parent and its Subsidiaries, not just Restricted Subsidiaries) for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by Section 5.01(a) shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto of the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Parent.

 

(c) The trustee shall have no duty to review or analyze reports delivered to it. Delivery of any information, documents and reports to the trustee is for informational purposes only, and the trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including Parent’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an officer’s certificate). The trustee shall not be obligated to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, and shall have no responsibility or liability for Parent’s compliance or noncompliance with any covenants in this Indenture or Notes, including with respect to any reports or other documents posted on any website or filed with the SEC, or participate in any conference calls.

  

56

 

 

(d) Parent’s obligations pursuant to this Section 5.01 may, at Parent’s option, be suspended and instead provided by any direct or indirect parent of Parent (any such entity, a “Parent Reporting Entity”) as of any date, and for so long as, all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(i) Parent Reporting Entity beneficially owns directly or indirectly at least 95% (less any director’s qualifying shares or shares owned by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by applicable law) of the Voting Stock of Parent; and

 

(ii) Parent Reporting Entity makes the reports and financial information referred to in Section 5.01(a) available on its website (or otherwise permitted above), or otherwise publicly available within the time periods specified in Section 5.01(a), except that such reports and financial information may be with respect to Parent Reporting Entity instead of Parent; provided that, if the Parent Reporting Entity has material operating assets (other than Parent and its Subsidiaries), the quarterly and annual financial statements of Parent Reporting Entity shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto of the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent Reporting Entity (any period during which the reporting obligations pursuant Section 5.01(a) are suspended pursuant to this clause being referred to herein as a “Parent Reporting Suspension Period”). The requirements of Section 5.01(a) above shall resume as of the end of any Parent Reporting Suspension Period, but no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred or be continuing due to noncompliance during any Parent Reporting Suspension Period with the requirements of Section 5.01(a).

 

ARTICLE 6

Successor corporation

 

Section 6.01. Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.

 

(a) The Company shall not, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets determined on a consolidated basis to, another Person unless:

 

(i) either

 

(A) the Company is the Surviving Person; or

 

(B) the Person, if other than the Company, formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person that acquires the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety, the Person to which assets of the Company have been transferred, shall be a corporation or limited liability company organized (or equivalent) and existing under the laws of the United States or any State of the United States or the District of Columbia or any other country member of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) if such successor Person undertakes to pay such Additional Amounts as set forth under Section 11.04 (collectively, the “Permitted Jurisdiction”); provided, however, that if the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person that acquires the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety is a limited liability company, JBS USA Food shall be a co-obligor on the Notes or the Company or such Surviving Person shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a corporation to become a co-obligor on the Notes;

 

57

 

 

(ii) such Surviving Person, if other than the Company, assumes all of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture;

 

(iii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

(iv) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer complies with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied.

 

For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company. Notwithstanding this Section 6.01(a),

 

(A) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company, and

 

(B) the Company may merge with one of its Affiliates solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Company in another Permitted Jurisdiction to realize tax or other benefits.

 

In the event of any transaction (other than a lease) referred to in and complying with the conditions listed in Section 6.01(a)(i) in which the Company is not the Surviving Person and the Surviving Person is to assume all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture, that Surviving Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Company, and the Company shall be discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 7

Default and remedies

 

Section 7.01. Events of Default. Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

 

(a) the failure to pay interest on the Notes when that interest becomes due and payable and the Default continues for 30 days;

 

(b) the failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when that principal or premium, if any, becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise;

 

58

 

 

(c) the failure to comply with Section 6.01;

 

(d) failure by any Parent Guarantor, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to observe or perform (a) the provisions described under Section 4.11 and Section 5.01, which failure is continuing for a period of 90 days (and may be cured by filing, furnishing or making available, as applicable, the delinquent report within such 90-day period) or (b)any other covenant or agreement contained in the Notes or this Indenture, which failure continues for a period of 60 days after the Company receives a written notice specifying the Default from the Trustee or Holders of at least 30% in outstanding aggregate principal amount of Notes;

 

(e) Debt of an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary of the Parent is not paid within any applicable grace period after final maturity or is accelerated by the holders thereof because of a default and the total amount of such Debt unpaid or accelerated exceeds US$125.0 million;

 

(f) failure by the Company, any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (other than the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries) to pay or discharge final and non-appealable judgments for the payment of money entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of US$125.0 million, which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed (to the extent not covered by insurance) for a period of 60 consecutive days following entry of such final and non-appealable judgments or decrees during which a stay of enforcement of each such final and non-appealable judgment or decree, by reason of pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect;

 

(g) an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries), pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(i) commences a voluntary case,

 

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its assets, or

 

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

59

 

 

(v) or takes any comparable action under foreign laws relating to insolvency;

 

(h) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(i) is for relief against an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries), as debtor in an involuntary case,

 

(ii) appoints a Custodian of an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries), or

 

(iii) orders the liquidation of an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries),

 

(iv) or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws, or takes any comparable action under any foreign law relating to insolvency; and the order, decree or similar relief remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or

 

(i) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor ceases to be in full force and effect, or is declared to be null and void and unenforceable by a judicial determination, or is found to be invalid by a judicial determination, any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor denies (in writing) its obligations under its Guarantee (in each case, other than by reason of release of a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture).

 

Section 7.02. Acceleration.

 

(a) If any Event of Default (other than those of the type in clause (g) or (h) of Section 7.01 with respect to the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, Parent) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in outstanding aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Notes may, declare the principal of all the Notes, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, premium, if any, to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a notice of acceleration, and the same shall become immediately due and payable.

 

(b) If an Event of Default of the type referred to in clause (g) or (h) of Section 7.01 relating to the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, Parent occurs and is continuing, then such amount with respect to all the Notes shall become due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

 

60

 

 

(c) Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes rescind any acceleration and its consequences with respect to the Notes; provided (i) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel have been paid.

 

(d) The trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default (other than a payment default) unless a written notice of default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and the Indenture and states that it is a notice of default.

 

(e) In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in clause (e) of Section 7.01 has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (e) of Section 7.01 shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Debt, or the Debt that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full and if (i) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived.

 

(f) If a Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default (the “Initial Default”) occurs, then at the time such Initial Default is cured, such Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default that resulted solely because of that Initial Default shall also be cured without any further action. Any Default or Event of Default for the failure to comply with the time periods prescribed in Section 4.11 or otherwise to deliver any notice or certificate pursuant to any other provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to be cured upon the delivery of any such report required by such covenant or such notice or certificate, as applicable, even though such delivery is not within the prescribed period specified in this Indenture.

 

Section 7.03. Other Remedies. If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon a Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

61

 

 

Section 7.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. Subject to Sections 2.09, 7.07 and 10.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes (which may include consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer of Notes) by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default and its consequences (including any resulting non-payment Default or Event of Default), except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note held by a non-consenting Holder that did not result from a non-payment Default or Event of Default. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents. When a Default is waived, it is cured and ceases.

 

Section 7.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. Subject to Section 8.01, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder (it being understood that the Trustee has no duty to determine if any directed action is prejudicial to any Holder), or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

 

In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction.

 

Section 7.06. Limitation on Suits. No Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless the Trustee:

 

(a) has failed to act for a period of 60 days after receiving written notice of a continuing Event of Default by such Holder and a request to act by Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding;

 

(b) has been offered indemnity satisfactory to it in its reasonable judgment; and

 

(c) has not received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such request.

 

However, such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of any Note for enforcement of payment of the principal of or interest on such Note on or after the due date therefor.

 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other Holder (it being understood that the Trustee has no duty to determine whether any direction is unduly prejudicial to any Holder of a Note).

 

62

 

 

Section 7.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, and interest on, a Note, on or after the respective due dates therefor, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

 

Section 7.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If a Default in payment of principal or interest specified in Section 7.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest and fees remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by the Notes and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 7.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Issuers, their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, indemnities, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 8.07. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. The Trustee shall be entitled to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors in the matters as it deems necessary or advisable.

 

Section 7.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 7, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

 

First: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 8.07;

 

Second: to Holders for interest accrued on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for interest;

 

63

 

 

Third: to Holders for principal amounts due and unpaid on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal; and

 

Fourth: to the Issuers or, if applicable, the Guarantors, as their respective interests may appear.

 

The Trustee, upon prior notice to the Issuers, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 7.10.

 

Section 7.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 7.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 7.07, or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE 8
Trustee

 

Section 8.01. Duties of Trustee.

 

(a) If a Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use or exercise the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

 

(b) Except during the continuance of a Default:

 

(i) The Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically set forth herein or in the Trust Indenture Act and no duties, covenants, responsibilities or obligations shall be implied in this Indenture against the Trustee.

 

(ii) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates (including Officer’s Certificates) or opinions (including Opinions of Counsel) furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

64

 

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i) This paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 8.01(b).

 

(ii) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

(iii) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 7.05.

 

(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity is not assured to it.

 

(e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 8.01 and Section 8.02.

 

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for the investment of or for interest on any money received by it or for any loss which may result from any investment or sale of investment, except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(g) In the absence of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.

 

Section 8.02. Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 8.01:

 

(a) The Trustee may rely conclusively on any resolution, certificate (including any Officer’s Certificate), statement, instrument, opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent, order, judgment, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it shall be entitled to receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 14.05. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

 

65

 

 

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee) appointed with due care.

 

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers under this Indenture.

 

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby.

 

(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate (including any Officer’s Certificate), statement, instrument, opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice to the Issuers, to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuers.

 

(h) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

 

(i) The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as duties.

 

(j) Except with respect to Sections 4.01 and 4.05, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Issuers with respect to the covenants contained in Article 4; provided that, in the case of Section 4.05, the Trustee may rely upon the Officer’s Certificates described in that section. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have any notice of or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received written notification at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture states that it is a “Notice of Default”.

 

(k) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, each Agent appointed hereunder and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

66

 

 

(l) Notwithstanding any provision in this Indenture to the contrary, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture because of circumstances beyond its control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, epidemics, flood, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, strikes or work stoppages for any reason, embargo, government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations or the like which restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Indenture, inability to obtain material, equipment, or communications or computer facilities, or the failure of equipment or interruption of communications or computer facilities, or the unavailability of the federal Reserve Bank wire or telex or other wire communication facility and other causes beyond its control whether or not of the same class or kind as specifically named above.

 

(m) The Trustee may at any time request that any of the Issuers and/or Guarantors deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the specimen signatures and the names of individuals and/or titles of Officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

(n) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, incidental, consequential or punitive loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit), irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(o) Any action to be taken, or omitted to be taken, by the Trustee in good faith pursuant to this Indenture upon the request or authority or consent of any person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon future holders of Notes, and upon Notes executed and delivered in exchange therefor or in place thereof.

 

(p) Under no circumstances shall the Trustee be liable, in its individual capacity or in any capacity hereunder, for the obligations evidenced by the Notes.

 

(q) The Issuers will be responsible for making calculations called for under the Notes, including, but not limited to, determination of redemption price, premium, if any, and any other amounts payable on the Notes. The Issuers will make the calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, their calculations will be final and binding on the Holders of the Notes. The Issuers will provide a schedule of their calculations to the Trustee, upon request, when applicable, and the Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively on the accuracy of the Issuers as to the payment of any taxes or assessments, or to require any such payment to be made.

 

Section 8.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, their Subsidiaries or its respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 8.10 and 8.11.

 

67

 

 

Section 8.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuers in this Indenture or any document issued in connection with the sale of Notes (including, without limitation, the Offering Memorandum) or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee makes no representations with respect to the effectiveness or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes.

 

Section 8.05. Notice of Default. If a Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee receives actual notice of such Default, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the uncured Default within 30 days after such Default occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, or interest on, any Note, including an accelerated payment and the failure to make a payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, or a Default in complying with the provisions of Article 6, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Board of Directors, the executive committee, or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers, of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders.

 

Section 8.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within 60 days after each April 1, beginning with April 1, 2026, the Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in Trust Indenture Act § 313(a) occurred within the previous twelve months, but not otherwise, mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with Trust Indenture Act § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act §§ 313(b), 313(c) and 313(d).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be mailed to the Issuers and filed with each securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed.

 

The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing if the Notes become listed on any securities exchange or of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act § 313(d).

 

Section 8.07. Compensation and Indemnity. Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, jointly and severally, pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the Issuers and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for its services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services, except any such disbursements, expenses and advances as may be attributable to the Trustee’s negligence or willful misconduct. Such expenses shall include the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

68

 

 

Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, jointly and severally, indemnify each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee and each of its officers, directors, employees or agents for, and hold them harmless from and against, any and all loss, damage, claims (whether involving the Issuers, Guarantors, Holders or any other Person) including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee), liability or expense incurred by it except for such actions to the extent caused by any negligence or willful misconduct on its part (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable order), arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust or exercise of its rights, powers or duties (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) including, without limitation, the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the Trustee’s rights, powers or duties hereunder (including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of enforcing this Section 8.07 or any provision under this Indenture). The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee or any of its agents for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers may, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), defend such claim and the Trustee shall provide reasonable cooperation in the defense. The Trustee and its agents subject to the claim may have separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuers need not pay for any settlement made without their written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Issuers need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through its negligence or willful misconduct which shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and nonappealable order.

 

To secure the Issuers’ payment obligations in this Section 8.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes against all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after a Default specified in Section 7.01(g) or (h) occurs, such expenses and the compensation for such services shall be paid to the extent allowed under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, payment of the Notes, resignation or removal of the Trustee or the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

69

 

 

Section 8.08. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuers in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Issuers and the Trustee upon 30 days’ prior notice in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if:

 

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 8.10;

 

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent;

 

(c) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property;

 

or

 

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.07, all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided in Section 8.07, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuers or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Issuers.

 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 8.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 8.08, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 8.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 8.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business (including this transaction) to, another corporation, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee; provided that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article 8.

 

70

 

 

Section 8.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirement of Trust Indenture Act §§ 310(a)(1), 310(a)(2) and 310(a)(5). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least US$150,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Trust Indenture Act § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of the Issuers are outstanding, if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Trust Indenture Act § 310(b)(1) are met. The provisions of Trust Indenture Act § 310 shall apply to the Issuers and any other obligor of the Notes.

 

Section 8.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers. The Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee hereunder, shall comply with Trust Indenture Act § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act § 311(a) to the extent indicated.

 

ARTICLE 9

Discharge of indenture; defeasance

 

Section 9.01. Satisfaction and Discharge. The Company may discharge this Indenture such that it shall cease to be of further effect, except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes as to all outstanding Notes and the rights and indemnities of the Trustee when:

 

(a) either

 

(i) all the Notes previously authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has previously been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and is thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from the trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(ii) all Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

 

(A) have become due and payable, or

 

(B) shall become due and payable at their maturity within one year, or

 

(C) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee,

 

and in the case of (ii)(A), (B) or (C), the Company has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. Legal Tender, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination of such cash and non-callable U.S. Government Securities, in such amounts as shall be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Debt on the Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, on the Notes to the date of deposit, in the case of Notes that have become due and payable, or to the Maturity Date or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

 

71

 

 

(b) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by the Issuers under this Indenture; and

 

(c) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been satisfied.

 

Section 9.02. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance. (a) The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to terminate all of the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations with respect to the then outstanding Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (“legal defeasance”), except for:

 

(i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on those Notes when these payments are due from the defeasance trust referred to below;

 

(ii) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the issuance of temporary Notes, the registration of Notes, the status of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

 

(iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, indemnities and immunities of the Trustee and the Issuers’ obligations in connection with those rights, powers, trusts, duties, indemnities and immunities; and

 

(iv) the Issuers’ obligations under the defeasance provisions contained in this Indenture.

 

(b) In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to release the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under any covenant described in Section 4.05 and Sections 4.07 through 4.12 (“covenant defeasance”) and thereafter any failure by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with such Sections shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. Moreover, in the event the Company elects to exercise covenant defeasance, nearly all of the events, other than non-payment, described under Section 7.01 will no longer constitute Events of Default with respect to the Notes.

 

(c) If the Company exercises legal defeasance, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated as a result of an Event of Default. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (c) (with respect to any entity other than the Company), (d), (e), (f), (g) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries, (h) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries) or (i) in Section 7.01.

 

72

 

 

The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of covenant defeasance.

 

Section 9.03. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. In order to exercise either legal defeasance or covenant defeasance:

 

(a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust (the “defeasance trust”), for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. Legal Tender, non-callable U.S. Government Securities or a combination of cash and non-callable U.S. Government Securities, sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Maturity Date or on an available Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to the Maturity Date or to that Redemption Date;

 

(b) in the case of legal defeasance only, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that:

 

(i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

 

(ii) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, and

 

(iii) based on the ruling obtained under clause (i) or the change in tax law referred to under clause (ii), the beneficial owners of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of legal defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if legal defeasance had not occurred;

 

(c) in the case of covenant defeasance only, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the beneficial owners of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if covenant defeasance had not occurred;

 

(d) no Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Debt, and, in each case the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

 

(e) in the case of legal defeasance only, the legal defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;

 

73

 

 

(f) in the case of legal defeasance only, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, subject to customary exceptions and assumptions, to the effect that on the 91st day following the deposit, the defeasance trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws generally affecting creditors’ rights;

 

(g) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company; and

 

(h) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the legal defeasance or the covenant defeasance have been complied with.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (b) above with respect to a legal defeasance need not be delivered if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable, (ii) shall become due and payable on the Maturity Date within one year or (iii) as to which a redemption notice has been given calling the Notes for redemption within one year, under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.

 

Section 9.04. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee or Paying Agent shall hold in trust U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities deposited with it pursuant to this Article 9, and shall apply the deposited U.S. Legal Tender and the money from U.S. Government Securities in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of the principal of and the interest on the Notes. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to invest said U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities, except as it may agree in writing with the Issuers.

 

The Issuers shall pay and indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 9.03 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof, other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Anything in this Article 9 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the Issuers’ written request any U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 9.03 which, in the opinion of a firm of independent public accountants of recognized international standing expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent legal defeasance or covenant defeasance.

 

74

 

 

Section 9.05. Repayment to the Issuers. Subject to applicable escheat laws, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuers upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years; provided that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any payment, may at the expense and written request of the Issuers cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuers. After payment to the Issuers, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors unless an applicable law designates another Person.

 

Section 9.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities in accordance with this Article 9 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, or if the funds deposited with the Trustee to effect covenant defeasance are insufficient to pay the principal of, and interest on, the Notes when due, the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture, and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 9 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities in accordance with this Article 9; provided that if the Issuers have made any payment of interest on, or principal of, any Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 10

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

Section 10.01. Without Consent of Holders. (a) The Company and the Trustee, together, may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee without notice to or consent of any Holder to:

 

(i) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

(ii) provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of an Issuer under this Indenture;

 

(iii) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code);

 

(iv) add additional Guarantees or additional obligors with respect to the Notes;

 

75

 

 

(v) secure the Notes;

 

(vi) add to the covenants of the Issuers for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuers;

 

(vii) make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect;

 

(viii) comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939;

 

(ix) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof;

 

(x) conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee to any provision of the Section entitled “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum; or

 

(xi) provide for the Fall-Away Amendment or any other event or action required or permitted by this Indenture.

 

provided that the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 10.01.

 

Section 10.02. With Consent of Holders.

 

(a) Subject to Section 7.07, the Company and the Trustee, together, with the consent of the Holder or Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the notes), may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any other Holders. Subject to Sections 7.04 and 7.07, the Holder or Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may waive compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any other Holders.

 

(b) Notwithstanding Section 10.02(a), without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, no amendment or waiver may:

 

(i) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(ii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on any Notes;

 

(iii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Notes, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or repurchase (other than with respect to the minimum notice period to Holders), or reduce the redemption or repurchase price for those Notes (except, in the case of repurchases, as would otherwise be permitted under clause (vii) of this Section 10.02(b));

 

76

 

 

(iv) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note and this Indenture;

 

(v) impair the contractual right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, interest on that Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates for those payments, or to bring suit to enforce that payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes or any Guarantee;

 

(vi) modify the provisions contained in this Indenture permitting Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes to waive a Default;

 

(vii) after the Issuers’ obligation to purchase the Notes arises under this Indenture, amend, modify or change the obligation of the Issuers to make or consummate a Change of Control Offer or waive any default in the performance of that Change of Control Offer or modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect to any such offer; or

 

(viii) make any change to or modify the ranking of any such Note or related Guarantee that would adversely affect the Holders of the Notes.

 

(c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

(d) A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in connection with an exchange (in the case of an exchange offer) or a tender (in the case of a tender offer) of such Holder’s Notes shall not be rendered invalid by such tender or exchange.

 

(e) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 10.02 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuers to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 10.03. Compliance with the Trust Indenture Act. From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, every amendment, waiver or supplement of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

 

Section 10.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of his Note by written notice to the Trustee or the Issuers received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate of the Company certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

77

 

 

The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date. The Issuers shall inform the Trustee in writing of the fixed record date if applicable.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change referred to in any of clauses (i) through (viii) of Section 10.02(b), in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note; provided that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, and interest on, a Note, on or after the respective due dates therefor, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 10.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Issuers may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Issuers shall provide the Trustee with an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and cause the Trustee to return it to the Holder at the Issuers’ expense. Alternatively, if the Issuers or the Trustee so determines, the Issuers in exchange for the Note shall issue, and the Trustee shall authenticate, a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 10.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc. The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 10; provided that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate of the Company each stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 10 is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and, in the case of such opinion, that such amendment, supplement or waiver constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms. Such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Issuers.

 

78

 

 

ARTICLE 11
GUARANTEE

 

Section 11.01. Guarantee. Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of and interest on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise (all of the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”).

 

Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Issuers of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (1) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuers or any other Person (including any Guarantor) under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (2) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (3) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (4) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any of them; (5) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (6) except as set forth in Section 11.06 or 11.07, any change in the ownership of such Guarantor.

 

Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Except as expressly set forth in Sections 9.02(a), 11.03, 11.06 and 11.07, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

 

79

 

 

Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuers or otherwise.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuers to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (A) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (B) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) and (C) all other monetary Guaranteed Obligations of the Company to the Holders and the Trustee.

 

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 11.01.

 

Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 7 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 7 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee.

 

Section 11.02. [Reserved].

 

Section 11.03. [Reserved.]

 

Section 11.04. Additional Amounts.

 

(a) All payments made by the Company or any Guarantor in respect of the Notes or the related Guarantees shall be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of any Taxing Authority of Brazil or Luxembourg or other jurisdiction in which the Company, such Guarantor or any paying agent of the Company or any Guarantor is organized or engaged in business for tax purposes (any of the aforementioned being a “Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless Taxes are required to be withheld or deducted by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof. If Taxes are required to be withheld or deducted by a Taxing Authority within any Taxing Jurisdiction, from any payment made by the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, then the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall pay such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each Holder of Notes (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction shall equal the amount the Holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however, that no Additional Amounts shall be payable with respect to:

 

(i) any Tax imposed by the United States or by any political subdivision or Taxing Authority thereof or therein;

 

80

 

 

(ii) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, deducted or withheld but for the existence of any connection between the Holder or beneficial owner of a Note (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of power over, the Holder or beneficial owner of such Note, if the Holder or beneficial owner is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) and the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying on a business or maintaining a permanent establishment in, or being physically present in, the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction), other than the mere receipt of such payment or the ownership or holding or enforcement of such Note;

 

(iii) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, value-added, excise, transfer or personal property Tax or similar Tax;

 

(iv) any Taxes payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payments under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees;

 

(v) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, deducted or withheld if the Holder or beneficial owner of a Note or beneficial owner of any payment on the Guarantee of such Note had (A) made a declaration of non-residence, or any other claim or filing for exemption, to which it is entitled or (B) complied with any certification, identification, information, documentation or other reporting requirement concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction of such Holder or beneficial owner of such Note or any payment on such Note (provided that (x) such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption or such compliance is required by the applicable law, treaty, regulation, or official administrative practice of the Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of the imposition, deduction or withholding of, such Taxes and (y) at least 30 days prior to the first payment date with respect to which such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption or such compliance is required under the applicable law of the Taxing Jurisdiction, Holders at that time have been notified by such Guarantor or any other Person through whom payment may be made that a declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption or such compliance is required to be made);

 

81

 

 

(vi) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, deducted or withheld if the beneficiary of the payment had presented the Note for payment within 30 days after the date on which such payment or such Note became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30-day period);

 

(vii) any payment under or with respect to a Note to any Holder that is a fiduciary or partnership or any Person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment or Note, to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such partnership or the beneficial owner of such payment or Note would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the actual Holder of such Note;

 

(viii) any Luxembourg registration duties (droit d’enregistrement) payable in the case of a voluntary registration of the Notes (and/or any document in relation therewith) by any holder or beneficial owner of such Notes with the Administration de l’Enregistrement des Domaines et de la TVA in Luxembourg, when such registration is not required to maintain, preserve or enforce the rights of that holder or beneficial owner under the Notes (and/or any document in relation therewith); or

 

(ix) any combination of items (i) through (viii) above.

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions contained herein, each of the Issuers, any Guarantor or any other person making payments on behalf of the Issuers shall be entitled to deduct and withhold as required, and shall not be required to pay, any Additional Amounts with respect to any such withholding or deduction imposed on or in respect of any Note pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as “FATCA”), any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted by any jurisdiction implementing FATCA, any agreement between any of the Issuers, any Guarantor or any other person and the United States or any jurisdiction implementing FATCA, or any law of any jurisdiction implementing an intergovernmental approach to FATCA.

 

(b) Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or of any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note or any Guarantee, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

Section 11.05. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee. To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer.

 

82

 

 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the notation of Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

 

Section 11.06. [Reserved.]

 

Section 11.07. Release of Guarantees of Parent Guarantors and Fall-Away of Covenants of Parent.

 

(a) The Guarantees by the Parent Guarantors shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

 

(i) if, at any time, the Parent Guarantors shall cease to guarantee the Existing 2031 Notes for any reason, including, without limitation, as a result of the “Fall-Away Event” (as defined in the indenture governing the Existing 2031 Notes) or the full repayment, redemption or defeasance of the Existing 2031 Notes; or

 

(ii) the exercise of the legal defeasance option or the covenant defeasance option under Section 9.02 or if the obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture are otherwise discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, in the event that Guarantees of the Notes by the Parent Guarantors are automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the occurrence of any of the events described above, at the Company’s election, the Company may enter into a supplemental indenture (a “Fall-Away Amendment”) with the Trustee (without the consent of any Holders of Notes), which provides for the following (the “Fall-Away Event”):

 

(i) unconditional release of the Parent Guarantors from their Guarantees;

 

(ii) elimination of the covenants set forth under Section 5.01; and

 

(iii) elimination of Events of Default arising under the following clauses of Section 7.01: (d) (with respect to breaches under Article 5), (e), (f), (g) and (h) (with respect to events and circumstances with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (i) (in its entirety), and delete references to Parent in Sections 7.02(a) and (b).

 

83

 

 

(c) Concurrently upon delivery to the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate of the Company and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the Fall-Away Event have been satisfied, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of the Parent Guarantors from their obligations under the Guarantees.

 

Section 11.08. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 11 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 11 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

 

Section 11.09. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 11, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

 

ARTICLE 12

SUBSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AS ISSUER

 

Section 12.01. Substitution of the Company as Issuer. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Indenture, the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, be substituted (a “Substitution”) by (i) any direct or indirect parent of the Company or (ii) any Subsidiary of the Company that owns, or after the Substitution, will own, a majority of the assets of the Company (in each case, the “Substituted Company”) for purposes of this Indenture and have the covenants (and related definitions) apply to the Substituted Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(i) the Substituted Company is a corporation or limited liability company organized (or the equivalents) and existing under the laws of the United States or any State of the United States or the District of Columbia or any other country member of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD);

 

(ii) such Substituted Company, if not a Guarantor, delivers a Guarantee or becomes a co-issuer of the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture;

 

(iii) immediately after giving effect to the Substitution, on a pro forma basis, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and

 

84

 

 

(iv) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Substitution complies with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such Substitution have been satisfied.

 

After the Substitution, all references to the Company shall be deemed to refer to the Substituted Company if the Substitution is effectuated pursuant to clause (i) above, then the Company prior to the substitution shall become a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

ARTICLE 13

RELEASE OF JBS USA FOOD COMPANY AS AN ISSUER

 

Section 13.01. Release of JBS USA Food as an Issuer. The Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, release JBS USA Food as an issuer for purposes of this Indenture and the Notes; provided, that the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(i) concurrently with such release, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is an issuer of the Notes and such issuer is a corporation (or the equivalent);

 

(ii) JBS USA Food delivers a Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture; provided, that such Guarantee shall be released if JBS USA Food is not providing a guarantee of the Existing 2031 Notes;

 

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such release, on a pro forma basis, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(iv) JBS USA Food shall cease to be an issuer under each of the (a) Existing 2029 Notes, (b) Existing 2031 Notes, and (c) Existing 2032 Notes, for any reason, including, without limitation, as a result of a consent solicitation, an exchange offer, the full repayment, redemption or defeasance thereof; and

 

(v) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such release complies with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such release have been satisfied.

 

85

 

 

ARTICLE 14
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 14.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act, such required or deemed provision shall control.

 

Section 14.02. Notices. Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in English and in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by internationally recognized overnight courier service or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

if to the Issuers or a Guarantor:

 

c/o JBS USA Food Company

Attention: Chief Financial Officer
1770 Promontory Circle

Greeley, CO 80634

 

if to the Trustee:

 

Regions Bank

51 W Bay Street

Jacksonville, FL 32202

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Email: Craig.Kaye@Regions.com

 

Each of the Issuers and the Trustee by written notice to each other such Person may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person. Any notice or communication to the Issuers and the Trustee, shall be deemed to have been given or made upon actual receipt thereof.

 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to him by first class mail or other equivalent means at his address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed.

 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note, such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depository for such Note (or its designee) pursuant to the applicable procedures of such Depository, if any, prescribed for the giving of such notice, notwithstanding any reference to mailing of notices or any other provision of this Indenture.

 

In respect of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the Person sending instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information by electronic transmission is, in fact, a person authorized to give such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information on behalf of the party purporting to send such e-mail; and the Trustee shall not have any liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by any party as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information. Each other party agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of electronic methods to submit instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, notices, reports or other communications or information, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.

 

86

 

 

Section 14.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act § 312(c).

 

Section 14.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(i) an Officer’s Certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent to be performed or effected by the Issuers or the Guarantors, if applicable, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

Section 14.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture, other than the Officer’s Certificate required by Section 4.05, shall include a statement to the following effect:

 

(i) the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenants or condition precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action;

 

(ii) describing the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(iii) in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenants or conditions precedent have been complied with or satisfied; and

 

(iv) whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, all conditions precedent or covenants have been complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

 

Section 14.06. Rules by Paying Agent or Registrar. The Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for their functions.

 

87

 

 

Section 14.07. Judgment Currency. The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify each of the Holders and the Trustee against any loss incurred by such Person as a result of any judgment or order being given or made for any amount due hereunder and such judgment or order being expressed and paid in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than United States dollars and as a result of any variation as between (a) the rate of exchange at which the United States dollar amount is converted into the Judgment Currency for the purpose of such judgment or order, and (b) the rate of exchange at which such Holders or the Trustee is able to purchase United States dollars with the amount of the Judgment Currency actually received by the Person. The foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate and independent obligation of the Issuers and the Guarantors and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid. The term “rate of exchange” shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of, or conversion into, the relevant currency.

 

Section 14.08. Legal Holidays. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day with the same force and effect as if payment was made on such date and no interest shall accrue in respect of such payment for the intervening period.

 

Section 14.09. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity.

 

(a) This Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby. For the avoidance of doubt, the application of articles 470-1 to 470-19 (inclusive) of the Luxembourg law of 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended, is excluded.

 

(b) By the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company and the Guarantors (i) acknowledge that they have, by separate written instrument, designated and appointed JBS USA Food, with an office on the Issue Date at 1770 Promontory Circle, Greeley, Colorado 80634 (the “Authorized Agent”) (and any successor entity), as their authorized agent upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee that may be instituted in any federal or state court in The City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, State of New York or brought under federal or state securities laws, and acknowledges that the Authorized Agent has accepted such designation, (i) submit to the jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit or proceeding, (ii) irrevocably waive any objection, including, but not limited to, any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of, forum non conveniens, which it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action, proceeding or litigation in such jurisdiction and (iii) agree that service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of said service to Parent in accordance with Section 14.02 shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it, in any such suit or proceeding. The Company and the Guarantors further agree to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of the Authorized Agent in full force and effect so long as any of the Notes shall be outstanding; provided that the Company and the Guarantors may and to the extent the Authorized Agent ceases to be able to be served on the basis contemplated herein shall, by written notice to the Trustee, designate such additional or alternative agent for service of process under this paragraph (c) that (i) maintains an office located in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, State of New York and (ii) is either (x) counsel for such Person or (y) a corporate service company which acts as agent for service of process for other persons in the ordinary course of its business. Such written notice shall identify the name of such agent for service of process and the address of the office of such agent for service of process in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, State of New York.

 

88

 

 

(c) To the extent that the Company and the Guarantors have or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court of (i) any jurisdiction in which it owns or leases property or assets, (ii) the United States or the State of New York or (iii) Luxembourg, any political subdivision thereof or any other jurisdiction of any country or from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property and assets or this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees or actions to enforce judgments in respect of any thereof, the Company and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably waive such immunity in respect of their obligations under the above-referenced documents, to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 14.10. Waiver of Jury Trial. ALL PARTIES HERETO AND EACH HOLDER (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

 

Section 14.11. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 14.12. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager or stockholder, as such, of an Issuer or any Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or of the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, those obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. This waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

89

 

 

Section 14.13. Successors. All agreements of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

 

Section 14.14. Duplicate Originals. All parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by PDF or other electronic transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. Unless otherwise provided in this Indenture or in any Note, the words “execute”, “execution”, “signed”, and “signature” and words of similar import used in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Indenture, any Note or any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including amendments, waivers, consents and other modifications) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures and the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature in ink or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as applicable, to the fullest extent and as pro-vided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, and any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Trustee is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or format unless expressly agreed to by the Trustee pursuant to procedures approved by the Trustee.

 

Section 14.15. Severability. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

 

Section 14.16. English Language. This Indenture has been negotiated and executed in the English language. All certificates, reports, notices and other documents and communications delivered or delivered pursuant to this Indenture (including any modifications or supplements hereto), shall be in the English language, or accompanied by a certified English translation thereof.

 

Section 14.17. U.S.A. Patriot Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act. The terms of this Section 14.17 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, payment of the Notes, resignation or removal of the Trustee or the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

Section 14.18. Entire Agreement. This Indenture and the exhibits hereto set forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties related to this transaction and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written.

 

90

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date first written above.

 

  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.
   
  By: /s/ Lucas Carracedo Menezes
    Name: Lucas Carracedo Menezes
    Title: CFO/Secretary /Category B Manager

 

  JBS USA FOOD COMPANY
   
  By: /s/ Diego Pirani
    Name: Diego Pirani
    Title: Treasurer

 

  JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
   
  By: /s/ Diego Pirani
    Name: Diego Pirani
    Title: Treasurer

  

[Signature Page to Indenture (2056 Notes)]

 

91

 

 

 

  JBS S.A.
   
  By: /s/ Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti
    Title: Global Chief Financial Officer and Investor Relations Officer

 

  By: /s/ Wesley Mendonça Batista Filho
    Name: Wesley Mendonça Batista Filho
    Title: Officer

 

  JBS Global Luxembourg S.à.r.l.
   
  By: /s/ Lucas Carracedo Menezes
    Name: Lucas Carracedo Menezes
    Title: CFO/Secretary /Category B Manager

 

  JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty. Limited
   
  By: /s/ Lucas Ebram
    Name: Lucas Ebram
    Title: Director

 

  By: /s/ Giovani Soares
    Name: Giovani Soares
    Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Indenture (2056 Notes)]

 

92

 

 

  REGIONS BANK,
  as Trustee
   
  By: /s/ Craig Kaye
    Name: Craig Kaye
    Title: Vice President

  

[Signature Page to Indenture (2056 Notes)]

 

93

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.
JBS USA FOOD COMPANY
JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
6.250% Senior Notes due 2056

 

CUSIP No. 472140 AG7 / L56900 AD2

ISIN No. US472140AG79 / USL56900AD26

 

No. [●] US$[●]1

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, with registered address at 21 Avenue de la Gare, étage 2, L-1611 Luxembourg, and registered with the Luxembourg Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés under number B 203.443, JBS USA FOOD COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, and JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuers”), for value received promise to pay to Cede & Co. or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [   ] [or such other amount as is provided in a schedule attached hereto]2 on March 1, 2056.

 

Interest Payment Dates: March 1 and September 1, commencing March 1, 2026.

 

Record Dates: February 15 and August 15.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

 

1Securities purchased pursuant to Rule 144A totaling US$[●] / Securities purchased pursuant to Regulation S totaling US$[●].

 

2This language should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

  

A-1

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized Officer.

  

Dated:  
   
  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.
   
  By:           
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  JBS USA FOOD COMPANY
   
  By:              
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
   
  By:            
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

A-2

 

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the 6.250% Senior Notes due 2056 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated:  
   
  REGIONS BANK,
  as Trustee
   
  By:  
    Authorized Signatory

  

A-3

 

 

(Reverse of Note)

 

6.250% Senior Notes due 2056

 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

SECTION 1. Interest. JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, with registered address at 21 Avenue de la Gare, étage 2, L-1611 Luxembourg, and registered with the Luxembourg Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS USA FOOD COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“JBS USA Food”), and JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“JBS USA Foods Group Holdings” and, collectively with the Company and JBS USA Food, the “Issuers”), promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 6.250% per annum (the “Initial Rate of Interest”) from July 3, 2025 until maturity. The Issuers shall pay interest semi-annually on March 1 and September 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if payment was made on such date and no interest shall accrue in respect of such payment for the intervening period (each an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing March 1, 2026.

 

Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance. The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand to the extent lawful at the interest rate applicable to the Notes; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

If a payment date is not a business day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a business day with the same force and effect as if payment was made on such date and no interest shall accrue in respect of such payment for the intervening period.

 

SECTION 2. Method of Payment. The Issuers shall pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on February 15 and August 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be issued in denominations of US$2,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts (“U.S. Legal Tender”). Principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose except that, at the option of the Issuers, the payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders of Notes; provided that for Holders of at least US$5.0 million in principal amount of the Notes that have given written wire transfer instructions to the Issuers and the Trustee at least ten Business Days prior to the applicable payment date, the Issuers shall make all payments of principal, premium and interest by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts within the United States specified by the Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuers, the Issuers’ office or agency in New York shall be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose. Presentation of notes is required at maturity.

 

A-4

 

 

SECTION 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Regions Bank, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. Except as provided in the Indenture, the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

SECTION 4. Indenture. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of July 3, 2025 (“Indenture”) by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. The terms of the Notes include those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

SECTION 5. Optional Redemption. At any time prior to September 1, 2055 (which is the date that is six months prior to the maturity of the Notes (the “Par Call Date”)), the Company may choose to redeem all or any portion of the Notes at a redemption price calculated by the Company equal to the greater of:

 

(a) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed; and

 

(b) the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on such Notes that would have been due if the Notes matured on the Notes Par Call Date (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Yield (determined on the second Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date) plus 25 basis points,

 

plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). The Trustee shall have no obligation to calculate or verify any make-whole premium.

 

At any time on or after the Par Call Date, the Company may choose to redeem all or any portion of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

A-5

 

 

Any notice to the Holders of Notes of such a redemption must include the appropriate calculation of the Redemption Price, but need not include the Redemption Price itself. The actual Redemption Price must be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate of the Company delivered to the Trustee no later than two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date.

 

In connection with any tender offer (including any Change of Control Offer made in accordance with the terms of the Indenture) for Notes, if Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw Notes in such tender offer and the Company, or any third party making such tender offer in lieu of the Company, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice to the Holders (with a copy to the Trustee), given not more than 30 days following such purchase date, to redeem or purchase all the Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price paid to the Holders in such tender offer plus, to the extent not included in the purchase price, accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes that remain outstanding, to, but excluding, the date of redemption. The Company shall calculate the redemption price in connection with any redemption, and the Trustee shall have no duty to calculate or verify any such calculation.

 

SECTION 6. Tax Redemption. If as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws (or any rules or regulations thereunder) of any Taxing Jurisdiction (as defined in the Indenture) or any political subdivision or Taxing Authority thereof or therein affecting taxation, or any amendment to or change in an official interpretation, administration or application of such laws, rules, or regulations (including a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction), which change or amendment becomes effective on or after the Issue Date of the Notes or, in the event there is a successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor on the Notes, on or after the date a successor assumes the obligations under the Notes or there is a successor or additional guarantor on the Notes, as the case may be, the Company, any Guarantor which is not formed or incorporated under the laws of the United States or any State of the United States or the District of Columbia (each, a “non-U.S. Guarantor”) or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as described under Section 11.04 of the Indenture in excess of the Additional Amounts the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor would be obligated to pay if payments were subject to withholding or deduction for Taxes imposed by Brazil or Luxembourg at a rate of 0% or, in the case of any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor the withholding rate in effect at the time such person becomes a successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor (the “Minimum Withholding Level”), the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor may, at their or its option, redeem all, but not less than all, of the Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount, together with any interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption, upon publication of irrevocable notice not less than 10 days nor more than 90 days prior to the date fixed for redemption. No notice of such redemption may be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor would, but for such redemption, be obligated to pay Additional Amounts above the Minimum Withholding Level. The Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor will not have the right to so redeem the Notes in the event the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor becomes obligated to pay Additional Amounts which are less than the Additional Amounts payable at the Minimum Withholding Level. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor will have the right to so redeem the Notes unless it has taken reasonable measures to avoid the obligation to pay Additional Amounts. For the avoidance of doubt, reasonable measures will not include the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor changing or moving jurisdictions.

 

A-6

 

 

In the event that the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor elects to so redeem the Notes, they or it will deliver to the Trustee: (1) a certificate, signed in the name of the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor by any two of its executive officers or by its attorney in fact or authorized signatories in accordance with its bylaws, stating that the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor, as the case may be, are or is entitled to redeem the Notes pursuant to their terms and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the condition or conditions precedent to the right of the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor to so redeem have occurred or been satisfied; and (2) an Opinion of Counsel, to the effect that the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts in excess of the Additional Amounts payable at the Minimum Withholding Level as a result of the change or amendment and that all governmental requirements necessary for the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor to effect the redemption have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, reasonable measures will not include the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor changing or moving jurisdictions.

 

SECTION 7. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption shall be delivered electronically or by first class mail (or in the case of Notes held in book-entry form, by electronic transmission) at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder (with a copy to the Trustee) of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than US$2,000 may be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

A-7

 

 

SECTION 8. Mandatory Redemption. The Issuers are not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. The Issuers or the Company may be required to offer to purchase the Notes pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Indenture. The Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase the Notes in the open market or otherwise. Any Notes purchased in the open market or otherwise will be canceled or remain outstanding as instructed by the Company. If the Company elects to cancel any Notes purchased by the Issuers, then the Company may deliver such purchased Notes to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to Section 2.11 of the Indenture.

 

SECTION 9. Repurchase at Option of Holder. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, and subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuers shall be required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase.

 

The Company is, subject to certain conditions and exceptions, obligated to make an offer to purchase Notes at 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase, with certain net cash proceeds of certain sales or other dispositions of assets in accordance with the Indenture.

 

SECTION 10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Issuers, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers and the Registrar are not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuers and the Registrar are not required to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

 

SECTION 11. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

SECTION 12. Amendment. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, or comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

A-8

 

 

SECTION 13. Defaults and Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes generally may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency as set forth in the Indenture, with respect to the Issuers, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture and the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Event of Default (except an Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest including an accelerated payment or the failure to make a payment on the Change of Control Payment Date or an Event of Default in complying with the provisions of Article 6 of the Indenture) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, or the premium on, the Notes.

 

SECTION 14. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries to create liens, to enter into sale and leaseback transactions or to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets. The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Company must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations and other provisions in the Indenture.

 

SECTION 15. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member or manager of the Issuers or of any Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Notes or the Indenture, or of any Guarantor under its Guarantee or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

SECTION 16. Guarantees. This Note shall be entitled to the benefits of certain Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders.

 

SECTION 17. Trustee Dealings with the Issuers. Subject to certain terms, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with Issuers and their respective Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

SECTION 18. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

A-9

 

 

SECTION 19. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

SECTION 20. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

SECTION 21. Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. For the avoidance of doubt, the application of articles 470-1 to 470-19 (inclusive) of the Luxembourg law of 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended, is excluded.

 

The Issuers shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.

 

A-10

 

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.
JBS USA FOOD COMPANY
JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
6.250% Senior Notes due 2056
ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee or transferee)

 

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

(Insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee or transferee)

 

and irrevocably appoint______________________________ agent to transfer this Note

on the books of the Issuers.

The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

Dated:     Signed:  
    (Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:  
  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

  

In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date which is the date following the first anniversary of the original issuance of this Note, the undersigned confirms that it has not utilized any general solicitation or general advertising in connection with the transfer and is making the transfer pursuant to one of the following:

 

[Check One]

 

(1)to Parent or a subsidiary thereof; or

 

(2)to a person who the transferor reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or

 

(3)to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter can be obtained from the Company); or

 

A-11

 

 

(4)outside the United States to a non-”U.S. person” as defined in Rule 902 of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

  

(5)pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or

 

(6)☐ pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

and unless the box below is checked, the undersigned confirms that such Note is not being transferred to an “affiliate” of the Issuers as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (an “Affiliate”):

 

☐ The transferee is an Affiliate of the Issuers.

 

Unless one of the foregoing items (1) through (6) is checked, the Trustee shall refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if item (3), (4) or (5) is checked, the Issuers may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in their sole discretion, such written legal opinions, certifications (including an investment letter in the case of box (3) or (4)) and other information as the Issuers have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

If none of the foregoing items (1) through (6) are checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.16 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

 

Dated:     Signed:  
  (Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:  
  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:  
  NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-12

 

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.
JBS USA FOOD COMPANY
JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
6.250% Senior Notes due 2056
OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Indenture, check the box:

 

Section 4.07 [    ]

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Indenture, state the amount (in denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000): US$______________

 

Dated:     Signed:  
  (Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:  
  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

 

A-13

 

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE3

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Physical Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Physical Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

           Principal     
   Amount of   Amount of   Amount of this     
   decrease in   increase in   Global Note   Signature of 
Date of  Principal   Principal   following such   authorized 
Transfer or  Amount of this   Amount of this   decrease (or   officer of 
Exchange  Global Note   Global Note   increase)   Trustee 
                                                                           
                     
                     
                     

 

 

 

3This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-14

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF LEGENDS

 

Each Global Note and Physical Note that constitutes a Restricted Security shall bear the following legend (the “Private Placement Legend”) on the face thereof until at least one year after the later of the date of issuance of such Note and the last date on which the Issuers or any of their Affiliates was the owner of such Note or any

predecessor of such Note and on which the Issuers instruct the Trustee that the Private Placement Legend shall be deemed removed from such Note, unless otherwise agreed by the Issuers and the Holder thereof or if such legend is no longer required by Section 2.16(f) of the Indenture:

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED NOTES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF 144A GLOBAL NOTES: ONE YEAR] [IN THE CASE OF TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTES: 40 DAYS] AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUERS OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERS WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE) [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: AND ON WHICH THE ISSUERS INSTRUCT THE TRUSTEE THAT THIS LEGEND SHALL BE DEEMED REMOVED FROM THE NOTE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE RELATING TO THIS NOTE], ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUERS, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED  INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF US$250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]

 

B-1

 

 

Each Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall also bear the following legend (the “Global Note Legend”):

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITORY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

B-2

 

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.16 OF THE INDENTURE.

 

Each Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall also bear the following legend (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note Legend”):

 

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE FOR PURPOSES OF REGULATION S UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). NEITHER THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR DELIVERED, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO BELOW.

 

NO BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL OR INTEREST HEREON UNLESS THE REQUIRED CERTIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN DELIVERED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE.

 

Each Affiliate Global Note or Physical Note delivered pursuant to Section 2.18 of the Indenture shall also bear the following legend (the “Affiliate Legend”):

 

INTERESTS IN THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE HELD BY AFFILIATES (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., JBS USA FOOD COMPANY AND JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. OR BY PERSONS WHO HAVE ACQUIRED SUCH INTERESTS FROM AN AFFILIATE IN A TRANSACTION OR CHAIN OF TRANSACTIONS NOT INVOLVING ANY PUBLIC OFFERING. ACCORDINGLY, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED BY THE INDENTURE, INTERESTS IN THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR EXCHANGED FOR INTERESTS IN A GLOBAL NOTE THAT IS NOT A RESTRICTED SECURITY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE) UNTIL THE DATE THAT IS ONE YEAR (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD AS MAY BE PERMITTED BY THE INDENTURE AND RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREOF)) AFTER THE LAST DATE ON WHICH ANY OF JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., JBS USA FOOD COMPANY OR JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF WAS THE OWNER OF SUCH INTEREST.

 

Any Additional Notes so designated by the Company shall also bear the following legend (the “Original Issue Discount Legend”):

 

THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L. AGREES TO PROMPTLY MAKE AVAILABLE TO THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, UPON WRITTEN REQUEST, THE ISSUE PRICE, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY WITH RESPECT TO THE NOTE. ANY SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST SHOULD BE SENT TO JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L. AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., 1770 PROMONTORY CIRCLE, GREELEY, CO 80634, ATTENTION: TREASURER.

  

B-3

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE

DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH

TRANSFERS TO NON-QIB INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTORS

 

 [                       ], [                     ]

 

Regions Bank

51 W Bay Street

Jacksonville, FL 32202

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Email: Craig.Kaye@Regions.com

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with our proposed purchase of 6.250% Senior Notes due 2056 (the “Notes”) of JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, with registered address at 21 Avenue de la Gare, étage 2, L-1611 Luxembourg, and registered with the Luxembourg Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS USA FOOD COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“JBS USA Food”), and JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware Corporation (“JBS USA Foods Group Holdings”, and collectively with the Company and JBS USA Food, the “Issuers”), we confirm that:

 

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture relating to the Notes (the “Indenture”), and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and all applicable state securities laws.

 

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and that the Notes may not be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell, offer, pledge or otherwise transfer any Notes, we shall do so only (1) to the Issuer, (2) pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (3) for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a Person it reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (4) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act or (5) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is an institutional accredited investor acquiring the security for its own account or for the account of such an institutional accredited investor, in each case in a minimum principal amount of the securities of US$250,000, for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act and who prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to the Trustee (as defined in the Indenture) a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Notes (the form of which letter can be obtained from the Company) and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein.

 

C-1

 

 

3. We are not acquiring the Notes for or on behalf of, and shall not transfer the Notes to, any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), any plan, individual retirement accounts or other arrangements subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or provisions under any federal, state, local, or non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA of the Code or any entity whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of such plans, accounts or arrangements, except as permitted in the Sections entitled “Transfer Restrictions” and “Certain ERISA Considerations” of the Offering Memorandum.

 

4. We understand that, on any proposed resale of any Notes, we shall be required to furnish to the Trustee and the Issuers such certification, legal opinions and other information as the Issuers may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us shall bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

 

5. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or their investment, as the case may be.

 

6. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

 

You, as Trustee, the Issuers, counsel for the Issuers and others are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

  

  Very truly yours,
   
  [Name of Transferee]
   
  By:          
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

Signature Guarantee:  
  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

 

 

C-2

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED
IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS
PURSUANT TO REGULATION S

 

 [                       ], [                     ]

 

Regions Bank

51 W Bay Street

Jacksonville, FL 32202

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Email: Craig.Kaye@Regions.com

 

Re:JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., JBS USA FOOD COMPANY and JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. (together, the “Issuers”) 6.250% Senior Notes due 2056 (the “Notes”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with our proposed sale of US$[ ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

 

(1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

 

(2) either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable;

 

(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

 

(5) we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes.

 

You, as Trustee, the Issuers, counsel for the Issuers and others are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  [Name of Transferor]
   
  By:           
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

Signature Guarantee:  
  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

 

D-1

 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH
TRANSFERS OF TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE

 

 ,

 

Regions Bank

51 W Bay Street

Jacksonville, FL 32202

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Email: Craig.Kaye@Regions.com

 

Re:JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., JBS USA FOOD COMPANY and JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. (together, the “Issuers”)
  6.250% Senior Notes due 2056 (the “Notes”)

 

Dear Sirs:

 

This letter relates to US$[ ] principal amount of Notes represented by a certificate (the “Legended Certificate”) which bears a legend outlining restrictions upon transfer of such Legended Certificate. Pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 2.16(c) of the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of July 3, 2025 relating to the Notes, we hereby certify that we are (or we shall hold such securities on behalf of) a person outside the United States to whom the Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

You, as Trustee, the Issuers, counsel for the Issuers and others are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this letter have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  [Name of Proposed Transferee]
   
  By:          
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

Signature Guarantee:  
  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

 

E-1

 

Exhibit 4.48

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

dated as of November 19, 2025

 

by and among

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,

as Company,

 

JBS N.V.,
as Substituted Company

 

and

 

REGIONS BANK

as Trustee

 

 

6.250% Senior Notes due 2056

 

 

 

 

THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), entered into as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a Luxembourg private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 21 avenue de la Gare, L-1611, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, under registration with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS N.V., a company incorporated and organized in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands, with its registered seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and headquarters at Stroombaan 16, 5th floor, 1181VX, Amstelveen, The Netherlands, enrolled with the CNPJ/ME under No. 49.115.815/0001-05 and registered with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 76063305 (the “Substituted Company”), and REGIONS BANK, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company, each of the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of July 3, 2025 (as supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), relating to the 6.250% Senior Notes due 2056 issued thereunder (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 12.01 of the Indenture provides that the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, be substituted by any direct or indirect parent of the Company subject to the conditions contained in Section 12.01 of the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to be replaced and substituted by the Substituted Company, and the Substituted Company has agreed to (i) become the “Company” and an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) be liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder (the “Substitution”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 11.07 of the Indenture provides that the Guarantees of the Notes by the Parent Guarantors are automatically and unconditionally released and discharged if, at any time, the Parent Guarantors shall cease to guarantee the Existing 2031 Notes for any reason, including as a result of the “Fall-Away Event” (as defined in the indenture governing the Existing 2031 Notes);

 

WHEREAS, the Fall-Away Event has occurred and Sections 10.01 and 11.07 of the Indenture provide that the Company and the Trustee, may enter into a supplemental indenture (without the consent of any Holder of Notes) which provides for the “Fall-Away Event” and unconditional release of the Parent Guarantors from their Guarantees, among other conditions set forth in Section 11.07 of the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 10.01, 11.07 and 12.01 of the Indenture, the Company, the Substituted Company and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.

 

Section 2. JBS N.V. as Issuer and Company. In connection with the Substitution, the Substituted Company hereby (i) becomes an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder, with the same force and effect as if JBS N.V. was originally named as an “Issuer” thereunder. In addition, to the extent that the Indenture or any Note contains any other reference to the “Company,” each of the Issuers collectively by name or by collective reference to “Issuers” or “Co-Issuers” or any other reference as the context may require, then the Indenture and each Note is amended to include reference to JBS N.V.

 

1

 

 

Section 3. Release of JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. In connection with the Substitution, JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. is hereby released from all its obligations as issuer and principal debtor in respect to the Indenture and the Notes.

 

Section 4. Release of Parent Guarantors; Elimination of Certain Covenants and Events of Default. In connection with the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, (i) JBS S.A., JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l. and JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty Limited are hereby unconditionally released from all of their respective obligations as “Parent Guarantors” and guarantors in respect to the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, (ii) the covenants in Section 5.01 (Reports of Parent) of the Indenture are hereby eliminated and (iii) the Events of Default arising under the following clauses of Section 7.01 of the Indenture: (d) (with respect to breaches under Article 5), (e), (f), (g) and (h) (with respect to events and circumstances with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (i) (in its entirety), and references to Parent in Sections 7.02(a) and (b) of the Indenture are hereby deleted.

 

Section 5. Original Issuers Remain Issuers. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall or shall be deemed to modify or otherwise affect the obligations of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company under the Notes and the Indenture, and each of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company shall remain liable, jointly and severally with the Substituted Company, for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder.

 

Section 6. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

Section 9. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which are made solely by the Company and the Substituted Company. In entering this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or affording protection to the Trustee whether or not elsewhere herein so provided. The Company and the Substituted Company expressly reaffirm and confirm their obligations to indemnify the Trustee in connection with the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture and all the actions contemplated hereby, all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

Section 10. Effective Date. This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective on the date first above written.

 

Section 11. Notices. Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder and under the Indenture shall be in English and in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by internationally recognized overnight courier service or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

if to JBS N.V.:

 

c/o JBS USA Food Company

Attention: General Counsel and Treasurer

1770 Promontory Circle

Greeley, CO 80634

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,
  as Company

 

  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
  Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
  Title:   Category A Manager

 

  JBS N.V.,
  as Substituted Company

 

  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
  Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

  REGIONS BANK,
  as Trustee

 

  By: /s/ Craig A. Kaye
  Name: Craig A. Kaye
  Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.49

 

Execution Version

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.

JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

 

and

 

JBS USA FOOD COMPANY
as Issuers,

 

the GUARANTORS named herein,
as Guarantors,

 

and

 

REGIONS BANK,
as Trustee

 

 

 

INDENTURE

 

 

 

Dated as of July 3, 2025

 

 

 

6.375% Senior Notes due 2066

 

 

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

Trust Indenture Act Section   Indenture Section
310 (a)(1)   8.10
  (a)(2)   8.10
  (a)(3)   N.A.
  (a)(4)   N.A.
  (a)(5)   8.08; 8.10
  (b)   8.08; 8.10; 14.02
  (c)   N.A.
311 (a)   8.11
  (b)   8.11
  (c)   N.A.
312 (a)   2.05
  (b)   14.03
  (c)   14.03
313 (a)   8.06
  (b)(1)   8.06
  (b)(2)   8.06
  (c)   8.06; 14.02
  (d)   8.06
314 (a)   4.05(a); 4.11; 14.02
  (b)   N.A.
  (c)(1)   8.02; 14.04; 14.05
  (c)(2)   8.02; 14.04; 14.05
  (c)(3)   N.A.
  (d)   N.A.
  (e)   14.05
  (f)   N.A.
315 (a)   8.01(b); 8.02(a)
  (b)   8.05; 14.02
  (c)   8.01
  (d)   7.05; 8.01(c)
  (e)   7.11
316 (a)(last sentence)   2.09
  (a)(1)(A)   7.05
  (a)(1)(B)   7.04
  (a)(2)   10.02
  (b)   7.07
  (c)   10.04
317 (a)(1)   7.08
  (a)(2)   7.09
  (b)   2.04
318 (a)   14.01
  (c)   14.01

 

 

 

N.A. means Not Applicable

 

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture.

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    PAGE
     
ARTICLE 1    
Definitions and Incorporation by Reference    
     
Section 1.01. Definitions   1
Section 1.02. Other Definitions   28
Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act   29
Section 1.04. Rules of Construction   29
     
ARTICLE 2    
The Notes    
     
Section 2.01. Form and Dating   30
Section 2.02. Execution, Authentication and Denomination; Additional Notes   31
Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent   32
Section 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust   32
Section 2.05. Holder Lists   33
Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange   33
Section 2.07. Replacement Notes   34
Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes   34
Section 2.09. Treasury Notes   34
Section 2.10. Temporary Notes   34
Section 2.11. Cancellation   35
Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest   35
Section 2.13. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers   35
Section 2.14. Deposit of Moneys   35
Section 2.15. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes   36
Section 2.16. Special Transfer and Exchange Provisions   37
Section 2.17. Automatic Exchange   41
Section 2.18. Notes Held by Affiliates   42
Section 2.19. Open Market Purchases   42
     
ARTICLE 3    
Redemption    
     
Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee   43
Section 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed   43
Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption   43
Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption   45
Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price   45
Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part   45

 

i

 

 

ARTICLE 4    
Covenants of the Company    
     
Section 4.01. Payment of Notes   45
Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency   46
Section 4.03. Corporate Existence   46
Section 4.04. Payment of Taxes   46
Section 4.05. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default   47
Section 4.06. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws   47
Section 4.07. Change of Control   47
Section 4.08. Limitation on Liens   49
Section 4.09. Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions   50
Section 4.10. Guarantees of Debt by Restricted Subsidiaries   51
Section 4.11. Reports of the Company   52
Section 4.12. Measuring Compliance   54
     
ARTICLE 5    
Covenants of Parent    
     
Section 5.01. Reports of Parent   56
     
ARTICLE 6    
Successor Corporation    
     
Section 6.01. Mergers, Consolidations, Etc   57
     
ARTICLE 7    
Default and Remedies    
     
Section 7.01. Events of Default   58
Section 7.02. Acceleration   60
Section 7.03. Other Remedies   61
Section 7.04. Waiver of Past Defaults   62
Section 7.05. Control by Majority   62
Section 7.06. Limitation on Suits   62
Section 7.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment   63
Section 7.08. Collection Suit by Trustee   63
Section 7.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim   63
Section 7.10. Priorities   63
Section 7.11. Undertaking for Costs   64

 

ii

 

 

ARTICLE 8    
Trustee    
     
Section 8.01. Duties of Trustee   64
Section 8.02. Rights of Trustee   65
Section 8.03. Individual Rights of Trustee   67
Section 8.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer   68
Section 8.05. Notice of Default   68
Section 8.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders   68
Section 8.07. Compensation and Indemnity   68
Section 8.08. Replacement of Trustee   69
Section 8.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc   70
Section 8.10. Eligibility; Disqualification   71
Section 8.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers   71
     
ARTICLE 9    
Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance    
     
Section 9.01. Satisfaction and Discharge   71
Section 9.02. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance   72
Section 9.03. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance   73
Section 9.04. Application of Trust Money   74
Section 9.05. Repayment to the Issuers   75
Section 9.06. Reinstatement   75
     
ARTICLE 10    
Amendments, Supplements and Waivers    
     
Section 10.01. Without Consent of Holders   75
Section 10.02. With Consent of Holders   76
Section 10.03. Compliance with the Trust Indenture Act   77
Section 10.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents   77
Section 10.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes   78
Section 10.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc   78
     
ARTICLE 11    
Guarantee    
     
Section 11.01. Guarantee   79
Section 11.02. [Reserved]   80
Section 11.03. [Reserved.]   80
Section 11.04. Additional Amounts   80
Section 11.05. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee   82
Section 11.06. [Reserved.]   83
Section 11.07. Release of Guarantees of Parent Guarantors and Fall-Away of    
Covenants of Parent   83
Section 11.08. No Waiver   84
Section 11.09. Modification   84

 

iii

 

 

ARTICLE 12    
substitution of the company as issuer    
     
Section 12.01. Substitution of the Company as Issuer   84
     
ARTICLE 13    
release of jbs usa food company as an issuer    
     
Section 13.01. Release of JBS USA Food Company as an Issuer   85
     
ARTICLE 14    
miscellaneous    
     
Section 14.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls   86
Section 14.02. Notices   86
Section 14.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders   87
Section 14.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent   87
Section 14.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion   87
Section 14.06. Rules by Paying Agent or Registrar   87
Section 14.07. Judgment Currency   88
Section 14.08. Legal Holidays   88
Section 14.09. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity   88
Section 14.10. Waiver of Jury Trial   89
Section 14.11. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements   89
Section 14.12. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders   89
Section 14.13. Successors   90
Section 14.14. Duplicate Originals   90
Section 14.15. Severability   90
Section 14.16. English Language   90
Section 14.17. U.S.A. Patriot Act   90
Section 14.18. Entire Agreement   90

 

iv

 

 

SIGNATURES   S-1

 

Exhibit A – Form of Note

 

Exhibit B – Form of Legends

 

Exhibit C – Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors

 

Exhibit D – Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S

 

Exhibit E – Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers of Temporary Regulation S Global Note

 

Note: This Table of Contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

v

 

 

INDENTURE dated as of July 3, 2025, among JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, with registered address at 21 Avenue de la Gare, étage 2, L-1611 Luxembourg, and registered with the Luxembourg Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“JBS USA Foods Group Holdings” and JBS USA FOOD COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“JBS USA Food” and, collectively with the Company and JBS USA Food, the “Issuers”), each of the Guarantors party hereto, as Guarantors, and REGIONS BANK, an Alabama banking corporation, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

The Issuers have duly authorized the creation of an issue of 6.375% Senior Notes due 2066 and, to provide therefor, the Issuers and the Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. All things necessary to make the Notes (as defined below), when duly issued and executed by the Issuers and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuers and to make this Indenture a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Issuers and the Guarantors have been done.

 

THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH

 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders (as defined below) thereof, the parties hereto covenant and agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

Definitions and incorporation by reference

 

Section 1.01. Definitions. Set forth below are certain defined terms used in this Indenture.

 

“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. The term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

“Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

 

“amend” means to amend, supplement, restate, amend and restate or otherwise modify, including successively; and “amendment” shall have a correlative meaning.

 

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted using an implied interest rate of such transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

 

 

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

 

“Batista Family” includes José Batista Sobrinho, together with his wife, sons and daughters, or any of their respective heirs and any Person established and controlled by any of the foregoing.

 

“Board of Directors” means:

 

(1) with respect to a corporation, the Board of Directors or the board of managers of the corporation;

 

(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors or similar board or committee or Person serving a similar function of the managing general partner of the partnership; and

 

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of that Person or any Person serving a similar function.

 

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York or the Corporate Trust Office are authorized or required by law to close.

 

“Capital Stock” means:

 

(1) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares of corporate stock of that Person;

 

(2) with respect to any Person that is an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents, however designated, of capital stock of that Person;

 

(3) with respect to any Person that is a partnership or limited liability company, any and all partnership or membership interests, whether general or limited, of that Person; and

 

(4) with respect to any other Person, any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, as to any Person, the obligation of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease to which such Person is a party that is required to be classified and accounted for as a financing lease obligation under GAAP.

 

“Cash Management Services” means any of the following to the extent not constituting a line of credit (other than an overnight overdraft facility that is not in default): ACH transactions, treasury and/or cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, overdraft facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services.

 

2

 

 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(1) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders; or

 

(2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company other than in connection with any transaction or series of transactions in which the Company shall become the wholly owned subsidiary (other than any director’s qualifying shares or shares owned by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by applicable law) of a direct or indirect parent entity of the Company of which no person or group, as noted above, holds 50% or more of the total voting power (other than a Permitted Holder).

 

For purposes of this definition, any direct or indirect holding company of the Company shall not itself be considered a “person” or “group”; provided that no “person” or “group” (other than one or more of the Permitted Holders) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, more than a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such holding company.

 

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of a Change of Control that results in a Ratings Decline.

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.

 

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Commodity Agreement” means any commodity futures contract, commodity option or similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in the price of commodities.

 

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees or costs, capitalized expenditures, customer acquisition costs and incentive payments, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

3

 

 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

 

(1) increased (without duplication) by:

 

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses from Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Consolidated Interest Expense), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (1)(u) through (1)(z) thereof, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

( ) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any equity offering, investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Debt permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including, without limitation, (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Revolving Credit Agreement and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, and, in each case, deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(d) the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve or non-recurring integration costs deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, including any lease termination costs, severance costs, facility shutdown costs and other restructuring charges related to or associated with a permanent reduction in capacity, closure of plants or facilities, cut-backs or plant closures or a significant reconfiguration of a facility, plus

 

4

 

 

(e) any other non-cash charges, including any write-off or write-downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period, plus

 

(f) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(g) expenses consisting of internal software development costs that are expensed during the period but could have been capitalized under alternative accounting policies in accordance with GAAP, plus

 

(h) costs of surety bonds incurred in such period in connection with financing activities, plus

 

(i) the amount of net cost savings and synergies projected by such Person in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or to be taken prior to or during such period (which cost savings or synergies shall be subject only to certification by management of such Person and shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings or synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings or synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable,(B) such actions have been taken or are to be taken within 18 months after the date of determination to take such action and (C) no cost savings or synergies shall be added pursuant to this clause (j) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings or revenue enhancements that are included in clause

 

( ) below with respect to such period, plus

 

(k) business optimization expenses (including consolidation initiatives, severance costs and other costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement), plus

 

(j) restructuring charges or reserves (including restructuring costs related to acquisitions after the Issue Date and to closure and/or consolidation of facilities and to exiting lines of business), plus

 

(k) the amount of loss or discount on sale of receivables and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility, plus

 

5

 

 

(l) any costs or expense incurred by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Company (other than Disqualified Capital Stock); plus

 

(m) the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of any direct or indirect parent entity of such Person in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to shareholders of such Person, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were shareholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted under this Indenture, plus

 

(n) with respect to any joint venture, an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in clauses (a) and (c) above relating to such joint venture corresponding to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint venture were a Restricted Subsidiary), plus

 

(o) the amount of any loss attributable to a new plant or facility until the date that is 18 months after the date of commencement of construction or the date of acquisition thereof, as the case may be; provided that (A) such losses are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and certified by a responsible officer of such Person, (B) losses attributable to such plant or facility after 18 months from the date of commencement of construction or the date of acquisition of such plant or facility, as the case may be, shall not be included in this clause (q) and (C) no amounts shall be added pursuant to this clause (q) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings or revenue enhancements that are included in clauses (j) or (k) above with respect to such period;

 

(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period; and

 

(3) increased (in the case of a loss) or decreased (in the case of a gain) by (without duplication) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Debt (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk and revaluations of intercompany balances, including, without limitation, Currency Protection Agreements).

 

6

 

 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication of:

 

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for that period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, including (or plus, to the extent not included in such consolidated interest expense):

 

(a) amortization of debt discount;

 

(b) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations;

 

(c) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing;

 

(d) interest actually paid by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under any guarantee of Debt or other obligation of any other Person;

 

(e) interest expense on Debt guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such interest is paid by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries);

 

(f) net payments (whether positive or negative) pursuant to Interest Rate Protection Agreements; and

 

(g) cash and Disqualified Capital Stock dividends in respect of all Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries and Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person held by Persons other than such Person or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary;

 

but excluding:

 

(t) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Debt;

 

(u) interest expense attributable to a parent entity resulting from push-down accounting;

 

(v) any expense resulting from the discounting of Debt in connection with the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting;

 

(w) any Additional Amounts and any comparable “additional amounts”;

 

7

 

 

(x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, and original issue discount with respect to Debt issued on the Issue Date;

 

(y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees; and

 

(z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility; and

 

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for that period, whether paid or accrued.

 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that, without duplication,

 

(1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses, severance, relocation costs, new product introductions, and one-time compensation charges shall be excluded,

 

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

 

(3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

(4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined by the Company, shall be excluded,

 

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash or cash equivalents) or that (as reasonably determined by the Company) could have distributed to the reference Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

 

(6) [reserved]

 

(7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements required or permitted by ASC 805 and ASC 350 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 141 and 142, respectively) resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any acquisition that is consummated after the Issue Date or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

8

 

 

(8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Debt or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments (including deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid) shall be excluded,

 

(9) any impairment charge, asset write-off or write-down pursuant to ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and No. 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141) shall be excluded,

 

(10) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, phantom equity, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors, consultants or employees shall be excluded,

 

(11) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, investment, recapitalization, asset sale, issuance or repayment of Debt, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including, without limitation, any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,

 

(12) changes in accruals or reserves as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies shall be excluded, and

 

(13) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), losses and expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.

 

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” of any Person means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (x) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Debt of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis described in clauses (1), (2), (3), (5) and (6) of the definition of “Debt” (provided that in the case of clause (6), such Debt relates to guarantees of Debt of another Person of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition of “Debt”, other than Debt relating to purchases of raw materials or other supply-related obligations in the ordinary course of business, and including, for the avoidance of doubt, all obligations relating to Receivables Facilities) and (y) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person and all Disqualified Capital Stock and Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Capital Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and calculated on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the adjustments set forth in the definition of “Secured Leverage Ratio.” For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture.

 

9

 

 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee located at 51 W Bay Street, Jacksonville, FL 32202, Attention: Corporate Trust Services, or such other office, designated by the Trustee by written notice to the Company, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business with respect to this Indenture shall be administered.

 

“Credit Facilities” or “Credit Facility” means one or more debt facilities (which may be outstanding at the same time and including, without limitation, the Revolving Credit Agreement) or other financing agreements or arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit, debt securities or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

“Currency Protection Agreement” means any currency protection agreement entered into with one or more financial institutions that is designed to protect the Person or entity entering into the agreement against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with respect to Debt Incurred and not for purposes of speculation.

 

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

“Debt” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, without duplication, any indebtedness of that Person:

 

(1) for borrowed money (but only with regard to the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of such borrowed money);

 

10

 

 

(2) evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

(3) constituting Capitalized Lease Obligations;

 

(4) Incurred or assumed as the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, or pursuant to conditional sale obligations and title retention agreements (but excluding trade accounts payable and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion of such services;

 

(5) for reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

 

(6) for Debt of other Persons to the extent guaranteed by such Person;

 

(7) for Hedging Obligations; and

 

(8) for Debt of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (7) which is secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such first referred to Person, the amount of such Debt being deemed to be the lesser of the value of the property or asset underlying the Lien or the amount of the Debt so secured;

 

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Debt does not include (i) Cash Management Services, (ii) any item set forth above that does not appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person, or (iii) Debt of any parent entity appearing on the balance sheet of the Company solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP, as applicable.

 

The amount of Debt of any Person at any date will be:

 

(a) the sum of the outstanding principal amount of all unconditional obligations described above, as such amount would be reflected on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

 

(b) the accreted value of that Debt, in the case of any Debt issued with original issue discount.

 

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

11

 

 

“Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or a successor thereto registered under the Exchange Act or other applicable statute or regulation.

 

“Disposition” means, with respect to any Person, any merger, consolidation or other business combination involving such Person (whether or not such Person is the Surviving Person) or the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of such Person’s assets or Capital Stock.

 

“Disqualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event,

 

(1) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer of that Capital Stock);

 

(2) is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; or

 

(3) is redeemable at the sole option of its holder,

 

in each case, other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Maturity Date; provided, however, that (i) only the portion of Capital Stock that so matures or is mandatorily redeemable or is so redeemable at the sole option of its holder prior to the Maturity Date will be deemed Disqualified Capital Stock and (ii) with respect to any such Capital Stock issued to any employees or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

“Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Existing 2029 Notes” means the US$600.0 million of 3.000% senior notes due 2029 outstanding on the date of the Offering Memorandum, issued by the Issuers.

 

“Existing 2031 Notes” means the US$500.0 million of 3.750% senior notes due 2031 outstanding on the date of the Offering Memorandum, issued by the Issuers.

 

12

 

 

“Existing 2032 Notes” means the US$1.0 billion of 3.000% sustainability-linked senior notes due 2032 outstanding on the date of the Offering Memorandum, issued by the Issuers.

 

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business of Fitch Ratings, Inc.

 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

“GAAP” means, as used in this Indenture with respect to financial calculations relating to (i) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for purposes of the covenants in Article 4, U.S. GAAP and (ii) Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries for purposes of the covenants in Article 5, IFRS.

 

“Global Notes” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.01.

 

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Debt. The term “guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by each Guarantor of the Issuers’ payment obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

“Guarantors” means (1) each Parent Guarantor; and (2) each of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that in the future executes a supplemental indenture in which such Person agrees to be bound by the terms of this Indenture as a Guarantor; provided that any Person constituting a Guarantor as described above shall cease to constitute a Guarantor with respect to the Notes when its respective Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified entity, the obligations of that entity under:

 

(1) any Interest Rate Protection Agreement;

 

(2) foreign exchange contracts and Currency Protection Agreements;

 

(3) any Commodity Agreement; and

 

(4) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect that entity against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices and not entered into for speculative purposes.

 

“Holder” means any registered holder of the Notes on the books of the Registrar.

 

13

 

 

“IFRS” means, at Parent’s option or the Company`s option, International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board, as implemented in Brazil through the accounting pronouncements of the Brazilian Committee of Accounting Pronouncements (Comitê de Pronunciamentos Contábeis) approved by the Brazilian Securities Commission (Comissão de Valores Mobiliários), or as implemented through the accounting pronouncements by international accounting standards or in the jurisdiction in which Parent or Parent Reporting Entity is domiciled. At any time after the Issue Date, Parent or the Company may elect to apply U.S. GAAP accounting principles in lieu of IFRS and, upon any such election, references herein to IFRS shall thereafter be construed to mean U.S. GAAP (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture).

 

“Incur” means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by merger, conversion, exchange or otherwise), extend, assume, guarantee or become liable in respect of such Debt or other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such Debt or obligation on the balance sheet of such Person (and “Incurrence” and “Incurred” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided, however, that a change in GAAP, that results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time, and is not theretofore classified as Debt, becoming Debt shall not be deemed an Incurrence of such Debt; provided further, however, that any Debt or other obligations of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) or merges into such other Person shall be deemed to be incurred by such Subsidiary or such other Person, as the case may be, at the time it becomes a Subsidiary or at the time of the merger.

 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

“Initial Purchasers” means (i) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, Banco Bradesco BBI S.A., Banco BTG Pactual S.A. – Cayman Branch, BB Securities Limited, BBVA Securities Inc., BMO Capital Markets Corp., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Mizuho Securities USA LLC, RBC Capital Markets, ING Financial Markets LLC, Itau BBA USA Securities, Inc., Rabo Securities USA, Inc., Truist Securities, Inc., Standard Chartered Bank, Regions Securities LLC, XP Investimentos Corretora de Câmbio, Títulos e Valores Mobiliários S.A. and Banco Safra S.A., Acting Through Its Cayman Islands Branch, and (ii) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the related purchase agreement.

 

“Institutional Accredited Investor” or “IAI” means an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

 

“interest” means, with respect to the Notes, interest on the Notes.

 

“Interest Payment Date” means the stated maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes.

 

14

 

 

“Interest Rate Protection Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement used in the ordinary course of business as to which that Person is a party or beneficiary.

 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or equivalent) by S&P or Fitch, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

“Issue Date” means July 3, 2025, the date on which the Notes are first issued.

 

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

 

“Luxembourg” means the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

 

“Maturity Date” means April 15, 2066.

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP, and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

 

“Non-U.S. Person” means any Person that is not a “U.S. person” as such term is defined in Regulation S.

 

“Notes” means, collectively, the Issuers’ 6.375% Senior Notes due 2066 issued in accordance with Section 2.02 (whether issued on the Issue Date or thereafter issued) treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum of the Issuers relating to the Notes dated June 23, 2025.

 

“Officer” means any of the following of an Issuer or a Guarantor, as applicable: the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary, Special Transaction Secretary, a manager, a director or an authorized signatory appointed by the Board of Directors.

 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the Company, each of the Issuers or Parent, as applicable. With respect to Section 4.05 of this Indenture, such Officer signing shall be the principal executive, principal financial or principal accounting officer.

 

15

 

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an in-house counsel to the Company, JBS USA Food, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings and/or the Guarantors.

 

“Par Call Date” has the meaning given to such term in Section 5 of the Notes.

 

“Parent” means JBS S.A., a sociedade anônima organized under the laws of Brazil.

 

“Parent Guarantors” means, (i) Parent, (ii) JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l., and (iii) JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty. Limited.

 

“Permitted Holders” means (i) any member of the Batista Family or any

Affiliate or Affiliates of any of the foregoing and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such members of the Batista family and their respective Affiliates, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, (ii) any Person the Voting Stock of which (or in the case of a trust, the beneficial interest in which) at least 51% is owned by Persons specified in clause (i), and (iii) Parent and any subsidiary of Parent.

 

“Permitted Liens” means:

 

(1) Liens to secure (a) Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company under the Revolving Credit Agreement or other Credit Facilities, including guarantees thereof; provided that, after giving effect to any such Incurrence (including the application of proceeds therefrom), the aggregate principal amount of all Debt Incurred and then outstanding under this clause (1)(a) shall not exceed the greater of (x) US$1,000.0 million less the outstanding principal amount of any Receivables Facilities and (y) the sum of (i) 85% of the book value of accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus (ii) 80% of the book value of inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), any such assets that are the subject of a Receivables Facility), in the case of clause (y), determined based on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company for the fiscal quarter most recently ended on or prior to the date on which such Debt is Incurred for which internal financial statements are available (as adjusted to give pro forma effect to acquisitions or dispositions outside the ordinary course of business occurring after the date of such balance sheet but on or before the date of such Incurrence) and (b) Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company under Credit Facilities (other than the Revolving Credit Agreement); provided that, after giving effect to any such Incurrence (including the application of proceeds therefrom), the aggregate principal amount of all Debt Incurred and then outstanding under this clause (1)(b) shall not exceed the greater of (x) US$2,800.0 million and (y) an aggregate principal amount of Debt that at the time of Incurrence does not cause the Secured Leverage Ratio of the Company to exceed 3.5 to 1.00;

 

16

 

 

(2) Liens on the Capital Stock or assets of any Non-Guarantor Significant Subsidiary to secure Debt incurred by such Non-Guarantor Significant Subsidiary;

 

(3) Liens to secure Debt , including but not limited to Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation, commissioning or improvement of property or assets, whether through direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning those assets, or Incurred to refinance any such purchase price or cost of construction or improvement, and refinancings thereof; provided that any such Lien may not extend to any property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, other than the property acquired, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Debt and such Liens secure Debt in an amount not in excess of the original purchase price or the original cost of any such property and any improvements or accessions to such property;

 

(4) Liens for Taxes on the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary if the same shall not at the time be delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded;

 

(5) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens, on the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business and securing payment of obligations that are not more than 60 days past due or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

 

(6) Liens on the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary Incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of obligations with respect to statutory or regulatory requirements, performance or return-of-money bonds, surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature, in each case which are not Incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property and which do not in the aggregate impair in any material respect the use of property in the operation of the business of the Company and the Significant Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

(7) Liens on property or assets of, or any shares of stock or secured debt of, any Person at the time the Company or any Significant Subsidiary acquired such property or the Person owning such Property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; provided further, however, that such Liens shall not have been Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such property was acquired by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary;

 

17

 

 

(8) Liens on the property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Significant Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary that is not a direct Subsidiary of such Person; provided further, however, that any such Lien was not Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Significant Subsidiary;

 

(9) pledges or deposits by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases to which the Company or any Significant Subsidiary is party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of the Company, or deposits for the payment of rent, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10) utility easements, building restrictions and such other encumbrances or charges against real property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties of a similar character;

 

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Services;

 

(12) Liens existing on the Issue Date not otherwise described in clauses (1) through (11) above;

 

(13) Liens on the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Debt secured by Liens referred to in clause (3), (7), (8), (11) or (12) above, clause (21) below, or pursuant to this clause (13); provided, however, that any such Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (together with improvements and accessions to such property) and the aggregate principal amount of Debt that is secured by such Lien shall not be increased to an amount greater than the sum of:

 

(a) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, the committed amount, of the Debt secured by Liens referred to in clause (3), (7), (8), (11) or (12) above or clause (21) below, as the case may be, at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture; and

 

(b) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and defeasance costs, incurred by the Company or such Significant Subsidiary in connection with such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

 

18

 

 

(14) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

 

(15) Liens securing Debt or other obligations of a Significant Subsidiary of the Company owing to the Company or another Significant Subsidiary;

 

(16) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds securing obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(17) Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

(18) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

(19) Liens deemed to exist in connection with investments in repurchase agreements; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

(20) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(21) Liens securing Debt (other than Subordinated Debt); provided that after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the Secured Leverage Ratio of the Company would not exceed 3.5 to 1.0;

 

(22) Liens not otherwise permitted by clauses (1) through (21) above securing obligations in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not in excess of the greater of (i) US$2.5 billion and (ii) 10.0% of Total Assets of the Company, in either case, at the time of any incurrence of an obligation secured by a Lien in reliance on this clause (22);

 

(23) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such legal proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

 

(24) Liens on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Debt or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

19

 

 

(25) (a) Leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries and (b) licenses of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(26) Liens to secure a defeasance trust.

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

“Pilgrim’s Pride” means Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation, a company incorporated under the laws of Delaware.

 

“Preferred Stock” of any Person means any Capital Stock of that Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of that Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation.

 

“principal” means, with respect to the Notes, the principal of and premium, if any, on the Notes.

 

“Principal Property” means any plant or other similar facility of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary used primarily for processing, producing, or packaging and having a book value in excess of 2.0% of Total Assets of the Company as of the date of such determination, but shall not include any plant or similar facility which, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors or management of the Company, is not material to the overall business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

“Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock.

 

“Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

“Rating Agency” means, at the Company’s or Parent’s, as applicable, option, two of S&P, Moody’s and Fitch, and if two agencies do not make a rating on the notes publicly available, a U.S. nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors).

 

“Ratings Decline” means that at any time within 60 days after the earlier of the date of public notice of a Change of Control and the date on which the Company or any other Person publicly declares its intention to effect a Change of Control, (1) in the event the Notes are assigned an Investment Grade rating by at least two of the Rating Agencies prior to such public notice or declaration, the rating assigned to the Notes by at least two of the Rating Agencies is below an Investment Grade Rating; or (2) in the event the ratings assigned to the Notes by at least two of the Rating Agencies prior to such public notice or declaration are below an Investment Grade Rating, the rating assigned to the notes by at least two of the Rating Agencies is decreased by one or more categories (i.e., notches); provided that, in each case, any such Ratings Decline is expressly stated by the applicable Rating Agencies to have been the result of the Change of Control.

 

20

 

 

“Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds such purchase or extension of credit by purporting to sell its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or by borrowing from such a Person or from another Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds itself by borrowing from such a Person.

 

“Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of facilitating or entering into one or more Receivables Facilities, and in each case engages only in activities reasonably related or incidental thereto.

 

“Record Date” means the applicable record date specified in the Notes, which such date need not be a Business Day.

 

“Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

 

“Redemption Price” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption, payable in immediately available funds, pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

 

“refinance” means to refinance, repay, prepay, replace, renew or refund, including successively.

 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

“Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter is

referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and shall also mean any officer who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

“Restricted Security” means a Note required to bear a Private Placement Legend pursuant to Article 2; provided, however, that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Security.

 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company subject to the condition that the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary would not cause a Default, it being understood that any Liens, agreements or transactions of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding at the time of such redesignation shall be deemed to be Incurred or entered into at such time.

 

21

 

 

“Revolving Credit Agreement” means the Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated November 1, 2022, among the Company, JBS USA Food, JBS USA Finance, JBS Australia PTY Limited and JBS Food Canada ULC, the other credit parties signatory thereto, the lenders party thereto, Bank of Montreal, as administrative agent, as the same may be amended, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which the Company or any Significant Subsidiary sells or transfers any property to any Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) with the intention of taking back a lease of such property pursuant to which the rental payments are calculated to amortize the purchase price of such property substantially over the useful life thereof and such property is in fact so leased.

 

“Secured Debt” means any of the Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

 

“Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination (the “determination date”) with respect to any Person, the ratio of:

 

(1) Secured Debt of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available minus the aggregate cash and cash equivalents included in the cash and cash equivalents accounts listed on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at such date, to

 

(2) Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which internal financial statements are available,

 

provided, however, that:

 

(1) if such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary:

 

(a) has Incurred any Debt since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Secured Leverage Ratio includes an Incurrence of Debt, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Debt as if such Debt had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Debt under any revolving Credit Facility outstanding on the date of such calculation will be deemed to be:

 

(i) the average daily balance of such Debt during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or

 

(ii) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Debt during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation)

 

22

 

  

and the repayment, repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other discharge of any other Debt with the proceeds of such new Debt as if such repayment, repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; or

 

(b) has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged any Debt since the beginning of the period that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Secured Leverage Ratio includes a repayment, repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other discharge of Debt (in each case, other than Debt Incurred under any revolving Credit Facilities unless such Debt has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated and not replaced), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of such Debt, including with the proceeds of such new Debt, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

 

(2) if since the beginning of such period, such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made any asset sale or disposed of or discontinued (as defined under GAAP) any company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Secured Leverage Ratio includes such a transaction:

 

(a) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets that are the subject of such disposition or discontinuation for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period; and

 

23

 

 

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Debt of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged (to the extent the related commitment is permanently reduced) with respect to such Person and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such transaction for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Debt of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such Person and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Debt after such sale);

 

(3) if since the beginning of such period such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Debt) as if such investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and

 

(4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have Incurred any Debt or discharged any Debt, made any disposition or any investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (1), (2) or (3) above if made by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any calculation under this definition, the pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such Person (and may include, without limitation, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and operating expense reductions from such investment, acquisition, merger or consolidation that is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided that such calculations are set forth in an Officer’s Certificate stating that such calculations are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the officer executing such Officer’s Certificate at the time of such execution. If any Debt bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Debt will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Protection Agreement applicable to such Debt if such Interest Rate Protection Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). If any Debt that is being given pro forma effect bears an interest rate at the option of such Person, the interest rate shall be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by such Person.

 

24

 

 

For purposes of the calculation of the Secured Leverage Ratio, in connection with the Incurrence of any Lien pursuant to clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” the Company may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, to treat all or a portion of the commitment under any Debt which is to be secured by such Lien as being Incurred as of such determination date and any subsequent Incurrence of Debt under such commitment that was so treated shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence of additional Debt or additional Lien at such subsequent time; provided that if the Company makes such an election, for purposes of the calculation of the Secured Leverage Ratio in connection with any subsequent Incurrence of any Lien pursuant to clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” (other than under such commitment), the amount under such commitment that was so treated shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such determination date.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Significant Subsidiary” of any Person means any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person which at the time of determination either (1) had assets which, as of the date of the Company’s most recent quarterly consolidated balance sheet for which internal financial statements are available, constituted at least 10% of the Company’s total assets on a consolidated basis as of such date or (2) had revenues for the 12-month period ending on the date of the Company’s most recent quarterly consolidated statement of operations for which internal financial statements are available which constituted at least 10% of the Company’s total revenues on a consolidated basis for such period, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Secured Leverage Ratio.”

 

“Subordinated Debt” means any Debt, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred, which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, pursuant to a written agreement.

 

“Subsidiary,” with respect to any Person, means (i) any corporation of which the outstanding Capital Stock having at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary circumstances shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, by such Person or (ii) any other Person of which at least a majority of the voting interest under ordinary circumstances is at the time, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, owned by such Person. Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, all references to any Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries or to financial information prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, shall be deemed to include such Person and its Subsidiaries as to which financial statements are prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and to financial information prepared on such a consolidated basis.

 

25

 

 

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Guarantor which is a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

“Surviving Person” means, with respect to any Person involved in or that makes any Disposition, the Person formed by or surviving such Disposition or the Person to which such Disposition is made.

 

“Tax” means any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge in the nature of tax (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto).

 

“Taxing Authority” means any government or political subdivision or territory or possession of any government or any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax.

 

“Total Assets” of any Person means the total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of such Person and calculated on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the adjustments set forth in the definition of “Secured Leverage Ratio.”

 

“Treasury Yield” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled by and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the date fixed for redemption (or, if such statistical release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to the Par Call Date. If the period is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

 

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.

 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) JBS Wisconsin Properties and each of its subsidiaries (which subsidiaries include Pilgrim’s Pride), (ii) any Subsidiary designated as an “unrestricted subsidiary” under the Revolving Credit Agreement and (iii) any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company formed after the Issue Date that has been designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of its creation or acquisition; provided that with respect to this clause (iii), no Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary may be assumed or guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, under no circumstances shall the Issuer be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

26

 

 

“U.S. GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time; provided that all terms of an accounting or financial nature used in this Indenture shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to in this Indenture shall be made (a) without giving effect to any election under FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 825—Financial Instruments, or any successor thereto (including pursuant to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification), to value any Debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at “fair value,” as defined therein and (b) the amount of any Debt under GAAP with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations shall be determined in accordance with the definition of Capitalized Lease Obligations (it being understood that all leases and obligations under any leases of any Person that are or would be characterized as operating leases and/or operating lease obligations in accordance with GAAP on February 25, 2016 (whether or not such operating leases and/or operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases and/or operating lease obligations (and not as Capitalized Lease Obligations) for purposes of this Indenture regardless of any change in GAAP following the date that would otherwise require such leases and/or lease obligations to be recognized as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet). At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of U.S. GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to U.S. GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture).

 

“U.S. Government Securities” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option, or money market funds that invest solely in the foregoing.

 

“U.S. Legal Tender” means such coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of that Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of that Person’s Board of Directors.

 

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of any Person, all of the outstanding Capital Stock of which (other than any director’s qualifying shares or shares owned by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by applicable law) is owned by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

27

 

 

Section 1.02. Other Definitions.

 

Term   Defined in Section
144A Global Note   2.01
Additional Amounts   11.04
Additional Notes   2.02
Affiliate Legend   Exhibit B
Authentication Order   2.02
Change of Control Offer   4.07(b)
Change of Control Payment   4.07(a)
Change of Control Payment Date   4.07(b)
Company Reporting Entity   4.11(g)
covenant defeasance   9.02(b)
defeasance trust   9.03(a)
Distribution Compliance Period   2.01
Event of Default   7.01
Fall-Away Amendment   11.07(b)
Fall-Away Event   11.07(b)
Global Notes   2.01
Guaranteed Obligations   11.01
Global Note Legend   Exhibit B
Initial Default   7.02(f)
IAI Global Note   2.01
Increased Amount   4.084.08(c)
Initial Global Notes   2.01
Initial Notes   2.02
legal defeasance   9.02
non-U.S. Guarantor   Exhibit A
Original Issue Discount Legend   Exhibit B
Participants   2.15(a)
Paying Agent   2.03(b)
Permanent Regulation S Global Note   2.01
Permitted Jurisdiction   6.016.01(a)(i)(B)
Permitted Parties   4.114.11(c)
Physical Notes   2.01
Private Placement Legend   Exhibit B
Registrar   2.03(a)
Regulation S Global Note   2.01
Reporting Suspension Period   4.11(g)(ii)
Required Information   4.114.11(c)(i)
Taxing Jurisdiction   11.04(a)
Temporary Regulation S Global Note   2.01
Temporary Regulation S Global Note Legend   Exhibit B

 

28

 

 

Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, such provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Indenture. The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes.

 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder.

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

 

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuers, any Guarantor or any other obligor on the Notes.

 

All other Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.

 

Section 1.04. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(c) “or” is not exclusive;

 

(d) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

 

(e) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(f) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

 

(g) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”; and

 

(h) “asset” or “property” shall be interchangeable.

 

29

 

 

ARTICLE 2
The Notes

 

Section 2.01. Form and Dating. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Issuers shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its issuance and show the date of its authentication.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.

 

Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “144A Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the Private Placement Legend and the Global Note Legend.

 

Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more temporary Global Notes in registered form, substantially in form of Exhibit A (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the Private Placement Legend, the Global Note Legend and the Temporary Regulation S Global Note Legend. Reasonably promptly following the date that is 40 days after the later of the commencement of an offering of Notes in reliance on Regulation S and the issue date (the “Distribution Compliance Period”), which such date shall be notified to the Trustee in writing by the Company, upon receipt by the Trustee and the Issuers of a duly executed certificate certifying that the holder of the beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note is a Non-U.S. Person, substantially in the form of Exhibit E, from the Depository, one or more permanent global Notes in registered form substantially in the form of Exhibit A (the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note” and, together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the “Regulation S Global Note”) duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and bearing the Global Note Legend, shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the cancellation of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note and the issuance of the Permanent Regulation S Global Note.

 

The initial offer and resale of the Notes shall not be to an Institutional Accredited Investor. The Notes resold to Institutional Accredited Investors in connection with the first transfer made pursuant to Section 2.16(a) shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent Global Notes in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “IAI Global Note” and, together with the 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note, the “Initial Global Notes”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the Private Placement Legend and the Global Note Legend.

 

30

 

 

Any Additional Notes so designated by the Company shall bear the Original Issue Discount Legend.

 

Notes issued after the Issue Date shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the Global Note Legend and any legends required by applicable law (together with the Initial Global Notes, the “Global Notes”) or as Physical Notes.

 

The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, as hereinafter provided. Notes issued in exchange for interests in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.16 may be issued in the form of permanent certificated non-global Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A and bearing the applicable legends, if any (the “Physical Notes”).

 

Section 2.02. Execution, Authentication and Denomination; Additional Notes. One Officer of the Company, one Officer of JBS USA Food and one Officer of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings (each of whom shall have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions) shall sign the Notes for the Issuers by manual, electronic or facsimile signature.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note (and the Guarantees in respect thereof) shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

The Trustee shall authenticate (i) on the Issue Date, Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed US$1,000.0 million (the “Initial Notes”) and (ii) additional Notes (the “Additional Notes”) in an unlimited amount (so long as not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Indenture), in each case upon a written order of the Issuers in the form of a certificate of an Officer (an “Authentication Order”). Each such Authentication Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes and whether the Notes are to be issued as certificated Notes or Global Notes or such other information as the Trustee may reasonably request. In addition, with respect to authentication pursuant to clause (ii) of the first sentence of this paragraph, the Authentication Order shall be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee.

 

All Notes issued under this Indenture shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture; provided that, if any Additional Notes subsequently issued are not fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes with any Notes previously issued, such Additional Notes shall have a separate CUSIP number but shall otherwise be treated as a single class with all other Notes issued under this Indenture. The Additional Notes shall bear any legend required by applicable law.

 

31

 

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuers and Affiliates of the Issuers. The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Notes under this Indenture if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability.

 

The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof.

 

Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuers shall maintain or cause to be maintained an office or agency where (a) Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”), (b) Notes may, subject to Section 2 of the Notes, be presented or surrendered for payment (“Paying Agent”) and (c) notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture (other than notices and demands of the type contemplated by Section 14.09 of this Indenture) may be served. The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuers of the obligation to maintain or cause to be maintained an office or agency for such purposes. The Issuers may act as Registrar or Paying Agent, except that for the purposes of Articles 3 and 9 and Section 4.07, neither the Issuers nor any Affiliate of the Issuers shall act as Paying Agent. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers, upon written notice to the Trustee, may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional Paying Agent. The Issuers initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent until such time as the Trustee has resigned or a successor has been appointed.

 

The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing, in advance, of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.

 

Section 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee or the Issuers or any Subsidiary to agree in writing that each Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all assets held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Issuers or any other obligor on the Notes), and shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuers (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and account for any assets disbursed, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any payment Default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and to account for any assets distributed. Upon distribution to the Trustee of all assets that shall have been delivered by the Issuers to the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for such assets.

 

32

 

 

Section 2.05. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least two (2) Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list, in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of Holders, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee.

 

Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. Subject to Sections 2.15 and 2.16, when Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to register the transfer of such Notes or to exchange such Notes for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuers and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other tax and governmental or other fees payable in connection therewith.

 

Without the prior written consent of the Issuers, the Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (i) during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed and ending at the close of business on the day of such selection, (ii) selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, and (iii) beginning at the opening of business on any Record Date and ending on the close of business on the related Interest Payment Date. Any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Notes may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) in accordance with the applicable legends thereon and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book-entry system.

 

33

 

 

Section 2.07. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. Such Holder must provide an indemnity bond or other indemnity, sufficient in the judgment of both the Issuers and the Trustee, to protect the Issuers, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers may charge such Holder for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in replacing a Note pursuant to this Section 2.07, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and of the Trustee.

 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers.

 

The provisions of this Section 2.07 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes.

 

Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuers, the Guarantors or any of their respective Affiliates hold the Note (subject to the provisions of Section 2.09).

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.07.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest ceases to accrue. If on a Redemption Date or the Maturity Date the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Issuers or an Affiliate thereof) holds U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Securities sufficient to pay all of the principal and interest due on the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

 

Section 2.09. Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuers or any of their Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded.

 

Section 2.10. Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Notes are represented by a Global Note, such Global Note may be in typewritten form.

 

34

 

 

Section 2.11. Cancellation. The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee, or at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent (other than the Issuers or an Affiliate thereof), and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the Issuers, shall dispose of all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation in accordance with its customary procedures. Subject to Section 2.07, the Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. If the Issuers or any Guarantor shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Debt represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.11.

 

Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest. If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, they shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, in any lawful manner. The Issuers may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuers for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. At least 15 days before any such subsequent special record date, the Issuers shall mail to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any interest which is paid prior to the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in Section 7.01(a) shall be paid to Holders as of the record date for the Interest Payment Date for which interest has not been paid.

 

Section 2.13. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers, and if so, the Trustee shall use the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, the Trustee shall have no liability for any defect in the CUSIP number as they appear on any Notes, notice or elsewhere, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers printed in the notice or on the Notes and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers.

 

Section 2.14. Deposit of Moneys. Subject to Section 2 of the Notes, prior to 11:00 a.m. New York City time on each Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and the Net Proceeds Payment Date, the Issuers shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Net Proceeds Payment Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Net Proceeds Payment Date, as the case may be.

 

35

 

 

Section 2.15. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.

 

(a) The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of such Depository, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depository and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Exhibit B, as applicable. Members of, or participants in, the Depository (“Participants”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Note, and the Depository may be treated by the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and Participants, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

 

(b) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depository and the provisions of Section 2.16. In addition, Physical Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in Global Notes if (i) the Depository notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to act as Depository for any Global Note or has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, the Issuers so notify the Trustee in writing and a successor Depository is not appointed by the Issuers within 90 days of such notice, (ii) the Issuers, at their option, notify the Trustee in writing that they elect to cause the issuance of the Notes in the form of Physical Notes under this Indenture (provided that the Temporary Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged pursuant to this clause (b) prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period and the receipt of the certificate specified in Section 2.16(c)(i)), or (iii) a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a written request from any owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note to issue Physical Notes. Upon any issuance of a Physical Note in accordance with this Section 2.15(b) the Trustee is required to register such Physical Note in the name of, and cause the same to be delivered to, such Person or Persons (or the nominee of any thereof). All such Physical Notes shall bear the applicable legends, if any.

 

(c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.15, the Registrar shall (if one or more Physical Notes are to be issued) reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred or exchanged, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Physical Notes of authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note so transferred or exchanged.

 

36

 

 

(d) In connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.15, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and (i) the Issuers shall execute and (ii) the Trustee shall upon written instructions from the Issuers authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations.

 

(e) Any Physical Note constituting a Restricted Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section 2.15 shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.16, bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(f) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Participants and Persons that may hold interests through Participants, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

Section 2.16. Special Transfer and Exchange Provisions.

 

(a) Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer or exchange of a Restricted Security to any Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB:

 

(i) the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of any Restricted Security, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto and any legal opinions and certifications as may be reasonably required by the Trustee and the Issuers;

 

(ii) if the proposed transferee is a Participant and the Notes to be transferred or exchanged consist of Physical Notes which after transfer or exchange are to be evidenced by an interest in the IAI Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of the Physical Note and (x) written instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures and (y) the certificate, if required, referred to in clause (y) of paragraph (i) above (and any legal opinion or other certifications required by the Issuers), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange and reflect on its books and records the date and direct the Depository to increase the principal amount of the IAI Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of Physical Notes to be transferred or exchanged, and the Registrar shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred or exchanged; and

 

37

 

 

(iii) if the proposed transferor is a Participant seeking to transfer or exchange an interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) written instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures and (y) the certificate, if required, referred to in clause (y) of paragraph (i) above, the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange and reflect on its books and records the date and (A) direct the Depository to decrease the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interests are to be transferred or exchanged in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred or exchanged and (B) direct the Depository to increase the principal amount of the IAI Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be transferred or exchanged.

 

(b) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer or exchange of a Restricted Security to a QIB:

 

(i) the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of any Restricted Security, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if such transfer or exchange is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on the applicable Global Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Issuers and the Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the certification provided for on the applicable Global Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Issuers and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

 

(ii) if the proposed transferee is a Participant and the Notes to be transferred or exchanged consist of Physical Notes which after transfer or exchange are to be evidenced by an interest in the 144A Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of the Physical Notes and written instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange and reflect on its book and records the date and direct the Depository to increase the principal amount of the 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of Physical Notes to be transferred or exchanged, and the Registrar shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred or exchanged; and

 

(iii) if the proposed transferor is a Participant seeking to transfer or exchange an interest in the IAI Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of written instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange and reflect on its books and records the date and (A) direct the Depository to decrease the principal amount of the IAI Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred or exchanged and (B) direct the Depository to increase the principal amount of the 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be transferred or exchanged.

 

38

 

 

(c) Transfers of Interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer or exchange of interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note:

 

(i) the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, whether or not such Global Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if the proposed transferor has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E stating, among other things, that the proposed transferee is a Non-U.S. Person (except for a transfer to an Initial Purchaser); and

 

(ii) if the proposed transferee is a Participant, upon receipt by the Registrar of the documents referred to in clause (i) above, if required, and instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and amount of such transfer or exchange of an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note.

 

(d) Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any transfer or exchange of a Restricted Security to a Non-U.S. Person under Regulation S:

 

(i) the Registrar shall register any proposed transfer or exchange of a Restricted Security to a Non-U.S. Person upon receipt of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D from the proposed transferor and such certifications, legal opinions and other information as the Issuers may reasonably require; and

 

(ii) (A) if the proposed transferor is a Participant holding a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note or the Note to be transferred or exchanged consists of Physical Notes, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents required by paragraph (i) and (y) instructions in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and direct the Depository to decrease the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note, as the case may be, in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note, as the case may be, to be transferred or exchanged or cancel the Physical Notes to be transferred or exchanged, and (B) if the proposed transferee is a Participant, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and direct the Depository to increase the principal amount of the Permanent Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, interest in the IAI Global Note or the principal amount of the Physical Notes, as the case may be, to be transferred or exchanged.

 

39

 

 

(e) Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.

 

(f) Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend unless otherwise required by applicable law, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) the Notes are delivered in connection with an exchange pursuant to Section 2.17 hereof, or (ii) such Note has been offered and sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and in each of clauses (i) and (ii), there is delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.

 

(g) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

 

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to this Section 2.16. The Issuers shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

 

Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer or exchange imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including, without limitation, any transfers between or among Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

Neither the Trustee nor any agent of the Trustee shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary. The Trustee shall have no responsibility for the actions or omissions of the Depository, or the accuracy of the books and records of the Depository. The Trustee may treat and consider the person in whose name each security is registered in the registration books as the holder and absolute owner of such security for all purposes whatsoever (or may list out various purposes, such as for the purpose of payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to such security, for the purpose of giving notices of redemption or tender and other matters with respect to such security, for the purpose of registering transfers with respect to such security, and for all purposes whatsoever).

 

40

 

 

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Physical Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Physical Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly, and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

Section 2.17. Automatic Exchange. Upon the Company’s satisfaction that the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, determine that beneficial interests in a Global Note that is a Restricted Security shall be automatically exchanged into beneficial interests in an Global Note that is not a Restricted Security without any action required by or on behalf of the Holder (the “Automatic Exchange”) at any time on or after the date that is the 366th calendar day after (1) with respect to any Note issued on the Issue Date, the later of (x) the Issue Date and (y) the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Note (or of any other Global Note with the same CUSIP number) or (2) with respect to any Additional Note, if any, the later of (x) the issue date of such Additional Note and (y) the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Note (or of any other Global Note with the same CUSIP number), or, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (the “Automatic Exchange Date”). Upon the Company’s satisfaction that the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, if the Company elects, at its option, that an Automatic Exchange will take place, it shall (A) provide prior written notice (the “Automatic Exchange Notice”) to each Holder (with a copy to the Trustee) at such Holder’s address appearing in the Note register at least 10 calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange (the “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”), which notice must include (I) the Automatic Exchange Date, (II) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Automatic Exchange shall occur, (III) the CUSIP number of the Global Note that is a Restricted Security from which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred and (IV) the CUSIP number of the Global Note into which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred, and (C) on or prior to the date of the Automatic Exchange, deliver to the Trustee for authentication one or more Global Notes without the Private Placement Legend, duly executed by the Company, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Global Notes that are Restricted Securities to be exchanged. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.16, during the 10-day period between the Automatic Exchange Notice Date and the Automatic Exchange Date, no transfers or exchanges other than pursuant to this Section 2.17 shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Company. As a condition to any Automatic Exchange, the Company shall provide, and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Automatic Exchange shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and that the aggregate principal amount of the particular Global Note that is a Restricted Security is to be transferred to the particular Global Note that is not a Restricted Security by adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository to reflect the Automatic Exchange. The Company may request from Holders such information as it reasonably determines is required in order to be able to deliver such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.17, the aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes shall be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, to reflect the relevant increase or decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note resulting from the applicable exchange. The Global Note that is a Restricted Security from which beneficial interests are transferred pursuant to an Automatic Exchange shall be canceled following the Automatic Exchange.

 

41

 

 

Section 2.18. Notes Held by Affiliates. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.16, unless otherwise permitted by the Company, any Note or interest therein (i) that has been transferred to an Affiliate of the Issuers, as evidenced by a notation on the certificate of transfer or certificate of exchange for such transfer or in the representation letter delivered in respect thereof, or (ii) that has been acquired from an Affiliate (other than by an Affiliate) in a transaction or a chain of transactions not involving any public offering, as evidenced by a notation on the certificate of transfer or certificate of exchange for such transfer or in the representation letter delivered in respect thereof, shall, until one year after the last date on which either the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers was an owner of such Note, in each case, be in the form of either (A) a Global Note that is a Restricted Security bearing the Affiliate Legend and a restricted CUSIP number different from the CUSIP number borne by any other Global Note (an “Affiliate Global Note”) or a Physical Note bearing the Private Placement Legend and the Affiliate Legend and, in each case, shall be subject to the restrictions in Section 2.16 and this Section 2.18.

 

Any Person who is not an Affiliate of the Issuer but who acquired such beneficial interest or Physical Note from an Affiliate of the Issuer and who wishes to (1) exchange such beneficial interest or Physical Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note that is not an Affiliate Global Note or that is a Physical Note not bearing the Affiliate Legend, as the case may be, or (2) transfer such beneficial interest or Physical Note to a Person who takes delivery in the form of a Global Note that is not an Affiliate Global Note or that is a Physical Note not bearing the Affiliate Legend shall, in addition to complying with any other applicable requirements of Section 2.16 and this Section 2.18, deliver to the Company and the Registrar such certifications and other documentation as the Company and the Registrar may request to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, that the transferee shall receive freely tradable securities pursuant to Rule 144 or other applicable provisions of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder or as to such other matters as the Company or the Registrar may reasonably request.

 

If the Company or the Registrar so requests, any Affiliate of the Issuers that wishes to transfer or exchange a Note or a beneficial interest therein shall deliver such documentation as the Company or the Registrar may request to the effect that such transfer or exchange is in compliance with the Securities Act or as to such other matters as the Company or the Registrar may reasonably request.

 

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices, Opinions of Counsel, certificates or other written communications received pursuant to this Section 2.18. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices, Opinions of Counsel, certificates or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable advance written notice to the Registrar.

 

Section 2.19. Open Market Purchases. The Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase the Notes in the open market or otherwise.

 

42

 

 

ARTICLE 3
Redemption

 

Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Sections 5 and 6 of the Notes, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. The Company shall give notice of redemption to the Trustee at least 15 days (unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period) prior to the date such notice of redemption is to be sent to Holders, together with such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed.

 

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time pursuant to Section 5 of the Notes, selection of the Notes to be redeemed will be made in accordance with the procedures of the Depository; provided that no Notes of less than US$2,000 in original principal amount shall be redeemed in part.

 

Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5 or 6 of the Notes, at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company shall deliver a notice of redemption electronically or by first class mail (or otherwise in accordance with applicable procedures of the Depository), postage prepaid (or in the case of Notes held in book-entry form, by electronic transmission), to each Holder (with copy to the Trustee) whose Notes (or in the case of Global Notes, by electronic submission to the Depository) are to be redeemed at its registered address (except that a notice issued in connection with a redemption referred to in Section 9.01 may be more than 60 days before such Redemption Date). At the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall forward the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense, provided that the Company shall have prepared and provided to the Trustee the form of such notice, in each case on a timely basis. Each notice for redemption shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP or ISIN number) to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(a) the Redemption Date;

 

(b) the Redemption Price, or the appropriate calculation thereof, and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to be paid; provided that if the notice does not include the Redemption Price, the actual Redemption Price shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date;

 

(c) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

43

 

 

(d) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any;

 

(e) that, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;

 

(f) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, and upon surrender and cancellation of such Note, a new Note or Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued;

 

(g) if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption;

 

(h) the Section of the Notes or this Indenture, as applicable, pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed; and

 

(i) if applicable, any condition to such redemption.

 

The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note.

 

Any redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an offering or financing, Change of Control or other corporate transaction or event. In addition, if such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied and a new redemption date shall be set by the Company in accordance with applicable procedures of the Depository, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed.

 

44

 

 

The Company shall calculate the redemption price in connection with any redemption, and the Trustee shall have no duty to calculate or verify any such calculation.

 

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any. Upon surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent, such Notes called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price (plus accrued interest thereon to, but not including, the Redemption Date), but installments of interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date, shall be payable to Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Company. On and after the Redemption Date interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption unless the Company shall have not complied with its obligations pursuant to Section 3.05.

 

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. On or before 11:00 a.m. New York time on the Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent, U.S. Legal Tender sufficient to pay the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, of all Notes to be redeemed on that date.

 

If the Company complies with the preceding paragraph, then, unless the Company defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any, interest on the Notes to be redeemed shall cease to accrue on and after the applicable Redemption Date, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment.

 

Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note or Notes shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon surrender and cancellation of the original Note or Notes.

 

ARTICLE 4

Covenants of the Company

 

Section 4.01. Payment of Notes. The Issuers shall pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate thereof) holds on that date, by 11:00 a.m. New York City time, U.S. Legal Tender designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

45

 

 

The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal (including, without limitation, post-petition interest in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law), and overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at the same rate per annum borne by the Notes.

 

Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuers shall maintain the office or agency required under Section 2.03 (which may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar). The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 14.02.

 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Company hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of Regions Bank as such office of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03.

 

Section 4.03. Corporate Existence. Except as otherwise permitted by Article 6, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Significant Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational documents of each such Significant Subsidiary and the material rights (charter and statutory) and material franchises of the Company and each of its Significant Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, franchise or corporate existence with respect to itself or any Significant Subsidiary if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes; and provided, further, that this Section does not prohibit any transaction otherwise permitted by Section 6.01.

 

Section 4.04. Payment of Taxes. The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Significant Subsidiaries to, pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (a) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and (b) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, in each case, if unpaid, might by law become a material liability or Lien upon the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim (x) whose amount the applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate actions and for which appropriate provision has been made or (y) where the failure to do so is not adverse in any material respect the Holders of the Notes.

 

46

 

 

Section 4.05. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default.

 

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2025, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuers and the Guarantors has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuers and the Guarantors have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations and all conditions and covenants under this Indenture and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of such Officer’s knowledge, the Issuers and the Guarantors during such preceding fiscal year have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every such condition and covenant and no Default occurred during such year and at the date of such certificate there is no Default that has occurred and is continuing or, if such signers do know of such Default, the certificate shall specify such Default and what action, if any, the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Officer’s Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should the Company elect to change the manner in which it fixes the fiscal year end.

 

(b) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee promptly and in any event within ten Business Days after the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default an Officer’s Certificate specifying the Default, its status and what action, if any, the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, Parent, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.06. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. The Company and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent permitted by applicable law) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive such Company or such Guarantor from paying all or any portion of the principal of and/or interest on the Notes or the Guarantee of any such Guarantor as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) each hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

Section 4.07. Change of Control.

 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each Holder shall have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of those Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”).

 

47

 

 

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, unless the Issuers have delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes in accordance with Section 5 of the Notes, the Company shall deliver a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee describing the transaction or transactions that constitute a Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to purchase the Notes on a specified date (the “Change of Control Offer”), which date shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date the notice is delivered (the “Change of Control Payment Date”).

 

(c) Upon the commencement of a Change of Control Offer, the Issuers shall send, by first class mail or electronic transmission, a notice to the Trustee and to each Holder at its registered address. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable the Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. Any Change of Control Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer, shall state:

 

(i) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.07;

 

(ii) the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(iii) that any Notes not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

 

(iv) that, unless the Issuers default in making such payment, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on an after the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(v) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to any Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuers, a depository, if appointed by the Company, or the Paying Agent, at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(vi) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuers, the Depository or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receive, not later than the Change of Control Payment Date, a notice setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased (or in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depository); and

 

(vii) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry).

 

48

 

 

(d) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful:

 

(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; and

 

(ii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee or Paying Agent, on its behalf, the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of the Notes being tendered and purchased by the Issuers.

 

(e) The Paying Agent shall promptly deliver to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for those Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver, or cause to be transferred by book-entry, to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided, however, that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of US$2,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(f) The Issuers shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party offers to purchase the Notes in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer by the Issuers and that third party purchases all Notes validly tendered to it in response to that offer. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, and conditioned upon such Change of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

 

(g) The Issuers shall cause the Change of Control Offer to remain open for at least 20 Business Days or for such longer period as may be required by law. The Issuers shall comply, and shall cause any third party making a Change of Control Offer to comply, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, to the extent applicable, and any other securities laws and regulations in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.07, the Issuers will not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this Section 4.07 by virtue of complying with such laws or regulations.

 

Section 4.08. Limitation on Liens.

 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Significant Subsidiary that guarantees the Notes to, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) securing Debt upon any of its Principal Property, whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, unless it has made or shall make effective provision whereby the Notes or the applicable Guarantee shall be secured by a Lien on such Principal Property equally and ratably with (or prior to) all other Debt of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary that guarantees the Notes secured by a Lien for so long as such other Debt is secured by such Lien; provided, however, that if the Debt is Subordinated Debt, the Lien on such Principal Property securing the Debt shall be subordinated and junior to the Lien securing the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, with the same relative priority as such Debt has with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees.

 

49

 

 

(b) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.08:

 

(i) a Lien securing an item of Debt need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of Permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) as defined hereof or pursuant to Section 4.08(a) but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof; and

 

(ii) in the event that a Lien securing an item of Debt (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of Permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) as described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or pursuant to Section 4.08(a), the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify (as if Incurred at such later time), such Lien securing such item of Debt (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.08(a) and will be entitled to include the amount and type of such Lien or such item of Debt secured by such Lien (or portion thereof) in one of the categories of Permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) as described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or pursuant to Section 4.08(a) and, in such event, such Lien securing such item of Debt (or any portion thereof) will be treated as being Incurred or existing pursuant to only such clause or clauses (or any portion thereof) or pursuant to Section 4.08(a) without giving pro forma effect to such item (or portion thereof) when calculating the amount of Liens or Debt that may be Incurred pursuant to any other clause or paragraph.

 

(c) With respect to any Lien securing Debt that was permitted to secure such Debt at the time of the Incurrence of such Debt, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Debt. The “Increased Amount” of any Debt shall mean any increase in the amount of such Debt in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Debt with the same terms or in the form of common stock of the Company, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Debt outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Debt described in clause (8) of the definition of “Debt.”

 

Section 4.09. Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Significant Subsidiary that guarantees the Notes to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction with respect to any Principal Property, unless either:

 

(i) the Company or such Significant Subsidiary would be entitled pursuant to the provisions described above under Section 4.08 to Incur a Lien securing Debt on such Principal Property at least equal in amount to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction without equally and ratably securing the Notes; or

 

50

 

 

(ii) within 365 days after the closing date of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, the Company or such Significant Subsidiary shall apply or cause to be applied, in the case of a sale or transfer for cash, an amount equal to the net proceeds thereof, (A) to the retirement of Debt of the Company ranking at least on a parity with the Notes or Debt of any Subsidiary, in each case owing to a Person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (B) to the acquisition, purchase, construction, development, extension or improvement (including any capital expenditure) of any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary used or to be used by or for the benefit of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

This restriction will not apply to: (i) transactions providing for a lease term of three years or less; and (ii) transactions between the Company and any of its Significant Subsidiaries or between any Significant Subsidiaries.

 

Section 4.10. Guarantees of Debt by Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company shall cause any of its Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that are wholly-owned and that guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Revolving Credit Agreement that is not a special purpose Restricted Subsidiary formed in connection with a Receivables Facility to guarantee payment of the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes by causing such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days to:

 

(i) execute and deliver a supplemental indenture providing for a Guarantee of payment of the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes by such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, except that if such Debt is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, any such Guarantee of such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Debt shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Debt is subordinated to the Notes; and

 

(ii) deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that

 

(A) such supplemental indenture has been duly executed and authorized; and

 

(B) such supplemental indenture constitutes an enforceable obligation of such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (subject to customary exceptions and limitations), except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity;

 

provided, however, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.10 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary if the Company has reasonably determined that such guarantee would result in or create a material risk of tax or other liability.

 

51

 

 

Section 4.11. Reports of the Company.

 

(a) Whether or not the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall provide the Trustee and the Holders of Notes with the following:

 

(i) within 90 days following the end of each fiscal year of the Company, its annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

(ii) within 45 days following the end of each fiscal quarter (other than the last fiscal quarter of its fiscal year) of the Company, its unaudited quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

 

(iii) simultaneously with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;”

 

provided, however, that reports and information provided pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(i), (ii) and (iii) shall not be required to be accompanied by any exhibits or financial statements other than those financial statements explicitly required pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(i) and (ii).

 

(b) At any time that the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company, taken as a whole, account for more than 20% of the Consolidated EBITDA (calculated for the Company and its Subsidiaries, not just Restricted Subsidiaries) for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by Section 4.11(a) shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

 

(c) In addition, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, unless the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise complies with such reporting requirements, the Company shall either (i) maintain a website (which may be non-public, but shall not restrict the recipients of such information from trading in securities) to which Holders of Notes, prospective investors, securities analysts and market makers that certify that they are qualified institutional buyers or are otherwise eligible to hold the Notes (collectively, “Permitted Parties”) are given access and to which the information required by the preceding paragraphs and the information required in Section 5.01 (the “Required Information”) is posted; or (ii) distribute via electronic mail the Required Information to beneficial owners of the Notes and prospective investors that certify that they are Permitted Parties who request to receive such distributions. If the Company makes available the reports described in Section 4.11(a)(i), (ii), or (iii) on the Company’s website, it will be deemed to have satisfied the reporting requirement set forth in such applicable clause. The Company shall either ensure the Trustee has access to such reports and any other Required Information on the website, or provide Trustee copies of such reports and any other Required Information. The Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine whether any reports or Required Information have been posted to or filed on any website.

 

52

 

 

(d) In addition, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall also:

 

(i) within 15 business days after providing the Trustee and the Holders with the annual and quarterly information required pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(i) and (ii), hold a conference call for Permitted Parties to discuss such reports and the results of operations for the relevant reporting period; and

 

(ii) issue a press release to any U.S. nationally recognized wire service, post to the website mentioned in Section 4.11(a)(i) or employ other means commercially reasonably expected to reach Permitted Parties no fewer than three business days prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with Section 4.11(d)(i), announcing the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing Permitted Parties to contact the appropriate Person at the Company to obtain such information.

 

(e) The trustee shall have no duty to review or analyze reports delivered to it. Delivery of the above reports and the reports required by Section 5.01 to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ or any Guarantor’s compliance with any of their covenants in this Indenture (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate of the Company) or any other agreement or document. The Trustee shall not be obligated to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, and shall have no responsibility or liability for the Issuers’ and Guarantors’ compliance or non-compliance with any covenants in the Indenture or Notes, including with respect to any reports or other documents posted on any website or filed with the SEC, or participate in any conference calls.

 

(f) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Issuers shall furnish to Holders and securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

(g) The Company’s obligations pursuant to this Section 4.11 may, at the Company’s option, be suspended and instead provided by any direct or indirect parent of the Company (other than the Parent) (any such entity, a “Company Reporting Entity”) as of any date, and for so long as, all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

53

 

 

(i) the Company Reporting Entity beneficially owns directly or indirectly at least 95% (less any director’s qualifying shares or shares owned by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by applicable law) of the Voting Stock of the Company; and

 

(ii) Company Reporting Entity makes the reports and financial information referred to in Section 4.11(a)(i) above available on its website (or otherwise permitted above), or otherwise publicly available within the time periods specified in Section 4.11(a)(i) above, except that such reports and financial information may be with respect to Company Reporting Entity instead of the Company; provided that, if the Company Reporting Entity has material operating assets (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries), the quarterly and annual financial statements of Company Reporting Entity shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Company Reporting Entity (any period during which the reporting obligations pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant are suspended pursuant to this clause being referred to herein as a “Reporting Suspension Period”). The requirements of Section 4.11(a) shall resume as of the end of any Reporting Suspension Period, but no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred or be continuing due to noncompliance during any Reporting Suspension Period with the requirements of Section 4.11(a).

 

Section 4.12. Measuring Compliance.

 

(a) With respect to:

 

(i) whether any Lien is permitted to be Incurred in compliance with this Indenture ;

 

(ii) any calculation of the ratios, baskets or financial metrics, including the Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, Total Assets and/or pro forma cost savings, and whether a Default or Event of Default exists in connection with the foregoing; and

 

(iii) whether any condition precedent to the Incurrence of Liens is satisfied, at the option of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any parent entity, any successor entity of any of the foregoing or a third party (the “Testing Party”), a Testing Party may select a date prior to the Incurrence of any such Lien if such Testing Party has a reasonable expectation that the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will Incur Liens at a future date in connection with a corporate event, including payment of a dividend, repurchase of equity, an acquisition, merger, amalgamation, or similar transaction or repayment, repurchase or refinancing of Debt, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (any such date, the “Transaction Date”) may be used as the applicable date of determination, as the case may be, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Secured Leverage Ratio.”

 

54

 

 

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, if the Testing Party elects to use the Transaction Date as the applicable date of determination in accordance with the foregoing:

 

(i) any fluctuation or change in the ratios, baskets or financial metrics, including the Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, Total Assets and/or pro forma cost savings of the Company, from the Transaction Date to the date of Incurrence of such Lien will not be taken into account for purposes of determining (i) whether any such Lien is permitted to be Incurred or (ii) in connection with compliance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes;

 

(ii) if financial statements for one or more subsequent fiscal quarters shall have become available, the Testing Party may elect, in its sole discretion, to redetermine all such baskets, ratios and financial metrics on the basis of such financial statements, in which case such date of redetermination shall thereafter be deemed to be the applicable Transaction Date for purposes of such baskets, ratios and financial metrics;

 

(iii) until such corporate event is consummated or such definitive agreements relating to such corporate event are terminated, such corporate event and all transactions proposed to be undertaken in connection therewith (including the Incurrence of Liens) will be given pro forma effect when determining compliance of other transactions that are consummated after the Transaction Date and on or prior to the date of consummation of such corporate event; and

 

(iv) Consolidated Interest Expense for purposes of the Secured Leverage Ratio will be calculated using an assumed interest rate based on the indicative interest margin (without giving effect to any step-ups) contained in any financing commitment documentation or, if no such indicative interest margin exists, as reasonably determined by the Company in good faith. In addition, compliance with any requirement relating to the absence of a Default or Event of Default may be determined as of the Transaction Date (including any new Transaction Date) and not as of any later date as would otherwise be required under this Indenture.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, with respect to any amounts Incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of this Indenture that does not require compliance with a financial ratio or financial test (including any Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, or Total Assets test) (any such amounts, the “Fixed Amounts”) substantially concurrently with any amounts Incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of this Indenture that requires compliance with a financial ratio or financial test (including any Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, or Total Assets test) (any such amounts, the “Incurrence-Based Amounts”), it is understood and agreed that the Fixed Amounts shall be disregarded in the calculation of the financial ratio or test applicable to the Incurrence-Based Amounts (and thereafter, Incurrence of the portion of such amount under the Fixed Amount shall be included in such calculation).

 

55

 

 

ARTICLE 5

Covenants Of Parent

 

Section 5.01. Reports of Parent.

 

(a) Prior to the Fall-Away Event, Parent shall make available to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes with the following:

 

(i) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of Parent, annual audited consolidated financial statements in English of Parent, prepared in accordance with IFRS and accompanied by an opinion of independent public accountants; and

 

(ii) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Parent, quarterly unaudited consolidated financial statements in English of Parent prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 

(b) At any time that the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Parent, taken as a whole, account for at least 20% of the Consolidated EBITDA (calculated for Parent and its Subsidiaries, not just Restricted Subsidiaries) for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by Section 5.01(a) shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto of the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Parent.

 

(c) The trustee shall have no duty to review or analyze reports delivered to it. Delivery of any information, documents and reports to the trustee is for informational purposes only, and the trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including Parent’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an officer’s certificate). The trustee shall not be obligated to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, and shall have no responsibility or liability for Parent’s compliance or noncompliance with any covenants in this Indenture or Notes, including with respect to any reports or other documents posted on any website or filed with the SEC, or participate in any conference calls.

 

56

 

 

(d) Parent’s obligations pursuant to this Section 5.01 may, at Parent’s option, be suspended and instead provided by any direct or indirect parent of Parent (any such entity, a “Parent Reporting Entity”) as of any date, and for so long as, all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(i) Parent Reporting Entity beneficially owns directly or indirectly at least 95% (less any director’s qualifying shares or shares owned by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by applicable law) of the Voting Stock of Parent; and

 

(ii) Parent Reporting Entity makes the reports and financial information referred to in Section 5.01(a) available on its website (or otherwise permitted above), or otherwise publicly available within the time periods specified in Section 5.01(a), except that such reports and financial information may be with respect to Parent Reporting Entity instead of Parent; provided that, if the Parent Reporting Entity has material operating assets (other than Parent and its Subsidiaries), the quarterly and annual financial statements of Parent Reporting Entity shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto of the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent Reporting Entity (any period during which the reporting obligations pursuant Section 5.01(a) are suspended pursuant to this clause being referred to herein as a “Parent Reporting Suspension Period”). The requirements of Section 5.01(a) above shall resume as of the end of any Parent Reporting Suspension Period, but no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred or be continuing due to noncompliance during any Parent Reporting Suspension Period with the requirements of Section 5.01(a).

 

ARTICLE 6

Successor Corporation

 

Section 6.01. Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.

 

(a) The Company shall not, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets determined on a consolidated basis to, another Person unless:

 

(i) either

 

(A) the Company is the Surviving Person; or

 

(B) the Person, if other than the Company, formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person that acquires the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety, the Person to which assets of the Company have been transferred, shall be a corporation or limited liability company organized (or equivalent) and existing under the laws of the United States or any State of the United States or the District of Columbia or any other country member of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) if such successor Person undertakes to pay such Additional Amounts as set forth under Section 11.04 (collectively, the “Permitted Jurisdiction”); provided, however, that if the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person that acquires the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety is a limited liability company, JBS USA Food shall be a co-obligor on the Notes or the Company or such Surviving Person shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a corporation to become a co-obligor on the Notes;

 

57

 

 

(ii) such Surviving Person, if other than the Company, assumes all of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture;

 

(iii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

(iv) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer complies with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied.

 

For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company. Notwithstanding this Section 6.01(a),

 

(A) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company, and

 

(B) the Company may merge with one of its Affiliates solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Company in another Permitted Jurisdiction to realize tax or other benefits.

 

In the event of any transaction (other than a lease) referred to in and complying with the conditions listed in Section 6.01(a)(i) in which the Company is not the Surviving Person and the Surviving Person is to assume all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture, that Surviving Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Company, and the Company shall be discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 7

Default And Remedies

 

Section 7.01. Events of Default. Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

 

(a) the failure to pay interest on the Notes when that interest becomes due and payable and the Default continues for 30 days;

 

(b) the failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when that principal or premium, if any, becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise;

 

58

 

 

(c) the failure to comply with Section 6.01;

 

(d) failure by any Parent Guarantor, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to observe or perform (a) the provisions described under Section 4.11 and Section 5.01, which failure is continuing for a period of 90 days (and may be cured by filing, furnishing or making available, as applicable, the delinquent report within such 90-day period) or (b)any other covenant or agreement contained in the Notes or this Indenture, which failure continues for a period of 60 days after the Company receives a written notice specifying the Default from the Trustee or Holders of at least 30% in outstanding aggregate principal amount of Notes;

 

(e) Debt of an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary of the Parent is not paid within any applicable grace period after final maturity or is accelerated by the holders thereof because of a default and the total amount of such Debt unpaid or accelerated exceeds US$125.0 million;

 

(f) failure by the Company, any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (other than the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries) to pay or discharge final and non-appealable judgments for the payment of money entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of US$125.0 million, which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed (to the extent not covered by insurance) for a period of 60 consecutive days following entry of such final and non-appealable judgments or decrees during which a stay of enforcement of each such final and non-appealable judgment or decree, by reason of pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect;

 

(g) an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries), pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(i) commences a voluntary case,

 

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its assets, or

 

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

59

 

 

(v) or takes any comparable action under foreign laws relating to insolvency;

 

(h) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(i) is for relief against an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries), as debtor in an involuntary case,

 

(ii) appoints a Custodian of an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries), or

 

(iii) orders the liquidation of an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries),

 

(iv) or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws, or takes any comparable action under any foreign law relating to insolvency; and the order, decree or similar relief remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or

 

(i) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor ceases to be in full force and effect, or is declared to be null and void and unenforceable by a judicial determination, or is found to be invalid by a judicial determination, any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, any Parent Guarantor denies (in writing) its obligations under its Guarantee (in each case, other than by reason of release of a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture).

 

Section 7.02. Acceleration.

 

(a) If any Event of Default (other than those of the type in clause (g) or (h) of Section 7.01 with respect to the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, Parent) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in outstanding aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Notes may, declare the principal of all the Notes, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, premium, if any, to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a notice of acceleration, and the same shall become immediately due and payable.

 

(b) If an Event of Default of the type referred to in clause (g) or (h) of Section 7.01 relating to the Company or, prior to the Fall-Away Event, Parent occurs and is continuing, then such amount with respect to all the Notes shall become due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

 

60

 

 

(c) Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes rescind any acceleration and its consequences with respect to the Notes; provided (i) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel have been paid.

 

(d) The trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default (other than a payment default) unless a written notice of default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and the Indenture and states that it is a notice of default.

 

(e) In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in clause (e) of Section 7.01 has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (e) of Section 7.01 shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Debt, or the Debt that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full and if (i) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived.

 

(f) If a Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default (the “Initial Default”) occurs, then at the time such Initial Default is cured, such Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default that resulted solely because of that Initial Default shall also be cured without any further action. Any Default or Event of Default for the failure to comply with the time periods prescribed in Section 4.11 or otherwise to deliver any notice or certificate pursuant to any other provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to be cured upon the delivery of any such report required by such covenant or such notice or certificate, as applicable, even though such delivery is not within the prescribed period specified in this Indenture.

 

Section 7.03. Other Remedies. If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon a Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

61

 

 

Section 7.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. Subject to Sections 2.09, 7.07 and 10.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes (which may include consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer of Notes) by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default and its consequences (including any resulting non-payment Default or Event of Default), except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note held by a non-consenting Holder that did not result from a non-payment Default or Event of Default. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents. When a Default is waived, it is cured and ceases.

 

Section 7.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. Subject to Section 8.01, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder (it being understood that the Trustee has no duty to determine if any directed action is prejudicial to any Holder), or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

 

In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction.

 

Section 7.06. Limitation on Suits. No Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless the Trustee:

 

(a) has failed to act for a period of 60 days after receiving written notice of a continuing Event of Default by such Holder and a request to act by Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding;

 

(b) has been offered indemnity satisfactory to it in its reasonable judgment; and

 

(c) has not received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such request.

 

However, such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of any Note for enforcement of payment of the principal of or interest on such Note on or after the due date therefor.

 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other Holder (it being understood that the Trustee has no duty to determine whether any direction is unduly prejudicial to any Holder of a Note).

 

62

 

 

Section 7.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, and interest on, a Note, on or after the respective due dates therefor, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

 

Section 7.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If a Default in payment of principal or interest specified in Section 7.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest and fees remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by the Notes and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 7.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Issuers, their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, indemnities, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 8.07. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. The Trustee shall be entitled to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors in the matters as it deems necessary or advisable.

 

Section 7.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 7, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

 

First: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 8.07;

 

Second: to Holders for interest accrued on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for interest;

 

63

 

 

Third: to Holders for principal amounts due and unpaid on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal; and

 

Fourth: to the Issuers or, if applicable, the Guarantors, as their respective interests may appear.

 

The Trustee, upon prior notice to the Issuers, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 7.10.

 

Section 7.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 7.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 7.07, or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE 8
Trustee

 

Section 8.01. Duties of Trustee.

 

(a) If a Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use or exercise the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

 

(b) Except during the continuance of a Default:

 

(i) The Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically set forth herein or in the Trust Indenture Act and no duties, covenants, responsibilities or obligations shall be implied in this Indenture against the Trustee.

 

(ii) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates (including Officer’s Certificates) or opinions (including Opinions of Counsel) furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

64

 

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i) This paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 8.01(b).

 

(ii) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

(iii) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 7.05.

 

(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity is not assured to it.

 

(e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 8.01 and Section 8.02.

 

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for the investment of or for interest on any money received by it or for any loss which may result from any investment or sale of investment, except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(g) In the absence of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.

 

Section 8.02. Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 8.01:

 

(a) The Trustee may rely conclusively on any resolution, certificate (including any Officer’s Certificate), statement, instrument, opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent, order, judgment, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it shall be entitled to receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 14.05. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

 

65

 

 

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee) appointed with due care.

 

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers under this Indenture.

 

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby.

 

(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate (including any Officer’s Certificate), statement, instrument, opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice to the Issuers, to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuers.

 

(h) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

 

(i) The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as duties.

 

(j) Except with respect to Sections 4.01 and 4.05, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Issuers with respect to the covenants contained in Article 4; provided that, in the case of Section 4.05, the Trustee may rely upon the Officer’s Certificates described in that section. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have any notice of or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received written notification at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture states that it is a “Notice of Default”.

 

(k) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, each Agent appointed hereunder and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

66

 

 

(l) Notwithstanding any provision in this Indenture to the contrary, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture because of circumstances beyond its control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, epidemics, flood, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, strikes or work stoppages for any reason, embargo, government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations or the like which restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Indenture, inability to obtain material, equipment, or communications or computer facilities, or the failure of equipment or interruption of communications or computer facilities, or the unavailability of the federal Reserve Bank wire or telex or other wire communication facility and other causes beyond its control whether or not of the same class or kind as specifically named above.

 

(m) The Trustee may at any time request that any of the Issuers and/or Guarantors deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the specimen signatures and the names of individuals and/or titles of Officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

(n) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, incidental, consequential or punitive loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit), irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(o) Any action to be taken, or omitted to be taken, by the Trustee in good faith pursuant to this Indenture upon the request or authority or consent of any person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon future holders of Notes, and upon Notes executed and delivered in exchange therefor or in place thereof.

 

(p) Under no circumstances shall the Trustee be liable, in its individual capacity or in any capacity hereunder, for the obligations evidenced by the Notes.

 

(q) The Issuers will be responsible for making calculations called for under the Notes, including, but not limited to, determination of redemption price, premium, if any, and any other amounts payable on the Notes. The Issuers will make the calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, their calculations will be final and binding on the Holders of the Notes. The Issuers will provide a schedule of their calculations to the Trustee, upon request, when applicable, and the Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively on the accuracy of the Issuers as to the payment of any taxes or assessments, or to require any such payment to be made.

 

Section 8.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, their Subsidiaries or its respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 8.10 and 8.11.

 

67

 

 

Section 8.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuers in this Indenture or any document issued in connection with the sale of Notes (including, without limitation, the Offering Memorandum) or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee makes no representations with respect to the effectiveness or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes.

 

Section 8.05. Notice of Default. If a Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee receives actual notice of such Default, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the uncured Default within 30 days after such Default occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, or interest on, any Note, including an accelerated payment and the failure to make a payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, or a Default in complying with the provisions of Article 6, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Board of Directors, the executive committee, or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers, of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders.

 

Section 8.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within 60 days after each April 1, beginning with April 1, 2026, the Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in Trust Indenture Act § 313(a) occurred within the previous twelve months, but not otherwise, mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with Trust Indenture Act § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act §§ 313(b), 313(c) and 313(d).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be mailed to the Issuers and filed with each securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed.

 

The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing if the Notes become listed on any securities exchange or of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act § 313(d).

 

Section 8.07. Compensation and Indemnity. Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, jointly and severally, pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the Issuers and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for its services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services, except any such disbursements, expenses and advances as may be attributable to the Trustee’s negligence or willful misconduct. Such expenses shall include the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

68

 

 

Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, jointly and severally, indemnify each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee and each of its officers, directors, employees or agents for, and hold them harmless from and against, any and all loss, damage, claims (whether involving the Issuers, Guarantors, Holders or any other Person) including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee), liability or expense incurred by it except for such actions to the extent caused by any negligence or willful misconduct on its part (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable order), arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust or exercise of its rights, powers or duties (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) including, without limitation, the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the Trustee’s rights, powers or duties hereunder (including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of enforcing this Section 8.07 or any provision under this Indenture). The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee or any of its agents for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers may, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), defend such claim and the Trustee shall provide reasonable cooperation in the defense. The Trustee and its agents subject to the claim may have separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuers need not pay for any settlement made without their written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Issuers need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through its negligence or willful misconduct which shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and nonappealable order.

 

To secure the Issuers’ payment obligations in this Section 8.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes against all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after a Default specified in Section 7.01(g) or (h) occurs, such expenses and the compensation for such services shall be paid to the extent allowed under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, payment of the Notes, resignation or removal of the Trustee or the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

69

 

 

Section 8.08. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuers in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Issuers and the Trustee upon 30 days’ prior notice in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if:

 

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 8.10;

 

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent;

 

(c) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property;

 

or

 

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.07, all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided in Section 8.07, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuers or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Issuers.

 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 8.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 8.08, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 8.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 8.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business (including this transaction) to, another corporation, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee; provided that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article 8.

 

70

 

 

Section 8.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirement of Trust Indenture Act §§ 310(a)(1), 310(a)(2) and 310(a)(5). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least US$150,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Trust Indenture Act § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of the Issuers are outstanding, if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Trust Indenture Act § 310(b)(1) are met. The provisions of Trust Indenture Act § 310 shall apply to the Issuers and any other obligor of the Notes.

 

Section 8.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers. The Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee hereunder, shall comply with Trust Indenture Act § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act § 311(a) to the extent indicated.

 

ARTICLE 9

Discharge Of Indenture; Defeasance

 

Section 9.01. Satisfaction and Discharge. The Company may discharge this Indenture such that it shall cease to be of further effect, except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes as to all outstanding Notes and the rights and indemnities of the Trustee when:

 

(a) either

 

(i) all the Notes previously authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has previously been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and is thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from the trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(ii) all Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

 

(A) have become due and payable, or

 

(B) shall become due and payable at their maturity within one year, or

 

(C) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee,

 

and in the case of (ii)(A), (B) or (C), the Company has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. Legal Tender, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination of such cash and non-callable U.S. Government Securities, in such amounts as shall be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Debt on the Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, on the Notes to the date of deposit, in the case of Notes that have become due and payable, or to the Maturity Date or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

 

71

 

 

(b) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by the Issuers under this Indenture; and

 

(c) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been satisfied.

 

Section 9.02. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance. (a) The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to terminate all of the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations with respect to the then outstanding Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (“legal defeasance”), except for:

 

(i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on those Notes when these payments are due from the defeasance trust referred to below;

 

(ii) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the issuance of temporary Notes, the registration of Notes, the status of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

 

(iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, indemnities and immunities of the Trustee and the Issuers’ obligations in connection with those rights, powers, trusts, duties, indemnities and immunities; and

 

(iv) the Issuers’ obligations under the defeasance provisions contained in this Indenture.

 

(b) In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to release the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under any covenant described in Section 4.05 and Sections 4.07 through 4.12 (“covenant defeasance”) and thereafter any failure by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with such Sections shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. Moreover, in the event the Company elects to exercise covenant defeasance, nearly all of the events, other than non-payment, described under Section 7.01 will no longer constitute Events of Default with respect to the Notes.

 

(c) If the Company exercises legal defeasance, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated as a result of an Event of Default. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (c) (with respect to any entity other than the Company), (d), (e), (f), (g) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries, (h) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries) or (i) in Section 7.01.

 

72

 

 

The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of covenant defeasance.

 

Section 9.03. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. In order to exercise either legal defeasance or covenant defeasance:

 

(a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust (the “defeasance trust”), for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. Legal Tender, non-callable U.S. Government Securities or a combination of cash and non-callable U.S. Government Securities, sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Maturity Date or on an available Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to the Maturity Date or to that Redemption Date;

 

(b) in the case of legal defeasance only, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that:

 

(i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

 

(ii) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, and

 

(iii) based on the ruling obtained under clause (i) or the change in tax law referred to under clause (ii), the beneficial owners of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of legal defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if legal defeasance had not occurred;

 

(c) in the case of covenant defeasance only, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the beneficial owners of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if covenant defeasance had not occurred;

 

(d) no Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Debt, and, in each case the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

 

(e) in the case of legal defeasance only, the legal defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;

 

73

 

 

(f) in the case of legal defeasance only, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, subject to customary exceptions and assumptions, to the effect that on the 91st day following the deposit, the defeasance trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws generally affecting creditors’ rights;

 

(g) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company; and

 

(h) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the legal defeasance or the covenant defeasance have been complied with.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (b) above with respect to a legal defeasance need not be delivered if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable, (ii) shall become due and payable on the Maturity Date within one year or (iii) as to which a redemption notice has been given calling the Notes for redemption within one year, under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.

 

Section 9.04. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee or Paying Agent shall hold in trust U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities deposited with it pursuant to this Article 9, and shall apply the deposited U.S. Legal Tender and the money from U.S. Government Securities in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of the principal of and the interest on the Notes. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to invest said U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities, except as it may agree in writing with the Issuers.

 

The Issuers shall pay and indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 9.03 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof, other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Anything in this Article 9 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the Issuers’ written request any U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 9.03 which, in the opinion of a firm of independent public accountants of recognized international standing expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent legal defeasance or covenant defeasance.

 

74

 

 

Section 9.05. Repayment to the Issuers. Subject to applicable escheat laws, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuers upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years; provided that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any payment, may at the expense and written request of the Issuers cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuers. After payment to the Issuers, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors unless an applicable law designates another Person.

 

Section 9.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities in accordance with this Article 9 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, or if the funds deposited with the Trustee to effect covenant defeasance are insufficient to pay the principal of, and interest on, the Notes when due, the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture, and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 9 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities in accordance with this Article 9; provided that if the Issuers have made any payment of interest on, or principal of, any Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 10

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

Section 10.01. Without Consent of Holders. (a) The Company and the Trustee, together, may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee without notice to or consent of any Holder to:

 

(i) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

(ii) provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of an Issuer under this Indenture;

 

(iii) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code);

 

(iv) add additional Guarantees or additional obligors with respect to the Notes;

 

75

 

 

(v) secure the Notes;

 

(vi) add to the covenants of the Issuers for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuers;

 

(vii) make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect;

 

(viii) comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939;

 

(ix) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof;

 

(x) conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee to any provision of the Section entitled “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum; or

 

(xi) provide for the Fall-Away Amendment or any other event or action required or permitted by this Indenture.

 

provided that the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 10.01.

 

Section 10.02. With Consent of Holders.

 

(a) Subject to Section 7.07, the Company and the Trustee, together, with the consent of the Holder or Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the notes), may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any other Holders. Subject to Sections 7.04 and 7.07, the Holder or Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may waive compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any other Holders.

 

(b) Notwithstanding Section 10.02(a), without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, no amendment or waiver may:

 

(i) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(ii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on any Notes;

 

(iii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Notes, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or repurchase (other than with respect to the minimum notice period to Holders), or reduce the redemption or repurchase price for those Notes (except, in the case of repurchases, as would otherwise be permitted under clause (vii) of this Section 10.02(b));

 

76

 

 

(iv) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note and this Indenture;

 

(v) impair the contractual right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, interest on that Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates for those payments, or to bring suit to enforce that payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes or any Guarantee;

 

(vi) modify the provisions contained in this Indenture permitting Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes to waive a Default;

 

(vii) after the Issuers’ obligation to purchase the Notes arises under this Indenture, amend, modify or change the obligation of the Issuers to make or consummate a Change of Control Offer or waive any default in the performance of that Change of Control Offer or modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect to any such offer; or

 

(viii) make any change to or modify the ranking of any such Note or related Guarantee that would adversely affect the Holders of the Notes.

 

(c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

(d) A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in connection with an exchange (in the case of an exchange offer) or a tender (in the case of a tender offer) of such Holder’s Notes shall not be rendered invalid by such tender or exchange.

 

(e) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 10.02 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuers to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 10.03. Compliance with the Trust Indenture Act. From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, every amendment, waiver or supplement of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

 

Section 10.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of his Note by written notice to the Trustee or the Issuers received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate of the Company certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

77

 

 

The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date. The Issuers shall inform the Trustee in writing of the fixed record date if applicable.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change referred to in any of clauses (i) through (viii) of Section 10.02(b), in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note; provided that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, and interest on, a Note, on or after the respective due dates therefor, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 10.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Issuers may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Issuers shall provide the Trustee with an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and cause the Trustee to return it to the Holder at the Issuers’ expense. Alternatively, if the Issuers or the Trustee so determines, the Issuers in exchange for the Note shall issue, and the Trustee shall authenticate, a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 10.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc. The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 10; provided that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate of the Company each stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 10 is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and, in the case of such opinion, that such amendment, supplement or waiver constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms. Such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Issuers.

 

78

 

 

ARTICLE 11
GUARANTEE

 

Section 11.01. Guarantee. Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of and interest on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise (all of the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”).

 

Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Issuers of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (1) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuers or any other Person (including any Guarantor) under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (2) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (3) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (4) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any of them; (5) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (6) except as set forth in Section 11.06 or 11.07, any change in the ownership of such Guarantor.

 

Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Except as expressly set forth in Sections 9.02(a), 11.03, 11.06 and 11.07, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

 

79

 

 

Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuers or otherwise.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuers to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (A) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (B) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) and (C) all other monetary Guaranteed Obligations of the Company to the Holders and the Trustee.

 

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 11.01.

 

Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 7 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 7 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee.

 

Section 11.02. [Reserved].

 

Section 11.03. [Reserved.]

 

Section 11.04. Additional Amounts.

 

(a) All payments made by the Company or any Guarantor in respect of the Notes or the related Guarantees shall be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of any Taxing Authority of Brazil or Luxembourg or other jurisdiction in which the Company, such Guarantor or any paying agent of the Company or any Guarantor is organized or engaged in business for tax purposes (any of the aforementioned being a “Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless Taxes are required to be withheld or deducted by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof. If Taxes are required to be withheld or deducted by a Taxing Authority within any Taxing Jurisdiction, from any payment made by the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, then the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall pay such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each Holder of Notes (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction shall equal the amount the Holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however, that no Additional Amounts shall be payable with respect to:

 

(i) any Tax imposed by the United States or by any political subdivision or Taxing Authority thereof or therein;

 

80

 

 

(ii) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, deducted or withheld but for the existence of any connection between the Holder or beneficial owner of a Note (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of power over, the Holder or beneficial owner of such Note, if the Holder or beneficial owner is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) and the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying on a business or maintaining a permanent establishment in, or being physically present in, the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction), other than the mere receipt of such payment or the ownership or holding or enforcement of such Note;

 

(iii) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, value-added, excise, transfer or personal property Tax or similar Tax;

 

(iv) any Taxes payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payments under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees;

 

(v) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, deducted or withheld if the Holder or beneficial owner of a Note or beneficial owner of any payment on the Guarantee of such Note had (A) made a declaration of non-residence, or any other claim or filing for exemption, to which it is entitled or (B) complied with any certification, identification, information, documentation or other reporting requirement concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction of such Holder or beneficial owner of such Note or any payment on such Note (provided that (x) such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption or such compliance is required by the applicable law, treaty, regulation, or official administrative practice of the Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of the imposition, deduction or withholding of, such Taxes and (y) at least 30 days prior to the first payment date with respect to which such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption or such compliance is required under the applicable law of the Taxing Jurisdiction, Holders at that time have been notified by such Guarantor or any other Person through whom payment may be made that a declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption or such compliance is required to be made);

 

81

 

 

(vi) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, deducted or withheld if the beneficiary of the payment had presented the Note for payment within 30 days after the date on which such payment or such Note became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30-day period);

 

(vii) any payment under or with respect to a Note to any Holder that is a fiduciary or partnership or any Person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment or Note, to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such partnership or the beneficial owner of such payment or Note would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the actual Holder of such Note;

 

(viii) any Luxembourg registration duties (droit d’enregistrement) payable in the case of a voluntary registration of the Notes (and/or any document in relation therewith) by any holder or beneficial owner of such Notes with the Administration de l’Enregistrement des Domaines et de la TVA in Luxembourg, when such registration is not required to maintain, preserve or enforce the rights of that holder or beneficial owner under the Notes (and/or any document in relation therewith); or

 

(ix) any combination of items (i) through (viii) above.

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions contained herein, each of the Issuers, any Guarantor or any other person making payments on behalf of the Issuers shall be entitled to deduct and withhold as required, and shall not be required to pay, any Additional Amounts with respect to any such withholding or deduction imposed on or in respect of any Note pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as “FATCA”), any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted by any jurisdiction implementing FATCA, any agreement between any of the Issuers, any Guarantor or any other person and the United States or any jurisdiction implementing FATCA, or any law of any jurisdiction implementing an intergovernmental approach to FATCA.

 

(b) Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or of any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note or any Guarantee, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

Section 11.05. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee. To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer.

 

82

 

 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the notation of Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

 

Section 11.06. [Reserved.]

 

Section 11.07. Release of Guarantees of Parent Guarantors and Fall-Away of Covenants of Parent.

 

(a) The Guarantees by the Parent Guarantors shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

 

(i) if, at any time, the Parent Guarantors shall cease to guarantee the Existing 2031 Notes for any reason, including, without limitation, as a result of the “Fall-Away Event” (as defined in the indenture governing the Existing 2031 Notes) or the full repayment, redemption or defeasance of the Existing 2031 Notes; or

 

(ii) the exercise of the legal defeasance option or the covenant defeasance option under Section 9.02 or if the obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture are otherwise discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, in the event that Guarantees of the Notes by the Parent Guarantors are automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the occurrence of any of the events described above, at the Company’s election, the Company may enter into a supplemental indenture (a “Fall-Away Amendment”) with the Trustee (without the consent of any Holders of Notes), which provides for the following (the “Fall-Away Event”):

 

(i) unconditional release of the Parent Guarantors from their Guarantees;

 

(ii) elimination of the covenants set forth under Section 5.01; and

 

(iii) elimination of Events of Default arising under the following clauses of Section 7.01: (d) (with respect to breaches under Article 5), (e), (f), (g) and (h) (with respect to events and circumstances with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (i) (in its entirety), and delete references to Parent in Sections 7.02(a) and (b).

 

83

 

 

(c) Concurrently upon delivery to the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate of the Company and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the Fall-Away Event have been satisfied, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of the Parent Guarantors from their obligations under the Guarantees.

 

Section 11.08. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 11 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 11 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

 

Section 11.09. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 11, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

 

ARTICLE 12

SUBSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY AS ISSUER

 

Section 12.01. Substitution of the Company as Issuer. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Indenture, the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, be substituted (a “Substitution”) by (i) any direct or indirect parent of the Company or (ii) any Subsidiary of the Company that owns, or after the Substitution, will own, a majority of the assets of the Company (in each case, the “Substituted Company”) for purposes of this Indenture and have the covenants (and related definitions) apply to the Substituted Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(i) the Substituted Company is a corporation or limited liability company organized (or the equivalents) and existing under the laws of the United States or any State of the United States or the District of Columbia or any other country member of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD);

 

(ii) such Substituted Company, if not a Guarantor, delivers a Guarantee or becomes a co-issuer of the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture;

 

(iii) immediately after giving effect to the Substitution, on a pro forma basis, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and

 

84

 

 

(iv) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Substitution complies with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such Substitution have been satisfied.

 

After the Substitution, all references to the Company shall be deemed to refer to the Substituted Company if the Substitution is effectuated pursuant to clause (i) above, then the Company prior to the substitution shall become a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

ARTICLE 13

RELEASE OF JBS USA FOOD COMPANY AS AN ISSUER

 

Section 13.01. Release of JBS USA Food as an Issuer. The Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, release JBS USA Food as an issuer for purposes of this Indenture and the Notes; provided, that the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(i) concurrently with such release, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is an issuer of the Notes and such issuer is a corporation (or the equivalent);

 

(ii) JBS USA Food delivers a Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture; provided, that such Guarantee shall be released if JBS USA Food is not providing a guarantee of the Existing 2031 Notes;

 

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such release, on a pro forma basis, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(iv) JBS USA Food shall cease to be an issuer under each of the (a) Existing 2029 Notes, (b) Existing 2031 Notes, and (c) Existing 2032 Notes, for any reason, including, without limitation, as a result of a consent solicitation, an exchange offer, the full repayment, redemption or defeasance thereof; and

 

(v) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such release complies with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such release have been satisfied.

 

85

 

 

ARTICLE 14
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 14.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act, such required or deemed provision shall control.

 

Section 14.02. Notices. Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in English and in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by internationally recognized overnight courier service or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

if to the Issuers or a Guarantor:

 

c/o JBS USA Food Company

Attention: Chief Financial Officer
1770 Promontory Circle

Greeley, CO 80634

 

if to the Trustee:

 

Regions Bank

51 W Bay Street

Jacksonville, FL 32202

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Email: Craig.Kaye@Regions.com

 

Each of the Issuers and the Trustee by written notice to each other such Person may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person. Any notice or communication to the Issuers and the Trustee, shall be deemed to have been given or made upon actual receipt thereof.

 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to him by first class mail or other equivalent means at his address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed.

 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note, such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depository for such Note (or its designee) pursuant to the applicable procedures of such Depository, if any, prescribed for the giving of such notice, notwithstanding any reference to mailing of notices or any other provision of this Indenture.

 

In respect of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the Person sending instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information by electronic transmission is, in fact, a person authorized to give such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information on behalf of the party purporting to send such e-mail; and the Trustee shall not have any liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by any party as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information. Each other party agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of electronic methods to submit instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, notices, reports or other communications or information, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.

 

86

 

 

Section 14.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act § 312(c).

 

Section 14.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(i) an Officer’s Certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent to be performed or effected by the Issuers or the Guarantors, if applicable, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

Section 14.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture, other than the Officer’s Certificate required by Section 4.05, shall include a statement to the following effect:

 

(i) the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenants or condition precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action;

 

(ii) describing the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(iii) in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenants or conditions precedent have been complied with or satisfied; and

 

(iv) whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, all conditions precedent or covenants have been complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

 

Section 14.06. Rules by Paying Agent or Registrar. The Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for their functions.

 

87

 

 

Section 14.07. Judgment Currency. The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify each of the Holders and the Trustee against any loss incurred by such Person as a result of any judgment or order being given or made for any amount due hereunder and such judgment or order being expressed and paid in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than United States dollars and as a result of any variation as between (a) the rate of exchange at which the United States dollar amount is converted into the Judgment Currency for the purpose of such judgment or order, and (b) the rate of exchange at which such Holders or the Trustee is able to purchase United States dollars with the amount of the Judgment Currency actually received by the Person. The foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate and independent obligation of the Issuers and the Guarantors and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid. The term “rate of exchange” shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of, or conversion into, the relevant currency.

 

Section 14.08. Legal Holidays. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day with the same force and effect as if payment was made on such date and no interest shall accrue in respect of such payment for the intervening period.

 

Section 14.09. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity.

 

(a) This Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby. For the avoidance of doubt, the application of articles 470-1 to 470-19 (inclusive) of the Luxembourg law of 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended, is excluded.

 

(b) By the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company and the Guarantors (i) acknowledge that they have, by separate written instrument, designated and appointed JBS USA Food, with an office on the Issue Date at 1770 Promontory Circle, Greeley, Colorado 80634 (the “Authorized Agent”) (and any successor entity), as their authorized agent upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee that may be instituted in any federal or state court in The City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, State of New York or brought under federal or state securities laws, and acknowledges that the Authorized Agent has accepted such designation, (ii) submit to the jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit or proceeding, (iii) irrevocably waive any objection, including, but not limited to, any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of, forum non conveniens, which it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action, proceeding or litigation in such jurisdiction and (iv) agree that service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of said service to Parent in accordance with Section 14.02 shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it, in any such suit or proceeding. The Company and the Guarantors further agree to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of the Authorized Agent in full force and effect so long as any of the Notes shall be outstanding; provided that the Company and the Guarantors may and to the extent the Authorized Agent ceases to be able to be served on the basis contemplated herein shall, by written notice to the Trustee, designate such additional or alternative agent for service of process under this paragraph (c) that (i) maintains an office located in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, State of New York and (ii) is either (x) counsel for such Person or (y) a corporate service company which acts as agent for service of process for other persons in the ordinary course of its business. Such written notice shall identify the name of such agent for service of process and the address of the office of such agent for service of process in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, State of New York.

 

88

 

 

(c) To the extent that the Company and the Guarantors have or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court of (i) any jurisdiction in which it owns or leases property or assets, (ii) the United States or the State of New York or (iii) Luxembourg, any political subdivision thereof or any other jurisdiction of any country or from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property and assets or this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees or actions to enforce judgments in respect of any thereof, the Company and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably waive such immunity in respect of their obligations under the above-referenced documents, to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 14.10. Waiver of Jury Trial. ALL PARTIES HERETO AND EACH HOLDER (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

 

Section 14.11. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 14.12. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager or stockholder, as such, of an Issuer or any Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or of the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, those obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. This waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

89

 

 

Section 14.13. Successors. All agreements of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

 

Section 14.14. Duplicate Originals. All parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by PDF or other electronic transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. Unless otherwise provided in this Indenture or in any Note, the words “execute”, “execution”, “signed”, and “signature” and words of similar import used in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Indenture, any Note or any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including amendments, waivers, consents and other modifications) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures and the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature in ink or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as applicable, to the fullest extent and as pro-vided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, and any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Trustee is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or format unless expressly agreed to by the Trustee pursuant to procedures approved by the Trustee.

 

Section 14.15. Severability. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

 

Section 14.16. English Language. This Indenture has been negotiated and executed in the English language. All certificates, reports, notices and other documents and communications delivered or delivered pursuant to this Indenture (including any modifications or supplements hereto), shall be in the English language, or accompanied by a certified English translation thereof.

 

Section 14.17. U.S.A. Patriot Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act. The terms of this Section 14.17 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, payment of the Notes, resignation or removal of the Trustee or the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

Section 14.18. Entire Agreement. This Indenture and the exhibits hereto set forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties related to this transaction and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written.

 

90

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date first written above.

 

  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.
   
  By: /s/ Lucas Carracedo Menezes
    Name: Lucas Carracedo Menezes
    Title: CFO/Secretary /Category B Manager

 

  JBS USA FOOD COMPANY
   
  By: /s/ Diego Pirani
    Name: Diego Pirani
    Title: Treasurer

 

  JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
   
  By: /s/ Diego Pirani
    Name: Diego Pirani
    Title: Treasurer

  

[Signature Page to Indenture (2066 Notes)]

 

91

 

  

  JBS S.A.
   
  By: /s/ Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti
    Title: Global Chief Financial Officer and Investor Relations Officer

 

  By: /s/ Wesley Mendonça Batista Filho
    Name: Wesley Mendonça Batista Filho
    Title: Officer

 

  JBS Global Luxembourg S.à.r.l.
   
  By: /s/ Lucas Carracedo Menezes
    Name: Lucas Carracedo Menezes
    Title: CFO/Secretary /Category B Manager

 

  JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty. Limited
   
  By: /s/ Lucas Ebram
    Name: Lucas Ebram
    Title: Director

 

  By: /s/ Giovani Soares
    Name: Giovani Soares
    Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Indenture (2066 Notes)]

 

92

 

 

 

  REGIONS BANK, as Trustee
  By: /s/ Craig Kaye
    Name: Craig Kaye
    Title: Vice President

  

[Signature Page to Indenture (2066 Notes)]

 

93

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.
JBS USA FOOD COMPANY
JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
6.375% Senior Notes due 2066

 

CUSIP No. 472140 AJ1 / L56900AE0

ISIN No. US472140AJ19 / USL56900AE09

 

No. [●] US$[●]1

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, with registered address at 21 Avenue de la Gare, étage 2, L-1611 Luxembourg, and registered with the Luxembourg Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés under number B 203.443, JBS USA FOOD COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, and JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuers”), for value received promise to pay to Cede & Co. or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [ ] [or such other amount as is provided in a schedule attached hereto]2 on April 15, 2066.

 

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15, commencing April 15, 2026.

 

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

 

1Securities purchased pursuant to Rule 144A totaling US$[●] / Securities purchased pursuant to Regulation S totaling US$[●].

 

2This language should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

  

A-1

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized Officer.

  

Dated:  
   
 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.

   
  By:         
    Name:  
    Title:  
       
 

JBS USA FOOD COMPANY

   
  By:           
    Name:  
    Title:  
       
 

JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

   
  By:          
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

A-2

 

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the 6.375% Senior Notes due 2066 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated:  
   
  REGIONS BANK,
as Trustee
   
  By:  
    Authorized Signatory

  

A-3

 

 

(Reverse of Note)

 

6.375% Senior Notes due 2066

 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

SECTION 1. Interest. JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, with registered address at 21 Avenue de la Gare, étage 2, L-1611 Luxembourg, and registered with the Luxembourg Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS USA FOOD COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“JBS USA Food”), and JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“JBS USA Foods Group Holdings” and, collectively with the Company and JBS USA Food, the “Issuers”), promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 6.375% per annum (the “Initial Rate of Interest”) from July 3, 2025 until maturity. The Issuers shall pay interest semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if payment was made on such date and no interest shall accrue in respect of such payment for the intervening period (each an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing April 15, 2026.

 

Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance. The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand to the extent lawful at the interest rate applicable to the Notes; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

If a payment date is not a business day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a business day with the same force and effect as if payment was made on such date and no interest shall accrue in respect of such payment for the intervening period.

 

SECTION 2. Method of Payment. The Issuers shall pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on April 1 and October 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be issued in denominations of US$2,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts (“U.S. Legal Tender”). Principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose except that, at the option of the Issuers, the payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders of Notes; provided that for Holders of at least US$5.0 million in principal amount of the Notes that have given written wire transfer instructions to the Issuers and the Trustee at least ten Business Days prior to the applicable payment date, the Issuers shall make all payments of principal, premium and interest by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts within the United States specified by the Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuers, the Issuers’ office or agency in New York shall be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose. Presentation of notes is required at maturity.

 

A-4

 

 

SECTION 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Regions Bank, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. Except as provided in the Indenture, the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

SECTION 4. Indenture. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of July 3, 2025 (“Indenture”) by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. The terms of the Notes include those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

SECTION 5. Optional Redemption. At any time prior to October 15, 2065 (which is the date that is six months prior to the maturity of the Notes (the “Par Call Date”)), the Company may choose to redeem all or any portion of the Notes at a redemption price calculated by the Company equal to the greater of:

 

(a) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed; and

 

(b) the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on such Notes that would have been due if the Notes matured on the Notes Par Call Date (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Yield (determined on the second Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date) plus 25 basis points,

 

plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). The Trustee shall have no obligation to calculate or verify any make-whole premium.

 

At any time on or after the Par Call Date, the Company may choose to redeem all or any portion of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

A-5

 

 

Any notice to the Holders of Notes of such a redemption must include the appropriate calculation of the Redemption Price, but need not include the Redemption Price itself. The actual Redemption Price must be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate of the Company delivered to the Trustee no later than two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date.

 

In connection with any tender offer (including any Change of Control Offer made in accordance with the terms of the Indenture) for Notes, if Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw Notes in such tender offer and the Company, or any third party making such tender offer in lieu of the Company, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice to the Holders (with a copy to the Trustee), given not more than 30 days following such purchase date, to redeem or purchase all the Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price paid to the Holders in such tender offer plus, to the extent not included in the purchase price, accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes that remain outstanding, to, but excluding, the date of redemption. The Company shall calculate the redemption price in connection with any redemption, and the Trustee shall have no duty to calculate or verify any such calculation.

 

SECTION 6. Tax Redemption. If as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws (or any rules or regulations thereunder) of any Taxing Jurisdiction (as defined in the Indenture) or any political subdivision or Taxing Authority thereof or therein affecting taxation, or any amendment to or change in an official interpretation, administration or application of such laws, rules, or regulations (including a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction), which change or amendment becomes effective on or after the Issue Date of the Notes or, in the event there is a successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor on the Notes, on or after the date a successor assumes the obligations under the Notes or there is a successor or additional guarantor on the Notes, as the case may be, the Company, any Guarantor which is not formed or incorporated under the laws of the United States or any State of the United States or the District of Columbia (each, a “non-U.S. Guarantor”) or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as described under Section 11.04 of the Indenture in excess of the Additional Amounts the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor would be obligated to pay if payments were subject to withholding or deduction for Taxes imposed by Brazil or Luxembourg at a rate of 0% or, in the case of any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor the withholding rate in effect at the time such person becomes a successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor (the “Minimum Withholding Level”), the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor may, at their or its option, redeem all, but not less than all, of the Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount, together with any interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption, upon publication of irrevocable notice not less than 10 days nor more than 90 days prior to the date fixed for redemption. No notice of such redemption may be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor would, but for such redemption, be obligated to pay Additional Amounts above the Minimum Withholding Level. The Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor will not have the right to so redeem the Notes in the event the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor becomes obligated to pay Additional Amounts which are less than the Additional Amounts payable at the Minimum Withholding Level. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor will have the right to so redeem the Notes unless it has taken reasonable measures to avoid the obligation to pay Additional Amounts. For the avoidance of doubt, reasonable measures will not include the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor changing or moving jurisdictions.

 

A-6

 

 

In the event that the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor elects to so redeem the Notes, they or it will deliver to the Trustee: (1) a certificate, signed in the name of the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor by any two of its executive officers or by its attorney in fact or authorized signatories in accordance with its bylaws, stating that the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor, as the case may be, are or is entitled to redeem the Notes pursuant to their terms and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the condition or conditions precedent to the right of the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor to so redeem have occurred or been satisfied; and (2) an Opinion of Counsel, to the effect that the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts in excess of the Additional Amounts payable at the Minimum Withholding Level as a result of the change or amendment and that all governmental requirements necessary for the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor to effect the redemption have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, reasonable measures will not include the Company, non-U.S. Guarantors or any successor issuer or successor or additional guarantor changing or moving jurisdictions.

 

SECTION 7. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption shall be delivered electronically or by first class mail (or in the case of Notes held in book-entry form, by electronic transmission) at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder (with a copy to the Trustee) of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than US$2,000 may be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

A-7

 

 

SECTION 8. Mandatory Redemption. The Issuers are not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. The Issuers or the Company may be required to offer to purchase the Notes pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Indenture. The Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase the Notes in the open market or otherwise. Any Notes purchased in the open market or otherwise will be canceled or remain outstanding as instructed by the Company. If the Company elects to cancel any Notes purchased by the Issuers, then the Company may deliver such purchased Notes to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to Section 2.11 of the Indenture.

 

SECTION 9. Repurchase at Option of Holder. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, and subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuers shall be required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase.

 

The Company is, subject to certain conditions and exceptions, obligated to make an offer to purchase Notes at 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase, with certain net cash proceeds of certain sales or other dispositions of assets in accordance with the Indenture.

 

SECTION 10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Issuers, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers and the Registrar are not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuers and the Registrar are not required to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

 

SECTION 11. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

SECTION 12. Amendment. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, or comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

A-8

 

 

SECTION 13. Defaults and Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes generally may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency as set forth in the Indenture, with respect to the Issuers, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture and the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Event of Default (except an Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest including an accelerated payment or the failure to make a payment on the Change of Control Payment Date or an Event of Default in complying with the provisions of Article 6 of the Indenture) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, or the premium on, the Notes.

 

SECTION 14. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries to create liens, to enter into sale and leaseback transactions or to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets. The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Company must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations and other provisions in the Indenture.

 

SECTION 15. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member or manager of the Issuers or of any Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Notes or the Indenture, or of any Guarantor under its Guarantee or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

SECTION 16. Guarantees. This Note shall be entitled to the benefits of certain Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders.

 

SECTION 17. Trustee Dealings with the Issuers. Subject to certain terms, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with Issuers and their respective Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

SECTION 18. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

A-9

 

 

SECTION 19. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

SECTION 20. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

SECTION 21. Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. For the avoidance of doubt, the application of articles 470-1 to 470-19 (inclusive) of the Luxembourg law of 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended, is excluded.

 

The Issuers shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.

 

A-10

 

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.
JBS USA FOOD COMPANY
JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
6.375% Senior Notes due 2066
ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

______________________________________________________________________________

 

_______________________________________________________________________________

 

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee or transferee)

_______________________________________________________________________________

 

(Insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee or transferee)

 

and irrevocably appoint______________________________ agent to transfer this Note

on the books of the Issuers.

The agent may substitute another to act for him.

  

Dated:     Signed:  
    (Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:  
  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

  

In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date which is the date following the first anniversary of the original issuance of this Note, the undersigned confirms that it has not utilized any general solicitation or general advertising in connection with the transfer and is making the transfer pursuant to one of the following:

 

[Check One]

 

(1)to Parent or a subsidiary thereof; or

 

(2)to a person who the transferor reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or

 

(3)to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter can be obtained from the Company); or

 

A-11

 

 

(4)outside the United States to a non-”U.S. person” as defined in Rule 902 of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

  

(5)pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or

 

(6)☐ pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

and unless the box below is checked, the undersigned confirms that such Note is not being transferred to an “affiliate” of the Issuers as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (an “Affiliate”):

 

☐ The transferee is an Affiliate of the Issuers.

 

Unless one of the foregoing items (1) through (6) is checked, the Trustee shall refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if item (3), (4) or (5) is checked, the Issuers may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in their sole discretion, such written legal opinions, certifications (including an investment letter in the case of box (3) or (4)) and other information as the Issuers have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

If none of the foregoing items (1) through (6) are checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.16 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

 

Dated:     Signed:  
  (Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:  
  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:  
  NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-12

 

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.
JBS USA FOOD COMPANY
JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
6.375% Senior Notes due 2066
OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Indenture, check the box:

 

Section 4.07 [        ]

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Indenture, state the amount (in denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000): US$______________

 

Dated:     Signed:  
  (Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:  
  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

 

A-13

 

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE3

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Physical Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Physical Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

           Principal     
   Amount of   Amount of   Amount of this     
   decrease in   increase in   Global Note   Signature of 
Date of  Principal   Principal   following such   authorized 
Transfer or  Amount of this   Amount of this   decrease (or   officer of 
Exchange  Global Note   Global Note   increase)   Trustee 
                                                                           
                     
                     
                     

 

 

 

3This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-14

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF LEGENDS

 

Each Global Note and Physical Note that constitutes a Restricted Security shall bear the following legend (the “Private Placement Legend”) on the face thereof until at least one year after the later of the date of issuance of such Note and the last date on which the Issuers or any of their Affiliates was the owner of such Note or any

predecessor of such Note and on which the Issuers instruct the Trustee that the Private Placement Legend shall be deemed removed from such Note, unless otherwise agreed by the Issuers and the Holder thereof or if such legend is no longer required by Section 2.16(f) of the Indenture:

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED NOTES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF 144A GLOBAL NOTES: ONE YEAR] [IN THE CASE OF TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTES: 40 DAYS] AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUERS OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERS WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE) [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: AND ON WHICH THE ISSUERS INSTRUCT THE TRUSTEE THAT THIS LEGEND SHALL BE DEEMED REMOVED FROM THE NOTE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE RELATING TO THIS NOTE], ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUERS, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED  INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF US$250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]

 

B-1

 

 

Each Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall also bear the following legend (the “Global Note Legend”):

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITORY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

B-2

 

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.16 OF THE INDENTURE.

 

Each Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall also bear the following legend (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note Legend”):

 

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE FOR PURPOSES OF REGULATION S UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). NEITHER THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR DELIVERED, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO BELOW.

 

NO BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL OR INTEREST HEREON UNLESS THE REQUIRED CERTIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN DELIVERED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE.

 

Each Affiliate Global Note or Physical Note delivered pursuant to Section 2.18 of the Indenture shall also bear the following legend (the “Affiliate Legend”):

 

INTERESTS IN THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE HELD BY AFFILIATES (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., JBS USA FOOD COMPANY AND JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. OR BY PERSONS WHO HAVE ACQUIRED SUCH INTERESTS FROM AN AFFILIATE IN A TRANSACTION OR CHAIN OF TRANSACTIONS NOT INVOLVING ANY PUBLIC OFFERING. ACCORDINGLY, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED BY THE INDENTURE, INTERESTS IN THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR EXCHANGED FOR INTERESTS IN A GLOBAL NOTE THAT IS NOT A RESTRICTED SECURITY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE) UNTIL THE DATE THAT IS ONE YEAR (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD AS MAY BE PERMITTED BY THE INDENTURE AND RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREOF)) AFTER THE LAST DATE ON WHICH ANY OF JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., JBS USA FOOD COMPANY OR JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF WAS THE OWNER OF SUCH INTEREST.

 

Any Additional Notes so designated by the Company shall also bear the following legend (the “Original Issue Discount Legend”):

 

THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L. AGREES TO PROMPTLY MAKE AVAILABLE TO THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, UPON WRITTEN REQUEST, THE ISSUE PRICE, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY WITH RESPECT TO THE NOTE. ANY SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST SHOULD BE SENT TO JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L. AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., 1770 PROMONTORY CIRCLE, GREELEY, CO 80634, ATTENTION: TREASURER.

  

B-3

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE

DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH

TRANSFERS TO NON-QIB INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTORS

[                       ], [                     ]

 

Regions Bank

51 W Bay Street

Jacksonville, FL 32202

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Email: Craig.Kaye@Regions.com

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with our proposed purchase of 6.375% Senior Notes due 2066 (the “Notes”) of JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, with registered address at 21 Avenue de la Gare, étage 2, L-1611 Luxembourg, and registered with the Luxembourg Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS USA FOOD COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“JBS USA Food”), and JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware Corporation (“JBS USA Foods Group Holdings”, and collectively with the Company and JBS USA Food, the “Issuers”), we confirm that:

 

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture relating to the Notes (the “Indenture”), and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and all applicable state securities laws.

 

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and that the Notes may not be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell, offer, pledge or otherwise transfer any Notes, we shall do so only (1) to the Issuer, (2) pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (3) for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a Person it reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (4) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act or (5) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is an institutional accredited investor acquiring the security for its own account or for the account of such an institutional accredited investor, in each case in a minimum principal amount of the securities of US$250,000, for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act and who prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to the Trustee (as defined in the Indenture) a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Notes (the form of which letter can be obtained from the Company) and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein.

 

C-1

 

 

3. We are not acquiring the Notes for or on behalf of, and shall not transfer the Notes to, any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), any plan, individual retirement accounts or other arrangements subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or provisions under any federal, state, local, or non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA of the Code or any entity whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of such plans, accounts or arrangements, except as permitted in the Sections entitled “Transfer Restrictions” and “Certain ERISA Considerations” of the Offering Memorandum.

 

4. We understand that, on any proposed resale of any Notes, we shall be required to furnish to the Trustee and the Issuers such certification, legal opinions and other information as the Issuers may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us shall bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

 

5. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or their investment, as the case may be.

 

6. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

 

You, as Trustee, the Issuers, counsel for the Issuers and others are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

  

  Very truly yours,
   
  [Name of Transferee]
   
  By:       
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

Signature Guarantee:  
  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

 

 

C-2

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED
IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS
PURSUANT TO REGULATION S

[                         ], [           ]

 

Regions Bank

51 W Bay Street

Jacksonville, FL 32202

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Email: Craig.Kaye@Regions.com

 

Re:JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., JBS USA FOOD COMPANY and JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. (together, the “Issuers”) 6.375% Senior Notes due 2066 (the “Notes”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with our proposed sale of US$[   ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

 

(1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

 

(2) either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable;

 

(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

 

(5) we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes.

 

You, as Trustee, the Issuers, counsel for the Issuers and others are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  [Name of Transferor]
   
  By:         
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

Signature Guarantee:  
  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

 

D-1

 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH
TRANSFERS OF TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE

,

 

Regions Bank

51 W Bay Street

Jacksonville, FL 32202

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Email: Craig.Kaye@Regions.com

 

Re:JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., JBS USA FOOD COMPANY and JBS USA FOODS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. (together, the “Issuers”)

6.375% Senior Notes due 2066 (the “Notes”)

 

Dear Sirs:

 

This letter relates to US$[ ] principal amount of Notes represented by a certificate (the “Legended Certificate”) which bears a legend outlining restrictions upon transfer of such Legended Certificate. Pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 2.16(c) of the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of July 3, 2025 relating to the Notes, we hereby certify that we are (or we shall hold such securities on behalf of) a person outside the United States to whom the Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

You, as Trustee, the Issuers, counsel for the Issuers and others are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this letter have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  [Name of Proposed Transferee]
   
  By:          
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

Signature Guarantee:  
  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

 

E-1

Exhibit 4.50

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

dated as of November 19, 2025

 

by and among

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,

as Company,

 

JBS N.V.,
as Substituted Company

 

and

 

REGIONS BANK

as Trustee

 

 

6.375% Senior Notes due 2066

 

 

 

 

THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), entered into as of November 19, 2025, by and among JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., a Luxembourg private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 21 avenue de la Gare, L-1611, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, under registration with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 203.443 (the “Company”), JBS N.V., a company incorporated and organized in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands, with its registered seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and headquarters at Stroombaan 16, 5th floor, 1181VX, Amstelveen, The Netherlands, enrolled with the CNPJ/ME under No. 49.115.815/0001-05 and registered with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 76063305 (the “Substituted Company”), and REGIONS BANK, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company, JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company, each of the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of July 3, 2025 (as supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), relating to the 6.375 % Senior Notes due 2066 issued thereunder (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 12.01 of the Indenture provides that the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, be substituted by any direct or indirect parent of the Company subject to the conditions contained in Section 12.01 of the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to be replaced and substituted by the Substituted Company, and the Substituted Company has agreed to (i) become the “Company” and an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) be liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder (the “Substitution”);

 

WHEREAS, Section 11.07 of the Indenture provides that the Guarantees of the Notes by the Parent Guarantors are automatically and unconditionally released and discharged if, at any time, the Parent Guarantors shall cease to guarantee the Existing 2031 Notes for any reason, including as a result of the “Fall-Away Event” (as defined in the indenture governing the Existing 2031 Notes);

 

WHEREAS, the Fall-Away Event has occurred and Sections 10.01 and 11.07 of the Indenture provide that the Company and the Trustee, may enter into a supplemental indenture (without the consent of any Holder of Notes) which provides for the “Fall-Away Event” and unconditional release of the Parent Guarantors from their Guarantees, among other conditions set forth in Section 11.07 of the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 10.01, 11.07 and 12.01 of the Indenture, the Company, the Substituted Company and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.

 

Section 2. JBS N.V. as Issuer and Company. In connection with the Substitution, the Substituted Company hereby (i) becomes an “Issuer” for all purposes under the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) liable for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder, with the same force and effect as if JBS N.V. was originally named as an “Issuer” thereunder. In addition, to the extent that the Indenture or any Note contains any other reference to the “Company,” each of the Issuers collectively by name or by collective reference to “Issuers” or “Co-Issuers” or any other reference as the context may require, then the Indenture and each Note is amended to include reference to JBS N.V.

 

1

 

 

Section 3. Release of JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. In connection with the Substitution, JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. is hereby released from all its obligations as issuer and principal debtor in respect to the Indenture and the Notes.

 

Section 4. Release of Parent Guarantors; Elimination of Certain Covenants and Events of Default. In connection with the occurrence of the Fall-Away Event, (i) JBS S.A., JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l. and JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty Limited are hereby unconditionally released from all of their respective obligations as “Parent Guarantors” and guarantors in respect to the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, (ii) the covenants in Section 5.01 (Reports of Parent) of the Indenture are hereby eliminated and (iii) the Events of Default arising under the following clauses of Section 7.01 of the Indenture: (d) (with respect to breaches under Article 5), (e), (f), (g) and (h) (with respect to events and circumstances with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (i) (in its entirety), and references to Parent in Sections 7.02(a) and (b) of the Indenture are hereby deleted.

 

Section 5. Original Issuers Remain Issuers. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall or shall be deemed to modify or otherwise affect the obligations of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company under the Notes and the Indenture, and each of JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company shall remain liable, jointly and severally with the Substituted Company, for all obligations of an “Issuer” thereunder.

 

Section 6. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

Section 9. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which are made solely by the Company and the Substituted Company. In entering this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or affording protection to the Trustee whether or not elsewhere herein so provided. The Company and the Substituted Company expressly reaffirm and confirm their obligations to indemnify the Trustee in connection with the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture and all the actions contemplated hereby, all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

Section 10. Effective Date. This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective on the date first above written.

 

Section 11. Notices. Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder and under the Indenture shall be in English and in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by internationally recognized overnight courier service or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

if to JBS N.V.:

 

c/o JBS USA Food Company

Attention: General Counsel and Treasurer

1770 Promontory Circle

Greeley, CO 80634

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L.,
  as Company

 

  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Title:   Category A Manager

 

  JBS N.V.,
  as Substituted Company

 

  By: /s/ Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Cavalcanti
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

  REGIONS BANK,
  as Trustee

 

  By: /s/ Craig A. Kaye
    Name: Craig A. Kaye
    Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

November 20, 2025

 

 

JBS N.V.

Stroombaan 16, 5th Floor

1181 VX, Amstelveen, Netherlands

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as New York counsel to JBS N.V., a Netherlands company (the “Company”), JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“JBS USA Foods Group”), and JBS USA Food Company Holdings, a Delaware corporation (“JBS USA Food Company” and, collectively with the Company and JBS USA Foods Group, the “Issuers”), in connection with the Company’s offers to exchange (collectively, the “Exchange Offers”) up to: (i) US$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of newly issued and registered 5.950% Senior Notes due 2035 (the “New 2035 Notes”) for an equal principal amount of our outstanding 5.950% Senior Notes due 2035 (the “Old 2035 Notes”); (ii) US$750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of newly issued and registered 6.375% Senior Notes due 2055 (the “New 2055 Notes”) for an equal principal amount of our outstanding 6.375% Senior Notes due 2055 (the “Old 2055 Notes”); (iii) US$1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of newly issued and registered 5.500% Senior Notes due 2036 (the “New 2036 Notes”) for an equal principal amount of our outstanding 5.500% Senior Notes due 2036 (the “Old 2036 Notes”); (iv) US$1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of newly issued and registered 6.250% Senior Notes due 2056 (the “New 2056 Notes”) for an equal principal amount of our outstanding 6.250% Senior Notes due 2056 (the “Old 2056 Notes”); and (v) US$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of newly issued and registered 6.375% Senior Notes due 2066 (the “New 2066 Notes” and, collectively with the New 2035 Notes, the New 2055 Notes, the New 2036 Notes and the New 2056 Notes, the “New Notes”) for an equal principal amount of our outstanding 6.375% Senior Notes due 2066 (the “Old 2066 Notes” and, collectively with the Old 2035 Notes, the Old 2055 Notes, the Old 2036 Notes and the Old 2056 Notes, the “Old Notes”), pursuant to a registration statement on Form F-4 (as amended, the “Registration Statement”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on the date hereof under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

The Old 2035 Notes were, and the New 2035 Notes will be, issued under an indenture, dated as of January 21, 2025 (as supplemented through the date hereof, the “2035 Notes Indenture”), by and among the Issuers, the guarantors party thereto and Regions Bank (“Trustee”), as trustee.

 

The Old 2055 Notes were, and the New 2055 Notes will be, issued under an indenture, dated as of January 21, 2025 (as supplemented through the date hereof, the “2055 Notes Indenture”), by and among the Issuers, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, as trustee.

 

The Old 2036 Notes were, and the New 2036 Notes will be, issued under an indenture, dated as of July 3, 2025 (as supplemented through the date hereof, the “2036 Notes Indenture”), by and among the Issuers, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, as trustee.

 

The Old 2056 Notes were, and the New 2056 Notes will be, issued under an indenture, dated as of July 3, 2025 (as supplemented through the date hereof, the “2056 Notes Indenture”), by and among the Issuers, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, as trustee.

 

 

 

 

 

The Old 2066 Notes were, and the New 2066 Notes will be, issued under an indenture, dated as of July 3, 2025 (as supplemented through the date hereof, the “2066 Notes Indenture” and, collectively with the 2035 Notes Indenture, the 2055 Notes Indenture, the 2036 Notes Indenture and the 2056 Notes Indenture, the “Indentures”), by and among the Issuers, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, as trustee.

 

In connection with our opinions expressed below, we have examined originals or copies certified to our satisfaction of the following documents and such other documents, certificates and other statements of government officials and corporate officers of the Issuers as we deemed necessary for the purposes of the opinions set forth in this opinion letter:

 

(i)JBS USA Foods Group’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated December 23, 2024;

 

(ii)JBS USA Foods Group’s Amended and Restated Bylaws effective as of December 23, 2024;

 

(iii)JBS USA Food Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated November 20, 2025;

 

(iv)JBS USA Food Company’s Bylaws;

 

(v)the resolutions adopted by JBS USA Foods Group’s board of directors through unanimous written consent on January 16, 2025 and June 23, 2025;

 

(vi)the resolutions adopted by JBS USA Food Company’s board of directors through unanimous written consent on November 20, 2025;

 

(vii)the Indentures;

 

(viii)the forms of New Notes included in each Indenture; and

 

(ix)the Registration Statement.

 

We have relied, to the extent we deem such reliance proper, upon certificates of public officials and, as to any facts material to our opinions, upon certificates of officers of the parties and the representations of the parties. In rendering such opinions, we have assumed without independent investigation or verification of any kind the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons signing all documents, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies, the truthfulness, completeness and correctness of all factual representations and statements contained in all documents, and the accuracy and completeness of all public records examined by us and the accuracy of English translations of all documents originally in other languages.

 

In making our examination of documents executed by parties, other than JBS USA Foods Group and JBS USA Food Company, we have assumed that such parties had the power, corporate or other, and authority to enter into and perform all their obligations thereunder and have also assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, corporate or other, and execution and delivery by such parties of such documents and the validity, binding and enforceable effect thereof.

 

In rendering the opinion contained herein, we have assumed that: (i) the Registration Statement and any supplements and amendments thereto, will have become effective and will comply with all applicable laws (and will remain effective and in compliance at the time of issuance of the New Notes thereunder); (ii) a prospectus supplement providing supplemental information to the Registration Statement, to the extent required by applicable law and relevant rules and regulations of the Commission, will be timely filed with the Commission and will comply with all applicable laws; (iii) the Issuers will issue and deliver the New Notes in the manner contemplated by the Registration Statement; (iv) the resolutions authorizing JBS USA Foods Group and JBS USA Food Company to issue, offer and sell the New Notes have been adopted by its board of directors and will be in full force and effect at all times at which the New Notes are offered or sold by JBS USA Foods Group and JBS USA Food Company; and (v) the New Notes will be in substantially the form attached to the applicable Indenture and that any information omitted from such form will be properly added and will be issued and sold in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws or applicable laws or regulations or any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Issuers.

 

We have further assumed that the New Notes will be delivered by the Issuers in accordance with applicable laws and sold as contemplated in the Registration Statement.

 

2

 

 

 

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations set forth in this opinion letter, having considered such questions of law as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinion expressed below, we are of the opinion that, when the New Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, executed, issued and delivered by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Indentures, and exchanged for the Old Notes in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offers as set forth in the Registration Statement, the New Notes will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Issuers enforceable against such Issuer in accordance with their terms.

 

The foregoing opinions as to enforceability of obligations of the Issuers are subject to: (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and the discretion of the court before which any proceedings therefor may be brought (such principles of equity are of general application, and in applying such principles, a court may include a covenant of good faith and fair dealing and apply concepts of reasonableness and materiality); (ii) provisions of law which may require that a judgment for money damages rendered by a court in the United States be expressed only in U.S. dollars; and (iii) governmental authority to limit, delay or prohibit the making of payments outside the United States or in foreign currency or composite currency. Rights to indemnification and contribution may also be limited by Federal and state securities laws.

 

We express no opinion as to the validity, legally binding effect or enforceability of any provision in any agreement or instrument that (i) requires or relates to payment of any interest at a rate or in an amount which a court would determine in the circumstances under applicable law to be commercially unreasonable or a penalty or a forfeiture or (ii) relates to governing law and submission by the parties to the jurisdiction of one or more particular courts.

 

The opinions expressed above are limited to questions arising under the law of the State of New York and the Delaware General Corporation Law. We do not express any opinion as to the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

This opinion letter is for your benefit in connection with the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Securities Act. This opinion letter is provided solely in connection with the Exchange Offers pursuant to the Registration Statement and is not to be relied upon for any other purpose.

 

The opinions expressed above are as of the date hereof only, and we express no opinion as to, and assume no responsibility for, the effect of any fact or circumstance occurring, or of which we learn, subsequent to the date of this opinion letter, including, without limitation, legislative and other changes in the law or changes in circumstances affecting any party. We assume no responsibility to update this opinion letter for, or to advise you of, any such facts or circumstances of which we become aware, regardless of whether or not they affect the opinions expressed in this opinion letter.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter with the Commission as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm as counsel for the Issuers appearing under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  /s/ White & Case LLP
  White & Case LLP

 

DN : VM : KK

 

3

Exhibit 5.2

 

  postal address  

P.O. Box 71170

1008 BD AMSTERDAM

P.O. Box 2888

3000 CW ROTTERDAM

  office address  

Parnassusweg 300

1081 LC AMSTERDAM

Blaak 31

3011 GA ROTTERDAM

The Netherlands

  internet   www.loyensloeff.com

 

To: each party (an Opinion Addressee) listed in Schedule 1 (Opinion addressees)

  

re Dutch law legal opinion – JBS N.V.
reference 58328668
date 20 November 2025

  

1INTRODUCTION

 

We have acted as special counsel on certain matters of Dutch law to the Opinion Party.

 

2DEFINITIONS

 

2.1Capitalised terms used but not defined herein are used as defined in the Schedules to this opinion letter.

 

2.2In this opinion letter:

 

Articles means the articles of association listed in paragraph 5.2 (Constitutional documents) of Schedule 3 (Reviewed documents).

 

Board Resolutions means the document listed in paragraph 5.3 (Board resolutions) of Schedule 3 (Reviewed documents).

 

Excerpt means any document listed in paragraph 5.1 (Excerpts) of Schedule 3 (Reviewed documents).

 

Form F-4 means the document listed in paragraph 4 of Schedule 3 (Reviewed documents).

 

Global Notes means the documents listed in paragraph 3 of Schedule 3 (Reviewed documents).

 

Notes means the new notes as referred to in the Form F-4.

 

Old Notes means the old notes as referred to in the Form F-4.

 

Opinion Document means any document listed in paragraph 1 (Opinion documents) of Schedule 3 (Reviewed documents).

 

Opinion Party means any entity listed in Schedule 2 (Opinion parties).

 

SEC means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933.

 

The public limited liability company Loyens & Loeff N.V. is established in Rotterdam and is registered with the trade register of the Chamber of Commerce in the Netherlands under number 24370566.
 
amsterdam ● brussels ● london ● luxembourg ●
new york ● paris ● rotterdam ● tokyo ● zurich

 

 

 

Registration Statement means the registration statement on Form F-4, filed with the SEC on 20 November 2025.

 

Trade Register means the trade register of the Chamber of Commerce in the Netherlands.

 

3SCOPE OF INQUIRY

 

3.1For the purpose of rendering this opinion letter, we have only examined and relied upon electronically transmitted copies of the executed Opinion Documents and the other documents listed in Schedule 3 (Reviewed documents).

 

3.2We have not reviewed and express no opinion on any document incorporated by reference or referred to in the Opinion Documents other than the documents referred to in paragraph 3.1.

 

3.3We have undertaken the following checks (the Checks) at the date of this opinion letter:

 

(a)an inquiry at the Trade Register, confirming that no relevant changes were registered compared to the contents of the Excerpts; and

 

(b)an inquiry at the Central Insolvency Register (Centraal Insolventieregister) confirming that the Opinion Party is not listed with the Central Insolvency Register and not listed on the EU Registrations list with the Central Insolvency Register.

 

4NATURE OF OPINION

 

4.1We only express an opinion on matters of Dutch law and the law of the European Union, to the extent directly applicable in the Netherlands, in force on the date of this opinion letter, excluding unpublished case law, all as interpreted by Dutch courts and the European Court of Justice. We do not express an opinion on tax law, competition law, sanction laws and financial assistance. The terms "the Netherlands" and "Dutch" in this opinion letter refer solely to the European part of the Kingdom of the Netherlands.

 

4.2Our opinion is strictly limited to the matters stated herein. We do not express any opinion on matters of fact, on the commercial and other non-legal aspects of the transactions contemplated by the Opinion Documents and on any representations, warranties or other information included in the Opinion Documents and any other document examined in connection with this opinion letter, except as expressly stated in this opinion letter.

 

4.3In this opinion letter Dutch legal concepts are sometimes expressed in English terms and not in their original Dutch terms. The concepts concerned may not be identical to the concepts described by the same English term as they exist under the laws of other jurisdictions. For the purpose of tax law a term may have a different meaning than for the purpose of other areas of Dutch law.

 

4.4This opinion letter may only be relied upon under the express condition that any issue of interpretation or liability arising hereunder will be governed by Dutch law and be brought exclusively before the competent court in Rotterdam, the Netherlands.

 

4.5This opinion letter is issued by Loyens & Loeff N.V. and may only be relied upon under the express condition that any liability of Loyens & Loeff N.V. is limited to the amount paid out under its professional liability insurance policies. Individuals or legal entities that are involved in the services provided by or on behalf of Loyens & Loeff N.V. cannot be held liable in any manner whatsoever.

 

2/12

 

  

5OPINIONS

 

The opinions expressed in this paragraph 5 (Opinions) should be read in conjunction with the assumptions set out in Schedule 4 (Assumptions) and the qualifications set out in Schedule 5 (Qualifications). On the basis of these assumptions and subject to these qualifications and any factual matters or information not disclosed to us in the course of our investigation, we are of the opinion that as at the date of this opinion letter:

 

5.1Corporate status

 

The Opinion Party has been duly incorporated as a besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid (private limited liability company) under Dutch law and is validly existing as a naamloze vennootschap (public limited liability company) under Dutch law.

 

5.2Corporate power

 

The Opinion Party has the corporate power to execute the Opinion Documents and the Global Notes, to offer and issue the Notes, and to perform its obligations thereunder.

 

5.3Due authorisation

 

The Opinion Party has duly authorised with all requisite corporate action the execution of the Opinion Documents and the Global Notes and the offer and issue of the Notes.

 

5.4Due execution

 

5.4.1The Opinion Party has duly executed the Opinion Documents.

 

5.4.2The Global Notes, when duly signed on behalf of the Issuer by its management board, the management board member with the title Global Chief Executive Officer, or by a person duly authorised to sign pursuant to a valid power of attorney, will have been duly executed by it.

 

5.5Choice of law

 

The choice of law as contained in the Opinion Documents is valid and binding under Dutch law.

 

5.6No violation of articles

 

The offering and issue by the Issuer of the Notes and the performance by the Issuer of its obligations thereunder do not result in a violation of its Articles which would affect the validity or enforceability of the Notes.

 

5.7Enforceability

 

Dutch law does not restrict the validity and binding effect on and enforceability of the contractual obligations contained in the Opinion Documents and the Notes against the Opinion Party.

 

3/12

 

 

5.8Submission to jurisdiction

 

The submission to the jurisdiction of the courts as contained in the Opinion Documents is recognised under Dutch law.

 

5.9Enforcement of court decision

 

In the absence of an applicable treaty, a judgment rendered by a federal or state court in The City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, State of New York (a Non-Treaty Court) will not be enforced by the courts in the Netherlands. In order to obtain a judgment which is enforceable in the Netherlands the claim must be relitigated before a competent Dutch court. A Dutch court will, under current practice, generally grant the same judgment without relitigation on the merits if (a) that judgment results from proceedings compatible with the Dutch concept of due process, (b) that judgment does not contravene public policy (openbare orde) of the Netherlands, (c) the jurisdiction of a Non-Treaty Court has been based on an internationally acceptable ground and (d) the judgment by a Non-Treaty Court is not incompatible with a judgment rendered between the same parties by a Dutch court, or with an earlier judgment rendered between the same parties by a non-Dutch court in a dispute that concerns the same subject and is based on the same cause, provided that the earlier judgment qualifies for recognition in the Netherlands.

 

6ADDRESSEES

 

6.1This opinion letter is an exhibit to the Registration Statement and may be relied upon solely for the purpose of the registration of the Registration Statement in accordance with the Securities Act. It may not be supplied other than as an exhibit to (and therefore together with) the Registration Statement and may not be relied upon for any purpose other than the registration.

 

6.2We consent to the filing of this opinion letter with the SEC as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to Loyens & Loeff N.V. in the Registration Statement under the heading ‘Legal Matters’. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are a person whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or any rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC.

 

Yours faithfully,  
   
/s/ Loyens & Loeff N.V.  
Loyens & Loeff N.V.  

 

4/12

 

 

Schedule 1

 

opinion addressees

 

(1)JBS N.V.

 

Stroombaan 16, 5th floor

 

1181 VX Amstelveen

 

The Netherlands

5/12

 

 

Schedule 2

 

OPINION parties

 

(1)JBS N.V., registered with the Trade Register under number 76063305.

 

6/12

 

 

Schedule 3

 

REVIEWED DOCUMENTS

 

1OPINION DOCUMENTS

 

1.1A New York law governed supplemental indenture dated 19 November 2025 between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. as company, the Opinion Party as substituted company and Regions Bank as trustee in connection to the indenture dated 21 January 2025, relating to the 5.950% senior notes due 2035.

 

1.2A New York law governed supplemental indenture dated 19 November 2025 between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. as company, the Opinion Party as substituted company and Regions Bank as trustee in connection to the indenture dated 21 January 2025, relating to the 6.375% senior notes due 2055.

 

1.3A New York law governed supplemental indenture dated 19 November 2025 between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. as company, the Opinion Party as substituted company and Regions Bank as trustee in connection to the indenture dated 3 July 2025, relating to the 5.500% senior notes due 2036.

 

1.4A New York law governed supplemental indenture dated 19 November 2025 between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. as company, the Opinion Party as substituted company and Regions Bank as trustee in connection to the indenture dated 3 July 2025, relating to the 6.250% senior notes due 2056.

 

1.5A New York law governed supplemental indenture dated 19 November 2025 between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. as company, the Opinion Party as substituted company and Regions Bank as trustee in connection to the indenture dated 3 July 2025, relating to the 6.375% senior notes due 2066.

 

2EXISTING DOCUMENTS

 

2.1A New York law governed indenture dated 21 January 2025 between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. as company together with JBS USA Foods Group Holding Inc. and JBS USA Food Company as issuers, and Regions Bank as trustee, relating to the 5.950% senior notes due 2035.

 

2.2A New York law governed indenture dated 21 January 2025 between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. as company together with JBS USA Foods Group Holding Inc. and JBS USA Food Company as issuers, and Regions Bank as trustee, relating to the 6.375% senior notes due 2055.

 

2.3A New York law governed indenture dated 3 July 2025 between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. as company together with JBS USA Foods Group Holding Inc. and JBS USA Food Company as issuers, and Regions Bank as trustee, relating to the 5.500% senior notes due 2036.

 

2.4A New York law governed indenture dated 3 July 2025 between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. as company together with JBS USA Foods Group Holding Inc. and JBS USA Food Company as issuers, and Regions Bank as trustee, relating to the 6.250% senior notes due 2056.

 

2.5A New York law governed indenture dated 3 July 2025 between JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. as company together with JBS USA Foods Group Holding Inc. and JBS USA Food Company as issuers, and Regions Bank as trustee, relating to the 6.375% senior notes due 2066.

 

7/12

 

 

3GLOBAL NOTES

 

3.1A gobal note relating to the 5.950% senior notes due 2035, in relation to the Opinion Documents in the form of an exhibit thereto.

 

3.2A gobal note relating to the 6.375% senior notes due 2055 in relation to the Opinion Documents in the form of an exhibit thereto.

 

3.3A gobal note relating to the 5.500% senior notes due 2036 in relation to the Opinion Documents in the form of an exhibit thereto.

 

3.4A gobal note relating to the 6.250% senior notes due 2056 in relation to the Opinion Documents in the form of an exhibit thereto.

 

3.5A gobal note relating to the 6.375% senior notes due 2066 in relation to the Opinion Documents in the form of an exhibit thereto.

 

4FORM F-4

 

A registration statement on Form F-4 dated 20 November 2025 entered into by the Opinion Party and to be filed with the SEC in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Opinion Party’s offer to exchange the Old Notes for an equal principal amount of newly issued notes that are registered under the Securities Act.

 

5ORGANISATIONAL DOCUMENTS

 

5.1Excerpt

 

An excerpt of the registration of the Opinion Party in the Trade Register dated 4 November 2025.

 

5.2Constitutional documents

 

5.2.1The notarial deed of incorporation of the Opinion Party dated 9 October 2019.

 

5.2.2The notarial deed of conversion, including the articles of association (statuten) of the Opinion Party dated 24 May 2025.

 

5.2.3The regulations of the board (bestuursreglement) of the Opinion party dated 13 June 2025.

 

5.3Board Resolutions

 

Extract of board minutes of the Opinion Party dated 13 November 2025.

 

5.4Powers of attorney

 

The power of attorney by the Opinion Party to the global chief financial officer of the Opinion Party dated 13 November 2025.

 

8/12

 

 

Schedule 4

 

ASSUMPTIONS

 

The opinions in this opinion letter are subject to the following assumptions:

 

1Documents

 

1.1All original documents are authentic, all signatures (whether handwritten or electronic) are genuine and were inserted or agreed to be inserted by the relevant individual, and all copies conform to the originals.

 

1.2All documents and the legal acts contained therein are accurate, complete, unmodified and not terminated (unless modified by any other document reviewed for the purposes of this opinion letter).

 

2Incorporation and existence

 

The Opinion Party has not been dissolved, merged involving the Opinion Party as disappearing entity, demerged, converted, terminated, granted a suspension of payments, declared bankrupt, subjected to any other insolvency proceedings or prohibited within the meaning of Section 2:20 (4) of the Dutch Civil Code (although not constituting conclusive evidence thereof, this assumption is supported by the contents of the Resolutions, the Checks and the Excerpt.

 

3Corporate authorisations

 

3.1The Board Resolutions have been made with due observance of any applicable board regulations.

 

3.2No member of the management board of the Opinion Party, nor the global CEO and executive director of the Opinion Party has a direct or indirect personal interest which conflicts with the interest of the Opinion Party or its business in respect of the transactions contemplated by the Opinion Documents (although not constituting conclusive evidence thereof, this assumption is supported by the contents of the Board Resolutions).

 

3.3The Opinion Party has not established, not been requested to establish, nor is in the process of establishing any works council (ondernemingsraad) and there is no works council, which has jurisdiction over the transactions contemplated by the Opinion Documents (although not constituting conclusive evidence thereof, this assumption is supported by the contents of the Board Resolutions).

 

4Execution

 

The authority of the attorney (gevolmachtigde) to enter into the Opinion Documents on behalf of the Opinion Party will not be affected by any rule of law (other than Dutch law) which under The Hague Convention on Agency 1978 applies or may be applied.

 

9/12

 

 

5Other parties

 

5.1Each party to the Opinion Documents, other than the Opinion Party, is validly existing under the laws by which it is purported to be governed.

 

5.2Each party to the Opinion Documents, other than the Opinion Party, has all requisite power and capacity (corporate and otherwise) to execute and to perform its obligations under the Opinion Documents and each Opinion Document has been duly authorised, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the parties thereto other than the Opinion Party.

 

6Validity

 

6.1Under any applicable laws (other than Dutch law):

 

(a)each Opinion Document and the Notes constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto, which are enforceable against those parties in accordance with their terms; and

 

(b)the choice of law and submission to jurisdiction made in each Opinion Document and in the the terms and conditions of the Notes are valid and binding.

 

6.2The terms and conditions of the Notes will not be affected by any rule of law which applies or may be applied to obligations arising under bills of exchange, cheques, promissory notes and other negotiable instruments.

 

10/12

 

 

Schedule 5

 

Qualifications

 

The opinions in this opinion letter are subject to the following qualifications:

 

1Insolvency

 

The opinions expressed herein may be affected or limited by the provisions of any applicable bankruptcy, suspension of payments, statutory composition proceeding, any intervention, recovery or resolution measure, other insolvency proceedings and fraudulent conveyance (actio Pauliana) and other laws of general application now or hereafter in effect, relating to or affecting the enforcement or protection of creditors' rights.

 

2Enforceability

 

2.1The applicable law of an agreement governs the legality, validity and enforceability of an agreement. Subject to the legality, validity and enforceability under the applicable law, as a result of the due execution of an agreement by a Dutch person, the obligations contained in such agreement become binding upon and enforceable against such Dutch person.

 

2.2A Dutch legal entity may invoke the nullity of a transaction if the transaction is not within the objects of such legal entity and the other parties to the transaction knew, or without independent investigation, should have known, that such objects were exceeded. In determining whether a transaction is within the objects of a legal entity all relevant circumstances should be taken into account, including the wording of the objects clause of the articles of association and the level of (direct or indirect) benefit derived by the legal entity.

 

3Powers of attorney

 

3.1Each power of attorney or mandate to which Dutch law is applicable, whether or not irrevocable, will terminate by force of law without notice, upon bankruptcy, and will cease to be effective in case of a suspension of payments or in the event of an intervention, recovery or resolution measure. To the extent that the appointment of a process agent would be deemed to constitute a power of attorney or a mandate, this qualification would apply.

 

3.2A power of attorney to which Dutch law is applicable can be made irrevocable, provided that the scope of the power of attorney concerns legal acts which are in the interest of the attorney or a third party. A power of attorney does not affect the authority of the principal to perform actions within the scope of such power of attorney itself.

 

3.3A person is entitled to elect a domicile which is different from its physical or real domicile, if certain conditions are met. However, we are not aware of any case law confirming that, for the purpose of service of process, a domicile located outside the Netherlands may be elected. In the event of initiating legal proceedings against a person domiciled in the Netherlands, we recommend that service of process is also effected upon it at its domicile in the Netherlands.

 

11/12

 

 

4Dutch court proceedings

 

4.1A Dutch court may apply provisions of law other than the law chosen by the parties, pursuant to and subject to the limitations under the EC Regulation (593/2008) on the law applicable to contractual obligations (Rome I) and the EC Regulation (864/2007) on the law applicable to non-contractual obligations (Rome II).

 

4.2Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, a Dutch competent court may assume jurisdiction in summary proceedings (kort geding) if provisional measures are required in view of the interest of the parties. A Dutch court has the power or obligation to stay proceedings or decline jurisdiction if prior concurrent proceedings have been brought elsewhere.

 

4.3Specific performance may not always be available.

 

4.4Any provision in an agreement permitting concurrent proceedings to be brought in different jurisdictions may not be enforceable.

 

4.5A Dutch court may or may not assume jurisdiction or enforce a foreign judgment if it deems a choice of forum invalid. A choice of forum may be deemed invalid if the agreement allows one party to initiate proceedings only in a designated court, while permitting the other party to bring proceedings in other courts, unless (a) either party can only bring proceedings in an EU member state or a state party to the Lugano Convention 2007 and (b) the agreement specifies objective and precise factors enabling the court to determine its jurisdiction.

 

4.6It is uncertain whether upon the enforcement of a money judgment expressed in a non-Dutch currency against assets situated in the Netherlands by way of an enforcement sale (executoriale verkoop), proceeds can be obtained in such non-Dutch currency.

 

4.7If an action is instituted in the Netherlands for payment of a sum of money expressed in a non-Dutch currency, the claimant has the option to request a Dutch court to render judgment either in the lawful currency of the Netherlands or such non-Dutch currency. An enforceable judgment in a non-Dutch currency may be enforced in the Netherlands either in such non-Dutch currency or, if enforcement purposes would so require, in the lawful currency of the Netherlands. In either case, the applicable rate of exchange is the rate of exchange at which the claimant can purchase the sum payable in the non-Dutch currency without delay.

 

12/12

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

Execution Version

 

This FOURTH AMENDMENT, dated as of November 19, 2025 (this “Fourth Amendment”), among JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L, a Luxembourg private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) with its registered address at 21 avenue de la Gare, L-1611 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, and registered with the RCS under number B-203413 (the “Existing Lux Borrower”), JBS N.V., a company incorporated and organized in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands, with its registered seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and headquarters at Stroombaan 16, 5th floor, 1181VX, Amstelveen, The Netherlands, enrolled with the CNPJ/ME under No. 49.115.815/0001-05 and registered with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 76063305 (the “New Dutch Borrower” and, after giving effect to this Fourth Amendment, the “Company” and the “Dutch Borrower”), JBS USA FOOD COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (the “Existing U.S. Borrower”), JBS USA FOOD COMPANY HOLDINGS, a Delaware corporation (the “New U.S. Borrower” and, after giving effect to this Fourth Amendment, the “U.S. Borrower”, and, together with the New Dutch Borrower, the “New Borrowers”, and each a “New Borrower”), JBS AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED, a proprietary company limited by shares incorporated in Queensland, Australia (the “Australian Borrower”), and JBS FOOD CANADA ULC, an unlimited liability company existing under the laws of the Province of Alberta, Canada (the “Canadian Borrower”, and together with the Dutch Borrower, the New U.S. Borrower and the Australian Borrower, the “Borrowers” and each, a “Borrower”) and BANK OF MONTREAL (“BMO”), as administrative agent, to that certain Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2022 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the effectiveness of this Fourth Amendment, the “Existing Credit Agreement”), among the Borrowers, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), BMO, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), and the other agents party thereto. The Existing Credit Agreement, after giving effect to this Fourth Amendment (as applicable), shall be referred to herein as the “Credit Agreement”.

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement, the Lenders have agreed to make, and have made, certain loans and other extensions of credit to the Borrowers;

 

WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 1.11 of the Credit Agreement (including the definition of “New Borrower Requirements” as amended by this Fourth Amendment), the New Dutch Borrower wishes to assume all the obligations of the Existing Lux Borrower under the Credit Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Existing U.S. Borrower and the New U.S. Borrower wish to consummate a merger (the “Merger”), with the New U.S. Borrower surviving, and in accordance with Section 1.11 of the Credit Agreement (including the definition of “New Borrower Requirements” as amended by this Fourth Amendment), the New U.S. Borrower wishes to assume all the obligations of the Existing U.S. Borrower under the Credit Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, prior to or substantially concurrently with the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, the Existing Borrower and the New Dutch Borrower shall enter into supplemental indentures (the “Supplemental Indentures”), by and among the Existing Lux Borrower, the New Dutch Borrower and Regions Bank, as trustee, with respect to each of the following 15 series of outstanding notes (collectively, the “Notes”) issued by the Existing Lux Borrower, the Existing U.S. Borrower and JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc.: (i) 2.500% Senior Notes due 2027; (ii) 3.000% Senior Notes due 2029; (iii) 3.750% Senior Notes due 2031; (iv) 3.625% Senior Notes due 2032; (v) 3.000% Senior Notes due 2032; (vi) 5.750% Senior Notes due 2033; (vii) 6.750% Senior Notes due 2034; (viii) 5.950% Senior Notes due 2035; (ix) 5.500% Senior Notes due 2036; (x) 4.375% Senior Notes due 2052; (xi) 6.500% Senior Notes due 2052; (xii) 7.250% Senior Notes due 2053; (xiii) 6.375% Senior Notes due 2055; (xiv) 6.250% Senior Notes due 2056; and (xv) 6.375% Senior Notes due 2066;

 

 

 

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Consenting Lenders (as defined below) constituting the Required Lenders have agreed to amend certain provisions of (i) the Existing Credit Agreement and (ii) the Guarantee Agreement, in each case, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

 

WHEREAS, each Lender under the Existing Credit Agreement that executes and delivers a counterpart to this Fourth Amendment as a “Consenting Lender” (each, a “Consenting Lender”) thereby agrees to the terms and conditions of this Fourth Amendment and the Credit Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Borrowers, the Consenting Lenders and the Administrative Agent are willing to agree to this Fourth Amendment and the Credit Agreement on the terms set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1  Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Existing Credit Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable.

 

SECTION 2  Amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement; Guarantee Agreement.

 

(a)  Each of the parties hereto agrees that, effective on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date (as defined below), the Existing Credit Agreement shall be amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text) and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text) as set forth in the pages to the Existing Credit Agreement set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

(b)  Each of the parties hereto agrees that, effective on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date (as defined below), Section 2(f), subclause (z) of the Guarantee Agreement shall be amended by substituting the following in lieu thereof: “(z) no Foreign Borrower (other than the Company) shall guarantee the Obligations of any Domestic Borrower.”

 

SECTION 3  Assumption of Obligations and Reaffirmation.

 

Immediately after giving effect to the amendments contemplated by this Fourth Amendment:

 

(a)  The New Dutch Borrower hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Fourth Amendment, the New Dutch Borrower expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Existing Lux Borrower under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Existing Lux Borrower is a party, and will, from and after the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, be deemed to be the Dutch Borrower and a Guarantor under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and a “Substituted Lux Company” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents and all references to the Dutch Borrower in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to refer to the New Dutch Borrower, and the New Dutch Borrower shall have all of the obligations of the Dutch Borrower thereunder as if it had executed the Credit Agreement as the Dutch Borrower.

 

(b)  The New Dutch Borrower hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Credit Agreement applicable to it as the Dutch Borrower, including without limitation (a) all of the representations and warranties of the Dutch Borrower set forth in Article III of the Credit Agreement and (b) all of the covenants set forth in Articles V and VI of the Credit Agreement applicable to the Dutch Borrower.

 

 

 

 

(c)  The New U.S. Borrower hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Fourth Amendment, the New U.S. Borrower expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Existing U.S. Borrower under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Existing U.S. Borrower is a party, and will, from and after the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, be deemed to be the U.S. Borrower and a Guarantor under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and a “Substituted U.S. Company” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents and all references to the U.S. Borrower in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to refer to the New U.S. Borrower, and the New U.S. Borrower shall have all of the obligations of the U.S. Borrower thereunder as if it had executed the Credit Agreement as the U.S. Borrower. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Lenders party hereto hereby consent to the Merger.

 

(d)  The New U.S. Borrower hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Credit Agreement applicable to it as the U.S. Borrower, including without limitation (a) all of the representations and warranties of the U.S. Borrower set forth in Article III of the Credit Agreement and (b) all of the covenants set forth in Articles V and VI of the Credit Agreement applicable to the U.S. Borrower.

 

(e)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Lenders party hereto hereby waive any additional requirements set forth in the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, the New Borrower Requirements or any other requirements set forth in Section 1.11 or 1.12 of the Credit Agreement) with respect to the foregoing Borrower substitutions.

 

SECTION 4  Effectivenes. This Fourth Amendment shall become effective as of the date (the “Fourth Amendment Effective Date”) on which the following conditions have been satisfied:

 

(a)  the Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received (i) duly executed and completed counterparts hereof that bear the signatures of the Borrowers (including the Existing Lux Borrower, the New Dutch Borrower, the Existing U.S. Borrower and the New U.S. Borrower), (ii) a duly executed and completed counterpart hereof that bears the signature of the Administrative Agent and (iii) duly executed and completed counterparts hereof that bear the signatures of the Consenting Lenders constituting the Required Lenders.

 

(b)  the Administrative Agent shall have received such customary opinions, board resolutions, certificates and other documents as shall have reasonably been requested by the Administrative Agent with respect to each of the New Borrowers (execution of this Agreement by the Administrative Agent to constitute confirmation of satisfactory receipt thereof).

 

(c) the Lenders shall have received all documentation required under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Certification to the extent required under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, to the extent reasonably requested by any Lender, with respect to each of the New Borrowers.

 

(d) Prior to or substantially concurrently with the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, (i) the Merger shall have been consummated, (ii) the New Dutch Borrower shall have been substituted as a co-issuer in respect of the Notes in place of the Existing Lux Borrower pursuant to the Supplemental Indentures, and (iii) each Parent Guarantor shall have been released from its guarantee under each of the Notes pursuant to the Supplemental Indentures.

 

SECTION 5  Representations and Warranties. Each Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each of the Consenting Lenders that as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date:

 

(a) It is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, and it has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations hereunder and under the Credit Agreement.

 

 

 

 

(b) This Fourth Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by it and each of this Fourth Amendment and the Credit Agreement constitutes its valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

(c) Each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article III of the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date with the same effect as though made on and as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification therein) in all respects on such respective dates.

 

(d) On and as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

(e)  after giving effect to such substitution, the value of each of the New Borrowers and each of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are not materially impaired (as determined by each of the New Borrowers, respectively, in good faith) and such substitution shall not have resulted in, or would not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

SECTION 6  Effect of Amendment. (a) Except as expressly set forth herein, this Fourth Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other provision of the Credit Agreement or of any other Loan Document, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and affect. Nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle the Borrowers to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document in similar or different circumstances.

 

(b)  On and after the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein”, or words of like import, and each reference to the Credit Agreement in any other Loan Document shall be deemed a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby. This Fourth Amendment shall constitute a “Loan Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

SECTION 7  General. (a) GOVERNING LAW. THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT, AND ALL ACTIONS, CAUSES OF ACTION OR CLAIMS OF ANY KIND (WHETHER AT LAW, IN EQUITY, IN CONTRACT, IN TORT OR OTHERWISE) THAT MAY BE BASED UPON, ARISE OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT, SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

(b)  Jurisdiction; Venue; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. Sections 9.09(b), (c) and (d) and Section 9.10 of the Credit Agreement are incorporated by reference herein as if such Sections appeared herein, mutatis mutandis.

 

 

 

 

(c)  Attorney Representation. If a Loan Party incorporated in the Netherlands is represented by an attorney in connection with the signing and/or execution of this Fourth Amendment or any other Loan Document, it is hereby expressly acknowledged and accepted by the parties to the Agreement and/or any other Loan Document that the existence and extent of the attorney’s authority and the effects of the attorney’s exercise or purported exercise of his or her authority shall be governed by the laws of the Netherlands, in accordance with section 14 of the Hague Convention on the Law Applicable to Agency of the fourteenth day of March nineteen hundred and seventy-eight.

 

(d)  Counterparts. This Fourth Amendment may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Fourth Amendment on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Fourth Amendment by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission (e.g., “.pdf” or “.tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in this Fourth Amendment shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or electronic records, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

(e)  Headings. The headings of this Fourth Amendment are used for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Fourth Amendment and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Fourth Amendment.

 

(f)  Acknowledgment of Releases. Each Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders party hereto hereby acknowledge and agree, and wish to document in this Fourth Amendment, that on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, (i) the circumstances set forth in Section 9.17(a)(i)(x) of the Credit Agreement have occurred and, in accordance therewith, certain of the Guarantors have been automatically released from their obligations under the Loan Documents and (ii) the Guarantors under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are, as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, (x) JBS Food Canada ULC, (y) the New U.S. Borrower and (z) the New Dutch Borrower. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Fourth Amendment or in the foregoing sentence shall be deemed to be or construed as a release of any Obligations of a Borrower under such Credit Agreement with respect to such Borrower’s obligations.

 

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Fourth Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

  JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À R.L., as Existing Lux Borrower
     
  By: /s/ Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti
    Title: Class A Manager

 

  JBS N.V., as the Company and the New Dutch Borrower
     
  By: /s/ Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti
    Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

  JBS USA Food Company, as Existing U.S. Borrower
     
  By: /s/ Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti
    Title: Director

 

  JBS USA Food Company Holdings, as New U.S. Borrower
     
  By: /s/ Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti
    Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

 

 

 

 

  JBS Food Canada ULC, as Canadian Borrower  
     
  By: /s/ Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti
    Name: Guilherme Perboyre Cavalcanti
    Title: Director

 

  JBS Australia Pty Limited, as Australian Borrower
     
  By: /s/ Jose Antonio Marinho Neto
    Name: Jose Antonio Marinho Neto
    Title: Chief Financial Officer

  

[Signature Page to Fourth Amendment]

 

 

 

 

  BANK OF MONTREAL, as Administrative Agent and a Consenting Lender
     
  By: /s/ Mia Jones
    Name: Mia Jones
    Title: Vice President

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment

 

 

 

 

The below-named Lender elects to consent and agree to this Fourth Amendment.

 

  BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A. NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Consenting Lender
     
  By: /s/ Cara Younger
    Name: Cara Younger
    Title: Managing Director
   
  By: /s/ Armen Semiziam
    Name: Armen Semiziam
    Title: Managing Director

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment

 

 

 

 

The below-named Lender elects to consent and agree to this Fourth Amendment.

 

  KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Consenting Lender
     
  By: /s/ James E. McPhaul II
    Name: James E. McPhaul II
    Title: Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment

 

 

 

 

The below-named Lender elects to consent and agree to this Fourth Amendment.

 

  TRUIST BANK, as a Consenting Lender
     
  By: /s/ John P. Wofford
    Name: John P. Wofford
    Title: Authorized Officer

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment

 

 

 

 

The below-named Lender elects to consent and agree to this Fourth Amendment.

 

  REGIONS BANK, as a Consenting Lender
     
  By: /s/ Sankar R. Nair
    Name: Sankar R. Nair
    Title: Vice President

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment

 

 

 

 

The below-named Lender elects to consent and agree to this Fourth Amendment.

 

  Mizuho Bank, Ltd., as a Consenting Lender
     
  By: /s/ Paul Grayson
    Name: Paul Grayson
    Title: Director

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment

 

 

 

 

The below-named Lender elects to consent and agree to this Fourth Amendment.

 

  ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as a Consenting Lender
     
  By: /s/ John Flores
    Name: John Flores
    Title: Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

[Attached]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A to ThirdFourth Amendment to Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement

 

Conformed through the ThirdFourth Amendment to Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement dated

as of May 20November 19, 20232025

 

 

 

REVOLVING SYNDICATED FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

dated as of November 1, 2022,
among

 

JBS USA HOLDING LUX S.À.R.LN.V.,

and

JBS USA FOOD COMPANY HOLDINGS,

and

JBS AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED,

and

JBS FOOD CANADA ULC,

as Borrowers

The LENDERS Party Hereto

 

and

 

BANK OF MONTREAL, as Administrative Agent, as an Issuing Bank and as Swingline Lender

 

BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP., TRUIST SECURITIES, INC., BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A. NEW YORK BRANCH, MIZUHO BANK, LTD. and RBC CAPITAL MARKETS*,
as Joint Lead Arrangers

 

BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP. and TRUIST SECURITIES, INC.,

as Joint Bookrunning Managers

 

TRUIST BANK, as
Syndication Agent

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A. NEW YORK BRANCH,

MIZUHO BANK, LTD. and ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as

Co-Documentation Agents

 

ING CAPITAL LLC, COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A. and REGIONS BANK, as

Senior Management Agents

 

BANK OF MONTREAL, as

Sustainability Structuring Agent

 

 

 

*RBC Capital Markets is a brand name for the capital markets activities of Royal Bank of Canada and its affiliates.

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

  Page
Article I Definitions 11
Section 1.01 Defined Terms 11
Section 1.02 Classification of Loans and Borrowings 4654
Section 1.03 Terms Generally 4654
Section 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP; Pro Forma Calculations 4755
Section 1.05 Currency Translations 4755
Section 1.06 Interest Rate; Term Benchmark Rate Notification 4756
Section 1.07 Divisions 4856
Section 1.08 [Reserved] 4856
Section 1.09 Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents 4856
Section 1.10 Luxembourg Terms 4857
Section 1.11 Substitution of LuxDutch Borrower 4957
Section 1.12 Substitution of U.S. Borrower 5058
Section 1.13 Dutch Terms 59
     
Article II The Credits 5060
Section 2.01 The Commitments 5060
Section 2.02 Loans and Borrowings 5160
Section 2.03 Requests for Revolving Borrowings 5262
Section 2.04 Swingline Loans 5363
Section 2.05 Incremental Commitments 5464
Section 2.06 Letters of Credit 5667
Section 2.07 Funding of Borrowings 6173
Section 2.08 Interest Elections 6174
Section 2.09 Termination and Reduction of Commitments 6376
Section 2.10 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt 6476
Section 2.11 Prepayment of Loans 6477
Section 2.12 Fees 6578
Section 2.13 Interest 6679
Section 2.14 Alternate Rate of Interest 6881
Section 2.15 Increased Costs 7184
Section 2.16 Break Funding Payments 7285
Section 2.17 Taxes 7286
Section 2.18 Payments Generally; Sharing of Set-offs 7589
Section 2.19 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders 7792
Section 2.20 Additional Subsidiary Borrowers; Resignation of Subsidiary Borrowers 7893
Section 2.21 Defaulting Lenders 7993
Section 2.22 Illegality 8095
Section 2.23 Extension of Commitment Termination Date 8196
Section 2.24 Market Disruption 8298
Section 2.25 Public Offer 8399
     
Article III Representations and Warranties 84100
Section 3.01 Organization; Powers 84100
Section 3.02 Authorization; Enforceability 84100
Section 3.03 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts 85100
Section 3.04 Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change 85100
Section 3.05 Properties 85101
Section 3.06 Litigation and Environmental Matters 85101
Section 3.07 Compliance with Laws 86101

 

-i-

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

    Page
Section 3.08 Investment Company Status 86101
Section 3.09 Taxes 86101
Section 3.10 ERISA 86102
Section 3.11 Disclosure 86102
Section 3.12 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations 86102
Section 3.13 Labor Matters 86102
Section 3.14 Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions 87103
Section 3.15 [Reserved] 87103
Section 3.16 Collateral Cure 87103
     
Article IV Conditions 87103
Section 4.01 Effective Date 87103
Section 4.02 Each Credit Event 89105
     
Article V Affirmative Covenants 89106
Section 5.01 Financial Statements and Other Information 90106
Section 5.02 Notices of Material Events 91108
Section 5.03 Existence; Conduct of Business 92109
Section 5.04 Payment of Taxes 92109
Section 5.05 Maintenance of Properties 92109
Section 5.06 Books and Records; Inspection Rights 92109
Section 5.07 Compliance with Laws 92110
Section 5.08 Use of Proceeds 92110
Section 5.09 Insurance 93110
Section 5.10 Guarantee Requirement 93110
Section 5.11 Corporate Ratings 93110
Section 5.12 Collateral Cure 93110
Section 5.13 Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries 93111
     
Article VI Negative Covenants 94112
Section 6.01 Indebtedness 94112
Section 6.02 Liens 96114
Section 6.03 Fundamental Changes; Business Activities 98116
Section 6.04 [Reserved] 98117
Section 6.05 Transactions with Affiliates 98117
Section 6.06 Financial Maintenance Covenant 99117
Section 6.07 Changes in Fiscal Period 99117
Section 6.08 Change in Nature of Business 99117
Section 6.09 Dispositions 99118
Section 6.10 Investments 100118
Section 6.11 Restricted Payments 100119
Section 6.12 Junior Debt Payments 101120
     
Article VII Events of Default 101120
Section 7.01 Event of Default 101120
Section 7.02 Collateral Cure 103123
     
Article VIII The Administrative Agent 104124
Section 8.01 Authorization and Action 104124
Section 8.02 Administrative Agent’s Reliance, Limitation of Liability, Etc 106126
Section 8.03 Posting of Communications 107127
Section 8.04 The Administrative Agent Individually 108129

 

-ii-

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

    Page
Section 8.05 Successor Administrative Agent 108129
Section 8.06 Acknowledgments of Lenders and Issuing Lenders 109129
Section 8.07 Certain ERISA Matters 110131
Section 8.08 Miscellaneous 111132
     
Article IX Miscellaneous 111132
Section 9.01 Notices 111132
Section 9.02 Waivers; Amendments 113134
Section 9.03 Expenses; Indemnity; Limitation on Liability 115137
Section 9.04 Successors and Assigns 118140
Section 9.05 Survival 121144
Section 9.06 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution 121144
Section 9.07 Severability 122145
Section 9.08 Right of Setoff 122145
Section 9.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Consent to Service of Process 122146
Section 9.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 123146
Section 9.11 Headings 123147
Section 9.12 Confidentiality 123147
Section 9.13 USA Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation; Canadian Anti-Money Laundering Laws 124148
Section 9.14 No Fiduciary Relationship 124149
Section 9.15 Interest Rate Limitation 125149
Section 9.16 Subsidiary Borrower Representative 125149
Section 9.17 Release of Guarantees 125149
Section 9.18 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions 126150
Section 9.19 Judgment Currency 126150
Section 9.20 Luxembourg Law Provisions 126151
Section 9.21 Luxembourg Limitation 126151
Section 9.22 Banking Code of Practice (Australia) 127152
Section 9.23 Additional Miscellaneous Provisions 127152
Section 9.24 Parallel Debt 152

 

-iii-

 

 

SCHEDULES:
 
Schedule 2.01 – Commitments
Schedule 2.06A – Existing Letters of Credit
Schedule 2.06B – LC Commitments
Schedule 3.06 – Disclosed Matters
Schedule 5.13 – Unrestricted Subsidiaries
Schedule 6.01 – Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 6.02 – Existing Liens
Schedule 9.04(c)(vi) – Voting Participants
Schedule A – Post-Collateral Cure Provisions

 

  Schedule A-1 – Additional Definitions
  Schedule A-2 – Additional Representations and Warranties
  Schedule A-3 – Additional Affirmative Covenants
  Schedule A-4 – Additional Events of Default
  Schedule A-5 – Additional Agency Provisions
  Schedule A-6 – Additional Miscellaneous Provisions

 
EXHIBITS:
 
Exhibit A – Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit B-1 – Form of Borrowing Request
Exhibit B-2 – Form of Letter of Credit Request
Exhibit C – Form of Guarantee Agreement
Exhibit D – Form of Interest Election Request
Exhibit E – Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit F – Form of Revolving Note
Exhibit G-1 – Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit G-2 – Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit G-3 – Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit G-4 – Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit H – Form of Subsidiary Borrower Joinder Agreement
Exhibit I – Form of Subsidiary Borrower Termination Agreement
Exhibit J – Form of Post-Collateral Cure Borrowing Base Certificate

 

-iv-

 

 

REVOLVING SYNDICATED FACILITY AGREEMENT dated as of November 1, 2022 (as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, including the schedules and exhibits hereto, this “Agreement”), among JBS USA HOLDINGS LUX S.À.R.L., a Luxembourg private limited liability company (société à responabilité limitée) with registered address at 8-10 avenue de la Gare, L-1610 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (“Luxembourg”)N.V., a company incorporated and organized in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands, with its registered seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and headquarters at Stroombaan 16, 5th floor, 1181VX, Amstelveen, The Netherlands, and registered with the Luxembourg Registre deDutch Chamber of Commerce et des Sociétés, Luxembourg (the “RCS”) under number B 20341376063305 (the “Company” or the “Lux, after giving effect to the Fourth Amendment, the “Dutch Borrower”), JBS USA FOOD COMPANY HOLDINGS, a Delaware corporation (the “U.S. Borrower”), JBS AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED (ACN 011 062 338), a proprietary company limited by shares incorporated in Queensland, Australia (the “Australian Borrower”) and JBS FOOD CANADA ULC, an unlimited liability company existing under the laws of the Province of Alberta, Canada (the “Canadian Borrower”), as Borrowers, the other Borrowers from time to time party hereto, the Lenders from time to time party hereto, and BANK OF MONTREAL, as the Administrative Agent, as an Issuing Bank and as Swingline Lender.

 

The Company has requested that the Lenders (as defined below) and the Issuing Lenders (as defined below) make Loans to and issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Company and the other Borrowers (as defined below) in an aggregate principal or stated amount not exceeding $1,500,000,000 at any one time outstanding. The Lenders and the Issuing Lenders are willing to extend such credit upon the terms and conditions hereof.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, mutual agreements contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Article I

 

Definitions

 

Section 1.01   Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement and, unless otherwise specified therein, in any Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

 

“ABR” means, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

 

“Adjusted Australian Bill Rate” means, with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Australia Dollars for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the Australian Bill Rate for such Interest Period; provided that if the Adjusted Australian Bill Rate as so determined would be less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

“Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate” means, with respect to any Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing, an interest rate per annum equal to (a) the Daily Compounded CORRA Rate, plus (b) the Daily Compounded CORRA Adjustment; provided that if the Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate as so determined would be less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

1

 

 

“Adjusted Daily Simple RFR” means, (i) with respect to any RFR Borrowing denominated in Sterling, an interest rate per annum equal to (a) the Daily Simple RFR for Sterling, plus (b) 0.0326% and (ii) with respect to any RFR Borrowing denominated in Dollars, an interest rate per annum equal to (a) the Daily Simple RFR for Dollars, plus (b) 0.10%; provided that if the Adjusted Daily Simple RFR as so determined would be less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

“Adjusted EURIBOR Rate” means, with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Euros for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to (a) the EURIBOR Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate; provided that if the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate as so determined would be less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

“Adjusted Term CORRA Rate” means, with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Canadian Dollars for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to (a) the Term CORRA Rate for such Interest Period, plus (b) the Term CORRA Adjustment; provided that if the Adjusted Term CORRA Rate as so determined would be less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

“Adjusted Term SOFR Rate” means, with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Dollars for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to (a) the Term SOFR Rate for such Interest Period, plus (b) 0.10%; provided that if the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate as so determined would be less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

“Administrative Agent” means BMO, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Article VIII.

 

“Administrative Questionnaire” means an administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

 

“Affected Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution and (b) any UK Financial Institution.

 

“Affected Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(c).

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

 

“Agreed Currencies” means Dollars and each Alternative Currency.

 

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

“Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the NYFRB Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50% per annum and (c) the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate for a one month Interest Period as published two U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to such day (or if such day is not a U.S. Government Securities Business Day, the immediately preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day) plus 1.00% per annum; provided that (i) if such rate shall be less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor and (ii) if such rate is not available or cannot be determined, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor for all purposes herein. For purposes of clause (c) above, the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate for any day shall be based on the Term SOFR Reference Rate at approximately 5:00 a.m. Chicago time on such day (or any amended publication time for the Term SOFR Reference Rate, as specified by the CME Term SOFR Administrator in the Term SOFR Reference Rate methodology). Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate shall be effective from the open of business on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, as the case may be. If the Alternate Base Rate is being used as an alternate rate of interest pursuant to Section 2.14 (for the avoidance of doubt, only until the Benchmark Replacement has been determined pursuant to Section 2.14(b)), then the Alternate Base Rate shall be the greater of clauses (a) and (b) above and shall be determined without reference to clause (c) above.

 

2

 

 

“Alternative Currency” means Sterling, Euros, Canadian Dollars, Australian Dollars and any additional currencies determined after the Effective Date by mutual agreement of the Borrowers, Lenders, Issuing Lenders and Administrative Agent; provided that each such additional currency is a lawful currency that is readily available, freely transferable and not restricted and able to be converted into Dollars.

 

“Alternative Currency Sublimit” means, individually and collectively, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) (i) with respect to Sterling, £150,000,000, (ii) with respect to Euros, €150,000,000, (iii) with respect to Canadian Dollars, C$150,000,000 and (iv) with respect to Australian Dollars, A$175,000,000 and (b) the total amount of the Commitments. The Alternative Currency Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Commitments hereunder.

 

“Ancillary Document” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.06(b).

 

“Anti-Corruption Laws” means all laws, rules and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Company or its Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery, corruption or money laundering, including, without limitation, the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 of Australia, the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Rules of Australia and the Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act (Canada).

 

“Applicable Percentage” means at any time, with respect to any Lender, (a) with respect to any Tranche A Lender and any Tranche A Loans, LC Exposure or Swingline Loans, a percentage equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is such Tranche A Lender’s Tranche A Commitment and the denominator of which is the aggregate Tranche A Commitments or, if the Tranche A Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon such Tranche A Lender’s share of the aggregate Tranche A Exposures of all Tranche A Lenders at that time, (b) with respect to any Tranche B Lender and any Tranche B Loans, a percentage equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is such Tranche B Lender’s Tranche B Commitment and the denominator of which is the aggregate Tranche B Commitments or, if the Tranche B Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon such Tranche B Lender’s share of the aggregate Tranche B Exposures of all Tranche B Lenders at that time, in each case, at such time; provided that, for purposes of Section 2.21 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, “Applicable Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, a percentage equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is such Lender’s Tranche A Commitment or Tranche B Commitment, as the case may be, and the denominator is the aggregate Tranche A Commitments or Tranche B Commitments, as the case may be (but, in each case, disregarding any Defaulting Lender’s Commitment).

 

“Applicable Rate” means, for any day, with respect to any ABR Loan, Canadian Prime Rate Loan, Term SOFR Loan, Daily Simple SOFR Loan, Term CORRA Rate Loan, Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loan, Australian Bill Rate Loan, SONIA Loan, EURIBOR Loan or the Unused Fee, as the case may be:

 

(a) commencing with the Effective Date and through the end of the first fiscal quarter ending after the Effective Date, a rate per annum equal to (i) 0.25% with respect to ABR Loans, (ii) 0.25% with respect to Canadian Prime Rate Loans, (iii) 1.25% with respect to Term SOFR Loans, (iv) 1.25% with respect to Daily Simple SOFR Loans (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), (v) 1.25% with respect to Term CORRA Rate Loans, (vi) 1.25% with respect to Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loans (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), (vii) 1.25% with respect to Australian Bill Rate Loans, (viii) 1.25% with respect to SONIA Loans, (ix) 1.25% with respect to EURIBOR Loans or (x) 0.175% with respect to the Unused Fee; and

 

3

 

 

(b) commencing with the first day of the first full fiscal quarter following the Effective Date and thereafter, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption “ABR”, “Canadian Prime Rate”, “Adjusted Term SOFR Rate”, “Daily Simple SOFR Rate”, “Adjusted Term CORRA Rate”, “Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate”, “Adjusted Australian Bill Rate”, “SONIA”, “Adjusted EURIBOR Rate” or “Unused Fee”, as the case may be, based upon the “Rating Level” on such date:

 

Rating Level ABR / Canadian Prime Rate Adjusted Term SOFR Rate / Daily Simple SOFR Rate Adjusted Term CORRA Rate / Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Adjusted Australian Bill Rate SONIA Adjusted EURIBOR Rate Unused Fee
Level 1: > BBB+/Baa1 (in each case stable or better) 0.00% 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% 0.125%
Level 2: BBB/Baa2 (in each case stable or better) 0.125% 1.125% 1.125% 1.125% 1.125% 1.125% 0.15%
Level 3: BBB-/Baa3 (in each case stable or better) 0.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 0.175%
Level 4: < BB+/ Ba1 (in each case stable or better) or unrated 0.50% 1.50% 1.50% 1.50% 1.50% 1.50% 0.25%

 

; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), from and after the Collateral Cure Date, the “Applicable Rate” shall mean a rate per annum equal to (i) 1.00% with respect to ABR Loans and Canadian Prime Rate Loans and (ii) 2.00% with respect to Term Benchmark Loans, Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loans (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14) and RFR Loans.

 

The “Rating Level” will be based on the Applicable Ratings of two Rating Agencies falling within the same Level. In the event that only two Rating Agencies provide Applicable Ratings and such Applicable Ratings fall within different Levels, the Rating Level will be based upon the higher of the two Levels or, if one Applicable Rating is two Levels higher than the other Applicable Rating, the Level immediately below the higher Applicable Rating shall apply, and if one Applicable Rating is more than two Levels higher than the other Applicable Rating, the Level immediately above the lower Applicable Rating shall apply. In the event that each of the Rating Agencies provide Applicable Ratings that each fall within different Levels, the middle such Level shall apply. If no Rating Agency or only one Rating Agency shall have in effect an Applicable Rating (other than by reason of the circumstances referred to in the last sentence of this definition), the other Applicable Ratings or all Applicable Ratings, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be set at Level 4. If the Applicable Rating established by any Rating Agency shall be changed (other than as a result of a change in the rating system of such Rating Agency), such change shall be effective as of the date on which it is first announced by such Rating Agency, irrespective of when notice of such change shall have been furnished by the Company pursuant to Section 5.01 or otherwise. Each change in the Applicable Rate shall apply during the period commencing on the effective date of such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change. If the rating system of any Rating Agency shall change, or if any Rating Agency shall cease to be in the business of rating corporate debt obligations, the Company and the Required Lenders shall negotiate in good faith to amend this definition to reflect such changed rating system or the unavailability of an Applicable Rating from such Rating Agency and, pending the effectiveness of any such amendment, the Applicable Rating of such Rating Agency shall be determined by reference to the Applicable Rating from such Rating Agency most recently in effect prior to such change or cessation.

 

4

 

 

“Applicable Rating” means, with respect to any Rating Agency at any time, the Corporate Rating assigned by such Rating Agency to the Company.

 

“Applicable Time” means, with respect to any Borrowings and payments in any Alternative Currency, the local time in the place of settlement for such Alternative Currency as may be determined by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to be necessary for timely settlement on the relevant date in accordance with normal banking procedures in the place of payment.

 

“Approved Electronic Platform” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.03(a).

 

“Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

“Arrangers” means, collectively, the Persons named as the joint bookrunning managers or the joint lead arrangers on the cover of this Agreement.

 

“ASC 815” means Financial Accounting Standards Board, Accounting Standards Codification 815, Derivatives and Hedging (as it may be amended, supplemented or replaced).

 

“Associate” has the meaning assigned to such term in section 128F(9) of the Australian Tax Act.

 

“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any Person whose consent is required by Section 9.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent and the Company.

 

“Australia” means the Commonwealth of Australia.

 

5

 

 

“Australian Bill Rate” means, in relation to the Adjusted Australian Bill Rate, the rate per annum equal to the following:

 

(a) (i) the average bid rate for Australian Bank Bill Swap Reference Rate (Bid) administered by ASX Benchmarks Pty Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period displayed on page BBSY of the Thomson Reuters Screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters for Bills having a tenor approximating as closely as possible the length of such Interest Period (for clarification, for an Interest Period of not less than 7 days or more than 30 days, that tenor will be taken to be 1 month) published at or about 11:00 a.m. (Sydney time) on the first Business Day of such Interest Period. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Administrative Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Australian Borrower; and

 

(ii) if the rate described in sub-paragraph (i) above is not available, the sum of:

 

(A) the Australian Bank Bill Swap Reference Rate administered by ASX Benchmarks Pty Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period displayed on page BBSW of the Thomson Reuters Screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters for Bills having a tenor approximating as closely as possible the length of such Interest Period (for clarification, for an Interest Period of not less than 7 days or more than 30 days, that tenor will be taken to be 1 month) published at or about 11:00 a.m. (Sydney time) on the first Business Day of such Interest Period. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Administrative Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Australian Borrower; and

 

(B) 0.05% per annum.

 

(b) If the rate described in (a)(ii) is not available, the sum of:

 

(i) the following rates:

 

(A) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Administrative Agent at its request by the Australian Reference Banks at or about 11:00 a.m. (Sydney time) as the mid discount rate (expressed as a yield percent to maturity) observed by the relevant Australian Reference Bank for marketable parcels of Australian Dollar denominated bank accepted bills and negotiable certificates of deposit accepted or issued by Prime Banks, and which mature on the last day of the relevant period with a tenor approximating as closely as possible the length of such Interest Period (for clarification, for an Interest Period of not less than 7 days or more than 30 days, that tenor will be taken to be 1 month); or

 

(B) (if there is no observable market rate for marketable parcels of Prime Bank Australian Dollar securities referred to in paragraph (A) above), the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Administrative Agent at its request by the Australian Reference Banks at or about 11.00 am (Sydney time) as the rate at which the relevant Australian Reference Bank could borrow funds in Australian dollars in the Australian interbank market and for the purchase of Bills (accepted by an Australian Reference Bank) with a tenor approximating as closely as possible the length of such Interest Period (for clarification, for an Interest Period of not less than 7 days or more than 30 days, that tenor will be taken to be 1 month) were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market sizes and for that period; and

 

6

 

 

(ii) 0.05% per annum.

 

Rates will be expressed as a percentage yield per annum to maturity being the arithmetic average, rounded up to the nearest four decimal places. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the rates described above shall not be less than 0.00% per annum.

 

“Australian Bill Rate Borrowing” means any borrowing of an Australian Bill Rate Loan.

 

“Australian Bill Rate Loan” means any Australian Dollar Loan during any Interest Period during which it bears interest based on the Adjusted Australian Bill Rate.

 

“Australian Borrower” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Australian Corporations Act” means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia.

 

“Australian Dollar”, “AUD” and the symbol “A$” each mean the lawful currency of Australia.

 

“Australian Dollar Loan” means any Loan made in Australian Dollars.

 

“Australian IWT” means any Australian Taxes required to be withheld or deducted from any interest or other payment under Division 11A of Part III of the Australian Tax Act or Subdivision 12-F of Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 (Cth) of Australia.

 

“Australian Loan Party” means the Australian Borrower and any Guarantor incorporated and existing under the laws of Australia.

 

“Australian Reference Banks” means Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, Commonwealth Bank of Australia, National Australia Bank Limited, Westpac Banking Corporation, or such other person as the Administrative Agent and the Australian Borrower may agree.

 

“Australian Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Australian Borrower incorporated and existing under the laws of Australia.

 

“Australian Tax Act” means the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (Cth) of Australia or the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Cth) of Australia, as the context requires.

 

“Australian Tax Consolidated Group” means a “Consolidated Group” or an “MEC Group” as defined in the Australian Tax Act.

 

“Available Borrowing Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(d).

 

“Availability Period” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Commitment Termination Date and the date of termination or reduction to zero of all the Commitments.

 

“Available Tenor” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to the then-current Benchmark for any Agreed Currency, as applicable, any tenor for such Benchmark (or component thereof) or payment period for interest calculated with reference to such Benchmark (or component thereof), as applicable, that is or may be used for determining the length of an Interest Period for any term rate or otherwise, for determining any frequency of making payments of interest calculated pursuant to this Agreement as of such date and not including, for the avoidance of doubt, any tenor for such Benchmark that is then-removed from the definition of “Interest Period” pursuant to clause (e) of Section 2.14.

 

7

 

 

“Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.

 

“Bail-In Legislation” means (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation, rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time that is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

 

“Banking Services” has the meaning set forth on Schedule A-1.

 

“Banking Services Obligations” has the meaning set forth on Schedule A-1.

 

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy”, as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

 

“Batista Family” means Jose Batista Sobrinho, together with his wife, sons and daughters, or any of their respective heirs and any Person established and controlled by any of the foregoing.

 

“Benchmark” means, initially, with respect to any (i) RFR Loan in any Agreed Currency, the applicable Relevant Rate for such Agreed Currency or (ii) Term Benchmark Loan in any Agreed Currency, the Relevant Rate for such Agreed Currency; provided that if a Benchmark Transition Event has occurred, and the related Benchmark Replacement Date has occurred with respect to the applicable Relevant Rate or the then-current Benchmark for such Agreed Currency, then “Benchmark” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement to the extent that such Benchmark Replacement has replaced such prior benchmark rate pursuant to clause (b) of Section 2.14.

 

“Benchmark Replacement” means, for any Available Tenor, the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by the Administrative Agent for the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date; provided that, in the case of any Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency (other than Canadian Dollars), “Benchmark Replacement” shall mean the alternative set forth in (2) below:

 

(1) in the case of any Loan denominated in (a) Dollars, the Adjusted Daily Simple RFR or (b) Canadian Dollars, the Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate;

 

(2) the sum of: (a) the alternate benchmark rate that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Company as the replacement for the then-current Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a replacement benchmark rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a benchmark rate as a replacement for the then-current Benchmark for syndicated credit facilities denominated in the applicable Agreed Currency at such time in the United States and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;

 

8

 

 

If the Benchmark Replacement as determined pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above would be less than the Floor, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

“Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” means, with respect to any replacement of the then-current Benchmark with an Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for any applicable Interest Period and Available Tenor for any setting of such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement, the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Company for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body on the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date and/or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for syndicated credit facilities denominated in the applicable Agreed Currency at such time in the United States.

 

“Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any Benchmark Replacement and/or any Term Benchmark Revolving Loan denominated in Dollars or Canadian Dollars, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of “Alternate Base Rate,” the definition of “Canadian Prime Rate,” the definition of “Business Day,” the definition of “U.S. Government Securities Business Day,” the definition of “RFR Business Day,” the definition of “Interest Period,” timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest, timing of borrowing requests or prepayment, conversion or continuation notices, the applicability and length of lookback periods, the applicability of breakage provisions, and other technical, administrative or operational matters) that the Administrative Agent decides in its reasonable discretion, in consultation with the Company, may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that no market practice for the administration of such Benchmark exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent decides in its reasonable discretion, in consultation with the Company, is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents).

 

“Benchmark Replacement Date” means, with respect to any Benchmark, the earliest to occur of the following events with respect to such then-current Benchmark:

 

(1) in the case of clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (a) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (b) the date on which the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or

 

(2) in the case of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the first date on which such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) has been determined and announced by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) to be no longer representative; provided, that such non-representativeness will be determined by reference to the most recent statement or publication referenced in such clause (c) and even if any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) continues to be provided on such date.

 

9

 

 

For the avoidance of doubt, (i) if the event giving rise to the Benchmark Replacement Date occurs on the same day as, but earlier than, the Reference Time in respect of any determination, the Benchmark Replacement Date will be deemed to have occurred prior to the Reference Time for such determination and (ii) the “Benchmark Replacement Date” will be deemed to have occurred in the case of clause (1) or (2) with respect to any Benchmark upon the occurrence of the applicable event or events set forth therein with respect to all then-current Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).

 

“Benchmark Transition Event” means, with respect to any Benchmark, the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to such then-current Benchmark:

 

(1) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof), permanently or indefinitely; provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);

 

(2) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof), the Federal Reserve Board, the NYFRB, the CME Term SOFR Administrator, the Bank of Canada, the central bank for the Agreed Currency applicable to such Benchmark, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component) or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), in each case, which states that the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component) has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) permanently or indefinitely; provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or

 

(3) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) are no longer, or as of a specified future date will no longer be, representative.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, a “Benchmark Transition Event” will be deemed to have occurred with respect to any Benchmark if a public statement or publication of information set forth above has occurred with respect to each then-current Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).

 

“Benchmark Unavailability Period” means, with respect to any Benchmark, the period (if any) (x) beginning at the time that a Benchmark Replacement Date pursuant to clauses (1) or (2) of that definition has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced such then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with Section 2.14 and (y) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced such then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with Section 2.14.

 

“Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

 

10

 

 

“Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

 

“Benefit Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

 

“Bill” means a “bill of exchange” (other than a “cheque” (check)) under and as defined in the Australian Bills of Exchange Act 1909 (Cth) of Australia. Each reference herein to “drawing”, “accepting”, “indorsing” or any other dealing with, a “Bill” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto by such Bills of Exchange Act.

 

“BMO” means Bank of Montreal.

 

“Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

 

“Borrowers” means, collectively, the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers.

 

“Borrowing” means (a) Revolving Loans of the same Type and Agreed Currency made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Term Benchmark Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, and (b) a Swingline Loan.

 

“Borrowing Request” means a request by the Company on behalf of a Borrower for a borrowing of Loans in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.04, which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1.

 

“Business Day” means, any day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks are open for business in New York City; provided that, in addition to the foregoing, a Business Day shall be (a) in relation to Loans denominated in Euros and in relation to the calculation or computation of EURIBOR, any day which is a TARGET Day, (b) in relation to RFR Loans and any interest rate settings, fundings, disbursements, settlements or payments of any such RFR Loan, or any other dealings in the applicable Agreed Currency of such RFR Loan, any such day that is only a RFR Business Day, (c) in relation to Loans referencing the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate and any interest rate settings, fundings, disbursements, settlements or payments of any such Loans referencing the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate or any other dealings of such Loans referencing the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, any such day that is a U.S. Government Securities Business Day and (d) in relation to Loans denominated in any other Alternative Currency (other than as set forth in the preceding clause (a) through (c)) or any interest rate settings, fundings, disbursements, settlements or payments of any such Loan, any such day on which dealings in the applicable Alternative Currency are carried on in the principal financial center of such Alternative Currency; provided further that (i) when used in connection with Borrowings by the Australian Borrower or Letters of Credit issued to beneficiaries in Australia , the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which Australian Reference Banks are not open for dealings in Australian Dollar deposits in Melbourne and Sydney, Australia, (ii) when used in connection with Borrowings by the Canadian Borrower or Letters of Credit issued in Canada, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks in Toronto, Ontario are required or permitted to be closed, and (iii) when in connection with Borrowings by the LuxDutch Borrower or Letters of Credit issued to beneficiaries in Luxembourgthe Netherlands, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks in the Grand-Duchy of LuxembourgNetherlands, are required or permitted to be closed.

 

11

 

 

“Canadian Anti-Money Laundering Laws” means (as the context requires) (a) the Criminal Code (Canada), the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada), including any guidelines or orders thereunder, the Special Economic Measures Act (Canada), Resolutions Implementing the United Nations Resolution on the Suppression of Terrorism, United Nations Al-Qaida and Taliban Regulations, or (b) any other applicable anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist financing, sanction and “know your client” rules, policies, regulations and laws of Canada.

 

“Canadian Borrower” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Canadian Dollar” and the symbol “C$” each mean the lawful money of Canada.

 

“Canadian Dollar Loan” means any Loan made in Canadian Dollars.

 

“Canada ITA” shall mean the Income Tax Act (Canada), as amended.

 

“Canadian Loan Party” means the Canadian Borrower and any Guarantor organized and existing under the laws of Canada or a province or territory thereof.

 

“Canadian Prime Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (i) the floating rate of interest announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its reference rate then in effect for determining rates of interest on Canadian Dollar loans to its customers in Canada and designated as its prime rate (with any change in such rate announced by the Administrative Agent taking effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change) and (ii) the Adjusted Term CORRA Rate for an Interest Period of one month in effect on such day plus 1%. Any change in the Canadian Prime Rate due to a change in such reference rate or the one-month Adjusted Term CORRA Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in such reference rate or the one-month Adjusted Term CORRA Rate, respectively; provided that if both such rates are equal or if such one-month Adjusted Term CORRA Rate is unavailable for any reason on any date of determination, then the “Canadian Prime Rate” shall be the rate specified in (i) above; provided further that, the Canadian Prime Rate shall not be less than 0.00% per annum. If the Canadian Prime Rate is being used as an alternate rate of interest pursuant to Section 2.14 (for the avoidance of doubt, only until the Benchmark Replacement has been determined pursuant to Section 2.14(b)), then the Canadian Prime Rate shall be equal to clause (i) above and shall be determined without reference to clause (ii) above.

 

“Canadian Prime Rate Loan” means any Canadian Dollar Loan that bears interest based on the Canadian Prime Rate.

 

“Canadian Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Canadian Borrower organized and existing under the laws of Canada or a province or territory thereof.

 

“CBR Loan” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Central Bank Rate.

 

“CBR Spread” means the Applicable Rate, applicable to such Loan that is replaced by a CBR Loan.

 

“Central Bank Rate” means, the greater of (I)(A) for any Loan denominated in (a) Sterling, the Bank of England (or any successor thereto)’s “Bank Rate” as published by the Bank of England (or any successor thereto) from time to time, (b) Euros, one of the following three rates as may be selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion: (1) the fixed rate for the main refinancing operations of the European Central Bank (or any successor thereto), or, if that rate is not published, the minimum bid rate for the main refinancing operations of the European Central Bank (or any successor thereto), each as published by the European Central Bank (or any successor thereto) from time to time, (2) the rate for the marginal lending facility of the European Central Bank (or any successor thereto), as published by the European Central Bank (or any successor thereto) from time to time or (3) the rate for the deposit facility of the central banking system of the Participating Member States, as published by the European Central Bank (or any successor thereto) from time to time and (c) any other Alternative Currency, a central bank rate as determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; plus (B) the applicable Central Bank Rate Adjustment and (II) the Floor.

 

12

 

 

“Central Bank Rate Adjustment” means, for any day, for any Loan denominated in (a) Euros, a rate equal to the difference (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) of (i) the average of the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate for the five most recent Business Days preceding such day for which the EURIBOR Screen Rate was available (excluding, from such averaging, the highest and the lowest Adjusted EURIBOR Rate applicable during such period of five Business Days) minus (ii) the Central Bank Rate in respect of Euro in effect on the last Business Day in such period, (b) Sterling, a rate equal to the difference (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) of (i) the average of Adjusted Daily Simple RFR for Sterling Borrowings for the five most recent RFR Business Days preceding such day for which Adjusted Daily Simple RFR for Sterling Borrowings was available (excluding, from such averaging, the highest and the lowest such Adjusted Daily Simple RFR applicable during such period of five RFR Business Days) minus (ii) the Central Bank Rate in respect of Sterling in effect on the last RFR Business Day in such period and (c) any other Alternative Currency, a Central Bank Rate Adjustment as determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion. For purposes of this definition, (x) the term Central Bank Rate shall be determined disregarding clause (B) of the definition of such term and (y) the EURIBOR Rate on any day shall be based on the EURIBOR Screen Rate, on such day at approximately the time referred to in the definition of such term for deposits in the applicable Agreed Currency for a maturity of one month.

 

“Change in Control” means (a) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders, or (b) the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) that any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Effective Date), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or has become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Effective Date) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting Equity Interests of the Company other than in connection with any transaction or series of transactions in which the Company shall become the wholly owned subsidiary (other than any director’s qualifying shares or shares owned by foreign nationals to the extent mandated by applicable law) of a direct or indirect parent entity of the Company of which no person or group, as noted above, holds 50% or more of the total voting power (other than a Permitted Holder).

 

For purposes of this definition, any direct or indirect holding company of the Company shall not itself be considered a “person” or “group”; provided that no “person” or “group” (other than one or more of the Permitted Holders) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, more than a majority of the total voting power of the voting Equity Interests of such holding company.

 

“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any rule, regulation, treaty or other law, (b) any change in any rule, regulation, treaty or other law or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case, pursuant to Basel III, shall, in each case, be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, implemented, promulgated or issued.

 

13

 

 

“Charges” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.15.

 

“Chief Financial Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the chief financial officer of such Person.

 

“Class” means, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is a Revolving Loan or a Swingline Loan.

 

“CME Term SOFR Administrator” means CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited as administrator of the forward-looking term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) (or a successor administrator).

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

“Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.

 

“Collateral Cure” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.

 

“Collateral Cure Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.

 

“Collateral Cure Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.

 

“Collateral Document” means any document pursuant to which a Person grants a Lien upon any real or personal property as security for payment of the Obligations.

 

“Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, individually or collectively as the context may require, the Tranche A Commitment and the Tranche B Commitment of such Lender. The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Assumption or the Incremental Facility Agreement pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed or provided its Commitment, as applicable. The initial amount of the Total Commitment is $1,500,000,000.

 

“Commitment Termination Date” means the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date, as such date may be extended pursuant to Section 2.23.

 

“Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.).

 

“Communications” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein that is distributed by or to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Lender by means of electronic communications pursuant to Section 9.01, including through the Approved Electronic Platform.

 

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement; provided that, following the assumption of the LuxDutch Borrower’s obligations hereunder by the Substituted LuxEuropean Company pursuant to Section 6.03(a), the “Company” shall mean such Substituted LuxEuropean Company.

 

“Competitor” means any Person that competes with the Company and its Subsidiaries in the industries in which they conduct their business and is identified by the Company in writing to the Administrative Agent (or is reasonably identifiable as an Affiliate of such Person). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, a list of Competitors identified by the Company as set forth above is permitted to be made available by the Administrative Agent to any Lender that specifically requests a copy thereof.

 

14

 

 

“Consolidated Cash Interest Expense” means, as of any date for the applicable period ending on such date with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the amount payable with respect to such period in respect of (a) total interest expense payable in cash with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries including the interest component of capitalized lease obligations, but excluding, to the extent included in interest expense, (i) annual agency fees paid to the administrative agents and collateral agents under any credit facilities or other debt instruments or documents, (ii) costs associated with obtaining Swap Agreements and any interest expense attributable to the movement of the mark-to-market valuation of obligations under Swap Agreements or other derivative instruments, and any one-time cash costs associated with breakage in respect of Swap Agreements for interest rates, (iii) fees and expenses (including any penalties and interest relating to Taxes) associated with any permitted Investment, the issuance of Equity Interests or Indebtedness, (iv) any interest component relating to accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities, (v) all non-recurring cash interest expense consisting of liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (vi) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses or expensing of any financing fees or prepayment or redemption premiums or penalty and any other amounts of non-cash interest (including as a result of the effects of acquisition method accounting or pushdown accounting), and (vii) any interest expense attributable to the exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect thereto and with respect to any acquisition or other Investment, all as calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP minus (b) cash interest income of the Company and its Subsidiaries earned during such period, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees or costs, capitalized expenditures, customer acquisition costs and incentive payments, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs of such Person and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:

 

(1) increased (without duplication) by:

 

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses from Swap Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Consolidated Interest Expense), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (1)(u) through (1)(z) thereof, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

15

 

 

(d) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any equity offering, investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Agreement (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), in each case, deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(e) the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve or nonrecurring integration costs deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Effective Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, including any lease termination costs, severance costs, facility shutdown costs and other restructuring charges related to or associated with a permanent reduction in capacity, closure of plants or facilities, cut-backs or plant closures or a significant reconfiguration of a facility, plus

 

(f) any other non-cash charges, including any write-off or write-downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period, plus

 

(g) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(h) expenses consisting of internal software development costs that are expensed during the period but could have been capitalized under alternative accounting policies in accordance with GAAP, plus

 

(i) costs of surety bonds incurred in such period in connection with financing activities, plus

 

(j) the amount of net cost savings and synergies projected by such Person in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or to be taken prior to or during such period (which cost savings or synergies shall be subject only to certification by management of such Person and shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings or synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings or synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions have been taken or are to be taken within 18 months after the date of determination to take such action, (C) no cost savings or synergies shall be added pursuant to this clause (j) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings or revenue enhancements that are included in clause (k) below with respect to such period and (D) in no event shall the aggregate amount under this clause (j) exceed 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period (after giving effect to the adjustments provided in this clause (j)), plus

 

(k) business optimization expenses (including consolidation initiatives, severance costs and other costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement), plus

 

(l) restructuring charges or reserves (including restructuring costs related to acquisitions after the Effective Date and to closure and/or consolidation of facilities and to exiting lines of business), plus

 

(m) the amount of loss or discount on sale of receivables and related assets to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Securitization Transaction, plus

 

16

 

 

(n) any costs or expense incurred by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of a Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Company (other than Disqualified Equity Interests); plus

 

(o) the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of any direct or indirect parent entity of such Person in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to shareholders of such Person, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were shareholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted under this Agreement, plus

 

(p) with respect to any joint venture, an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in clauses (a) and (c) above relating to such joint venture corresponding to such Person and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint venture were a Restricted Subsidiary), plus

 

(q) the amount of any loss attributable to a new plant or facility until the date that is 18 months after the date of commencement of construction or the date of acquisition thereof, as the case may be; provided that (A) such losses are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and certified by a responsible officer of such Person, (B) losses attributable to such plant or facility after 18 months from the date of commencement of construction or the date of acquisition of such plant or facility, as the case may be, shall not be included in this clause (q) and (C) no amounts shall be added pursuant to this clause (q) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings or revenue enhancements that are included in clauses (j) or (k) above with respect to such period, plus

 

(r) addbacks or other adjustments determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X in effect prior to January 1, 2021 promulgated under the Exchange Act and as interpreted by the staff of the SEC (or any successor agency);

 

(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period; and

 

(3) increased (in the case of a loss) or decreased (in the case of a gain) by (without duplication) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk and revaluations of intercompany balances, including, without limitation, Currency Protection Agreements).

 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication of:

 

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for that period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, including (or plus, to the extent not included in such consolidated interest expense):

 

(a) amortization of debt discount;

 

17

 

 

(b) the interest component of capitalized lease obligations;

 

(c) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing;

 

(d) interest actually paid by such Person or any of its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries under any guarantee of Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person;

 

(e) interest expense on Indebtedness guaranteed by the Company or any of its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such interest is paid by the Company or any of its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries);

 

(f) net payments (whether positive or negative) pursuant to Swap Agreements; and

 

(g) cash and Disqualified Equity Interest dividends in respect of all preferred stock of consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries and Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person held by Persons other than such Person or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary; but excluding:

 

(t) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness;

 

(u) interest expense attributable to a parent entity resulting from push-down accounting;

 

(v) any expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting;

 

(w) any “additional amounts”;

 

(x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, and original issue discount with respect to Indebtedness issued on the Effective Date;

 

(y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees; and

 

(z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Securitization Transaction; and

 

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for that period, whether paid or accrued.

 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP, and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends (the “Net Income”) of such Person and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that, without duplication,

 

(1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses, severance, relocation costs, new product introductions, and one-time compensation charges shall be excluded,

 

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

 

18

 

 

(3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

(4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined by the Company, shall be excluded,

 

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash or cash equivalents) or that (as reasonably determined by the Company) could have distributed to the reference Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

 

(6) [reserved]

 

(7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries) in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements required or permitted by ASC 805 and ASC 350 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 141 and 142, respectively) resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any acquisition that is consummated after the Effective Date or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

(8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Obligations or other derivative instruments (including deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid) shall be excluded,

 

(9) any impairment charge, asset write-off or write-down pursuant to ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and No. 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141) shall be excluded,

 

(10) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, phantom equity, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors, consultants or employees shall be excluded,

 

(11) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, investment, recapitalization, asset sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including, without limitation, any such transaction consummated prior to the Effective Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,

 

(12) changes in accruals or reserves as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies shall be excluded, and

 

(13) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), losses and expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.

 

19

 

 

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, at any date, total assets of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP minus (a) current liabilities (excluding short-term Indebtedness and the current portion of long-term Indebtedness) of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) goodwill and other intangible assets of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not deducting assets recorded on the balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of investments by the Company or its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries in their respective Affiliates), in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Consolidated Total Debt” mean, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than letters of credit or bank guarantees, to the extent undrawn) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of a type required to be reflected on a balance sheet prepared at such time on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio” means, as at any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date minus the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents listed on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date held free and clear of any Lien other than Liens permitted by clauses (a)(i) and (ii) of Section 6.02 (other than Liens permitted by clause (n) of the definition of Permitted Encumbrances) to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company then last ended for which financial statements have been (or were required to be) delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis).

 

“Control” means (i) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies, or the dismissal or appointment of the management, of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise and (ii) with respect to any reference to Affiliate in relation to an Australian Loan Party or any of its Australian Subsidiaries, “Control” has the meaning given to it in section 50AA of the Australian Corporations Act. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

“Controller” with respect to any Australian Loan Party, has the meaning given to it in section 9 of the Australian Corporations Act.

 

“Corporate Rating” means, at any time, (a) with respect to S&P or Fitch, the corporate credit rating of JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.lN.V., and (b) with respect to Moody’s, the corporate family rating of JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. N.V.

 

“CORRA” means the Canadian Overnight Repo Rate Average administered and published by the Bank of Canada (or any successor administrator).

 

“Corresponding Tenor” with respect to any Available Tenor means, as applicable, either a tenor (including overnight) or an interest payment period having approximately the same length (disregarding business day adjustment) as such Available Tenor.

 

“Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, individually and collectively as the context may require, the sum of such Lender’s Tranche A Exposure and Tranche B Exposure.

 

20

 

 

“Credit Party” means the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Swingline Lender or any other Lender.

 

“Cure Expiration Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.

 

“Currency Protection Agreement” means any currency protection agreement entered into with one or more financial institutions that is designed to protect the Person or entity entering into the agreement against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with respect to Indebtedness Incurred and not for purposes of speculation.

 

“DAC6” means the Council Directive of 25 May 2018 (2018/822/EU) amending Directive 2011/16/EU.

 

“Daily Compounded CORRA Rate” means, for any date of determination, CORRA with interest accruing on a compounded daily basis, with the methodology and conventions for this rate (which will include compounding in arrears with a lookback) being established by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the methodology and conventions for this rate selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for determining compounded CORRA for business loans; provided that if the Administrative Agent decides that any such convention is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent may (in consultation with the Canadian Borrower) establish another convention in its reasonable discretion; and provided that if the administrator has not provided or published CORRA and a Benchmark Replacement Date with respect to CORRA has not occurred, then, in respect of any day for which CORRA is required, references to CORRA will be deemed to be references to the last provided or published CORRA.

 

“Daily Compounded CORRA Adjustment” means a percentage equal to 0.29547% per annum.

 

“Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing” means any borrowing in Canadian Dollars of a Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loan.

 

“Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loan” means any Canadian Dollar Loan which bears interest based on the Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate.

 

“Daily Simple RFR” means, for any day (an “RFR Interest Day”), an interest rate per annum equal to, for any RFR Loan denominated in (i) Sterling, SONIA for the day that is 5 RFR Business Days prior to (A) if such RFR Interest Day is an RFR Business Day, such RFR Interest Day or (B) if such RFR Interest Day is not an RFR Business Day, the RFR Business Day immediately preceding such RFR Interest Day and (ii) Dollars, Daily Simple SOFR.

 

“Daily Simple SOFR” means, for any day (a “SOFR Rate Day”), a rate per annum equal to SOFR for the day (such day “SOFR Determination Date”) that is five (5) RFR Business Days prior to (i) if such SOFR Rate Day is an RFR Business Day, such SOFR Rate Day or (ii) if such SOFR Rate Day is not an RFR Business Day, the RFR Business Day immediately preceding such SOFR Rate Day, in each case, as such SOFR is published by the SOFR Administrator on the SOFR Administrator’s Website. Any change in Daily Simple SOFR due to a change in SOFR shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in SOFR without notice to the Borrower.

 

“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Dutch Bankruptcy Act (Faillissementswet), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), the Winding-up and Restructuring Act (Canada) and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, examinership, court protection, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, arrangement, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws (including corporate statutes) of the United States, Canada or any other jurisdiction from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally, including the insolvency and related provisions of the Australian Corporations Act.

 

21

 

 

“Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

 

“Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has failed, within three Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, (i) to fund its portion of any Borrowing, (ii) to fund any portion of its participation in any Letter of Credit or Swingline Loan or (iii) to pay over to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender, any Swingline Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Company in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination in good faith that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable Default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Company, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender, any Swingline Lender or any other Lender in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s determination in good faith that one or more condition precedents to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable Default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Swingline Lender, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans under this Agreement; provided that such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender under this clause (c) upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it, or (d) (i) has become the subject of a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment, or has had any order for relief in such proceeding entered in respect thereof, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has become the subject of a voluntary or involuntary public bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment, or has had any order for relief in such proceeding entered in respect thereof, in each case, other than via an Undisclosed Administration, provided that for purposes of this clause (d)(i), a Lender shall not qualify as a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Lender or its direct or indirect parent company by a Governmental Authority, unless such ownership interest results in or provides such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permits such Lender or its direct or indirect parent company (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Lender or such direct or indirect parent company, or (ii) has become the subject of a Bail-In Action or has a direct or indirect parent company that has become the subject of a Bail-In Action.

 

“Disposition” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.09.

 

22

 

 

“Disqualified Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interest of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests), other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than a result of a change of control or asset sale to the extent the terms of such Equity Interest provides that such Equity Interest shall not be required to be repurchased or redeemed until the Commitment Termination Date has occurred or such repurchase or redemption is otherwise permitted by this Agreement (including as a result of a waiver hereunder)), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date that is 91 days after the Commitment Termination Date hereunder; provided that if such Equity Interest is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interest shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

“Disclosed Matters” means the actions, suits and proceedings and the environmental matters disclosed in Schedule 3.06.

 

“Dollar”, “dollar” or “$” refers to lawful money of the U.S.

 

“Dollar Equivalent” means, for any amount, at the time of determination thereof, (a) if such amount is expressed in dollars, such amount, (b) if such amount is expressed in an Alternative Currency, the equivalent of such amount in dollars determined by using the rate of exchange for the purchase of dollars with the Alternative Currency last provided (either by publication or otherwise provided to the Administrative Agent) by Reuters on the Business Day (New York City time) immediately preceding the date of determination or if such service ceases to be available or ceases to provide a rate of exchange for the purchase of dollars with the Alternative Currency, as provided by such other publicly available information service which provides that rate of exchange at such time in place of Reuters chosen by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion (or if such service ceases to be available or ceases to provide such rate of exchange, the equivalent of such amount in dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent using any method of determination it deems appropriate in its sole discretion) and (c) if such amount is denominated in any other currency, the equivalent of such amount in dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent using any method of determination it deems appropriate in its sole discretion.

 

“Domestic Borrower” means any Borrower that is organized under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is organized under the laws of the U.S., any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

“Dutch Borrower” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Dutch Loan Parties” means collectively, (a) each Dutch Borrower, (b) each other person incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands that at any time becomes a Dutch Loan Party and (c) their respective successors and assigns; each sometimes being referred to herein individually as a “Dutch Loan Party”.

 

“EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a Subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

 

23

 

 

“EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

 

“EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

 

“Effective Date” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02), which date is November 1, 2022.

 

“Electronic Signature” means an electronic sound, symbol, or process attached to, or associated with, a contract or other record and adopted by a Person with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record.

 

“Eligible Assignee” means (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate or branch of a Lender, (c) an Approved Fund and (d) any other Person, other than, in each case, (i) a Defaulting Lender, (ii) the Company or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a natural person or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural person or (iv) any Competitor.

 

“Environmental Laws” means all treaties, laws (including common law), rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by or with any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, the preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the generation, management, use, presence, release or threatened release of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Materials, or to the extent relating to exposure to Hazardous Materials, to health and safety matters (including occupational safety and health standards).

 

“Environmental Liability” means liabilities, obligations, claims, actions, suits, judgments, or orders under or relating to any Environmental Law for any damages, injunctive relief, losses, fines, penalties, fees, expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and consultants) or costs, whether contingent or otherwise, including those arising from or relating to (a) any actual or alleged violation of any Environmental Law or permit, license or approval issued thereunder, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment, disposal or arrangement for disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

“Equity Interests” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest (other than, prior to the date of conversion, Indebtedness that is convertible into any such Equity Interests).

 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with any Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(m) of the Code.

 

24

 

 

“ERISA Event” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30 day notice period is waived); (b) the complete or partial withdrawal of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from any Plan (during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or Multiemployer Plan; (c) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Plan or the treatment of a Multiemployer Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA; (d) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Plan or a Multiemployer Plan by the PBGC; (e) the failure to make required contributions under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA; (f) the failure of any Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standard (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Plan; (g) a determination that any Plan is in “at risk” status (as defined in Section 430(i)(4) of the Code or Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA); (h) the receipt by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice imposing Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, or in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA); (i) the occurrence of a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) with respect to which any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is a “disqualified person” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or a “party in interest” (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA) or with respect to which any Borrower or any such ERISA Affiliate could otherwise be liable in an amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (j) any other event or condition which constitutes or might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan or the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Company or any ERISA Affiliate; and (k) any Foreign Benefit Event.

 

“ESG” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(e).

 

“ESG Amendment” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(e).

 

“ESG Pricing Provisions” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(e).

 

“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.

 

“Euro” and “€” mean the single currency of the Participating Member States.

 

“EURIBOR Rate” means, with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Euros and for any Interest Period, the EURIBOR Screen Rate, two TARGET Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

 

“EURIBOR Screen Rate” means the euro interbank offered rate administered by the European Money Markets Institute (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period displayed (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) on page EURIBOR01 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters as published at approximately 11:00 a.m. Brussels time two TARGET Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Administrative Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower.

 

25

 

 

“Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Article VII.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Excluded Assets” has the meaning set forth on Schedule A-1.

 

“Excluded Domestic Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth on Schedule A-1.

 

“Excluded Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth on Schedule A-1.

 

“Excluded Swap Obligation” has the meaning set forth on Schedule A-1.

 

“Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to any recipient, including the Administrative Agent, any Lender and any Issuing Lender, of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or any other Loan Document, (a) any Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office located in or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes or non-U.S. withholding Taxes, in each case, imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of a Loan Party pursuant to a law in effect at the time such Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Company under Section 2.19(b)), becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts with respect to such withholding Taxes under Section 2.17(a) or 2.17(c), (c) Taxes attributable to such recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(f), (d) any Taxes imposed under FATCA, (e) Australian IWT imposed on payments by the Australian Borrower because the Lender is an Offshore Associate of the Australian Borrower, (f) with respect to a Loan made to the Canadian Borrower, any withholding Taxes imposed under the Canada ITA as a result of a Lender (i) not dealing at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Canada ITA) with the Canadian Borrower (or with any of its direct or indirect, through one or more partnerships, partners) or (ii) being a “specified shareholder” of the Canadian Borrower (or of any of its direct or indirect, through one or more partnerships, partners) and dealing not at arm’s length with such a “specified shareholder” (all within the meaning of the Canada ITA) (or any of its direct or indirect, through one or more partnerships, partners) except (A) where any non-arm’s length or “specified shareholder” relationship arises from a Lender having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest or hypothec under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan Document or (B) where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (g) any Tax imposed by reference to the balance sheet or capital base or the assets or liabilities of a financial institution or other entity carrying out financial transactions, including the Dutch bank levy (bankenbelasting) as set out in the Dutch Bank Levy Act (Wet bankenbelasting), in each case to the extent in force and at the rates as at the date of this Agreement or (h) any Tax Deduction on account of Taxes imposed by Luxembourg, if on the date on which the payment falls due (i) the payment could have been made to the Lender without such withholding or deduction for or on account of Tax if the Lender had been a Luxembourg Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a Luxembourg Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority; or (ii) the relevant Lender is an individual resident in Luxembourg for tax purposes or a tax transparent vehicle held by one or more individuals resident in Luxembourg and the Tax Deduction is made pursuant to the Luxembourg law dated 23 December 2005, as amended from time to time. or (i) any Taxes imposed by the Netherlands (i) in connection with or pursuant to the Dutch Withholding Tax Act 2021 (Wet bronbelasting 2021) in the form as at the date of this Agreement (or, where the relevant recipient becomes a party to this Agreement after the date of the Agreement, in the form as at that date) or (ii) as a result of any such recipient having a substantial interest (aanmerkelijk belang) within the meaning of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 (Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001), in each case in force as at the date of this Agreement, in a Loan Party.

 

26

 

 

“Existing Commitment Termination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.23(a).

 

“Existing Letter of Credit” means each letter of credit issued under the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement that is outstanding on the Effective Date, issued by a Lender and set forth on Schedule 2.06A.

 

“Existing Revolving Borrowings” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(e).

 

“Existing Revolving Credit Agreement” means the Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2018 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) by and among, inter alia, the Borrowers and Royal Bank of Canada as administrative agent thereunder.

 

“Extending Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.23(a).

 

“Extension Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.23(b).

 

“Extension Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.23(a).

 

“Facility” means, individually and collectively as the context may require, each of the Tranche A Facility and the Tranche B Facility.

 

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by such Person’s board of directors or senior management, whose determination will be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of such board of directors or an officer’s certificate, as applicable.

 

“Farm Credit Lender” means a federally-chartered Farm Credit System lending institution organized under the Farm Credit Act of 1971, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, any intergovernmental agreements implementing any of the foregoing, and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any of the foregoing.

 

“Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the rate calculated by the NYFRB based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depository institutions, as determined in such manner as shall be set forth on the NYFRB Website from time to time, and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as the effective federal funds rate; provided that if such rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero.

 

27

 

 

“Federal Reserve Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the U.S. (or any successor thereto).

 

“Finance Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, to the extent such obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as finance leases on the balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the amount thereof that would be required to be set forth on the balance sheet as a finance lease liability of such Person prepared as of such time in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of Section 6.02, a Finance Lease Obligation shall be deemed to be secured by a Lien on the property being leased and such property shall be deemed to be owned by the lessee.

 

“Financial Maintenance Covenant” means the covenant set forth in Section 6.06.

 

“Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller (or other officer with a similar role) of a Borrower.

 

“First Amendment” means the First Amendment to this Agreement, dated as of the First Amendment Effective Date, among the Borrowers, the Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

 

“First Amendment Effective Date” means July 28, 2023.

 

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business of Fitch Ratings, Inc.

 

“Floor” means the benchmark rate floor, if any, provided in this Agreement initially (as of the execution of this Agreement, the modification, amendment or renewal of this Agreement or otherwise) with respect to the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, Adjusted EURIBOR Rate, Adjusted Australian Bill Rate, Adjusted Term CORRA Rate, Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate, each Adjusted Daily Simple RFR, the Alternate Base Rate, the Canadian Prime Rate, or the Central Bank Rate, as applicable. As of (x) the Effective Date, the initial Floor for each of Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, Adjusted EURIBOR Rate, Adjusted Australian Bill Rate, each Adjusted Daily Simple RFR, the Alternate Base Rate, the Canadian Prime Rate and the Central Bank Rate and (y) the Third Amendment Effective Date, the initial Floor for each of the Adjusted Term CORRA Rate and Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate, shall, in each case, be 0%.

 

“Foreign Benefit Event” means, with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable law, or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from a Governmental Authority, (b) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under applicable law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the receipt of a notice by a Governmental Authority relating to the intention to terminate any such Foreign Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee or similar official to administer any such Foreign Pension Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Pension Plan, (d) the incurrence of any liability by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under applicable law on account of the complete or partial termination of such Foreign Pension Plan or (e) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any applicable law and that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of liability by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

“Foreign Borrower” means any Borrower that is not a Domestic Borrower.

 

28

 

 

“Foreign Lender” means any Lender or Issuing Lender that is not a “United States person” as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a “U.S. Person”) or is a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes that is a U.S. Person, but only to the extent the beneficial owners (including indirect partners if its direct partners are partnerships or other entities treated as partnerships for United States federal income tax purposes) are not U.S. Persons.

 

“Foreign Pension Plan” means an employee benefit plan or pension plan that, under the applicable law of any jurisdiction other than the United States of America, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is required to fund, including through a trust or other funding vehicle, other than a trust or funding vehicle maintained exclusively by a Governmental Authority.

 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

“Foreign Subsidiary Debt Basket” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(a).

 

“Fourth Amendment” means the Fourth Amendment to this Agreement, dated as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, among the Borrowers, the Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

 

“Fourth Amendment Effective Date” means November 19, 2025.

 

“GAAP” means, subject to Section 1.04(a), generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time. At any time after the First Amendment Effective Date, the Company may elect to apply International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided herein).

 

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the U.S., Canada, Australia, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state, provincial, territorial, municipal or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national body exercising such powers or functions, such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

 

“GST” means any goods or services tax, value-added tax, consumption tax or similar tax including as that term is defined in the GST Act or any equivalent or similar value added tax imposed by a jurisdiction other than Australia.

 

“GST Act” means A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth) of Australia.

 

“Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount, as of any date of determination, of any Guarantee shall be the principal amount outstanding on such date of the Indebtedness or other obligation guaranteed thereby (or, in the case of (i) any Guarantee the terms of which limit the monetary exposure of the guarantor or (ii) any Guarantee of an obligation that does not have a principal amount, the maximum monetary exposure as of such date of the guarantor under such Guarantee (as determined, in the case of clause (i), pursuant to such terms or, in the case of clause (ii), reasonably and in good faith by the Company)).

 

29

 

 

“Guarantee Agreement” means any Guarantee Agreement entered into among the applicable Borrowers, the Guarantors and the Administrative Agent, which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C, or other Guarantee documentation in respect of the Obligations reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

“Guarantee Requirement” means the requirement that (x) if any Subsidiary of the Company (other than the Australian Borrower) or any Subsidiary of JBS S.A. (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) from time to time shall be or become actually or contingently liable under any Guarantee for any Material Indebtedness of any Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Guarantee Agreement or a supplement thereto, as applicable, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, together with documents and opinions of the type referred to in Sections 4.01(b) through 4.01(e) with respect to such Person; provided that, at the Company’s option upon written designation to the Administrative Agent, a Subsidiary shall not be required to become a Guarantor so long as the Indebtedness guaranteed by such Subsidiary’s Guarantee utilizes (without duplication) (1) available capacity under the Priority Debt Basket and/or (2) available capacity under the Foreign Subsidiary Debt Basket, in each case, were such utilization measured as though such guaranteed Indebtedness reduced capacity under the applicable basket and (y) solely following the Collateral Cure Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received from the direct parent entity of each Borrower and each Subsidiary of the Company (other than any Excluded Subsidiary, except to the extent that such Excluded Subsidiary would be required to become a Guarantor pursuant to clause (x) above in this “Guarantee Requirement”) a Guarantee Agreement or a supplement thereto, as applicable, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, together with documents and opinions of the type referred to in Sections 4.01(b) through 4.01(e) with respect to such Person.

 

“Guarantor” means each of the Company, each Subsidiary Borrower, each Parent Guarantor and each Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that (i) no Borrower that is a Foreign Borrower shall be required to provide a Guarantee in respect of the Obligations of any Domestic Borrower (other than the Company which may provide such Guarantee) and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, the Australian Borrower shall not be required to provide a Guarantee in respect of any Obligations.

 

“Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including any petroleum products or byproducts and all other hydrocarbons, radon gas, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, and all other substances or wastes of any nature that are defined or regulated as hazardous or toxic pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

“IFRS” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “GAAP”.

 

“Incremental Commitment” means, with respect to any Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender, established pursuant to an Incremental Facility Agreement and Section 2.05, to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate permitted amount of such Lender’s Credit Exposure under such Incremental Facility Agreement.

 

30

 

 

“Incremental Facility Agreement” means an Incremental Facility Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, among the Company, the Administrative Agent and one or more Incremental Lenders, establishing Incremental Commitments and effecting such other amendments hereto and to the other Loan Documents as are contemplated by Section 2.05.

 

“Incremental Lender” means a Lender with an Incremental Commitment.

 

“incur” means create, incur, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become responsible for, and “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings.

 

“Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person (excluding trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business and excluding obligations with respect to letters of credit securing such trade accounts payable entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawings are reimbursed no later than the tenth Business Day following payment on the letter of credit), (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services, excluding (i) accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business on normal commercial terms, including pursuant to supply chain financing arrangements offered to vendors, and not overdue by more than 60 days, (ii) deferred compensation and (iii) any purchase price adjustment, earnout or deferred payment of a similar nature incurred in connection with an acquisition (but only to the extent that, at the time of closing of such acquisition, the amount thereof is not determinable and, to the extent the amount thereof thereafter becomes fixed and determined, such amount is payable within 60 days thereafter; provided that, if such amount shall not have been paid within 60 days thereafter, such amount shall no longer be excluded under this clause (iii)), (e) all Finance Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations of other Persons described in clauses (a) through (e) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the tenth Business Day following payment on the letter of credit), (g) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances, (h) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, the amount of such Indebtedness being deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value (as determined reasonably and in good faith by the Company) of such property or assets and the amount of the Indebtedness so secured, (i) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (j) all obligations in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person, (k) all obligations of such Person in respect of Swap Agreements and (l) all obligations of such Person in respect of Securitization Transactions (valued as set forth in the definition of Securitization Transaction). Indebtedness shall not include obligations under any operating lease of property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, except that Synthetic Lease Obligations shall constitute Indebtedness. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other Person (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such other Person, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all obligations as described above; provided, however, that, in the case of Indebtedness sold by the obligor at a discount, the amount of such Indebtedness at any time shall be the accreted value thereof at such time. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the term “Indebtedness” shall not include cash interest thereon.

 

31

 

 

“Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes.

 

“Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03(b).

 

“Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.12.

 

“Intercreditor Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Schedule A-1.

 

“Interest Coverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period to (b) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for the most recently ended Test Period.

 

“Interest Election Request” means a request by the Company on behalf of a Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.08, which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

 

“Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December and the Commitment Termination Date, (b) with respect to any RFR Loan, each date that is on the numerically corresponding day in each calendar month that is one month after the Borrowing of such Loan (or, if there is no such numerically corresponding day in such month, then the last day of such month), (c) with respect to any Term Benchmark Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period, (d) with respect to any Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loan (to the extent then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), the last day of each Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part, (e) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid and (f) with respect to any Loan, the Commitment Termination Date.

 

“Interest Period” means with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), as applicable, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending (x) in the case of Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowings and Adjusted EURIBOR Borrowings, on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, three or six months thereafter, (y) (1) in the case of Adjusted Term CORRA Rate Borrowings, on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one or three months thereafter and (2) in the case of Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowings, on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one month thereafter and (z) in the case of Adjusted Australian Bill Rate Borrowings, on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one or three months thereafter (in each case, subject to the availability for the Benchmark applicable to the relevant Loan or Commitment for any Agreed Currency), as the Borrower may elect; provided, that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (ii) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period, (iii) no tenor that has been removed from this definition pursuant to Section 2.14(e) shall be available for specification in such Borrowing Request or Interest Election Request, and (iv) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Commitment Termination Date for such Class of Loans. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and, in the case of a Revolving Borrowing, thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

 

32

 

 

“Investment” with respect to any Person or any investment by such Person in any other Person, means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit (other than accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers and distributors and commissions, travel and similar advances to directors, officers, consultants and employees, in each case in the ordinary course of business) (including by way of guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to, or any purchase or acquisition for value of Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by such Person. If any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect thereto, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or a Guarantor, or any Person otherwise ceases to be a Guarantor, any Investment by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person remaining after giving effect thereto will be deemed to be a new Investment at such time. Except as otherwise provided for herein, the amount of an Investment shall be its Fair Market Value at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

 

“Investment Grade Securities” means:

 

(a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof;

 

(b) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among any Borrower and any of their Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates;

 

(c) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

 

(d) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high-quality investments (including Australia and Canada).

 

“ISP” means the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the International Chamber of Commerce (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

 

“Issuing Lender” or “Issuing Bank” means Bank of Montreal, Truist Bank, Barclays Bank PLC, Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. New York Branch, Mizuho Bank, Ltd. and Royal Bank of Canada and each other Lender that becomes an Issuing Lender hereunder pursuant to Section 2.06(j), each in its capacity as an issuer of one or more Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.06(j), in each case, so long as such Person shall remain an Issuing Lender hereunder. Any Issuing Lender may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by branches or Affiliates of such Issuing Lender, in which case the term “Issuing Lenders” shall include any such branch or Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such branch or Affiliate (it being agreed that such Issuing Lender shall, or shall cause such branch or Affiliate to, comply with the requirements of Section 2.06 with respect to such Letters of Credit).

 

“Junior Debt” means Material Indebtedness that is Subordinated Indebtedness or is unsecured.

 

33

 

 

“KPIs” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(e).

 

“LC Collateral Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(k).

 

“LC Commitment” means, with respect to any Issuing Lender, the maximum permitted amount of the LC Exposure that may be attributable to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender. The amount of each Issuing Lender’s LC Commitment is set forth in Schedule 2.06B or, in the case of any Issuing Lender that becomes an Issuing Lender hereunder pursuant to Section 2.06(j), in the written agreement referred to in such Section, or, in each case, is such other maximum permitted amount with respect to any Issuing Lender as may have been agreed in writing (and notified in writing to the Administrative Agent) by such Issuing Lender and the Company.

 

“LC Disbursement” means a payment made by any Issuing Lender pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

 

“LC Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the applicable Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time, adjusted to give effect to any reallocation under Section 2.21 of the LC Exposures of Defaulting Lenders in effect at such time.

 

“Lender-Related Person” means the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Arranger, the Sustainability Structuring Agent, each Lender, each Issuing Lender and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons.

 

“Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to Section 9.04 or an Incremental Facility Agreement, other than any such Person that shall have ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to Section 9.04. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes each Swingline Lender.

 

“Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement. Each Existing Letter of Credit shall constitute a Letter of Credit for all purposes hereof.

 

“Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(a).

 

“Liabilities” means any losses, claims, damages or liabilities of any kind.

 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, finance lease or other title retention agreement relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

 

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, any Incremental Facility Agreement, any amendment referred to in Section 2.23, the Guarantee Agreement, any Subsidiary Borrower Joinder Agreement, any Subsidiary Borrower Termination Agreement, any written agreement referred to in Section 2.06(j) and, other than for purposes of Section 9.02, any promissory notes issued pursuant to this Agreement; provided that following the Collateral Cure Date, “Loan Documents” shall include each Collateral Document.

 

34

 

 

“Loan Party” means each Borrower and each Guarantor other than the Parent Guarantors; provided that each Parent Guarantor shall be deemed to be a “Loan Party” for purposes of Article IV and Section 7.01(c), (e), (h), (i), (j) and (n).

 

“Loans” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement.

 

“Local Time” means (a) local time in New York City, with respect to the times for (i) the determination of “Dollar Equivalent” and (ii) the receipt and sending of notices by and to, and the disbursement by or payment to, the Administrative Agent, with respect to any Borrower domiciled in the U.S.; (b) local time in Toronto, Canada, with respect to the time for the receipt and sending of notices by and to, and the disbursement by or payment to, the Administrative Agent, with respect to any Borrower domiciled in Canada; (c) local time in London, England, with respect to the time for the receipt and sending of notices by and to, and the disbursement by or payment to, the Administrative Agent, with respect to any Borrower domiciled in Luxembourg; (d) local time in Sydney, Australia, with respect to the time for the receipt and sending of notices by and to, and the disbursement by or payment to, the Administrative Agent, with respect to any Borrower domiciled in Australia; and (e) in all other circumstances, New York, New York time.

 

“Lux Borrower” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Lux GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in Luxembourg.

 

“Luxembourg Loan Party” means any Loan Party incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg.

 

“Luxembourg Qualifying Lender” means, in respect of tax imposed by Luxembourg, a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable in respect of an advance under a Loan Document and is (a) entitled to receive interest, free of any withholding or deduction for or on account of Tax imposed by Luxembourg, or (b) a Luxembourg Treaty Lender.

 

“Luxembourg Treaty” means any double taxation agreement entered into by a jurisdiction with Luxembourg which makes provisions for full exemption from tax imposed by Luxembourg on interest.

 

“Luxembourg Treaty Lender” means a Lender which (a) is treated as a resident of a Luxembourg Treaty State for the purposes of the Luxembourg Treaty; (b) does not carry on a business in Luxembourg through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected; and (c) meets all other conditions in the relevant Luxembourg Treaty for full exemption from Luxembourg tax on interest, subject to the completion of any necessary procedural formalities.

 

“Luxembourg Treaty State” means any jurisdiction that has entered into a Luxembourg Treaty.

 

“Margin Stock” means “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulations T, U and X of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

“Market Disruption Event” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24.

 

“Material Acquisition” means any acquisition or a series of related acquisitions (other than solely among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) of (a) Equity Interests in any Person if, after giving effect thereto, such Person will become a Subsidiary or (b) assets comprising all or substantially all the assets of (or all or substantially all the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of business of) any Person; provided that the aggregate consideration therefor (including Indebtedness assumed in connection therewith and all obligations in respect of deferred purchase price (including obligations under any purchase price adjustment but excluding earnout or similar payments)) exceeds $300,000,000.

 

35

 

 

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of any Loan Party to perform its material obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party, or (c) the rights of or benefits available to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or any Issuing Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

“Material Disposition” means any sale, transfer or other disposition, or a series of related sales, transfers or other dispositions (other than solely among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) of (a) all or substantially all the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in any Person that are owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (b) assets comprising all or substantially all the assets of (or all or substantially all the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of business of) any Person; provided that the aggregate consideration therefor (including Indebtedness assumed by the transferee in connection therewith and all obligations in respect of deferred purchase price (including obligations under any purchase price adjustment but excluding earnout or similar payments)) exceeds $300,000,000.

 

“Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit) in the form of any debt securities or any bank or other credit facility or, solely with respect to Article VII, obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements of any one or more of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate outstanding principal amount exceeding $300,000,000; provided that Material Indebtedness shall include any debt securities of any Borrower existing as of the Effective Date. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of any Person in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that such Person be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.

 

“Material Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Loan Party (a) the consolidated total assets of which equal 5% or more of the consolidated total assets of the Company or (b) the consolidated revenues of which equal 5% or more of the consolidated revenues of the Company, in each case, as of the end of or for the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b) (or, prior to the first such delivery, the financial statements that are referred to in Section 3.04(a)); provided that if at the end of or for any such most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters the combined consolidated total assets or combined consolidated revenues of all Subsidiaries that under clauses (a) and (b) above would not constitute Material Subsidiaries shall have exceeded 10% of the consolidated total assets of the Company or 10% of the consolidated revenues of the Company (calculated without duplication of assets or revenues), then one or more of such excluded Subsidiaries shall for all purposes of this Agreement be deemed to be Material Subsidiaries in descending order based on the amounts of their consolidated total assets or consolidated revenues, as the case may be, until such excess shall have been eliminated.

 

“Maximum Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.15.

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

“Mortgage” has the meaning set forth in Schedule A-1.

 

36

 

 

“Mortgage Threshold” has the meaning set forth in Schedule A-1.

 

“Mortgaged Properties” has the meaning set forth in Schedule A-1.

 

“Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

“New Borrower Requirements” means, with respect to the substitution of the Substituted LuxEuropean Company for the LuxDutch Borrower, the substitution of the Substituted U.S. BorrowerCompany for the U.S. Borrower or the addition of a new Subsidiary Borrower, that each of the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied: (i) the Company shall have notified the Administrative and the Lenders in writing at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the proposed effectiveness of such substitution or designation, (ii) the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Issuing Bank shall have received all information and documentation with respect to such new Borrower under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act and Beneficial Ownership Regulation, in each case, that shall have been reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or such Lender or Issuing Bank (through the Administrative Agent) not later than the fifth Business Day after the notice to the Administrative Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, such Lender or Issuing Lender, as applicable, (iii) the Administrative Agent shall have received joinder and/or assumption documentation in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, together with a Guarantee Agreement or a supplement thereto executed and delivered by such new Borrower, (iv) the Administrative Agent shall have received a reaffirmation agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent from each applicable Loan Party by which it shall have reaffirmed that any guarantee of the Obligations by such Loan Party shall continue in force and effect notwithstanding such substitution or designation and shall apply to such new Borrower’s Obligations, (v) following the Collateral Cure Date, such new Borrower and the other applicable Loan Parties shall have complied with the applicable requirements of Schedule A-3, (vi) the Administrative Agent shall have received such customary legal opinions, board resolutions, secretary’s certificates, officer’s certificates and other documents as shall have reasonably been requested by the Administrative Agent with respect to such new Borrower and (vii) the Company shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate stating that such substitution or designation complies with this Agreement (including clauses (i) through (viv) above, and Sections 2.20 or 6.03(a), as applicable).

 

“Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.19(b).

 

“Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

 

“Non-Extending Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.23(a).

 

“Notice of Objection” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20.

 

“NYFRB” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

 

“NYFRB’s Website” means the website of the NYFRB at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.

 

“NYFRB Rate” means, for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Overnight Bank Funding Rate in effect on such day (or for any day that is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day); provided that if none of such rates are published for any day that is a Business Day, the term “NYFRB Rate” means the rate for a federal funds transaction quoted at 11:00 a.m. on such day received by the Administrative Agent from a federal funds broker of recognized standing selected by it; provided, further, that if any of the aforesaid rates as so determined shall be less than zero, then such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

 

37

 

 

“Obligations” means (a) the due and punctual payment by the Borrowers of (i) the principal of and interest (including interest accruing at the rate stated herein (including default interest) during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment required to be made by any Borrower in respect of any Letter of Credit, when and as due, including payments in respect of reimbursement of LC Disbursements, interest thereon (including interest accruing at the rate stated herein (including default interest) during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) and obligations to provide cash collateral and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Borrowers to any of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders or the Lenders under any Loan Document, including obligations to pay fees, expense reimbursement obligations and indemnification obligations, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), (b) the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Borrowers under or pursuant to any Loan Document, (c) the due and punctual payment and performance of all the obligations of each other Loan Party under or pursuant to each Loan Document (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) and (d) from and after the Collateral Cure Date, (i) Banking Services Obligations and (ii) Secured Swap Obligations, in each case owing to one or more Lenders or their respective Affiliates; provided that the term “Obligations” shall not include Excluded Swap Obligations.

 

“Offshore Associate” means an Associate:

 

(a) which is a non-resident of Australia and does not become a Lender or receive a payment in carrying on a business in Australia at or through a permanent establishment of the Associate in Australia; or

 

(b) which is a resident of Australia and which becomes a Lender or receives a payment in carrying on a business in a country outside Australia at or through a permanent establishment of the Associate in that country;

 

which, in either case, does not become a Lender and receive payment in the capacity of a clearing house, custodian, funds manager or responsible entity of a registered scheme.

 

“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, or become a party to, performed its obligations or received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, or enforced, any Loan Documents).

 

38

 

 

“Other Taxes” means any and all present or future recording, stamp, court or documentary Taxes and any other excise, transfer, sales, property, intangible, filing or similar Taxes arising from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, but excluding Excluded Taxes and Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment pursuant to a request by the Company under Section 2.19(b)) and excluding any Luxembourg registration duties (droits d’enregistrement) payable in the case of voluntary registration of any Loan Document by the Lender with the Administration de l’Enregistrement, des Domaines et de la TVA in Luxembourg or registration of any Loan Document in Luxembourg when such registration is not required to maintain, preserve, establish or enforce the rights of the Lender under any Loan Document.

 

“Overnight Bank Funding Rate” means, for any day, the rate comprised of both overnight federal funds and overnight Eurodollar borrowings denominated in dollars by U.S. managed banking offices of depository institutions, as such composite rate shall be determined as set forth on the NYFRB Website from time to time and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as an Overnight Bank Funding Rate; provided that if such rate shall be less than zero, the Overnight Bank Funding Rate shall be deemed to be zero.

 

“Overnight Rate” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the NYFRB Rate and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in an Alternative Currency, an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Banks, as the case may be, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

 

“Own Funds” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.21.

 

“PACA” means the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, 1930, as amended, 7 U.S.C. Section 499a et seq., as the same now exists or may from time to time hereafter be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented, together with all rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto.

 

“Parent Guarantor” means each of (i) JBS S.A., a sociedade anônima organized under the laws of Brazil, (ii) the Company, (iii) JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l.[reserved], (iv) JBS Holding Luxembourg S.à. r.l., (v) JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty. Limited and (viiv) each other direct or indirect Subsidiary of JBS S.A. (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) that becomes a Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee Requirement. For the avoidance of doubt, if any Person that is a Parent Guarantor becomes the successor to the Company in accordance with the definition thereof, then such Person shall thereafter cease to constitute a Parent Guarantor hereunder.

 

“Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(c)(i).

 

“Participant Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(c)(iv).

 

“Patriot Act” means the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended from time to time.

 

“Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.06(c)(i).

 

“Payment Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.06(c)(ii).

 

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

 

“Periodic Term CORRA Determination Day” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Term CORRA Rate”.

 

39

 

 

“Permitted Encumbrances” means:

 

(a) Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;

 

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, landlord’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 60 days or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;

 

(c) pledges and deposits made (i) in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws (other than any Lien imposed pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Code or Section 303(k) of ERISA or a violation of Section 436 of the Code) and (ii) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations of the type set forth in clause (i) above;

 

(d) pledges and deposits made (i) to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), leases (other than Finance Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, in the ordinary course of business and (ii) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations of the type set forth in clause (i) above;

 

(e) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default;

 

(f) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(g) banker’s liens, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with depository institutions (included but not limited to any lien or right of set-off arising under the general banking conditions (algemene bankvoorwaarden)); provided that, except with respect to any deposit account or funds subject to the Lien of a Loan Document, such deposit accounts or funds are not established or deposited for the purpose of providing collateral for any Indebtedness and are not subject to restrictions on access by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of those required by applicable banking regulations;

 

(h) Liens in favor of, or claims or rights of any producer, grower or seller of livestock, poultry or agricultural commodities under PACA, PSA or any similar state or federal laws or regulations;

 

(i) any Lien, claim or right of any Governmental Authority arising under any law or regulation in any inventory or farm products allocable to any procurement contract with such Governmental Authority;

 

(j) [reserved];

 

(k) Liens arising by virtue of Uniform Commercial Code or PPSA (Australia) financing statement filings (or similar filings under applicable law) regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l) Liens representing any interest or title of a licensor, lessor or sublicensor or sublessor, or a licensee, lessee or sublicensee or sublessee, in the property subject to any lease (other than Finance Lease Obligations), license or sublicense or concession agreement permitted by this Agreement;

 

(m) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off;

 

40

 

 

(n) Liens on cash and cash equivalents made to defease or to satisfy and discharge any debt securities; and

 

(o) Liens that are deemed security interests under the PPSA (Australia) that do not, in substance, secure payment or performance of an obligation; and

 

(p) Liens solely arising by the operation of law as a direct consequence of the existence of a fiscal unity (fiscale eenheid) for Dutch corporate income tax and/or value added tax purposes between Dutch Loan Parties and any of their respective Subsidiaries.

 

provided that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness, other than Liens referred to in clauses (c) and (d) above securing letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments and Liens referred to in clause (n).

 

“Permitted Holders” means (i) any member of the Batista Family or any Affiliate or Affiliates of any of the foregoing and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such members of the Batista Family and their respective Affiliates, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries and (ii) any Person the voting Equity Interests of which (or in the case of a trust, the beneficial interest in which) at least 51% is owned by Persons specified in clause (i).

 

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, unlimited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

“Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA sponsored, maintained or contributed to, by any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

 

“Post-Collateral Cure Borrowing Base” has the meaning set forth in Schedule A-1.

 

“Post-Collateral Cure Borrowing Base Certificate” means a certificate, signed and certified as accurate and complete by a Financial Officer of the U.S. Borrower, in substantially the form of Exhibit J or another form that is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

“PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act (Alberta), including the regulations thereto, provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any Lien created on the Collateral is governed by the personal property security legislation or other applicable legislation (including the Civil Code of Québec) with respect to personal property security in effect in a jurisdiction other than Alberta, “PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act or such other applicable legislation in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction (including the Civil Code of Québec, as applicable) for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

 

“PPSA (Australia)” means the Personal Property Securities Act 2009 (Cth) and any regulations in force at any time under the PPSA (Australia), including the Personal Property Securities Regulations 2010 (Cth).

 

41

 

 

“Prime Bank” means a bank determined by ASX Benchmarks Pty Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of the Australian Bill Rate for Australian dollars) as being a Prime Bank or an acceptor or issuer of bills of exchange or negotiable certificates of deposit for the purposes of calculating that Australian Bill Rate. If ASX Benchmarks Pty Limited or such other person ceases to make such determination, the Prime Banks shall be the Prime Banks last so appointed.

 

“Prime Rate” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by BMO as its prime rate for borrowings in the applicable Agreed Currency. Each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced or quoted as being effective.

 

“Priority Debt Basket” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(a).

 

“Pro Forma Basis” means, with respect to any test hereunder in connection with any event, that such test shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to (a) such event as if it happened on the first day of such period or (b) the incurrence of any Indebtedness by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such event and any incurrence, repayment, issuance or redemption of other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary occurring at any time subsequent to the last day of such period and on or prior to the date of determination, as if such incurrence, repayment, issuance or redemption, as the case may be, occurred on the first day of such period.

 

“Proceeding” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03(b).

 

“PSA” means the Packers and Stockyard Act of 1921, 7 U.S.C. Section 181 et seq., as the same now exists or may from time to time hereafter be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented, together with all rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto.

 

“PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

 

“Qualified ECP Guarantor” has the meaning set forth on Schedule A-1.

 

“Rating Agencies” means Moody’s, S&P and Fitch.

 

“Reference Time” with respect to any setting of the then-current Benchmark means (1) if such Benchmark is the Term SOFR Rate, 5:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the day that is two U.S. Government Securities Business Days preceding the date of such setting, (2) if such Benchmark is the EURIBOR Rate, 11:00 a.m. Brussels time two TARGET Days preceding the date of such setting, (3) if such Benchmark is the Term CORRA Rate, 11:00 a.m. (New York time) three Business Days preceding the date of such setting, (4) if the RFR for such Benchmark is SONIA, then four RFR Business Days prior to such setting, (5) if the RFR for such Benchmark is Daily Simple SOFR, then four RFR Business Days prior to such setting, (6) if such Benchmark is the Daily Compounded CORRA Rate, 11:00 a.m. (New York time) three Business Days preceding the date of such setting or (7) if such Benchmark is none of the Term SOFR Rate, the EURIBOR Rate, SONIA, the Daily Simple SOFR, Term CORRA Rate or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate, the time determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

 

42

 

 

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means, in respect of any Indebtedness (the “Original Indebtedness”), any Indebtedness that extends, renews or refinances such Original Indebtedness (or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) or, in addition, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, Indebtedness (“Replacement Indebtedness”) of such Foreign Subsidiary that replaces Original Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary or of any other Foreign Subsidiary organized under the laws of the same nation as such Foreign Subsidiary within 90 days after the repayment or prepayment of such Original Indebtedness; provided that (a) the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not exceed the principal amount of such Original Indebtedness (except to the extent (x) used to finance accrued interest and premium (including tender or make-whole premiums) thereon and underwriting discounts, defeasance costs, fees, commissions and expenses and (y) such excess amount is otherwise permitted utilizing the indebtedness baskets set forth in Section 6.01), it being understood in the case of Replacement Indebtedness that is denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable Original Indebtedness that the principal amount of such Original Indebtedness shall be deemed to be equal to the amount in the currency of such Replacement Indebtedness that is equal to the principal amount of such Original Indebtedness based on the currency exchange rates applicable on the date such Replacement Indebtedness is incurred; and (b) such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not constitute an obligation of any Subsidiary that shall not have been (or, in the case of after- acquired Subsidiaries, shall not have been required to become) an obligor in respect of such Original Indebtedness (except that Refinancing Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary may be Guaranteed by any other Foreign Subsidiary organized under the laws of the same nation as such Foreign Subsidiary).

 

“Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(b)(iv).

 

“Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, representatives, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

 

“Relevant Governmental Body” means (i) with respect to a Benchmark Replacement in respect of Loans denominated in Dollars, the Federal Reserve Board and/or the NYFRB, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the NYFRB or, in each case, any successor thereto, (ii) with respect to a Benchmark Replacement in respect of Loans denominated in Sterling, the Bank of England, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Bank of England or, in each case, any successor thereto, (iii) with respect to a Benchmark Replacement in respect of Loans denominated in Euros, the European Central Bank, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the European Central Bank or, in each case, any successor thereto, (iv) with respect to a Benchmark Replacement in respect of Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars, the Bank of Canada, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Bank of Canada, or any successor thereto and (v) with respect to a Benchmark Replacement in respect of Loans denominated in any other currency, (a) the central bank for the currency in which such Benchmark Replacement is denominated or any central bank or other supervisor which is responsible for supervising either (1) such Benchmark Replacement or (2) the administrator of such Benchmark Replacement or (b) any working group or committee officially endorsed or convened by (1) the central bank for the currency in which such Benchmark Replacement is denominated, (2) any central bank or other supervisor that is responsible for supervising either (A) such Benchmark Replacement or (B) the administrator of such Benchmark Replacement, (3) a group of those central banks or other supervisors or (4) the Financial Stability Board or any part thereof.

 

“Relevant Rate” means (i) with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Dollars, the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, (ii) with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Euros, the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate, (iii) with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Canadian Dollars, the Adjusted Term CORRA Rate, (iv) with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Australian Dollars, the Adjusted Australian Bill Rate, and (v) with respect to any Borrowing denominated in Sterling or Dollars, the applicable Adjusted Daily Simple RFR, as applicable.

 

“Relevant Screen Rate” means (i) with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Dollars, the Term SOFR Reference Rate, (ii) with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Euros, the EURIBOR Screen, (iii) with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Canadian Dollars, the Term CORRA Rate or (iv) if such Term Benchmark Borrowing is none of the Term SOFR Reference Rate, the EURIBOR Rate or the Term CORRA Rate, the screen rate as determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, as applicable.

 

43

 

 

“Required Facility Lenders” means, at any time with respect to any Facility, Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) having Credit Exposures under such Facility and unused Commitments under such Facility representing more than 50% of the sum of Credit Exposures under such Facility and unused Commitments under such Facility at such time; provided that for purposes of this definition, to the extent applicable, (a) the Credit Exposure of the Lender that is the Swingline Lender shall be deemed to exclude any amount of its Swingline Exposure in excess of its Applicable Percentage of all outstanding Swingline Loans, adjusted to give effect to any reallocation under Section 2.21 of the Swingline Exposures of Defaulting Lenders in effect at such time, and (b) the unused Commitment of such Lender shall be determined without regard to any such excess amount.

 

“Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Credit Exposures and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of Credit Exposures and unused Commitments at such time; provided that for purposes of this definition, (a) the Credit Exposure of the Lender that is the Swingline Lender shall be deemed to exclude any amount of its Swingline Exposure in excess of its Applicable Percentage of all outstanding Swingline Loans, adjusted to give effect to any reallocation under Section 2.21 of the Swingline Exposures of Defaulting Lenders in effect at such time, and (b) the unused Commitment of such Lender shall be determined without regard to any such excess amount.

 

“Resolution Authority” means an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority

 

“Responsible Officer” means any of the president, chief executive officer, Chief Financial Officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer, controller, chief accounting officer or the general counsel of the Company but, in any event, with respect to financial matters, the foregoing person that is responsible for preparing the financial statements and reports delivered hereunder; provided that, when such term is used in reference to any document executed by, or a certification of, a Responsible Officer, the secretary or assistant secretary of the Company shall have delivered (which may have been on the Effective Date) an incumbency certificate to the Administrative Agent as to the authority of such individual.

 

“Restricted Debt Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.12.

 

“Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than Investments among the Company, the Guarantors and their Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

“Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Equity Interests in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or any option, warrant, or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any other payment that has a substantially similar effect to any of the foregoing, but in each case excluding (x) any mandatory dividends or other distributions, directly or indirectly, to JBS S.A. required by laws applicable to JBS S.A. and (y) Restricted Payments among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

44

 

 

“Resulting Revolving Borrowings” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(e).

 

“Reuters” means Thomson Reuters Corporation, Refinitiv or, in each case, a successor thereto.

 

“Revaluation Date” shall mean (a) with respect to any Loan denominated in any Alternative Currency, each of the following: (i) the date of the Borrowing of such Loan and (ii) (A) with respect to any Term Benchmark Loan, each date of a conversion into or continuation of such Loan pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (B) with respect to any RFR Loan, each date that is on the numerically corresponding day in each calendar month that is one month after the Borrowing of such Loan (or, if there is no such numerically corresponding day in such month, then the last day of such month) and (C) with respect to any Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loan (to the extent then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), each date of a conversion into or continuation of such Loan pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, each of the following: (i) the date on which such Letter of Credit is issued, (ii) the first Business Day of each calendar month and (iii) the date of any amendment of such Letter of Credit that has the effect of increasing the face amount thereof and (c) any additional date as the Administrative Agent may determine at any time when an Event of Default exists.

 

“Revolving Borrowing” means a Borrowing comprised of Revolving Loans.

 

“Revolving Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01.

 

“RFR” means, for any RFR Loan denominated in (a) Sterling, SONIA and (b) Dollars, Daily Simple SOFR.

 

“RFR Administrator” means the SONIA Administrator or the SOFR Administrator.

 

“RFR Borrowing” means, as to any Borrowing, the RFR Loans comprising such Borrowing.

 

“RFR Business Day” means, for any Loan denominated in (a) Sterling, any day except for (i) a Saturday, (ii) a Sunday or (iii) a day on which banks are closed for general business in London and (b) Dollars, a U.S. Government Securities Business Day.

 

“RFR Interest Day” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Daily Simple RFR”.

 

“RFR Loan” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Adjusted Daily Simple RFR.

 

“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc., or any successor to its rating agency business.

 

“Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary sells or transfers such property to any Person and the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary leases such property, or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred, from such Person or its Affiliates; provided, however, that any such arrangement incurred in connection with the acquisition of property that is leased by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an operating lease (other than a Synthetic Lease) shall not be considered a Sale/Leaseback Transaction.

 

“Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is itself the subject or target of any Sanctions.

 

45

 

 

“Sanctioned Person” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the federal government of Australia, the European Union, any EU member state, His Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom, the federal government of Canada or any other relevant sanctions authority, (b) any Person organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clause (a) or (b).

 

“Sanctions” means any economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes promulgated, administered or enforced from time to time by the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the federal government of Australia, the European Union, any EU member state, His Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom, the federal government of Canada or any other relevant sanctions authority.

 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

“Secured Parties” has the meaning set forth on Schedule A-1.

 

“Secured Swap Agreements” has the meaning set forth on Schedule A-1.

 

“Secured Swap Obligations” has the meaning set forth on Schedule A-1.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Securitization Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Securitization Transaction”.

 

“Securitization Transaction” means any arrangement under which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary transfers accounts receivable and/or payment intangibles, interests therein and/or related assets and rights (a) to a trust, partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other entity (which may be an SPE Subsidiary) (such entity, a “Securitization Subsidiary”), which transfer is funded in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, by the incurrence or issuance by the transferee or successor transferee (which may be an SPE Subsidiary) of Indebtedness, other securities or interests that are to receive payments from, or that represent interests in, the cash flow derived from such accounts receivable and/or payment intangibles, interests therein or related assets and rights, or (b) directly to one or more investors or other purchasers. The “amount” or “principal amount” of any Securitization Transaction shall be deemed at any time to be the aggregate principal, capital or stated amount (or the substantive equivalent of any of the foregoing) of the Indebtedness, other securities or interests referred to in the first sentence of this definition or, if there shall be no such principal, capital or stated amount (or the substantive equivalent of any of the foregoing), the uncollected amount of the accounts receivable or interests therein transferred pursuant to such Securitization Transaction, net of any such accounts receivables or interests therein that have been written off as uncollectible. Such “amount” or “principal amount” shall not include any amount of Indebtedness owing by any SPE Subsidiary to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that such intercompany Indebtedness has been incurred to finance, in part, the transfers of accounts receivable and/or payment intangibles, interests therein and/or related assets and rights to such SPE Subsidiary.

 

“SOFR” means a rate equal to the secured overnight financing rate as administered by the SOFR Administrator.

 

46

 

 

“SOFR Administrator” means the NYFRB (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate).

 

“SOFR Administrator’s Website” means the NYFRB’s website, currently at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source for the secured overnight financing rate identified as such by the SOFR Administrator from time to time.

 

“SOFR Determination Date” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Daily Simple SOFR”.

 

“SOFR Rate Day” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Daily Simple SOFR”.

 

“SONIA” means, with respect to any Business Day, a rate per annum equal to the Sterling Overnight Index Average for such Business Day published by the SONIA Administrator on the SONIA Administrator’s Website on the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

“SONIA Administrator” means the Bank of England (or any successor administrator of the Sterling Overnight Index Average).

 

“SONIA Administrator’s Website” means the Bank of England’s website, currently at http://www.bankofengland.co.uk, or any successor source for the Sterling Overnight Index Average identified as such by the SONIA Administrator from time to time.

 

“SPE Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of, and that engages only in, one or more Securitization Transactions and transactions related or incidental thereto.

 

“Statutory Reserve Rate” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentage (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Federal Reserve Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities” in Regulation D) or any other reserve ratio or analogous requirement of any central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of the Loans. Such reserve percentage shall include those imposed pursuant to Regulation D. Term Benchmark Loans for which the associated Benchmark is adjusted by reference to the Statutory Reserve Rate (per the related definition of such Benchmark) shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

 

“Sterling” or “£” mean the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to any Borrower, any Indebtedness of such Borrower which is by its terms expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms expressly subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee of the Obligations.

 

“Subordinated Liabilities” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.21.

 

47

 

 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, (a) any corporation, limited liability company, unlimited liability company, partnership, association or other entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held and (b) any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date. Unless otherwise specified, “Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company. Where it relates to an Australian Loan Party “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary within the meaning given in Part 1.2 Division 6 of the Australian Corporations Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Variable Interest Entity (other than an SPE Subsidiary) shall be a “Subsidiary” under the foregoing clause (b).

 

“Subsidiary Borrower” means (a) the U.S. Borrower, (b) the U.S. Finance Borrower, (c) the Australian Borrower, (d) the Canadian Borrower and (e) each Domestic Subsidiary of the Company that shall become a Subsidiary Borrower pursuant to Section 2.20, in each case of clauses (b) through (e), so long as such Subsidiary shall not have ceased to be a Subsidiary Borrower pursuant to Section 2.20.

 

“Subsidiary Borrower Joinder Agreement” means a Subsidiary Borrower Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit H.

 

“Subsidiary Borrower Termination Agreement” means a Subsidiary Borrower Termination Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I.

 

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means, at any time, each Subsidiary that is a party to the Guarantee Agreement at such time.

 

“Substituted LuxEuropean Company” has the meaning specified in Section 1.11.

 

“Substituted U.S. Company” has the meaning specified in Section 1.12.

 

“Substitution” has the meaning specified in Section 1.11.

 

“Sustainability Structuring Agent” means BMO in its capacity as the sustainability structuring agent hereunder.

 

“Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Company or its Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.

 

“Swap Creditors” has the meaning set forth on Schedule A-1.

 

“Swap Obligations” has the meaning set forth on Schedule A-1.

 

“Swingline Exposure” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be the sum of (a) its Applicable Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time (excluding, in the case of any Lender that is the Swingline Lender, Swingline Loans made by it and outstanding at such time to the extent that the other Lenders shall not have funded their participations in such Swingline Loans), adjusted to give effect to any reallocation under Section 2.21 of the Swingline Exposures of Defaulting Lenders in effect at such time, and (b) in the case of any Lender that is the Swingline Lender, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans made by such Lender and outstanding at such time to the extent that the other Lenders shall not have funded their participations in such Swingline Loans.

 

48

 

 

“Swingline Lender” means BMO, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

 

“Swingline Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04.

 

“Synthetic Lease” means, as to any Person, any lease (including leases that may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of real or personal property, or a combination thereof, (a) that is accounted for as an operating lease under GAAP and (b) in respect of which the lessee is deemed to own the property so leased for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, other than any such lease under which such Person is the lessor.

 

“Synthetic Lease Obligations” means, as to any Person, an amount equal to the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under any Synthetic Lease (determined, in the case of a Synthetic Lease providing for an option to purchase the leased property, as if such purchase were required at the end of the term thereof) that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP if such obligations were accounted for as Finance Lease Obligations. For purposes of Section 6.02, a Synthetic Lease Obligation shall be deemed to be secured by a Lien on the property being leased and such property shall be deemed to be owned by the lessee.

 

“TARGET2” means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilizes a single shared platform and which was launched on November 19, 2007.

 

“TARGET Day” means any day on which TARGET2 (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system, if any, determined by the Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.

 

“Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Loan Document, other than a deduction made pursuant to FATCA.

 

“Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, assessments, fees or other charges or withholdings (including backup withholding) imposed by any Governmental Authority including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

“Term Benchmark” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate, the Adjusted Australian Bill Rate or the Adjusted Term CORRA Rate, as applicable.

 

“Term CORRA Adjustment” means a percentage equal to (i) in respect of an Interest Period of one (1) month, 0.29547% per annum and (ii) in respect of an Interest Period of three (3) months, 0.32138% per annum.

 

“Term CORRA Administrator” means Candeal Benchmark Administration Services Inc., TSX Inc., or any successor administrator.

 

49

 

 

“Term CORRA Rate” means, for any applicable Borrowing denominated in Canadian Dollars, the Term CORRA Reference Rate for a tenor comparable to the applicable Interest Period on the day (such day, the “Periodic Term CORRA Determination Day”) that is two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, as such rate is published by the Term CORRA Administrator; provided, however, that if as of 1:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on any Periodic Term CORRA Determination Day the Term CORRA Reference Rate for the applicable tenor has not been published by the Term CORRA Administrator and a Benchmark Replacement Date with respect to the Term CORRA Reference Rate has not occurred, then the Term CORRA Rate will be the Term CORRA Reference Rate for such tenor as published by the Term CORRA Administrator on the first preceding Business Day for which such Term CORRA Reference Rate for such tenor was published by the Term CORRA Administrator so long as such first preceding Business Day is not more than three (3) Business Days prior to such Periodic Term CORRA Determination Day.

 

“Term CORRA Rate Loan” means any Canadian Dollar Loan during any Interest Period during which it bears interest based on the Adjusted Term CORRA Rate (other than pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition of “Canadian Prime Rate”).

 

“Term CORRA Reference Rate” means the forward-looking term rate based on CORRA.

 

“Term SOFR Determination Day” has the meaning assigned to it under the definition of Term SOFR Reference Rate.

 

“Term SOFR Rate” means, with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Dollars and for any tenor comparable to the applicable Interest Period, the Term SOFR Reference Rate at approximately 5:00 a.m., Chicago time, two U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to the commencement of such tenor comparable to the applicable Interest Period, as such rate is published by the CME Term SOFR Administrator.

 

“Term SOFR Reference Rate” means, for any day and time (such day, the “Term SOFR Determination Day”), with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Dollars and for any tenor comparable to the applicable Interest Period, the rate per annum published by the CME Term SOFR Administrator and identified by the Administrative Agent as the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR. If by 5:00 pm (New York City time) on such Term SOFR Determination Day, the “Term SOFR Reference Rate” for the applicable tenor has not been published by the CME Term SOFR Administrator and a Benchmark Replacement Date with respect to the Term SOFR Rate has not occurred, then, so long as such day is otherwise a U.S. Government Securities Business Day, the Term SOFR Reference Rate for such Term SOFR Determination Day will be the Term SOFR Reference Rate as published in respect of the first preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day for which such Term SOFR Reference Rate was published by the CME Term SOFR Administrator, so long as such first preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day is not more than five (5) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to such Term SOFR Determination Day.

 

“Test Period” means, at any date of determination, the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company in respect of which financial statements have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable.

 

“Third Amendment Effective Date” means May 20, 2024.

 

“Total Commitment” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Commitments in effect at such time.

 

50

 

 

“Total Capitalization” means, on any date, the sum of (a) all Indebtedness that would appear as a liability on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP plus (b) total stockholders’ equity of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined as of such date on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein and notwithstanding any GAAP determination, with respect to this clause (b), total stockholders’ equity shall not be reduced or impacted as a result of the termination or elimination (including by way of any (i) cancellation, modification, or reduction or (ii) merger or other corporate reorganization) of any intercompany loans identified on Schedule I to the First Amendment that are outstanding as of the First Amendment Effective Date. For purposes of calculating Total Capitalization for any date, if during the period of four fiscal quarters ending on such date the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have consummated a Material Acquisition or a Material Disposition, Total Capitalization as of such date shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto in accordance with Section 1.04(b).

 

“Tranche A Commitment” means, with respect to each Tranche A Lender, such Tranche A Lender’s commitment to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum permissible amount of such Tranche A Lender’s Tranche A Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.05, 2.09 or 2.19(b), and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Tranche A Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Tranche A Lender’s Tranche A Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Assumption or the Incremental Facility Agreement pursuant to which such Tranche A Lender shall have assumed or provided its Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Tranche A Commitments is $800,000,000.

 

“Tranche A Exposure” means, with respect to each Tranche A Lender, at any time, the sum, without duplication, of the Dollar Equivalent of the outstanding principal amount of such Tranche A Lender’s Tranche A Loans, LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure at such time.

 

“Tranche A Facility” means, collectively, the Tranche A Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.

 

“Tranche A Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 (or an Affiliate or branch of any such Person that is acting on behalf of such Person, in which case the term “Tranche A Lenders” shall include any such Affiliate or branch with respect to the Tranche A Loans made by such Affiliate or branch) as having a Tranche A Commitment and any other Person that shall have acquired a Tranche A Commitment pursuant to Section 9.04 or an Incremental Facility Agreement, other than any such Person that shall have ceased to be a Tranche A Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Tranche A Lenders” includes each Swingline Lender.

 

“Tranche A Loans” means a Revolving Loan made to any Borrower by the Tranche A Lenders.

 

“Tranche B Commitment” means, with respect to each Tranche B Lender, such Tranche B Lender’s commitment to make Loans, expressed as an amount representing the maximum permissible amount of such Tranche B Lender’s Tranche B Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.05, 2.09 or 2.19(b), and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Tranche B Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Tranche B Lender’s Tranche B Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Assumption or the Incremental Facility Agreement pursuant to which such Tranche B Lender shall have assumed or provided its Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Tranche B Commitments is $700,000,000.

 

51

 

 

“Tranche B Exposure” means, with respect to each Tranche B Lender, at any time, the sum, without duplication, of the Dollar Equivalent of the outstanding principal amount of such Tranche B Lender’s Tranche B Loans at such time.

 

“Tranche B Facility” means, collectively, the Tranche B Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.

 

“Tranche B Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 (or an Affiliate or branch of any such Person that is acting on behalf of such Person, in which case the term “Tranche B Lenders” shall include any such Affiliate or branch with respect to the Tranche B Loans made by such Affiliate or branch) as having a Tranche B Commitment and any other Person that shall have acquired a Tranche B Commitment pursuant to Section 9.04 or an Incremental Facility Agreement, other than any such Person that shall have ceased to be a Tranche B Lender pursuant to Section 9.04.

 

“Tranche B Loans” means a Revolving Loan made to any Borrower by the Tranche B Lenders.

 

“Transactions” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which they are party, the borrowing of Loans, the repayment in full and termination of the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement on the Effective Date, the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder, and the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing.

 

“Type” means, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate, the Adjusted Australian Bill Rate, the Adjusted Term CORRA Rate, the Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate, the Alternate Base Rate, the Canadian Prime Rate or the Adjusted Daily Simple RFR.

 

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York or any other state, the laws of which are required to be applied in connection with the issue of perfection of security interests.

 

“UK Financial Institution” means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any Person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.

 

“UK Resolution Authority” means the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.

 

“Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement excluding the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

 

“Undisclosed Administration” means, in relation to a Lender or its direct or indirect parent company, the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian, or other similar official by a supervisory authority or regulator under or based on the law in the country where such Lender or such parent company is subject to home jurisdiction, if applicable law requires that such appointment not be disclosed.

 

“United States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America.

 

52

 

 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary of the Company (x) following the Effective Date, designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.13 and (y) as of the Effective Date, listed on Schedule 5.13. On the Effective Date, the entities listed on Schedule 5.13 shall be the only Unrestricted Subsidiaries hereunder.

 

“Unused Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(a).

 

“U.S. Borrower” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement; provided that, following the assumption of the U.S. Borrower’s obligations hereunder by the Substituted U.S. Company pursuant to Section 6.03(a), the “U.S. Borrower” shall mean such Substituted U.S. Company.

 

“U.S. Finance Borrower” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“U.S. Government Securities Business Day” means any day except for (i) a Saturday, (ii) a Sunday or (iii) a day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association recommends that the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in United States government securities.

 

“U.S. Inventory” means Inventory (as defined in the UCC) owned by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor and located in the United States.

 

“U.S. Receivables” means Accounts (as defined in the UCC) owned by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in Dollars and located in the United States, which have not been written off on the books of such Person or otherwise designated as uncollectible and with respect to which, no Account Debtor (as defined in the UCC) is the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.17(f).

 

“Variable Interest Entity” means any Person that is not a Subsidiary under clause (a) of the definition of such term but the accounts of which are consolidated with those of the Company under GAAP as a result of its status as a variable interest entity.

 

“Voting Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(c)(vi).

 

“Voting Participant Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(c)(vi).

 

“Wholly-owned Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person at any date, a Subsidiary of such Person of which 100% of the Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) are, as of such date, owned and controlled by such Person or one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise specified, “wholly-owned Subsidiary” means a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company.

 

“Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

 

53

 

 

“Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of such Person or any other Person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.

 

Section 1.02 Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Loan”), by Type (e.g., a “Term Benchmark Loan” or an “RFR Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Term Benchmark Revolving Loan” or an “RFR Revolving Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g., a “Term Benchmark Borrowing” or an “RFR Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Term Benchmark Revolving Borrowing” or an “RFR Revolving Borrowing”).

 

Section 1.03 Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. The words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. The word “law” shall be construed as referring to all statutes, rules, regulations, codes and other laws (including official rulings and interpretations thereunder having the force of law or with which affected Persons customarily comply), and all judgments, orders, writs and decrees, of all Governmental Authorities. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein and unless the context requires otherwise, (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including this Agreement and the other Loan Documents) herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignment set forth herein) and, in the case of any Governmental Authority, any other Governmental Authority that shall have succeeded to any or all functions thereof, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) any definition of or reference to any statute, rule or regulation shall be construed as referring thereto as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, and all references to any statute shall be construed as referring to all rules, regulations, rulings and official interpretations promulgated or issued thereunder.

 

54

 

 

Section 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP; Pro Forma Calculations.

 

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Company notifies the Administrative Agent that the Company requests an amendment to any provision (including any definition) hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Effective Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Company that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, in each case other than for purposes of Section 3.04 or 5.01, (i) without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) (and related interpretations) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Company or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein, (ii) without giving effect to any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof and (iii) without giving effect to any reductions in “Notes Receivable from Related Parties” line item or similar line item on the balance sheet resulting from an internal reorganization of one or more direct or indirect parent entities and/or subsidiaries of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) notwithstanding any change in GAAP after December 31, 2018 that would require lease obligations that would be treated as operating leases as of December 31, 2018 to be classified and accounted for as Capital Leases or otherwise reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, such obligations shall continue to be excluded from the definition of Indebtedness and (ii) any lease that was entered into after the date of this Agreement that would have been considered an operating lease under GAAP in effect as of December 31, 2018 shall be treated as an operating lease for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and obligations in respect thereof shall be excluded from the definition of Indebtedness.

 

(b) All pro forma computations required to be made hereunder giving effect to any Material Acquisition or Material Disposition shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving pro forma effect thereto (and, in the case of any pro forma computations made hereunder to determine whether a transaction is permitted to be consummated hereunder, to any other such transaction consummated since the first day of the period covered by any component of such pro forma computation and on or prior to the date of such computation), and, to the extent applicable, to the historical earnings and cash flows associated with the assets acquired or disposed of and any related incurrence or reduction of Indebtedness, all in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Swap Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Swap Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months).

 

Section 1.05 Currency Translations. For purposes of any determination under Sections 6.01, 6.02, 6.09, 6.10, 6.11 or 6.12 or under clauses (f), (g) or (k) of Article VII, all amounts incurred, outstanding or proposed to be incurred or outstanding in currencies other than dollars shall be translated into dollars at the currency exchange rates in effect on the date of such determination; provided that no Default or Event of Default shall arise as a result of any limitation set forth in dollars in Sections 6.01, 6.02, 6.09, 6.10 or 6.11 or 6.12 being exceeded solely as a result of changes in currency exchange rates from those rates applicable at the time or times Indebtedness, Liens, Restricted Investments, Dispositions, Restricted Payments, Restricted Debt Payments or Sale/Leaseback Transactions were initially consummated in reliance on the exceptions under such Sections.

 

55

 

 

Section 1.06 Interest Rate; Term Benchmark Rate Notification. The interest rate on a Loan denominated in dollars or an Alternative Currency may be derived from an interest rate benchmark that may be discontinued or is, or may in the future become, the subject of regulatory reform. Upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event, Section 2.14(b) provides a mechanism for determining an alternative rate of interest. The Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept any responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to, the administration, submission, performance or any other matter related to any interest rate used in this Agreement, or with respect to any alternative or successor rate thereto, or replacement rate thereof, including without limitation, whether the composition or characteristics of any such alternative, successor or replacement reference rate will be similar to, or produce the same value or economic equivalence of, the existing interest rate being replaced or have the same volume or liquidity as did any existing interest rate prior to its discontinuance or unavailability. The Administrative Agent and its affiliates and/or other related entities may engage in transactions that affect the calculation of any interest rate used in this Agreement or any alternative, successor or alternative rate (including any Benchmark Replacement) and/or any relevant adjustments thereto, in each case, in a manner adverse to the Borrowers. The Administrative Agent may select information sources or services in its reasonable discretion to ascertain any interest rate used in this Agreement, any component thereof, or rates referenced in the definition thereof, in each case pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall have no liability to any Borrower, any Lender or any other person or entity for damages of any kind, including direct or indirect, special, punitive, incidental or consequential damages, costs, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise and whether at law or in equity), for any error or calculation of any such rate (or component thereof) provided by any such information source or service.

 

Section 1.07 Divisions. For all purposes under this Agreement, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.

 

Section 1.08 [Reserved].

 

Section 1.09 Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents.

 

(a) The Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, shall determine the Dollar Equivalent amounts of Term Benchmark Borrowings, Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowings (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14) or RFR Borrowings or Letter of Credit extensions denominated in Alternative Currencies. Such Dollar Equivalent shall become effective as of such Revaluation Date and shall be the Dollar Equivalent of such amounts until the next Revaluation Date to occur. Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by the Borrower hereunder or calculating financial covenants hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any Agreed Currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the Loan Documents shall be such Dollar Equivalent amount as so determined by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as applicable. In addition, solely for the purpose of determining whether the consent of the Required Lenders have been obtained, the amount of all Loans, Commitments and Letters of Credit denominated in Alternative Currencies then outstanding shall be converted to their Dollar Equivalent on the date of determination.

 

(b) Wherever in this Agreement in connection with a Borrowing, conversion, continuation or prepayment of a Term Benchmark Loan, a Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loan (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14) or an RFR Loan or the issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in Dollars, but such Borrowing, Loan or Letter of Credit is denominated in an Alternative Currency, such amount shall be the Dollar Equivalent of such amount (rounded to the nearest unit of such Alternative Currency, with 0.5 of a unit being rounded upward), as determined by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be.

 

56

 

 

Section 1.10 Luxembourg Terms. In each Loan Document (including this Agreement), where it relates to any Person existing under the laws of Luxembourg or to any entity having its centre of main interests in Luxembourg, as referred to in Regulation (EU) No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 May 2015 on insolvency proceedings (recast), as may be amended (the “European Insolvency Regulation”) a reference to:

 

(a) a winding-up, administration or dissolution includes, without limitation, bankruptcy (faillite), insolvency, voluntary or judicial liquidation (liquidation volontaire ou judiciaire), composition with creditors (concordat préventif de la faillite), reprieve from payment (sursis de paiement), controlled management (gestion contrôlée), fraudulent conveyance (actio pauliana), judicial reorganisation proceeding (procédure de réorganisation judiciaire), general settlement with creditors, reorganisation or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally;

 

(b) an agent includes, without limitation, a mandataire;

 

(c) a liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy, judicial custodian, compulsory manager, receiver, administrator receiver, administrator or similar officer includes any:

 

(i) juge-commissaire or insolvency receiver (curateur) appointed under the Luxembourg Commercial Code;

 

(ii) liquidateur appointed under Articles 1100-2 to 1100-15 (inclusive) of the Luxembourg act dated 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended;

 

(iii) juge-commissaire or liquidateur appointed under Article 1200-1 of the Luxembourg act dated 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended; and

 

(iv) commissaire appointed under the Grand-Ducal decree of 24 May 1935 on the controlled management regime or under Articles 593 to 614 (inclusive) of the Luxembourg Commercial Code; and

 

(v) juge délégué appointed under the Luxembourg act of 14 April 1886 on the composition to avoid bankruptcy, as amended; and

 

(d) a person being unable to pay its debts includes that person being in a state of cessation of payments (cessation de paiements) and having lost its creditworthiness (ébranlement de crédit);

 

(e) a lien or security interest includes without any limitation any hypothèque, nantissement, gage, privilège, sûreté réelle, droit de rétention, accord de transfert de propriété à titre de garantie, gage sur fonds de commerce and any type of security in rem (sûreté réelle) or agreement or arrangement having a similar effect and any transfer of title by way of security;

 

(f) by-laws or constitutional documents includes its up-to-date (restated) articles of association (statuts coordonnés); and

 

(g) a director or manager includes an administrateur and a gérant.

 

Section 1.11 Substitution of LuxDutch Borrower. Pursuant to Section 6.03(a), the LuxDutch Borrower may, at such Borrower’s option and without the consent of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, be substituted (a “Substitution”) by an entity that owns and controls, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of the LuxDutch Borrower (the “Substituted LuxEuropean Company”); provided that the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a) the LuxDutch Borrower shall have been released as a borrower and an issuer, as applicable, under the indentures of the Company’s existing debt securities constituting Material Indebtedness (it being understood that the LuxDutch Borrower shall not be released as a Guarantor in connection with any such assumption unless otherwise expressly permitted hereunder);

 

57

 

 

(b) the Substituted LuxEuropean Company is a corporation or limited liability company organized (or the equivalents) and existing under the laws of any State of the United States or the District of Columbia or any of the following Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) countries: Australia, Belgium, Canada, Germany, Ireland, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom; provided that with respect to any jurisdiction other than any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, Australia, Canada or, Luxembourg or the Netherlands, this Agreement shall be amended in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers with respect to tax withholding, tax treaty and other related matters;

 

(c) the New Borrower Requirements shall have been satisfied;

 

(d) immediately after giving effect to such Substitution, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(e) the Substituted LuxEuropean Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of the LuxDutch Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the LuxDutch Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

 

(f) after giving effect to such substitution, the value of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is not materially impaired (as determined by the Company in good faith) and such substitution shall not have resulted in, or would not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

After the Substitution, all references to the LuxDutch Borrower shall be deemed to refer to the Substituted LuxEuropean Company.

 

Section 1.12 Substitution of U.S. Borrower. Pursuant to Section 6.03(a), the U.S. Borrower may, at such Borrower’s option and without the consent of any Lender or the Administrative Agent, be subject to a Substitution by a Subsidiary of the Company that owns and controls, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of the U.S. Borrower (the “Substituted U.S. Company”); provided that the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a) the U.S. Borrower shall have been released as a borrower and an issuer, as applicable, under the indentures of the Company’s existing debt securities (it being understood that the U.S. Borrower shall not be released as a Guarantor in connection with any such assumption unless otherwise expressly permitted hereunder);

 

(b) the Substituted U.S. Company is a corporation or limited liability company organized (or the equivalents) and existing under the laws of any State of the United States or the District of Columbia;

 

(c) the New Borrower Requirements shall have been satisfied;

 

(d) immediately after giving effect to such Substitution, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(e) the Substituted U.S. Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of the U.S. Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the U.S. Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

 

58

 

 

(f) after giving effect to such substitution, the value of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is not materially impaired (as determined by the Company in good faith) and such substitution shall not have resulted in, or would not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

After the Substitution, all references to the U.S. Borrower shall be deemed to refer to the Substituted U.S. Company.

 

Section 1.13 Dutch Terms. In each Loan Document (including this Agreement), where it relates to any Person existing under the laws of the Netherlands or to any entity having its centre of main interests in the Netherlands, as referred to in Regulation (EU) No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 May 2015 on insolvency proceedings (recast), as may be amended (the “European Insolvency Regulation”) a reference to:

 

(a) organizational documents means the deed of incorporation (akte van oprichting), an up-to-date and certified copy of the articles of association (statuten), a copy of any (board or other) regulation (bestuursreglement) and an up-to-date extract of the Dutch Chamber of Commerce (Kamer van Koophandel);

 

(b) a necessary corporate or other organizational action where applicable includes without limitation:

 

(i) any action required to comply with the Works Councils Act of the Netherlands (Wet op de ondernemingsraden);

 

(ii) and obtaining an unconditional positive advice, from the competent works council(s) (ondernemingsraad);

 

(c) any Lien and any security interest includes any mortgage (hypotheek), pledge (pandrecht), retention of title arrangement (eigendomsvoorbehoud), privilege (voorrecht), right of retention (recht van retentie), right to reclaim goods (recht van reclame), and, in general, any right in rem (zakelijk recht) created for the purpose of granting security (goederenrechtelijk zekerheidsrecht);

 

(d) a bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, winding up, or dissolution (and any of those terms) includes a Dutch entity being declared bankrupt (failliet verklaard) or dissolved (ontbonden);

 

(e) a moratorium includes (voorlopige) surseance van betaling and granted a moratorium includes (voorlopige) surseance verleend;

 

(f) a trustee, includes a curator and a liquidator includes a curator;

 

(g) an administrator includes a bewindvoerder, a beoogd bewindvoerder, a herstructureringsdeskundige or an observator;

 

59

 

 

(h) a receiver or an administrative receiver does include a curator or bewindvoerder; (ix) any “procedure or step” taken in connection with insolvency proceedings includes a Dutch Guarantor having filed a notice under Section 36 of the Tax Collection Act of the Netherlands (Invorderingswet 1990) or Section 60 of the Social Insurance Financing Act of the Netherlands (Wet Financiering Sociale Verzekeringen) in conjunction with Section 36 of the Tax Collection Act of the Netherlands (Invorderingswet 1990);

 

(i) an attachment includes a beslag;

 

(j) a director includes a managing director (bestuurder) and board of directors includes a managing board (bestuur);

 

(k) a reorganization includes statutory proceedings for the restructuring of debt (akkoordprocedure) under the Dutch Bankruptcy Act (Faillissementswet);

 

(l) a director includes a managing director (bestuurder) and board of directors includes a managing board (bestuur) and

 

(m) a “subsidiary” includes a dochtermaatschappij as defined in Article 2:24a of the Dutch Civil Code (Burgerlijk Wetboek). Where “the Netherlands” or “Dutch” is referred to it refers only to the European part of the Kingdom of the Netherlands and its laws respectively.

 

Article II

The Credits

 

Section 2.01 The Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (a) each Tranche A Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans in Dollars to the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time during the Availability Period and (b) each Tranche B Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans in Dollars or in one or more Alternative Currencies to the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time during the Availability Period; provided that after giving effect to each such Revolving Loan (i) such Tranche A Lender’s Tranche A Exposure would not exceed such Tranche A Lender’s Commitment, (ii) such Tranche B Lender’s Tranche B Exposure would not exceed such Tranche B Lender’s Tranche B Commitment, (iii) the aggregate Credit Exposures denominated in each Alternative Currency shall not exceed the applicable Alternative Currency Sublimit and (iv) the aggregate Credit Exposures would not exceed (x) prior to the Collateral Cure Date, the Total Commitment and (y) on and after the Collateral Cure Date, the Available Borrowing Amount. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrowers may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.

 

Section 2.02 Loans and Borrowings.

 

(a) Each Revolving Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans of the same Facility and Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Tranche A Commitments or Tranche B Commitments, as the case may be. Any Swingline Loan shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in Sections 2.04. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.

 

60

 

 

(b) Subject to Section 2.14, each Revolving Borrowing shall be comprised (i) in the case of Revolving Borrowings in Dollars, entirely of ABR Loans or Term Benchmark Loans (or, solely in the event that Daily Simple SOFR has become applicable in accordance with Section 2.14, RFR Loans), (ii) in the case of Revolving Borrowings in Euros, entirely of Term Benchmark Loans, (iii) in the case of Revolving Borrowings in Sterling, entirely of RFR Loans, (iv) in the case of Revolving Borrowings in Australian Dollars, entirely of Term Benchmark Loans, and (v) in the case of Revolving Borrowings in Canadian Dollars, entirely of Term Benchmark Loans (or, solely in the event that the Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate has become applicable in accordance with Section 2.14, Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loans) or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, in each case, as the Company, on behalf of the applicable Borrower, may request in accordance herewith. Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan. Each Lender at its option may make any Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the applicable Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for (i) any Term Benchmark Revolving Borrowing denominated in Dollars, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000, (ii) any Term Benchmark Revolving Borrowing denominated in Australian Dollars, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of A$1,000,000 and not less than A$5,000,000 or (iii) any Term Benchmark Revolving Borrowing denominated in Canadian Dollars or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Revolving Borrowings (to the extent then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of C$1,000,000 and not less than C$5,000,000; provided that a Term Benchmark Revolving Borrowing or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Revolving Borrowing that results from a continuation of an outstanding Term Benchmark Revolving Borrowing or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing, as applicable, may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to such outstanding Borrowing. At the time that each ABR Revolving Borrowing or RFR Borrowing denominated in Dollars is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000; provided that an ABR Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.06(f) or that is equal to the entire unused balance of (x) prior to the Collateral Cure Date, the Total Commitment and (y) following the Collateral Cure Date, the Available Borrowing Amount. At the time that each RFR Borrowing denominated in Sterling is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of £1,000,000 and not less than £5,000,000. At the time that each Canadian Prime Rate Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of C$1,000,000 and not less than C$5,000,000. Each Swingline Loan shall be in an amount that is not less than $500,000; provided that a Swingline Loan may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of (x) prior to the Collateral Cure Date, the Total Commitment and (y) following the Collateral Cure Date, the Available Borrowing Amount. Borrowings of more than one Class and Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of 12 Term Benchmark Borrowings, Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowings or RFR Borrowings outstanding.

 

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Borrower shall be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Commitment Termination Date. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, Term Benchmark Loans or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loans (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14) may not be made as, or continued or converted to, RFR Loans, pursuant to this Section 2.02, Section 2.08 or otherwise, except to the extent contemplated by Section 2.14.

 

61

 

 

Section 2.03 Requests for Revolving Borrowings. To request a Revolving Borrowing, the Company, on behalf of itself or the applicable Subsidiary Borrower, shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by submitting a Borrowing Request (i)(x) in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Dollars, not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (y) in the case of an RFR Borrowing denominated in Dollars, not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, four Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing, (ii) in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Euros, not later than 12:00 p.m., Local Time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing, (iii) in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Australian Dollars, not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, four Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing, (iv) in the case of an RFR Borrowing denominated in Sterling, not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, five RFR Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing, (v) in the case of a Canadian Prime Rate Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Local Time, on the date of the proposed borrowing, (vi) (x) in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Canadian Dollars, not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (y) in the case of a Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (vii) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that any such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.06(e) may be given not later than 10:00 a.m., Local Time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be made by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request signed by the Company (on behalf of itself or the relevant Borrower); provided, that such notice may be provided at a shorter date and time as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion. Each such Borrowing Request shall specify the following information:

 

(i) the name of the applicable Borrower;

 

(ii) the aggregate amount of the requested Revolving Borrowing;

 

(iii) the date of such Revolving Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

 

(iv) the Facility under which such Revolving Borrowing is requested;

 

(v) the Agreed Currency and aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

 

(vi) whether such Revolving Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing, a Term Benchmark Borrowing, a Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), an RFR Borrowing or a Canadian Prime Rate Borrowing;

 

(vii) in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and

 

(viii) the location and number of the applicable Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.07 or, in the case of any Borrowing requested to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.06(f), the identity of the Issuing Lender that made such LC Disbursement.

 

If no election as to the Facility under which such Borrowing is requested is specified, then the requested Revolving Borrowing shall be made under the Tranche A Facility. If no election as to the currency of a Borrowing is specified, then the requested Revolving Borrowing shall be made in Dollars. If no election as to the Type of Revolving Borrowing is specified, then the requested Revolving Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Term Benchmark Borrowing or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), then the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

 

62

 

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Borrower may request Revolving Borrowings hereunder and submit notices required to be submitted hereunder in connection with any Revolving Borrowings.

 

Section 2.04 Swingline Loans.

 

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans under the Tranche A Facility to the Borrowers in Dollars from time to time during the Availability Period; provided that after giving effect to the making of any Swingline Loan by any Swingline Lender, (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans of such Swingline Lender shall not exceed $100,000,000, (ii) the Tranche A Exposure of any Lender shall not exceed the Tranche A Commitment of such Lender, (iii) the total Credit Exposures shall not exceed (x) prior to the Collateral Cure Date, the Total Commitment and (y) following the Collateral Cure Date, the Available Borrowing Amount and (iv) in the event the Commitment Termination Date shall have been extended as provided in Section 2.23, the aggregate Swingline Exposure attributable to Swingline Loans maturing after any Existing Commitment Termination Date, when taken together with the aggregate LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit expiring after such Existing Commitment Termination Date, shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the Tranche A Commitments that shall have been extended to a date after the latest maturity date of any of the Swingline Loans and the latest expiration date of such Letters of Credit; provided that no Swingline Lender shall be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrowers may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans. All Swingline Loans shall be denominated in dollars.

 

(b) To request a Swingline Loan from any Swingline Lender, the Company, on behalf of the applicable Borrower, shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request not later than 2:00 p.m., Local Time, on the day of such proposed Swingline Loan. Each such request shall be made by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request signed by the Company (on behalf of itself or the relevant Borrower). Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the name of the relevant Borrower, the name of the relevant Swingline Lender, the requested date of the Swingline Loan (which shall be a Business Day), the amount of the requested Swingline Loan and the number of such Borrower’s account maintained with such Swingline Lender to which funds are to be disbursed or, in the case of any Swingline Loan requested to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.06(f), the identity of the Issuing Lender that made such LC Disbursement. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the relevant Swingline Lender of any such notice received from the Company. Each applicable Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the relevant Borrower by means of a credit to a deposit account of such Borrower maintained with such Swingline Lender and designated by the Company in the applicable Borrowing Request (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.06(f), by remittance to the relevant Issuing Lender).

 

63

 

 

(c) Each Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon, Local Time, on any Business Day require the Tranche A Lenders to acquire participation on such Business Day in all or a portion of the outstanding Swingline Loans made by such Swingline Lender. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Tranche A Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Tranche A Lender, specifying in such notice such Tranche A Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Swingline Loans. Each Tranche A Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, promptly upon receipt of notice as provided above (and in any event, if such notice is received by 12:00 noon, Local Time, on a Business Day, no later than 2:00 p.m., Local Time, on such Business Day, and if received after 12:00 noon, New York City time, on a Business Day, no later than 10:00 a.m., Local Time, on the immediately succeeding Business Day), to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Swingline Lender, such Tranche A Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Swingline Loans. Each Tranche A Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this clause (c) is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Tranche A Lender shall comply with its obligation under this clause (c) by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.07 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.07 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Tranche A Lenders under this clause (c)), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the applicable Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Tranche A Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Company of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this clause (c), and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the applicable Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by any Swingline Lender from the relevant Borrower (or other party on behalf of the relevant Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by such Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Tranche A Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this clause (c) and to the applicable Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the applicable Swingline Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the relevant Borrower for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this clause (c) shall not relieve the Borrowers of any default in the payment thereof.

 

(d) All communications with the Tranche A Lenders on behalf of the Swingline Lenders and the payment of all amounts owing by the Tranche A Lenders to the Swingline Lenders, shall be made solely through the Administrative Agent, and BMO (in its capacity as a Swingline Lender) shall have no obligation to communicate with any other Lender (other than the Administrative Agent), or to monitor any payments with respect to any Swingline Loans made by BMO.

 

Section 2.05 Incremental Commitments.

 

(a) The Company may on one or more occasions, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, request the establishment, during the Availability Period, of Incremental Commitments; provided that the aggregate amount of all the Incremental Commitments established hereunder shall not exceed $800,000,000 during the term of this Agreement. Each such notice shall specify (i) the date on which the Company proposes that the Incremental Commitments shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than 10 Business Days (or such shorter period as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent) after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent, (ii) the amount of the Incremental Commitments being requested and (iii) the Facility under which the Incremental Commitments are being requested (it being agreed that (x) any Lender approached to provide any Incremental Commitment may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide such Incremental Commitment and (y) any Person that the Company proposes to become an Incremental Lender, if such Person is not then a Lender, must be approved by the Administrative Agent, and, to the extent such Incremental Commitments are to be established under the Tranche A Facility, each Issuing Lender and each Swingline Lender (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)). No Lender shall be required to become an Incremental Lender without its consent.

 

64

 

 

(b) The terms and conditions (including the applicable unused fee and interest rate spreads) of any Incremental Commitment and Loans and other extensions of credit to be made thereunder shall be identical to those of the Commitments and Loans of the Facility under which such Incremental Commitments are established and other extensions of credit made hereunder, shall be documented hereunder, and shall be treated as a single Class with such Commitments and Loans of such Facility; provided that the Company at its election may pay upfront or closing fees with respect to Incremental Commitments without paying such fees with respect to the other Commitments.

 

(c) The Incremental Commitments shall be effected pursuant to one or more Incremental Facility Agreements executed and delivered by the Company, each Incremental Lender providing such Incremental Commitments and the Administrative Agent; provided that no Incremental Commitments shall become effective unless (i) on the date of effectiveness thereof, both immediately prior to and immediately after giving effect to such Incremental Commitments, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) on the date of effectiveness thereof and after giving effect to the making of Loans and issuance of Letters of Credit thereunder to be made on such date, the representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents that are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct and the representations and warranties that are not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct and such representations and warranties that are not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case, as of such earlier date), (iii) the Company shall make any payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.16 in connection with such Incremental Commitments and the related transactions under this Section, (iv) the Company shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent such legal opinions, board resolutions, secretary’s certificates, officer’s certificates and other documents as shall reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction, (v) each applicable Loan Party shall have reaffirmed its Guarantee of (and if applicable, security for) the Obligations and (vi) prior to the Collateral Cure Date, the Borrowers shall, immediately after giving effect to such Incremental Commitments on a Pro Forma Basis, be in compliance with the Financial Maintenance Covenant. Each Incremental Facility Agreement may, without the consent of any Lender, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to give effect to the provisions of this Section.

 

(d) Upon the effectiveness of an Incremental Commitment of any Incremental Lender not already a Lender, (i) such Incremental Lender shall be deemed to be a “Lender” and a “Tranche A Lender” or a “Tranche B Lender”, as the case may be, hereunder, and henceforth shall be entitled to all the rights of, and benefits accruing to, Lenders and Tranche A Lenders or Tranche B Lenders, as the case may be, hereunder and shall be bound by all agreements, acknowledgments and other obligations of Lenders and Tranche A Lenders or Tranche B Lenders, as the case may be, hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and (ii) (A) such Incremental Commitment shall constitute (or, in the event such Incremental Lender already has a Commitment under the applicable Facility, shall increase) the Commitment of such Incremental Lender and (B) the Total Commitment shall be increased by the amount of such Incremental Commitment, in each case, subject to further increase or reduction from time to time as set forth in the definition of the term “Tranche A Commitment” or “Tranche B Commitment”, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Commitment, the Credit Exposure of the Incremental Lender holding such applicable Commitment, and the Applicable Percentage of all the Lenders, shall automatically be adjusted to give effect thereto.

 

65

 

 

(e) On the date of effectiveness of any Incremental Commitments, (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Tranche A Loans or Tranche B loans, as the case may be, outstanding (the “Existing Revolving Borrowings”) immediately prior to the effectiveness of such Incremental Commitments shall be deemed to be repaid, (ii) each Incremental Lender that shall have had a Tranche A Commitment or Tranche B Commitment, as the case may be, prior to the effectiveness of such Incremental Commitments shall pay to the Administrative Agent in same day funds an amount equal to the difference between (A) the product of (1) such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of Tranche A Loans or Tranche B Loans, as the case may be, (calculated after giving effect to the effectiveness of such Incremental Commitments) multiplied by (2) the aggregate amount of the Resulting Revolving Borrowings (as hereinafter defined) under the applicable Facility and (B) the product of (1) such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of Tranche A Loans or Tranche B Loans, as the case may be, (calculated without giving effect to the effectiveness of such Incremental Commitments) multiplied by (2) the aggregate amount of the Existing Revolving Borrowings under the applicable Facility, (iii) each Incremental Lender that shall not have had a Tranche A Commitment or Tranche B Commitment, as the case may be, prior to the effectiveness of such Incremental Commitments shall pay to Administrative Agent in same day funds an amount equal to the product of (1) such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of Tranche A Loans or Tranche B Loans, as the case may be (calculated after giving effect to the effectiveness of such Incremental Commitments) multiplied by (2) the aggregate amount of the Resulting Revolving Borrowings under the applicable Facility, (iv) after the Administrative Agent receives the funds specified in clauses (ii) and (iii) above, the Administrative Agent shall pay to each Lender the portion of such funds that is equal to the difference, if positive, between (A) the product of (1) such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of Loans under the applicable Facility (calculated without giving effect to the effectiveness of such Incremental Commitments) multiplied by (2) the aggregate amount of the Existing Revolving Borrowings under such Facility, and (B) the product of (1) such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of Loans under the applicable Facility (calculated after giving effect to the effectiveness of such Incremental Commitments) multiplied by (2) the aggregate amount of the Resulting Revolving Borrowings under the applicable Facility, (v) after the effectiveness of such Incremental Commitments, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have made new Revolving Borrowings (the “Resulting Revolving Borrowings”) under the applicable Facility in an aggregate amount for each Borrower equal to the aggregate amount of its Existing Revolving Borrowings under the applicable Facility and of the Types and for the Interest Periods specified in a Borrowing Request delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.03 (and the Company shall deliver such Borrowing Request), (vi) each Lender shall be deemed to hold its Applicable Percentage of each Resulting Revolving Borrowing under the applicable Facility (calculated after giving effect to the effectiveness of such Incremental Commitments) and (vii) each Borrower shall pay each Lender any and all accrued but unpaid interest on its Loans comprising the Existing Revolving Borrowings under the applicable Facility. The deemed payments of the Existing Revolving Borrowings made pursuant to clause (i) above shall be subject to compensation by the Borrowers pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 if the date of the effectiveness of such Incremental Commitments occurs other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto.

 

(f) The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of any notice from the Company referred to in Section 2.05(a) and of the effectiveness of any Incremental Commitments, in each case, advising the Lenders of the details thereof and of the Applicable Percentages of the Lenders after giving effect thereto and of the payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.05(e).

 

66

 

 

Section 2.06 Letters of Credit.

 

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, from time to time during the Availability Period any Borrower may request any Issuing Lender to issue, and such Issuing Lender shall issue (unless the Required Lenders shall have asserted that the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 with respect to such issuance are not satisfied) under the Tranche A Facility, Letters of Credit denominated in dollars for the account of such Borrower (or, so long as a Borrower is a joint and several co-applicant with respect thereto, the account of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Borrower, provided that if such Subsidiary is a Foreign Subsidiary, the jurisdiction of organization thereof shall be reasonably satisfactory to the relevant Issuing Lender). Each Letter of Credit shall be in such form as shall be acceptable to the relevant Issuing Lender in its reasonable determination. Letters of Credit issued by any Issuing Lender will only be of a type approved for issuance hereunder by such Issuing Lender (it being understood and agreed that standby Letters of Credit shall be deemed of the type that is approved), and issuance, amendment and extension of Letters of Credit by any Issuing Lender shall be subject to its customary policies and procedures for issuance of letters of credit. An Issuing Lender shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such Issuing Lender from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any law, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to such Issuing Lender or any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such Issuing Lender shall prohibit, or request that such Issuing Lender refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such Issuing Lender with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such Issuing Lender is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Effective Date, or shall impose upon such Issuing Lender any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Effective Date and which such Issuing Lender in good faith deems material to it. From and after the Effective Date, each Existing Letter of Credit shall be deemed, for all purposes of this Agreement (including clauses (e) and (f) of this Section), to be a Letter of Credit issued under the Tranche A Facility for the account of the Company.

 

(b) To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit (other than an automatic extension permitted pursuant to clause (d) of this Section)), the applicable Borrower shall deliver by email (or transmit by other electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the recipient) to such Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, three Business Days before the requested date of issuance, amendment or extension a notice (which notice may be in the form of Exhibit B-2) requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with clause (d) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, that such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in dollars, the name of the account party (which shall be a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and a Borrower as co-applicants), the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend or extend such Letter of Credit. It is understood that the reinstatement of all or a portion of a Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms thereof following a drawing thereunder shall not constitute an amendment or extension of such Letter of Credit. If requested by such Issuing Lender, such Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on such Issuing Lender’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to, or entered into by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with, any Issuing Lender relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

 

67

 

 

(c) A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended or extended by an Issuing Lender only if (and upon issuance, amendment or extension of each Letter of Credit the relevant Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment or extension (i) the aggregate LC Exposure would not exceed $150,000,000, (ii) the aggregate LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit issued by any Issuing Lender would not exceed the LC Commitment of such Issuing Lender (or such higher amount as may be agreed by such Issuing Lender), (iii) the Tranche A Exposure of any Lender would not exceed the Tranche A Commitment of such Lender, (iv) the total Credit Exposures would not exceed (x) prior to the Collateral Cure Date, the Total Commitment and (y) following the Collateral Cure Date, the Available Borrowing Amount and (v) in the event the Commitment Termination Date shall have been extended as provided in Section 2.23, the aggregate LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit expiring after any Existing Commitment Termination Date, when taken together with the aggregate Swingline Exposure attributable to Swingline Loans maturing after such Existing Commitment Termination Date, would not exceed the aggregate amount of the Tranche A Commitments that shall have been extended to a date after the latest expiration date of such Letters of Credit and the latest maturity date of any of the Swingline Loans.

 

(d) No Letter of Credit shall have a stated expiry date that is later than the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date twelve months after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any extension thereof, twelve months after the then-current expiration date of such Letter of Credit, so long as such extension occurs within three months of such then-current expiration date) and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date; provided that (A) any Letter of Credit with a one-year tenor may provide for the extension thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause (ii) above and shall be subject to clause (B) below in the case of any extension that would extend the maturity beyond the fifth Business Day prior to the Commitment Termination Date) under customary “evergreen” provisions and (B) in the case of the issuance, extension or amendment of any Letter of Credit having a stated expiry date beyond the fifth Business Day prior to the Commitment Termination Date, the Issuing Lender shall have consented to such stated expiry date in writing prior to such issuance, extension or amendment and the Company shall be required to cash collateralize such Letter of Credit not later than the fifth Business Day prior to the Commitment Termination Date as provided in clause (k) below (but without any requirement for prior notice from the Administrative Agent) and in the event the Company shall fail to post such cash collateral for any Letter of Credit on or prior to such fifth Business Day, the Administrative Agent shall provide notice to the Tranche A Lenders of such failure to post cash collateral and of each Tranche A Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such amount and each Tranche A Lender shall be irrevocably and unconditionally, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.02, 2.03 or 4.02, obligated to make a Revolving Loan (which shall be an ABR Loan) under the Tranche A Facility to the Company on the Business Day immediately following the Business Day on which such notice is delivered in the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the amount of cash collateral required to be so posted, the proceeds of which will be applied by the Administrative Agent to cash collateralize such Letter of Credit as provided in clause (k).

 

(e) By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) by any Issuing Lender, and without any further action on the part of such Issuing Lender or the Lenders, such Issuing Lender hereby grants to each Tranche A Lender, and each Tranche A Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Lender, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Tranche A Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. Each Tranche A Lender acknowledges and agrees that, on the Effective Date, without any further action on the part of any Issuing Lender or the Lenders, each Issuing Lender that is an issuer of an Existing Letter of Credit hereby grants to each Tranche A Lender, and each Tranche A Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Lender, a participation in such Existing Letter of Credit equal to such Tranche A Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Existing Letter of Credit. Each Tranche A Lender further acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this clause (e) in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default, any reduction or termination of the Commitments or any force majeure or other event that under any rule of law or uniform practices to which any Letter of Credit is subject (including Section 3.14 of the ISP or any successor publication of the International Chamber of Commerce) permits a drawing to be made under such Letter of Credit after the expiration thereof or of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

 

68

 

 

In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Tranche A Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, promptly upon receipt of a notice as provided for in the final paragraph of Section 2.06(f) (and in any event, if such notice is received by 12:00 noon, Local Time, on a Business Day, no later than 2:00 p.m., Local Time on such Business Day and if received after 12:00 noon, Local Time, on a Business Day, no later than 10:00 a.m., Local Time, on the immediately succeeding Business Day), to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the relevant Issuing Lender, such Tranche A Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount of each LC Disbursement made by such Issuing Lender and not reimbursed by the relevant Borrower on the date due as provided in clause (f) of this Section or of any reimbursement payment is required to be refunded to such Borrower for any reason. Such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each such payment shall be made in the same manner as provided in Section 2.07 with respect to Loans made by such Tranche A Lender (and Section 2.07 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Tranche A Lenders under this clause (e)), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the relevant Issuing Lender the amounts so received by it from the Tranche A Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the relevant Borrower pursuant to clause (f) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to such Issuing Lender or, to the extent that the Tranche A Lenders have made payments pursuant to this clause (e) to reimburse such Issuing Lender, then to such Tranche A Lenders and such Issuing Lender as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Tranche A Lender pursuant to this clause (e) to reimburse an Issuing Lender for any LC Disbursement shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the relevant Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.

 

(f) If an Issuing Lender shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the relevant Borrower shall reimburse such Issuing Lender in respect of such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 12:00 noon, Local Time (or, in the case of an LC Disbursement that is being funded with an ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan, 2:00 p.m., Local Time) on (i) the Business Day that the relevant Borrower receives notice that such LC Disbursement has been made, if such notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m., Local Time, or (ii) the Business Day immediately following the day that the relevant Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time; provided that the relevant Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or Section 2.04 that such payment be financed with all or any portion of an ABR Revolving Borrowing or a Swingline Loan, as applicable, in an amount permitted under Section 2.02(c) and, to the extent so financed, the relevant Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan (or the applicable portion thereof). Each such payment shall be made to the relevant Issuing Lender in dollars and in immediately available funds.

 

If any Borrower fails to make payment when due in respect of any LC Disbursement relating to a Letter of Credit issued for its account, the applicable Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Tranche A Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from such Borrower and such Tranche A Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof.

 

69

 

 

(g) Each Borrower’s obligations to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in Section 2.06(f) shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged or fraudulent or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by any Issuing Lender under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply strictly with the terms of such Letter of Credit, (iv) any lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders as security for any of such reimbursement obligations failing to be perfected, (v) the occurrence of any Default, (vi) the existence of any proceedings of the type described in clause (h) or (i) of Article VII with respect to any other Loan Party, (vii) any lack of validity or enforceability of any of such reimbursement obligations against any other Loan Party, (viii) any force majeure or other event that under any rule of law or uniform practices to which any Letter of Credit is subject (including Section 3.14 of the ISP or any successor publication of the International Chamber of Commerce) permits a drawing to be made under such Letter of Credit after the stated expiration date thereof or of the Commitments or (ix) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the obligations of any Borrower hereunder.

 

None of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or the Issuing Lenders, or any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit by the Issuing Lender that is the issuer thereof or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms, any error in translation or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Lender that is the issuer of such Letter of Credit; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse such Issuing Lender from liability to any Borrower or to any Tranche A Lender which has funded its participation hereunder in such Letter of Credit to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Loan Parties and the Lenders to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by such Borrower or such Tranche A Lender, as the case may be, that are caused by such Issuing Lender’s failure to exercise the standard of care agreed hereunder to be applicable when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that such standard of care shall be as follows, and that such Issuing Lender shall be deemed to have exercised such standard of care in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on its part (with such absence to be presumed unless otherwise determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment):

 

(i) an Issuing Lender of a Letter of Credit may accept documents that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and may make payment upon presentation of documents that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit; and

 

(ii) an Issuing Lender of a Letter of Credit shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to decline to accept such documents and to make such payment if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

 

(h) Upon presentation of documents with respect to a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender that is the issuer of such Letter of Credit shall (i) promptly notify the Administrative Agent, the Company and (if different) the relevant Borrower by email or other electronic transmission of such demand for payment, (ii) within the time allowed by applicable law or the specific terms of the applicable Letter of Credit following its receipt of such documents, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under such Letter of Credit and (iii) promptly after such examination notify the Administrative Agent, the Company and (if different) the relevant Borrower by email or other electronic transmission whether the Issuing Lender has made or will make an LC Disbursement under such Letter of Credit; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving any such notice shall not relieve such Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such Issuing Lender and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.06(f).

 

70

 

 

(i) If any Issuing Lender shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the relevant Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to, but excluding, the date that such Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Loans; provided that if such Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to Section 2.06(f), then Section 2.13(e) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this clause (i) shall be for the account of such Issuing Lender, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to Section 2.06(e) to reimburse such Issuing Lender shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment, and shall be payable on demand or, if no demand has been made, on the date on which the applicable Borrower reimburses the applicable LC Disbursement in full.

 

(j) Any Tranche A Lender may be added as an Issuing Lender, or any existing Issuing Lender may be terminated, under this Agreement at any time by written agreement between the Company, the Administrative Agent and the relevant Tranche A Lender or existing Issuing Lender, which written agreement shall set forth, in the case of any addition of an Issuing Lender, the LC Commitment of such Issuing Lender. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such addition or termination. At the time any such termination shall become effective, the Borrowers shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the Issuing Lender being terminated. From and after the effective date of any such addition, the new Issuing Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Lender under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter. References herein to the term “Issuing Lender” shall be deemed to refer to each new Issuing Lender or to any previous Issuing Lender, or to such new Issuing Lender and all previous Issuing Lenders, as the context shall require. After the termination of an Issuing Lender hereunder, the terminated Issuing Lender shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Lender under this Agreement with respect to any outstanding Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such termination, but shall not be required to issue any new Letters of Credit or to amend or extend any such outstanding Letters of Credit.

 

(k) If either (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Company receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this clause (k) or (ii) clause (d) above or any of the other provision of this Agreement requires cash collateralization of any LC Exposure, the Company shall deposit within one Business Day after notice from the Administrative Agent of the requirement thereof into an account established and maintained on the books and records of the Administrative Agent, which account may be a “securities account” (within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the UCC as in effect in the State of New York), in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Tranche A Lenders (the “LC Collateral Account”), an amount in immediately available funds in dollars equal to 103% of the LC Exposure (or, in the case of any cash collateralization required pursuant to clause (d) above, 103% of the LC Exposure required to be cash collateralized) as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such amount shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in clause (h) or (i) of Article VII. Such deposits shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the LC Exposure under this Agreement and for the payment and performance of the Obligations, and for this purpose the Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over the LC Collateral Account, the LC Collateral Account shall be subject to an account control agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Borrower hereby grants a security interest to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Tranche A Lenders in the LC Collateral Account and in any financial assets (as defined in the UCC) or other property held therein. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent (in accordance with its usual and customary practices for investments of this type) and at the Borrowers’ risk and reasonable expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in the LC Collateral Account. Moneys and financial assets in the LC Collateral Account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the applicable Issuing Lender for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrowers for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to, in the case of any such application at a time when any Lender is a Defaulting Lender (but only if, after giving effect thereto, the remaining cash collateral shall be less than the aggregate LC Exposure of all the Defaulting Lenders), the consent of each Issuing Lender), be applied to satisfy other Obligations. The Administrative Agent shall cause all such cash collateral (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) to be returned to the Company within three Business Days after (A) in the case of clause (i) above, the applicable Event of Default shall have been cured or waived (so long as no other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at such time) or (B) in the case of clause (ii) above, to the extent such cash collateral shall no longer be required pursuant to the applicable provision hereof.

 

71

 

 

(l) Unless otherwise requested by the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Lender shall (i) report in writing to the Administrative Agent, on demand, periodic activity (for such period or recurrent periods as shall be requested by the Administrative Agent) in respect of Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender, including all issuances, extensions and amendments, all expirations and cancellations and all disbursements and reimbursements, and (ii) provide in writing to the Administrative Agent such other information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, including but not limited to prompt verification of such information as may be requested by the Administrative Agent; provided that the failure of any Issuing Lender to deliver such report or other information shall not impair the rights of such Issuing Lender hereunder.

 

(m) (i) For all purposes of this Agreement, the amount of a Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases (other than any such increase consisting of the reinstatement of an amount previously drawn thereunder and reimbursed), whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at the time of determination.

 

(ii) For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Article 29(a) of the UCP, Rule 3.13 or Rule 3.14 of the ISP or similar terms of the Letter of Credit itself, or if compliant documents have been presented but not yet honored, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” and “undrawn” in the amount so remaining available to be paid, and the obligations of the Borrowers and each Lender hereunder shall remain in full force and effect until the Issuing Lenders and the Lenders shall have no further obligations to make any payments or disbursements under any circumstances with respect to any Letter of Credit.

 

(n) Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder supports any obligations of, or is for the account of, any Subsidiary that is not a Borrower, or states that any Subsidiary that is not a Borrower is the “account party”, “applicant”, “customer”, “instructing party” or the like of or for such Letter of Credit, and without derogating from any rights of the applicable Issuing Lender (whether arising by contract, at law, in equity or otherwise) against such Subsidiary in respect of such Letter of Credit, the Company (i) shall reimburse, indemnify and compensate the relevant Issuing Lender hereunder for such Letter of Credit (including to reimburse any and all LC Disbursements thereunder, the payment of interest thereon and the payment of fees due under Section 2.12) as if such Letter of Credit had been issued solely for the account of the Company and (ii) irrevocably waives any and all defenses that might otherwise be available to it as a guarantor or surety of any or all of the obligations of such Subsidiary in respect of such Letter of Credit. The Company hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for its Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Company, and that the Company’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of its Subsidiaries.

 

72

 

 

Section 2.07 Funding of Borrowings.

 

(a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, Local Time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the applicable Borrower promptly, and in no event later than 3:00 p.m., Local Time, crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of such Borrower designated by the Company in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, amounts borrowed by the Australian Borrower shall be deposited into an account domiciled in Australia; provided, further, that (i) any such amounts in respect of ABR Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.06(f) shall be remitted to the Issuing Lender specified by the Company in the applicable Borrowing Request and (ii) any such amounts in respect of ABR Revolving Loans made as contemplated under Section 2.06(d) shall be applied by the Administrative Agent as set forth in such Section.

 

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with clause (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption and in its sole discretion, make available to the applicable Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the applicable Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the applicable Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Overnight Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of a Borrower, the interest rate applicable to such Loan. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount (less interest) shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. With respect to any share of a Borrowing not made available by a Lender as contemplated above, if such Lender subsequently pays its share of such Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent shall promptly repay to the relevant Borrower any corresponding amount paid by such Borrower to the Administrative Agent as provided in this clause (b) (including interest thereon to the extent received by the Administrative Agent from such Borrower); provided that such repayment to such Borrower shall not operate as a waiver or any abandonment of any rights or remedies of such Borrower with respect to such Lender.

 

73

 

 

Section 2.08 Interest Elections.

 

(a) Each Revolving Borrowing initially shall be of the Type and Agreed Currency specified in the applicable Borrowing Request or designated by Section 2.03 and, in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request or designated by Section 2.03. Thereafter, the applicable Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The applicable Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.

 

(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Company, on behalf of itself or the applicable Subsidiary Borrower, shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Company was requesting a Revolving Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be made by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request signed by the Company (on behalf of itself or the applicable Borrower).

 

(c) Each Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.03:

 

(i) the name of the Facility, the applicable Borrower and the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

 

(ii) the Agreed Currency and principal amount of the Borrowing;

 

(iii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

 

(iv) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing (in the case of Borrowings denominated in Dollars), a Term Benchmark Borrowing, a Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), an RFR Borrowing or a Canadian Prime Rate Borrowing; and

 

(v) if the resulting Borrowing is a Term Benchmark Borrowing or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period” and permitted under Section 2.02(d).

 

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Term Benchmark Borrowing or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), but does not specify an Interest Period, then the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

 

74

 

 

(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

 

(e) If the Company fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Term Benchmark Borrowing or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14) prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted (x) in the case of a Term Benchmark Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars or a Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), to a Canadian Prime Rate Loan, (y) in the case of a Term Benchmark Loan denominated in Dollars, to an ABR Loan and (z) in all other cases, a continuation of such Term Benchmark Borrowing with an Interest Period that is the same as the immediately preceding Interest Period. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (except in the case of an Event of Default under clause (h) or (i) of Article VII) the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Company, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Revolving Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Term Benchmark Revolving Borrowing or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), (ii) unless repaid, (x) each Term Benchmark Borrowing and each RFR Borrowing, in each case, denominated in Dollars shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (y) each Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Canadian Dollars or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14) shall be converted to a Canadian Prime Rate Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable and (z) each Term Benchmark Borrowing and each RFR Borrowing, in each case denominated in any other Alternative Currency shall bear interest at the Central Bank Rate for the applicable Agreed Currency plus the CBR Spread; provided that, if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that the Central Bank Rate for the applicable Agreed Currency cannot be determined, any outstanding affected Term Benchmark Loans denominated in any Agreed Currency other than Dollars shall either be (A) converted to an ABR Borrowing denominated in Dollars (in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent of such Alternative Currency) at the end of the Interest Period, as applicable, therefor or (B) prepaid at the end of the applicable Interest Period, as applicable, in full; provided that if no election is made by the Company by the earlier of (x) the date that is three Business Days after receipt by the Company of such notice and (y) the last day of the current Interest Period for the applicable Term Benchmark Loan, the Company shall be deemed to have elected clause (A) above.

 

75

 

 

Section 2.09 Termination and Reduction of Commitments.

 

(a) Unless previously terminated, all Commitments shall terminate on the Commitment Termination Date.

 

(b) The Company, on behalf of the Borrowers, may at any time terminate, without premium or penalty (other than, with respect to Term Benchmark Borrowings or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowings (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), payments that may become due under Section 2.16), the Commitments upon (i) the payment in full of all outstanding Loans, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, (ii) the payment in full of the accrued and unpaid fees, (iii) the payment in full of all reimbursable expenses and other Obligations outstanding at such time (other than contingent amounts not yet due) and (iv) the reduction of the LC Exposure to zero (or, alternatively, the furnishing of cash collateral with respect to the LC Exposure then outstanding in accordance with Section 2.06(k), but without any requirement of prior notice from the Administrative Agent). The Company, on behalf of the Borrowers, may from time to time reduce, without premium or penalty (other than, with respect to Term Benchmark Borrowings or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowings (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), payments that may become due under Section 2.16), the Tranche A Commitments or the Tranche B Commitments; provided that (i) each reduction of such Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $10,000,000 and not less than $25,000,000 and (ii) the Company shall not reduce the Tranche A Commitments or Tranche B Commitments, as the case may be, if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.11, the aggregate Tranche A Exposure or Tranche B Exposure, as the case may be, would exceed the resulting Tranche A Commitment or Tranche B Commitment, as the case may be and (iii) the Company shall not reduce the Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.11, the aggregate Credit Exposures would exceed (x) prior to the Collateral Cure Date, the Total Commitment and (y) following the Collateral Cure Date, the Available Borrowing Amount. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.09(b) shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments under the applicable Facility. The Company shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under this clause (b) at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Company pursuant to this clause (b) shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination or reduction of the Commitments delivered by the Company may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or the receipt of the proceeds from the issuance of other Indebtedness or any other event, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Company (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.

 

Section 2.10 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.

 

(a) Each Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent, (A) for the account of each Tranche A Lender, the then unpaid principal amount of each Tranche A Loan of such Lender made to such Borrower, and (B) for the account of each Tranche B Lender, the then unpaid principal amount of each Tranche B Loan of such Lender made to such Borrower, in each case, on the Commitment Termination Date and (ii) to each Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan of such Swingline Lender made to such Borrower on the earlier of the Commitment Termination Date and the date that is the seventh day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) after such Swingline Loan is made; provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made by the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower, the Company or such Subsidiary Borrower shall repay, or cause to be repaid, all Swingline Loans that were outstanding on the date such Borrowing was requested.

 

76

 

 

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

 

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Facility, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to each Lender hereunder, (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof, (iv) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of any Issuing Lender and (v) the application or disbursement by the Administrative Agent of any amounts pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to clauses (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein (and in the case of any inconsistency between the Register and the accounts maintained by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, the Register shall govern); provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay the Loans and pay interest thereon in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(e) Any Lender may request that Revolving Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the applicable Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note, substantially in the form of Exhibit F, payable to such Lender and its registered assigns. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein and its registered assigns.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Article 2 or any other provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the Foreign Borrowers shall not be required to pay (or be liable for) any amounts (including, without limitation, interest and principal) attributable to Loans or Letters of Credit made to (or issued for the account of) any Domestic Borrower or that constitute Obligations of any Domestic Borrower.

 

Section 2.11 Prepayment of Loans.

 

(a) The Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay without premium or penalty (other than, with respect to Term Benchmark Borrowings or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowings (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), payments that may become due under Section 2.16) any Borrowing in whole or in part, subject to the requirements of this Section.

 

(b) In the event and on each occasion that (A) the aggregate Credit Exposures of the Lenders exceed (x) prior to the Collateral Cure Date, the Total Commitment or (y) following the Collateral Cure Date, the Available Borrowing Amount, (B) the aggregate Tranche A Exposure of the Tranche A Lenders exceeds the Tranche A Commitments, or (C) the aggregate Tranche B Exposure of the Tranche B Lenders exceeds the Tranche B Commitments, in each case, the applicable Borrowers shall prepay Revolving Borrowings and/or Swingline Borrowings in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided that if the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Borrowings and Swingline Borrowings then outstanding is less than the amount of such excess (because LC Exposure constitutes a portion thereof), the applicable Borrowers shall deposit an amount in cash equal to such excess in the LC Collateral Account. If the Borrowers are required to provide (and have provided the required amount of) cash collateral pursuant to this Section 2.11(b) and such excess is subsequently reduced, cash collateral in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) any such reduction and (y) the amount of such cash collateral (to the extent not applied as set forth in Section 2.06(k)) shall be returned to the applicable Borrowers within two Business Days after such reduction.

 

(c) Prior to any optional prepayment of Borrowings hereunder, the applicable Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings to be prepaid and the Company shall specify such selection in the notice of such prepayment pursuant to clause (d) of this Section.

 

77

 

 

(d) The Company, on behalf of the applicable Borrower, shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the applicable Swingline Lender) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of (A) a Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Dollars, not later than 2:00 p.m., Local Time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment or (B) an RFR Borrowing denominated in Dollars, not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, four Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of a Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Euros, not later than 12:00 p.m., Local Time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (iii) in the case of prepayment of an RFR Borrowing denominated in Sterling, not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, four RFR Business Days before the date of prepayment, (iv) in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Canadian Dollars or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowings (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), not later than 12:00 p.m., Local Time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (v) in the case of a Canadian Prime Rate Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Local Time, on the date of prepayment, (vi) in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Australian Dollars, not later than 1:00 p.m. Local Time, four Business Days before the date of prepayment, (vii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment or (viii) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 12:00 p.m., Local Time, on the date of prepayment; or in each case such shorter period as the Administrative Agent shall agree. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment, set forth a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment; provided that a notice of optional prepayment may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or the receipt of the proceeds from the issuance of other Indebtedness or any other event, in which case such notice of prepayment may be revoked by the Company (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified date) if such condition is not satisfied. Promptly following receipt of any such notice (other than a notice relating solely to Swingline Loans) the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Revolving Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Revolving Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02, except as necessary to apply fully the required amount of a mandatory prepayment. Each prepayment of a Revolving Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Revolving Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.13(d).

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Borrower may submit notices required to be submitted hereunder in connection with any commitment reduction or termination, repayments or prepayments of Revolving Loans.

 

Section 2.12 Fees.

 

(a) The Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender an unused commitment fee (the “Unused Fee”), which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate on the daily amount by which the Commitment of such Lender exceeds the Credit Exposure (excluding Swingline Exposure) of such Lender during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the date such Commitment terminates. Accrued Unused Fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of each of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date the Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that any Unused Fees accruing after the date the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. All Unused Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

 

(b) The Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Tranche A Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit (a “Letter of Credit Fee”), which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate applicable to Term SOFR Loans on the average daily amount of such Tranche A Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date the Commitment of such Tranche A Lender terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure.

 

78

 

 

(c) The Borrower that is an applicant or co-applicant with respect to any Letter of Credit agrees to pay to the Issuing Lender that is the issuer of such Letter of Credit (i) a fronting fee, which shall accrue at a rate of 0.125% per annum, on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure attributable to such Letter of Credit (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to but excluding the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure attributable to such Letter of Credit and (ii) such Issuing Lender’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment or extension of such Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder.

 

(d) Letter of Credit Fees and fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of each calendar quarter shall be payable on the third Business Day of the calendar month following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to any Issuing Lender pursuant to clause (c) above shall be payable at the times separately agreed upon between the Company or the relevant Borrower and such Issuing Lender or otherwise within 10 days after demand. All Letter of Credit Fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

 

(e) The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, each Arranger and each Lender, as the case may be, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon in writing between the Company and the Administrative Agent, such Arranger or such Lender, as the case may be.

 

(f) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in Dollars in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the applicable Issuing Lender, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of Unused Fees and Letter of Credit Fees, to Lenders in accordance with this Section 2.12. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

 

Section 2.13 Interest.

 

(a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

 

(b) The Loans comprising each (i) Term Benchmark Borrowing shall bear interest, in the case of a Term Benchmark Revolving Loan, at the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate, the Adjusted Australian Bill Rate, the Adjusted Term CORRA Rate, as applicable, for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate and (ii) Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14) shall bear interest at the Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

 

(c) Each RFR Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Adjusted Daily Simple RFR plus the Applicable Rate.

 

(d) Each Canadian Prime Rate Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Canadian Prime Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

 

79

 

 

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any LC Disbursement or any fee or other amount payable by a Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan or any LC Disbursement, 2.00% per annum plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan or LC Disbursement as provided in the preceding clauses of this Section or in Section 2.06(i) or (ii) in the case of any other overdue amount, 2.00% per annum plus the rate applicable to ABR Revolving Loans as provided in clause (a) of this Section.

 

(f) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable by the applicable Borrower in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and upon termination of the Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to clause (e) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Term Benchmark Loan or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loan (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14) prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

 

(g) All interest computed by reference to the Term SOFR Rate, Daily Simple SOFR, the EURIBOR Rate, the Daily Simple RFR with respect to Dollars and the Alternate Base Rate hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that (i) interest computed by reference to the Daily Simple RFR with respect to Sterling, the Alternate Base Rate only at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate, the Canadian Prime Rate and the Australian Bill Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), interest computed by reference to the Term CORRA Rate and the Daily Compounded CORRA Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days and, in each case, shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). All interest hereunder on any Loan shall be computed on a daily basis based upon the outstanding principal amount of such Loan as of the applicable date of determination. The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, Term SOFR Rate, Daily Simple SOFR Rate, Adjusted EURIBOR Rate, EURIBOR Rate, Adjusted Australian Bill Rate, Australian Bill Rate, Adjusted Term CORRA Rate, Term CORRA Rate, Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate, Daily Compounded CORRA Rate, Canadian Prime Rate, Adjusted Daily Simple RFR or Daily Simple RFR shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(h) For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada) and disclosure thereunder, whenever any interest or any fee to be paid under any Loan Document or in connection therewith is to be calculated on the basis of a 360-day or 365-day year (or any other period that is less than a calendar year), the yearly rate of interest to which the rate used in such calculation is equivalent is the rate so used multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the same is to be ascertained and divided by 360 or 365 (or such other period that is less than a calendar year), as applicable. The rates of interest and the Applicable Rates and other rates specified under this Agreement are nominal rates, and not effective rates or yields. The principle of deemed reinvestment of interest does not apply to any interest calculation under this Agreement. Each Loan Party confirms that it fully understands and is able to calculate the rate of interest applicable to loans, advances, liabilities and obligations under this Agreement based on the methodology for calculating per annum rates provided for in this Agreement. Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably agrees not to plead or assert, whether by way of defense or otherwise, in any proceeding relating to this Agreement or any Loan Documents, that the interest payable under this Agreement and the calculation thereof has not been adequately disclosed to such Loan Party as required pursuant to Section 4 of the Interest Act (Canada).

 

(i) If any provision of this Agreement would oblige a Loan Party to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Credit Party in an amount or calculated at a rate which would result in a receipt by that Credit Party of “interest” at a “criminal rate” (as such terms are construed under the Criminal Code (Canada)), then, notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not so result in a receipt by that Credit Party of “interest” at a “criminal rate”, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary (but only to the extent necessary), as follows: (i) first, by reducing the amount or rate of interest; and (ii) thereafter, by reducing any fees, commissions, costs, expenses, premiums and other amounts required to be paid which would constitute interest for purposes of section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada).

 

80

 

 

Section 2.14 Alternate Rate of Interest.

 

(a) Subject to Section 2.14(b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) and Section 2.24, if:

 

(i) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) (A) prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Term Benchmark Borrowing, that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate, the Adjusted Term CORRA Rate or the Adjusted Australian Bill Rate (including because the Relevant Screen Rate is not available or published on a current basis), for the applicable Agreed Currency and such Interest Period or (B) at any time, that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable Adjusted Daily Simple RFR for the applicable Agreed Currency; or

 

(ii) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that (A) prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Term Benchmark Borrowing, the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate, the Adjusted Term CORRA Rate or the Adjusted Australian Bill Rate for the applicable Agreed Currency and such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for the applicable Agreed Currency and such Interest Period or (B) at any time, the applicable Adjusted Daily Simple RFR for the applicable Agreed Currency will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for the applicable Agreed Currency;

 

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof (which may be by telephone, if promptly confirmed in writing) to the Company and the Lenders as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until (x) the Administrative Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist with respect to the relevant Benchmark and (y) the Company delivers a new Interest Election Request in accordance with the terms of Section 2.08 or a new Borrowing Request in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03, (A) for Loans denominated in Dollars, (1) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Revolving Borrowing to, or continuation of any Revolving Borrowing as, a Term Benchmark Borrowing and any Borrowing Request that requests a Term Benchmark Revolving Borrowing shall instead be deemed to be an Interest Election Request or a Borrowing Request, as applicable, for (x) an RFR Borrowing denominated in Dollars so long as the Adjusted Daily Simple RFR for Dollar Borrowings is not also the subject of Section 2.14(a)(i) or (ii) above or (y) an ABR Borrowing if the Adjusted Daily Simple RFR for Dollar Borrowings also is the subject of Section 2.14(a)(i) or (ii) above and (2) any Borrowing Request that requests an RFR Borrowing (if applicable, pursuant to Section 2.14(b)) shall instead be deemed to be a Borrowing Request, as applicable, for an ABR Borrowing, (B) for Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars, any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Revolving Borrowing to, or continuation of any Revolving Borrowing as, a Term Benchmark Borrowing and any Borrowing Request that requests a Term Benchmark Revolving Borrowing shall instead be deemed to be an Interest Election Request or a Borrowing Request, as applicable, for (x) an Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing denominated in Canadian Dollars so long as the Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate is not also the subject of Section 2.14(a)(i) or (ii) above or (y) a Canadian Prime Rate Borrowing if the Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate also is the subject of Section 2.14(a)(i) or (ii) above and (C) for Loans denominated in any other Alternative Currency, any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Revolving Borrowing to, or continuation of any Revolving Borrowing as, a Term Benchmark Borrowing and any Borrowing Request that requests a Term Benchmark Borrowing or an RFR Borrowing, in each case, for the relevant Benchmark, shall be ineffective; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such notice affect only one Type of Borrowings, then all other Types of Borrowings shall be permitted. Furthermore, if any Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan in any Agreed Currency is outstanding on the date of the Company’s receipt of the notice from the Administrative Agent referred to in this Section 2.14 with respect to a Relevant Rate applicable to such Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan, then until (x) the Administrative Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist with respect to the relevant Benchmark and (y) the Company delivers a new Interest Election Request in accordance with the terms of Section 2.08 or a new Borrowing Request in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03, (A) for Loans denominated in Dollars, (1) any Term Benchmark Loan shall on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan, be converted by the Administrative Agent to, and shall constitute, (x) an RFR Borrowing denominated in Dollars so long as the Adjusted Daily Simple RFR for Dollar Borrowings is not also the subject of Section 2.14(a)(i) or (ii) above or (y) an ABR Loan if the Adjusted Daily Simple RFR for Dollar Borrowings also is the subject of Section 2.14(a)(i) or (ii) above, on such day, and (2) any RFR Loan shall on and from such day be converted by the Administrative Agent to, and shall constitute an ABR Loan, (B) for Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars, any Term Benchmark Loan shall on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan, be converted by the Administrative Agent to, and shall constitute, (x) an Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing denominated in Canadian Dollars so long as the Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate is not also the subject of Section 2.14(a)(i) or (ii) above or (y) a Canadian Prime Rate Borrowing if the Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate also is the subject of Section 2.14(a)(i) or (ii) above and (C) for Loans denominated in any other Alternative Currency, (1) any Term Benchmark Loan shall, on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan bear interest at the Central Bank Rate for the applicable Alternative Currency plus the CBR Spread; provided that, if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that the Central Bank Rate for the applicable Alternative Currency cannot be determined, any outstanding affected Term Benchmark Loans denominated in such Alternative Currency shall, at the Company’s election prior to such day: (A) be prepaid by the Company on such day or (B) solely for the purpose of calculating the interest rate applicable to such Term Benchmark Loan, such Term Benchmark Loan denominated in such Alternative Currency shall be deemed to be a Term Benchmark Loan denominated in Dollars and shall accrue interest at the same interest rate applicable to Term Benchmark Loans denominated in Dollars at such time and (2) any RFR Loan shall bear interest at the Central Bank Rate for the applicable Alternative Currency plus the CBR Spread; provided that, if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that the Central Bank Rate for the applicable Alternative Currency cannot be determined, any outstanding affected RFR Loans denominated in such Alternative Currency, at the Company’s election, shall either (A) be converted into ABR Loans denominated in Dollars (in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent of such Alternative Currency) immediately or (B) be prepaid in full immediately.

 

81

 

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time in respect of any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then (x) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (1) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” with respect to Dollars or Canadian Dollars for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of such Benchmark setting and subsequent Benchmark settings without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (y) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” with respect to any Agreed Currency for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of any Benchmark setting at or after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Benchmark Replacement is provided to the Lenders without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such Benchmark Replacement from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders.

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

(d) The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Company and the Lenders of (i) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event, (ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (iii) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes, (iv) the removal or reinstatement of any tenor of a Benchmark pursuant to clause (e) below and (v) the commencement or conclusion of any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or, if applicable, any Lender (or group of Lenders) pursuant to this Section 2.14 including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action or any selection, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Section 2.14.

 

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, at any time (including in connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement), (i) if the then-current Benchmark is a term rate (including the Term SOFR Rate, EURIBOR Rate or Term CORRA Rate) and either (1) any tenor for such Benchmark is not displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion or (2) the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark has provided a public statement or publication of information announcing that any tenor for such Benchmark is or will be no longer representative, then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” for any Benchmark settings at or after such time to remove such unavailable or non-representative tenor and (ii) if a tenor that was removed pursuant to clause (i) above either (1) is subsequently displayed on a screen or information service for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement) or (2) is not, or is no longer, subject to an announcement that it is or will no longer be representative for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement), then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” for all Benchmark settings at or after such time to reinstate such previously removed tenor.

 

82

 

 

(f) Upon the Company’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, the Company may revoke any request for a Term Benchmark Borrowing or RFR Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Term Benchmark Loans to be made, converted or continued during any Benchmark Unavailability Period and, failing that, either (x) the Company will be deemed to have converted any request for a Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Dollars into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to (A) an RFR Borrowing denominated in Dollars so long as the Adjusted Daily Simple RFR for Dollar Borrowings is not the subject of a Benchmark Transition Event or (B) an ABR Borrowing if the Adjusted Daily Simple RFR for Dollar Borrowings is the subject of a Benchmark Transition Event, (y) the Company will be deemed to have converted any request for a Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Canadian Dollars into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to (A) an Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing so long as the Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate is not the subject of a Benchmark Transition Event or (B) a Canadian Prime Rate Borrowing if the Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate is the subject of a Benchmark Transition Event or (z) any Term Benchmark Borrowing or RFR Borrowing denominated in any other Alternative Currency shall be ineffective. During any Benchmark Unavailability Period or at any time that a tenor for the then-current Benchmark is not an Available Tenor, the component of ABR based upon the then-current Benchmark or such tenor for such Benchmark, as applicable, will not be used in any determination of ABR. Furthermore, if any Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan in any Agreed Currency is outstanding on the date of the Company’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period with respect to a Relevant Rate applicable to such Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan, then until such time as a Benchmark Replacement for such Agreed Currency is implemented pursuant to this Section 2.14, (A) for Loans denominated in Dollars (1) any Term Benchmark Loan shall on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan be converted by the Administrative Agent to, and shall constitute, (x) an RFR Borrowing denominated in Dollars so long as the Adjusted Daily Simple RFR for Dollar Borrowings is not the subject of a Benchmark Transition Event or (y) an ABR Loan if the Adjusted Daily Simple RFR for Dollar Borrowings is the subject of a Benchmark Transition Event, on such day and (2) any RFR Loan shall on and from such day be converted by the Administrative Agent to, and shall constitute an ABR Loan, (B) for Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars, any Term Benchmark Loan shall on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan be converted by the Administrative Agent to, and shall constitute, (x) a Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Borrowing so long as the Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate is not the subject of a Benchmark Transition Event or (y) a Canadian Prime Rate Loan if the Adjusted Daily Compounded CORRA Rate is the subject of a Benchmark Transition Event, on such day and (C) for Loans denominated in any other Alternative Currency, (1) any Term Benchmark Loan shall, on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan bear interest at the Central Bank Rate for the applicable Alternative Currency plus the CBR Spread; provided that, if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that the Central Bank Rate for the applicable Alternative Currency cannot be determined, any outstanding affected Term Benchmark Loans denominated in such Alternative Currency shall, at the Company’s election prior to such day: (i) be prepaid by the Company on such day or (ii) solely for the purpose of calculating the interest rate applicable to such Term Benchmark Loan, such Term Benchmark Loan denominated in such Alternative Currency shall be deemed to be a Term Benchmark Loan denominated in Dollars and shall accrue interest at the same interest rate applicable to Term Benchmark Loans denominated in Dollars at such time and (2) any RFR Loan shall bear interest at the Central Bank Rate for the applicable Alternative Currency plus the CBR Spread; provided that, if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that the Central Bank Rate for the applicable Alternative Currency cannot be determined, any outstanding affected RFR Loans denominated in such Alternative Currency, at the Company’s election, shall either (A) be converted into ABR Loans denominated in Dollars (in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent of such Alternative Currency) immediately or (B) be prepaid in full immediately.

 

83

 

 

Section 2.15 Increased Costs.

 

(a) If any Change in Law shall:

 

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate) or any Issuing Lender;

 

(ii) subject any Lender or Issuing Lender to any Taxes on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes or (B) Excluded Taxes); or

 

(iii) impose on any Lender or any Issuing Lender or the applicable offshore interbank market for the applicable Agreed Currency any other condition, cost, or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Term Benchmark Loans, Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loans (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14) or RFR Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or such Issuing Lender of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or such Issuing Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount), then, so long as such Lender or such Issuing Lender is requiring reimbursement for such increased costs from similarly situated borrowers under comparable syndicated credit facilities, upon the request of such Lender or such Issuing Lender, as the case may be, the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or such Issuing Lender, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Lender, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

84

 

 

(b) If any Lender or Issuing Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or Issuing Lender or any lending office of such Lender or such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has had or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitment of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender, to a level below that which such Lender or Issuing Lender or such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then, so long as such Lender or such Issuing Lender is requiring reimbursement for such increased costs from similarly situated borrowers under comparable syndicated credit facilities, upon request of such Lender or such Issuing Lender, as the case may be, the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or Issuing Lender, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Lender or such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s holding company, as the case may be, for any such reduction suffered.

 

(c) A certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Lender setting forth in reasonable detail an explanation of the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or such Issuing Lender or their respective holding companies, as the case may be, as specified in clauses (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Company and shall be conclusive absent manifest error; provided that such Lender or Issuing Lender shall not be under any obligation to include in such certificate any information in respect of which disclosure is prohibited by applicable law or any binding confidentiality agreement. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender or such Issuing Lender, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 30 days after receipt thereof.

 

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or any Issuing Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or such Issuing Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender or an Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender or such Issuing Lender, as the case may be, notifies the Company of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or such Issuing Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

Section 2.16  Break Funding Payments.

 

(a) With respect to Loans that are not RFR Loans, in the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Term Benchmark Loan or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loan (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14) other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Term Benchmark Loan or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loan (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14) other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Term Benchmark Loan or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loan (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14) (or to convert any ABR Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan into a Term Benchmark Loan or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loan, as applicable) on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.11(d) and is revoked in accordance therewith), (d) the assignment of any Term Benchmark Loan or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loan (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14) other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Company to replace a Lender pursuant to Section 2.19(b) or (e) the failure by the Borrowers to make any payment of any Loan or drawing under any Letter of Credit (or interest due thereof) denominated in an Alternative Currency on its scheduled due date or any payment thereof in a different currency, then, in any such event, the Borrowers shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and reasonable expense actually incurred (excluding loss of anticipated profits) by such Lender and attributable to such event. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Company and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after the Company’s receipt thereof.

 

85

 

 

(b) With respect to RFR Loans, in the event of (i) the payment of any principal of any RFR Loan other than on the Interest Payment Date applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (ii) the failure to borrow or prepay any RFR Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under ‎Section 2.11(d) and is revoked in accordance therewith), (iii) the assignment of any RFR Loan other than on the Interest Payment Date applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to ‎Section 2.19 or (iv) the failure by the Borrower to make any payment of any Loan or drawing under any Letter of Credit (or interest due thereof) denominated in an Alternative Currency on its scheduled due date or any payment thereof in a different currency, then, in any such event, the Borrowers shall compensate Lender for the loss, cost and reasonable expense actually incurred (excluding loss of anticipated profits) by such Lender and attributable to such event. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Company and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after the Company’s receipt thereof.

 

Section 2.17  Taxes.

 

(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes; provided that if any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment, the applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deductions and timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then an additional amount is payable by the applicable Loan Party so that after making all required deductions for or withholding of Indemnified Taxes (including deductions or withholding applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent or a Lender, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholding been made.

 

(b) Without limiting the provisions of Section 2.17(a), the Loan Parties shall timely pay, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

(c)  

 

(i) To the extent not paid, reimbursed or compensated pursuant to Section 2.17(a) or 2.17(b), the Loan Parties shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes payable by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Loan Parties under any Loan Document (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority (except for any interest, penalties, or expenses determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be). A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Company (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) by a Lender, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

86

 

 

(ii) Unless expressly specified otherwise, all payments to be made by the Loan Parties under or in connection with any Loan Document have been calculated or determined without regard to GST. If all or part of any such payment is the consideration for a taxable supply for GST purposes then, when the Loan Party makes the payment:

 

(A)   it must pay to the Credit Party an additional amount equal to that payment (or part) multiplied by the appropriate rate of GST (currently 10%); and

 

(B)   the Credit Party will promptly provide to the Loan Party a tax invoice complying with the relevant GST legislation.

 

(iii) Where under any Loan Document a Loan Party is required to reimburse or indemnify for an amount, the Loan Party must pay the relevant amount (including any sum in respect of GST) less any GST input tax credit that Credit Party determines that it or a representative member of a GST group to which it belongs is entitled to claim in respect of that amount. The Credit Party will promptly provide to the Loan Party a tax invoice complying with the relevant GST Legislation.

 

(d) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent for any Taxes (but, in the case of any Indemnified Taxes, only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so) attributable to such Lender (including any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.04(c)(iv) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register) that are paid or payable by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. The indemnity under this Section 2.17(d) shall be paid within 10 days after the Administrative Agent delivers to the applicable Lender a certificate stating the amount of Taxes so paid or payable by the Administrative Agent. Such certificate shall be conclusive of the amount so paid or payable absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to such Lender from any other source against any and all amounts due to the Administrative Agent under this Section 2.17(d).

 

(e) As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by the Loan Parties to a Governmental Authority pursuant to Section 2.17(a), the Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(f) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of any applicable Tax with respect to payments under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Company (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Company or the Administrative Agent to determine that such Lender is not subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.

 

87

 

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such forms (other than such documentation set forth in clauses (i) through (v) below and documentation related to FATCA) shall not be required if in the applicable Lender’s judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense (or, in the case of a Change in Law, any incremental material unreimbursed cost or expense) or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Lender shall (in the case of clauses (ii) through (vi) below, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so), deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Company or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(i) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax,

 

(ii) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the U.S. is a party,

 

(iii) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI,

 

(iv)   in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the Form of Exhibit G-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10-percent shareholder” of the applicable Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (D) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with a United States trade or business conducted by such Lender (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable,

 

(v) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, an Internal Revenue Service Form W- 8IMY, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the Form of Exhibit G-3 or Exhibit G-4, Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that, if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more beneficial owners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the Form of Exhibit G-2 on behalf of such beneficial owners, or

 

(vi)   any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Company or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

 

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification previously delivered by such Lender pursuant to this Section 2.17(f) expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, or upon the reasonable request of the Company or the Administrative Agent, such Lender shall promptly (and in any event within 10 days after such expiration, obsolescence or inaccuracy) update such form or certification or promptly notify the Company and the Administrative Agent in writing of such Lender’s legal inability to do so.

 

88

 

 

If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Company and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 2.17(f), the term “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

(g) [Reserved].

 

(h) If the Administrative Agent or a Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section (including additional amounts paid by any Borrower pursuant to this Section), it shall pay to the applicable Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Indemnified Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that such Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over pursuant to this clause (h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause (h), in no event will the Administrative Agent or any Lender be required to pay any amount to any Borrower, the payment of which would place the Administrative Agent or such Lender in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the Administrative Agent or such Lender would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This clause shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to any Borrower or any other Person.

 

(i) Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.17 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, termination of the Loan Documents and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations thereunder.

 

(j) For purposes of this Section 2.17, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Lender and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

 

Section 2.18  Payments Generally; Sharing of Set-offs.

 

(a) (i) Except with respect to principal of and interest on Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, the Borrowers shall make each payment required to be made by them hereunder (whether of principal, interest, or fees or reimbursements of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 or 9.03, or otherwise) in Dollars at or prior to the time expressly required hereunder or under any other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time), on the date when due and (ii) all payments with respect to principal and interest on Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency shall be made in such Alternative Currency at or prior to the time expressly required hereunder or under any other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time), on the date when due, in each case, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent to such account as the Administrative Agent shall from time to time specify in one or more notices delivered to the Company, except payments to be made directly to an Issuing Lender or a Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto and payments pursuant to other Loan Documents shall be made to the Persons specified therein. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment under any Loan Document shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, in the case of any payment accruing interest or any payment of fees, such interest or fees, as applicable, shall be payable for the period of such extension. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may require that any payments due under this Agreement be made in the United States. If, for any reason, the Borrower is prohibited by any law from making any required payment hereunder in an Alternative Currency, such Borrower shall make such payment in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent of the Alternative Currency payment amount.

 

89

 

 

(b) Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Agreement (for the avoidance of doubt, as in effect from time to time), including Sections 2.21 and 2.23: (i) each Revolving Borrowing shall be made from the Lenders, each payment of Unused Fees under Section 2.12(a) shall be made for the accounts of the Lenders, and each termination or reduction of the Commitments under Section 2.09 shall be applied to the respective Commitments of the Lenders, pro rata according to the amounts of their respective Commitments under the applicable Facility; (ii) each Revolving Borrowing shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders according to the amounts of their respective Commitments under the applicable Facility (in the case of the making of Revolving Loans) or their respective Loans that are to be included in such Borrowing under each applicable Facility (in the case of conversions and continuations of Loans); (iii) each payment or prepayment of principal of any Revolving Borrowing by a Borrower shall be made for the account of the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the respective unpaid principal amounts of the Loans included in such Borrowing under each applicable Facility; and (iv) each payment of interest on Revolving Loans by a Borrower shall be made for the accounts of the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the amounts of interest on such Loans then due and payable to them.

 

(c) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, or following an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent receives any funds or other amounts pursuant to the exercise by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders of their respective remedies, including proceeds in respect of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral (following the Collateral Cure Date) or the Guarantees in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, such funds or other amounts shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts payable to the Administrative Agent, (ii) second, towards payment of fees, expenses, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, reimbursement obligations in respect of LC Disbursements, interest and Letter of Credit fees) payable to the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders ratably among the parties entitled thereto owing to them in accordance with the respective amounts thereof then due and payable, and following the Collateral Cure, to payment of fees, expenses, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, reimbursement obligations and interest) owing with respect to Banking Services and Secured Swap Obligations, (iii) third, towards payment of interest and other fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and such other fees then due to such parties, and following the Collateral Cure, to payment of interest owing with respect to Banking Services and Secured Swap Obligations, (iv) fourth, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties and, following the Collateral Cure Date, to payment of any principal and/or termination amounts owing with respect to Banking Services and Secured Swap Obligations up to and including the amount most recently provided to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Schedule A-6 and (v) fifth, towards payment of all other Obligations, ratably among the parties entitled thereto owing to them in accordance with the respective amounts thereof then due and payable.

 

90

 

 

(d) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon then due than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of the other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this clause (e) shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrowers pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (for the avoidance of doubt, as in effect from time to time), including Sections 2.21 and 2.23, or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participation in any LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Company or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this clause (e) shall apply). Each Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Borrower in the amount of such participation.

 

(e) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Company or the relevant Subsidiary Borrower, prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of a Lender or an Issuing Lender hereunder, that such Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to such Lender or such Issuing Lender, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the applicable Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or such Issuing Lender with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Overnight Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

 

(f) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(c), 2.06(e), 2.06(f), 2.07(b), 2.17(d), 2.18(e) or 9.03(c), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion and notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (i) apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lenders or the Issuing Lenders (or, following the payment of all amounts then due to the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lenders and the Issuing Lenders, to the extent the Lenders shall have funded payments to the Administrative Agent, any Swingline Lender or any Issuing Lender in respect of other such amounts, for the benefit of the other Lenders) to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid, and/or (ii) hold any such amounts in a segregated account as cash collateral for, and application to, any future funding obligations of such Lender under such Sections, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii) above, in any order as determined by the Administrative Agent in its discretion.

 

91

 

 

Section 2.19  Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

 

(a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15 or delivers a Notice of Objection pursuant to Section 2.20 or a notice of illegality pursuant to Section 2.22, or if the Borrowers are required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Sections 2.15 or 2.17 or mitigate the impact of Section 2.22 in the future or permit withdrawal of such Notice of Objection, as the case may be, and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrowers hereby agree to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

 

(b) If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, (ii) any Lender delivers a notice of illegality pursuant to Section 2.22, (iii) the Borrowers are required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, (iv) any Lender delivers a Notice of Objection, (v) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Extending Lender or (vi) any Lender has failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver or other modification that under Section 9.02 requires the consent of all the Lenders (or all the affected Lenders) and with respect to which the Required Lenders shall have granted their consent (any such Lender whose consent is necessary but not obtained, being referred to herein as a “Non-Consenting Lender”), then the Company may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payment pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17) and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (A) the Company shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Swingline Lender and each Issuing Lender, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, (B) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in unreimbursed LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts), (C) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments, (D) in the case of any such assignment and delegation as a result of any Lender being a Non-Extending Lender, the assignee shall have consented to the applicable Extension Request and, from and after the date of the effectiveness of such assignment and delegation, shall for all purposes hereof be treated as an Extending Lender, (E) in the case of any such assignment and delegation resulting from the failure to provide a consent, the assignee shall have given such consent and, as a result of such assignment and delegation and any contemporaneous assignments and delegations and consents, the applicable amendment, waiver or other modification can be effected and (F) such assignment does not conflict with applicable law. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Company to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. Each party hereto agrees that an assignment and delegation required pursuant to this Section 2.19(b) may be effected pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption executed by the Company, the Administrative Agent and the assignee (subject to the consents required as set forth above) and that the Lender required to make such assignment and delegation need not be a party thereto.

 

92

 

 

Section 2.20  Additional Subsidiary Borrowers; Resignation of Subsidiary Borrowers. (a)(a) The Company may at any time and from time to time designate any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company as a Subsidiary Borrower by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a Subsidiary Borrower Joinder Agreement executed by such Subsidiary and the Company and the Administrative Agent; provided that no Subsidiary may borrow hereunder until and unless such Subsidiary Borrower Joinder Agreement shall have become effective as set forth below. Each Subsidiary Borrower Joinder Agreement shall become effective upon the satisfaction of the New Borrower Requirements. Upon the effectiveness of a Subsidiary Borrower Joinder Agreement as provided in the preceding sentence, the applicable Subsidiary shall for all purposes of this Agreement be a Subsidiary Borrower and a party to this Agreement.

 

(b) (b) Any Subsidiary Borrower other than the U.S. Borrower (except as set forth in Section 1.12) may from time to time resign as a Borrower upon execution and delivery to the Administrative Agent of a Subsidiary Borrower Termination Agreement with respect to such Subsidiary; provided that no Subsidiary Borrower Termination Agreement will become effective as to any Subsidiary Borrower until all Loans made to and all amounts payable by such Subsidiary Borrower in respect of LC Disbursements, interest and/or fees (and, to the extent notified by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any other amounts payable under any Loan Document by such Subsidiary Borrower) shall have been paid in full; provided that such Subsidiary Borrower Termination Agreement shall be effective to terminate the right of such Subsidiary Borrower to obtain further Loans or Letters of Credit under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, no such Subsidiary Borrower shall be released as a Guarantor in connection with any such resignation unless otherwise expressly permitted hereunder.

 

Section 2.21  Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

 

(a) the Unused Fees set forth in Section 2.12(a) shall cease to accrue on the portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender that is in excess of its Credit Exposure;

 

(b) the Commitment and Credit Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Required Lenders or any other requisite Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 9.02); provided that any amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.02, require the consent of such Defaulting Lender;

 

(c) any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VII or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 9.08 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to any Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender hereunder; third, to cash collateralize the Issuing Lenders’ LC Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.06(k); fourth, as the Company may request (so long as no Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Company, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) cash collateralize the Issuing Lenders’ future LC Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement in accordance with Section 2.06(k); sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders or Swingline Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the Issuing Lenders or Swingline Lenders against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to any Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by such Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or LC Disbursements in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and LC Disbursements owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or LC Disbursements owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their Applicable Percentages and funded and unfunded participations are held in accordance with their Applicable Percentages, in each case, without giving effect to Section 2.21(d). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and such Defaulting Lender irrevocably consents hereto;

 

93

 

 

(d) if any Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure exists at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

 

(i) the Swingline Exposure of such Defaulting Lender (other than any portion thereof with respect to which such Defaulting Lender shall have funded its participation as contemplated by Section 2.04(c) and, in the case of any Defaulting Lender that is a Swingline Lender, other than the portion of such Swingline Exposure referred to in clause (b) of the definition of such term) and the LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender (other than any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements with respect to which such Defaulting Lender shall have funded its participation as contemplated by Sections 2.06(e) and 2.06(f)) shall be reallocated among the Non- Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only to the extent that (A) the sum of all Non-Defaulting Lenders’ Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure (in each case, excluding the portion thereof referred to above) does not exceed the total of all Non- Defaulting Lenders’ Commitments and (B) such reallocation does not result in the Credit Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender exceeding such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment;

 

(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrowers shall within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure (other than any portion thereof referred to in the parenthetical in such clause (i)) that has not been reallocated and (y) second, cash collateralize the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (other than any portion thereof referred to in the parenthetical in such clause (i)) that has not been reallocated in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.06(k) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding;

 

(iii) if any Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure pursuant to this clause (d), the Borrowers shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(b) with respect to such portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized;

 

(iv)   if any portion of the Swingline Exposure or the LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender is reallocated pursuant to this clause (d), then the Unused Fees and letter of credit fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.12(a) and 2.12(b) shall be adjusted to give effect to such reallocation; and

 

(v) if any Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is neither cash collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to this clause (d), then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Issuing Lenders or any Lender hereunder, all Unused Fees that otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting Lender (solely with respect to the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment that was utilized by such LC Exposure) and letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to the applicable Issuing Lenders (and allocated among them ratably based on the amount of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit issued by each Issuing Lender) until such LC Exposure is cash collateralized and/or reallocated; and

 

94

 

 

(e) so long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, no Swingline Lender shall be required to fund any Swingline Loan and no Issuing Lender shall be required to issue, amend, extend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless the related exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the Non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrowers in accordance with clause (d) of this Section 2.21, and participating interests in any such newly issued or increased Letter of Credit or newly made Swingline Loan shall be allocated among Non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with clause (d)(i) of this Section (and Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein).

 

In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Company, each Issuing Lender and each Swingline Lender agree that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swingline Exposures and LC Exposures of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Revolving Loans of the other Lenders as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold the Revolving Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, and such Lender shall thereupon cease to be a Defaulting Lender (but shall not be entitled to receive any fees that shall have ceased to accrue pursuant to this Section during the period when it was a Defaulting Lender, and all amendments, waivers and other modifications effected without its consent in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.02 and this Section during such period shall be binding on it).

 

Section 2.22  Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of any law or any Change in Law or in the interpretation or application thereof shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loans (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), Term Benchmark Loans or RFR Loans, as the case may be, in one or more Agreed Currencies as contemplated by this Agreement, then, upon notice thereof by such Lender to the Company and the Administrative Agent, (a) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loans, Term Benchmark Loans or RFR Loans, as the case may be, in such Agreed Currency, continue Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loans, Term Benchmark Loans or RFR Loans, as the case may be, in such Agreed Currency as such and convert RFR Loans, Term Benchmark Loans, Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loans, ABR Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans to Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loans, Term Benchmark Loans or RFR Loans, as the case may be, in such Agreed Currency shall forthwith be suspended to the extent necessary for such Lender to avoid any such unlawful action until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent that it is lawful for such Lender to make or maintain Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loans, Term Benchmark Loans or RFR Loans, as the case may be, in such Agreed Currency as contemplated by this Agreement; provided that notwithstanding the suspension contemplated by this clause (a), the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make RFR Loans (in the case of a suspension of Term Benchmark Loans or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loans (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14) under this clause (a)), Term Benchmark Loans (in the case of a suspension of RFR Loans or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loans (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14) under this clause (a)), Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loans (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14, and in the case of a suspension of RFR Loans or Term Benchmark Loans under this clause (a)), ABR Loans and Canadian Prime Rate Loans shall continue to be in effect, and (b) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loans (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14), Term Benchmark Loans or RFR Loans, as the case may be, in such Agreed Currency, if any, shall be converted to available and lawful Interest Periods, if any, (x) in the case of Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars, to Canadian Prime Rate Loans and (y) in all other cases, to ABR Loans (in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent of such Loans, if not denominated in Dollars at such time), in each case, at the option of the applicable Borrower, on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law. If any such conversion of a Term Benchmark Loan or Daily Compounded CORRA Rate Loan (if then in effect pursuant to Section 2.14) occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, the applicable Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 2.16.

 

95

 

 

Section 2.23  Extension of Commitment Termination Date.

 

(a) The Company may, by notice to the Administrative Agent not earlier than 12 months after the Effective Date and not later than 30 days prior to the Commitment Termination Date then in effect (the “Existing Commitment Termination Date”), request (an “Extension Request”) that the Lenders extend the Commitment Termination Date for an additional period of one year from the Existing Commitment Termination Date; provided that (i) the Company may not make more than two Extension Requests, (ii) the Company may not make more than one Extension Request in any period of 12 consecutive months and (iii) the Commitment Termination Date, as so extended, may not be more than five years from the effectiveness of such extension. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of each Extension Request, and each Lender shall, in turn, not later than 20 days after delivery of such notice by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders, notify the Administrative Agent in writing as to whether such Lender consents to such extension (which consent may be given or withheld in such Lender’s sole discretion) (each Lender agreeing to such requested extension being called an “Extending Lender” and each Lender declining to agree to such requested extension being called a “Non-Extending Lender”). Any Lender with a then effective Commitment may consent to an Extension Request irrespective of whether such Lender previously had been a Non-Extending Lender with respect to a previous Extension Request. If any Lender shall fail to notify the Administrative Agent in writing of its consent to any Extension Request not later than 20 days after the delivery of such notice by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders, such Lender shall be deemed to have not consented to such extension (and shall be deemed, with respect to such Extension Request, to be a Non-Extending Lender). The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Company of the consents received with respect to each Extension Request.

 

(b) If Lenders constituting the Required Lenders (calculated excluding any Defaulting Lender and prior to giving effect to any replacement of Non-Extending Lenders pursuant to Section 2.19(b)) consent in writing to any Extension Request, the Commitment Termination Date shall be extended, on the Extension Closing Date, to the date that is one year after the Existing Commitment Termination Date solely as to the Extending Lenders (and shall not be extended as to any Non-Extending Lender); provided that no extension of the Commitment Termination Date pursuant to this Section shall become effective unless (the first date on which such consent of the Required Lenders is obtained and the conditions specified in this proviso are satisfied being referred to as the “Extension Closing Date”) (i) on the date of effectiveness thereof, both immediately prior to and immediately after giving effect thereto, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) on the date of effectiveness thereof, the representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents that are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct and the representations and warranties that are not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct and such representations and warranties that are not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case, as of such earlier date), (iii) the Company shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent such legal opinions, board resolutions, secretary’s certificates, officer’s certificates and other documents as shall reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with such extension and (iv) each applicable Loan Party shall have reaffirmed its Guarantee of (and if applicable, security for) the Obligations. Promptly following the occurrence of any Extension Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders thereof. To the extent that the Commitment of such Non-Extending Lender is not assigned and delegated in accordance with Section 2.19(b) on or prior to the applicable Existing Commitment Termination Date, (A) the Commitment of each Non-Extending Lender shall automatically terminate in whole on such Existing Commitment Termination Date without any further notice or other action by any Borrower, such Lender or any other Person and (B) the principal amount of any outstanding Loans made by such Non-Extending Lender, together with any accrued interest thereon and any accrued fees and other amounts payable to or for the account of such Non-Extending Lender hereunder, shall be due and payable on such Existing Commitment Termination Date, and on such Existing Commitment Termination Date the Borrowers shall also make such other prepayments of the Loans pursuant to Section 2.10 as shall be required in order that, after giving effect to the termination of the Commitments of, and all payments to, Non-Extending Lenders pursuant to this sentence, (x) the total Credit Exposures shall not exceed (1) prior to a the Collateral Cure Date, the Total Commitment and (2) following the Collateral Cure Date, the Available Borrowing Amount and (y) the Credit Exposure of any Lender shall not exceed its Commitment.

 

96

 

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.23, the Commitment Termination Date and the Availability Period, as such terms are used in reference to any Issuing Lender or any Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender or in reference to any Swingline Lender or any Swingline Loans made by such Swingline Lender, may not be extended with respect to any Issuing Lender or any Swingline Lender without the prior written consent of such Issuing Lender or such Swingline Lender, as applicable (it being understood and agreed that, in the event any Issuing Lender or any Swingline Lender, as applicable, shall not have consented to any such extension, (i) such Issuing Lender shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Lender hereunder, and such Swingline Lender shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of a Swingline Lender hereunder, in each case through the applicable Existing Commitment Termination Date (or the Availability Period determined on the basis thereof), and thereafter shall have no obligation to issue, amend or extend any Letter of Credit or to make any Swingline Loan, as applicable (but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.04, 2.06, 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 as to Letters of Credit issued or Swingline Loans made prior to such time), and (ii) the Company shall cause the LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender to be zero or shall provide cash collateral equal to 103% thereof in accordance with Section 2.06(k) no later than the day on which such LC Exposure would have been required to have been reduced to zero or such cash collateral provided in accordance with the terms hereof without giving effect to the effectiveness of the extension of the applicable Existing Commitment Termination Date pursuant to this Section 2.23 and shall repay the principal amount of all outstanding Swingline Loans, together with any accrued interest thereon, on the Existing Commitment Termination Date).

 

(d) In connection with any extension of the Commitment Termination Date under this Section 2.23, the Administrative Agent may, without the consent of any Lender, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to give effect to the provisions of this Section 2.23.

 

97

 

 

Section 2.24  Market Disruption.

 

(a) If the Administrative Agent determines that a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to an Australian Dollar Loan for any Interest Period, then it shall promptly notify the Company and the Lenders, and the rate of interest on each Affected Lender’s participations in such Australian Dollar Loan for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

(i) the Applicable Rate; and

 

(ii) the rate notified to the Agent by that Affected Lender as soon as practicable and in any event no later than the Business Day before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Affected Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source or sources it may reasonably select.

 

(b) Each Lender shall determine the rate notified by it under clause (a)(ii) above in good faith. The rate so notified and any notification under clause (c) below, will be conclusive and binding on the parties in the absence of manifest error.

 

(c) In this Agreement “Market Disruption Event” means:

 

(i) at or about noon on the first Business Day of the relevant Interest Period the rate referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of the definition of Australian Bill Rate in the case of an Australian Bill Rate Loan is not available and none or only one of the Australian Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Administrative Agent to determine the Australian Bill Rate for the relevant period (in which case each Australian Lender participating in the Loan will be an “Affected Lender”); or

 

(ii) before 5:00 p.m., Sydney time on the Business Day after the first day of the relevant Interest Period, the Administrative Agent receives notifications from one or more Australian Lenders whose participations in that Australian Dollar Loan exceed 35% of that Australian Dollar Loan, that as a result of market circumstances not limited to it (whether or not those circumstances, or their effect on the Australian Lender’s cost of funds, subsist on the date it becomes an Australian Lender) the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan would be in excess of the Applicable Rate (in which case an “Affected Lender” will be each Lender which gives such a notification).

 

(d) If a Market Disruption Event occurs and Administrative Agent or the Company so requires, the Administrative Agent and the Company shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

(e) Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above shall only apply with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Company, and then shall be binding on all parties.

 

(f) The Administrative Agent shall promptly inform the Company and each Lender of any alternative basis agreed under this Section 2.24.

 

98

 

 

Section 2.25  Public Offer.

 

(a) Each Arranger, undertakes, represents and warrants to the Australian Borrower as follows:

 

(i) on behalf of the Australian Borrower they have made invitations to become a Lender under this Agreement to at least ten parties by no later than the date of this Agreement, each of whom, as at the date the relevant invitation is made, the Arrangers’ relevant officers involved in the transaction on a day to day basis believe carries on the business of providing finance or investing or dealing in securities in the course of operating in financial markets, for the purposes of Section 128F(3A)(a)(i) of the Australian Tax Act, and each of whom has been disclosed to the Borrowers;

 

(ii) at least ten of the parties to whom the Arrangers have made invitations referred to in Section 2.25(a)(i) above are not, as at the date the invitations are made, to the knowledge of the relevant officers of the Arrangers involved in the transaction, Associates of any of the other of those ten offerees or the Arrangers; and

 

(iii) they have not made and will not make offers or invitations referred to in Section 2.25(a)(i) above to parties whom its relevant officers involved in the transaction on a day to day basis are aware are Offshore Associates of the Australian Borrower.

 

(b) The Australian Borrower confirms that none of the potential offerees whose names were disclosed to it by the Arrangers before the date of this Agreement were known or suspected by it to be an Offshore Associate of the Australian Borrower or an Associate of any other such offeree and that at least ten of these potential offerees disclosed to it by the Arrangers were not known or suspected by it to be an Associate of any of the other of those ten offerees. It will promptly advise the Arrangers if the potential offerees disclosed to it by the Arrangers are known or suspected by it to be an Offshore Associate of the Australian Borrower or an Associate of any other offeree.

 

(c)   Each Lender represents and warrants to the Australian Borrower that if it received an invitation under this Section 2.25 at the time it received the invitation it was carrying on the business of providing finance, or investing or dealing in securities, in the course of operating in financial markets.

 

(d)   Each of the Arrangers and each Lender will provide to the Australian Borrower when reasonably requested by the Australian Borrower any factual information in its possession or which it is reasonably able to provide to assist the Australian Borrower to demonstrate (based upon tax advice received by the Australian Borrower) that Section 128F of the Australian Tax Act has been satisfied where to do so will not in the Arrangers’ or Lenders’ reasonable opinion breach any law or regulation or any duty of confidence.

 

(e)   If, for any reason, the requirements of Section 128F of the Australian Tax Act have not been satisfied in relation to interest payable on Loans made to the Australian Borrower (except to an Offshore Associate of an Australian Borrower), then on request by the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers or the Australian Borrower, each party shall co-operate and take steps reasonably requested with a view to satisfying those requirements at the cost of:

 

(i) the Arrangers where Arrangers breached Section 2.25(a) above;

 

(ii) a Lender if that Lender breached Section 2.25(c) above;

 

(iii) the relevant Arranger or Lender, if that Arranger or Lender breached Section 2.25(d) above; or

 

(iv)   the Australian Borrower in all other cases.

 

99

 

 

Article III

 

Representations and Warranties

 

Each Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders, as of the Effective Date and the date any Loan is made or any Letter of Credit is issued, amended or extended, that:

 

Section 3.01  Organization; Powers. Each Loan Party (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority (i) to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, (ii) to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each Loan Document to which it is a party and (iii) to effect the Transactions, and (c) is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where the failure to so qualify, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.02  Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions to be entered into by each Loan Party and the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other entity action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Borrower and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is to be a party, when executed and delivered by such Loan Party, will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Borrower or such Loan Party (as the case may be), enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

Section 3.03  Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) will not violate any material law, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent failure to comply therewith could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) will not violate the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (d) will not violate or result in a material default under any material indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or their respective assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any material payment to be made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or give rise to a right of, or result in, termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material obligation thereunder and (e) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than a Lien permitted under Section 6.02) on any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Section 3.04  Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change.

 

(a) The Company has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows (i) as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, reported on by KPMG, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, and (ii) as of and for the fiscal quarter and the portion of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022 and June 30, 2022 (and comparable period for the prior fiscal year). Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of certain footnotes in the case of the statements referred to in clause (ii) above.

 

100

 

 

(b) Since December 31, 2021, there has not occurred any event, change or condition that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.05  Properties.

 

(a) The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries have good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all the real and personal property that is material to their business, free of all Liens other than Liens permitted by Section 6.02 and except for defects in title that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b) The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries own, or are licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to their business, and the use thereof by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries does not infringe in any material respect upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such defects in ownership or license rights or other infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.06  Litigation and Environmental Matters.

 

(a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, threatened against or affecting the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect (except for Disclosed Matters) or (ii) that involve any of the Loan Documents or the Transactions.

 

(b) Except for the Disclosed Matters or except with respect to any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, registration or license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) to the knowledge of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any pending or threatened claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

 

Section 3.07  Compliance with Laws. The Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to it or its property, except any noncompliance therewith which could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.08  Investment Company Status. Neither the Company nor any other Loan Party is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or is subject to registration under such Act.

 

Section 3.09  Taxes.

 

(a) The Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or in the case of the Australian Borrower, the Head Company (as defined in the Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Cth) of Australia)) (i) has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except for such Taxes which are not yet delinquent or any Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and (iii) is tax resident in its jurisdiction of incorporation only and does not have a permanent establishment or other taxable presence outside its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

101

 

 

(b) The Australian Borrower is a member of an Australian Tax Consolidated Group for which the Head Company (as defined in the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Cth) of Australia) is Flora Green Pty Ltd ACN 608 829 214.

 

(c) No Dutch Loan Party is a member of a fiscal unity (fiscale eenheid) for Dutch corporate income tax and/or value added tax purposes except for any such fiscal unity consisting of Dutch Loan Parties and any of their respective Subsidiaries only.

 

Section 3.10  ERISA. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Plan and Foreign Pension Plan has been maintained, operated, and funded in compliance with its own terms and in compliance with the provisions of ERISA, the Code, and any other applicable federal, state or foreign laws, and the minimum funding standards of ERISA, the Code or any similar foreign law with respect to each Plan or Foreign Pension Plan have been satisfied, except in each case where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3- 101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA).

 

Section 3.11  Disclosure. None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or pursuant to any Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information then or theretofore furnished by or on behalf of the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent in connection herewith), prior to the date hereof, collectively, contained any material misstatement of fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrowers represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by them to be reasonable at the time delivered (unless otherwise updated subsequent thereto, in which case such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by them to be reasonable at the time updated).

 

Section 3.12  Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations. Neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying Margin Stock. Following the application of the proceeds of each Loan or each drawing under any Letter of Credit, not more than 25% of the value of the assets (either of the applicable Borrower only or of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) subject to the provisions of Section 6.02, Section 6.03 or any other provision hereof restricting the disposition or pledge of Margin Stock, or subject to any restriction on the disposition or pledge of Margin Stock contained in any other agreement or instrument between any Borrower and any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender relating to Indebtedness and within the scope of clause (f) or (g) of Article VII, will be Margin Stock.

 

Section 3.13  Labor Matters. As of the Effective Date, there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns or any other labor disputes against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, threatened that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (other than the Disclosed Matters). The hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth) of Australia or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (other than the Disclosed Matters). All payments due from the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or for which any claim may be made against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent the failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (other than the Disclosed Matters).

 

102

 

 

Section 3.14  Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions. The Company has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to promote compliance by the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors and officers and, to the knowledge of the Company and its Subsidiaries, their employees and agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects. None of (a) the Company, any Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of the Company or any Subsidiary, any of their respective directors, officers or employees, or (b) to the knowledge of the Company or any Subsidiary, any agent of the Company or any Subsidiary that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person. The representations and warranties given in this Section 3.14 shall only be given to the extent that giving of and complying with such representations and warranties does not result in a violation of or conflict with or does not expose the Company to any liability under the Council Regulation (EC) 2271/96 or any similar anti-boycott laws or regulations.

 

Section 3.15  [Reserved].

 

Section 3.16  Collateral Cure. From and after the Collateral Cure Date, the provisions set forth in Schedule A-2 shall apply at all times as if more fully set forth herein.

 

Article IV

 

Conditions

 

Section 4.01  Effective Date. The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Lenders to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions shall be satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02):

 

(a) Credit Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have received from each party hereto a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of each party hereto (which, subject to Section 9.06(b), may include any Electronic Signatures transmitted by e-mailed .pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page).

 

(b) Organizational Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate of each Loan Party (other than any Australian Loan Party), dated the Effective Date and executed by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, or in respect of a Luxembourg Loan Party by a director or a manager, which shall (A) certify the resolutions of its Board of Directors, members or other body authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party and approving the Transactions, (B) identify by name and title and bear the signatures of the officers of such Loan Party authorized to sign the Loan Documents to which it is a party and (C) contain appropriate attachments, including the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization of each Loan Party certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party and a true and correct copy of its bylaws or operating, management or partnership agreement, (ii) a good standing certificate for each Loan Party (other than any Australian Loan Party) from its jurisdiction of organization (to the extent applicable in the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party) and (iii) in respect of any Australian Loan Party, a verification certificate in respect of such Australian Loan Party dated the Effective Date and executed by a director or company secretary in a customary form attaching (A) its certificate of incorporation and constitution, (B) an extract of resolutions of its Board of Directors approving its entry into the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (C) if applicable, a copy of the power of attorney under which such Australian Loan Party is signing the Loan Documents to which it is a party and (D) specimen signatures of the persons authorized to execute the Loan Documents to which each Australian Loan Party is a party, and each of the foregoing shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

103

 

 

(c) Additional Luxembourg Documents. For each Loan Party established and existing under the Laws of Luxembourg or having its central administration in Luxembourg, the Administrative Agent shall have received, in addition to the documents listed in Section 4.01(b), (i) an excerpt issued by the Luxembourg trade and register of commerce and companies (“RCS”) dated no earlier than 1 (one) Business Day prior to the Effective Date, (ii) a certificate issued by the RCS dated no earlier than 1 (one) Business Day prior to the Effective Date stating that no judicial decision pursuant to which it would be subject to one of the judicial proceedings including, but not limited to, bankruptcy (faillite), reprieve from payment (sursis de paiement), controlled management (gestion contrôlée) or composition with creditors (concordat préventif de la faillite), or judicial reorganization proceedings (procédure de réorganisation judiciaire) has been registered with the RCS by application of article 13, items 2 to 12 and article 14 of the Luxembourg law of 19 December 2002 on the RCS and on the accounting and annual accounts of undertakings, as amended and (iii) a certificate signed by a director or a manager confirming that (A) the borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the entry into the Loan Documents and the performance of its obligations thereunder would not cause any borrowing, guarantee, security or similar limit binding on any Loan Party to be exceeded, (b) each copy document relating to it specified in this Article IV (Conditions) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement, (c) it complies with the provisions of the Luxembourg law dated 31 May 1999 on the domiciliation of companies, as amended and (d) it is not subject to bankruptcy (faillite), insolvency, voluntary or judicial liquidation (liquidation volontaire ou judiciaire), composition with creditors (concordat préventif de la faillite), reprieve from payment (sursis de paiement), controlled management (gestion contrôlée), or similarjudicial reorganization proceedings (procédure de réorganisation judiciaire) or similar proceedings; the relevant company has not been subject to conservatory measures such as attachment order (saisie conservatoire) or garnishment (saisie attribution or saisie arrêt) and no application, petition, order or resolution has been made, or taken by the relevant company or by any other person for the appointment of a commissaire, curateur, liquidateur or similar officer for its administration, winding-up or similar proceedings.

 

(d) Legal Opinions. The Administrative Agent shall have received a written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as of the Effective Date and dated the Effective Date) of (i) White & Case LLP, U.S., Australia and Luxembourg counsel to the Loan Parties, (ii) Miller Thomson LLP, Canadian counsel to the Loan Parties, and (iii) Lefosse Advogados, Brazilian counsel to the Loan Parties, covering customary matters relating to the Loan Parties, the Loan Documents and the Transactions.

 

(e) Officer’s Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company and dated the Effective Date, stating that (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (ii) the representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents that are qualified by materiality are true and correct and such representations and warranties that are not so qualified are true and correct in all material respects, in each case, on and as of the Effective Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case, stating that such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality are true and correct and such representations and warranties that are not so qualified are true and correct in all material respects, in each case, as of such earlier date).

 

104

 

 

(f) Guarantee Requirement. The Administrative Agent shall have received from each Person that, pursuant to the Guarantee Requirement or the definition of Guarantor, is required to execute and deliver a Guarantee Agreement as of the Effective Date, a counterpart of a Guarantee Agreement, signed on behalf of such Person (which, subject to Section 9.06(b), may include any Electronic Signatures transmitted by e-mailed .pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page).

 

(g) Fees and Expenses. The Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall have received all fees required to be paid and due on or prior to the Effective Date, and all expenses for which invoices have been presented at least two Business Days prior to the Effective Date, on or prior to the Effective Date.

 

(h) “Know Your Customer” Requirements. The Lenders shall have received, at least three Business Days prior to the Effective Date, all documentation required under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act, and Canadian Anti-Money Laundering Laws and the Beneficial Ownership Certification to the extent required under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, to the extent reasonably requested by any Lender at least 10 Business Days prior to the Effective Date.

 

(i) Termination of the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement. All principal, interest, fees and other amounts due or outstanding under the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement shall have been paid in full, the commitments thereunder shall be terminated, all letters of credit outstanding thereunder shall be canceled or shall be designated hereunder as Existing Letters of Credit and all Guarantees and Liens, if any, created in connection therewith shall be terminated and released.

 

(j) Financial Statements. The lenders shall have received the financial statements described in Section 3.04.

 

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. Without limiting the generality of Section 8.02(b), for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required hereunder or thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent and the Company shall have received written notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Effective Date specifying its objection thereto.

 

Section 4.02  Each Credit Event. The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing (other than any conversion or continuation of any Loan), and of any Issuing Lender to issue, amend or extend any Letter of Credit is subject to the receipt of the request therefor in accordance herewith and to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(a) Borrowing Request. A Borrower shall have delivered a Borrowing Request in accordance with Section 2.03.

 

105

 

 

(b) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in the Loan Documents (other than, after the Effective Date but prior to the Collateral Cure Date, the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.04(b) and 3.06(a)(i)) that are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct and such representations and warranties that are not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of the making of such Loan or the date of such issuance, amendment or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct and such representations and warranties that are not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case, as of such earlier date).

 

(c) No Default. At the time of and immediately after giving effect to the making of such Loan or the issuance, amendment or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(d) Available Borrowing Amount. On and after the Collateral Cure Date, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to the making of such Loan or the issuance, amendment or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, the aggregate Credit Exposures of the Lenders shall not exceed the Available Borrowing Amount. “Available Borrowing Amount” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the Total Commitments and (b) the Post-Collateral Cure Borrowing Base based on the most recent Post-Collateral Cure Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Schedule A-3.

 

On the date of any Borrowing (other than any conversion or continuation of any Loan) or the issuance, amendment or extension of any Letter of Credit, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that the conditions specified in paragraphs (a) through (d) above have been satisfied.

 

Article V

 

Affirmative Covenants

 

Until the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees, expenses and other amounts payable under any Loan Document (other than contingent amounts not yet due) shall have been paid in full, all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been terminated or cash collateralized as provided in Section 2.06(d) and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, each Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

 

Section 5.01  Financial Statements and Other Information. The Borrowers, or the Company on behalf of the Borrowers, will furnish to the Administrative Agent, for prompt delivery to the Lenders:

 

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the Company’s audited consolidated balance sheet and audited consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, and related notes thereto, setting forth, in each case, in comparative form the figures for (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all reported on by KPMG, LLP or other independent registered public accounting firm of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any explanatory or emphasis of matter paragraphs) except to the extent that such a “going concern” qualification statement (A) is solely a consequence of an impending stated final maturity date, (B) relates to any actual or potential inability to satisfy a the financial maintenance covenant in Section 6.04 or financial covenants under any other Indebtedness on a future date or in a future period or (C) relates to the activities, operations, financial results, assets or liabilities of Unrestricted Subsidiaries) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of and for such fiscal year on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

 

106

 

 

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, the Company’s unaudited consolidated balance sheet and unaudited consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth, in each case, in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company as presenting fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter or such portion of the fiscal year on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of certain footnotes;

 

(c) concurrently with any delivery or deemed delivery of financial statements under clauses (a) or (b) above, a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company substantially in the form of Exhibit E certifying (i) such financial statements as presenting fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of and for the applicable fiscal quarter or the then elapsed portion of the applicable fiscal year on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject in the case of unaudited financial statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of certain footnotes, (ii) as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (iii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with the covenant contained in Section 6.06, (iv) solely with the delivery of financial statements under Sections 5.01(a), a list of each Subsidiary of the Company that identifies each Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of such list or a confirmation that there is no change in such information since the later of the Effective Date and the date of the last such list and (v) solely with respect to any period following a Collateral Cure Date, a calculation on a Pro Forma Basis of Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Total Debt as of the end of, and for the period, as applicable, of four fiscal quarters then ending;

 

(d) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials (other than registration statements on Form S-8 or any similar or successor form) filed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with the SEC, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed by the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests generally, as the case may be;

 

(e) promptly after Moody’s, S&P or Fitch shall have announced (i) a change in its Corporate Rating (or the establishment of any such rating), (ii) that it shall no longer maintain a Corporate Rating, (iii) a change of its rating system or (iv) that it shall cease to be in the business of issuing corporate debt ratings, written notice of such development or rating change;

 

(f) promptly following any reasonable request therefor from the Administrative Agent, copies of any documents described in Sections 101(k) or 101(l) of ERISA that any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if the Loan Parties or any of the ERISA Affiliates have not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, then, upon reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the Loan Parties and/or the ERISA Affiliates shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and the Borrowers shall provide copies of such documents and notices promptly after receipt thereof;

 

107

 

 

(g) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Sections 5.01(a) and (b), the related consolidated financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries from such consolidated financial statements; and

 

(h) promptly following any reasonable request therefor, (i) such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, as the Administrative Agent (on behalf of any Lender) may reasonably request or (ii) information and documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) for purposes of compliance with applicable “know your customer” requirements under the PATRIOT Act, the Beneficial Ownership Regulation or other applicable anti-money laundering laws.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the obligations in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.01 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries by furnishing (i) the applicable financial statements of any direct or indirect parent of the Company or (ii) the Company’s (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), as applicable, Form 10-K, 10-Q or 8-K, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of subclauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph, to the extent such information relates to a parent of the Company, such information is accompanied by consolidating or other information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand and (y) the filing with the SEC of the information required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) and 5.01(b), within the time period specified therein, shall be deemed to satisfy such covenant; provided that the Company shall notify (which may be by facsimile or other electronic transmission) the Administrative Agent of the filing of any such documents and upon reasonable request, provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents.

 

Information required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 5.01(a), (b), (d),  (e) and (g) shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which the Company provides notice to the Administrative Agent that such information has been posted on the SEC website on the Internet at www.sec.gov, or at another website identified in such notice and accessible by the Lenders without charge; provided that such notice may be included in a certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(c).

 

Section 5.02  Notices of Material Events. The Company will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for prompt distribution to the Lenders) written notice promptly upon, but in any event within five Business Days of, any of the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the General Counsel or the Chief Financial Officer of any Borrower obtaining actual knowledge of any of the following:

 

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

 

(b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, affecting the Company or any Affiliate thereof that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event or any fact or circumstance that gives rise to a reasonable expectation that any ERISA Event will occur that, in either case, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a liability in excess of $300,000,000;

 

108

 

 

(d) any change in any Loan Party’s legal name, form of organization, jurisdiction of organization or registered office or principal executive or chief executive office address; and

 

(e) any material change in the accounting or other financial reporting practices of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Company (in the case of clause (a) above, stating that it is a “notice of default”) setting forth the details of the event, notice, circumstance or other development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

 

Section 5.03  Existence; Conduct of Business. The Company will, and will cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to obtain, preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect (a) its legal existence and (b) all rights, franchises, licenses and permits necessary for the ordinary conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided, that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03 or (b) any disposition of assets permitted under Section 6.03.

 

Section 5.04  Payment of Taxes. The Company will, and will cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay or discharge all material Taxes, before such Taxes shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, (c) no attempt is being made to effect collection, or such contest effectively suspends collection, of the contested obligation and the enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation or (d) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.05  Maintenance of Properties. Except to the extent failure to do so would not be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Company will, and will cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep and maintain, in the good faith judgment of the Company, all property material to the conduct of its business in reasonably good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty and condemnation events excepted; provided that nothing in this Section 5.05 shall prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from discontinuing the operation or maintenance, or both the operation and maintenance, of any properties of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary if such discontinuance is, in the good faith judgment of the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary), desirable in the conduct of its business.

 

Section 5.06  Books and Records; Inspection Rights. The Company will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, (a) keep proper books of record in material conformity with GAAP and (b) (x) subject to the following clause (y), no more than one time in any calendar year following the Collateral Cure Date and (y) during an Event of Default that is continuing, in the case of each Loan Party, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including employees of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any consultants, accountants, lawyers and appraisers retained by the Administrative Agent or any Lender), upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants (upon reasonable notice to the Company and with its officers permitted to be present at such times) and its officers, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested.

 

109

 

 

Section 5.07  Compliance with Laws. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to it or its property (including, without limitation, ERISA, laws relating to Foreign Pension Plans, Anti-Corruption Laws, the Patriot Act, and Canadian Anti-Money Laundering Laws, Sanctions and Environmental Laws), except where non-compliance could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or where the necessity of compliance therewith is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

 

Section 5.08  Use of Proceeds.

 

(a) The proceeds of the Loans will be used, and Letters of Credit will be issued, (i) on the Effective Date, to fund the Transactions and (ii) on and after the Effective Date, to finance general working capital needs, to finance capital expenditures, for other general corporate purposes and for other purposes not prohibited by the Loan Documents, in each case, of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including in connection with any acquisition. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, including Regulations T, U and X. Solely in the case of Loans made to the Australian Borrower, no part of the proceeds of any such Loan will be used by the Australian Borrower to repay the Obligations of any other Borrower.

 

(b) The Borrowers will not request any Loan or Letter of Credit, and the Borrowers will not use, and will procure that their Subsidiaries and their and their Subsidiaries’ respective directors, officers, employees and agents will not use, the proceeds of any Loan or any Letter of Credit (i) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (ii) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, to the extent such activities, businesses or transaction are not permissible for a Person required to comply with Sanctions or (iii) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

 

Section 5.09  Insurance. The Company will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies or through self-insurance, (a) insurance or self-insurance in such amounts (with no greater risk retention) and against such risks as is considered adequate by the Company, in its good faith judgment, and (b) all other insurance as may be required by law.

 

Section 5.10  Guarantee Requirement. The Company will, and will cause each Subsidiary of the Company and each Subsidiary of JBS S.A. (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) to execute any and all further documents, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions that may be required under any applicable law, or that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, to cause the Guarantee Requirement to be and remain satisfied at all times or otherwise to give effect to the provisions of the Loan Documents, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. No obligations shall be included in the Guarantee Requirement to the extent that, if they were included, that would result in such obligations constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Section 2:98c of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

Section 5.11  Corporate Ratings. The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the Corporate Ratings (but will not be required to maintain any specific Corporate Rating) with Moody’s, S&P and Fitch.

 

Section 5.12  Collateral Cure. From and after the Collateral Cure Date, the provisions set forth in Schedule A-3 shall apply at all times as if more fully set forth herein.

 

110

 

 

Section 5.13  Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries. The Company may designate any newly formed or acquired Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that:

 

(a) (i) immediately before and after such designation (or re-designation), no Event of Default shall be continuing or would result therefrom and (ii) after giving effect to any such designation (or re-designation) prior to a Collateral Cure Date, the Company shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the Financial Maintenance Covenant;

 

(b) the designation of any such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Effective Date shall constitute an Investment by the Company therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value, as determined in good faith by the Company at the date of such designation, of the Company or its Subsidiary’s (as applicable) Investment therein; and

 

(c) the designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any Investment by the Company in such Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the preceding clause (b) in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value, as determined in good faith by the Company at the date of such designation, of the Company or its Subsidiary’s (as applicable) Investment therein.

 

Section 5.14  Taxes

 

(a) No Dutch Loan Party will request to become a member of a fiscal unity (fiscale eenheid) for Dutch corporate income tax purposes and/or value added tax purposes or any similar taxing group other than a fiscal unity consisting of members of Dutch Loan Parties and any or their respective Subsidiaries only.

 

Section 5.15  DAC6. A Loan Party shall:

 

(a) Promptly inform the Administrative Agent upon the making by that Loan Party of a determination (whether upon advice or not) that any transaction contemplated by any Loan Document is a ‘reportable cross-border arrangement’ for the purposes of DAC6 and shall supply to the Administrative Agent a summary of the analysis upon which that determination is based; and

 

In connection with any such determination as is mentioned in clause (a) above, promptly upon the making of such reporting and to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulation, supply to the Administrative Agent any reporting made to any governmental or taxation authority by or on behalf of any Loan Party or by any adviser to such Loan Party in relation to DAC6 or any law or regulation which implements DAC6.

 

111

 

 

Article VI

 

Negative Covenants

 

Until the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees, expenses and other amounts payable under any Loan Document (other than contingent amounts not yet due) shall have been paid in full, all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been terminated or cash collateralized as provided in Section 2.06(d) and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, each Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

 

Section 6.01  Indebtedness.

 

(a) The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party to create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

 

(i) Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents;

 

(ii) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 6.01 and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

 

(iii) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Indebtedness shall not have been transferred or pledged to any other Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary);

 

(iv)   Guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that a Subsidiary shall not Guarantee Indebtedness of any other Subsidiary that it would not have been permitted to incur under this Section 6.01(a) if it were a primary obligor thereon;

 

(v) Indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Finance Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets, and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided that such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement;

 

(vi)   Indebtedness of any Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary) that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or of any Person not previously a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that is merged or consolidated with or into a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction permitted hereunder) after the date hereof, or Indebtedness of any Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that is assumed by any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets by such Restricted Subsidiary, and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided that (A) such original Indebtedness exists at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or is so merged or consolidated) or such assets are acquired and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such merger or consolidation) or such assets being acquired and (B) neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Person or the Restricted Subsidiary with which such Person is merged or consolidated or that so assumes such Person’s Indebtedness) shall Guarantee or otherwise become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness;

 

(vii)    performance bonds, bid bonds, surety bonds, appeal bonds, completion Guarantees and similar obligations, in each case, provided in the ordinary course of business or in connection with the enforcement of rights or claims of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or in connection with judgments that do not result in a Default or an Event of Default;

 

(viii)   Indebtedness owed to any Person providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

112

 

 

(ix)   Indebtedness under Swap Agreements permitted under Section 6.04;

 

(x) Finance Lease Obligations in connection with any Sale/Leaseback Transactions; provided that the aggregate amount of Finance Lease Obligations outstanding under this clause (x) at any time, together with (A) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties outstanding under clause (xviii) below at such time and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness or other obligations secured by Liens under Section 6.02(xiv) at such time, shall not exceed 12.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of incurrence;

 

(xi)   Indebtedness owed in respect of (i) overdrafts and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or in connection with any automated clearinghouse transfers of funds, (ii) commercial credit cards and purchasing cards programs and (iii) stored value cards programs;

 

(xii)    Indebtedness consisting of indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnout or similar obligations (and Guarantees of such Indebtedness), in each case, incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred or assumed by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing or otherwise in connection with any such acquisition; provided, however, that, in the case of any such disposition, the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall not exceed the gross proceeds, including the fair market value of non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time such proceeds are received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

 

(xiii)   [reserved];

 

(xiv)   customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xv)    Securitization Transactions the aggregate amount of which (as determined in accordance with the second sentence of the definition of Securitization Transaction) shall not exceed $750,000,000 at any time outstanding (the “Receivables Facility Basket”);

 

(xvi)   Indebtedness owing by any SPE Subsidiary to the Company or any other Subsidiary to the extent that such intercompany Indebtedness has been incurred to finance, in part, the transfers of accounts receivable and/or payment intangibles, interests therein and/or related assets and rights to such SPE Subsidiary in connection with a Securitization Transaction permitted pursuant to clause (xv) above;

 

(xvii) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of (x) $650,000,000 and (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of incurrence (the “Foreign Subsidiary Debt Basket”);

 

(xviii) other Indebtedness; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding under this clause (xviii) at any time, together with (A) the aggregate amount of Finance Lease Obligations outstanding under clause (x) above at such time and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness or other obligations secured by Liens under Section 6.02(xiv) at such time, shall not exceed 12.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of incurrence (the “Priority Debt Basket”);

 

113

 

 

(xix) Indebtedness consisting of (A) the financing of insurance premiums or (B) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(xx) Guarantees in the ordinary course of business of the obligations (other than for borrowed money) of suppliers or customers.; and

 

(xxi) any liability in respect of any Restricted Subsidiary arising under a declaration of joint and several liability (hoofdelijke aansprakelijkheid) as referred to in Section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code (and any residual liability under such declaration arising pursuant to Section 2:404(2) of the Dutch Civil Code;

 

(b) In addition, following the Collateral Cure Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

 

(i) Indebtedness that would be permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(a) as though the Company or such Loan Party constitutes a non-Loan Party Restricted Subsidiary for purposes thereof;

 

(ii) additional unsecured Indebtedness; provided that immediately after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis, (A) no Event of Default shall be continuing or result therefrom and (B) the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4:00:1.00;

 

(iii) Indebtedness incurred prior to the Collateral Cure Date except by reference to any one or more baskets set forth in this Section 6.01 and existing on the Collateral Cure Date, and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; and

 

(iv)   Guarantees given in connection with a class order guarantee in accordance with the Australian Corporations Act.

 

Section 6.02  Liens.

 

(a) The Company will not, nor will it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, except:

 

(i) Liens created under the Loan Documents;

 

(ii) Permitted Encumbrances;

 

(iii) any Lien on any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 6.02 (including any Lien that attaches by law to the proceeds thereof); provided that (A) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Company or any Subsidiary (other than additions, improvements or accessions thereto and the proceeds thereof) and (B) such Lien shall secure only those obligations that it secures on the Effective Date or, with respect to any such obligations that shall have been extended, renewed or refinanced in accordance with Section 6.01, Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

 

114

 

 

(iv)   (A) any Lien existing on any asset, including any Lien that attaches by law to the proceeds thereof, prior to the acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (B) any Lien existing on any asset, including any Lien that attaches by law to the proceeds thereof, of any Person, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary, that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or is merged or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or is so merged or consolidated) securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(a)(vi); provided, in each case, that (x) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (y) such Lien shall not apply to any other asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than additions, improvements or accessions thereto and the proceeds thereof) and (z) such Lien shall secure only those obligations that it secures on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation or the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, or, with respect to any such obligations that shall have been extended, renewed or refinanced in accordance with Section 6.01, Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

 

(v) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any Lien that attaches by law to the proceeds thereof, securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(a)(v); provided that (A) such Liens secure only Indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of such assets, and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, (B) such Liens and the original Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (C) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and any financing costs associated therewith and (D) such Liens shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than additions, improvements or accessions thereto and the proceeds thereof);

 

(vi)   in connection with the sale or transfer of all the Equity Interests in a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction permitted under Section 6.03, customary rights and restrictions contained in agreements relating to such sale or transfer pending the completion thereof;

 

(vii)    in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary, any put and call arrangements, drag-along and tag-along rights and obligations, and transfer restrictions related to its Equity Interests set forth in its organizational documents or any related joint venture or similar agreement;

 

(viii)   any Lien on assets of Non-Loan Party Subsidiary; provided that such Lien shall secure only Indebtedness or other obligations of such Non-Loan Party Subsidiary or any other Non-Loan Party Subsidiary;

 

(ix)   reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions expressed in any original grant from any federal Canadian Governmental Authority (in the case of Subsidiaries organized under the laws of Canada);

 

(x) Liens arising under operating leases which are subject to the PPSA;

 

(xi)   Liens arising out of any Sale/Leaseback Transactions by Restricted Subsidiaries permitted under Section 6.01(a)(x);

 

(xii)    Liens on cash, cash equivalents or marketable securities of the Company or any Subsidiary securing obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under Swap Agreements permitted under Section 6.04;

 

115

 

 

(xiii)   sales or other transfers of accounts receivable, payment intangibles and related assets pursuant to, and Liens existing or deemed to exist in connection with, Securitization Transactions permitted under Section 6.01(a)(xv);

 

(xiv)   other Liens on assets securing Indebtedness or other obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any time, together with (A) the aggregate amount of Finance Lease Obligations outstanding under Section 6.01(a)(x) at such time and (B) the aggregate principal amount of unsecured Indebtedness of Subsidiaries outstanding under Section 6.01(a)(xviii) at such time, 12.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of incurrence; and

 

(xv)    from and after the Collateral Cure Date, Liens securing Swap Obligations and Banking Services Obligations.

 

Section 6.03  Fundamental Changes; Business Activities.

 

(a) The Company will not, nor will it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, merge into, amalgamate or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into, amalgamate or consolidate with it, or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (i) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge into, amalgamate or consolidate with another Restricted Subsidiary, provided that (A) in the case of any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving a Borrower, such Borrower or another Borrower shall be the surviving or continuing Person, (B) in the case of any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving a Subsidiary Guarantor, the surviving or continuing Person shall be a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Borrower and (C) in the case of any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the U.S. Borrower, the U.S. Borrower shall be the surviving or continuing Person, (ii) any Person acquired in a transaction not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement may merge into, amalgamate or consolidate with (x) any Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving or continuing Person is a Restricted Subsidiary (provided that in the case of any such merger or consolidation involving the U.S. Borrower, the U.S. Borrower shall be the surviving or continuing Person) and (y) the Company in a transaction in which the surviving or continuing Person is the Company, (iii) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Loan Party) may merge into, amalgamate or consolidate with any Person in a transaction not prohibited by Section 6.03(b) had such merger, amalgamation or consolidation been structured as an asset sale in which the surviving or continuing Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge into, amalgamate or consolidate with the Company in a transaction in which the surviving or continuing Person is the Company and (v) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) may liquidate or dissolve if the Company determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Company and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders; provided further that:

 

(i) subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 1.11, (x) the LuxDutch Borrower may be consolidated with, merged into, or liquidated or dissolved into, the Substituted LuxEuropean Company or (y) the Substituted LuxEuropean Company may be substituted for the LuxDutch Borrower as the Company; and

 

(ii) subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 1.12, (x) the U.S. Borrower may be consolidated with, merged into, or liquidated or dissolved into, the Substituted U.S. Company or (y) the Substituted U.S. Company may be substituted for the U.S. Borrower as the U.S. Borrower.

 

116

 

 

(b) The Company will not sell, lease, license or otherwise transfer, in one transaction or in a series of transactions, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (it being understood that nothing in this clause (b) shall limit any such transfers between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries).

 

(c) The Company shall not permit any Subsidiary Borrower to cease to be a Wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company.

 

Section 6.04  [Reserved].

 

Section 6.05  Transactions with Affiliates. From and after the Collateral Cure Date, the Company will not, nor will it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, sell, lease, license or otherwise transfer any assets to, or purchase, lease, license or otherwise acquire any assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates (other than Affiliates that are Loan Parties or Guarantors), except (a) transactions on terms and conditions substantially as favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary as could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) transactions between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliate, (c) any Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to Section 6.11, (d) compensation and indemnification of, and other employment arrangements with, directors, officers and employees of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary entered in the ordinary course of business, (e) any transaction that is approved by the board of directors of the Company or an appropriate committee of such board or (f) any transaction that does not, individually or together with all related transactions, involve consideration in excess of $5,000,000.

 

Section 6.06  Financial Maintenance Covenant. As of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Companythe most recently ended Test Period, commencing with the first full fiscal quarter following the Effective DateTest Period ending on March 31, 2026, the Company will not permit (a) Consolidated Total Debtthe Interest Coverage Ratio as of such date to exceed (b) an amount equal to 55.0% of Total Capitalization as of such datebe less than 3.00:1.00.

 

Section 6.07  Changes in Fiscal Period. The Company will not permit its fiscal year to end on a day other than the last Sunday of a calendar year or change the Company’s method of determining fiscal quarters; provided, however, that the Company may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent change the financial reporting convention specified above to any other financial reporting convention reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case the Company and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary in order to reflect such change in financial reporting.

 

Section 6.08  Change in Nature of Business. The Company will not, nor will it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage, to any material extent, in any business other than (i) the production, marketing and distribution of food products, any related food or agricultural products, processes or business, the production, marketing and distribution of renewable fuels, neutraceuticals, biotech products and other renewable products (or by-products), any other business in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary was engaged in on the Effective Date, and any business related, ancillary or complementary or synergistic to the foregoing, (ii) transfers to and agreements with SPE Subsidiaries relating to Securitization Transactions and (iii) in the case of SPE Subsidiaries, Securitization Transactions and transactions incidental or related thereto.

 

117

 

 

Section 6.09  Dispositions. From and after the Collateral Cure Date, the Company will not, and will not permit its Restricted Subsidiaries to, convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its property, business or assets (including Equity Interests of any other Person and leasehold interests, and accounts) whether now owned or hereafter acquired or (ii) sell to any Person (other than a Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary) any shares owned by it of any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, in each case, outside the ordinary course of business (each of the foregoing, a “Disposition”), other than:

 

(a) Dispositions in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $650,000,000 and (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of such Disposition;

 

(b) additional Dispositions; provided that immediately after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis, (A) no Event of Default shall be continuing or result therefrom and (B) the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4:00:1.00;

 

(c) the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make Dispositions to any Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(d) the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of (i) inventory in the ordinary course of business, (ii) used or surplus equipment or vehicles and (iii) cash equivalents and Investment Grade Securities;

 

(e) the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries may lease, sublease, license or sublicense real, personal or intellectual property and may transfer or assign intellectual property;

 

(f) the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make Dispositions of property (including like-kind exchanges) to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are applied to the purchase price of such replacement property, in each case under Section 1031 of the Code or otherwise;

 

(g) the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries may foreclose on assets or make Dispositions of Investments or accounts receivable or other obligations owing to any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the collection, compromise or realization thereof;

 

(h) the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries may effect the unwinding of any Swap Agreement;

 

(i) sales of livestock and on arm’s length terms, as determined by a Borrower or applicable Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(j) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claim of any kind; and

 

(k) the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries may allow the lapse or abandonment of intellectual property.

 

Section 6.10  Investments. From and after the Collateral Cure Date, the Company will not, and will not permit its Restricted Subsidiaries to make any Restricted Investment, other than:

 

(a) Restricted Investments existing or pursuant to binding commitments existing on the Collateral Cure Date and not entered into in contemplation thereof;

 

(b) Restricted Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $650,000,000 and (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of such Investment; and

 

118

 

 

(c) additional Restricted Investments; provided that immediately after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis, (A) no Event of Default shall be continuing or result therefrom and (B) the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4:00:1.00.

 

Section 6.11  Restricted Payments. From and after the Collateral Cure Date, the Company will not, and will not permit its Restricted Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, other than:

 

(a) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $650,000,000 and (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of such Restricted Payment;

 

(b) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries) of Equity Interests of the Company to the extent contributed to the Company or a substantially concurrent cash capital contribution received by the Company from its shareholders (other than the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries) in respect of its Equity Interests (in each case, other than any Disqualified Equity Interests);

 

(c) additional Restricted Payments; provided that immediately after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis, (A) no Event of Default shall be continuing or result therefrom and (B) the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4:00:1.00; and

 

(d) the Borrowers may declare and pay dividends to, or make loans to, any such direct or indirect parent company of the Company in amounts required for such parent company to pay: (A) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence, (B) U.S. federal, state, local, and non-U.S. income and similar taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of such Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that such Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of U.S. federal, state, local, and non-U.S. taxes for such fiscal year were such Borrower, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such direct or indirect parent company of such Borrower, (C) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers, employees and directors of any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including the Company’s proportionate share of such amount relating to such parent entity being a public company, general corporate operating (including, without limitation, expenses related to auditing or other accounting matters) and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including the Company’s proportionate share of such amount relating to such parent entity being a public company, (D) amounts required for any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrowers to pay fees and expenses incurred by any direct or indirect parent company of such Borrower related to (1) the maintenance by such parent entity of its corporate or other entity existence and (2) any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent company of such Borrower and (E) taxes with respect to income of any direct or indirect parent entity of such Borrower derived from funding made available to such Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries by such direct or indirect parent entity.

 

119

 

 

Section 6.12  Junior Debt Payments. From and after the Collateral Cure Date, the Company will not, and will not permit its Restricted Subsidiaries to, voluntarily prepay, purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Junior Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (each of the foregoing, a “Restricted Debt Payment”), other than:

 

(a) Restricted Debt Payments to the extent constituting Refinancing Indebtedness of such Junior Debt; provided, that such Refinancing Indebtedness has a weighted average life to maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(b) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Junior Debt of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in exchange for, or out of the cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries) of Equity Interests of the Company to the extent contributed to the Company or a substantially concurrent cash capital contribution received by the Company from its shareholders (other than the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries) in respect of its Equity Interests (in each case, other than any Disqualified Equity Interests);

 

(c) Restricted Debt Payments among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(d) Restricted Debt Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $650,000,000 and (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of such Restricted Debt Payment; and

 

(e) additional Restricted Debt Payments; provided that immediately after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis, (A) no Event of Default shall be continuing or result therefrom and (B) the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4:00:1.00.

 

Article VII

 

Events of Default

 

Section 7.01  Event of Default. If any of the following events (any such event, an “Event of Default”) shall occur:

 

(a) any Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligations in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable and in the Agreed Currency required hereunder;

 

(b) any Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) payable under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable and in the Agreed Currency required hereunder, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days or more;

 

(c) any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Loan Party in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect (or, in the case of any representation, warranty or statement qualified by materiality, in any respect) when made or deemed made; provided that, to the extent such representation or warranty is capable of being cured, such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 15 days’ from the earlier of (x) notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers and (y) knowledge of such false or incorrect representation or warranty by a Responsible Officer of a Borrower;

 

120

 

 

(d) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02(a), 5.03 (with respect to any Loan Party’s existence), 5.08, 5.10, Article VI or Section 7.02 of this Agreement or, following the Collateral Cure Date, Schedule A-3 to this Agreement; provided, that an Event of Default under Section 6.06 is subject to cure pursuant to Section 7.02;

 

(e) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from any Lender or the Administrative Agent to the Company;

 

(f) any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness when and as the same shall become due and payable (or, if any grace periods shall be applicable, after the expiration of such grace periods);

 

(g) any default or other event or condition occurs (including the triggering of any change in control or similar event with respect to the Company) that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its scheduled maturity or to require, with the giving of notice if required, any Material Indebtedness to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), prior to its stated maturity; provided that this clause (g) shall not apply to (i) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the sale, transfer or other disposition (including as a result of a casualty or condemnation event) of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness (to the extent such sale, transfer or other disposition is not prohibited under this Agreement) or (ii) any Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of a voluntary prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, or any refinancing thereof; or there shall occur any event that constitutes a default, amortization event, event of termination or similar event under or in connection with any Securitization Transaction the obligations in respect of which constitute Material Indebtedness, or any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary shall fail to observe or perform any term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in or arising under any such Securitization Transaction, if, as a result of such event or failure, the lenders or purchasers thereunder or any agent acting on their behalf shall cause or be permitted to cause (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) such Securitization Transaction or the commitments of the lenders or purchasers thereunder to terminate or cease to be fully available;

 

(h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) bankruptcy, administration, receivership, liquidation, winding up, dissolution, reorganization, arrangement, examination, suspension of general operations or other relief in respect of a Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of their assets, under any Debtor Relief Law or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, receiver and manager, interim receiver, monitor, liquidator, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for a Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed or unstayed for 90 days or more, or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

 

(i) any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation (other than any liquidation of a Subsidiary permitted under Section 6.03(a)(v)), reorganization or other relief under any Debtor Relief Law or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, receiver and manager, interim receiver, monitor, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

 

121

 

 

(j) any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary shall become unable, shall admit in writing its inability or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

(k) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $300,000,000 shall be rendered against any Loan Party, any Restricted Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain unpaid or undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed (unless, in the case of any judgment rendered by a court outside the United States, the applicable Loan Party or Subsidiary shall have appealed such judgment in accordance with applicable law and is prosecuting such appeal in good faith), or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;

 

(l) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(m)   a Change in Control shall occur;

 

(n) after the execution and delivery thereof, the Guarantee Agreement shall fail to remain in full force or effect or any action shall be taken by any Loan Party to discontinue or to assert the invalidity or unenforceability of the Guarantee Agreement, or any Loan Party shall deny that it has any further liability under the Guarantee Agreement to which it is a party, or shall give notice to such effect; or

 

(o) from and after the Collateral Cure Date, any event set forth in Schedule A-4 as if more fully set forth herein;

 

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to any Borrower described in clauses (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may with the consent, and shall at the request, of the Required Lenders, by notice to the Company, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Loan Parties accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Loan Parties; and in case of any event with respect to any Borrower described in clauses (h) or (i) of this Article, the Commitments shall immediately and automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Loan Parties accrued hereunder, shall immediately and automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Loan Parties. Upon the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, exercise any rights and remedies provided to the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the UCC.

 

122

 

 

Section 7.02  Collateral Cure.

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 7.01 or any other provision herein, in the event that the Borrowers are not in compliance with the Financial Maintenance Covenant as of the end of any fiscal quarter, on or following the last day of such fiscal quarter and until the expiration of the 15th Business Day after the date on which the financial statements with respect to the fiscal quarter in which such Financial Maintenance Covenant is being measured are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) (the “Cure Period”), the Company may give notice (a “Collateral Cure Notice”) to the Administrative Agent that the Borrowers are not or will not be in compliance with the Financial Maintenance Covenant for such fiscal quarter and instead elect to cause, within 90 days (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) after the date on which such financial statements are required to be delivered for such fiscal quarter pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) (the “Cure Expiration Date”), (i) the direct parent entity of each Borrower and each Wholly-owned Subsidiary of each Borrower (other than, in each case, any Excluded Subsidiary, except to the extent that such Excluded Subsidiary would be required to become a Guarantor pursuant to clause (x) of the Guarantee Requirement) to provide a full and unconditional Guarantee in respect of the Obligations and become Guarantors in respect thereof in accordance with the Guarantee Requirement and (ii) each Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case organized in the United States, to provide perfected first-priority security interests (subject to Liens permitted under Section 6.02, but subject to Section 7.02(b)) in substantially all of its assets (other than Excluded Assets) (the “Collateral”), including the delivery of such documents and instruments, and the taking of all such other actions, as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request to evidence such grant and pledge of collateral (the “Collateral Cure”); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) such collateral package shall not be more expansive, than the collateral that previously secured the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement, (y) such relevant security documentation shall be no less favorable, to the Borrowers than the security documentation that was previously in place with respect to the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement and (z) notwithstanding the foregoing, the direct parent entity of each Borrower shall be required to provide a perfected first priority pledge of such Borrower’s equity solely to the extent as was previously provided (and in a similar manner as provided) under the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement; provided, further, that, subject to Section 7.02(b), to the extent there are any Liens existing on any such Collateral on the Collateral Cure Date pursuant to Section 6.02(a)(xiv), the result of which is that the Administrative Agent is unable to obtain a perfected first-priority security interest in such Collateral, and such Liens were not created in contemplation of or in connection with the exercise of a Collateral Cure, this requirement shall be deemed modified to require a perfected second-priority security interest over Collateral asset subject to one or more Intercreditor Agreements (as defined in Schedule A-1), for so long as the Indebtedness secured by such Liens (and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) remains outstanding. The date of delivery of a Collateral Cure Notice is the “Collateral Cure Date”. Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of a Collateral Cure Notice and prior to the Cure Expiration Date, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not be permitted to exercise any of the remedial rights and remedies available to them hereunder, including the right to accelerate the Loans, solely on the basis of an Event of Default having occurred as a result of a violation of the Financial Maintenance Covenant; provided that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have the right to immediately exercise such remedies if a Collateral Cure is not effected by the Cure Expiration Date. For the avoidance of doubt, during any period between non-compliance with the Financial Maintenance Covenant and the receipt by the Administrative Agent of a Collateral Cure Notice, the Borrowers shall not be permitted to borrow Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans or request the issuance of any Letter of Credit (but shall be permitted to request the amendment or renewal of existing Letters of Credit).

 

123

 

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, on and as of the Collateral Cure Date, there shall be no Liens on any U.S. Receivables or U.S. Inventory incurred pursuant to Section 6.02(a)(xiv), including related assets and rights and products and proceeds of any of the foregoing.

 

(c) Subject to Section 7.02(a), upon the Collateral Cure Date, the Financial Maintenance Covenant shall no longer be in effect and no Default or Event of Default shall exist with respect thereto.

 

Article VIII

 

The Administrative Agent

 

Section 8.01  Authorization and Action. (a) Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints the entity named as Administrative Agent in the heading of this Agreement and its successors and assigns to serve as Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Without limiting the foregoing, each of the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, each of the Loan Documents to which the Administrative Agent is a party, and to exercise all rights, powers and remedies that the Administrative Agent may have under such Loan Documents.

 

(b) As to any matters not expressly provided for herein and in the other Loan Documents (including enforcement or collection), the Administrative Agent shall not be required to exercise any discretion or take any action, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the written instructions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith to be necessary, pursuant to the terms in the Loan Documents), and, unless and until revoked in writing, such instructions shall be binding upon each Lender and each Issuing Lender; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that (i) the Administrative Agent in good faith believes exposes the Administrative Agent to liability unless the Administrative Agent receives an indemnification and is exculpated in a manner satisfactory to it from the Lenders with respect to such action or (ii) is contrary to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or applicable law, including any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any requirement of law relating to Debtor Relief Laws or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any requirement of Debtor Relief Laws; provided, further, that the Administrative Agent may seek clarification or direction from the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith to be necessary, pursuant to the terms in the Loan Documents) prior to the exercise of any such instructed action and may refrain from acting until such clarification or direction has been provided. Except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Administrative Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

124

 

 

(c) In performing its functions and duties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent is acting solely on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders (except in limited circumstances expressly provided for herein relating to the maintenance of the Register), and its duties are entirely mechanical and administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

(i) the Administrative Agent does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation or duty or any other relationship as the agent, fiduciary or trustee of or for any Lender or any Issuing Lender other than as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, regardless of whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (and it is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” (or any similar term) herein or in any other Loan Document with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary duty or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law, and that such term is used as a matter of market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties); and each Lender and each Issuing Lender agrees that it will not assert any claim against the Administrative Agent based on an alleged breach of fiduciary duty by the Administrative Agent in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; and

 

(ii) nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall require the Administrative Agent to account to any Lender or any Issuing Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by the Administrative Agent for its own account.

 

(d) The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of their respective duties and exercise their respective rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article VIII shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facility provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

 

125

 

 

(e) In case of the pendency of any proceeding with respect to any Borrower under any Debtor Relief Laws now or hereafter in effect, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or any LC Disbursement shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated) by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, LC Disbursements and all other obligations under the Loan Documents that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim under Sections 2.12, 2.13, 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

(ii) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and each Issuing Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders or the Issuing Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due to it, in its capacity as the Administrative Agent, under the Loan Documents (including under Section 9.03). Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or any Issuing Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Company’s obligations under the Loan Documents or the rights of any Lender or any Issuing Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or any Issuing Lender in any such proceeding.

 

(f) For the avoidance of doubt, the rights, benefits, protections, privileges and immunities in favor of the Administrative Agent set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including this Section 8.01 and the other provisions of this Article VIII, shall equally inure for the benefit of the Administrative Agent acting in its capacity as collateral agent for the Lenders and the other Secured Parties and, in connection with any Collateral Cure and without limitation of the foregoing, the provisions of Schedule A-5 shall also apply as if more fully set forth herein.

 

Section 8.02  Administrative Agent’s Reliance, Limitation of Liability, Etc. (a) Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Related Parties shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties under or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (x) with the consent of or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith to be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in the Loan Documents) or (y) in the absence of its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct (such absence to be presumed unless otherwise determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and non-appealable judgment).

 

126

 

 

(b) The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of (i) any of the events or circumstances set forth or described in Section 5.02 unless and until written notice thereof stating that it is a “notice under Section 5.02” in respect of this Agreement and identifying the specific clause under such Section is given to the Administrative Agent by a Borrower, or (ii) any Default or Event of Default unless and until written notice thereof (stating that it is a “notice of Default” or a “notice of an Event of Default”) is given to the Administrative Agent by a Borrower, a Lender or an Issuing Lender. Further, the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (A) any recital, statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (B) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in connection therewith, (C) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (D) the sufficiency, value, validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in connection with the Administrative Agent’s reliance on any Electronic Signature transmitted by e-mailed .pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page) or (E) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items (which on their face purport to be such items) expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent or satisfaction of any condition that expressly refers to the matters described therein being acceptable or satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be liable for, or be responsible for any loss, cost or expense suffered by any Borrower, any Lender or any Issuing Lender as a result of, any determination that any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, or the effective date of such status, it being further understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall not have any obligation to determine whether any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, or any determination of the aggregate Credit Exposure or the component amounts thereof.

 

(c) Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrative Agent (i) may treat the payee of any promissory note as its holder until such promissory note has been assigned in accordance with Section 9.04, (ii) may rely on the Register to the extent set forth in Section 9.04(b), (iii) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel to any Borrower), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts, (iv) in determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan or issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or an Issuing Lender, as the case may be, may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or such Issuing Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or such Issuing Lender sufficiently in advance of the making of such Loan or the issuance, amendment or extension of such Letter of Credit and (v) shall be entitled to rely on, and shall incur no liability under or in respect of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by acting upon, any notice, consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which writing may be a fax, electronic mail or other electronic message, internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) or any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person (whether or not such Person in fact meets the requirements set forth in the Loan Documents for being the signatory, sender or maker thereof), and may act upon any such oral or telephonic statement prior to receipt of written confirmation, if requested, thereof.

 

Section 8.03  Posting of Communications. (a) Each Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make any Communications available to the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders by posting the Communications on IntraLinks™, DebtDomain, SyndTrak, ClearPar or any other electronic platform chosen by the Administrative Agent to be its electronic transmission system (the “Approved Electronic Platform”).

 

127

 

 

(b) Although the Approved Electronic Platform and its primary web portal are secured with generally-applicable security procedures and policies implemented or modified by the Administrative Agent from time to time (including, as of the Effective Date, a user ID/password authorization system) and the Approved Electronic Platform is secured through a per-deal authorization method whereby each user may access the Approved Electronic Platform only on a deal-by-deal basis, each of the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders and the Borrowers acknowledges and agrees that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure, that the Administrative Agent is not responsible for approving or vetting the representatives or contacts of any Lender or any Issuing Lender that are added to the Approved Electronic Platform and that there may be confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution. Each of the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders and the Borrowers hereby approves distribution of the Communications through the Approved Electronic Platform and understands and assumes the risks of such distribution.

 

(c) THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC PLATFORM AND THE COMMUNICATIONS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE”. THE APPLICABLE PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS, OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC PLATFORM AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC PLATFORM AND THE COMMUNICATIONS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY THE APPLICABLE PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC PLATFORM. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY ARRANGER, THE SUSTAINABILITY STRUCTURING AGENT OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE RELATED PARTIES (COLLECTIVELY, THE “APPLICABLE PARTIES”) HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO ANY BORROWER, ANY LENDER, ANY ISSUING LENDER OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF ANY BORROWER’S OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET OR THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC PLATFORM EXCEPT, BUT SUBJECT TO SECTION 9.03(d), IN THE CASE OF ANY APPLICABLE PARTY, TO THE EXTENT THAT A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION DETERMINES IN A FINAL AND NONAPPEALABLE JUDGMENT THAT SUCH APPLICABLE PARTY ACTED WITH GROSS NEGLIGENCE, BAD FAITH OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET OR THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC PLATFORM.

 

(d) Each Lender and Issuing Lender agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that Communications have been posted to the Approved Electronic Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender or Issuing Lender for purposes of the Loan Documents. Each Lender and Issuing Lender agrees (i) to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (which could be in the form of electronic communication) from time to time of such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s (as applicable) e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and (ii) that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address.

 

(e) Each of the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders and the Borrowers agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but (except as may be required by applicable law) shall not be obligated to, store the Communications on the Approved Electronic Platform in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s generally applicable document retention procedures and policies; provided that if the Administrative Agent stores Communications in any other manner other than in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s generally applicable document retention procedures and policies, such storage is reasonable under the circumstances and takes into account appropriate security and confidentiality considerations.

 

128

 

  

(f) Nothing herein shall prejudice the right of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Loan Document in any other manner specified in such Loan Document.

 

Section 8.04 The Administrative Agent Individually. With respect to its Commitment, Loans, LC Commitment and Letters of Credit, if any, the Person serving as the Administrative Agent shall have and may exercise the same rights and powers hereunder and is subject to the same obligations and liabilities as and to the extent set forth herein for any other Lender or Issuing Lender. The terms “Lenders”, “Required Lenders”, “Issuing Lender” and any similar terms shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity as a Lender or an Issuing Lender or as one of the Required Lenders, as applicable. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust or other business with, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates as if such Person was not acting as the Administrative Agent and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders or the Issuing Lenders.

 

Section 8.05 Successor Administrative Agent. Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time upon notice to the Lenders and the Company. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) in the absence of a continuing Event of Default, to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Company and the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent that shall be a commercial bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such commercial bank, in either case acceptable to the Company in the absence of a continuing Event of Default (such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Upon the acceptance by a successor of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges, obligations and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents. The fees payable by the Borrowers to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Company and such successor. After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03, as well as any exculpatory, reimbursement and indemnification provisions set forth in any other Loan Document, shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

 

Section 8.06 Acknowledgments of Lenders and Issuing Lenders. (a) Each Lender and each Issuing Lender acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Loan Documents set forth the terms of a commercial lending facility, (ii) it is engaged in making, acquiring or holding commercial loans and in providing other facilities set forth herein as may be applicable to such Lender or Issuing Lender, in each case in the ordinary course of business, and not for the purpose of purchasing, acquiring or holding any other type of financial instrument (and each Lender and each Issuing Lender agrees not to assert a claim in contravention of the foregoing), (iii) it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any Arranger or any other Lender or Issuing Lender, or any of the Related Parties of any of the foregoing, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement as a Lender or an Issuing Lender, as applicable, and to make, acquire or hold Loans hereunder or issue Letters of Credit hereunder and (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to make, acquire and/or hold commercial loans and to provide other facilities set forth herein, as may be applicable to such Lender or Issuing Lender, and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to make, acquire and/or hold such commercial loans or to provide such other facilities, is experienced in making, acquiring or holding such commercial loans or providing such other facilities. Each Lender and each Issuing Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any Arranger or any other Lender or Issuing Lender, or any of the Related Parties of any of the foregoing, and based on such documents and information (which may contain material non-public information) as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

129

 

 

(b) Each Lender and each Issuing Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement on the Effective Date, or delivering its signature page to an Assignment and Assumption or other applicable document, as the case may be, pursuant to which it shall become a Lender or Issuing Lender hereunder, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Loan Document and each other document required to be delivered to, or be approved by or satisfactory to, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or the Issuing Lenders on the Effective Date.

 

(c) (i) Each Lender and each Issuing Lender hereby agrees that (A) if the Administrative Agent notifies such Lender or such Issuing Lender that the Administrative Agent has determined in its sole discretion that any funds received by such Lender or such Issuing Lender from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates (whether as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees or otherwise; individually and collectively, a “Payment”) were erroneously transmitted to such Lender or such Issuing Lender (whether or not known to such Lender or such Issuing Lender), and demands the return of such Payment (or a portion thereof), such Lender or such Issuing Lender shall promptly, but in no event later than one Business Day thereafter, return to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Payment (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made in same day funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such Payment (or portion thereof) was received by such Lender or such Issuing Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at the greater of the Overnight Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect, and (B) to the extent permitted by applicable law, such Lender or such Issuing Lender shall not assert, and hereby waives, as to the Administrative Agent, any claim, counterclaim, defense or right of set-off or recoupment with respect to any demand, claim or counterclaim by the Administrative Agent for the return of any Payments received, including any defense based on “discharge for value” or any similar doctrine. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or any Issuing Lender under this Section 8.06(c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

 

(ii) Each Lender and each Issuing Lender hereby further agrees that if it receives a Payment from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates (A) that is in a different amount than, or on a different date from, that specified in a notice of payment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) with respect to such Payment (a “Payment Notice”) or (B) that was not preceded or accompanied by a Payment Notice, it shall be on notice, in each such case, that an error has been made with respect to such Payment. Each Lender and each Issuing Lender agrees that, in each such case, or if it otherwise becomes aware a Payment (or portion thereof) may have been sent in error, such Lender or such Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of such occurrence and, upon demand from the Administrative Agent, it shall promptly, but in no event later than one Business Day thereafter, return to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Payment (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made in same day funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such Payment (or portion thereof) was received by such Lender or such Issuing Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at the greater of the Overnight Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect.

 

130

 

 

(iii) The Borrowers hereby agree that (A) in the event an erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) is not recovered from any Lender or any Issuing Lender that has received such Payment (or portion thereof) for any reason, the Administrative Agent shall be subrogated to all the rights of such Lender or such Issuing Lender with respect to such amount and (B) an erroneous Payment shall not pay, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise satisfy any obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, immediately preceding clauses (A) and (B) shall not apply to the extent any such Payment is, and solely with respect to the amount of such Payment that is, comprised of funds received by the Administrative Agent from the Borrower for the purpose of making such Payment.

 

(iv) Each party’s obligations under this Section 8.06(c) shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent or any transfer of rights or obligations by, or the replacement of, a Lender or an Issuing Lender, or the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

(d) Each Lender and Issuing Lender shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the PATRIOT Act.

 

Section 8.07 Certain ERISA Matters. Each Lender (a) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (b) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of any Borrower or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

 

(i) such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of Section 3(42) of ERISA or otherwise) of one or more Benefit Plans with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments or this Agreement,

 

(ii) the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement,

 

(iii) (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

 

131

 

 

(iv) such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

 

In addition, unless either (1) sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding paragraph is true with respect to a Lender or (2) a Lender has provided another representation, warranty and covenant in accordance with sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding paragraph, such Lender further (a) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (b) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of any Borrower or any other Loan Party, that the Administrative Agent, the Sustainability Structuring Agent, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates are not fiduciaries with respect to the assets of such Lender involved in such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related hereto or thereto).

 

Section 8.08 Miscellaneous. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Arrangers nor any person named on the cover page of this Agreement as a Syndication Agent or a Co-Documentation Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or an Issuing Lender hereunder, and shall incur no liability hereunder or thereunder, but shall have the benefit of the indemnities, reimbursement and exculpation provisions set forth herein. The provisions of this Article VIII are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders, and, except solely to the extent of the Company’s express rights to consent pursuant to and subject to the conditions set forth in this Article VIII, none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary under any such provisions.

 

Article IX

Miscellaneous

 

Section 9.01 Notices.

 

(a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to clause (b) of this Section), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by email, as follows:

 

(i) if to any U.S. Loan Party, to the Company at:

 

JBS USA Food Company Holdings

1770 Promontory Circle

Greeley, Colorado 80634

Attention: Diego Pirani (Treasurer)

Facsimile No: 970.506.8323

Email: Diego.Pirani@jbssa.com

 

132

 

 

(ii) if to the Australian Borrower at:

 

JBS Australia Pty Limited

62 McRoyle Street

Wacol, Queensland

QLD 4076, Australia

Attention: Assistant Treasurer

Facsimile No: +61 (07) 3282 1895

Email: paula.whitePaulo.Veiga@jbssa.com.au

 

(iii) if to the Canadian Borrower at:

 

JBS Food Canada ULC

1770 Promontory Circle

Greeley, Colorado 80634

Attention: Diego Pirani (Treasurer)

Facsimile No: 970.506.8323

Email: Diego.Pirani@jbssa.com

 

(iv) if to the LuxDutch Borrower at:

 

JBS NV

Stroombaan 16, 5th floor,

1181 AK Amstelveen, Netherlands

JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l

8-10 avenue de la Gare,

L-1610, Luxembourg

Attention: Board of ManagersGiovani Soares

Facsimile No: 970.506.8323+31 20 656 47 00

Email: Diego.Pirani@jbssa.com
giovani.soares@seara.com.br;

Diego.Pirani@jbssa.com (in copy)

 

(v) if to the Administrative Agent, to:

 

Bank of Montreal

111 West Monroe Street, 17th Floor W

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Attention: BMO Agency Services

Facsimile No.: 312.461.3458

Email: GFS.AgencyUS@bmo.com

 

(vi) in the case of delivery of any Compliance Certificates, financial statements, notices of default or any other information that is intended to be made available for all Lenders, by email to GFS.AgencyUS@bmo.com; and

 

(vii) If to any Lender, Swing line Lender or Issuing Lender, to it at its address or email set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

 

133

 

 

All such notices and other communications (I) sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received and (ii) delivered through email or other electronic communications to the extent provided in paragraph (b) of this Section shall be effective as provided in such paragraph. Any party hereto may change its address or email for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto (or, in the case of such change by a Lender or an Issuing Lender, by notice to the Company and the Administrative Agent).

 

(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders and Issuing Lenders hereunder may also be delivered or furnished by using the Approved Electronic Platform pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or Issuing Lender pursuant to Article II if such Lender or Issuing Lender has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by such electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Company (on behalf of itself and the other Loan Parties) may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by, in addition to email, other electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. All such notices and other communications (i) sent to an email address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by return email or other written acknowledgement), provided that if not given during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) posted to an Approved Electronic Platform shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its email address as described in the foregoing clause (b)(i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

 

Section 9.02 Waivers; Amendments.

 

(a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders and the Lenders hereunder and under any other Loan Document are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by clause (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or the issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice to or demand on the Company or any other Loan Party in any case shall entitle the Company or any other Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

134

 

 

(b) Except as provided in clause (c) or (e) of this Section, none of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified, except, in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrowers and the Required Lenders or, in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties that are parties thereto, in each case, with the consent of the Required Lenders (other than in the cases of clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii) or (ix), which shall only require the consent of the Lenders expressly set forth therein); provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender, or change the currency in which Loans are available thereunder, without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon (other than the default rate of interest set forth in Section 2.13(e) and except as provided in the final sentence of the definition of Applicable Rate), or reduce or forgive any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled maturity date of any Loan, or the required date of reimbursement of any LC Disbursement, or any scheduled date for the payment of any interest or fees payable hereunder, or reduce or forgive the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment (other than the default rate of interest set forth in Section 2.13(e) and except as provided in the final sentence of the definition of Applicable Rate), or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iv) change the order of payments specified in Section 2.18(c) or change Section 2.18(b) or 2.18(d) in a manner that would alter the pro rata allocation or sharing of payments or commitment reductions required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (v) change any of the provisions of this Section or the percentage set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders,” the definition of “Required Facility Lenders” or any other provision of any Loan Document specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent thereunder, without the written consent of each Lender (it being understood that, with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Commitments), (vi)  except as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, permit any Loan Party to assign its rights hereunder or release all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees created under the Guarantee Agreement (except as expressly provided in the Guarantee Agreement or this Agreement) or limit the liability in respect of all or substantially all of the value of such Guarantees without the written consent of each Lender, (vii) following the Collateral Cure Date, release all or substantially all of the value of the Collateral from the Liens under the Collateral Documents (except as expressly provided in any applicable Collateral Document or this Agreement) without the written consent of each Lender, (viii) following the Collateral Cure Date, contractually subordinate the lien priority of all or substantially all of the value of any Liens securing the Obligations to any Indebtedness or Liens, without the written consent of each Lender or (ix) contractually subordinate the payment of all or any portion of the Obligations to any Indebtedness, without the written consent of each Lender; provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Swingline Lender without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Lender or such Swingline Lender, as the case may be. The Administrative Agent may also amend the Schedule 2.01 to reflect assignments entered into pursuant to Section 9.04.

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9.02:

 

(i) if the Administrative Agent and the Company have jointly identified any ambiguity, mistake, defect, inconsistency, obvious error or any error or omission of a technical nature or any necessary or desirable technical change, in each case, in any provision of the Loan Documents, then the Administrative Agent and the Company shall be permitted to amend such provision solely to address such matter as reasonably determined by them acting jointly if such amendment is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days following receipt of a copy thereof by the Lenders;

 

135

 

 

(ii) no consent with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be required of any Defaulting Lender, except with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of the first proviso of clause (b) of this Section and then only in the event such Defaulting Lender shall be directly and adversely affected by such amendment, waiver or other modification;

 

(iii) in the case of any amendment, waiver or other modification referred to in the first proviso of clause (b) of this Section, no consent with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be required of any Lender that receives payment in full of the principal of and interest accrued on each Loan made by such Lender, and all other amounts owing to or accrued for the account of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, at the time such amendment, waiver or other modification becomes effective and whose Commitments terminate by the terms and upon the effectiveness of such amendment, waiver or other modification;

 

(iv) this Agreement may be amended in the manner provided in Sections 1.11(b), 2.05, 2.06(j), 2.14(c), 2.20 and 2.23 and Schedule A-1 and the term “LC Commitment”, as such term is used in reference to any Issuing Lender, may be modified as contemplated by the definition of such term;

 

(v) the consent of the Required Lenders, and not any other Lenders, shall be required to (A) amend or modify the Borrowing Base, including modifications with respect to the advance rates and eligible assets and (B) except as expressly set forth in Section 9.02(b)(vii) or (viii), amend, modify or waive the provisions relating to the Collateral Cure, including Section 7.02;

 

(vi) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended or otherwise modified with the consent of the Company and the Administrative Agent to the extent necessary or appropriate to (A) integrate borrowings and issuances of Letters of Credit in Alternative Currencies and (B) effect and integrate Australian Loan Parties and Canadian Loan Parties pursuant to the definition of the Post-Collateral Cure Borrowing Base;

 

(vii) without the consent of any other Person, the applicable Loan Party and the Administrative Agent may (in its or their respective sole discretion, or shall, to the extent required by any Loan Document) enter into any amendment or waiver of any Loan Document, or enter into any new agreement or instrument, (A) to effect the granting, perfection, protection, expansion (including to cover additional amounts as Obligations secured thereunder) or enhancement of any security interest in any Collateral or additional property to become Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or as required by local law to give effect to, or protect any security interest for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in any property or so that the security interests therein comply with applicable law and (B) to include applicable local law provisions (including with respect to Guarantee limitations) as are mutually agreed to be customary for facilities similar to this Agreement with obligors that are organized in such jurisdictions; and

 

(viii) amend or modify any provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document in any manner that would negatively and disproportionately affect the rights or obligations of Lenders of any Facility without the written consent of the Required Facility Lenders of such affected Facility.

 

(d) The Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, with the concurrence of any Lender, execute amendments, waivers or other modifications on behalf of such Lender. Any amendment, waiver or other modification effected in accordance with this Section 9.02 shall be binding upon each Person that is at the time thereof a Lender and each Person that subsequently becomes a Lender.

 

136

 

 

(e) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, after the Effective Date, the Borrowers, in consultation with the Sustainability Structuring Agent, may establish specified Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) with respect to certain Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) targets of the Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries. The Sustainability Structuring Agent, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent may amend this Agreement (such amendment, the “ESG Amendment”) solely for the purpose of incorporating the KPIs and other related provisions (including the ESG Pricing Provisions (as defined below) and provisions with respect to the reporting and validation of the measurement of the KPIs) into this Agreement. The ESG Amendment may also (but is not required to) identify a sustainability assurance provider, provided that in such case, any such sustainability assurance provider shall be a qualified external reviewer, independent of the Company and its Affiliates, with relevant expertise, such as an auditor, environmental consultant and/or independent ratings agency of recognized national standing. The ESG Amendment shall become effective at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the tenth (10th) Business Days after the date notice of such ESG Amendment is provided to the Lenders without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such ESG Amendment from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders. Upon effectiveness of any such ESG Amendment, based on the Borrowers’ performance against the KPIs, certain adjustments to the Applicable Rate for Loans, Letter of Credit Fees and the Unused Fee may be made; provided that the amount of any such adjustments made pursuant to an ESG Amendment shall not (A) result in an increase or decrease of more than (x) 0.01% per annum in the Applicable Rate for the Unused Fee and/or (y) 0.05% per annum in the Applicable Rate for Loans and Letter of Credit Fees or (B) result in the Applicable Rate for Loans, Letter of Credit Fees or the Unused Fee being less than 0.00%, and such adjustments shall not be cumulative year-over-year, and each applicable adjustment shall only apply until the date on which the next adjustment is due to take place (such adjustments, the “ESG Pricing Provisions”).  The pricing adjustments in the ESG Amendment shall require, among other things, reporting and validation of the measurement of the KPIs in a manner that is aligned with the Sustainability Linked Loan Principles (as published in March 2022 and as may be updated, revised or amended from time to time by the Loan Market Association, Asia Pacific Loan Market Association and Loan Syndications & Trading Association) and is to be agreed between the Borrowers and the Sustainability Structuring Agent (each acting reasonably). Following the effectiveness of the ESG Amendment, any modification to the ESG Pricing Provisions that does not have the effect of reducing the Applicable Rate for Loans, Letter of Credit Fees or the Unused Fee to a level not otherwise permitted by this paragraph shall be subject only to the consent of the Required Lenders. The Sustainability Structuring Agent may rely, without independent verification, upon the accuracy, adequacy and completeness of the Information furnished by the Borrowers or approved by the Borrowers for use in connection with the KPIs and the ESG Pricing Provisions and the Sustainability Structuring Agent shall not assume any responsibility nor has any liability therefor and the Sustainability Structuring Agent has no obligation to conduct any appraisal or verification of any such Information.

 

Section 9.03 Expenses; Indemnity; Limitation on Liability.

 

(a) The Borrowers shall pay within 30 days after receipt of a reasonably detailed, written invoice therefor, together with documentation supporting such reimbursement requests, (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Sustainability Structuring Agent and their respective Affiliates (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of a single counsel selected by the Administrative Agent for all such Persons, taken as a whole (and, if reasonably necessary, one local counsel for each relevant jurisdiction for all such Persons, taken as a whole, as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate in its good faith judgment)), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of the Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions of the Loan Documents (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (but not legal fees and expenses) reasonably incurred by any Issuing Lender in connection with the issuance, amendment or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Sustainability Structuring Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Lender (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, and without duplication of such legal fees and expenses that are reimbursed pursuant to clause (a)(i) above, to the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of (A) a single counsel selected by the Administrative Agent (and, if reasonably necessary, one local counsel for each relevant jurisdiction for all such Persons, taken as a whole, as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate in its good faith judgment) and (B) solely in the case of a potential or actual conflict of interest, one additional counsel to all affected Persons, taken as a whole (and, if reasonably necessary, one additional local counsel for each relevant jurisdiction for all such Persons, taken as a whole, as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate in its good faith judgment)), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with the Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout or restructuring (and related negotiations) in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

 

137

 

 

(b) The Borrowers shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Sustainability Structuring Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuing Lenders, the Swingline Lenders and each Lender and their Affiliates and the respective Related Parties of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all Liabilities and related expenses (provided, that in the case of legal fees and expenses, the Borrowers shall only be responsible for the reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of (i) a single counsel selected by the Administrative Agent for all such Indemnitees, taken as a whole (and, if reasonably necessary, one local counsel for each relevant jurisdiction for all such Indemnitees, taken as a whole, as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate in its good faith judgment), and (ii) solely in the case of a potential or actual conflict of interest, one additional counsel to all affected Indemnitees, taken as a whole (and, if reasonably necessary, one additional local counsel for each relevant jurisdiction for all such Indemnitees, taken as a whole, as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate in its good faith judgment)), incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of the Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties to the Loan Documents of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by an Issuing Lender to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit) or (iii) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing (a “Proceeding”), whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Company or any Subsidiary and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided, that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that (x) such Liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of, or material breach of this Agreement by, such Indemnitee (or such Indemnitee’s Related Parties) or (y) such Liabilities or related expenses relate to disputes solely among the Indemnitees that are not arising out of any act or omission by any Borrower or any Affiliate of any Borrower, other than claims against the Administrative Agent, the Sustainability Structuring Agent, any Arranger, or any other titled Person under this Agreement in its capacity or in fulfilling its role as such. This Section 9.03(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent Liabilities or expenses arising from any non-Tax claim. All amounts due under this Section 9.03(b) shall be payable by the Borrowers within 30 days (x) after written demand therefor, in the case of any indemnification claim, and (y) after receipt of a reasonable detailed, written invoice therefor, together with documentation supporting such reimbursement requests, in the case of reimbursement of costs and expenses.

 

(c) To the extent that the Borrowers fail to pay any amount required to be paid by them to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Sustainability Structuring Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Swingline Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing under clauses (a) or (b) of this Section and without limiting the Borrowers’ obligation to do so, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Sustainability Structuring Agent, such Issuing Lender or such Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or such sub-agent), the Sustainability Structuring Agent, such Issuing Lender or such Swingline Lender in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Sustainability Structuring Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Swingline Lender in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause (c) are subject to the last sentence of Section 2.02(a) (which shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Lenders’ obligations under this clause (c)). All amounts due under this clause (c) shall be payable within 30 Business Days after written demand therefor.

 

138

 

 

(d) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrowers shall not assert, or permit any of their Related Parties to assert, and the Borrowers hereby waive, (i) any claim against any Lender-Related Person, on any theory of liability, for any Liabilities arising from the use by others of information or other materials (including, without limitation, any personal data) obtained through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet); provided that the foregoing shall not apply as to any Lender-Related Person to the extent such Liabilities are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final, non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of, or material breach of this Agreement by, such Lender-Related Person and (ii) any Liabilities against any Lender-Related Person, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

 

(e) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no Lender-Related Person shall assert, and each of them hereby waives, (i) any claim against any Borrowers or any of their Related Parties, on any theory of liability, for any Liabilities arising from the use by others of information or other materials (including, without limitation, any personal data) obtained through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet); provided that the foregoing shall not apply as to any Borrowers or any of their Related Parties to the extent such Liabilities are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final, non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of, or material breach of this Agreement by, any Borrower or any of its Related Parties and (ii) any Liabilities against the Borrowers, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that nothing in this clause (f) shall limit any Loan Party’s indemnity and reimbursement obligations set forth in this Section 9.03 or elsewhere in the Loan Documents to the extent such Liabilities or such special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages are included in any claim in connection with which such Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in the Loan Documents.

 

139

 

 

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Borrowers shall not be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effectuated without the Borrowers’ prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), but if settled with the Borrowers’ written consent, or if there is a judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction against an Indemnitee in any such Proceeding for which the Borrowers are required to indemnify such Indemnitee pursuant to this Section 9.03 or elsewhere in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Borrowers agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee from and against any and all Liabilities and related expenses by reason of such settlement or judgment in accordance with this Section 9.03. The Borrowers shall not, without the prior written consent of the affected Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any Proceeding in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnitee from all liability arising out of such Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of such Indemnitee. Notwithstanding the above in this Section 9.03, each Indemnitee shall be obligated to refund or return any and all amounts paid by the Borrowers under this Section 9.03 to such Indemnitee for any Liabilities or related expenses to the extent such Indemnitee is not entitled to payment of such amounts in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Section 9.04 Successors and Assigns.

 

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any branch or Affiliate of an Issuing Lender that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) except as otherwise expressly permitted by Section 6.03(a), neither the Company nor any of the other Borrowers may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Company or any other Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any branch or Affiliate of an Issuing Lender that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in clause (c) of this Section), the Arrangers and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the sub-agents of the Administrative Agent and the Related Parties of any of the Administrative Agent, any Arranger, any Issuing Lender or any Lender) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of: (A) the Company; provided that no consent of the Company shall be required for an assignment to (I) a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or (II) if an Event of Default under clause (a), (b), (h), (i) or (j) of Article VII has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee; provided further that the Company shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within 10 Business Days after having received written notice thereof; (B) the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; and (C) each Issuing Lender and each Swingline Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Person that is a Defaulting Lender or a Competitor shall not be an assignee without the written consent of the Company (whether or not an Event of Default has occurred) (which consent may be withheld in the Company’s sole discretion).

 

140

 

 

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions: (A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Facility, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the trade date specified in the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment or, if no date is so specified, as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Company and the Administrative Agent shall otherwise consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that (x) no such consent of the Company shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and, (y) the Company shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within 15 Business Days after having received written notice thereof and (z) an assignment under this Section 9.04 may only be made until the interpretation of the term “public” (as referred to under the Capital Requirements Regulation (EU 575/2013) (“CRR”) has been published by the competent authority, if the value of the rights assigned or transferred is at least USD 200,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) and (b) as soon as the interpretation of the term “public” has been published by the competent authority, to a person which is not considered to form part of the “public” (within the meaning of the CRR); (B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of any Facility of Commitments or Loans; (C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption (or an agreement incorporating by reference a form of Assignment and Assumption posted on the Approved Electronic Platform) (which shall contain, without limitation, a representation and warranty from the assignee that such assignee is not a Competitor), together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that assignments made pursuant to Section 2.19(b) shall not require the signature of the assigning Lender to become effective; and (D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (x) any Tax forms required by Section 2.17(f), (y) an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Loan Parties and their Affiliates or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws, and (z) all documentation and other information with respect to the assignee that is reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent (x) shall not have any responsibility or obligation to determine whether any Lender or potential Lender is a Competitor and (y) shall not have any liability with respect to any assignment or participation or disclosure of information made to a Person that is a Competitor.

 

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to clause (b)(v) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (c) of this Section.

 

141

 

 

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers and, as to entries pertaining to it, each Issuing Lender and each Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption (or an agreement incorporating by reference a form of Assignment and Assumption posted on the Approved Electronic Platform) executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire and any Tax forms required by Section 2.17(f) (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee and “know your customer” information referred to in this Section 9.04(b) and any written consent to such assignment required by this Section 9.04(b), the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this clause.

 

(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders or the Swingline Lenders, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person (or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural person)) or the Company or any of its Affiliates or any Competitor (such Person, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (C) such participation shall not increase the obligations of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, except as contemplated below, and (D) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

(ii) For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section 2.17(d) with respect to any payments made by such Lender to its Participant(s).

 

(iii) Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to clauses (c)(iii) and (v) of this Section, the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.17(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.17(f) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent (but no greater than) as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant shall be subject to Sections 2.18(d) and 2.19 as though it were a Lender.

 

142

 

 

(iv) Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations and Section 1.163-5(b) of the United States Proposed Treasury Regulations (or any amended or successor version). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

 

(v) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 or 9.08 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless such right to a greater payment results from a change in law after such Participant acquires such participation; provided that the Participant shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 2.18 and 2.19 as if it were an assignee under clause (b).

 

(vi) Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph to the contrary, any Farm Credit Lender that (A) has purchased a participation in the minimum amount of $10,000,000 on or after the Effective Date, (B) is, by written notice to the Company and the Administrative Agent (“Voting Participant Notification”), designated by the selling Lender as being entitled to be accorded the rights of a Voting Participant hereunder (any Farm Credit Lender so designated being called a “Voting Participant”) and (C) receives the prior written consent of the Company (on behalf of itself and the other Borrowers) and the Administrative Agent to become a Voting Participant, shall be entitled to vote (and the voting rights of the selling Lender shall be correspondingly reduced), on a dollar for dollar basis, as if such participant were a Lender, on any matter requiring or allowing a Lender to provide or withhold its consent, or to otherwise vote on any proposed action. To be effective, each Voting Participant Notification shall, with respect to any Voting Participant, (i) state the full name, as well as all contact information required of an Assignee as set forth in Exhibit A hereto and (ii) state the dollar amount of the participation purchased. The Company and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to conclusively rely on information contained in notices delivered pursuant to this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Farm Credit Lender designated as a Voting Participant in Schedule 9.04(c)(vi) hereto shall be a Voting Participant without delivery of a Voting Participant Notification and without the prior written consent of the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.

 

(d) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or any other central bank or the Farm Credit Funding Corp. or to any other entity organized under the Farm Credit Act, as amended, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

143

 

 

Section 9.05 Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Company and the other Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement (other than contingent obligations) is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, in the event that, in connection with the refinancing or repayment in full of the credit facility provided for herein, an Issuing Lender shall have provided to the Administrative Agent a written consent to the release of the Lenders from their obligations hereunder with respect to any Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender (whether as a result of the obligations of the Borrowers in respect of such Letter of Credit having been collateralized in full by a deposit of cash with such Issuing Lender, or being supported by a letter of credit that names such Issuing Lender as the beneficiary thereunder, or otherwise), then from and after such time such Letter of Credit shall cease to be a “Letter of Credit” outstanding hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including for purposes of determining whether any Borrower is required to comply with Articles V and VI hereof, but excluding Sections 2.15, 2.17 and 9.03 hereof and any expense reimbursement or indemnity provisions set forth in any other Loan Document), and the Lenders shall be deemed to have no participations in such Letter of Credit, and no obligations with respect thereto, under Sections 2.06(e) and 2.06(f). The provisions of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters or Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

Section 9.06 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution.

 

(a) This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof, including the commitments of the Lenders and, if applicable, their Affiliates under any commitment letter or commitment advices submitted by them (but do not supersede any other provisions of any such commitment letter or any fee letter relating hereto that are not by the terms of such documents superseded by the terms of this Agreement upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, all of which provisions shall remain in full force and effect). This Agreement shall become effective as provided in Section 4.01 and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

144

 

 

(b) Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any document, amendment, approval, consent, information, notice (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any notice delivered pursuant to Section 9.01), certificate, request, statement, disclosure or authorization related to this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or the transactions contemplated hereby and/or thereby (each, an “Ancillary Document”) that is an Electronic Signature transmitted by fax, emailed .pdf or any other electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement, such other Loan Document or such Ancillary Document, as applicable. The words “execution”, “signed”, “signature”, “delivery”, and words of like import in or relating to this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any Ancillary Document shall be deemed to include Electronic Signatures, electronic deliveries or the keeping of records in any electronic form (including deliveries by fax, emailed .pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page), each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be; provided that nothing herein shall require the Administrative Agent to accept Electronic Signatures in any form or format without its prior written consent and pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided, further, without limiting the foregoing, (i) to the extent the Administrative Agent has agreed to accept any Electronic Signature, the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders shall be entitled to rely on such Electronic Signature purportedly given by or on behalf of each Borrower without further verification thereof and (ii) upon the request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any Issuing Lender, any Electronic Signature shall be reasonably promptly followed by a manually executed counterpart. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrowers hereby (A) agree that, for all purposes, including, without limitation, in connection with any workout, restructuring, enforcement of remedies, bankruptcy proceedings or litigation among the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders and the Loan Parties, Electronic Signatures transmitted by fax, emailed .pdf or any other electronic means and/or any electronic images of this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any Ancillary Document shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as any paper original, (B) agree that the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders may, at its option, create one or more copies of this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any Ancillary Document in the form of an imaged electronic record in any format, which shall be deemed created in the ordinary course of such Person’s business, and destroy the original paper document (and all such electronic records shall be considered an original for all purposes and shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a paper record), (C) waive any argument, defense or right to contest the legal effect, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any Ancillary Document based solely on the lack of paper original copies of this Agreement, such other Loan Document and/or such Ancillary Document, respectively, including with respect to any signature pages thereto and (D) waive any claim against any Lender-Related Person for any Liabilities arising solely from the Administrative Agent’s, any Lender’s and/or any Issuing Lender’s reliance on or use of Electronic Signatures and/or transmissions by fax, emailed .pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page, including any Liabilities arising as a result of the failure of the Borrowers to use any available security measures in connection with the execution, delivery or transmission of any Electronic Signature.

 

Section 9.07 Severability. Any provision of any Loan Document held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions thereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 9.08 Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and Issuing Bank and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Issuing Bank or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrowers against any of and all obligations of the Loan Parties now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender or Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under the Loan Documents and although such obligations may be unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or Issuing Bank different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligation. The rights of each Lender and Issuing Bank under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender or Issuing Bank may have.

 

145

 

 

Section 9.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Consent to Service of Process.

 

(a) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT, AND ALL ACTIONS, CAUSES OF ACTION OR CLAIMS OF ANY KIND (WHETHER AT LAW, IN EQUITY, IN CONTRACT, IN TORT OR OTHERWISE) THAT MAY BE BASED UPON, ARISE OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

(b) Jurisdiction. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document brought by it or any of its Affiliates shall be brought, and shall be heard and determined, exclusively in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each party hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

 

(c) Venue. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in clause (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such suit, action or proceeding in any such court.

 

(d) Consent to Service of Process. Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

Section 9.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

146

 

 

Section 9.11 Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

Section 9.12 Confidentiality.

 

(a) Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (i) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep and shall keep such Information confidential (or will be subject to confidentiality obligations of employment or professional practice) and the disclosing party shall be responsible for any failure of such Persons to abide by this Section 9.12), (ii) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority (including the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and all successors thereto), (iii) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iv) to any other party to this Agreement, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (vi) subject to an agreement containing provisions not less restrictive than those of this Section, to (A) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement (in each case, other than to any Competitor or any other prospective assignee or Participant to whom the Company has theretofore affirmatively declined to provide its consent (to the extent such consent is required under this Agreement) to the assignment or participation of Loans or commitments under this Agreement) (or, in each case, its advisors) or (B) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any Swap Agreement relating to the Loan Parties and their obligations, (vii) with the consent of the Company, (viii) to the extent such Information (A) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (B) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Lender on a non-confidential basis from a source other than a Loan Party that is not to the knowledge of the receiving party in violation of any confidentiality restrictions, (ix) to the extent necessary in order to obtain CUSIP numbers with respect to the Loans, to the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency, (x) in the case of information with respect to this Agreement that is of the type routinely provided by arrangers to such providers (but, in any event, excluding any fees that are not set forth in this Agreement), to data service providers, including league table providers, that serve the lending industry and (xi) to any credit insurance provider (or its Related Parties) relating to the Company and its obligations and (xii) to the extent that preventing that disclosure would otherwise cause any transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any transaction carried out in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement to become an arrangement described in Part II A 1 of Annex IV of DAC6. For the purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from a Loan Party and/or its Related Parties or representatives relating to any Loan Party, its Subsidiaries or their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by any Loan Party and/or its Related Parties or representatives; provided that, in the case of information received from the Company and/or its Related Parties or any Subsidiary after the Effective Date, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential or is required to be delivered by a Loan Party hereunder. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

 

147

 

 

(b) Each Lender acknowledges that Information as defined in Section 9.12(a) furnished to it pursuant to this Agreement may include material non-public information concerning the Loan Parties and their Affiliates or their respective securities, and confirms that it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and that it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with those procedures, applicable law, including Federal and state securities laws, and the terms hereof.

 

(c) All information, including waivers and amendments, furnished by the Loan Parties, their Related Parties or representatives or the Administrative Agent pursuant to, or in the course of administering, this Agreement will be syndicate-level information, which may contain material non-public information about the Loan Parties and their Affiliates or their respective securities. Accordingly, each Lender represents to the Company (on behalf of the Loan Parties) and the Administrative Agent that it has identified in its Administrative Questionnaire a credit contact who may receive information that may contain material non-public information in accordance with its compliance procedures, applicable law and the terms hereof.

 

(d) Section 9.12(a)(iii) does not permit any party to this Agreement to disclose any information of the kind referred to in section 275(1) of the PPSA (Australia) based solely on such section and each Credit Party agrees not to authorize the disclosure of such information based solely on such section. To the extent section 275 of the PPSA (Australia) applies, the parties to this Agreement agree that the terms of the security interest (as defined in the PPSA (Australia)) provided under a Collateral Document are contained wholly in that Collateral Document.

 

Section 9.13 USA Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation; Canadian Anti-Money Laundering Laws.

 

(a) Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the Patriot Act or Canadian Anti-Money Laundering Laws hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, Canadian Anti Money Laundering Laws and/or the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, as applicable, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Loan Parties, which information includes the names and addresses of the Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Loan Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act, Canadian Anti Money Laundering Laws and/or the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, as applicable.

 

(b) If the Administrative Agent has ascertained the identity of any Loan Party or any authorized signatories of any Loan Party for the purposes of applicable Canadian Anti-Money Laundering Laws, then the Administrative Agent: (i) shall be deemed to have done so as an agent for each Lender, and this Agreement shall constitute a “written agreement” in such regard between each Lender and the Administrative Agent within the meaning of the applicable Canadian Anti-Money Laundering Laws; and (ii) shall provide to each Lender copies of all information obtained in such regard without any representation or warranty as to its accuracy or completeness. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence and except as may otherwise be agreed in writing, each of the Lenders agrees that the Administrative Agent has no obligation to ascertain the identity of the Loan Parties or any authorized signatories of the Loan Parties on behalf of any Lender, or to confirm the completeness or accuracy of any information it obtains from any Loan Party or any such authorized signatory in doing so.

 

148

 

 

Section 9.14 No Fiduciary Relationship. The Loan Parties agree that in connection with all aspects of the transactions contemplated hereby and any communications in connection therewith, no Lender-Related Person will have any obligations except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents and each Lender-Related Person is acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Loan Parties with respect to the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated herein and therein and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, any Loan Party or any other person, and the Loan Parties, their Subsidiaries and their Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Sustainability Structuring Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuing Lenders, the Lenders and their Affiliates, on the other hand, will have a business relationship that does not create, by implication or otherwise, any fiduciary duty on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Sustainability Structuring Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders or their Affiliates, and no such duty will be deemed to have arisen in connection with any such transactions or communications. The Loan Parties agree that they will not assert any claim against any Lender-Related Person based on an alleged breach of fiduciary duty by such Lender-Related Person in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. Additionally, the Loan Parties acknowledge and agrees that no Lender-Related Person is advising any Loan Party as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting, regulatory or any other matters in any jurisdiction. The Administrative Agent, the Sustainability Structuring Agent, each Issuing Lender, each Lender and their respective Affiliates may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Loan Parties, their stockholders and/or their Affiliates.

 

Section 9.15 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) that may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Overnight Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

 

Section 9.16 Subsidiary Borrower Representative. Each Subsidiary Borrower hereby designates the Company as its representative, agent and attorney-in-fact to act on its behalf as specified herein or in any other Loan Document. Each Subsidiary Borrower hereby authorizes the Company to take such actions on its behalf under the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties hereunder and thereunder as are specified in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or are reasonably incidental thereto, including issuing Borrowing Requests and Interest Election Requests, acceptance of amounts borrowed hereunder, giving instructions with respect to the disbursement of the proceeds of the Loans, giving and receiving all other notices and consents hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents and taking all other actions (including in respect of compliance with covenants), in each case, on behalf of such Subsidiary Borrower under the Loan Documents. The Company hereby accepts such appointment. The Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely on all notices, requests, consents, certifications and/or authorizations or other similar acts delivered or taken by the Company for or on behalf of any Subsidiary Borrower pursuant hereto or the other Loan Documents without inquiry and as if such notices, requests, consents, certifications and/or authorizations or other similar acts were delivered by such Subsidiary Borrower. Each representation, warranty, covenant, agreement and undertaking made on behalf of any Subsidiary Borrower by the Company shall be deemed for all purposes to have been made by such Subsidiary Borrower and shall be binding upon and enforceable against such Subsidiary Borrower to the same extent as it if the same had been made directly by such Subsidiary Borrower.

 

Section 9.17 Release of Guarantees.

 

(a) A Guarantor (other than any Borrower) shall, at the option of the Company, be released from its obligations under (i) the Loan Documents upon (x) such Guarantor no longer guarantees any Material Indebtedness of a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor and/or (y) the consummation of any transaction permitted by this Agreement as a result of which such Guarantor shall cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary or parent of a Borrower (as applicable) and (ii) the Guarantee Agreement to the extent provided therein; provided that following the Collateral Cure Date, a Guarantor shall be released only in accordance with Schedule A-5.

 

149

 

 

(b) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section, the Administrative Agent, upon receipt of any certificates or other documents reasonably requested by it to confirm compliance with this Agreement, shall promptly execute and deliver to the Company or the applicable Loan Party, at the Company’s expense, all documents that the Company or such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 9.17 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent. The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to take all actions specified in this Section 9.17.

 

Section 9.18 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

 

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder that may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and

 

(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

 

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

 

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent company, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

 

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority.

 

Section 9.19 Judgment Currency. If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Borrowers in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “Agreement Currency”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender from the Borrowers in the Agreement Currency, the Borrowers agree, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in such Currency, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, agrees to return the amount of any excess to the Borrowers (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under Applicable law).

 

150

 

 

Section 9.20 Luxembourg Law Provisions. Each Luxembourg Loan Party hereby expressly accepts and confirms, for the purposes of articles 1278 and article 1281 of the Luxembourg civil code, that notwithstanding any assignment, transfer and/or novation permitted under, and made in accordance with, the provisions of this Agreement, any security provided pursuant to a Loan Document to which a Luxembourg Loan Party is a party shall be preserved, for the purposes of Luxembourg law, for the benefit of any new Lender.

 

Section 9.21 Luxembourg Limitation. Notwithstanding the foregoing and any other provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document to the contrary, the Obligations of the Luxembourg Borrower for the Obligations of any other Borrower or any other Loan Party which is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of that Luxembourg Borrower shall be limited at any time, to an aggregate amount not exceeding 90% of the greater of:

 

(a) (i) the own funds (capitaux propres) of such Luxembourg Borrower, as referred to in Annex I of the grand-ducal regulation dated 18 December 2015, in relation to inter alia article 34 of the Luxembourg law dated 19 December 2002 concerning the trade and companies register and the accounting and annual accounts of undertakings (the “Own Funds”) as increased by (ii) the amount of all existing subordinated liabilities owed by the Luxembourg Borrower to any other member of the group (the “Subordinated Liabilities”), each as reflected in the Luxembourg Borrower’s latest available annual accounts and other relevant documents available to the Administrative Agent at the date of this Agreement; and

 

(b) the Own Funds of such Luxembourg Borrower and its Subordinated Liabilities, each as reflected in the Luxembourg Borrower’s latest available annual accounts and other relevant documents available to the Administrative Agent at the time the obligations or liabilities of the Luxembourg Borrower are called.

 

Where, for the purpose of the above determinations, no duly established annual accounts compliant with Lux GAAP are available for the relevant reference period, the Luxembourg Borrower shall, as soon as practicably possible, establish unaudited unconsolidated interim accounts (as of the date of the end of the then most recent financial quarter) or annual accounts (as applicable) duly established in accordance with Lux GAAP, pursuant to which the relevant Own Funds and Subordinated Liabilities amounts will be determined. If the Luxembourg Borrower fails to provide such unaudited unconsolidated interim accounts or annual accounts (as applicable) within 30 Business Days following the request of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint an approved statutory auditor (réviseur d’entreprises agréé) or an independent reputable investment bank which shall make the determination of the relevant Own Funds and Subordinated Liabilities amounts based on such available elements and facts as deemed relevant by it at such time. Any costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this clause shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

The above limitation shall not apply to any amounts borrowed by, or made available to, in any form whatsoever, the Luxembourg Borrower or any of its direct or indirect present or future subsidiaries under this Agreement.

 

151

 

 

Section 9.22 Banking Code of Practice (Australia). Each of the parties hereto agrees that the Australian Banking Association Banking Code of Practice does not apply to the Loan Documents and the transactions in connection with them.

 

Section 9.23 Additional Miscellaneous Provisions. From and after the Collateral Cure Date, the provisions set forth in Schedule A-6 shall apply at all times as if more fully set forth herein.

 

Section 9.24 Parallel Debt.

 

(a) Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay (each such payment undertaking by such Loan Party, a “Parallel Debt”) to the Administrative Agent amounts equal to its Obligations as they may exist from time to time.

 

(b) The Parallel Debt of each Loan Party will be payable in the currency or currencies of the Obligations and will become due and as and when and to the extent the relevant Obligations become due and payable. An Event of Default shall constitute a default (verzuim) within the meaning of 3:248 of the Dutch Civil Code with respect to the Parallel Debt without any notice being required.

 

(c) Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby acknowledges that:

 

(i) each Parallel Debt constitutes an undertaking, obligation and liability to the Administrative Agent which is separate and independent from, and without prejudice to, the Obligations of the relevant Loan Party; and

 

(ii) each Parallel Debt represents the Administrative Agent’s own separate and independent claim to receive payment of the Parallel Debts from the relevant Loan Party, it being understood, in each case, that pursuant to this paragraph (c), the amount which may become payable by each Loan Party by way of Parallel Debts shall not exceed at any time the total of the amounts which are payable under or in connection with the Obligations of that Loan Party at such time.

 

(d) An amount irrevocably paid by a Loan Party to the Agent in respect of the Parallel Debt will discharge the liability of the Loan Parties under the Obligations in an equal amount and the amount of the Parallel Debt shall at all times be equal to the amount of the outstanding Obligations.

 

(e) For the purpose of this Section 9.24, the Administrative Agent acts in its own name, as a creditor in its own right, for itself and not as agent, trustee or representative of any Lender.

 

(f) For purposes hereof, any resignation by the Agent is not effective with respect to its rights under the Parallel Debts until all rights and obligations under the Parallel Debts have been assigned to and assumed by the successor agent appointed in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(g) Agent will reasonably cooperate in transferring its rights and obligations under the Parallel Debts to a successor agent in accordance with this Agreement. All parties to this Agreement hereby, in advance, irrevocably grant their cooperation (medewerking) to such transfers of rights and obligations by the Agent to a successor agent in accordance this Agreement.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

152

 

 Exhibit 21.1

 

JBS N.V. - Subsidiaries

 

The subsidiaries of JBS N.V. are:

 

(1)JBS Participações Societárias S.A., a corporation (sociedade por ações) incorporated under the laws of Brazil;

 

(2)JBS S.A., a corporation (sociedade anônima) incorporated under the laws of Brazil, which is a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of JBS Participações Societárias S.A.; and

 

(3)the subsidiaries of JBS S.A., which are set forth in the table below.

 

JBS S.A. - Subsidiaries
  Company Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
1 Adams Pork Products Limited United Kingdom
2 Agro Alfa Indústria e Comércio Ltda. Brazil
3 Albert Van Zoonen B.V. Netherlands
4 Andrews Meat Industries Pty. Ltd. Australia
5 Arkose Investments ULC Ireland
6 Attleborough Foods Limited United Kingdom
7 Australian Consolidated Food Holdings Pty. Ltd. Australia
8 Australian Consolidated Food Investments Pty. Ltd. Australia
9 Avicola Pilgrim's Pride de Mexico S.A de C.V Mexico
10 Bakewell Foods Limited United Kingdom
11 Baumhardt Com. e Part. Ltda. Brazil
12 Baybrick LandCo Pty. Ltd. Australia
13 Baybrick Pty. Ltd. Australia
14 Belvoir Foods Limited United Kingdom
15 Biotech Foods, S.L. Spain
16 Birla Società Agricola Srl Italy
17 Cattle Production Systems, Inc. Delaware, United States
18 Climert Investments S.A Uruguay
19 Combo México Holdings, S. de R.L de C.V. Mexico
20 Combo Productora, S. de R.L de C.V Mexico
21 Combo Servicios Especializados de Personal, S. de R.L de C.V Mexico
22 Conceria Priante S.p.A Italy
23 Consumer Foods Van Sales (Ireland) Limited Ireland
24 Consumer Foods Van Sales Limited Ireland
25 Cordine Pty. Ltd. Australia
26 D Blowers Limited United Kingdom
27 Dalehead Foods Limited United Kingdom
28 De Korte Weg B.V. Netherlands
29 Denver Processing, LLC Tennessee, United States
30 Diamond Valley Pork Pty Ltd Australia

 

 

 

 

31 Dungannon Proteins Ltd United Kingdom
32 E.M.T. Agro Comercial Ltda. Brazil
33 Easey Herds Limited United Kingdom
34 Easey Holdings Limited United Kingdom
35 Easey Pigs Limited United Kingdom
36 Easey Veterinary Services Limited United Kingdom
37 Empire Management Company, LLC Tennessee, United States
38 Empire Packing Company, LLC Tennessee, United States
39 Excelsior Alimentos S.A. Brazil
40 Fampat S.A. de C.V. Mexico
41 Fazenda da Toca Ltda. Brazil
42 Final Porto Comércio e Distribuidora Ltda. Brazil
43 Flora Green Pty. Ltd. Australia
44 Food Processors Water Cooperative, Inc. Virginia, United States
45 Food Ventures North America Canada, Inc. Canada
46 Food Ventures North America, Inc Delaware, United States
47 Galina Pesada S.A.P.I. de C.V Mexico
48 Gateway Participações Ltda. Brazil
49 Geo Adams & Sons (Farms) Limited United Kingdom
50 Geo Adams & Sons Limited United Kingdom
51 Gideny S.A. Uruguay
52 Good Country Investments Pty. Ltd. Australia
53 Good Country Pty. Ltd. Australia
54 H. Eggs Comércio Varejista Ltda. Brazil
55 Hadgraft Industrial Properties, LLC Georgia, United States
56 Hamer International Limited United Kingdom
57 Hans Continental Smallgoods Pty. Ltd. Australia
58 Harris Mason Processing, LLC Tennessee, United States
59 Henco Hogs, LLC Iowa, United States
60 High Plains Pork, LLC Iowa, United States
61 Hortifrutigranjeiro Canela Ltda. Brazil
62 Hunter Valley Quality Meats Pty. Ltd. Australia
63 Huon Aquaculture Company Pty Ltd Australia
64 Huon Aquaculture Group Pty Ltd Australia
65 Huon Ocean Trout Pty Ltd Australia
66 Huon Salmon Pty Ltd Australia
67 Huon Seafoods Pty Ltd Australia
68 Huon Shellfish Co. Pty Ltd Australia
69 Huon Smoked Salmon Pty Ltd Australia
70 Huon Smoked Seafoods Pty Ltd Australia
71 Huon Tasmanian Salmon Pty Ltd Australia
72 Imposete Pty. Ltd. Australia
73 Industry Park Pty. Ltd. Australia
74 Inmobiliaria Andradina, S. de R.L de C.V. (formerly CBO Servicios Profesionales, S. de R.L. de C.V.) Mexico
75 Inmobiliaria Avicola Pilgrim's Pride S. de R.L de C.V. Mexico

 

2

 

 

76 International Food Company Seara LLC - Dubai Branch United Arab Emirates
77 International Food Company Seara OPC LLC United Arab Emirates
78 International Food Packers, LLC Florida, United States
79 Ivory Investments Luxembourg Holding S.C.S. Luxembourg
80 JBS Aquaculture Pty Ltd Australia
81 JBS Asia Co. Ltd. Hong Kong
82 JBS Aspelt S.à r.l. Luxembourg
83 JBS Asset Management Corp. Delaware, United States
84 JBS Australia Air Pty Limited Liability Australia
85 JBS Australia Finance 1 Pty. Ltd. Australia
86 JBS Australia Finance Pty. Ltd. Australia
87 JBS Australia Pty. Ltd. Australia
88 JBS Aves Ltda. Brazil
89 JBS Berg S.à r.l. Luxembourg
90 JBS Captive Insurance Company Colorado, United States
91 JBS Carriers, Inc. Delaware, United States
92 JBS Chile Limitada Chile
93 JBS Clervaux Finance S.à r.l. Luxembourg
94 JBS Confinamento Ltda. Brazil
95 JBS Durham UK Ltd United Kingdom
96 JBS Eggs Holdings B.V. Netherlands
97 JBS Embalagens Metálicas Ltda. Brazil
98 JBS Empire, Inc. Tennessee, United States
99 JBS Finance Luxembourg S.à r.l. Luxembourg
100 JBS Finco, Inc. Delaware, United States
101 JBS Food Canada ULC Canada
102 JBS Food Colombia S.A.S Colombia
103 JBS Food Trading (Shanghai) Ltd China
104 JBS Foods Ontario Inc. Canada
105 JBS Global Luxembourg S.à r.l. Luxembourg
106 JBS Global Meat Holdings Pty Ltd Australia/Netherlands
107 JBS Global UK Ltd United Kingdom
108 JBS Greenbay, Inc. Delaware, United States
109 JBS Holdco Australia Pty. Ltd. Australia
110 JBS Holding Brasil S.A. Brazil
111 JBS Investments Cork Ltd Ireland
112 JBS Investments Dublin Ltd Ireland
113 JBS Investments Luxembourg S.à r.l. Luxembourg
114 JBS Japan Japan
115 JBS La Rochette Finance S.à r.l. Luxembourg

 

3

 

 

116 JBS Leather Argentina S.A.U. Argentina
117 JBS Leather Asia Limited Liability Hong Kong
118 JBS Leather International B.V Netherlands
119 JBS Leather Paraguay Srl Paraguay
120 JBS Leather Uruguay S.A. Uruguay
121 JBS Live Pork, LLC Delaware, United States
122 JBS Meat Investments Pty. Ltd. Australia
123 JBS Meat UK Limited Liability, Luxembourg Branch Luxembourg
124 JBS Meat UK Ltd United Kingdom
125 JBS Melwood UK Limited Liability United Kingdom
126 JBS Mersch S.à r.l. Luxembourg
127 JBS Packerland, Inc. Delaware, United States
128 JBS Plainwell, Inc. Delaware, United States
129 JBS Pork Australia Pty Ltd Australia
130 JBS Prepared Foods, Inc. Pennsylvania, United States
131 JBS Sanitation Canada Ltd Canada
132 JBS Smallgoods Holdco Australia, Pty Ltd Australia
133 JBS Smallgoods Holdco Pty. Ltd. Australia
134 JBS Smallgoods Investments Pty. Ltd. Australia
135 JBS Souderton, Inc. Arizona, United States
136 JBS Southern Australia Pty. Ltd. Australia
137 JBS Southern Holdco AU Pty. Ltd. Australia
138 JBS Southern Investments 1 Pty. Ltd. Australia
139 JBS Southern Investments 2 Pty. Ltd. Australia
140 JBS Terminais Ltda. Brazil
141 JBS Toledo N.V Belgium
142 JBS Tolleson, Inc. Delaware, United States
143 JBS Trading Agent (Dongguan)   China
144 JBS Trading USA, Inc. Delaware, United States
145 JBS USA Food Company Delaware, United States
146 JBS USA Food Company Holdings Delaware, United States
147 JBS USA Foods Group Holdings Delaware, United States
148 JBS USA Holding Lux S.à r.l. Luxembourg
149 JBS USA Imports, Inc. Colorado, United States
150 JBS USA Leather, Inc. Delaware, United States
151 JBS USA Promontory Holdings I, LLC Colorado, United States
152 JBS USA Promontory Holdings II, LLC Colorado, United States
153 JBS USA Promontory I, LLC Colorado, United States
154 JBS USA Promontory II, LLC Colorado, United States
155 JBS USA Sanitation Corporation Delaware, United States 
156 JBS Wisconsin Properties, LLC Wisconsin, United States
157 Kahula Pty. Ltd. Australia
158 King’s S.p.A. Italy
159 Kitchen Range Foods Limited United Kingdom
160 Lap Foods Pty. Ltd. Australia

 

4

 

 

161 LLB Natureza Viva Comércio e Distribuidora Ltda. Brazil
162 Mafrip - Matadouro Frigorífico S.A. Brazil
163 Mantiqueira Agricultura Regenerativa S.A. Brazil
164 Mantiqueira Agronegócios Ltda. Brazil
165 Mantiqueira Alimentos S.A. Brazil
166 Mantiqueira Holdings B.V. Netherlands
167 Marzolara Food Processing Srl Italy
168 Meadow Bank Hatchery Pty Ltd Australia
169 Meat Me México, Mercado de Carnes, S. de R.L. de C.V. Mexico
170 Meat Snack Partners Distribuidora do Brasil Ltda. Brazil
171 Meat Snack Partners do Brasil Ltda. Brazil
172 Meat Snacks Partner LLC Wisconsin, United States
173 Merit Provisions, LLC (Inactive) Texas, United States
174 Miller Brothers Co. Inc. (Inactive) Utah, United States
175 Mopac of Virginia, Inc. Virginia, United States
176 Morrison's Seafood Pty Ltd Australia
177 Moy Park (Newco) Ltd United Kingdom
178 Moy Park Beef Orleans S.à.r.l France
179 Moy Park Bondco PLC Ltd United Kingdom
180 Moy Park France (Holdings) SAS France
181 Moy Park France SAS France
182 Moy Park Holdings (Europe) Limited United Kingdom
183 Moy Park Limited United Kingdom
184 Moyer Distribution, LLC Delaware, United States
185 N.Ovo Plant Based Ltda. Brazil
186 Nacrail, LLC Delaware, United States
187 Noon Products Limited United Kingdom
188 Normaclass S.A. France
189 Oak Grove, LLC Iowa , United States
190 Oakhouse Foods Limited United Kingdom
191 O'Kane (Blue Rose Newco 1) Limited United Kingdom
192 O'Kane Poultry Limited United Kingdom
193 Olympia Processing, LLC Tennessee, United States
194 Onix Investments UK Ltd United Kingdom
195 Oxdale Dairy Enterprise Pty Ltd Australia
196 P&H Investments 1 Pty. Ltd. Australia
197 P&H Investments 2 Pty. Ltd Australia
198 Penasul UK Ltd. United Kingdom
199 Pilgrim’s Food Masters Holdings Ltd United Kingdom
200 Pilgrim’s Food Masters Ireland Limited Ireland

 

5

 

 

201 Pilgrim’s Pride Malta Finance Limited Liability Malta
202 Pilgrim's Europe Ltd United Kingdom
203 Pilgrim's Food Masters UK Limited United Kingdom
204 Pilgrim's Pride Affordable Housing Corp. Nevada, United States
205 Pilgrim's Pride Corporation Delaware, United States
206 Pilgrim's Pride Corporation of West Virginia, Inc. West Virginia, United States
207 Pilgrim's Pride Finance, LLC Delaware, United States
208 Pilgrim's Pride Ltd United Kingdom
209 Pilgrim's Pride S. de R.L de C.V Mexico
210 Pilgrim's Shared Services Ltd. United Kingdom
211 Pilgrim's UK Lamb Ltd United Kingdom
212 Plan Pro Restaurantes S.A. de C.V. Mexico
213 Planterra Holdings B.V. Netherlands
214 Plumrose Limited United Kingdom
215 Poppsa 3, LLC Delaware, United States
216 Poppsa 4, LLC Delaware, United States
217 PPC of Alabama, Inc. Colorado, United States
218 PPC Transportation Company Delaware, United States
219 PQP Holdings Limited United Kingdom
220 Premier Beehive Holdco Pty. Ltd. Australia
221 Premier Beehive NZ New Zealand
222 Primo Foods Pty Ltd. Australia
223 Primo Group Holdings Pty. Ltd. Australia
224 Primo Meats Admin Pty Ltd Australia
225 Primo Meats Pty. Ltd. Australia
226 Primo Retail Pty. Ltd. Australia
227 Principe di San Daniele S.p.A. Italy
228 QMT General Partner Limited Liability New Zealand
229 QMT New Zealand Limited Liability Partnership New Zealand
230 Ready Mile Trucking Ltd Canada
231 Rigamonti Salumificio S.p.A Italy
232 Rivalea Holdings Pty Limited Liability Australia
233 Rivercan Uruguay
234 Robotic Technologies Limited Liability New Zealand
235 Rocklabs Limited Liability New Zealand
236 Rollover Limited United Kingdom
237 Rye Valley Foods Limited Ireland
238 S&C Australia Holdco Pty. Ltd. Australia
239 S&C Australia Investments, Pty Ltd. Australia
240 S&C Resale Company Delaware, United States
241 Sampco Holdings, LLC Georgia, United States
242 Sampco LLC Georgia, United States
243 Sandstone Holdings S.à r.l. Luxembourg
244 Scott Automation a.s. Czech Republic
245 Scott Automation and Robotics Pty Ltd Australia

 

6

 

 

246 Scott Automation GmbH Germany
247 Scott Automation Limited Liability. United Kingdom
248 Scott Automation Ltd New Zealand
249 Scott Automation N.V. Belgium
250 Scott Automation SAS France
251 Scott LED Limited Liability New Zealand
252 Scott Systems (Qingdao) Co., Ltd China
253 Scott Systems International Inc. Ohio, United States
254 Scott Technology Americas Limited Liability New Zealand
255 Scott Technology Australia Pty Ltd Australia
256 Scott Technology Belgium bvba Belgium
257 Scott Technology Europe Limited Liability New Zealand
258 Scott Technology Limited Liability New Zealand
259 Scott Technology NZ Limited Liability New Zealand
260 Scott Technology USA Limited Liability New Zealand
261 Seara África Pty. Ltd. South Africa
262 Seara Alimentos Ltda. Brazil
263 Seara Arabia Food Industrial Company Saudi Arabia
264 Seara Comércio de Alimentos Ltda. Brazil
265 Seara Food Europe Holding B.V.             Netherlands
266 Seara Food Europe Holding B.V. (DMCC BRANCH) United Arab Emirates
267 Seara Holding Ltda. Brazil
268 Seara Holdings (Europe) B.V. Netherlands
269 Seara Japan Ltd Japan
270 Seara Meats B.V. Netherlands
271 Seara Middle East Foods Trading Company Saudi Arabia
272 Seara Middle East Wholesale and Retail Co. SPC Kuwait
273 Seara Saudi Food for Consultancy and Research LLC Saudi Arabia
274 Seara Singapore Pte. Ltd Singapore
275 Servicios Administrativos Pilgrim's Pride S. de R.L de C.V Mexico
276 Seven Point Pork Pty Ltd Australia
277 Sharonville Processing, LLC Tennessee, United States
278 SIA.MO.CI. Srl Italy
279 Skippack Creek Corp. Delaware, United States
280 Southern Hens, Inc. Mississippi, United States
281 Southern Ocean Trout Pty Ltd Australia
282 Springfield Hatcheries Pty Ltd Australia
283 Springs Smoked Salmon Pty Ltd Australia
284 Springs Smoked Seafoods Pty Ltd Australia
285 Spurway Foods Limited United Kingdom

 

7

 

 

286 Surveyors Investments Pty Ltd Australia
287 Swift & Company International Sales Corp. Colorado, United States
288 Swift & Company International Sales Corp. (Hong Kong Branch) Hong Kong
289 Swift & Company International Sales Corp. (Korea Branch) Korea
290 Swift & Company International Sales Corp. (Shangai Branch) China
291 Swift Australia (Southern) Pty. Ltd. Australia
292 Swift Beef Company Colorado, United States
293 Swift Brands Company Colorado, United States
294 Swift Pork Company Colorado, United States
295 Swift Refrigerated Foods S.A de C.V Mexico
296 Swift Southern Investments Pty. Ltd. Australia
297 Swift Trading Shanghai Ltd. China
298 Tatiara Meat Company, Pty Ltd. Australia
299 Tatiara Meat Investments Pty. Ltd. Australia
300 To-Ricos Distribution Ltd Iowa, United States
301 To-Ricos Ltd Iowa, United States
302 TriOak Foods, LLC North Carolina, United States
303 TriOak Grain, LLC Delaware, United States
304 TVB B.V. Netherlands
305 Unifleisch SA Switzerland
306 Via Rovigo Indústria e Comércio de Produtos Alimentícios S.A. Brazil
307 Vivera B.V. Netherlands
308 Vivera Topholding B.V. Netherlands
309 Vivera UK Ltd United Kingdom
310 Vivera Vastgoed B.V. Netherlands
311 Weddel Ltd Canada
312 White Strap Safco Foods Trading LLC United Arab Emirates
313 White Stripe Foods Investment Holdings Pty Ltd Australia
314 White Stripe Foods Pty Ltd. Australia
315 White Stripe Safco Foods (Joint Venture) United Arab Emirates
316 Wonder Best Holding Co Ltd. Hong Kong
317 Zendaleather Co. Porto Rico, United States
318 Zendaleather GmbH Germany
319 Zendaleather S.A de C.V Mexico
320 Zero Lines Corporation Porto Rico, United States
321 ZM Australia Pty. Ltd. Australia

 

8

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the use of our report dated March 25, 2025, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of JBS S.A, incorporated herein by reference and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

/s/ KPMG Auditores Independentes Ltda.

 

São Paulo/SP, Brazil

November 20, 2025

 

 

Exhibit 25.1

 

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

 

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

 

☐ CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b) (2)

 

REGIONS BANK

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

Alabama   63-0371391
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization if not a U.S. national bank)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
1900 Fifth Avenue North    
Birmingham, AL   35203
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 

Regions Bank
1180 West Peachtree Street

Atlanta, GA 30309
(404) 581-3770

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

 

JBS N.V.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Netherlands   98-1861274
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     

Stroombaan 16, 5th Floor

1181 VX, Amstelveen, Netherlands

  N/A
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 

 

5.950% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2035

6.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2055

5.500% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2036

6.250% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2056

6.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2066

(Titles of the indenture securities)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule A – Table of Co-Obligors
Exact Name as Specified in
its Charter
  State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Formation
  I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number
  Address, including Zip Code,
and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of
Registrant’s Principal
Executive Offices
JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. *   Delaware   99-0802532   1770 Promontory Circle
Greeley, Colorado 80634
+1 (970) 506-8000
JBS USA Food Company Holdings *   Delaware   58-1034573   1770 Promontory Circle
Greeley, Colorado 80634
+1 (970) 506-8000

 

*JBS N.V., JBS USA Foods Group Holdings, Inc. and JBS USA Food Company Holdings (collectively, the “Co-Issuers”) are the co-issuers of the Securities.

 

2

 

 

Item1.General Information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

(a)Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

State of Alabama State Banking Department
PO Box 4600
Montgomery, AL 36103-4600

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Washington, D.C.

 

Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta
Atlanta, Georgia 30309

 

(b)Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

Yes.

 

Item 2.Affiliations with Obligor. If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

 

None with respect to the trustee.

 

Items 3-15. No responses are included for Items 3 through 15. Responses to those Items are not required because, as provided in General Instruction B the obligor is not in default on any securities issued under indentures under which Regions Bank is a trustee.

 

Item 16.List of Exhibits. List below all exhibits filed as a part of this Statement of Eligibility.

 

Exhibit 1.   A copy of the Articles of Incorporation of the trustee now in effect.
Exhibit 2.   The authority of Regions Bank to commence business was granted under the Articles of Incorporation for Regions Bank, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1.
Exhibit 3.   The authorization to exercise corporate trust powers was granted under the Articles of Incorporation for Regions Bank, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1.
Exhibit 4.   A copy of the bylaws of the trustee as now in effect.
Exhibit 5.   Not applicable.
Exhibit 6.   The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.
Exhibit 7.   A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.
Exhibit 8.   Not applicable.
Exhibit 9.   Not applicable.

 

3

 

 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Regions Bank, a state chartered bank under the laws of Alabama, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Atlanta and State of Georgia on November 20, 2025.

 

  REGIONS BANK
   
  /s/ Craig Kaye
  Craig Kaye
  Vice President

 

4

 

 

EXHIBIT 1

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO THE
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
REGIONS BANK
an Alabama banking corporation

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 10A-1-3.13 and Sections 10A-2-10.01 through 10A-2-10.09 of the Alabama Business and Nonprofit Entities Code, as amended, (the “Law”), the undersigned banking corporation adopts the following Articles of Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation:

 

FIRST: The name of the banking corporation is Regions Bank (the “Bank”).

 

SECOND: The Bank is an Alabama banking corporation.

 

THIRD: The Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Bank were filed with the Office of the Judge of Probate of Jefferson County, Alabama on October 28, 2014. The Alabama Entity ID Number of the Bank is 006-854.

 

FOURTH: The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this reference, is hereby adopted as the articles of incorporation of the Bank.

 

FIFTH: The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was adopted and approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank at a meeting duly called and held on July 22, 2020 and by the sole shareholder of the Bank pursuant to an action by written consent dated as of July 22, 2020.

 

SIXTH: The designation, number of outstanding shares, and number of votes entitled to be cast by the sole shareholder on the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation were as follows:

 

Shares  Outstanding   Entitled to
Vote
 
Common Stock, par value $5.00   21,546    21,546 

 

SEVENTH: The number of shares entitled to vote on the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that voted FOR the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the number of shares entitled to vote on the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that voted AGAINST the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation were as follows:

 

Shares  Total Voted
FOR
   Total Voted
AGAINST
 
Common Stock   21,546    0 

 

EIGHTH: The number of shares that voted FOR the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was sufficient for approval thereof by the sole shareholder of the Bank, as required by the Law and the Articles of Incorporation.

 

NINTH: The original written approval issued by the Superintendent of the Alabama State Banking Department with respect to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is attached hereto as Exhibit B and recorded herewith.

 

5

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused these Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the Bank to be executed in its name and on its behalf as of August 6, 2020.

 

    BANK:
     
    REGIONS BANK
    an Alabama banking corporation
     
  By: /s/ Hope D. Mehlman
    Hope D. Mehlman
    Executive Vice President, Corporate
    Secretary, Chief Governance Officer, and Deputy General Counsel

 

This instrument prepared by:

Andrew S. Nix

Maynard, Cooper & Gale, P.C.
1901 Sixth Avenue North
2400 Regions/Harbert Plaza
Birmingham, AL 35203
(205) 254-1000

 

6

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

 

(attached)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF

REGIONS BANK

 

1.The name of this corporation shall be Regions Bank. The corporation is a domestic banking corporation.

 

2. The principal place of business of the corporation shall be 1900 Fifth Avenue North, Birmingham, Alabama 35203. The general business of Regions Bank (the “Bank”) shall be conducted at its main office and its branches and other facilities.

 

3. The Bank shall have the following objects, purposes and powers:

 

a.To be and serve as an Alabama banking corporation pursuant to the Alabama Banking Code, Section 5-1A-1 et seq. of the Code of Alabama 1975, as amended (together with any act amendatory thereof, supplementary thereto or substituted therefor, hereinafter referred to as the “Banking Code”), with all the power and authority that may be exercised by an Alabama banking corporation.

 

b.To engage in any lawful business, act or activity for which a banking corporation may be organized under Alabama law, it being the purpose and intent of this section to invest the Bank with the broadest objects, purposes and powers lawfully permitted an Alabama banking corporation.

 

c.To engage in any lawful business, act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Alabama Business Corporation Law of 2019, Section 10A-2A-1.01 et seq. of the Code of Alabama 1975, as amended (together with any act amendatory thereof, supplementary thereto or substituted therefor, hereinafter referred to as the “ABCL”), to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Banking Code or any other regulation of a banking corporation in the State of Alabama.

 

d.Without limiting the scope and generality of the foregoing, the Bank shall have the following specific objects, purposes and powers:

 

i.To conduct a general banking business through such means and at such places as the Board of Directors may deem proper.

 

ii.To sue and be sued, complain and defend, in its corporate name.

 

iii.To have a corporate seal which may be altered at pleasure, and to use the same by causing it, or a facsimile thereof, to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

iv.To purchase, take, receive, lease or otherwise acquire, own, hold, improve, use and otherwise deal in and with, real or personal property, or any interest therein, wherever situated.

 

8

 

 

v.To sell, convey, mortgage, pledge, lease, exchange, transfer and otherwise dispose of all or any part of its property and assets, subject to the limitations hereinafter prescribed.

 

vi.To lend money and use its credit to assist its employees.

 

vii.To purchase, take, receive, subscribe for or otherwise acquire, own, hold, vote, use, employ, sell, mortgage, lend, pledge or otherwise dispose of, and otherwise use and deal in and with, shares or other interests in, or obligations of, other domestic or foreign corporations, associations, partnerships or individuals, or direct or indirect obligations of the United States or of any other government, state, territory, governmental district or municipality or of any instrumentality thereof as may be permitted by law or appropriate regulations.

 

viii.To make contracts, guarantees and indemnity agreements and incur liabilities, borrow money at such rates of interest as the corporation may determine, issue its notes, bonds and other obligations, and secure any of its obligations by mortgage, pledge of or creation of security interests in, all or any of its property, franchises or income, or any interest therein.

 

ix.To lend money for its corporate purposes, invest and reinvest its funds and take and hold real and personal property as security for the payment of funds so loaned or invested.

 

x.To conduct its business, carry on its operations and have offices and exercise the powers granted by this section, within or without the State of Alabama.

 

xi.To elect or appoint and remove officers and agents of the Bank, define their duties and fix their compensation.

 

xii.To make and alter by its board of directors by-laws not inconsistent with its certificate of incorporation or with the laws of the State of Alabama for the administration and regulation of the affairs of the Bank.

 

xiii.To make donations for the public welfare or for charitable, scientific or educational purposes.

 

xiv.To transact any lawful business which the board of directors shall find will be in aid of governmental policy.

 

xv.To pay pensions and establish pension plans, pension trusts, profit sharing plans, stock bonus plans, stock option plans and other incentive plans for any or all of its directors, officers and employees.

 

9

 

 

  xvi. To be a promoter, incorporator, partner, member, trustee, associate or manager of any domestic or foreign corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

  xvii. To consolidate or merge, before or after the completion of its works, with any other foreign or domestic corporation or corporations engaged in the business of banking or trust companies doing a banking business.

 

  xviii. To discount bills, notes or other evidences of debt.

 

  xix. To receive and pay out deposits, with or without interest, pay checks and impose charges for any services.

 

  xx. To receive on special deposit money, bullion or foreign coins or bonds or other securities.

 

  xxi. To buy and sell foreign and domestic exchanges, gold and silver bullion or foreign coins, bonds, bills of exchange, notes and other negotiable paper.

 

  xxii. To lend money on personal security or upon pledges of bonds, stocks or other negotiable securities.

 

  xxiii. To take and receive security by mortgage, security or otherwise on property, real and personal.

 

  xxiv. To become trustee for any purpose and be appointed and act as executor, administrator, guardian, receiver or fiduciary.

 

  xxv. To lease real and personal property upon specific request of a customer, provided that it complies with any applicable laws of the State of Alabama regulating leasing real property or improvements thereon to others.

 

  xxvi. To perform computer, management and travel agency services for others.

 

  xxvii. To subscribe to the capital stock and become a member of the Federal Reserve System and comply with rules and regulations thereof

 

  xxviii. To do business and exercise directly or through operating subsidiaries any powers incident to the business of banks.

 

10

 

 

4.The duration of the corporation shall be perpetual.

 

5.The Board of Directors is expressly authorized from time to time to fix the number of Directors which shall constitute the entire Board, subject to the following:

 

a.The number of Directors constituting the entire Board shall be fixed from time to time by vote of a majority of the entire Board; provided, however, that the number of Directors shall not be reduced so as to shorten the term of any Director at the time in office; provided further, that the number of Directors shall not be less than five (5) nor more than twenty-five (25). Each Director shall be the record owner of the requisite number of shares of common stock of the Bank’s parent bank holding company fixed by the appropriate regulatory authorities.

 

b.Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the by-laws of the Bank (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the by-laws of the Bank), any Director or the entire Board of Directors of the Bank may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holder(s) of ninety percent (90%) or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Bank entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) cast at a meeting of stockholders called for that purpose.

 

6.The aggregate number of shares of capital stock which the Bank shall have authority to issue is thirty thousand five hundred forty-six (30,546) shares, which shall be common stock, par value five dollars ($5.00) per share (the “Common Stock”). The Bank shall not issue fractional shares of stock, but shall pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those otherwise entitled to receive such fractions are determined.

 

a.Stockholders shall not have pre-emptive rights to purchase shares of any class of capital stock of the Bank. The Bank, at any time and from time to time, may authorize and issue debt obligations, whether or not subordinated, without the approval of the stockholders.

 

b.Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors from time to time to issue any authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock for such consideration and on such terms as it may determine. Every share of Common Stock of the Bank shall have one vote at any meeting of stockholders and may be voted by the stockholders of record either in person or by proxy.

 

11

 

 

c.In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Bank, or upon the distribution of the assets of the Bank, the assets of the Bank remaining after satisfaction of all obligations and liabilities shall be divided and distributed ratably among the holders of the Common Stock. Neither the merger nor the consolidation of the Bank with another corporation, nor the sale or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank, shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Bank or a distribution of its assets.

 

7.The Chief Executive Officer, Secretary, Board of Directors or holder(s) of at least 90% of the issued and outstanding voting stock of the Bank may call a special meeting of stockholders at any time. The Bank shall notify stockholders of the place, if any, date and time of each annual and special meeting of stockholders no fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting date, such notice to be delivered to each stockholder of record at the address as shown upon the stock transfer book of the Bank. Notice of a special meeting of stockholders shall include a description of the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

8.The Bank reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter provided by law, at any regular or special meeting of stockholders, and all rights conferred upon officers, directors and stockholders of the Bank hereby are granted subject to this reservation.

 

9.The Bank shall indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agents in accordance with the indemnification provisions set forth in the by-laws of the Bank, as may be amended from time to time, and in all cases in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

 

10.To the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Banking Code or the rules, regulations or orders of the Superintendent of the Alabama State Banking Department, and pursuant to Section 10A-2A-17.01 of the ABCL, the Bank hereby elects to be governed by the provisions of the ABCL, and all references in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the ABCL shall mean the Alabama Business Corporation Law of 2019.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

12

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned hereby certifies that, in accordance with applicable law, this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been adopted by the Bank as of the 6th day of August, 2020.

 

  By: /s/ Hope D. Mehlman
    Hope D. Mehlman
    Executive Vice President, Corporate Secretary,
Chief Governance Officer, and
Deputy General Counsel

 

13

 

 

STATE OF ALABAMA

 

MONTGOMERY COUNTY

 

I, Mike Hill, as Superintendent of Banks for the State of Alabama, do hereby certify that I have fully and duly examined the foregoing Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation whereby the shareholder of Regions Bank, a banking corporation located at Birmingham, Alabama, proposes to Amend and Restate the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

See attached Articles of Amendment which Amend and Restate the Certificate of Incorporation of Regions Bank.

 

I do hereby certify that said Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation appear to be in substantial conformity with the requirements of law and they are hereby approved. Upon the filing of the same, together with this Certificate of Approval, with the proper agency as required by law, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of said bank shall be effective.

 

Given under my hand and seal of office this the 3rd day of August, 2020.

 

  By: /s/ Mike Hill
    Mike Hill
    Superintendent of Banks

 

14

 

 

EXHIBIT 4

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS OF
REGIONS BANK

 

Effective July 21, 2021

 

ARTICLE I. OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office.

 

The registered office of Regions Bank (the “Bank”) shall be maintained at the office of the Corporation Service Company, Inc., in the City of Montgomery, in the County of Montgomery, in the State of Alabama, or such other location as may be designated by the Board of Directors. Corporation Service Company, Inc. shall be the registered agent of the Bank unless and until a successor registered agent is appointed by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2. Other Offices.

 

The Bank may have other offices at such places as the Board of Directors may from time to time appoint or the business of the Bank may require.

 

Section 3. Principal Place of Business.

 

The principal place of business of the Bank shall be in Birmingham, Alabama.

 

ARTICLE II. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. Annual Meeting.

 

Annual meetings of stockholders for the election of members of the Board of Directors (“Directors”) and for such other business as the Board of Directors may determine, shall be held at such place, time and date as the Board of Directors, by resolution, shall determine.

 

Section 2. Special Meetings.

 

The Chief Executive Officer, Secretary, Board of Directors or holder(s) of at least ninety percent (90%) of the issued and outstanding voting stock of the Bank may call a special meeting of stockholders at any time. Special meetings of stockholders may be held at such place, time and date as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 3. Voting.

 

The vote of a majority of the votes cast by the shares entitled to vote on any matter at a meeting of stockholders at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the stockholders on that matter, except as otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Bank.

 

Section 4. Quorum.

 

At each meeting of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Bank entitled to vote on a matter at the meeting, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares are represented, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, but until a quorum is secured no other business may be transacted. The stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until an adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

15

 

 

Section 5. Notice of Meeting.

 

Written or printed notice stating the place, day and time of the meeting and, in case of a special meeting of stockholders, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall also include the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if that date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. Such notice may be communicated in person, by telephone, teletype, telecopier, facsimile transmission or other form of electronic communication, or by mail or private carrier. The notice shall be deemed to have been delivered (i) if mailed postage prepaid and correctly addressed to a stockholder, upon deposit in the United States mail; (ii) if mailed by United States mail postage prepaid and correctly addressed to a recipient other than a stockholder, the earliest of when it is actually received or (A) if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, the date shown on the return receipt signed by or on behalf of the addressee or (B) five (5) days after it is deposited in the United States mail; or (iii) if an electronic transmission, when (A) it enters an information processing system that the recipient has designated or uses for the purposes of receiving electronic transmissions or information of the type sent, and from which the recipient is able to retrieve the electronic transmission and (B) it is in a form capable of being processed by that system. The attendance of a stockholder at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of lack of notice or defective notice of such meeting, unless the stockholder expresses such objection at the beginning of the meeting, and shall constitute a waiver of any objection to the consideration of a particular matter that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the notice, unless the stockholder objects to considering the matter before action is taken thereon.

 

Section 6. Informal Action by Stockholders.

 

Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, and without prior notice, if one or more consents in writing setting forth the action so taken are signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be required to authorize or take the action at a meeting at which all shares of stock entitled to vote on the action were present and voted. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by the stockholders approving the action and delivered to the Bank for filing by the Bank with the minutes or corporate records. No written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest date on which a consent is delivered to the Bank as required by this section, written consents signed by sufficient stockholders to take the action have been delivered to the Bank. A written consent may be revoked by a writing to that effect delivered to the Bank before unrevoked written consents sufficient in number to take the corporate action have been delivered to the Bank.

 

A consent signed pursuant to the provisions of this section has the effect of a vote taken at a meeting and may be described as such in any document. The action taken by written consent shall be effective when written consents signed by sufficient stockholders to take the action have been delivered to the Bank.

 

If action is taken by less than unanimous written consent of the stockholders, the Bank shall give its nonconsenting stockholders written notice of the action not more than ten (10) days after written consents sufficient to take the action have been delivered to the Bank. The notice must reasonably describe the action taken and contain or be accompanied by the same material that would have been required to be sent to stockholders in a notice of a meeting at which the action would have been submitted to the stockholders for action.

 

ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. Number and Term.

 

The number of Directors that shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed, from time to time, by resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors, but shall not be less than five (5) persons or more than twenty-five (25) persons. The number of Directors shall not be reduced so as to shorten the term of any Director in office at the time.

 

Directors elected at each annual or special meeting or appointed pursuant to Article III, Section 4 of these By-Laws shall hold office until the next annual meeting and until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier retirement, death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be residents of Alabama.

 

16

 

 

Section 2. Chair of the Board and Lead Independent Director.

 

The Board of Directors shall by majority vote designate from time to time from among its members a Chair of the Board of Directors. The Chair of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. He or she shall have and perform such duties as prescribed by these By-Laws and by the Board of Directors. The position of Chair of the Board of Directors is a Board position; provided, however, the position of Chair of the Board of Directors may be held by a person who is also an officer of the Bank.

 

In the absence of the Chair of the Board of Directors, or in the case he or she is unable to preside, the Lead Independent Director, if at the time a Director of the Bank has been designated by the Board of Directors as such, shall have and exercise all powers and duties of the Chair of the Board of Directors and shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. If at any Board of Directors meeting neither of such persons is present or able to act, the Board of Directors shall select one of its members as acting chair of the meeting or any portion thereof.

 

Section 3. Resignations.

 

Any Director may resign at any time. All resignations shall be made in writing, and shall take effect at the time of receipt by the Chair of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer, President or Secretary or at such other time as may be specified therein. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

Section 4. Vacancies.

 

If the office of any Director becomes vacant, including by reason of resignation or removal, or the size of the Board of Directors is increased, the remaining Directors in office, even if less than a quorum, by a majority vote, may appoint any qualified person to fill such vacancy or new position, and such person shall hold office for the unexpired term and until his or her successor shall be duly chosen.

 

Section 5. Removal.

 

Any Director may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of ninety percent (90%) or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Bank entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) cast at a meeting of stockholders called for that purpose.

 

Section 6. Powers.

 

The business and affairs of the Bank shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Bank or pursuant to these By-Laws.

 

Section 7. Meetings.

 

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such places and times as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such regular meetings shall be held at intervals in compliance with the Alabama Banking Code, Section 5-1A-1 et seq. of the Code of Alabama 1975, as amended (together with any act amendatory thereof, supplementary thereto or substituted therefor, hereinafter referred to as the “Banking Code”).

 

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chair of the Board of Directors, Lead Independent Director, Chief Executive Officer or President, or Secretary on the request of any two members of the Board of Directors, on at least two (2) days’ notice to each Director and shall be held at such place or places as may be determined by the Board of Directors, or as shall be stated in the notice of such meeting.

 

17

 

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone, video or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors need not be given personally, and may be given by United States mail, postage prepaid or by any form of electronic communication, and shall be deemed to have been given on the date such notice is transmitted by the Bank (which, if notice is mailed, shall be the date when such notice is deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the applicable Director at such Director’s address as it appears on the records of the Bank).

 

Section 8. Quorum; Vote Required for Action.

 

A majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at the meeting which shall be so adjourned. The vote of a majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws shall require a vote of a greater number.

 

Section 9. Compensation.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any Director from serving the Bank in any other capacity as an officer, agent or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 10. Action Without Meeting.

 

Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting, if prior to such action a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board of Directors, or of such committee as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Action taken under this section is the act of the Board of Directors when one or more consents signed by all of the Directors are delivered to the Bank. The consent may specify a later time as the time at which the action taken is to be effective. A Director’s consent may be withdrawn by a revocation signed by the Director and delivered to the Bank before delivery to the Bank of unrevoked written consents signed by all of the Directors. A consent signed under this section has the effect of action taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors and may be described as such in any document.

 

Section 11. Committees.

 

A majority of the Board of Directors shall have the authority to designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Bank. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any committee of the Board of Directors, to the extent provided in the resolutions of the Board of Directors or in these By-Laws, shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Bank and may authorize the seal of the Bank to be affixed to all papers that may require it, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. In the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee from voting at any meeting of such committee, the remaining member or members thereof present at such meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not the remaining member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at such meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

18

 

 

Section 12. Eligibility.

 

No person shall be eligible to serve as Director of the Bank unless such person shall be the owner of shares of stock of the parent holding company of the number and held in the manner sufficient to meet the requirements of any applicable law or regulation in effect requiring the ownership of Directors’ qualifying shares.

 

Section 13. Directors Protected.

 

In accordance with the Alabama Business Corporation Law, Chapter 2A of Title 10A of the Code of Alabama (1975), or any statute amendatory or supplemental thereof (the “Corporation Law”) and specifically Section 10A-2A-8.30, each Director shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon information, opinions, reports or statements, including financial statements and other financial data, made to the Directors by the officers or employees of the Bank; legal counsel, public accountants, certified public accountants or other persons as to matters the Director reasonably believes are within the person’s professional or expert competence; or a committee of the Board of Directors of which he or she is not a member if the Director reasonably believes the committee merits confidence, or in relying in good faith upon other records or books of account of the Bank.

 

ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS

 

Section 1. Officers, Elections, Terms.

 

The officers of the Bank shall be a Chief Executive Officer; a President; one or more vice presidents or directors (referring in this context to service in an officer capacity), who may be designated Senior Executive Vice Presidents, Executive Vice Presidents, Executive Managing Directors, Senior Vice Presidents, Managing Directors, Vice Presidents, Directors, and Assistant Vice Presidents; a Secretary; one or more Assistant Secretaries; a Chief Financial Officer; a Controller; an Auditor; and such other officers as may be deemed appropriate. All of such officers shall be appointed annually by the Board of Directors to serve for a term of one (1) year and until their respective successors are appointed and qualified or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal, except that the Board of Directors may delegate the authority to appoint officers holding the position of Senior Executive Vice President and below in accordance with procedures established or modified by the Board from time to time. None of the officers of the Bank need be Directors. More than one office may be held by the same person. The conduct of the business and affairs of the Bank by the officers shall be subject to the oversight of the Board of Directors and of any committee of the Board of Directors having authority over the subject matter.

 

Section 2. Chief Executive Officer.

 

The Board of Directors shall appoint a Chief Executive Officer of the Bank. The Chief Executive Officer is the most senior executive officer of the Bank, and shall be vested with authority to act for the Bank in all matters and shall have general supervision of the Bank and of its business affairs, including authority over the detailed operations of the Bank and over its personnel, with full power and authority during intervals between sessions of the Board of Directors to do and perform in the name of the Bank all acts and deeds necessary or proper, in his or her opinion, to be done and performed and to execute for and in the name of the Bank all instruments, agreements and deeds that may be authorized to be executed on behalf of the Bank or may be required by law. The Chief Executive Officer may, but need not, also hold the office of President.

 

Section 3. President.

 

The President shall have, and may exercise, the authority to act for the Bank in all ordinary matters and perform other such duties as directed by the By-Laws, the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. Among the officers of the Bank, the President is subordinate to only the Chief Executive Officer and is senior to the other officers of the Bank. The authority of the President shall include authority over the detailed operations of the Bank and over its personnel with full power and authority during intervals between sessions of the Board of Directors to do and perform in the name of the Bank all acts and deeds necessary or proper, in his or her opinion, to be done and performed and to execute for and in the name of the Bank all instruments, agreements and deeds that may be authorized to be executed on behalf of the Bank or may be required by law.

 

19

 

 

Section 4. Vice Presidents.

 

The vice presidents or directors, who may be designated as Senior Executive Vice Presidents, Executive Vice Presidents, Executive Managing Directors, Senior Vice Presidents, Managing Directors, Vice Presidents, Directors, and Assistant Vice Presidents, shall, subject to the control of the Chief Executive Officer or the President, have and may exercise the authority vested in them in all proper matters, including authority over the detailed operations of the Bank and over its personnel.

 

Section 5. Chief Financial Officer.

 

The Chief Financial Officer, or his or her designee, shall have and perform such duties as are incident to the office of Chief Financial Officer and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

 

Section 6. Secretary and Assistant Secretary.

 

The Secretary shall keep minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors unless otherwise directed by either of those bodies. The Secretary, or in his or her absence, any Assistant Secretary, shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Bank. The Secretary shall perform all of the duties incident to the office of Secretary and shall do and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

 

Section 7. Controller.

 

The Controller shall, under the direction of the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or other more senior officer, have general supervision and authority over all reports required of the Bank by law or by any public body or officer or regulatory authority pertaining to the condition of the Bank and its assets and liabilities. The Controller shall have general supervision of the books and accounts of the Bank and its methods and systems of recording and keeping accounts of its business transactions and of its assets and liabilities. The Controller shall be responsible for preparing statements showing the financial condition of the Bank and shall furnish such reports and financial records as may be required of him or her by the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or other more senior officer.

 

Section 8. Auditor.

 

The Auditor’s office may be filled by an employee of the Bank or his or her duties may be performed by an employee or committee of the parent company of the Bank. The Auditor shall have general supervision of the auditing of the books and accounts of the Bank, and shall continuously and from time to time check and verify the Bank’s transactions, its assets and liabilities, and the accounts and doings of the officers, agents and employees of the Bank with respect thereto. The Auditor, whether an employee of the Bank or of its parent, shall be directly accountable to and under the jurisdiction of the Board of Directors and, if applicable, its designated committee, acting independently of all officers, agents and employees of the Bank. The Auditor shall render reports covering matters in his or her charge regularly and upon request to the Board and, if applicable, its designated committee.

 

Section 9. Other Officers and Agents.

 

The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it may deem advisable, such as General Counsel, who shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The functions of a cashier of the Bank may be performed by the Controller or any other officer of the Bank whose area of responsibility includes the function to be performed.

 

Section 10. Management Policymaking Committee.

 

Pursuant to the By-Laws of Regions Financial Corporation, the Chief Executive Officer shall establish and name (and may rename from time to time) an executive management committee to develop, publish and implement policies and procedures for the operation of Regions Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including the Bank.

 

20

 

 

Section 11. Officer in Charge of Wealth Management.

 

The officer in charge of Wealth Management shall be designated as such by the Board of Directors and shall exercise general supervision and management over the affairs of Private Wealth Management, Institutional Services and Wealth Management Middle Office, which groups are responsible for exercise of the Bank’s trust powers. Such officer is hereby empowered to appoint all necessary agents or attorneys; also to make, execute and acknowledge all checks, bonds, certificates, deeds, mortgages, notes, releases, leases, agreements, contracts, bills of sale, assignments, transfers, powers of attorney or of substitution, proxies to vote stock, or any other instrument in writing that may be necessary in the purchase, sale, mortgage, lease, assignment, transfer, management or handling, in any way of any property of any description held or controlled by the Bank in any fiduciary capacity. Said officer shall have such other duties and powers as shall be designated by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 12. Other Officers in Private Wealth Management, Institutional Services and Wealth Management Middle Office.

 

The officer in charge of Wealth Management shall appoint officers responsible for the activities of Private Wealth Management, Institutional Services and Wealth Management Middle Office. Various other officers as designated by the officers responsible for the activities of Private Wealth Management, Institutional Services and Wealth Management Middle Office are empowered and authorized to make, execute and acknowledge all checks, bonds, certificates, deeds, mortgages, notes, releases, leases, agreements, contracts, bills of sale, assignments, transfers, powers of attorney or substitution, proxies to vote stock or any other instrument in writing that may be necessary to the purchase, sale, mortgage, lease, assignments, transfer, management or handling in any way, of any property of any description held or controlled by the Bank in any fiduciary capacity.

 

Section 13. Removal and Resignation of Officers.

 

At its pleasure, the Board of Directors may remove any officer from office at any time by a majority vote of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the terms of any employment or compensation contract shall be honored according to its terms. An individual’s status as an officer will terminate without the necessity of any other action or ratification immediately upon termination for any reason of the individual’s employment by the Bank. Any officer may resign at any time by delivering notice (whether written or verbal) to the Bank. Such resignation shall be effective immediately unless the notice of resignation specifies a later effective date.

 

ARTICLE V. MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1. Certificates of Stock.

 

Certificates of stock of the Bank shall be signed by the President and the Secretary of the Bank, which signatures may be represented by a facsimile signature. The certificate may be sealed with the seal of the Bank or an engraved or printed facsimile thereof. The certificate represents the number of shares of stock registered in certificate form owned by such holder.

 

Section 2. Lost Certificates.

 

In case of the loss or destruction of any certificate of stock, the holder or owner of same shall give notice thereof to the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Senior Executive Vice President or the Secretary of the Bank and, if such holder or owner shall desire the issue of a new certificate in the place of the one lost or destroyed, he or she shall make an affidavit of such loss or destruction and deliver the same to any one of said officers and accompany the same with a bond with surety satisfactory to the Bank to indemnify the Bank and save it harmless against any loss, cost or damage in case such certificate should thereafter be presented to the Bank, which affidavit and bond shall be, at the discretion of the deciding party listed in this Section 2, unless so ordered by a court having jurisdiction over the matter, approved or rejected by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Senior Executive Vice President before the issue of any new certificate.

 

21

 

 

Section 3. Transfer of Shares.

 

Title to a certificate and to the shares represented thereby can be transferred only by delivery of the certificate endorsed either in blank or to a specified person by the person appearing by the certificate to be the owner of the shares represented thereby, or by delivery of the certificate and a separate document containing a written assignment of the certificate or a power of attorney to sell, assign or transfer the same or the shares represented thereby, signed by the person appearing by the certificate to be the owner of the shares represented thereby. Such assignment or power of attorney may be either in blank or to a specified person.

 

Section 4. Fractional Shares.

 

No fractional part of a share of stock shall be issued by the Bank.

 

Section 5. Stockholders Record Date.

 

In order that the Bank may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 6. Dividends.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular or special meeting the Board of Directors may, out of funds legally available therefor, declare dividends upon the capital stock of the Bank as and when it deems expedient. Before declaring any dividend, there may be set apart out of any fund of the Bank available for dividends, such sum or sums as the Directors, from time to time in their discretion, deem proper for working capital; as a reserve fund to meet contingencies; for equalizing dividends; or for such other purposes as the Directors shall deem conducive to the interests of the Bank. No dividends shall be declared that exceed the amounts authorized by applicable laws and regulations or are otherwise contrary to law.

 

Section 7. Seal.

 

The Bank may have a corporate seal, which shall have the name of the Bank inscribed thereon and shall be in such form as prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time. The seal may also include appropriate descriptors, such as the words: “An Alabama Banking Corporation.” The Secretary of the Bank shall have custody of the seal and is authorized to affix the same to instruments, documents and papers as required by law or as customary or appropriate in the Secretary’s judgment and discretion. Without limiting the general authority of the Board of Directors of the Bank to name, appoint, remove and define the duties of officers of the Bank, the Secretary is further authorized to cause reproductions of the seal to be made, distributed to and used by officers and employees of the Bank whose duties and responsibilities involve the execution and delivery of instruments, documents and papers bearing the seal of the Bank. In this regard, the Secretary is further authorized to establish, implement, interpret and enforce policies and procedures governing the use of the seal and the authorization by the Secretary of officers and employees of the Bank to have custody of and to use the seal. Such policies and procedures may include (i) the right of the Secretary to appoint any Bank employee as an Assistant Secretary of the Bank, if such appointment would, in the Secretary’s judgment, be convenient with respect to such employee’s custody and use of a seal and/or (ii) the right of the Secretary to authorize Bank employees to have and use seals as delegates of the Secretary without appointing such employees as Assistant Secretaries of the Bank.

 

Section 8. Fiscal Year.

 

The fiscal year of the Bank shall be the calendar year.

 

22

 

 

Section 9. Checks, Drafts, Transfers, Services, etc.

 

The Chief Executive Officer, the President, any vice president or director, any Assistant Vice President, any Branch Manager, any Financial Relationship Specialist, any Financial Relationship Consultant or any other employee designated by the Board of Directors is authorized and empowered on behalf of the Bank and in its name to sign and endorse checks and warrants; to execute and deliver any and all documents that are necessary or desirable in connection with the opening of customer deposit accounts with the Bank, including, without limitation, documents associated with establishing treasury management services in connection with deposit accounts; documents requested or required by a third party in connection with the opening or rollover of individual retirement accounts to the Bank or otherwise; draw drafts; issue and sign cashier’s checks; guarantee signatures; give receipts for money due and payable to the Bank; and sign such other papers and do such other acts as are necessary in the performance of his or her duties. The authority conveyed to any employee designated by the Board of Directors may be limited by general or specific resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 10. Notice and Waiver of Notice.

 

Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given under the provisions of any law or under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Bank or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of business at the meeting because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

Section 11. Right of Indemnity.

 

To the full extent provided for and in accordance with the Corporation Law, and specifically Section 10A-2A-8.50 et seq., the Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless each Director and each officer now or hereafter serving the Bank against any loss and reasonable expenses actually and necessarily incurred by him or her in connection with the defense of any claim, or any action, suit or proceeding against him or her or in which he or she is made a party, by reason of him or her being or having been a Director or officer of the Bank, or who, while a Director or officer of the Bank, is or was serving at the Bank’s request as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise. Such right of indemnity shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which such Director or officer may be entitled under any statute, article of incorporation, rule of law, other bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or directors, or otherwise. Nor shall anything herein contained restrict the right of the Bank to indemnify or reimburse any officer or Director in any proper case even though not specifically provided for herein.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Bank shall not make or agree to make any indemnification payment to a Director or officer or any other institution-affiliated party (as such term is defined in 12 CFR § 359.1) with respect to (i) any civil money penalty or judgment resulting from any administrative or civil action instituted by any federal banking agency, except in full compliance with 12 CFR Part 359, (ii) any assessment, order of restitution, penalty or similar liability imposed under authority of the Banking Code, or (iii) any liability for violation of Section 10A-2A-8.32 of the Corporation Law.

 

In advance of final disposition, the Bank may, but is not required to, pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by a person who may become eligible for indemnification under this Article V, Section 11, provided the conditions set forth in Section 10A-2A-8.53 of the Corporation Law (and, if applicable, 12 CFR § 359.5) shall have been satisfied.

 

The Bank may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of said Directors or officers against liability asserted against or incurred by a Director or officer acting in such capacity as described in these By-Laws. Such insurance coverage shall not be used to pay or reimburse a person for the cost of (i) any judgment or civil money penalty assessed against such person in an administrative proceeding or civil action commenced by any federal banking agency or (ii) any assessment or penalty imposed under authority of the Banking Code. Such insurance coverage may be used to pay any legal or professional expenses incurred in connection with such proceeding or action or the amount of any restitution to the Bank. Any insurance coverage of legal or professional expenses will be coordinated with the Bank’s determination whether to advance expenses in advance of final disposition, taking into account the terms and conditions of the coverage and the requirements of Section 10A-2A-8.53 of the Corporation Law.

 

23

 

 

Section 12. Execution of Instruments and Documents.

 

The Chief Executive Officer; the President; any Senior Executive Vice President, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President; or any officer holding the title of Executive Managing Director, Managing Director or Director is authorized, in his or her discretion, to do and perform any and all corporate and official acts in carrying on the business of the Bank, including, but not limited to, the authority to make, execute, acknowledge, accept and deliver any and all deeds, mortgages, releases, bills of sale, assignments, transfers, leases (as lessor or lessee), powers of attorney or of substitution, servicing or sub-servicing agreements, vendor agreements, contracts, proxies to vote stock or any other instrument in writing that may be necessary in the purchase, sale, lease, assignment, transfer, discount, management or handling in any way of any property of any description held, controlled or used by Bank or to be held, controlled or used by Bank, either in its own or in its fiduciary capacity and including the authority from time to time to open bank accounts with the Bank or any other institution; to borrow money in such amounts for such lengths of time, at such rates of interest and upon such terms and conditions as any said officer may deem proper and to evidence the indebtedness thereby created by executing and delivering in the name of the Bank promissory notes or other appropriate evidences of indebtedness; and to guarantee the obligations of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank. The enumeration herein of particular powers shall not restrict in any way the general powers and authority of said officers.

 

By way of example and not limitation, such officers of the Bank are authorized to execute, accept, deliver and issue, on behalf of the Bank and as binding obligations of the Bank, such agreements and instruments as may be within the officer’s area of responsibility, including, as applicable, agreements and related documents (such as schedules, confirmations, transfers, assignments, acknowledgments and other documents) relating to derivative transactions, loan or letter of credit transactions, syndications, participations, trades, purchase and sale or discount transactions, transfers and assignments, servicing and sub-servicing agreements, vendor agreements, contracts, securitizations and transactions of whatever kind or description arising in the conduct of the Bank’s business.

 

The authority to execute and deliver documents, instruments and agreements may be limited by resolution of the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors, by the Chief Executive Officer or by the President, by reference to subject matter, category, amount, geographical location or any other criteria and may be made subject to such policies, procedures and levels of approval as may be adopted or amended from time to time.

 

Section 13. Voting Bank’s Securities.

 

Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President or Executive Managing Director or above, the Controller, the Bank’s General Counsel and any other officer as may be designated by the Board of Directors shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Bank (i) to attend and to act and vote or (ii) to execute a proxy or proxies empowering others to attend and to act and vote, at any meetings of security holders of any of the corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies or other entities in which the Bank may hold securities and, at such meetings, such officer shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities which, as the owner thereof, the Bank might have possessed and exercised, if present.

 

Section 14. Bonds of Officers and Employees.

 

The Board of Directors shall, pursuant to the Banking Code, designate the officers and employees who shall be required to give bond and fix the amounts thereof.

 

Section 15. Satisfaction of Loans.

 

On payment of sums lent, for which security shall have been taken either by way of mortgage or other lien on real or personal property or by the pledge of collateral, whether said loans have been made from funds of the Bank or from funds held in fiduciary capacity, any officer of the Bank shall have the power and authority to sign or execute any and all collateral release documents that may be necessary or desirable for the purpose of releasing property or property rights held by the Bank as collateral for obligations to the Bank that are paid in full or otherwise satisfied or settled and enter the fact of payment or satisfaction on the margin of the record of any such security or in any other legal manner to cancel such indebtedness and to release said security, and the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President or Director of the Bank shall have power and authority to execute a power of attorney authorizing the cancellation, release or satisfaction of any mortgage or other security given to the Bank in its corporate or fiduciary capacity, by such person as he or she may in his or her discretion appoint.

 

24

 

 

ARTICLE VI. AMENDMENTS

 

Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Bank, these By-Laws may be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then holding office at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors, and the stockholders may make, alter or repeal any By-Laws, whether or not adopted by them.

 

ARTICLE VII. EMERGENCY BY-LAWS

 

Section 1. Emergency By-Laws.

 

This Article VII shall be operative if a quorum of the Bank’s Directors cannot readily be assembled because of some catastrophic event (an “emergency”), notwithstanding any different or conflicting provisions in these By-Laws, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Code of Alabama. To the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article VII, the By-Laws provided in the other Articles of these By-Laws and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall remain in effect during such emergency, and upon termination of such emergency, the provisions of this Article VII shall cease to be operative.

 

Section 2. Meetings.

 

During any emergency, a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, may be called by any member of the Board of Directors, the President, a Senior Executive Vice President, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. Notice of the time and place of the meeting shall be given by any available means of communication by the individual calling the meeting to such of the Directors and/or Designated Officers, as defined in Section 3 of this Article VII, as it may be feasible to reach. Such notice shall be given at such time in advance of the meeting as, in the judgment of the individual calling the meeting, circumstances permit. As a result of such emergency, the Board of Directors may determine that a meeting of stockholders not be held at any place, but instead be held solely by means of remote communication in accordance with the Corporation Law.

 

Section 3. Quorum.

 

At any meeting of the Board, or any committee thereof, called in accordance with Section 2 of this Article VII, the presence or participation of two Directors or one Director and a Designated Officer shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the event that no Directors are able to attend the meeting of the Board of Directors, then the Designated Officers in attendance shall serve as directors for the meeting, without any additional quorum requirement and will have full powers to act as directors of the Bank.

 

The Board of Directors or the committees thereof, as the case may be, shall, from time to time but in any event prior to such time or times as an emergency may have occurred, designate the officers of the Bank in a numbered list (the “Designated Officers”) who shall be deemed, in the order in which they appear on such list, directors of the Bank for purposes of obtaining a quorum during an emergency, if a quorum of Directors cannot otherwise be obtained.

 

25

 

 

Section 4. By-Laws.

 

At any meeting called in accordance with Section 2 of this Article VII, the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, as the case may be, may modify, amend or add to the provisions of this Article VII so as to make any provision that may be practical or necessary for the circumstances of the emergency.

 

Section 5. Liability.

 

No officer, Director or employee of the Bank acting in accordance with the provisions of this Article VII shall be liable except for willful misconduct.

 

Section 6. Repeal or Change.

 

The provisions of this Article VII shall be subject to repeal or change by further action of the Board of Directors or by action of the stockholders, but no such repeal or change shall modify the provisions of Section 5 of this Article VII with regard to action taken prior to the time of such repeal or change.

 

Section 7. Continued Operations.

 

In the event of an emergency declared by the President of the United States or the person performing his or her functions, the officers and employees of the Bank will continue to conduct the affairs of the Bank under such guidance from the Directors as may be available except as to matters which by statute require specific approval of the Board of Directors and subject to conformance with any governmental directives or directives of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation during the emergency.

 

26

 

 

EXHIBIT 6

 

CONSENT

 

In accordance with Section 321 (b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, Regions Bank hereby consents that reports of examination of Regions Bank by Federal, State, Territorial or District regulatory authorities may be furnished by such regulatory authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request therefor.

 

Dated: November 20, 2025  
   
  REGIONS BANK
   
  /s/ Craig Kaye
  Craig Kaye
  Vice President

 

27

 

 

EXHIBIT 7

 

Consolidated Report of Condition for Insured Banks
and Savings Associations

 

REGIONS BANK

 

As of the close of business on September 30, 2025:

 

ASSETS  Thousands of
Dollars
 
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:   12,466,000 
Securities:   33,137,000 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreement to resell:   0 
Loans and leases held for sale:   560,000 
Loans and leases net of unearned income and allowance:   94,544,000 
Trading Assets:   13,000 
Premises and fixed assets:   2,151,000 
Other real estate owned:   16,000 
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies:   176,000 
Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures:   0 
Intangible assets:   6,418,000 
Other assets:   9,117,000 
Total Assets:   158,598,000 

 

LIABILITIES  Thousands of
Dollars
 
Deposits   131,484,000 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase   0 
Trading liabilities:   0 
Other borrowed money:   4,467,000 
Subordinated notes and debentures:   497,000 
Other Liabilities:   4,057,000 
Total Liabilities   140,505,000 

 

EQUITY CAPITAL  Thousands of
Dollars
 
Common Stock   0 
Surplus   16,399,000 
Retained Earnings   3,308,000 
Accumulated other comprehensive income   (1,660,000)
Total Equity Capital   18,093,000 
Total Liabilities and Equity Capital   158,598,000 

 

 

28